विकिपिडिया dtywiki https://dty.wikipedia.org/wiki/%E0%A4%AE%E0%A5%81%E0%A4%96%E0%A5%8D%E0%A4%AF_%E0%A4%AA%E0%A4%A8%E0%A5%8D%E0%A4%A8%E0%A4%BE MediaWiki 1.47.0-wmf.11 first-letter मिडिया बिशेष कुरणि प्रयोगकर्ता प्रयोगकर्ता कुरणि विकिपिडिया विकिपिडिया वार्ता चित्र चित्र कुरणि मिडियाविकि मिडियाविकि कुरणि ढाँचा ढाँचा कुरणि मद्दत मद्दत कुरणि श्रेणी श्रेणी कुरणि TimedText TimedText talk मोड्युल मोड्युल कुरणि Event Event talk 10 3111 265985 262606 2025-12-20T16:57:59Z en>Pppery 0 Fix link 265985 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{lc:{{SUBPAGENAME}}}} |{{{override|doc}}} | <!--(this template has been transcluded on a /doc or /{{{override}}} page)--> </includeonly><!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{doc-notice|show}}} |show | {{Mbox | type = notice | style = margin-bottom:1.0em; | image = [[File:Edit-copy green.svg|40px|alt=icon]] | text = {{strong|This is a [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation subpage]]}} for {{terminate sentence|{{{1|[[:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}}]]}}}}}<br />It may contain usage information, [[Wikipedia:Categorization|categories]] and other content that is not part of the original {{#if:{{{text2|}}} |{{{text2}}} |{{#if:{{{text1|}}} |{{{text1}}} |{{#ifeq:{{SUBJECTSPACE}} |{{ns:User}} |{{lc:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}}} template page |{{#if:{{SUBJECTSPACE}} |{{lc:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}}} page|article}}}}}}}}. }} }}<!-- -->{{DEFAULTSORT:{{{defaultsort|{{PAGENAME}}}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{nocat|}}}{{{inhibit|}}}|<!--(don't categorize)--> |<includeonly><!-- -->{{#ifexist:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}} | [[Category:{{#switch:{{SUBJECTSPACE}} |Template=Template |Module=Module |User=User |#default=Wikipedia}} documentation pages]] | [[Category:Documentation subpages without corresponding pages]] }}<!-- --></includeonly> }}<!-- (completing initial #ifeq: at start of template:) --><includeonly> | <!--(this template has not been transcluded on a /doc or /{{{override}}} page)--> }}<!-- --></includeonly><noinclude>{{Documentation}}</noinclude> ngbz78vpmpnny1xbfvkmebdalzs512j 265986 265985 2026-07-18T15:19:45Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Template:Documentation_subpage]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 265985 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{lc:{{SUBPAGENAME}}}} |{{{override|doc}}} | <!--(this template has been transcluded on a /doc or /{{{override}}} page)--> </includeonly><!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{doc-notice|show}}} |show | {{Mbox | type = notice | style = margin-bottom:1.0em; | image = [[File:Edit-copy green.svg|40px|alt=icon]] | text = {{strong|This is a [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation subpage]]}} for {{terminate sentence|{{{1|[[:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}}]]}}}}}<br />It may contain usage information, [[Wikipedia:Categorization|categories]] and other content that is not part of the original {{#if:{{{text2|}}} |{{{text2}}} |{{#if:{{{text1|}}} |{{{text1}}} |{{#ifeq:{{SUBJECTSPACE}} |{{ns:User}} |{{lc:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}}} template page |{{#if:{{SUBJECTSPACE}} |{{lc:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}}} page|article}}}}}}}}. }} }}<!-- -->{{DEFAULTSORT:{{{defaultsort|{{PAGENAME}}}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{nocat|}}}{{{inhibit|}}}|<!--(don't categorize)--> |<includeonly><!-- -->{{#ifexist:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}} | [[Category:{{#switch:{{SUBJECTSPACE}} |Template=Template |Module=Module |User=User |#default=Wikipedia}} documentation pages]] | [[Category:Documentation subpages without corresponding pages]] }}<!-- --></includeonly> }}<!-- (completing initial #ifeq: at start of template:) --><includeonly> | <!--(this template has not been transcluded on a /doc or /{{{override}}} page)--> }}<!-- --></includeonly><noinclude>{{Documentation}}</noinclude> ngbz78vpmpnny1xbfvkmebdalzs512j 10 3164 266044 65533 2020-06-10T21:21:03Z en>Primefac 0 Reverted edits by [[Special:Contribs/Primefac|Primefac]] ([[User talk:Primefac|talk]]) to last version by Jo-Jo Eumerus 266044 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{#switch:{{MONTHNUMBER|{{{1}}}}}|1=January|2=February|3=March|4=April|5=May|6=June|7=July|8=August|9=September|10=October|11=November|12=December|Incorrect required parameter 1=''month''!}}|Missing required parameter 1=''month''!}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> 4cf5sge5nt8b4gwjre9u8yifa3kstt2 266045 266044 2026-07-18T15:28:53Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Template:MONTHNAME]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266044 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{#switch:{{MONTHNUMBER|{{{1}}}}}|1=January|2=February|3=March|4=April|5=May|6=June|7=July|8=August|9=September|10=October|11=November|12=December|Incorrect required parameter 1=''month''!}}|Missing required parameter 1=''month''!}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> 4cf5sge5nt8b4gwjre9u8yifa3kstt2 10 3165 266042 185134 2024-02-06T21:07:17Z en>Dinoguy1000 0 make subst:able 266042 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{safesubst:<noinclude/>#if:{{{1|}}} |{{safesubst:<noinclude/>#switch:{{safesubst:<noinclude/>lc:{{{1}}}}} |january|jan=1 |february|feb=2 |march|mar=3 |apr|april=4 |may=5 |june|jun=6 |july|jul=7 |august|aug=8 |september|sep|sept=9 |october|oct=10 |november|nov=11 |december|dec=12 |{{safesubst:<noinclude/>#ifexpr:{{{1}}}<0 |{{safesubst:<noinclude/>#ifexpr:(({{{1}}})round 0)!=({{{1}}}) |{{safesubst:<noinclude/>#expr:12-(((0.5-({{{1}}}))round 0)mod 12)}} |{{safesubst:<noinclude/>#expr:12-(((11.5-({{{1}}}))round 0)mod 12)}} }} |{{safesubst:<noinclude/>#expr:(((10.5+{{{1}}})round 0)mod 12)+1}} }} }} |Missing required parameter 1=''month''! }}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> k1zoi9cw55ms0orrvxfbpmvcdz7h10y 266043 266042 2026-07-18T15:28:53Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Template:MONTHNUMBER]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266042 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{safesubst:<noinclude/>#if:{{{1|}}} |{{safesubst:<noinclude/>#switch:{{safesubst:<noinclude/>lc:{{{1}}}}} |january|jan=1 |february|feb=2 |march|mar=3 |apr|april=4 |may=5 |june|jun=6 |july|jul=7 |august|aug=8 |september|sep|sept=9 |october|oct=10 |november|nov=11 |december|dec=12 |{{safesubst:<noinclude/>#ifexpr:{{{1}}}<0 |{{safesubst:<noinclude/>#ifexpr:(({{{1}}})round 0)!=({{{1}}}) |{{safesubst:<noinclude/>#expr:12-(((0.5-({{{1}}}))round 0)mod 12)}} |{{safesubst:<noinclude/>#expr:12-(((11.5-({{{1}}}))round 0)mod 12)}} }} |{{safesubst:<noinclude/>#expr:(((10.5+{{{1}}})round 0)mod 12)+1}} }} }} |Missing required parameter 1=''month''! }}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> k1zoi9cw55ms0orrvxfbpmvcdz7h10y 10 3189 266056 264308 2026-04-02T03:01:25Z en>Hike395 0 use centralized logo module to ensure correct image/alt/link/class for every project 266056 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Side box | templatestyles = Sister project/styles.css | metadata=no | position = {{{position|}}} | image = {{#invoke:Sister project logo|main|image={{{image|}}}|project={{{project|}}}}} | textclass = {{{textclass|plainlist}}} | textstyle = {{{textstyle|}}} | text = {{{text}}} | below = {{{below|}}} | imageright = {{{imageright|}}} | class = plainlinks sistersitebox }}<noinclude>{{Documentation}}<!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --></noinclude> ros6vgf4q64bjkk4n1byp5crcwp3i8u 266057 266056 2026-07-18T15:28:55Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Template:Sister_project]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266056 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Side box | templatestyles = Sister project/styles.css | metadata=no | position = {{{position|}}} | image = {{#invoke:Sister project logo|main|image={{{image|}}}|project={{{project|}}}}} | textclass = {{{textclass|plainlist}}} | textstyle = {{{textstyle|}}} | text = {{{text}}} | below = {{{below|}}} | imageright = {{{imageright|}}} | class = plainlinks sistersitebox }}<noinclude>{{Documentation}}<!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --></noinclude> ros6vgf4q64bjkk4n1byp5crcwp3i8u 10 3213 266025 73928 2025-10-30T02:03:42Z en>Zackmann08 0 Adding dataPlural flag so that [[Module:Detect singular]] will function properly. Should have no VISIBLE effect 266025 wikitext text/x-wiki {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#invoke:Separated entries|br|dataPlural=1}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 8xv8u5m4k3e3a02h7dtrmmoeszevcr0 266026 266025 2026-07-18T15:28:04Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Template:Br_separated_entries]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266025 wikitext text/x-wiki {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#invoke:Separated entries|br|dataPlural=1}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 8xv8u5m4k3e3a02h7dtrmmoeszevcr0 10 3273 266032 72159 2025-12-17T13:08:01Z en>Anomie 0 VE for some reason requires a div wrapping the references tag. 🤷 266032 wikitext text/x-wiki <templatestyles src="Reflist/styles.css" /><!-- -->{{#switch:{{{liststyle}}}|upper-alpha|upper-roman|lower-alpha|lower-greek|lower-roman=<div class="reflist-liststyle-{{{liststyle}}}"> <nowiki/>}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{1|}}}{{{colwidth|}}}| <div class="mw-references-wrap <!-- -->{{#iferror:{{#ifexpr: {{{1|}}} > 1 }}|mw-references-columns|{{#switch:{{{1|}}}|1=|2=mw-references-columns reflist-columns-2|#default=mw-references-columns reflist-columns-3}} }}" <!-- end class -->{{#if: {{{1|}}}<!-- start style. The multiplication by 0.9 is for [[hysterical raisins]]. --> | {{#iferror: {{#ifexpr: {{{1|1}}} > 1 }} |style="column-width: calc( 0.9 * {{{1}}} );"}} | {{#if: {{{colwidth|}}}|style="column-width: calc( 0.9 * {{{colwidth}}} );"}} }}>{{#tag:references|{{{refs|}}}|group={{{group|}}}|responsive=0}}</div> | <div><!-- VE for some reason requires a div wrapping the references tag. 🤷 --> {{#tag:references|{{{refs|}}}|group={{{group|}}}|responsive=1}}</div> }}<!-- -->{{#switch:{{{liststyle}}}|upper-alpha|upper-roman|lower-alpha|lower-greek|lower-roman=</div>}}<!-- -->{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check|unknown={{main other|[[Category:Pages using reflist with unknown parameters|_VALUE_{{PAGENAME}}]]}}|preview=Page using [[Template:Reflist]] with unknown parameter "_VALUE_"|ignoreblank=y| 1 | colwidth | group | liststyle | refs }}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 6ru6cuze0qz3wvjdrkqztati1gmdgd2 266033 266032 2026-07-18T15:28:50Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Template:Reflist]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266032 wikitext text/x-wiki <templatestyles src="Reflist/styles.css" /><!-- -->{{#switch:{{{liststyle}}}|upper-alpha|upper-roman|lower-alpha|lower-greek|lower-roman=<div class="reflist-liststyle-{{{liststyle}}}"> <nowiki/>}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{1|}}}{{{colwidth|}}}| <div class="mw-references-wrap <!-- -->{{#iferror:{{#ifexpr: {{{1|}}} > 1 }}|mw-references-columns|{{#switch:{{{1|}}}|1=|2=mw-references-columns reflist-columns-2|#default=mw-references-columns reflist-columns-3}} }}" <!-- end class -->{{#if: {{{1|}}}<!-- start style. The multiplication by 0.9 is for [[hysterical raisins]]. --> | {{#iferror: {{#ifexpr: {{{1|1}}} > 1 }} |style="column-width: calc( 0.9 * {{{1}}} );"}} | {{#if: {{{colwidth|}}}|style="column-width: calc( 0.9 * {{{colwidth}}} );"}} }}>{{#tag:references|{{{refs|}}}|group={{{group|}}}|responsive=0}}</div> | <div><!-- VE for some reason requires a div wrapping the references tag. 🤷 --> {{#tag:references|{{{refs|}}}|group={{{group|}}}|responsive=1}}</div> }}<!-- -->{{#switch:{{{liststyle}}}|upper-alpha|upper-roman|lower-alpha|lower-greek|lower-roman=</div>}}<!-- -->{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check|unknown={{main other|[[Category:Pages using reflist with unknown parameters|_VALUE_{{PAGENAME}}]]}}|preview=Page using [[Template:Reflist]] with unknown parameter "_VALUE_"|ignoreblank=y| 1 | colwidth | group | liststyle | refs }}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 6ru6cuze0qz3wvjdrkqztati1gmdgd2 828 3774 266019 204558 2025-04-12T13:48:47Z en>Trappist the monk 0 sync from sandbox; 266019 Scribunto text/plain --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- ]] local has_accept_as_written, is_set, in_array, remove_wiki_link, strip_apostrophe_markup; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local cfg; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration --[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ T I T L E >---------------------------------------------- Makes a title for COinS from Title and / or ScriptTitle (or any other name-script pairs) Apostrophe markup (bold, italics) is stripped from each value so that the COinS metadata isn't corrupted with strings of %27%27... ]] local function make_coins_title (title, script) title = has_accept_as_written (title); if is_set (title) then title = strip_apostrophe_markup (title); -- strip any apostrophe markup else title = ''; -- if not set, make sure title is an empty string end if is_set (script) then script = script:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- remove language prefix if present (script value may now be empty string) script = strip_apostrophe_markup (script); -- strip any apostrophe markup else script = ''; -- if not set, make sure script is an empty string end if is_set (title) and is_set (script) then script = ' ' .. script; -- add a space before we concatenate end return title .. script; -- return the concatenation end --[[--------------------------< E S C A P E _ L U A _ M A G I C _ C H A R S >---------------------------------- Returns a string where all of Lua's magic characters have been escaped. This is important because functions like string.gsub() treat their pattern and replace strings as patterns, not literal strings. ]] local function escape_lua_magic_chars (argument) argument = argument:gsub("%%", "%%%%"); -- replace % with %% argument = argument:gsub("([%^%$%(%)%.%[%]%*%+%-%?])", "%%%1"); -- replace all other Lua magic pattern characters return argument; end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ C O I N S _ P A G E S >------------------------------------------------ Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS. ]] local function get_coins_pages (pages) local pattern; if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end -- if no page numbers then we're done while true do pattern = pages:match("%[(%w*:?//[^ ]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]"); -- pattern is the opening bracket, the URL and following space(s): "[url " if nil == pattern then break; end -- no more URLs pattern = escape_lua_magic_chars (pattern); -- pattern is not a literal string; escape Lua's magic pattern characters pages = pages:gsub(pattern, ""); -- remove as many instances of pattern as possible end pages = pages:gsub("[%[%]]", ""); -- remove the brackets pages = pages:gsub("–", "-" ); -- replace endashes with hyphens pages = pages:gsub("&%w+;", "-" ); -- and replace HTML entities (&ndash; etc.) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like &#32; and the like? pages = pages:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove html-like tags; spans are added to <Pages> by utilities.hyphen_to_dash() which should not appear in COinS metadata return pages; end --[=[-------------------------< C O I N S _ R E P L A C E _ M A T H _ S T R I P M A R K E R >------------------ There are three options for math markup rendering that depend on the editor's math preference settings. These settings are at [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-rendering]] and are PNG images TeX source MathML with SVG or PNG fallback All three are heavy with HTML and CSS which doesn't belong in the metadata. Without this function, the metadata saved in the raw wikitext contained the rendering determined by the settings of the last editor to save the page. This function gets the rendered form of an equation according to the editor's preference before the page is saved. It then searches the rendering for the text equivalent of the rendered equation and replaces the rendering with that so that the page is saved without extraneous HTML/CSS markup and with a reasonably readable text form of the equation. When a replacement is made, this function returns true and the value with replacement; otherwise false and the initial value. To replace multipe equations it is necessary to call this function from within a loop. ]=] local function coins_replace_math_stripmarker (value) local stripmarker = cfg.stripmarkers['math']; local rendering = value:match (stripmarker); -- is there a math stripmarker if not rendering then -- when value doesn't have a math stripmarker, abandon this test return false, value; end rendering = mw.text.unstripNoWiki (rendering); -- convert stripmarker into rendered value (or nil? ''? when math render error) if rendering:match ('alt="[^"]+"') then -- if PNG math option rendering = rendering:match ('alt="([^"]+)"'); -- extract just the math text elseif rendering:match ('$%s+.+%s+%$') then -- if TeX math option; $ is legit character that is escapes as \$ rendering = rendering:match ('$%s+(.+)%s+%$') -- extract just the math text elseif rendering:match ('<annotation[^>]+>.+</annotation>') then -- if MathML math option rendering = rendering:match ('<annotation[^>]+>(.+)</annotation>') -- extract just the math text else return false, value; -- had math stripmarker but not one of the three defined forms end return true, value:gsub (stripmarker, rendering, 1); end --[[--------------------------< C O I N S _ C L E A N U P >---------------------------------------------------- Cleanup parameter values for the metadata by removing or replacing invisible characters and certain HTML entities. 2015-12-10: there is a bug in mw.text.unstripNoWiki (). It replaces math stripmarkers with the appropriate content when it shouldn't. See https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T121085 and Wikipedia_talk:Lua#stripmarkers_and_mw.text.unstripNoWiki.28.29 TODO: move the replacement patterns and replacement values into a table in /Configuration similar to the invisible characters table? ]] local function coins_cleanup (value) local replaced = true; -- default state to get the do loop running while replaced do -- loop until all math stripmarkers replaced replaced, value = coins_replace_math_stripmarker (value); -- replace math stripmarker with text representation of the equation end value = value:gsub (cfg.stripmarkers['math'], "MATH RENDER ERROR"); -- one or more couldn't be replaced; insert vague error message value = mw.text.unstripNoWiki (value); -- replace nowiki stripmarkers with their content value = value:gsub ('<span class="nowrap" style="padding%-left:0%.1em;">&#39;(s?)</span>', "'%1"); -- replace {{'}} or {{'s}} with simple apostrophe or apostrophe-s value = value:gsub ('&nbsp;', ' '); -- replace &nbsp; entity with plain space value = value:gsub ('\226\128\138', ' '); -- replace hair space with plain space if not mw.ustring.find (value, cfg.indic_script) then -- don't remove zero-width joiner characters from indic script value = value:gsub ('&zwj;', ''); -- remove &zwj; entities value = mw.ustring.gsub (value, '[\226\128\141\226\128\139\194\173]', ''); -- remove zero-width joiner, zero-width space, soft hyphen end value = value:gsub ('[\009\010\013 ]+', ' '); -- replace horizontal tab, line feed, carriage return with plain space return value; end --[[--------------------------< C O I N S >-------------------------------------------------------------------- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) allows automated tools to parse the citation information. ]] local function COinS(data, class) if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then return ''; end for k, v in pairs (data) do -- spin through all of the metadata parameter values if 'ID_list' ~= k and 'Authors' ~= k then -- except the ID_list and Author tables (author nowiki stripmarker done when Author table processed) data[k] = coins_cleanup (v); end end local ctx_ver = "Z39.88-2004"; -- treat table strictly as an array with only set values. local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, { __newindex = function(self, key, value) if is_set(value) then rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( remove_wiki_link( value ) ) } ); end end }); if in_array (class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn', 'journal', 'news', 'magazine'}) or (in_array (class, {'conference', 'interview', 'map', 'press release', 'web'}) and is_set(data.Periodical)) or ('citation' == class and is_set(data.Periodical) and not is_set (data.Encyclopedia)) then OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal"; -- journal metadata identifier if in_array (class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) then -- set genre according to the type of citation template we are rendering OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "preprint"; -- cite arxiv, cite biorxiv, cite citeseerx, cite medrxiv, cite ssrn elseif 'conference' == class then OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "conference"; -- cite conference (when Periodical set) elseif 'web' == class then OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "unknown"; -- cite web (when Periodical set) else OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article"; -- journal and other 'periodical' articles end OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical; -- journal only OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title; -- 'periodical' article titles -- these used only for periodicals OCinSoutput["rft.ssn"] = data.Season; -- keywords: winter, spring, summer, fall OCinSoutput["rft.quarter"] = data.Quarter; -- single digits 1->first quarter, etc. OCinSoutput["rft.chron"] = data.Chron; -- free-form date components OCinSoutput["rft.volume"] = data.Volume; -- does not apply to books OCinSoutput["rft.issue"] = data.Issue; OCinSoutput['rft.artnum'] = data.ArticleNumber; -- {{cite journal}} only OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages; -- also used in book metadata elseif 'thesis' ~= class then -- all others except cite thesis are treated as 'book' metadata; genre distinguishes OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book"; -- book metadata identifier if 'report' == class or 'techreport' == class then -- cite report and cite techreport OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "report"; elseif 'conference' == class then -- cite conference when Periodical not set OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "conference"; OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter; -- conference paper as chapter in proceedings (book) elseif in_array (class, {'book', 'citation', 'encyclopaedia', 'interview', 'map'}) then if is_set (data.Chapter) then OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "bookitem"; OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter; -- book chapter, encyclopedia article, interview in a book, or map title else if 'map' == class or 'interview' == class then OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = 'unknown'; -- standalone map or interview else OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = 'book'; -- book and encyclopedia end end else -- {'audio-visual', 'AV-media-notes', 'DVD-notes', 'episode', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'newsgroup', 'podcast', 'press release', 'serial', 'sign', 'speech', 'web'} OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "unknown"; end OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title; -- book only OCinSoutput["rft.place"] = data.PublicationPlace; -- book only OCinSoutput["rft.series"] = data.Series; -- book only OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages; -- book, journal OCinSoutput["rft.edition"] = data.Edition; -- book only OCinSoutput["rft.pub"] = data.PublisherName; -- book and dissertation else -- cite thesis OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:dissertation"; -- dissertation metadata identifier OCinSoutput["rft.title"] = data.Title; -- dissertation (also patent but that is not yet supported) OCinSoutput["rft.degree"] = data.Degree; -- dissertation only OCinSoutput['rft.inst'] = data.PublisherName; -- book and dissertation end -- NB. Not currently supported are "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:patent", "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:dc", "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:sch_svc", "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:ctx" -- and now common parameters (as much as possible) OCinSoutput["rft.date"] = data.Date; -- book, journal, dissertation for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do -- what to do about these? For now assume that they are common to all? if k == 'ISBN' then v = v:gsub( "[^-0-9X]", "" ); end local id = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS; if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then -- for ids that are in the info:registry OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v }; elseif string.sub (id or "", 1, 3 ) == 'rft' then -- for isbn, issn, eissn, etc. that have defined COinS keywords OCinSoutput[ id ] = v; elseif 'url' == id then -- for urls that are assembled in ~/Identifiers; |asin= and |ol= OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat ({data.ID_list[k], "#id-name=", cfg.id_handlers[k].label}); elseif id then -- when cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS is not nil so urls created here OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ cfg.id_handlers[k].prefix, v, cfg.id_handlers[k].suffix or '', "#id-name=", cfg.id_handlers[k].label }; -- others; provide a URL and indicate identifier name as #fragment (human-readable, but transparent to browsers) end end local last, first; for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors ) do last, first = coins_cleanup (v.last), coins_cleanup (v.first or ''); -- replace any nowiki stripmarkers, non-printing or invisible characters if k == 1 then -- for the first author name only if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then -- set these COinS values if |first= and |last= specify the first author name OCinSoutput["rft.aulast"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation OCinSoutput["rft.aufirst"] = first; -- book, journal, dissertation elseif is_set(last) then OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation -- otherwise use this form for the first name end else -- for all other authors if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = table.concat{ last, ", ", first }; -- book, journal, dissertation elseif is_set(last) then OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation end -- TODO: At present we do not report "et al.". Add anything special if this condition applies? end end OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL; OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ "info:sid/", mw.site.server:match( "[^/]*$" ), ":", data.RawPage }; -- TODO: Add optional extra info: -- rfr_dat=#REVISION<version> (referrer private data) -- ctx_id=<data.RawPage>#<ref> (identifier for the context object) -- ctx_tim=<ts> (timestamp in format yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ssTZD or yyyy-mm-dd) -- ctx_enc=info:ofi/enc:UTF-8 (character encoding) OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil ); -- sort with version string always first, and combine. -- table.sort( OCinSoutput ); table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, "ctx_ver=" .. ctx_ver ); -- such as "Z39.88-2004" return table.concat(OCinSoutput, "&"); end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S E L E C T E D _ M O D U L E S >-------------------------------------- Sets local cfg table and imported functions table to same (live or sandbox) as that used by the other modules. ]] local function set_selected_modules (cfg_table_ptr, utilities_page_ptr) cfg = cfg_table_ptr; has_accept_as_written = utilities_page_ptr.has_accept_as_written; -- import functions from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities module is_set = utilities_page_ptr.is_set; in_array = utilities_page_ptr.in_array; remove_wiki_link = utilities_page_ptr.remove_wiki_link; strip_apostrophe_markup = utilities_page_ptr.strip_apostrophe_markup; end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------ ]] return { make_coins_title = make_coins_title, get_coins_pages = get_coins_pages, COinS = COinS, set_selected_modules = set_selected_modules, } 2eba9cn0u4yseyeujt1vmrglxrgcllo 266020 266019 2026-07-18T15:28:03Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:Citation/CS1/COinS]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266019 Scribunto text/plain --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- ]] local has_accept_as_written, is_set, in_array, remove_wiki_link, strip_apostrophe_markup; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local cfg; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration --[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ T I T L E >---------------------------------------------- Makes a title for COinS from Title and / or ScriptTitle (or any other name-script pairs) Apostrophe markup (bold, italics) is stripped from each value so that the COinS metadata isn't corrupted with strings of %27%27... ]] local function make_coins_title (title, script) title = has_accept_as_written (title); if is_set (title) then title = strip_apostrophe_markup (title); -- strip any apostrophe markup else title = ''; -- if not set, make sure title is an empty string end if is_set (script) then script = script:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- remove language prefix if present (script value may now be empty string) script = strip_apostrophe_markup (script); -- strip any apostrophe markup else script = ''; -- if not set, make sure script is an empty string end if is_set (title) and is_set (script) then script = ' ' .. script; -- add a space before we concatenate end return title .. script; -- return the concatenation end --[[--------------------------< E S C A P E _ L U A _ M A G I C _ C H A R S >---------------------------------- Returns a string where all of Lua's magic characters have been escaped. This is important because functions like string.gsub() treat their pattern and replace strings as patterns, not literal strings. ]] local function escape_lua_magic_chars (argument) argument = argument:gsub("%%", "%%%%"); -- replace % with %% argument = argument:gsub("([%^%$%(%)%.%[%]%*%+%-%?])", "%%%1"); -- replace all other Lua magic pattern characters return argument; end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ C O I N S _ P A G E S >------------------------------------------------ Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS. ]] local function get_coins_pages (pages) local pattern; if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end -- if no page numbers then we're done while true do pattern = pages:match("%[(%w*:?//[^ ]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]"); -- pattern is the opening bracket, the URL and following space(s): "[url " if nil == pattern then break; end -- no more URLs pattern = escape_lua_magic_chars (pattern); -- pattern is not a literal string; escape Lua's magic pattern characters pages = pages:gsub(pattern, ""); -- remove as many instances of pattern as possible end pages = pages:gsub("[%[%]]", ""); -- remove the brackets pages = pages:gsub("–", "-" ); -- replace endashes with hyphens pages = pages:gsub("&%w+;", "-" ); -- and replace HTML entities (&ndash; etc.) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like &#32; and the like? pages = pages:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove html-like tags; spans are added to <Pages> by utilities.hyphen_to_dash() which should not appear in COinS metadata return pages; end --[=[-------------------------< C O I N S _ R E P L A C E _ M A T H _ S T R I P M A R K E R >------------------ There are three options for math markup rendering that depend on the editor's math preference settings. These settings are at [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-rendering]] and are PNG images TeX source MathML with SVG or PNG fallback All three are heavy with HTML and CSS which doesn't belong in the metadata. Without this function, the metadata saved in the raw wikitext contained the rendering determined by the settings of the last editor to save the page. This function gets the rendered form of an equation according to the editor's preference before the page is saved. It then searches the rendering for the text equivalent of the rendered equation and replaces the rendering with that so that the page is saved without extraneous HTML/CSS markup and with a reasonably readable text form of the equation. When a replacement is made, this function returns true and the value with replacement; otherwise false and the initial value. To replace multipe equations it is necessary to call this function from within a loop. ]=] local function coins_replace_math_stripmarker (value) local stripmarker = cfg.stripmarkers['math']; local rendering = value:match (stripmarker); -- is there a math stripmarker if not rendering then -- when value doesn't have a math stripmarker, abandon this test return false, value; end rendering = mw.text.unstripNoWiki (rendering); -- convert stripmarker into rendered value (or nil? ''? when math render error) if rendering:match ('alt="[^"]+"') then -- if PNG math option rendering = rendering:match ('alt="([^"]+)"'); -- extract just the math text elseif rendering:match ('$%s+.+%s+%$') then -- if TeX math option; $ is legit character that is escapes as \$ rendering = rendering:match ('$%s+(.+)%s+%$') -- extract just the math text elseif rendering:match ('<annotation[^>]+>.+</annotation>') then -- if MathML math option rendering = rendering:match ('<annotation[^>]+>(.+)</annotation>') -- extract just the math text else return false, value; -- had math stripmarker but not one of the three defined forms end return true, value:gsub (stripmarker, rendering, 1); end --[[--------------------------< C O I N S _ C L E A N U P >---------------------------------------------------- Cleanup parameter values for the metadata by removing or replacing invisible characters and certain HTML entities. 2015-12-10: there is a bug in mw.text.unstripNoWiki (). It replaces math stripmarkers with the appropriate content when it shouldn't. See https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T121085 and Wikipedia_talk:Lua#stripmarkers_and_mw.text.unstripNoWiki.28.29 TODO: move the replacement patterns and replacement values into a table in /Configuration similar to the invisible characters table? ]] local function coins_cleanup (value) local replaced = true; -- default state to get the do loop running while replaced do -- loop until all math stripmarkers replaced replaced, value = coins_replace_math_stripmarker (value); -- replace math stripmarker with text representation of the equation end value = value:gsub (cfg.stripmarkers['math'], "MATH RENDER ERROR"); -- one or more couldn't be replaced; insert vague error message value = mw.text.unstripNoWiki (value); -- replace nowiki stripmarkers with their content value = value:gsub ('<span class="nowrap" style="padding%-left:0%.1em;">&#39;(s?)</span>', "'%1"); -- replace {{'}} or {{'s}} with simple apostrophe or apostrophe-s value = value:gsub ('&nbsp;', ' '); -- replace &nbsp; entity with plain space value = value:gsub ('\226\128\138', ' '); -- replace hair space with plain space if not mw.ustring.find (value, cfg.indic_script) then -- don't remove zero-width joiner characters from indic script value = value:gsub ('&zwj;', ''); -- remove &zwj; entities value = mw.ustring.gsub (value, '[\226\128\141\226\128\139\194\173]', ''); -- remove zero-width joiner, zero-width space, soft hyphen end value = value:gsub ('[\009\010\013 ]+', ' '); -- replace horizontal tab, line feed, carriage return with plain space return value; end --[[--------------------------< C O I N S >-------------------------------------------------------------------- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) allows automated tools to parse the citation information. ]] local function COinS(data, class) if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then return ''; end for k, v in pairs (data) do -- spin through all of the metadata parameter values if 'ID_list' ~= k and 'Authors' ~= k then -- except the ID_list and Author tables (author nowiki stripmarker done when Author table processed) data[k] = coins_cleanup (v); end end local ctx_ver = "Z39.88-2004"; -- treat table strictly as an array with only set values. local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, { __newindex = function(self, key, value) if is_set(value) then rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( remove_wiki_link( value ) ) } ); end end }); if in_array (class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn', 'journal', 'news', 'magazine'}) or (in_array (class, {'conference', 'interview', 'map', 'press release', 'web'}) and is_set(data.Periodical)) or ('citation' == class and is_set(data.Periodical) and not is_set (data.Encyclopedia)) then OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal"; -- journal metadata identifier if in_array (class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) then -- set genre according to the type of citation template we are rendering OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "preprint"; -- cite arxiv, cite biorxiv, cite citeseerx, cite medrxiv, cite ssrn elseif 'conference' == class then OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "conference"; -- cite conference (when Periodical set) elseif 'web' == class then OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "unknown"; -- cite web (when Periodical set) else OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article"; -- journal and other 'periodical' articles end OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical; -- journal only OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title; -- 'periodical' article titles -- these used only for periodicals OCinSoutput["rft.ssn"] = data.Season; -- keywords: winter, spring, summer, fall OCinSoutput["rft.quarter"] = data.Quarter; -- single digits 1->first quarter, etc. OCinSoutput["rft.chron"] = data.Chron; -- free-form date components OCinSoutput["rft.volume"] = data.Volume; -- does not apply to books OCinSoutput["rft.issue"] = data.Issue; OCinSoutput['rft.artnum'] = data.ArticleNumber; -- {{cite journal}} only OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages; -- also used in book metadata elseif 'thesis' ~= class then -- all others except cite thesis are treated as 'book' metadata; genre distinguishes OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book"; -- book metadata identifier if 'report' == class or 'techreport' == class then -- cite report and cite techreport OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "report"; elseif 'conference' == class then -- cite conference when Periodical not set OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "conference"; OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter; -- conference paper as chapter in proceedings (book) elseif in_array (class, {'book', 'citation', 'encyclopaedia', 'interview', 'map'}) then if is_set (data.Chapter) then OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "bookitem"; OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter; -- book chapter, encyclopedia article, interview in a book, or map title else if 'map' == class or 'interview' == class then OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = 'unknown'; -- standalone map or interview else OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = 'book'; -- book and encyclopedia end end else -- {'audio-visual', 'AV-media-notes', 'DVD-notes', 'episode', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'newsgroup', 'podcast', 'press release', 'serial', 'sign', 'speech', 'web'} OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "unknown"; end OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title; -- book only OCinSoutput["rft.place"] = data.PublicationPlace; -- book only OCinSoutput["rft.series"] = data.Series; -- book only OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages; -- book, journal OCinSoutput["rft.edition"] = data.Edition; -- book only OCinSoutput["rft.pub"] = data.PublisherName; -- book and dissertation else -- cite thesis OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:dissertation"; -- dissertation metadata identifier OCinSoutput["rft.title"] = data.Title; -- dissertation (also patent but that is not yet supported) OCinSoutput["rft.degree"] = data.Degree; -- dissertation only OCinSoutput['rft.inst'] = data.PublisherName; -- book and dissertation end -- NB. Not currently supported are "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:patent", "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:dc", "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:sch_svc", "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:ctx" -- and now common parameters (as much as possible) OCinSoutput["rft.date"] = data.Date; -- book, journal, dissertation for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do -- what to do about these? For now assume that they are common to all? if k == 'ISBN' then v = v:gsub( "[^-0-9X]", "" ); end local id = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS; if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then -- for ids that are in the info:registry OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v }; elseif string.sub (id or "", 1, 3 ) == 'rft' then -- for isbn, issn, eissn, etc. that have defined COinS keywords OCinSoutput[ id ] = v; elseif 'url' == id then -- for urls that are assembled in ~/Identifiers; |asin= and |ol= OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat ({data.ID_list[k], "#id-name=", cfg.id_handlers[k].label}); elseif id then -- when cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS is not nil so urls created here OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ cfg.id_handlers[k].prefix, v, cfg.id_handlers[k].suffix or '', "#id-name=", cfg.id_handlers[k].label }; -- others; provide a URL and indicate identifier name as #fragment (human-readable, but transparent to browsers) end end local last, first; for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors ) do last, first = coins_cleanup (v.last), coins_cleanup (v.first or ''); -- replace any nowiki stripmarkers, non-printing or invisible characters if k == 1 then -- for the first author name only if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then -- set these COinS values if |first= and |last= specify the first author name OCinSoutput["rft.aulast"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation OCinSoutput["rft.aufirst"] = first; -- book, journal, dissertation elseif is_set(last) then OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation -- otherwise use this form for the first name end else -- for all other authors if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = table.concat{ last, ", ", first }; -- book, journal, dissertation elseif is_set(last) then OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation end -- TODO: At present we do not report "et al.". Add anything special if this condition applies? end end OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL; OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ "info:sid/", mw.site.server:match( "[^/]*$" ), ":", data.RawPage }; -- TODO: Add optional extra info: -- rfr_dat=#REVISION<version> (referrer private data) -- ctx_id=<data.RawPage>#<ref> (identifier for the context object) -- ctx_tim=<ts> (timestamp in format yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ssTZD or yyyy-mm-dd) -- ctx_enc=info:ofi/enc:UTF-8 (character encoding) OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil ); -- sort with version string always first, and combine. -- table.sort( OCinSoutput ); table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, "ctx_ver=" .. ctx_ver ); -- such as "Z39.88-2004" return table.concat(OCinSoutput, "&"); end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S E L E C T E D _ M O D U L E S >-------------------------------------- Sets local cfg table and imported functions table to same (live or sandbox) as that used by the other modules. ]] local function set_selected_modules (cfg_table_ptr, utilities_page_ptr) cfg = cfg_table_ptr; has_accept_as_written = utilities_page_ptr.has_accept_as_written; -- import functions from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities module is_set = utilities_page_ptr.is_set; in_array = utilities_page_ptr.in_array; remove_wiki_link = utilities_page_ptr.remove_wiki_link; strip_apostrophe_markup = utilities_page_ptr.strip_apostrophe_markup; end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------ ]] return { make_coins_title = make_coins_title, get_coins_pages = get_coins_pages, COinS = COinS, set_selected_modules = set_selected_modules, } 2eba9cn0u4yseyeujt1vmrglxrgcllo 828 3776 266009 245453 2026-02-28T15:14:44Z en>Trappist the monk 0 synch from sandbox; 266009 Scribunto text/plain local lang_obj = mw.language.getContentLanguage(); -- make a language object for the local language; used here for languages and dates --[[--------------------------< S E T T I N G S >-------------------------------------------------------------- boolean settings used to control various things. these setting located here to make them easy to find ]] -- these settings local to this module only local local_digits_from_mediawiki = false; -- for i18n; when true, module fills date_names['local_digits'] from MediaWiki; manual fill required else; always false at en.wiki local local_date_names_from_mediawiki = false; -- for i18n; when true, module fills date_names['local']['long'] and date_names['local']['short'] from MediaWiki; -- manual translation required else; ; always false at en.wiki -- these settings exported to other modules local use_identifier_redirects = true; -- when true use redirect name for identifier label links; always true at en.wiki local local_lang_cat_enable = false; -- when true categorizes pages where |language=<local wiki's language>; always false at en.wiki local date_name_auto_xlate_enable = false; -- when true translates English month-names to the local-wiki's language month names; always false at en.wiki local date_digit_auto_xlate_enable = false; -- when true translates Western date digit to the local-wiki's language digits (date_names['local_digits']); always false at en.wiki local enable_sort_keys = true; -- when true module adds namespace sort keys to error and maintenance category links local suppress_archive_today_urls = true; -- when true module suppresses all parameters with an archive.today url and any deprendent parameters --[[--------------------------< U N C A T E G O R I Z E D _ N A M E S P A C E S >------------------------------ List of namespaces identifiers for namespaces that will not be included in citation error categories. Same as setting notracking = true by default. For wikis that have a current version of Module:cs1 documentation support, this #invoke will return an unordered list of namespace names and their associated identifiers: {{#invoke:cs1 documentation support|uncategorized_namespace_lister|all=<anything>}} ]] local uncategorized_namespaces_t = {[2]=true}; -- init with user namespace id for k, _ in pairs (mw.site.talkNamespaces) do -- add all talk namespace ids uncategorized_namespaces_t[k] = true; end local uncategorized_subpages = {'/[Ss]andbox', '/[Tt]estcases', '/[^/]*[Ll]og', '/[Aa]rchive'}; -- list of Lua patterns found in page names of pages we should not categorize --[[ at en.wiki Greek characters are used as sort keys for certain items in a category so that those items are placed at the end of a category page. See Wikipedia:Categorization#Sort_keys. That works well for en.wiki because English is written using the Latn script. This may not work well for other languages. At en.wiki it is desireable to place content from certain namespaces at the end of a category listing so the module adds sort keys to error and maintenance category links when rendering a cs1|2 template on a page in that namespace. i18n: if this does not work well for your language, set <enable_sort_keys> to false. ]] local name_space_sort_keys = { -- sort keys to be used with these namespaces: [4] = 'ω', -- wikipedia; omega [10] = 'τ', -- template; tau [118] = 'Δ', -- draft; delta ['other'] = 'ο', -- all other non-talk namespaces except main (article); omicron } --[[--------------------------< M E S S A G E S >-------------------------------------------------------------- Translation table The following contains fixed text that may be output as part of a citation. This is separated from the main body to aid in future translations of this module. ]] local messages = { ['agency'] = '$1 $2', -- $1 is sepc, $2 is agency ['archived-dead'] = 'Archived from $1 on $2', ['archived-live'] = '$1 from the original on $2', ['archived-unfit'] = 'Archived from the original on $1', ['archived'] = 'Archived', ['by'] = 'By', -- contributions to authored works: introduction, foreword, afterword ['cartography'] = 'Cartography by $1', ['editor'] = 'ed.', ['editors'] = 'eds.', ['edition'] = '($1&nbsp;ed.)', ['episode'] = 'Episode $1', ['et al'] = 'et&nbsp;al.', ['in'] = 'In', -- edited works ['inactive'] = ' (inactive $1)', -- $1 is date which the doi was found to be broken in ['inset'] = '$1 inset', ['interview'] = 'Interviewed by $1', invisible_1 = '$1 $2', -- $1 stripmarker name; $2 is text from <invisible_chars[1]> invisible_2 = '$1 character', -- $1 character name from <invisible_chars[1]> ['mismatch'] = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> / <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$2=</code> mismatch', -- $1 is year param name; $2 is date param name ['newsgroup'] = '[[Usenet newsgroup|Newsgroup]]:&nbsp;$1', ['notitle'] = 'No title', -- for |title=(()) and (in the future) |title=none ['original'] = 'the original', ['origdate'] = ' [$1]', ['published'] = ' (published $1)', ['retrieved'] = 'Retrieved $1', ['season'] = 'Season $1', ['section'] = '§&nbsp;$1', ['sections'] = '§§&nbsp;$1', ['series'] = '$1 $2', -- $1 is sepc, $2 is series ['seriesnum'] = 'Series $1', ['translated'] = 'Translated by $1', ['type'] = ' ($1)', -- for titletype wikidata = 'Wikidata', -- these used for interwikilinked author/editor/... names wikipedia = 'Wikipedia', wikisource = 'Wikisource', ['written'] = 'Written at $1', ['vol'] = '$1 Vol.&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc; bold journal style volume is in presentation{} ['vol-no'] = '$1 Vol.&nbsp;$2, no.&nbsp;$3', -- sepc, volume, issue (alternatively insert $1 after $2, but then we'd also have to change capitalization) ['issue'] = '$1 No.&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc ['art'] = '$1 Art.&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc; for {{cite conference}} only ['vol-art'] = '$1 Vol.&nbsp;$2, art.&nbsp;$3', -- sepc, volume, article-number; for {{cite conference}} only ['j-vol'] = '$1 $2', -- sepc, volume; bold journal volume is in presentation{} ['j-issue'] = ' ($1)', ['j-article-num'] = ' $1', -- TODO: any punctuation here? static text? ['nopp'] = '$1 $2'; -- page(s) without prefix; $1 is sepc ['p-prefix'] = "$1 p.&nbsp;$2", -- $1 is sepc ['pp-prefix'] = "$1 pp.&nbsp;$2", -- $1 is sepc ['j-page(s)'] = ': $1', -- same for page and pages ['sheet'] = '$1 Sheet&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc ['sheets'] = '$1 Sheets&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc ['j-sheet'] = ': Sheet&nbsp;$1', ['j-sheets'] = ': Sheets&nbsp;$1', ['language'] = '(in $1)', ['via'] = " &ndash; via $1", ['event'] = 'Event occurs at', ['minutes'] = ' $1 minutes in', -- $1 is the number of minutes -- Determines the location of the help page ['help page link'] = 'Help:CS1 errors', ['help page label'] = 'help', -- categories ['cat wikilink'] = '[[Category:$1]]', -- $1 is the category name ['cat wikilink sk'] = '[[Category:$1|$2]]', -- $1 is the category name; $2 is namespace sort key [':cat wikilink'] = '[[:Category:$1|link]]', -- category name as maintenance message wikilink; $1 is the category name -- Internal errors (should only occur if configuration is bad) ['undefined_error'] = 'Called with an undefined error condition', ['unknown_ID_key'] = 'Unrecognized ID key: ', -- an ID key in id_handlers not found in ~/Identifiers func_map{} ['unknown_ID_access'] = 'Unrecognized ID access keyword: ', -- an ID access keyword in id_handlers not found in keywords_lists['id-access']{} ['unknown_argument_map'] = 'Argument map not defined for this variable', ['bare_url_no_origin'] = 'Bare URL found but origin indicator is nil or empty', ['warning_msg_e'] = '<span style="color:#d33"><code style="color: inherit; background: inherit; border: none; padding: inherit;">&#123;{$1}}</code>: this [[#$2|reference]] has errors</span>; messages may be hidden ([[Help:CS1_errors#Controlling_error_message_display|help]]).'; -- $1 is template link; $2 is anchor ID ['warning_msg_m'] = '<span style="color:#085"><code style="color: inherit; background: inherit; border: none; padding: inherit;">&#123;{$1}}</code>: this [[#$2|reference]] has maintenance messages</span>; messages may be hidden ([[Help:CS1_errors#Controlling_error_message_display|help]]).'; -- $1 is template link; $2 is anchor ID } --[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N _ C L A S S _ M A P >------------------------------------------ this table maps the value assigned to |CitationClass= in the cs1|2 templates to the canonical template name when the value assigned to |CitationClass= is different from the canonical template name. |CitationClass= values are used as class attributes in the <cite> tag that encloses the citation so these names may not contain spaces while the canonical template name may. These names are used in warning_msg_e and warning_msg_m to create links to the template's documentation when an article is displayed in preview mode. ]] local citation_class_map_t = { -- TODO: in Module:Cite/config write a function to use this table arxiv = 'cite arXiv', -- as the source for known_templates_t and citation_classes_t ['audio-visual'] = 'cite AV media', ['AV-media-notes'] = 'cite AV media notes', biorxiv = 'cite bioRxiv', book = 'cite book', citation = 'citation', citeseerx = 'cite CiteSeerX', conference = 'cite conference', document = 'cite document', encyclopaedia = 'cite encyclopedia', episode = 'cite episode', interview = 'cite interview', journal = 'cite journal', magazine = 'cite magazine', mailinglist = 'cite mailing list', map = 'cite map', medrxiv = 'cite medRxiv', news = 'cite news', newsgroup = 'cite newsgroup', podcast = 'cite podcast', pressrelease = 'cite press release', report = 'cite report', serial = 'cite serial', sign = 'cite sign', speech = 'cite speech', ssrn = 'cite SSRN', techreport = 'cite tech report', thesis = 'cite thesis', web = 'cite web', } --[=[-------------------------< E T _ A L _ P A T T E R N S >-------------------------------------------------- This table provides Lua patterns for the phrase "et al" and variants in name text (author, editor, etc.). The main module uses these to identify and emit the 'etal' message. ]=] local et_al_patterns = { "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll][%.;,\"']*$", -- variations on the 'et al' theme "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll][Ii][AaIi][Ee]?[%.;,\"']*$", -- variations on the 'et alia', 'et alii' and 'et aliae' themes (false positive 'et aliie' unlikely to match) "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers", -- an alternative to et al. "%[%[ *[Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll]%.? *%]%]", -- a wikilinked form "%(%( *[Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll]%.? *%)%)", -- a double-bracketed form (to counter partial removal of ((...)) syntax) "[%(%[] *[Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll]%.? *[%)%]]", -- a bracketed form } --[[--------------------------< P R E S E N T A T I O N >------------------------ Fixed presentation markup. Originally part of citation_config.messages it has been moved into its own, more semantically correct place. ]] local presentation = { -- .citation-comment class is specified at Help:CS1_errors#Controlling_error_message_display ['hidden-error'] = '<span class="cs1-hidden-error citation-comment">$1</span>', ['visible-error'] = '<span class="cs1-visible-error citation-comment">$1</span>', ['hidden-maint'] = '<span class="cs1-maint citation-comment">$1</span>', ['accessdate'] = '<span class="reference-accessdate">$1$2</span>', -- to allow editors to hide accessdate using personal CSS ['bdi'] = '<bdi$1>$2</bdi>', -- bidirectional isolation used with |script-title= and the like ['cite'] = '<cite class="$1">$2</cite>'; -- for use when citation does not have a namelist and |ref= not set so no id="..." attribute ['cite-id'] = '<cite id="$1" class="$2">$3</cite>'; -- for use when when |ref= is set or when citation has a namelist ['format'] = ' <span class="cs1-format">($1)</span>', -- for |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. ['interwiki'] = ' <span class="cs1-format">[in $1]</span>', -- for interwiki-language-linked author, editor, etc ['interproj'] = ' <span class="cs1-format">[at $1]</span>', -- for interwiki-project-linked author, editor, etc (:d: and :s: supported; :w: ignored) -- various access levels, for |access=, |doi-access=, |arxiv=, ... -- narrow no-break space &#8239; may work better than nowrap CSS. Or not? Browser support? ['ext-link-access-signal'] = '<span class="$1" title="$2">$3</span>', -- external link with appropriate lock icon ['free'] = {class='id-lock-free', title='Freely accessible'}, -- classes defined in Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css ['registration'] = {class='id-lock-registration', title='Free registration required'}, ['limited'] = {class='id-lock-limited', title='Free access subject to limited trial, subscription normally required'}, ['subscription'] = {class='id-lock-subscription', title='Paid subscription required'}, ['interwiki-icon'] = '<span class="$1" title="$2">$3</span>', ['class-wikisource'] = 'cs1-ws-icon', ['italic-title'] = "''$1''", ['kern-left'] = '<span class="cs1-kern-left"></span>$1', -- spacing to use when title contains leading single or double quote mark ['kern-right'] = '$1<span class="cs1-kern-right"></span>', -- spacing to use when title contains trailing single or double quote mark ['nowrap1'] = '<span class="nowrap">$1</span>', -- for nowrapping an item: <span ...>yyyy-mm-dd</span> ['nowrap2'] = '<span class="nowrap">$1</span> $2', -- for nowrapping portions of an item: <span ...>dd mmmm</span> yyyy (note white space) ['ocins'] = '<span title="$1" class="Z3988"></span>', ['parameter'] = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', ['ps_cs1'] = '.'; -- CS1 style postscript (terminal) character ['ps_cs2'] = ''; -- CS2 style postscript (terminal) character (empty string) ['quoted-text'] = '<q>$1</q>', -- for wrapping |quote= content ['quoted-title'] = '"$1"', ['sep_cs1'] = '.', -- CS1 element separator ['sep_cs2'] = ',', -- CS2 separator ['sep_nl'] = ';', -- CS1|2 style name-list separator between names is a semicolon ['sep_nl_and'] = ' and ', -- used as last nl sep when |name-list-style=and and list has 2 items ['sep_nl_end'] = '; and ', -- used as last nl sep when |name-list-style=and and list has 3+ names ['sep_name'] = ', ', -- CS1|2 style last/first separator is <comma><space> ['sep_nl_vanc'] = ',', -- Vancouver style name-list separator between authors is a comma ['sep_name_vanc'] = ' ', -- Vancouver style last/first separator is a space ['sep_list'] = ', ', -- used for |language= when list has 3+ items except for last sep which uses sep_list_end ['sep_list_pair'] = ' and ', -- used for |language= when list has 2 items ['sep_list_end'] = ', and ', -- used as last list sep for |language= when list has 3+ items ['trans-italic-title'] = "&#91;''$1''&#93;", ['trans-quoted-title'] = "&#91;$1&#93;", -- for |trans-title= and |trans-quote= ['vol-bold'] = '$1 <b>$2</b>', -- sepc, volume; for bold journal cites; for other cites ['vol'] in messages{} } --[[--------------------------< A L I A S E S >--------------------------------- Aliases table for commonly passed parameters. Parameter names on the right side in the assignments in this table must have been defined in the Whitelist before they will be recognized as valid parameter names ]] local aliases = { ['AccessDate'] = {'access-date', 'accessdate'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Agency'] = 'agency', ['ArchiveDate'] = {'archive-date', 'archivedate'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['ArchiveFormat'] = 'archive-format', ['ArchiveURL'] = {'archive-url', 'archiveurl'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['ArticleNumber'] = 'article-number', ['ASINTLD'] = 'asin-tld', ['At'] = 'at', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Authors'] = {'people', 'credits'}, ['BookTitle'] = {'book-title', 'booktitle'}, ['Cartography'] = 'cartography', ['Chapter'] = {'chapter', 'contribution', 'entry', 'article', 'section'}, ['ChapterFormat'] = {'chapter-format', 'contribution-format', 'entry-format', 'article-format', 'section-format'}; ['ChapterURL'] = {'chapter-url', 'contribution-url', 'entry-url', 'article-url', 'section-url'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['ChapterUrlAccess'] = {'chapter-url-access', 'contribution-url-access', 'entry-url-access', 'article-url-access', 'section-url-access'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Class'] = 'class', -- cite arxiv and arxiv identifier ['Collaboration'] = 'collaboration', ['Conference'] = {'conference', 'event'}, ['ConferenceFormat'] = 'conference-format', ['ConferenceURL'] = 'conference-url', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Date'] = {'date', 'air-date', 'airdate'}, -- air-date and airdate for cite episode and cite serial only ['Degree'] = 'degree', ['DF'] = 'df', ['DisplayAuthors'] = {'display-authors', 'display-subjects'}, ['DisplayContributors'] = 'display-contributors', ['DisplayEditors'] = 'display-editors', ['DisplayInterviewers'] = 'display-interviewers', ['DisplayTranslators'] = 'display-translators', ['Docket'] = 'docket', ['DoiBroken'] = 'doi-broken-date', ['Edition'] = 'edition', ['Embargo'] = 'pmc-embargo-date', ['Encyclopedia'] = {'encyclopedia', 'encyclopaedia', 'dictionary'}, -- cite encyclopedia only ['Episode'] = 'episode', -- cite serial only TODO: make available to cite episode? ['Format'] = 'format', ['ID'] = {'id', 'ID'}, ['Inset'] = 'inset', ['Issue'] = {'issue', 'number'}, ['Language'] = {'language', 'lang'}, ['MailingList'] = {'mailing-list', 'mailinglist'}, -- cite mailing list only ['Map'] = 'map', -- cite map only ['MapFormat'] = 'map-format', -- cite map only ['MapURL'] = {'map-url', 'mapurl'}, -- cite map only -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['MapUrlAccess'] = 'map-url-access', -- cite map only -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Minutes'] = 'minutes', ['Mode'] = 'mode', ['NameListStyle'] = 'name-list-style', ['Network'] = 'network', ['Newsgroup'] = 'newsgroup', -- cite newsgroup only ['NoPP'] = {'no-pp', 'nopp'}, ['NoTracking'] = {'no-tracking', 'template-doc-demo'}, ['Number'] = 'number', -- this case only for cite techreport ['OrigDate'] = {'orig-date', 'orig-year', 'origyear'}, ['Others'] = 'others', ['Page'] = {'page', 'p'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Pages'] = {'pages', 'pp'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Periodical'] = {'journal', 'magazine', 'newspaper', 'periodical', 'website', 'work'}, ['Place'] = {'place', 'location'}, ['PostScript'] = 'postscript', ['PublicationDate'] = {'publication-date', 'publicationdate'}, ['PublicationPlace'] = {'publication-place', 'publicationplace'}, ['PublisherName'] = {'publisher', 'institution'}, ['Quote'] = {'quote', 'quotation'}, ['QuotePage'] = 'quote-page', ['QuotePages'] = 'quote-pages', ['Ref'] = 'ref', ['Scale'] = 'scale', ['ScriptChapter'] = {'script-chapter', 'script-contribution', 'script-entry', 'script-article', 'script-section'}, ['ScriptEncyclopedia'] = {'script-encyclopedia', 'script-encyclopaedia'}, -- cite encyclopedia only ['ScriptMap'] = 'script-map', ['ScriptPeriodical'] = {'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper', 'script-periodical', 'script-website', 'script-work'}, ['ScriptQuote'] = 'script-quote', ['ScriptTitle'] = 'script-title', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Season'] = 'season', ['Sections'] = 'sections', -- cite map only ['Series'] = {'series', 'version'}, ['SeriesLink'] = {'series-link', 'serieslink'}, ['SeriesNumber'] = {'series-number', 'series-no'}, ['Sheet'] = 'sheet', -- cite map only ['Sheets'] = 'sheets', -- cite map only ['Station'] = 'station', ['Time'] = 'time', ['TimeCaption'] = 'time-caption', ['Title'] = 'title', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['TitleLink'] = {'title-link', 'episode-link', 'episodelink'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['TitleNote'] = {'title-note', 'department'}, ['TitleType'] = {'type', 'medium'}, ['TransChapter'] = {'trans-article', 'trans-chapter', 'trans-contribution', 'trans-entry', 'trans-section'}, ['Transcript'] = 'transcript', ['TranscriptFormat'] = 'transcript-format', ['TranscriptURL'] = 'transcript-url', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['TransEncyclopedia'] = {'trans-encyclopedia', 'trans-encyclopaedia'}, -- cite encyclopedia only ['TransMap'] = 'trans-map', -- cite map only ['TransPeriodical'] = {'trans-journal', 'trans-magazine', 'trans-newspaper', 'trans-periodical', 'trans-website', 'trans-work'}, ['TransQuote'] = 'trans-quote', ['TransTitle'] = 'trans-title', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['URL'] = {'url', 'URL'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['UrlAccess'] = 'url-access', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['UrlStatus'] = 'url-status', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Vauthors'] = 'vauthors', ['Veditors'] = 'veditors', ['Via'] = 'via', ['Volume'] = 'volume', ['Year'] = 'year', ['AuthorList-First'] = {"first#", "author-first#", "author#-first", "author-given#", "author#-given", "subject-first#", "subject#-first", "subject-given#", "subject#-given", "given#"}, ['AuthorList-Last'] = {"last#", "author-last#", "author#-last", "author-surname#", "author#-surname", "subject-last#", "subject#-last", "subject-surname#", "subject#-surname", "author#", 'host#', "subject#", "surname#"}, ['AuthorList-Link'] = {"author-link#", "author#-link", "subject-link#", "subject#-link", "authorlink#", "author#link"}, ['AuthorList-Mask'] = {"author-mask#", "author#-mask", "subject-mask#", "subject#-mask"}, ['ContributorList-First'] = {'contributor-first#', 'contributor#-first', 'contributor-given#', 'contributor#-given'}, ['ContributorList-Last'] = {'contributor-last#', 'contributor#-last', 'contributor-surname#', 'contributor#-surname', 'contributor#'}, ['ContributorList-Link'] = {'contributor-link#', 'contributor#-link'}, ['ContributorList-Mask'] = {'contributor-mask#', 'contributor#-mask'}, ['EditorList-First'] = {"editor-first#", "editor#-first", "editor-given#", "editor#-given"}, ['EditorList-Last'] = {"editor-last#", "editor#-last", "editor-surname#", "editor#-surname", "editor#"}, ['EditorList-Link'] = {"editor-link#", "editor#-link"}, ['EditorList-Mask'] = {"editor-mask#", "editor#-mask"}, ['InterviewerList-First'] = {'interviewer-first#', 'interviewer#-first', 'interviewer-given#', 'interviewer#-given'}, ['InterviewerList-Last'] = {'interviewer-last#', 'interviewer#-last', 'interviewer-surname#', 'interviewer#-surname', 'interviewer#'}, ['InterviewerList-Link'] = {'interviewer-link#', 'interviewer#-link'}, ['InterviewerList-Mask'] = {'interviewer-mask#', 'interviewer#-mask'}, ['TranslatorList-First'] = {'translator-first#', 'translator#-first', 'translator-given#', 'translator#-given'}, ['TranslatorList-Last'] = {'translator-last#', 'translator#-last', 'translator-surname#', 'translator#-surname', 'translator#'}, ['TranslatorList-Link'] = {'translator-link#', 'translator#-link'}, ['TranslatorList-Mask'] = {'translator-mask#', 'translator#-mask'}, } --[[--------------------------< D E P E N D E N C I E S _ T >-------------------------------------------------- a table of url-holding parameters upon which other parameters are dependent. this table is used by has_archive_today_url() to suppress parameters that are dependant upon a url-holding parameter that has as a value an archive.today (or alternate tld) url. archive.today is deprecated at en.wiki; see Wikipedia:Requests_for_comment/Archive.is_RFC_5 ]] local url_dependency_map_t = { -- table of url-holding parameters and the meta-parameters that are dependent on them ['url'] = {'AccessDate', 'ArchiveURL', 'Format', 'UrlAccess'}, ['archive-url'] = {'ArchiveDate', 'ArchiveFormat', 'UrlStatus'}, ['archiveurl'] = {'ArchiveDate', 'ArchiveFormat', 'UrlStatus'}, ['article-url'] = {'ChapterFormat', 'ChapterUrlAccess'}, ['chapter-url'] = {'ChapterFormat', 'ChapterUrlAccess'}, ['conference-url'] = {'ConferenceFormat'}, ['contribution-url'] = {'ChapterFormat', 'ChapterUrlAccess'}, ['entry-url'] = {'ChapterFormat', 'ChapterUrlAccess'}, ['map-url'] = {'MapFormat', 'MapUrlAccess'}, ['section-url'] = {'ChapterFormat', 'ChapterUrlAccess'}, ['transcript-url'] = {'TranscriptFormat'}, }; local dependencies_t = {}; -- the table of url-holding parameters and their dependent parameters for url_param, meta_parameters_t in pairs (url_dependency_map_t) do -- sequence of meta-parameters (indexes) into <aliases> table local dependant_params_t = {}; -- collection of parameters that are dependent on this <url_param> for _, meta_parameter in ipairs (meta_parameters_t) do -- for each <aliases> meta-parameter (index) if 'string' == type (aliases[meta_parameter]) then -- for single parameter names (no aliases), <aliases[meta_parameter]> will be a string table.insert (dependant_params_t, aliases[meta_parameter]); -- add to this <url_param>'s dependency sequence else for _, alias in ipairs (aliases[meta_parameter]) do -- for each alias in aliases[meta_parameter] (aliases['AccessDate'] for example) table.insert (dependant_params_t, alias); -- add to this <url_param>'s dependency sequence end end end dependencies_t[url_param] = dependant_params_t; -- add the <url_param> and its dependent parameters end --[[--------------------------< P U N C T _ S K I P >--------------------------- builds a table of parameter names that the extraneous terminal punctuation check should not check. ]] local punct_meta_params = { -- table of aliases[] keys (meta parameters); each key has a table of parameter names for a value 'BookTitle', 'Chapter', 'ScriptChapter', 'ScriptTitle', 'Title', 'TransChapter', 'Transcript', 'TransMap', 'TransTitle', -- title-holding parameters 'AuthorList-Mask', 'ContributorList-Mask', 'EditorList-Mask', 'InterviewerList-Mask', 'TranslatorList-Mask', -- name-list mask may have name separators 'PostScript', 'Quote', 'ScriptQuote', 'TransQuote', 'Ref', -- miscellaneous 'ArchiveURL', 'ChapterURL', 'ConferenceURL', 'MapURL', 'TranscriptURL', 'URL', -- URL-holding parameters } local url_meta_params = { -- table of aliases[] keys (meta parameters); each key has a table of parameter names for a value 'ArchiveURL', 'ChapterURL', 'ConferenceURL', 'ID', 'MapURL', 'TranscriptURL', 'URL', -- parameters allowed to hold urls 'Page', 'Pages', 'At', 'QuotePage', 'QuotePages', -- insource locators allowed to hold urls } local function build_skip_table (skip_t, meta_params) for _, meta_param in ipairs (meta_params) do -- for each meta parameter key local params = aliases[meta_param]; -- get the parameter or the table of parameters associated with the meta parameter name if 'string' == type (params) then skip_t[params] = 1; -- just a single parameter else for _, param in ipairs (params) do -- get the parameter name skip_t[param] = 1; -- add the parameter name to the skip table local count; param, count = param:gsub ('#', ''); -- remove enumerator marker from enumerated parameters if 0 ~= count then -- if removed skip_t[param] = 1; -- add param name without enumerator marker end end end end return skip_t; end local punct_skip = {}; local url_skip = {}; --[[--------------------------< U R L _ A C C E S S _ M A P >-------------------------------------------------- this table used by the wikipedia library url test, has_twl_url(), which automatically sets a url-access parameter to 'subscription' when it discovers a wikipedia library url in any of the url-holding paramters used as keys in this table. translators: if your wiki uses parameter names for these url-holding parameters and their matching -access parameters, add your wiki's parameters to this list. Leave the English parameters in place. TODO: is there a better way to do this? ]] local url_access_map_t = { ['chapter-url'] = 'chapter-url-access', ['contribution-url'] = 'contribution-url-access', ['entry-url'] = 'entry-url-access', ['article-url'] = 'article-url-access', ['section-url'] = 'section-url-access', ['map-url'] = 'map-url-access', ['mapurl'] = 'map-url-access', ['url'] = 'url-access', ['URL'] = 'url-access' } --[[--------------------------< S I N G L E - L E T T E R S E C O N D - L E V E L D O M A I N S >---------- this is a list of tlds that are known to have single-letter second-level domain names. This list does not include ccTLDs which are accepted in is_domain_name(). ]] local single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t = {'cash', 'company', 'foundation', 'media', 'org', 'today'}; --[[-----------< S P E C I A L C A S E T R A N S L A T I O N S >------------ This table is primarily here to support internationalization. Translations in this table are used, for example, when an error message, category name, etc., is extracted from the English alias key. There may be other cases where this translation table may be useful. ]] local is_Latn = 'A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143\225\184\128-\225\187\191'; local special_case_translation = { author = 'author', editor = 'editor', name_list_params = '$1-name-list parameters', -- $1 is 'author' or 'editor'; used with err_redundant_parameters ['AuthorList'] = 'authors list', -- used to assemble maintenance category names ['ContributorList'] = 'contributors list', -- translation of these names plus translation of the base maintenance category names in maint_cats{} table below ['EditorList'] = 'editors list', -- must match the names of the actual categories ['InterviewerList'] = 'interviewers list', -- this group or translations used by name_has_ed_markup() and name_has_mult_names() ['TranslatorList'] = 'translators list', -- Lua patterns to match pseudo-titles used by InternetArchiveBot and others as placeholder for unknown |title= value ['archived_copy'] = { -- used with CS1 maint: Archive[d] copy as title ['en'] = '^archived?%s+copy$', -- for English; translators: keep this because templates imported from en.wiki ['local'] = nil, -- translators: replace ['local'] = nil with lowercase translation only when bots or tools create generic titles in your language }, -- Lua patterns to match generic titles; usually created by bots or reference filling tools -- translators: replace ['local'] = nil with lowercase translation only when bots or tools create generic titles in your language -- generic titles and patterns in this table should be lowercase only -- leave ['local'] nil except when there is a matching generic title in your language -- boolean 'true' for plain-text searches; 'false' for pattern searches ['generic_titles'] = { ['accept'] = { }, ['reject'] = { {['en'] = {'^wayback%s+machine$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'are you a robot', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'hugedomains', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[%(%[{<]?no +title[>}%]%)]?$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'page not found', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'subscribe to read', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[%(%[{<]?unknown[>}%]%)]?$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'website is for sale', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^404', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'error[ %-]404', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'internet archive wayback machine', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'log into facebook', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'login • instagram', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'redirecting...', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'usurped title', true}, ['local'] = nil}, -- added by a GreenC bot {['en'] = {'wayback machine', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'webcite query result', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'wikiwix\'s cache', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'bot verification', true}, ['local'] = nil}, } }, -- boolean 'true' for plain-text searches, search string must be lowercase only -- boolean 'false' for pattern searches -- leave ['local'] nil except when there is a matching generic name in your language ['generic_names'] = { ['accept'] = { {['en'] = {'%[%[[^|]*%(author%) *|[^%]]*%]%]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, }, ['reject'] = { {['en'] = {'about us', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f[%a][Aa]dvisor%f[%A]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'allmusic', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f[%a][Aa]uthor%f[%A]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[Bb]ureau$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'business', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'cnn', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'collaborator', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[Cc]ompany$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'contributor', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'contact us', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'correspondent', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[Dd]esk$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'directory', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*eds?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'[,%.%s]%f[e]eds?%.?$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^eds?[%.,;]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f[%a][Ee]dited%f[%A]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f[%a][Ee]ditors?%f[%A]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f[%a][Ee]mail%f[%A]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'facebook', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'google', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[Gg]roup$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'home page', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[Ii]nc%.?$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'instagram', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'interviewer', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[Ll]imited$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'linkedIn', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[Nn]ews$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'[Nn]ews[ %-]?[Rr]oom', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'pinterest', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'policy', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'privacy', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'reuters', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'translator', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'tumblr', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'twitter', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'site name', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'statement', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'submitted', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'super.?user', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f['..is_Latn..'][Uu]ser%f[^'..is_Latn..']', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'updated', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'verfasser', true}, ['local'] = nil}, } } } --[[--------------------------< D A T E _ N A M E S >---------------------------------------------------------- This table of tables lists local language date names and fallback English date names. The code in Date_validation will look first in the local table for valid date names. If date names are not found in the local table, the code will look in the English table. Because citations can be copied to the local wiki from en.wiki, the English is required when the date-name translation function date_name_xlate() is used. In these tables, season numbering is defined by Extended Date/Time Format (EDTF) Specification (https://www.loc.gov/standards/datetime/) which became part of ISO 8601 in 2019. See '§Sub-year groupings'. The standard defines various divisions using numbers 21-41. CS1|2 only supports generic seasons. EDTF does support the distinction between north and south hemisphere seasons but CS1|2 has no way to make that distinction. 33-36 = Quarter 1, Quarter 2, Quarter 3, Quarter 4 (3 months each) The standard does not address 'named' dates so, for the purposes of CS1|2, Easter and Christmas are defined here as 98 and 99, which should be out of the ISO 8601 (EDTF) range of uses for a while. local_date_names_from_mediawiki is a boolean. When set to: true – module will fetch local month names from MediaWiki for both date_names['local']['long'] and date_names['local']['short']; this will unconditionally overwrite manual translations false – module will *not* fetch local month names from MediaWiki Caveat lector: There is no guarantee that MediaWiki will provide short month names. At your wiki you can test the results of the MediaWiki fetch in the debug console with this command (the result is alpha sorted): =mw.dumpObject (p.date_names['local']) While the module can fetch month names from MediaWiki, it cannot fetch the quarter, season, and named date names from MediaWiki. Those must be translated manually. ]] local local_date_names_from_mediawiki = true; -- when false, manual translation required for date_names['local']['long'] and date_names['local']['short']; overwrites manual translations -- when true, module fetches long and short month names from MediaWiki local date_names = { ['en'] = { -- English ['long'] = {['January'] = 1, ['February'] = 2, ['March'] = 3, ['April'] = 4, ['May'] = 5, ['June'] = 6, ['July'] = 7, ['August'] = 8, ['September'] = 9, ['October'] = 10, ['November'] = 11, ['December'] = 12}, ['short'] = {['Jan'] = 1, ['Feb'] = 2, ['Mar'] = 3, ['Apr'] = 4, ['May'] = 5, ['Jun'] = 6, ['Jul'] = 7, ['Aug'] = 8, ['Sep'] = 9, ['Oct'] = 10, ['Nov'] = 11, ['Dec'] = 12}, ['quarter'] = {['First Quarter'] = 33, ['Second Quarter'] = 34, ['Third Quarter'] = 35, ['Fourth Quarter'] = 36}, ['season'] = {['Winter'] = 24, ['Spring'] = 21, ['Summer'] = 22, ['Fall'] = 23, ['Autumn'] = 23}, ['named'] = {['Easter'] = 98, ['Christmas'] = 99}, }, -- when local_date_names_from_mediawiki = false ['local'] = { -- replace these English date names with the local language equivalents ['long'] = {['January'] = 1, ['February'] = 2, ['March'] = 3, ['April'] = 4, ['May'] = 5, ['June'] = 6, ['July'] = 7, ['August'] = 8, ['September'] = 9, ['October'] = 10, ['November'] = 11, ['December'] = 12}, ['short'] = {['Jan'] = 1, ['Feb'] = 2, ['Mar'] = 3, ['Apr'] = 4, ['May'] = 5, ['Jun'] = 6, ['Jul'] = 7, ['Aug'] = 8, ['Sep'] = 9, ['Oct'] = 10, ['Nov'] = 11, ['Dec'] = 12}, ['quarter'] = {['First Quarter'] = 33, ['Second Quarter'] = 34, ['Third Quarter'] = 35, ['Fourth Quarter'] = 36}, ['season'] = {['Winter'] = 24, ['Spring'] = 21, ['Summer'] = 22, ['Fall'] = 23, ['Autumn'] = 23}, ['named'] = {['Easter'] = 98, ['Christmas'] = 99}, }, ['inv_local_long'] = {}, -- used in date reformatting & translation; copy of date_names['local'].long where k/v are inverted: [1]='<local name>' etc. ['inv_local_short'] = {}, -- used in date reformatting & translation; copy of date_names['local'].short where k/v are inverted: [1]='<local name>' etc. ['inv_local_quarter'] = {}, -- used in date translation; copy of date_names['local'].quarter where k/v are inverted: [1]='<local name>' etc. ['inv_local_season'] = {}, -- used in date translation; copy of date_names['local'].season where k/v are inverted: [1]='<local name>' etc. ['inv_local_named'] = {}, -- used in date translation; copy of date_names['local'].named where k/v are inverted: [1]='<local name>' etc. ['local_digits'] = {['0'] = '0', ['1'] = '1', ['2'] = '2', ['3'] = '3', ['4'] = '4', ['5'] = '5', ['6'] = '6', ['7'] = '7', ['8'] = '8', ['9'] = '9'}, -- used to convert local language digits to Western 0-9 ['xlate_digits'] = {}, } if local_date_names_from_mediawiki then -- if fetching local month names from MediaWiki is enabled local long_t = {}; local short_t = {}; for i=1, 12 do -- loop 12x and local name = lang_obj:formatDate('F', '2022-' .. i .. '-1'); -- get long month name for each i long_t[name] = i; -- save it name = lang_obj:formatDate('M', '2022-' .. i .. '-1'); -- get short month name for each i short_t[name] = i; -- save it end date_names['local']['long'] = long_t; -- write the long table – overwrites manual translation date_names['local']['short'] = short_t; -- write the short table – overwrites manual translation end -- create inverted date-name tables for reformatting and/or translation for _, invert_t in pairs {{'long', 'inv_local_long'}, {'short', 'inv_local_short'}, {'quarter', 'inv_local_quarter'}, {'season', 'inv_local_season'}, {'named', 'inv_local_named'}} do for name, i in pairs (date_names['local'][invert_t[1]]) do -- this table is ['name'] = i date_names[invert_t[2]][i] = name; -- invert to get [i] = 'name' for conversions from ymd end end if local_digits_from_mediawiki then -- if fetching local digits from MediaWiki is enabled local digits_t = {}; for i=0, 9 do -- loop 10x and digits_t [lang_obj:formatNum (i)] = tostring (i); -- format the loop indexer as local lang table index and assign loop indexer (a string) as the value end date_names['local_digits'] = digits_t; end for ld, ed in pairs (date_names.local_digits) do -- make a digit translation table for simple date translation from en to local language using local_digits table date_names.xlate_digits [ed] = ld; -- en digit becomes index with local digit as the value end local df_template_patterns = { -- table of redirects to {{Use dmy dates}} and {{Use mdy dates}} '{{ *[Uu]se +(dmy) +dates *[|}]', -- 1159k -- sorted by approximate transclusion count '{{ *[Uu]se +(mdy) +dates *[|}]', -- 212k '{{ *[Uu]se +(MDY) +dates *[|}]', -- 788 '{{ *[Uu]se +(DMY) +dates *[|}]', -- 343 '{{ *([Mm]dy) *[|}]', -- 176 '{{ *[Uu]se *(dmy) *[|}]', -- 156 + 18 '{{ *[Uu]se *(mdy) *[|}]', -- 149 + 11 '{{ *([Dd]my) *[|}]', -- 56 '{{ *[Uu]se +(MDY) *[|}]', -- 5 '{{ *([Dd]MY) *[|}]', -- 3 '{{ *[Uu]se(mdy)dates *[|}]', -- 1 '{{ *[Uu]se +(DMY) *[|}]', -- 0 '{{ *([Mm]DY) *[|}]', -- 0 } local title_object = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); local content; -- done this way so that unused templates appear in unused-template-reports; self-transcluded makes them look like they are used if 10 ~= title_object.namespace then -- all namespaces except Template content = title_object:getContent() or ''; -- get the content of the article or ''; new pages edited w/ve do not have 'content' until saved; ve does not preview; phab:T221625 end local function get_date_format () if not content then -- nil content when we're in template return nil; -- auto-formatting does not work in Template space so don't set global_df end for _, pattern in ipairs (df_template_patterns) do -- loop through the patterns looking for {{Use dmy dates}} or {{Use mdy dates}} or any of their redirects local start, _, match = content:find(pattern); -- match is the three letters indicating desired date format if match then local use_dates_template = content:match ('%b{}', start); -- get the whole template if use_dates_template:match ('| *cs1%-dates *= *[lsy][sy]?') then -- look for |cs1-dates=publication date length access-/archive-date length return match:lower() .. '-' .. use_dates_template:match ('| *cs1%-dates *= *([lsy][sy]?)'); else return match:lower() .. '-all'; -- no |cs1-dates= k/v pair; return value appropriate for use in |df= end end end end local global_df; -- TODO: add this to <global_cs1_config_t>? --[[-----------------< V O L U M E , I S S U E , P A G E S >------------------ These tables hold cite class values (from the template invocation) and identify those templates that support |volume=, |issue=, and |page(s)= parameters. Cite conference and cite map require further qualification which is handled in the main module. ]] local templates_using_volume = {'citation', 'audio-visual', 'book', 'conference', 'encyclopaedia', 'interview', 'journal', 'magazine', 'map', 'news', 'report', 'techreport', 'thesis'} local templates_using_issue = {'citation', 'conference', 'episode', 'interview', 'journal', 'magazine', 'map', 'news', 'podcast'} local templates_not_using_page = {'audio-visual', 'episode', 'mailinglist', 'newsgroup', 'podcast', 'serial', 'sign', 'speech'} --[[ These tables control when it is appropriate for {{citation}} to render |volume= and/or |issue=. The parameter names in the tables constrain {{citation}} so that its renderings match the renderings of the equivalent cs1 templates. For example, {{cite web}} does not support |volume= so the equivalent {{citation |website=...}} must not support |volume=. ]] local citation_no_volume_t = { -- {{citation}} does not render |volume= when these parameters are used 'website', 'mailinglist', 'script-website', } local citation_issue_t = { -- {{citation}} may render |issue= when these parameters are used 'journal', 'magazine', 'newspaper', 'periodical', 'work', 'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper', 'script-periodical', 'script-work', } --[[ Patterns for finding extra text in |volume=, |issue=, |page=, |pages= ]] local vol_iss_pg_patterns = { good_ppattern = '^P[^%.PpGg]', -- OK to begin with uppercase P: P7 (page 7 of section P), but not p123 (page 123); TODO: this allows 'Pages' which it should not bad_ppatterns = { -- patterns for |page= and |pages= '^[Pp][PpGg]?%.?[ %d]', '^[Pp][Pp]?%.&nbsp;', -- from {{p.}} and {{pp.}} templates '^[Pp]ages?', '^[Pp]gs.?', }, vi_patterns_t = { -- combined to catch volume-like text in |issue= and issue-like text in |volume= '^volumes?', -- volume-like text '^vols?[%.:=]?', '^issues?', --issue-like text '^iss[%.:=]?', '^numbers?', '^nos?%A', -- don't match 'november' or 'nostradamus' '^nr[%.:=]?', '^n[%.:= ]', -- might be a valid issue without separator (space char is sep char here) '^n°', -- 'n' with degree sign (U+00B0) '^№', -- precomposed unicode numero character (U+2116) }, } --[[--------------------------< K E Y W O R D S >------------------------------- These tables hold keywords for those parameters that have defined sets of acceptable keywords. ]] --[[-------------------< K E Y W O R D S T A B L E >-------------------------- this is a list of keywords; each key in the list is associated with a table of synonymous keywords possibly from different languages. for I18N: add local-language keywords to value table; do not change the key. For example, adding the German keyword 'ja': ['affirmative'] = {'yes', 'true', 'y', 'ja'}, Because CS1|2 templates from en.wiki articles are often copied to other local wikis, it is recommended that the English keywords remain in these tables. ]] local keywords = { ['amp'] = {'&', 'amp', 'ampersand'}, -- |name-list-style= ['and'] = {'and', 'serial'}, -- |name-list-style= ['affirmative'] = {'yes', 'true', 'y'}, -- |no-tracking=, |no-pp= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['afterword'] = {'afterword'}, -- |contribution= ['bot: unknown'] = {'bot: unknown'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['cs1'] = {'cs1'}, -- |mode= ['cs2'] = {'cs2'}, -- |mode= ['dead'] = {'dead', 'deviated'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['dmy'] = {'dmy'}, -- |df= ['dmy-all'] = {'dmy-all'}, -- |df= ['foreword'] = {'foreword'}, -- |contribution= ['free'] = {'free'}, -- |<id>-access= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['harv'] = {'harv'}, -- |ref=; this no longer supported; is_valid_parameter_value() called with <invert> = true ['introduction'] = {'introduction'}, -- |contribution= ['limited'] = {'limited'}, -- |url-access= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['live'] = {'live'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['mdy'] = {'mdy'}, -- |df= ['mdy-all'] = {'mdy-all'}, -- |df= ['none'] = {'none'}, -- |postscript=, |ref=, |title=, |type= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['off'] = {'off'}, -- |title= (potentially also: |title-link=, |postscript=, |ref=, |type=) ['preface'] = {'preface'}, -- |contribution= ['registration'] = {'registration'}, -- |url-access= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['subscription'] = {'subscription'}, -- |url-access= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['unfit'] = {'unfit'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['usurped'] = {'usurped'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['vanc'] = {'vanc'}, -- |name-list-style= ['ymd'] = {'ymd'}, -- |df= ['ymd-all'] = {'ymd-all'}, -- |df= -- ['yMd'] = {'yMd'}, -- |df=; not supported at en.wiki -- ['yMd-all'] = {'yMd-all'}, -- |df=; not supported at en.wiki } --[[------------------------< X L A T E _ K E Y W O R D S >--------------------- this function builds a list, keywords_xlate{}, of the keywords found in keywords{} where the values from keywords{} become the keys in keywords_xlate{} and the keys from keywords{} become the values in keywords_xlate{}: ['affirmative'] = {'yes', 'true', 'y'}, -- in keywords{} becomes ['yes'] = 'affirmative', -- in keywords_xlate{} ['true'] = 'affirmative', ['y'] = 'affirmative', the purpose of this function is to act as a translator between a non-English keyword and its English equivalent that may be used in other modules of this suite ]] local function xlate_keywords () local out_table = {}; -- output goes here for k, keywords_t in pairs (keywords) do -- spin through the keywords table for _, keyword in ipairs (keywords_t) do -- for each keyword out_table[keyword] = k; -- create an entry in the output table where keyword is the key end end return out_table; end local keywords_xlate = xlate_keywords (); -- the list of translated keywords --[[----------------< M A K E _ K E Y W O R D S _ L I S T >--------------------- this function assembles, for parameter-value validation, the list of keywords appropriate to that parameter. keywords_lists{}, is a table of tables from keywords{} ]] local function make_keywords_list (keywords_lists) local out_table = {}; -- output goes here for _, keyword_list in ipairs (keywords_lists) do -- spin through keywords_lists{} and get a table of keywords for _, keyword in ipairs (keyword_list) do -- spin through keyword_list{} and add each keyword, ... table.insert (out_table, keyword); -- ... as plain text, to the output list end end return out_table; end --[[----------------< K E Y W O R D S _ L I S T S >----------------------------- this is a list of lists of valid keywords for the various parameters in [key]. Generally the keys in this table are the canonical en.wiki parameter names though some are contrived because of use in multiple differently named parameters: ['yes_true_y'], ['id-access']. The function make_keywords_list() extracts the individual keywords from the appropriate list in keywords{}. The lists in this table are used to validate the keyword assignment for the parameters named in this table's keys. ]] local keywords_lists = { ['yes_true_y'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.affirmative}), ['contribution'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.afterword, keywords.foreword, keywords.introduction, keywords.preface}), ['df'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.dmy, keywords['dmy-all'], keywords.mdy, keywords['mdy-all'], keywords.ymd, keywords['ymd-all']}), -- ['df'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.dmy, keywords['dmy-all'], keywords.mdy, keywords['mdy-all'], keywords.ymd, keywords['ymd-all'], keywords.yMd, keywords['yMd-all']}), -- not supported at en.wiki ['mode'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.cs1, keywords.cs2}), ['name-list-style'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.amp, keywords['and'], keywords.vanc}), ['ref'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.harv}), -- inverted check; |ref=harv no longer supported ['url-access'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.subscription, keywords.limited, keywords.registration}), ['url-status'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.dead, keywords.live, keywords.unfit, keywords.usurped, keywords['bot: unknown']}), ['id-access'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.free}), } --[[--------------------------< C S 1 _ C O N F I G _ G E T >-------------------------------------------------- fetch and validate values from {{cs1 config}} template to fill <global_cs1_config_t> no error messages; when errors are detected, the parameter value from {{cs1 config}} is blanked. Supports all parameters and aliases associated with the metaparameters: DisplayAuthors, DisplayContributors, DisplayEditors, DisplayInterviewers, DisplayTranslators, NameListStyle, and Mode. The DisplayWhatever metaparameters accept numeric values only (|display-authors=etal and the like is not supported). ]] local global_cs1_config_t = {}; -- TODO: add value returned from get_date_format() to this table? local function get_cs1_config () if not content then -- nil content when we're in template return nil; -- auto-formatting does not work in Template space so don't set global_df end local start = content:find('{{ *[Cc][Ss]1 config *[|}]'); -- <start> is offset into <content> when {{cs1 config}} found; nil else if start then local cs1_config_template = content:match ('%b{}', start); -- get the whole template if not cs1_config_template then return nil; end local params_t = mw.text.split (cs1_config_template:gsub ('^{{%s*', ''):gsub ('%s*}}$', ''), '%s*|%s*'); -- remove '{{' and '}}'; make a sequence of parameter/value pairs (split on the pipe) table.remove (params_t, 1); -- remove the template name because it isn't a parameter/value pair local config_meta_params_t = {'DisplayAuthors', 'DisplayContributors', 'DisplayEditors', 'DisplayInterviewers', 'DisplayTranslators', 'NameListStyle', 'Mode'}; local meta_param_map_t = {}; -- list of accepted parameter names usable in {{cs1 config}} goes here for _, meta_param in ipairs (config_meta_params_t) do -- for i18n using <config_meta_params_t>, map template parameter names to their metaparameter equivalents if 'table' == type (aliases[meta_param]) then -- if <meta_param> is a sequence, for _, param in ipairs (aliases[meta_param]) do -- extract its contents meta_param_map_t[param] = meta_param; -- and add to <meta_param_map_t> end else meta_param_map_t[aliases[meta_param]] = meta_param; -- not a sequence so just add the parameter to <meta_param_map_t> end end local keywords_t = {}; -- map valid keywords to their associate metaparameter; reverse form of <keyword_lists[key] for these metaparameters for _, metaparam_t in ipairs ({{'NameListStyle', 'name-list-style'}, {'Mode', 'mode'}}) do -- only these metaparameter / keywords_lists key pairs for _, keyword in ipairs (keywords_lists[metaparam_t[2]]) do -- spin through the list of keywords keywords_t[keyword] = metaparam_t[1]; -- add [keyword] = metaparameter to the map end end for _, param in ipairs (params_t) do -- spin through the {{cs1 config}} parameters and fill <global_cs1_config_t> local k, v = param:match ('([^=]-)%s*=%s*(.+)'); -- <k> is the parameter name; <v> is parameter's assigned value if k then if k:find ('^display') then -- if <k> is one of the |display-<namelist>= parameters if v:match ('%d+') then -- the assigned value must be digits; doesn't accept 'etal' global_cs1_config_t[meta_param_map_t[k]]=v; -- add the display param and its value to globals table end else if keywords_t[v] == meta_param_map_t[k] then -- keywords_t[v] returns nil or the metaparam name; these must be the same global_cs1_config_t[meta_param_map_t[k]]=v; -- add the parameter and its value to globals table end end end end end end get_cs1_config (); -- fill <global_cs1_config_t> --[[---------------------< S T R I P M A R K E R S >---------------------------- Common pattern definition location for stripmarkers so that we don't have to go hunting for them if (when) MediaWiki changes their form. ]] local stripmarkers = { ['any'] = '\127[^\127]*UNIQ%-%-(%a+)%-[%a%d]+%-QINU[^\127]*\127', -- capture returns name of stripmarker ['math'] = '\127[^\127]*UNIQ%-%-math%-[%a%d]+%-QINU[^\127]*\127' -- math stripmarkers used in coins_cleanup() and coins_replace_math_stripmarker() } --[[------------< I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R A C T E R S >--------------------- This table holds non-printing or invisible characters indexed either by name or by Unicode group. Values are decimal representations of UTF-8 codes. The table is organized as a table of tables because the Lua pairs keyword returns table data in an arbitrary order. Here, we want to process the table from top to bottom because the entries at the top of the table are also found in the ranges specified by the entries at the bottom of the table. Also here is a pattern that recognizes stripmarkers that begin and end with the delete characters. The nowiki stripmarker is not an error but some others are because the parameter values that include them become part of the template's metadata before stripmarker replacement. ]] local invisible_defs = { del = '\127', -- used to distinguish between stripmarker and del char zwj = '\226\128\141', -- used with capture because zwj may be allowed } local invisible_chars = { {'replacement', '\239\191\189'}, -- U+FFFD, EF BF BD {'zero width joiner', '('.. invisible_defs.zwj .. ')'}, -- U+200D, E2 80 8D; capture because zwj may be allowed {'zero width space', '\226\128\139'}, -- U+200B, E2 80 8B {'hair space', '\226\128\138'}, -- U+200A, E2 80 8A {'soft hyphen', '\194\173'}, -- U+00AD, C2 AD {'horizontal tab', '\009'}, -- U+0009 (HT), 09 {'line feed', '\010'}, -- U+000A (LF), 0A {'no-break space', '\194\160'}, -- U+00A0 (NBSP), C2 A0 {'carriage return', '\013'}, -- U+000D (CR), 0D {'stripmarker', stripmarkers.any}, -- stripmarker; may or may not be an error; capture returns the stripmaker type {'delete', '('.. invisible_defs.del .. ')'}, -- U+007F (DEL), 7F; must be done after stripmarker test; capture to distinguish isolated del chars not part of stripmarker {'C0 control', '[\000-\008\011\012\014-\031]'}, -- U+0000–U+001F (NULL–US), 00–1F (except HT, LF, CR (09, 0A, 0D)) {'C1 control', '[\194\128-\194\159]'}, -- U+0080–U+009F (XXX–APC), C2 80 – C2 9F -- {'Specials', '[\239\191\185-\239\191\191]'}, -- U+FFF9-U+FFFF, EF BF B9 – EF BF BF -- {'Private use area', '[\238\128\128-\239\163\191]'}, -- U+E000–U+F8FF, EE 80 80 – EF A3 BF -- {'Supplementary Private Use Area-A', '[\243\176\128\128-\243\191\191\189]'}, -- U+F0000–U+FFFFD, F3 B0 80 80 – F3 BF BF BD -- {'Supplementary Private Use Area-B', '[\244\128\128\128-\244\143\191\189]'}, -- U+100000–U+10FFFD, F4 80 80 80 – F4 8F BF BD } --[[ Indic script makes use of zero width joiner as a character modifier so zwj characters must be left in. This pattern covers all of the unicode characters for these languages: Devanagari 0900–097F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0900.pdf Devanagari extended A8E0–A8FF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/UA8E0.pdf Bengali 0980–09FF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0980.pdf Gurmukhi 0A00–0A7F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0A00.pdf Gujarati 0A80–0AFF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0A80.pdf Oriya 0B00–0B7F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0B00.pdf Tamil 0B80–0BFF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0B80.pdf Telugu 0C00–0C7F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0C00.pdf Kannada 0C80–0CFF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0C80.pdf Malayalam 0D00–0D7F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0D00.pdf plus the not-necessarily Indic scripts for Sinhala and Burmese: Sinhala 0D80-0DFF - https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0D80.pdf Myanmar 1000-109F - https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U1000.pdf Myanmar extended A AA60-AA7F - https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/UAA60.pdf Myanmar extended B A9E0-A9FF - https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/UA9E0.pdf the pattern is used by has_invisible_chars() and coins_cleanup() ]] local indic_script = '[\224\164\128-\224\181\191\224\163\160-\224\183\191\225\128\128-\225\130\159\234\167\160-\234\167\191\234\169\160-\234\169\191]'; -- list of emoji that use a zwj character (U+200D) to combine with another emoji -- from: https://unicode.org/Public/emoji/17.0/emoji-zwj-sequences.txt; version: 17.0; 2025-01-08 -- table created by: [[:en:Module:Make emoji zwj table]] local emoji_t = { -- indexes are decimal forms of the hex values in U+xxxx [8596] = true, -- U+2194 ↔ left right arrow [8597] = true, -- U+2195 ↕ up down arrow [9760] = true, -- U+2620 ☠ skull and crossbones [9792] = true, -- U+2640 ♀ female sign [9794] = true, -- U+2642 ♂ male sign [9877] = true, -- U+2695 ⚕ staff of aesculapius [9878] = true, -- U+2696 ⚖ scales [9895] = true, -- U+26A7 ⚧ male with stroke and male and female sign [9992] = true, -- U+2708 ✈ airplane [10052] = true, -- U+2744 ❄ snowflake [10084] = true, -- U+2764 ❤ heavy black heart [10145] = true, -- U+27A1 ➡ black rightwards arrow [11035] = true, -- U+2B1B ⬛ black large square [127752] = true, -- U+1F308 🌈 rainbow [127787] = true, -- U+1F32B 🌫 fog [127806] = true, -- U+1F33E 🌾 ear of rice [127859] = true, -- U+1F373 🍳 cooking [127868] = true, -- U+1F37C 🍼 baby bottle [127876] = true, -- U+1F384 🎄 christmas tree [127891] = true, -- U+1F393 🎓 graduation cap [127908] = true, -- U+1F3A4 🎤 microphone [127912] = true, -- U+1F3A8 🎨 artist palette [127979] = true, -- U+1F3EB 🏫 school [127981] = true, -- U+1F3ED 🏭 factory [128048] = true, -- U+1F430 🐰 rabbit face [128102] = true, -- U+1F466 👦 boy [128103] = true, -- U+1F467 👧 girl [128104] = true, -- U+1F468 👨 man [128105] = true, -- U+1F469 👩 woman [128139] = true, -- U+1F48B 💋 kiss mark [128165] = true, -- U+1F4A5 💥 collision symbol [128168] = true, -- U+1F4A8 💨 dash symbol [128171] = true, -- U+1F4AB 💫 dizzy symbol [128187] = true, -- U+1F4BB 💻 personal computer [128188] = true, -- U+1F4BC 💼 brief case [128293] = true, -- U+1F525 🔥 fire [128295] = true, -- U+1F527 🔧 wrench [128300] = true, -- U+1F52C 🔬 microscope [128488] = true, -- U+1F5E8 🗨 left speech bubble [128640] = true, -- U+1F680 🚀 rocket [128658] = true, -- U+1F692 🚒 fire engine [129001] = true, -- U+1F7E9 🟩 large green square [129003] = true, -- U+1F7EB 🟫 large brown square [129309] = true, -- U+1F91D 🤝 handshake [129455] = true, -- U+1F9AF 🦯 probing cane [129456] = true, -- U+1F9B0 🦰 emoji component red hair [129457] = true, -- U+1F9B1 🦱 emoji component curly hair [129458] = true, -- U+1F9B2 🦲 emoji component bald [129459] = true, -- U+1F9B3 🦳 emoji component white hair [129466] = true, -- U+1F9BA 🦺 safety vest [129468] = true, -- U+1F9BC 🦼 motorized wheelchair [129469] = true, -- U+1F9BD 🦽 manual wheelchair [129489] = true, -- U+1F9D1 🧑 adult [129490] = true, -- U+1F9D2 🧒 child [129648] = true, -- U+1FA70 🩰 ballet shoes [129657] = true, -- U+1FA79 🩹 adhesive bandage [129775] = true, -- U+1FAEF 🫯 fight cloud [129778] = true, -- U+1FAF2 🫲 leftwards hand } --[[----------------------< L A N G U A G E S U P P O R T >------------------- These tables and constants support various language-specific functionality. ]] --local this_wiki_code = mw.getContentLanguage():getCode(); -- get this wiki's language code local this_wiki_code = lang_obj:getCode(); -- get this wiki's language code if string.match (mw.site.server, 'wikidata') then this_wiki_code = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('int', {'lang'}); -- on Wikidata so use interface language setting instead end local mw_languages_by_tag_t = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames (this_wiki_code, 'all'); -- get a table of language tag/name pairs known to Wikimedia; used for interwiki tests local mw_languages_by_name_t = {}; for k, v in pairs (mw_languages_by_tag_t) do -- build a 'reversed' table name/tag language pairs know to MediaWiki; used for |language= v = mw.ustring.lower (v); -- lowercase for tag fetch; get name's proper case from mw_languages_by_tag_t[<tag>] if mw_languages_by_name_t[v] then -- when name already in the table if 2 == #k or 3 == #k then -- if tag does not have subtags mw_languages_by_name_t[v] = k; -- prefer the shortest tag for this name end else -- here when name not in the table mw_languages_by_name_t[v] = k; -- so add name and matching tag end end local inter_wiki_map = {}; -- map of interwiki prefixes that are language-code prefixes for k, v in pairs (mw.site.interwikiMap ('local')) do -- spin through the base interwiki map (limited to local) if mw_languages_by_tag_t[v["prefix"]] then -- if the prefix matches a known language tag inter_wiki_map[v["prefix"]] = true; -- add it to our local map end end --[[--------------------< S C R I P T _ L A N G _ C O D E S >------------------- This table is used to hold ISO 639-1 two-character and ISO 639-3 three-character language codes that apply only to |script-title= and |script-chapter= ]] local script_lang_codes = { 'ab', 'am', 'ar', 'as', 'az', 'be', 'bg', 'bn', 'bo', 'bs', 'ce', 'chr', 'cu', 'dv', 'dz', 'el', 'fa', 'grc', 'gu', 'he', 'hi', 'hy', 'ja', 'ka', 'kaa', 'kk', 'km', 'kn', 'ko', 'ku', 'ky', 'lo', 'mk', 'ml', 'mn', 'mni', 'mr', 'my', 'ne', 'or', 'ota', 'pa', 'ps', 'ru', 'sd', 'si', 'sr', 'syc', 'ta', 'te', 'tg', 'th', 'ti', 'tkr', 'tt', 'ug', 'uk', 'ur', 'uz', 'yi', 'yue', 'zh', 'zgh' }; --[[---------------< L A N G U A G E R E M A P P I N G >---------------------- These tables hold language information that is different (correct) from MediaWiki's definitions For each ['<tag>'] = 'language name' in lang_code_remap{} there must be a matching ['language name'] = {'language name', '<tag>'} in lang_name_remap{} lang_tag_remap{}: key is always lowercase ISO 639-1, -2, -3 language tag or a valid lowercase IETF language tag value is properly spelled and capitalized language name associated with <tag> only one language name per <tag>; key/value pair must have matching entry in lang_name_remap{} lang_name_remap{}: key is always lowercase language name value is a table the holds correctly spelled and capitalized language name [1] and associated tag [2] (tag must match a tag key in lang_tag_remap{}) may have multiple keys referring to a common preferred name and tag; For example: ['kolsch'] and ['kölsch'] both refer to 'Kölsch' and 'ksh' ]] local lang_tag_remap = { -- used for |language= and |script-title= / |script-chapter= ['als'] = 'Tosk Albanian', -- MediaWiki returns Alemannisch ['bh'] = 'Bihari', -- MediaWiki uses 'bh' as a subdomain name for Bhojpuri Wikipedia: bh.wikipedia.org ['bla'] = 'Blackfoot', -- MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639: Siksika; use en.wiki preferred name ['bn'] = 'Bengali', -- MediaWiki returns Bangla ['ca-valencia'] = 'Valencian', -- IETF variant of Catalan ['fkv'] = 'Kven', -- MediaWiki returns Kvensk ['gsw'] = 'Swiss German', ['ilo'] = 'Ilocano', -- MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639: Iloko; use en.wiki preferred name ['ksh'] = 'Kölsch', -- MediaWiki: Colognian; use IANA/ISO 639 preferred name ['ksh-x-colog'] = 'Colognian', -- override MediaWiki ksh; no IANA/ISO 639 code for Colognian; IETF private code created at Module:Lang/data ['mis-x-ripuar'] = 'Ripuarian', -- override MediaWiki ksh; no IANA/ISO 639 code for Ripuarian; IETF private code created at Module:Lang/data ['nan-tw'] = 'Taiwanese Hokkien', -- make room for MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639 nan: Min Nan Chinese and support en.wiki preferred name ['sr-ec'] = 'Serbian (Cyrillic script)', -- MediaWiki returns српски (ћирилица) ['sr-el'] = 'Serbian (Latin script)', -- MediaWiki returns srpski (latinica) } local lang_name_remap = { -- used for |language=; names require proper capitalization; tags must be lowercase ['alemannic'] = {'Swiss German', 'gsw'}, -- ISO 639-2, -3 alternate for Swiss German; MediaWiki mediawiki returns Alemannic for gsw; en.wiki preferred name ['alemannisch'] = {'Swiss German', 'gsw'}, -- not an ISO or IANA language name; MediaWiki uses 'als' as a subdomain name for Alemannic Wikipedia: als.wikipedia.org ['bangla'] = {'Bengali', 'bn'}, -- MediaWiki returns Bangla (the endonym) but we want Bengali (the exonym); here we remap ['bengali'] = {'Bengali', 'bn'}, -- MediaWiki doesn't use exonym so here we provide correct language name and 639-1 code ['bhojpuri'] = {'Bhojpuri', 'bho'}, -- MediaWiki uses 'bh' as a subdomain name for Bhojpuri Wikipedia: bh.wikipedia.org ['bihari'] = {'Bihari', 'bh'}, -- MediaWiki replaces 'Bihari' with 'Bhojpuri' so 'Bihari' cannot be found ['blackfoot'] = {'Blackfoot', 'bla'}, -- MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639: Siksika; use en.wiki preferred name ['colognian'] = {'Colognian', 'ksh-x-colog'}, -- MediaWiki preferred name for ksh ['ilocano'] = {'Ilocano', 'ilo'}, -- MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639: Iloko; use en.wiki preferred name ['kolsch'] = {'Kölsch', 'ksh'}, -- use IANA/ISO 639 preferred name (use non-diacritical o instead of umlaut ö) ['kölsch'] = {'Kölsch', 'ksh'}, -- use IANA/ISO 639 preferred name ['kven'] = {'Kven', 'fkv'}, -- Unicode CLDR have decided not to support English language name for these two... ['kvensk'] = {'Kven', 'fkv'}, -- ...they say to refer to IANA registry for English names ['ripuarian'] = {'Ripuarian', 'mis-x-ripuar'}, -- group of dialects; no code in MediaWiki or in IANA/ISO 639 ['serbian (cyrillic script)'] = {'Serbian (Cyrillic script)', 'sr-cyrl'}, -- special case to get correct tag when |language=sr-ec ['serbian (latin script)'] = {'Serbian (Latin script)', 'sr-latn'}, -- special case to get correct tag when |language=sr-el ['swiss german'] = {'Swiss German', 'gsw'}, ['taiwanese hokkien'] = {'Taiwanese Hokkien', 'nan-tw'}, -- make room for MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639 nan: Min Nan Chinese ['tosk albanian'] = {'Tosk Albanian', 'als'}, -- MediaWiki replaces 'Tosk Albanian' with 'Alemannisch' so 'Tosk Albanian' cannot be found ['valencian'] = {'Valencian', 'ca-valencia'}, -- variant of Catalan; categorizes as Valencian } --[[---------------< P R O P E R T I E S _ C A T E G O R I E S >---------------- Properties categories. These are used for investigating qualities of citations. ]] local prop_cats = { ['foreign-lang-source'] = 'CS1 $1-language sources ($2)', -- |language= categories; $1 is foreign-language name, $2 is ISO639-1 code ['foreign-lang-source-2'] = 'CS1 foreign language sources (ISO 639-2)|$1', -- |language= category; a cat for ISO639-2 languages; $1 is the ISO 639-2 code used as a sort key ['interproj-linked-name'] = 'CS1 interproject-linked names|$1', -- any author, editor, etc that has an interproject link; $1 is interproject tag used as a sort key ['interwiki-linked-name'] = 'CS1 interwiki-linked names|$1', -- any author, editor, etc that has an interwiki link; $1 is interwiki tag used as a sort key; yeilds to interproject ['local-lang-source'] = 'CS1 $1-language sources ($2)', -- |language= categories; $1 is local-language name, $2 is ISO639-1 code; not emitted when local_lang_cat_enable is false ['location-test'] = 'CS1 location test', ['long-vol'] = 'CS1: long volume value', -- probably temporary cat to identify scope of |volume= values longer than 4 characters ['script'] = 'CS1 uses $1-language script ($2)', -- |script-title=xx: has matching category; $1 is language name, $2 is language tag ['tracked-param'] = 'CS1 tracked parameter: $1', -- $1 is base (enumerators removed) parameter name ['unfit'] = 'CS1: unfit URL', -- |url-status=unfit or |url-status=usurped; used to be a maint cat ['vanc-accept'] = 'CS1:Vancouver names with accept markup', -- for |vauthors=/|veditors= with accept-as-written markup ['year-range-abbreviated'] = 'CS1: abbreviated year range', -- probably temporary cat to identify scope of |date=, |year= values using YYYY–YY form } --[[-------------------< T I T L E _ T Y P E S >-------------------------------- Here we map a template's CitationClass to TitleType (default values for |type= parameter) ]] local title_types = { ['AV-media-notes'] = 'Media notes', ['document'] = 'Document', ['interview'] = 'Interview', ['mailinglist'] = 'Mailing list', ['map'] = 'Map', ['podcast'] = 'Podcast', ['pressrelease'] = 'Press release', ['report'] = 'Report', ['speech'] = 'Speech', ['techreport'] = 'Technical report', ['thesis'] = 'Thesis', } --[[--------------------------< B U I L D _ K N O W N _ F R E E _ D O I _ R E G I S T R A N T S _ T A B L E >-- build a table of doi registrants known to be free-to-read In a doi, the registrant ID is the series of digits between the '10.' and the first '/': in doi 10.1100/sommat, 1100 is the registrant ID see §3.2.2 DOI prefix of the Doi Handbook p. 43 https://www.doi.org/doi-handbook/DOI_Handbook_Final.pdf#page=43 ]] local function build_free_doi_registrants_table() local registrants_t = {}; for _, v in ipairs ({ '1045', '1074', '1096', '1100', '1155', '1186', '1194', '1371', '1613', '1629', '1989', '1999', '2147', '2196', '3285', '3389', '3390', '3906', '3748', '3814', '3847', '3897', '4061', '4089', '4103', '4172', '4175', '4230', '4236', '4239', '4240', '4249', '4251', '4252', '4253', '4254', '4291', '4292', '4329', '4330', '4331', '5086', '5194', '5210', '5306', '5312', '5313', '5314', '5315', '5316', '5317', '5318', '5319', '5320', '5321', '5334', '5402', '5409', '5410', '5411', '5412', '5492', '5493', '5494', '5495', '5496', '5497', '5498', '5499', '5500', '5501', '5527', '5528', '5662', '6064', '6219', '7167', '7217', '7287', '7482', '7490', '7554', '7717', '7759', '7766', '9778', '11131', '11569', '11647', '11648', '12688', '12703', '12715', '12942', '12998', '13105', '14256', '14293', '14303', '15215', '15347', '15412', '15560', '16995', '17645', '18637', '19080', '19173', '20944', '21037', '21105', '21468', '21767', '21425', '22261', '22323', '22459', '24105', '24196', '24966', '26775', '30845', '32545', '35711', '35712', '35713', '35995', '36648', '37126', '37532', '37871', '47128', '47622', '47959', '52437', '52975', '53288', '53347', '54081', '54947', '55667', '55914', '57009', '58647', '59081', }) do registrants_t[v] = true; -- build a k/v table of known free-to-read doi registrants end return registrants_t; end -- known free registrants identifiable by the doi suffix incipit local extended_registrants_t = { -- doi suffix incipits are evaluated as lua patterns ['1002'] = {'aelm', 'leap', 'loe2%.', 'lol2%.'}, -- Advanced Electronic Materials, Learned Publishing, L&O e-Lectures, L&O Letters ['1016'] = {'j%.aace', 'j%.aed', 'j%.aiopen', 'j%.animal', 'j%.apsb', 'j%.addicn', -- AACE Endocrinology and Diabetes, AACE Endocrinology and Diabetes, AI Open, Animal, Acta Pharmaceutica Sinica B, Addiction Neuroscience 'j%.abrep', 'j%.gpb', 'j%.heliyon', 'j%.nlp', 'j%.patter', 'j%.proche', -- Addictive Behaviors Reports, Genomics, Proteomics & Bioinformatics after 2015, Heliyon, Natural Language Processing, Patterns, Procedia Chemistry 'j%.vgie', 'S1672-0229'}, -- VideoGIE, Genomics, Proteomics & Bioinformatics before 2015 ['1017'] = {'apj%.', 'nlp', 'mdh', 'S15574660'}, -- Natural Language Processing Journal, Medical History, Asia Pacific Journal ['1046'] = {'j%.1365-8711', 'j%.1365-246x'}, -- MNRAS, GJI ['1021'] = {'acscentsci', 'acsomega'}, -- ACS Central Science, ACS Omega ['1093'] = {'mnras', 'mnrasl', 'gji', 'pnasnexus', 'rasti'}, -- MNRAS, MNRAS Letters, GJI, PNAS Nexus, RASTI ['1098'] = {'rsbm', 'rsob', 'rsos'}, -- Biographical Memoirs of Fellows of the Royal Society, Open Biology, Royal Society Open Science ['1099'] = {'acmi', 'mic', '00221287', 'mgen'}, -- Access Microbiology, Microbiology, Journal of General Microbiology, Microbial Genomics ['1107'] = {'S20569890', 'S20522525', 'S16005775', 'S24143146'}, -- Acta Crystallographica E, IUCrJ, Journal of Synchrotron Radiation, IUCrData ['1109'] = {'oa', 'oj'}, -- IEEE Open Access..., IEEE Open Journal... ['1111'] = {'aogs', 'j%.1365-2966', 'j%.1745-3933', 'j%.1365-246X'}, -- Acta Obstetricia et Gynecologica Scandinavica, MNRAS, MNRAS Letters, GJI ['1128'] = {'asmcr', 'jmbe', 'mbio', 'mra', 'spectrum', 'msphere', 'msystems'}, --ASM Case Reports, Journal of Microbiology & Biology Education, mBio, Microbiology Resource Announcements, Microbiology Spectrum, mSphere, mSystems ['1136'] = {'bmjopen'}, -- BMJ Open ['1140'] = {'epjc'}, -- European Physical Journal C ['1192'] = {'bjo'}, -- BJPsych Open ['1210'] = {'jendso','jcemcr'}, -- Journal of the Endocrine Society, JCEM Case Reports ['1215'] = {'21573689', '21573698'}, -- L&O Fluids ['1590'] = {'0102-3306'}, -- Acta Botanica Brasilica ['4171'] = {'dm','mag'}, -- Documenta Mathematica, EMS Magazine ['4319'] = {'lo%.', 'lol%.', 'lom%.'}, -- L&O, L&O e-Lectures, L&O Methods ['5852'] = {'ejt'}, -- European Journal of Taxonomy ['7155'] = {'jgaa'}, -- Journal of Graph Algorithms and Applications ['11158'] = {'saasp'}, -- Systematic and Applied Acarology Special Publications ['11646'] = {'megataxa', 'mesozoic'}, -- Megataxa, Mesozoic ['14231'] = {'ag'}, -- Algebraic Geometry ['15446'] = {'abc'}, -- Acta Biológica Colombiana ['17239'] = {'jowr'}, -- Journal of Writing Research ['22073'] = {'pja'}, -- Persian Journal of Acarology ['24310'] = {'abm'}, -- Acta Botanica Malacitana ['24425'] = {'agp'}, -- Acta Geologica Polonica ['35249'] = {'rche'}, -- Revista Chilena de Entomología ['37520'] = {'fi'}, -- Fossil Imprint ['53562'] = {'ajcb'} -- Asian Journal of Conservation Biology } --[[===================<< E R R O R M E S S A G I N G >>====================== ]] --[[----------< E R R O R M E S S A G E S U P P L E M E N T S >------------- I18N for those messages that are supplemented with additional specific text that describes the reason for the error TODO: merge this with special_case_translations{}? ]] local err_msg_supl = { ['char'] = 'invalid character', -- |isbn=, |sbn= ['check'] = 'checksum', -- |isbn=, |sbn= empty_str = '(empty string)', -- empty unknown parameter check when cite has |= ['flag'] = 'flag', -- |archive-url= ['form'] = 'invalid form', -- |isbn=, |sbn= ['group'] = 'invalid group id', -- |isbn= ['initials'] = 'initials', -- Vancouver ['invalid language code'] = 'invalid language code', -- |script-<param>= ['journal'] = 'journal', -- |bibcode= ['length'] = 'length', -- |isbn=, |bibcode=, |sbn= ['liveweb'] = 'liveweb', -- |archive-url= ['missing comma'] = 'missing comma', -- Vancouver ['missing prefix'] = 'missing prefix', -- |script-<param>= ['missing title part'] = 'missing title part', -- |script-<param>= ['name'] = 'name', -- Vancouver ['non-Latin char'] = 'non-Latin character', -- Vancouver ['path'] = 'path', -- |archive-url= ['prefix'] = 'invalid prefix', -- |isbn= ['punctuation'] = 'punctuation', -- Vancouver ['save'] = 'save command', -- |archive-url= ['suffix'] = 'suffix', -- Vancouver ['timestamp'] = 'timestamp', -- |archive-url= ['unknown language code'] = 'unknown language code', -- |script-<param>= ['value'] = 'value', -- |bibcode= ['year'] = 'year', -- |bibcode= } --[[--------------< E R R O R _ C O N D I T I O N S >--------------------------- Error condition table. This table has two sections: errors at the top, maintenance at the bottom. Maint 'messaging' does not have a 'message' (message=nil) The following contains a list of IDs for various error conditions defined in the code. For each ID, we specify a text message to display, an error category to include, and whether the error message should be wrapped as a hidden comment. Anchor changes require identical changes to matching anchor in Help:CS1 errors TODO: rename error_conditions{} to something more generic; create separate error and maint tables inside that? ]] local error_conditions = { err_accessdate_missing_url = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;access-date=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;url=</code>', anchor = 'accessdate_missing_url', category = 'CS1 errors: access-date without URL', hidden = false }, err_apostrophe_markup = { message = 'Italic or bold markup not allowed in: <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'apostrophe_markup', category = 'CS1 errors: markup', hidden = false }, err_archive_date_missing_url = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;archive-date=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;archive-url=</code>', anchor = 'archive_date_missing_url', category = 'CS1 errors: archive-url', hidden = false }, err_archive_date_url_ts_mismatch = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;archive-date=</code> / <code class="cs1-code">&#124;archive-url=</code> timestamp mismatch; $1 suggested', anchor = 'archive_date_url_ts_mismatch', category = 'CS1 errors: archive-url', hidden = false }, err_archive_missing_date = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;archive-url=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;archive-date=</code>', anchor = 'archive_missing_date', category = 'CS1 errors: archive-url', hidden = false }, err_archive_missing_url = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;archive-url=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;url=</code>', anchor = 'archive_missing_url', category = 'CS1 errors: archive-url', hidden = false }, err_archive_url = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;archive-url=</code> is malformed: $1', -- $1 is error message detail anchor = 'archive_url', category = 'CS1 errors: archive-url', hidden = false }, err_arxiv_missing = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;arxiv=</code> required', anchor = 'arxiv_missing', category = 'CS1 errors: arXiv', -- same as bad arxiv hidden = false }, err_asintld_missing_asin = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;asin=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'asintld_missing_asin', category = 'CS1 errors: ASIN TLD', hidden = false }, err_bad_arxiv = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;arxiv=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_arxiv', category = 'CS1 errors: arXiv', hidden = false }, err_bad_asin = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;asin=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_asin', category ='CS1 errors: ASIN', hidden = false }, err_bad_asin_tld = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;asin-tld=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_asin_tld', category ='CS1 errors: ASIN TLD', hidden = false }, err_bad_bibcode = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;bibcode=</code> $1', -- $1 is error message detail anchor = 'bad_bibcode', category = 'CS1 errors: bibcode', hidden = false }, err_bad_biorxiv = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;biorxiv=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_biorxiv', category = 'CS1 errors: bioRxiv', hidden = false }, err_bad_citeseerx = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;citeseerx=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_citeseerx', category = 'CS1 errors: citeseerx', hidden = false }, err_bad_date = { message = 'Check date values in: $1', -- $1 is a parameter name list anchor = 'bad_date', category = 'CS1 errors: dates', hidden = false }, err_bad_doi = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;doi=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_doi', category = 'CS1 errors: DOI', hidden = false }, err_bad_hdl = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;hdl=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_hdl', category = 'CS1 errors: HDL', hidden = false }, err_bad_isbn = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;isbn=</code> value: $1', -- $1 is error message detail anchor = 'bad_isbn', category = 'CS1 errors: ISBN', hidden = false }, err_bad_ismn = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;ismn=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_ismn', category = 'CS1 errors: ISMN', hidden = false }, err_bad_issn = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1issn=</code> value', -- $1 is 'e' or '' for eissn or issn anchor = 'bad_issn', category = 'CS1 errors: ISSN', hidden = false }, err_bad_jfm = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;jfm=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_jfm', category = 'CS1 errors: JFM', hidden = false }, err_bad_jstor = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;jstor=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_jstor', category = 'CS1 errors: JSTOR', hidden = false }, err_bad_lccn = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;lccn=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_lccn', category = 'CS1 errors: LCCN', hidden = false }, err_bad_medrxiv = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;medrxiv=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_medrxiv', category = 'CS1 errors: medRxiv', hidden = false }, err_bad_mr = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;mr=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_mr', category = 'CS1 errors: MR', hidden = false }, err_bad_oclc = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;oclc=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_oclc', category = 'CS1 errors: OCLC', hidden = false }, err_bad_ol = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;ol=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_ol', category = 'CS1 errors: OL', hidden = false }, err_bad_osti = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;osti=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_osti', category = 'CS1 errors: OSTI', hidden = false }, err_bad_paramlink = { -- for |title-link=, |author/editor/translator-link=, |series-link=, |episode-link= message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> value', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'bad_paramlink', category = 'CS1 errors: parameter link', hidden = false }, err_bad_pmc = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;pmc=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_pmc', category = 'CS1 errors: PMC', hidden = false }, err_bad_pmid = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;pmid=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_pmid', category = 'CS1 errors: PMID', hidden = false }, err_bad_rfc = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;rfc=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_rfc', category = 'CS1 errors: RFC', hidden = false }, err_bad_s2cid = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;s2cid=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_s2cid', category = 'CS1 errors: S2CID', hidden = false }, err_bad_sbn = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;sbn=</code> value: $1', -- $1 is error message detail anchor = 'bad_sbn', category = 'CS1 errors: SBN', hidden = false }, err_bad_ssrn = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;ssrn=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_ssrn', category = 'CS1 errors: SSRN', hidden = false }, err_bad_url = { message = 'Check $1 value', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'bad_url', category = 'CS1 errors: URL', hidden = false }, err_bad_usenet_id = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;message-id=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_message_id', category = 'CS1 errors: message-id', hidden = false }, err_bad_zbl = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;zbl=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_zbl', category = 'CS1 errors: Zbl', hidden = false }, err_bare_url_missing_title = { message = '$1 missing title', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'bare_url_missing_title', category = 'CS1 errors: bare URL', hidden = false }, err_biorxiv_missing = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;biorxiv=</code> required', anchor = 'biorxiv_missing', category = 'CS1 errors: bioRxiv', -- same as bad bioRxiv hidden = false }, err_chapter_ignored = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> ignored', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'chapter_ignored', category = 'CS1 errors: chapter ignored', hidden = false }, err_citation_missing_title = { message = 'Missing or empty <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'citation_missing_title', category = 'CS1 errors: missing title', hidden = false }, err_citeseerx_missing = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;citeseerx=</code> required', anchor = 'citeseerx_missing', category = 'CS1 errors: citeseerx', -- same as bad citeseerx hidden = false }, err_cite_web_url = { -- this error applies to cite web and to cite podcast message = 'Missing or empty <code class="cs1-code">&#124;url=</code>', anchor = 'cite_web_url', category = 'CS1 errors: requires URL', hidden = false }, err_class_ignored = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;class=</code> ignored', anchor = 'class_ignored', category = 'CS1 errors: class', hidden = false }, err_contributor_ignored = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;contributor=</code> ignored', anchor = 'contributor_ignored', category = 'CS1 errors: contributor', hidden = false }, err_contributor_missing_required_param = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;contributor=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'contributor_missing_required_param', category = 'CS1 errors: contributor', hidden = false }, err_deprecated_params = { message = 'Cite uses deprecated parameter <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'deprecated_params', category = 'CS1 errors: deprecated parameters', hidden = false }, err_disp_name = { message = 'Invalid <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=$2</code>', -- $1 is parameter name; $2 is the assigned value anchor = 'disp_name', category = 'CS1 errors: display-names', hidden = false, }, err_doibroken_missing_doi = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;doi=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'doibroken_missing_doi', category = 'CS1 errors: DOI', hidden = false }, err_embargo_missing_pmc = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;pmc=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'embargo_missing_pmc', category = 'CS1 errors: PMC embargo', hidden = false }, err_empty_citation = { message = 'Empty citation', anchor = 'empty_citation', category = 'CS1 errors: empty citation', hidden = false }, err_etal = { message = 'Explicit use of et al. in: <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'explicit_et_al', category = 'CS1 errors: explicit use of et al.', hidden = false }, err_extra_text_edition = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;edition=</code> has extra text', anchor = 'extra_text_edition', category = 'CS1 errors: extra text: edition', hidden = false, }, err_extra_text_issue = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> has extra text', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'extra_text_issue', category = 'CS1 errors: extra text: issue', hidden = false, }, err_extra_text_pages = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> has extra text', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'extra_text_pages', category = 'CS1 errors: extra text: pages', hidden = false, }, err_extra_text_volume = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> has extra text', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'extra_text_volume', category = 'CS1 errors: extra text: volume', hidden = false, }, err_first_missing_last = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> missing <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$2=</code>', -- $1 is first alias, $2 is matching last alias anchor = 'first_missing_last', category = 'CS1 errors: missing name', -- author, contributor, editor, interviewer, translator hidden = false }, err_format_missing_url = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$2=</code>', -- $1 is format parameter $2 is url parameter anchor = 'format_missing_url', category = 'CS1 errors: format without URL', hidden = false }, err_generic_name = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> has generic name', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'generic_name', category = 'CS1 errors: generic name', hidden = false, }, err_generic_title = { message = 'Cite uses generic title', anchor = 'generic_title', category = 'CS1 errors: generic title', hidden = false, }, err_invalid_isbn_date = { message = 'ISBN / Date incompatibility', anchor = 'invalid_isbn_date', category = 'CS1 errors: ISBN date', hidden = true }, err_invalid_param_val = { message = 'Invalid <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=$2</code>', -- $1 is parameter name $2 is parameter value anchor = 'invalid_param_val', category = 'CS1 errors: invalid parameter value', hidden = false }, err_invisible_char = { message = '$1 in $2 at position $3', -- $1 is invisible char $2 is parameter name $3 is position number anchor = 'invisible_char', category = 'CS1 errors: invisible characters', hidden = false }, err_medrxiv_missing = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;medrxiv=</code> required', anchor = 'medrxiv_missing', category = 'CS1 errors: medRxiv', -- same as bad medRxiv hidden = false }, err_missing_name = { message = 'Missing <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1$2=</code>', -- $1 is modified NameList; $2 is enumerator anchor = 'missing_name', category = 'CS1 errors: missing name', -- author, contributor, editor, interviewer, translator hidden = false }, err_missing_periodical = { message = 'Cite $1 requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$2=</code>', -- $1 is cs1 template name; $2 is canonical periodical parameter name for cite $1 anchor = 'missing_periodical', category = 'CS1 errors: missing periodical', hidden = false }, err_missing_pipe = { message = 'Missing pipe in: <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'missing_pipe', category = 'CS1 errors: missing pipe', hidden = false }, err_missing_publisher = { message = 'Cite $1 requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$2=</code>', -- $1 is cs1 template name; $2 is canonical publisher parameter name for cite $1 anchor = 'missing_publisher', category = 'CS1 errors: missing publisher', hidden = false }, err_numeric_names = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> has numeric name', -- $1 is parameter name', anchor = 'numeric_names', category = 'CS1 errors: numeric name', hidden = false, }, err_param_access_requires_param = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1-access=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'param_access_requires_param', category = 'CS1 errors: param-access', hidden = false }, err_param_has_ext_link = { message = 'External link in <code class="cs1-code">$1</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'param_has_ext_link', category = 'CS1 errors: external links', hidden = false }, err_param_has_twl_url = { message = 'Wikipedia Library link in <code class="cs1-code">$1</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'param_has_twl_url', category = 'CS1 errors: URL', hidden = false }, err_parameter_ignored = { message = 'Unknown parameter <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> ignored', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'parameter_ignored', category = 'CS1 errors: unsupported parameter', hidden = false }, err_parameter_ignored_suggest = { message = 'Unknown parameter <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> ignored (<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$2=</code> suggested)', -- $1 is unknown parameter $2 is suggested parameter name anchor = 'parameter_ignored_suggest', category = 'CS1 errors: unsupported parameter', hidden = false }, err_periodical_ignored = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> ignored', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'periodical_ignored', category = 'CS1 errors: periodical ignored', hidden = false }, err_redundant_parameters = { message = 'More than one of $1 specified', -- $1 is error message detail anchor = 'redundant_parameters', category = 'CS1 errors: redundant parameter', hidden = false }, err_script_parameter = { message = 'Invalid <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>: $2', -- $1 is parameter name $2 is script language code or error detail anchor = 'script_parameter', category = 'CS1 errors: script parameters', hidden = false }, err_ssrn_missing = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;ssrn=</code> required', anchor = 'ssrn_missing', category = 'CS1 errors: SSRN', hidden = false }, err_text_ignored = { message = 'Text "$1" ignored', -- $1 is ignored text anchor = 'text_ignored', category = 'CS1 errors: unrecognized parameter', hidden = false }, err_trans_missing_title = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;trans-$1=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> or <code class="cs1-code">&#124;script-$1=</code>', -- $1 is base parameter name anchor = 'trans_missing_title', category = 'CS1 errors: translated title', hidden = false }, err_param_unknown_empty = { message = 'Cite has empty unknown parameter$1: $2', -- $1 is 's' or empty space; $2 is emty unknown param list anchor = 'param_unknown_empty', category = 'CS1 errors: empty unknown parameters', hidden = false }, err_vancouver = { message = 'Vancouver style error: $1 in name $2', -- $1 is error detail, $2 is the nth name anchor = 'vancouver', category = 'CS1 errors: Vancouver style', hidden = false }, err_wikilink_in_url = { message = 'URL–wikilink conflict', -- uses ndash anchor = 'wikilink_in_url', category = 'CS1 errors: URL–wikilink conflict', -- uses ndash hidden = false }, --[[--------------------------< M A I N T >------------------------------------- maint messages do not have a message (message = nil); otherwise the structure is the same as error messages ]] maint_archive_origin = { message = nil, anchor = 'archive_origin', category = 'CS1 maint: archive origin', hidden = true, }, maint_archived_copy = { message = nil, anchor = 'archived_copy', category = 'CS1 maint: archived copy as title', hidden = true, }, maint_bibcode = { message = nil, anchor = 'bibcode', category = 'CS1 maint: bibcode', hidden = true, }, maint_location_no_publisher = { -- cite book, conference, encyclopedia; citation as book cite or encyclopedia cite message = nil, anchor = 'location_no_publisher', category = 'CS1 maint: location missing publisher', hidden = true, }, maint_bot_unknown = { message = nil, anchor = 'bot:_unknown', category = 'CS1 maint: bot: original URL status unknown', hidden = true, }, maint_date_auto_xlated = { -- date auto-translation not supported by en.wiki message = nil, anchor = 'date_auto_xlated', category = 'CS1 maint: date auto-translated', hidden = true, }, maint_date_format = { message = nil, anchor = 'date_format', category = 'CS1 maint: date format', hidden = true, }, maint_date_year = { message = nil, anchor = 'date_year', category = 'CS1 maint: date and year', hidden = true, }, maint_deprecated_archive = { message = nil, anchor = 'deprecated_archive', category = 'CS1 maint: deprecated archival service', hidden = true, }, maint_doi_ignore = { message = nil, anchor = 'doi_ignore', category = 'CS1 maint: ignored DOI errors', hidden = true, }, maint_doi_inactive = { message = nil, anchor = 'doi_inactive', category = 'CS1 maint: DOI inactive', hidden = true, }, maint_doi_inactive_dated = { message = nil, anchor = 'doi_inactive_dated', category = 'CS1 maint: DOI inactive as of $2$3$1', -- $1 is year, $2 is month-name or empty string, $3 is space or empty string hidden = true, }, maint_doi_unflagged_free = { message = nil, anchor = 'doi_unflagged_free', category = 'CS1 maint: unflagged free DOI', hidden = true, }, maint_extra_punct = { message = nil, anchor = 'extra_punct', category = 'CS1 maint: extra punctuation', hidden = true, }, maint_id_limit_load_fail = { -- applies to all cs1|2 templates on a page; message = nil, -- maint message (category link) never emitted anchor = 'id_limit_load_fail', category = 'CS1 maint: ID limit load fail', hidden = true, }, maint_isbn_ignore = { message = nil, anchor = 'ignore_isbn_err', category = 'CS1 maint: ignored ISBN errors', hidden = true, }, maint_issn_ignore = { message = nil, anchor = 'ignore_issn', category = 'CS1 maint: ignored ISSN errors', hidden = true, }, maint_jfm_format = { message = nil, anchor = 'jfm_format', category = 'CS1 maint: JFM format', hidden = true, }, maint_location = { message = nil, anchor = 'location', category = 'CS1 maint: location', hidden = true, }, maint_missing_class = { message = nil, anchor = 'missing_class', category = 'CS1 maint: missing class', hidden = true, }, maint_mr_format = { message = nil, anchor = 'mr_format', category = 'CS1 maint: MR format', hidden = true, }, maint_mult_names = { message = nil, anchor = 'mult_names', category = 'CS1 maint: multiple names: $1', -- $1 is '<name>s list'; gets value from special_case_translation table hidden = true, }, maint_numeric_names = { message = nil, anchor = 'numeric_names', category = 'CS1 maint: numeric names: $1', -- $1 is '<name>s list'; gets value from special_case_translation table hidden = true, }, maint_others = { message = nil, anchor = 'others', category = 'CS1 maint: others', hidden = true, }, maint_others_avm = { message = nil, anchor = 'others_avm', category = 'CS1 maint: others in cite AV media (notes)', hidden = true, }, maint_overridden_setting = { message = nil, anchor = 'overridden', category = 'CS1 maint: overridden setting', hidden = true, }, maint_page_art_num = { message = nil, anchor = 'page_art_num', category = 'CS1 maint: article number as page number', hidden = true, }, maint_pmc_embargo = { message = nil, anchor = 'embargo', category = 'CS1 maint: PMC embargo expired', hidden = true, }, maint_pmc_format = { message = nil, anchor = 'pmc_format', category = 'CS1 maint: PMC format', hidden = true, }, maint_postscript = { message = nil, anchor = 'postscript', category = 'CS1 maint: postscript', hidden = true, }, maint_publisher_location = { message = nil, anchor = 'publisher_location', category = 'CS1 maint: publisher location', hidden = true, }, maint_ref_duplicates_default = { message = nil, anchor = 'ref_default', category = 'CS1 maint: ref duplicates default', hidden = true, }, maint_shortened_archive_url = { message = nil, anchor = 'shortened_archive_url', category = 'CS1 maint: shortened archive url', hidden = true, }, maint_unknown_lang = { message = nil, anchor = 'unknown_lang', category = 'CS1 maint: unrecognized language', hidden = true, }, maint_untitled = { message = nil, anchor = 'untitled', category = 'CS1 maint: untitled periodical', hidden = true, }, maint_url_status = { message = nil, anchor = 'url_status', category = 'CS1 maint: url-status', hidden = true, }, maint_work_isbn = { message = nil, anchor = 'work_isbn', category = 'CS1 maint: work parameter with ISBN', hidden = true, }, maint_year= { message = nil, anchor = 'year', category = 'CS1 maint: year', hidden = true, }, maint_zbl = { message = nil, anchor = 'zbl', category = 'CS1 maint: Zbl', hidden = true, }, } --[[--------------------------< I D _ L I M I T S _ D A T A _ T >---------------------------------------------- fetch id limits for certain identifiers from c:Data:CS1/Identifier limits.tab. This source is a json tabular data file maintained at wikipedia commons. Convert the json format to a table of k/v pairs. The values from <id_limits_data_t> are used to set handle.id_limit. From 2025-02-21, MediaWiki is broken. Use this link to edit the tablular data file: https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Data:CS1/Identifier_limits.tab&action=edit See Phab:T389105 ]] local id_limits_data_t = {}; local use_commons_data = true; -- set to false if your wiki does not have access to mediawiki commons; then, if false == use_commons_data then -- update this table from https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Data:CS1/Identifier_limits.tab; last update: 2025-02-21 id_limits_data_t = {['OCLC'] = 10450000000, ['OSTI'] = 23010000, ['PMC'] = 11900000, ['PMID'] = 40400000, ['RFC'] = 9300, ['SSRN'] = 5200000, ['S2CID'] = 276000000}; -- this table must be maintained locally else -- here for wikis that do have access to mediawiki commons local load_fail_limit = 99999999999; -- very high number to avoid error messages on load failure id_limits_data_t = {['OCLC'] = load_fail_limit, ['OSTI'] = load_fail_limit, ['PMC'] = load_fail_limit, ['PMID'] = load_fail_limit, ['RFC'] = load_fail_limit, ['SSRN'] = load_fail_limit, ['S2CID'] = load_fail_limit}; local id_limits_data_load_fail = false; -- flag; assume that we will be successful when loading json id limit tabular data if mw.ext.data == nil then id_limits_data_load_fail = true; -- safeguard against Lua errors if mw.ext.data is not available for some reason else local tab_data_t = mw.ext.data.get ('CS1/Identifier limits.tab'); -- attempt to load the tabular data from commons into <tab_data_t> if false == tab_data_t then -- undocumented 'feature': mw.ext.data.get() sometimes returns false id_limits_data_load_fail = true; -- set the flag so that Module:Citation/CS1 can create an unannotated maint category else for _, limit_t in ipairs (tab_data_t.data) do -- overwrite default <load_fail_limit> values from the data table in the tabular data id_limits_data_t[limit_t[1]] = limit_t[2]; -- <limit[1]> is identifier; <limit[2]> is upper limit for that identifier end end end end --[[--------------------------< I D _ H A N D L E R S >-------------------------------------------------------- The following contains a list of values for various defined identifiers. For each identifier we specify a variety of information necessary to properly render the identifier in the citation. parameters: a list of parameter aliases for this identifier; first in the list is the canonical form link: Wikipedia article name redirect: a local redirect to a local Wikipedia article name; at en.wiki, 'ISBN (identifier)' is a redirect to 'International Standard Book Number' q: Wikidata q number for the identifier label: the label preceding the identifier; label is linked to a Wikipedia article (in this order): redirect from id_handlers['<id>'].redirect when use_identifier_redirects is true Wikidata-supplied article name for the local wiki from id_handlers['<id>'].q local article name from id_handlers['<id>'].link prefix: the first part of a URL that will be concatenated with a second part which usually contains the identifier suffix: optional third part to be added after the identifier encode: true if URI should be percent-encoded; otherwise false COinS: identifier link or keyword for use in COinS: for identifiers registered at info-uri.info use: info:.... where '...' is the appropriate identifier label for identifiers that have COinS keywords, use the keyword: rft.isbn, rft.issn, rft.eissn for |asin= and |ol=, which require assembly, use the keyword: url for others make a URL using the value in prefix/suffix and #label, use the keyword: pre (not checked; any text other than 'info', 'rft', or 'url' works here) set to nil to leave the identifier out of the COinS separator: character or text between label and the identifier in the rendered citation id_limit: for those identifiers with established limits, this property holds the upper limit access: use this parameter to set the access level for all instances of this identifier. the value must be a valid access level for an identifier (see ['id-access'] in this file). custom_access: to enable custom access level for an identifier, set this parameter to the parameter that should control it (normally 'id-access') ]] local id_handlers = { ['ARXIV'] = { parameters = {'arxiv', 'eprint'}, link = 'arXiv', redirect = 'arXiv (identifier)', q = 'Q118398', label = 'arXiv', prefix = 'https://arxiv.org/abs/', encode = false, COinS = 'info:arxiv', separator = ':', access = 'free', -- free to read }, ['ASIN'] = { parameters = { 'asin', 'ASIN' }, link = 'Amazon Standard Identification Number', redirect = 'ASIN (identifier)', q = 'Q1753278', label = 'ASIN', prefix = 'https://www.amazon.', COinS = 'url', separator = '&nbsp;', encode = false; }, ['BIBCODE'] = { parameters = {'bibcode'}, link = 'Bibcode', redirect = 'Bibcode (identifier)', q = 'Q25754', label = 'Bibcode', prefix = 'https://ui.adsabs.harvard.edu/abs/', encode = false, COinS = 'info:bibcode', separator = ':', custom_access = 'bibcode-access', }, ['BIORXIV'] = { parameters = {'biorxiv'}, link = 'bioRxiv', redirect = 'bioRxiv (identifier)', q = 'Q19835482', label = 'bioRxiv', prefix = 'https://doi.org/', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value access = 'free', -- free to read encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['CITESEERX'] = { parameters = {'citeseerx'}, link = 'CiteSeerX', redirect = 'CiteSeerX (identifier)', q = 'Q2715061', label = 'CiteSeerX', prefix = 'https://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/summary?doi=', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value access = 'free', -- free to read encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['DOI'] = { -- Used by InternetArchiveBot parameters = { 'doi', 'DOI'}, link = 'Digital object identifier', redirect = 'doi (identifier)', q = 'Q25670', label = 'doi', prefix = 'https://doi.org/', COinS = 'info:doi', separator = ':', encode = true, custom_access = 'doi-access', }, ['EISSN'] = { parameters = {'eissn', 'EISSN'}, link = 'International Standard Serial Number#Electronic ISSN', redirect = 'eISSN (identifier)', q = 'Q46339674', label = 'eISSN', prefix = 'https://search.worldcat.org/issn/', COinS = 'rft.eissn', encode = false, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['HDL'] = { parameters = { 'hdl', 'HDL' }, link = 'Handle System', redirect = 'hdl (identifier)', q = 'Q3126718', label = 'hdl', prefix = 'https://hdl.handle.net/', COinS = 'info:hdl', separator = ':', encode = true, custom_access = 'hdl-access', }, ['ISBN'] = { -- Used by InternetArchiveBot parameters = {'isbn', 'ISBN'}, link = 'International Standard Book Number', redirect = 'ISBN (identifier)', q = 'Q33057', label = 'ISBN', prefix = 'Special:BookSources/', COinS = 'rft.isbn', separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['ISMN'] = { parameters = {'ismn', 'ISMN'}, link = 'International Standard Music Number', redirect = 'ISMN (identifier)', q = 'Q1666938', label = 'ISMN', prefix = '', -- not currently used; COinS = nil, -- nil because we can't use pre or rft or info: separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['ISSN'] = { parameters = {'issn', 'ISSN'}, link = 'International Standard Serial Number', redirect = 'ISSN (identifier)', q = 'Q131276', label = 'ISSN', prefix = 'https://search.worldcat.org/issn/', COinS = 'rft.issn', encode = false, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['JFM'] = { parameters = {'jfm', 'JFM'}, link = 'Jahrbuch über die Fortschritte der Mathematik', redirect = 'JFM (identifier)', q = '', label = 'JFM', prefix = 'https://zbmath.org/?format=complete&q=an:', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['JSTOR'] = { parameters = {'jstor', 'JSTOR'}, link = 'JSTOR', redirect = 'JSTOR (identifier)', q = 'Q1420342', label = 'JSTOR', prefix = 'https://www.jstor.org/stable/', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = false, separator = '&nbsp;', custom_access = 'jstor-access', }, ['LCCN'] = { parameters = {'lccn', 'LCCN'}, link = 'Library of Congress Control Number', redirect = 'LCCN (identifier)', q = 'Q620946', label = 'LCCN', prefix = 'https://lccn.loc.gov/', COinS = 'info:lccn', encode = false, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['MEDRXIV'] = { parameters = {'medrxiv'}, link = 'medRxiv', redirect = 'medRxiv (identifier)', q = 'Q58465838', label = 'medRxiv', prefix = 'https://www.medrxiv.org/content/', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value access = 'free', -- free to read encode = false, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['MR'] = { parameters = {'mr', 'MR'}, link = 'Mathematical Reviews', redirect = 'MR (identifier)', q = 'Q211172', label = 'MR', prefix = 'https://mathscinet.ams.org/mathscinet-getitem?mr=', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['OCLC'] = { parameters = {'oclc', 'OCLC'}, link = 'OCLC', redirect = 'OCLC (identifier)', q = 'Q190593', label = 'OCLC', prefix = 'https://search.worldcat.org/oclc/', COinS = 'info:oclcnum', encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', id_limit = id_limits_data_t.OCLC or 0, }, ['OL'] = { parameters = { 'ol', 'OL' }, link = 'Open Library', redirect = 'OL (identifier)', q = 'Q1201876', label = 'OL', prefix = 'https://openlibrary.org/', COinS = 'url', separator = '&nbsp;', encode = true, custom_access = 'ol-access', }, ['OSTI'] = { parameters = {'osti', 'OSTI'}, link = 'Office of Scientific and Technical Information', redirect = 'OSTI (identifier)', q = 'Q2015776', label = 'OSTI', prefix = 'https://www.osti.gov/biblio/', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', id_limit = id_limits_data_t.OSTI or 0, custom_access = 'osti-access', }, ['PMC'] = { parameters = {'pmc', 'PMC'}, link = 'PubMed Central', redirect = 'PMC (identifier)', q = 'Q229883', label = 'PMC', prefix = 'https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC', suffix = '', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', id_limit = id_limits_data_t.PMC or 0, access = 'free', -- free to read }, ['PMID'] = { parameters = {'pmid', 'PMID'}, link = 'PubMed Identifier', redirect = 'PMID (identifier)', q = 'Q2082879', label = 'PMID', prefix = 'https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/', COinS = 'info:pmid', encode = false, separator = '&nbsp;', id_limit = id_limits_data_t.PMID or 0, }, ['RFC'] = { parameters = {'rfc', 'RFC'}, link = 'Request for Comments', redirect = 'RFC (identifier)', q = 'Q212971', label = 'RFC', prefix = 'https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = false, separator = '&nbsp;', id_limit = id_limits_data_t.RFC or 0, access = 'free', -- free to read }, ['SBN'] = { parameters = {'sbn', 'SBN'}, link = 'Standard Book Number', -- redirect to International_Standard_Book_Number#History redirect = 'SBN (identifier)', label = 'SBN', prefix = 'Special:BookSources/0-', -- prefix has leading zero necessary to make 9-digit sbn a 10-digit isbn COinS = nil, -- nil because we can't use pre or rft or info: separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['SSRN'] = { parameters = {'ssrn', 'SSRN'}, link = 'Social Science Research Network', redirect = 'SSRN (identifier)', q = 'Q7550801', label = 'SSRN', prefix = 'https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', id_limit = id_limits_data_t.SSRN or 0, custom_access = 'ssrn-access', }, ['S2CID'] = { parameters = {'s2cid', 'S2CID'}, link = 'Semantic Scholar', redirect = 'S2CID (identifier)', q = 'Q22908627', label = 'S2CID', prefix = 'https://api.semanticscholar.org/CorpusID:', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = false, separator = '&nbsp;', id_limit = id_limits_data_t.S2CID or 0, custom_access = 's2cid-access', }, ['USENETID'] = { parameters = {'message-id'}, link = 'Usenet', redirect = 'Usenet (identifier)', q = 'Q193162', label = 'Usenet:', prefix = 'news:', encode = false, COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['ZBL'] = { parameters = {'zbl', 'ZBL' }, link = 'Zentralblatt MATH', redirect = 'Zbl (identifier)', q = 'Q190269', label = 'Zbl', prefix = 'https://zbmath.org/?format=complete&q=an:', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', }, } --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T S >--------------------------------- ]] return { use_identifier_redirects = use_identifier_redirects, -- booleans defined in the settings at the top of this module local_lang_cat_enable = local_lang_cat_enable, date_name_auto_xlate_enable = date_name_auto_xlate_enable, date_digit_auto_xlate_enable = date_digit_auto_xlate_enable, enable_sort_keys = enable_sort_keys, suppress_archive_today_urls = suppress_archive_today_urls, -- tables and variables created when this module is loaded dependencies_t = dependencies_t, -- used to suppress parameters dependent on url-holding parameters holding archive.today urls enum_needs_xlation = '1' ~= date_names.xlate_digits['1'], -- to avoid unnecessary enumerator translation global_df = get_date_format (), -- this line can be replaced with "global_df = 'dmy-all'," to have all dates auto translated to dmy format. global_cs1_config_t = global_cs1_config_t, -- global settings from {{cs1 config}} id_limits_data_load_fail = id_limits_data_load_fail, -- true when commons tabular identifier-limit data fails to load known_free_doi_registrants_t = build_free_doi_registrants_table(), punct_skip = build_skip_table (punct_skip, punct_meta_params), url_skip = build_skip_table (url_skip, url_meta_params), archive_today_tlds_t = {['today'] = true, ['ph'] = true, ['is'] = true, ['md'] = true, ['li'] = true, ['fo'] = true, ['vn'] = true}; -- used by is_archive_today_url() name_space_sort_keys = name_space_sort_keys, aliases = aliases, special_case_translation = special_case_translation, date_names = date_names, err_msg_supl = err_msg_supl, error_conditions = error_conditions, editor_markup_patterns = editor_markup_patterns, et_al_patterns = et_al_patterns, extended_registrants_t = extended_registrants_t, id_handlers = id_handlers, keywords_lists = keywords_lists, keywords_xlate = keywords_xlate, stripmarkers = stripmarkers, invisible_chars = invisible_chars, invisible_defs = invisible_defs, indic_script = indic_script, emoji_t = emoji_t, maint_cats = maint_cats, messages = messages, presentation = presentation, prop_cats = prop_cats, script_lang_codes = script_lang_codes, lang_tag_remap = lang_tag_remap, lang_name_remap = lang_name_remap, this_wiki_code = this_wiki_code, title_types = title_types, uncategorized_namespaces = uncategorized_namespaces_t, uncategorized_subpages = uncategorized_subpages, templates_using_volume = templates_using_volume, templates_using_issue = templates_using_issue, templates_not_using_page = templates_not_using_page, vol_iss_pg_patterns = vol_iss_pg_patterns, single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t = single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t, url_access_map_t = url_access_map_t, inter_wiki_map = inter_wiki_map, mw_languages_by_tag_t = mw_languages_by_tag_t, mw_languages_by_name_t = mw_languages_by_name_t, citation_class_map_t = citation_class_map_t, citation_issue_t = citation_issue_t, citation_no_volume_t = citation_no_volume_t, } 7oukcgh6jfipsgm5ag4ypttwht4cce8 266010 266009 2026-07-18T15:28:01Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266009 Scribunto text/plain local lang_obj = mw.language.getContentLanguage(); -- make a language object for the local language; used here for languages and dates --[[--------------------------< S E T T I N G S >-------------------------------------------------------------- boolean settings used to control various things. these setting located here to make them easy to find ]] -- these settings local to this module only local local_digits_from_mediawiki = false; -- for i18n; when true, module fills date_names['local_digits'] from MediaWiki; manual fill required else; always false at en.wiki local local_date_names_from_mediawiki = false; -- for i18n; when true, module fills date_names['local']['long'] and date_names['local']['short'] from MediaWiki; -- manual translation required else; ; always false at en.wiki -- these settings exported to other modules local use_identifier_redirects = true; -- when true use redirect name for identifier label links; always true at en.wiki local local_lang_cat_enable = false; -- when true categorizes pages where |language=<local wiki's language>; always false at en.wiki local date_name_auto_xlate_enable = false; -- when true translates English month-names to the local-wiki's language month names; always false at en.wiki local date_digit_auto_xlate_enable = false; -- when true translates Western date digit to the local-wiki's language digits (date_names['local_digits']); always false at en.wiki local enable_sort_keys = true; -- when true module adds namespace sort keys to error and maintenance category links local suppress_archive_today_urls = true; -- when true module suppresses all parameters with an archive.today url and any deprendent parameters --[[--------------------------< U N C A T E G O R I Z E D _ N A M E S P A C E S >------------------------------ List of namespaces identifiers for namespaces that will not be included in citation error categories. Same as setting notracking = true by default. For wikis that have a current version of Module:cs1 documentation support, this #invoke will return an unordered list of namespace names and their associated identifiers: {{#invoke:cs1 documentation support|uncategorized_namespace_lister|all=<anything>}} ]] local uncategorized_namespaces_t = {[2]=true}; -- init with user namespace id for k, _ in pairs (mw.site.talkNamespaces) do -- add all talk namespace ids uncategorized_namespaces_t[k] = true; end local uncategorized_subpages = {'/[Ss]andbox', '/[Tt]estcases', '/[^/]*[Ll]og', '/[Aa]rchive'}; -- list of Lua patterns found in page names of pages we should not categorize --[[ at en.wiki Greek characters are used as sort keys for certain items in a category so that those items are placed at the end of a category page. See Wikipedia:Categorization#Sort_keys. That works well for en.wiki because English is written using the Latn script. This may not work well for other languages. At en.wiki it is desireable to place content from certain namespaces at the end of a category listing so the module adds sort keys to error and maintenance category links when rendering a cs1|2 template on a page in that namespace. i18n: if this does not work well for your language, set <enable_sort_keys> to false. ]] local name_space_sort_keys = { -- sort keys to be used with these namespaces: [4] = 'ω', -- wikipedia; omega [10] = 'τ', -- template; tau [118] = 'Δ', -- draft; delta ['other'] = 'ο', -- all other non-talk namespaces except main (article); omicron } --[[--------------------------< M E S S A G E S >-------------------------------------------------------------- Translation table The following contains fixed text that may be output as part of a citation. This is separated from the main body to aid in future translations of this module. ]] local messages = { ['agency'] = '$1 $2', -- $1 is sepc, $2 is agency ['archived-dead'] = 'Archived from $1 on $2', ['archived-live'] = '$1 from the original on $2', ['archived-unfit'] = 'Archived from the original on $1', ['archived'] = 'Archived', ['by'] = 'By', -- contributions to authored works: introduction, foreword, afterword ['cartography'] = 'Cartography by $1', ['editor'] = 'ed.', ['editors'] = 'eds.', ['edition'] = '($1&nbsp;ed.)', ['episode'] = 'Episode $1', ['et al'] = 'et&nbsp;al.', ['in'] = 'In', -- edited works ['inactive'] = ' (inactive $1)', -- $1 is date which the doi was found to be broken in ['inset'] = '$1 inset', ['interview'] = 'Interviewed by $1', invisible_1 = '$1 $2', -- $1 stripmarker name; $2 is text from <invisible_chars[1]> invisible_2 = '$1 character', -- $1 character name from <invisible_chars[1]> ['mismatch'] = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> / <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$2=</code> mismatch', -- $1 is year param name; $2 is date param name ['newsgroup'] = '[[Usenet newsgroup|Newsgroup]]:&nbsp;$1', ['notitle'] = 'No title', -- for |title=(()) and (in the future) |title=none ['original'] = 'the original', ['origdate'] = ' [$1]', ['published'] = ' (published $1)', ['retrieved'] = 'Retrieved $1', ['season'] = 'Season $1', ['section'] = '§&nbsp;$1', ['sections'] = '§§&nbsp;$1', ['series'] = '$1 $2', -- $1 is sepc, $2 is series ['seriesnum'] = 'Series $1', ['translated'] = 'Translated by $1', ['type'] = ' ($1)', -- for titletype wikidata = 'Wikidata', -- these used for interwikilinked author/editor/... names wikipedia = 'Wikipedia', wikisource = 'Wikisource', ['written'] = 'Written at $1', ['vol'] = '$1 Vol.&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc; bold journal style volume is in presentation{} ['vol-no'] = '$1 Vol.&nbsp;$2, no.&nbsp;$3', -- sepc, volume, issue (alternatively insert $1 after $2, but then we'd also have to change capitalization) ['issue'] = '$1 No.&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc ['art'] = '$1 Art.&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc; for {{cite conference}} only ['vol-art'] = '$1 Vol.&nbsp;$2, art.&nbsp;$3', -- sepc, volume, article-number; for {{cite conference}} only ['j-vol'] = '$1 $2', -- sepc, volume; bold journal volume is in presentation{} ['j-issue'] = ' ($1)', ['j-article-num'] = ' $1', -- TODO: any punctuation here? static text? ['nopp'] = '$1 $2'; -- page(s) without prefix; $1 is sepc ['p-prefix'] = "$1 p.&nbsp;$2", -- $1 is sepc ['pp-prefix'] = "$1 pp.&nbsp;$2", -- $1 is sepc ['j-page(s)'] = ': $1', -- same for page and pages ['sheet'] = '$1 Sheet&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc ['sheets'] = '$1 Sheets&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc ['j-sheet'] = ': Sheet&nbsp;$1', ['j-sheets'] = ': Sheets&nbsp;$1', ['language'] = '(in $1)', ['via'] = " &ndash; via $1", ['event'] = 'Event occurs at', ['minutes'] = ' $1 minutes in', -- $1 is the number of minutes -- Determines the location of the help page ['help page link'] = 'Help:CS1 errors', ['help page label'] = 'help', -- categories ['cat wikilink'] = '[[Category:$1]]', -- $1 is the category name ['cat wikilink sk'] = '[[Category:$1|$2]]', -- $1 is the category name; $2 is namespace sort key [':cat wikilink'] = '[[:Category:$1|link]]', -- category name as maintenance message wikilink; $1 is the category name -- Internal errors (should only occur if configuration is bad) ['undefined_error'] = 'Called with an undefined error condition', ['unknown_ID_key'] = 'Unrecognized ID key: ', -- an ID key in id_handlers not found in ~/Identifiers func_map{} ['unknown_ID_access'] = 'Unrecognized ID access keyword: ', -- an ID access keyword in id_handlers not found in keywords_lists['id-access']{} ['unknown_argument_map'] = 'Argument map not defined for this variable', ['bare_url_no_origin'] = 'Bare URL found but origin indicator is nil or empty', ['warning_msg_e'] = '<span style="color:#d33"><code style="color: inherit; background: inherit; border: none; padding: inherit;">&#123;{$1}}</code>: this [[#$2|reference]] has errors</span>; messages may be hidden ([[Help:CS1_errors#Controlling_error_message_display|help]]).'; -- $1 is template link; $2 is anchor ID ['warning_msg_m'] = '<span style="color:#085"><code style="color: inherit; background: inherit; border: none; padding: inherit;">&#123;{$1}}</code>: this [[#$2|reference]] has maintenance messages</span>; messages may be hidden ([[Help:CS1_errors#Controlling_error_message_display|help]]).'; -- $1 is template link; $2 is anchor ID } --[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N _ C L A S S _ M A P >------------------------------------------ this table maps the value assigned to |CitationClass= in the cs1|2 templates to the canonical template name when the value assigned to |CitationClass= is different from the canonical template name. |CitationClass= values are used as class attributes in the <cite> tag that encloses the citation so these names may not contain spaces while the canonical template name may. These names are used in warning_msg_e and warning_msg_m to create links to the template's documentation when an article is displayed in preview mode. ]] local citation_class_map_t = { -- TODO: in Module:Cite/config write a function to use this table arxiv = 'cite arXiv', -- as the source for known_templates_t and citation_classes_t ['audio-visual'] = 'cite AV media', ['AV-media-notes'] = 'cite AV media notes', biorxiv = 'cite bioRxiv', book = 'cite book', citation = 'citation', citeseerx = 'cite CiteSeerX', conference = 'cite conference', document = 'cite document', encyclopaedia = 'cite encyclopedia', episode = 'cite episode', interview = 'cite interview', journal = 'cite journal', magazine = 'cite magazine', mailinglist = 'cite mailing list', map = 'cite map', medrxiv = 'cite medRxiv', news = 'cite news', newsgroup = 'cite newsgroup', podcast = 'cite podcast', pressrelease = 'cite press release', report = 'cite report', serial = 'cite serial', sign = 'cite sign', speech = 'cite speech', ssrn = 'cite SSRN', techreport = 'cite tech report', thesis = 'cite thesis', web = 'cite web', } --[=[-------------------------< E T _ A L _ P A T T E R N S >-------------------------------------------------- This table provides Lua patterns for the phrase "et al" and variants in name text (author, editor, etc.). The main module uses these to identify and emit the 'etal' message. ]=] local et_al_patterns = { "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll][%.;,\"']*$", -- variations on the 'et al' theme "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll][Ii][AaIi][Ee]?[%.;,\"']*$", -- variations on the 'et alia', 'et alii' and 'et aliae' themes (false positive 'et aliie' unlikely to match) "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers", -- an alternative to et al. "%[%[ *[Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll]%.? *%]%]", -- a wikilinked form "%(%( *[Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll]%.? *%)%)", -- a double-bracketed form (to counter partial removal of ((...)) syntax) "[%(%[] *[Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll]%.? *[%)%]]", -- a bracketed form } --[[--------------------------< P R E S E N T A T I O N >------------------------ Fixed presentation markup. Originally part of citation_config.messages it has been moved into its own, more semantically correct place. ]] local presentation = { -- .citation-comment class is specified at Help:CS1_errors#Controlling_error_message_display ['hidden-error'] = '<span class="cs1-hidden-error citation-comment">$1</span>', ['visible-error'] = '<span class="cs1-visible-error citation-comment">$1</span>', ['hidden-maint'] = '<span class="cs1-maint citation-comment">$1</span>', ['accessdate'] = '<span class="reference-accessdate">$1$2</span>', -- to allow editors to hide accessdate using personal CSS ['bdi'] = '<bdi$1>$2</bdi>', -- bidirectional isolation used with |script-title= and the like ['cite'] = '<cite class="$1">$2</cite>'; -- for use when citation does not have a namelist and |ref= not set so no id="..." attribute ['cite-id'] = '<cite id="$1" class="$2">$3</cite>'; -- for use when when |ref= is set or when citation has a namelist ['format'] = ' <span class="cs1-format">($1)</span>', -- for |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. ['interwiki'] = ' <span class="cs1-format">[in $1]</span>', -- for interwiki-language-linked author, editor, etc ['interproj'] = ' <span class="cs1-format">[at $1]</span>', -- for interwiki-project-linked author, editor, etc (:d: and :s: supported; :w: ignored) -- various access levels, for |access=, |doi-access=, |arxiv=, ... -- narrow no-break space &#8239; may work better than nowrap CSS. Or not? Browser support? ['ext-link-access-signal'] = '<span class="$1" title="$2">$3</span>', -- external link with appropriate lock icon ['free'] = {class='id-lock-free', title='Freely accessible'}, -- classes defined in Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css ['registration'] = {class='id-lock-registration', title='Free registration required'}, ['limited'] = {class='id-lock-limited', title='Free access subject to limited trial, subscription normally required'}, ['subscription'] = {class='id-lock-subscription', title='Paid subscription required'}, ['interwiki-icon'] = '<span class="$1" title="$2">$3</span>', ['class-wikisource'] = 'cs1-ws-icon', ['italic-title'] = "''$1''", ['kern-left'] = '<span class="cs1-kern-left"></span>$1', -- spacing to use when title contains leading single or double quote mark ['kern-right'] = '$1<span class="cs1-kern-right"></span>', -- spacing to use when title contains trailing single or double quote mark ['nowrap1'] = '<span class="nowrap">$1</span>', -- for nowrapping an item: <span ...>yyyy-mm-dd</span> ['nowrap2'] = '<span class="nowrap">$1</span> $2', -- for nowrapping portions of an item: <span ...>dd mmmm</span> yyyy (note white space) ['ocins'] = '<span title="$1" class="Z3988"></span>', ['parameter'] = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', ['ps_cs1'] = '.'; -- CS1 style postscript (terminal) character ['ps_cs2'] = ''; -- CS2 style postscript (terminal) character (empty string) ['quoted-text'] = '<q>$1</q>', -- for wrapping |quote= content ['quoted-title'] = '"$1"', ['sep_cs1'] = '.', -- CS1 element separator ['sep_cs2'] = ',', -- CS2 separator ['sep_nl'] = ';', -- CS1|2 style name-list separator between names is a semicolon ['sep_nl_and'] = ' and ', -- used as last nl sep when |name-list-style=and and list has 2 items ['sep_nl_end'] = '; and ', -- used as last nl sep when |name-list-style=and and list has 3+ names ['sep_name'] = ', ', -- CS1|2 style last/first separator is <comma><space> ['sep_nl_vanc'] = ',', -- Vancouver style name-list separator between authors is a comma ['sep_name_vanc'] = ' ', -- Vancouver style last/first separator is a space ['sep_list'] = ', ', -- used for |language= when list has 3+ items except for last sep which uses sep_list_end ['sep_list_pair'] = ' and ', -- used for |language= when list has 2 items ['sep_list_end'] = ', and ', -- used as last list sep for |language= when list has 3+ items ['trans-italic-title'] = "&#91;''$1''&#93;", ['trans-quoted-title'] = "&#91;$1&#93;", -- for |trans-title= and |trans-quote= ['vol-bold'] = '$1 <b>$2</b>', -- sepc, volume; for bold journal cites; for other cites ['vol'] in messages{} } --[[--------------------------< A L I A S E S >--------------------------------- Aliases table for commonly passed parameters. Parameter names on the right side in the assignments in this table must have been defined in the Whitelist before they will be recognized as valid parameter names ]] local aliases = { ['AccessDate'] = {'access-date', 'accessdate'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Agency'] = 'agency', ['ArchiveDate'] = {'archive-date', 'archivedate'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['ArchiveFormat'] = 'archive-format', ['ArchiveURL'] = {'archive-url', 'archiveurl'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['ArticleNumber'] = 'article-number', ['ASINTLD'] = 'asin-tld', ['At'] = 'at', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Authors'] = {'people', 'credits'}, ['BookTitle'] = {'book-title', 'booktitle'}, ['Cartography'] = 'cartography', ['Chapter'] = {'chapter', 'contribution', 'entry', 'article', 'section'}, ['ChapterFormat'] = {'chapter-format', 'contribution-format', 'entry-format', 'article-format', 'section-format'}; ['ChapterURL'] = {'chapter-url', 'contribution-url', 'entry-url', 'article-url', 'section-url'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['ChapterUrlAccess'] = {'chapter-url-access', 'contribution-url-access', 'entry-url-access', 'article-url-access', 'section-url-access'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Class'] = 'class', -- cite arxiv and arxiv identifier ['Collaboration'] = 'collaboration', ['Conference'] = {'conference', 'event'}, ['ConferenceFormat'] = 'conference-format', ['ConferenceURL'] = 'conference-url', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Date'] = {'date', 'air-date', 'airdate'}, -- air-date and airdate for cite episode and cite serial only ['Degree'] = 'degree', ['DF'] = 'df', ['DisplayAuthors'] = {'display-authors', 'display-subjects'}, ['DisplayContributors'] = 'display-contributors', ['DisplayEditors'] = 'display-editors', ['DisplayInterviewers'] = 'display-interviewers', ['DisplayTranslators'] = 'display-translators', ['Docket'] = 'docket', ['DoiBroken'] = 'doi-broken-date', ['Edition'] = 'edition', ['Embargo'] = 'pmc-embargo-date', ['Encyclopedia'] = {'encyclopedia', 'encyclopaedia', 'dictionary'}, -- cite encyclopedia only ['Episode'] = 'episode', -- cite serial only TODO: make available to cite episode? ['Format'] = 'format', ['ID'] = {'id', 'ID'}, ['Inset'] = 'inset', ['Issue'] = {'issue', 'number'}, ['Language'] = {'language', 'lang'}, ['MailingList'] = {'mailing-list', 'mailinglist'}, -- cite mailing list only ['Map'] = 'map', -- cite map only ['MapFormat'] = 'map-format', -- cite map only ['MapURL'] = {'map-url', 'mapurl'}, -- cite map only -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['MapUrlAccess'] = 'map-url-access', -- cite map only -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Minutes'] = 'minutes', ['Mode'] = 'mode', ['NameListStyle'] = 'name-list-style', ['Network'] = 'network', ['Newsgroup'] = 'newsgroup', -- cite newsgroup only ['NoPP'] = {'no-pp', 'nopp'}, ['NoTracking'] = {'no-tracking', 'template-doc-demo'}, ['Number'] = 'number', -- this case only for cite techreport ['OrigDate'] = {'orig-date', 'orig-year', 'origyear'}, ['Others'] = 'others', ['Page'] = {'page', 'p'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Pages'] = {'pages', 'pp'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Periodical'] = {'journal', 'magazine', 'newspaper', 'periodical', 'website', 'work'}, ['Place'] = {'place', 'location'}, ['PostScript'] = 'postscript', ['PublicationDate'] = {'publication-date', 'publicationdate'}, ['PublicationPlace'] = {'publication-place', 'publicationplace'}, ['PublisherName'] = {'publisher', 'institution'}, ['Quote'] = {'quote', 'quotation'}, ['QuotePage'] = 'quote-page', ['QuotePages'] = 'quote-pages', ['Ref'] = 'ref', ['Scale'] = 'scale', ['ScriptChapter'] = {'script-chapter', 'script-contribution', 'script-entry', 'script-article', 'script-section'}, ['ScriptEncyclopedia'] = {'script-encyclopedia', 'script-encyclopaedia'}, -- cite encyclopedia only ['ScriptMap'] = 'script-map', ['ScriptPeriodical'] = {'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper', 'script-periodical', 'script-website', 'script-work'}, ['ScriptQuote'] = 'script-quote', ['ScriptTitle'] = 'script-title', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Season'] = 'season', ['Sections'] = 'sections', -- cite map only ['Series'] = {'series', 'version'}, ['SeriesLink'] = {'series-link', 'serieslink'}, ['SeriesNumber'] = {'series-number', 'series-no'}, ['Sheet'] = 'sheet', -- cite map only ['Sheets'] = 'sheets', -- cite map only ['Station'] = 'station', ['Time'] = 'time', ['TimeCaption'] = 'time-caption', ['Title'] = 'title', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['TitleLink'] = {'title-link', 'episode-link', 'episodelink'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['TitleNote'] = {'title-note', 'department'}, ['TitleType'] = {'type', 'medium'}, ['TransChapter'] = {'trans-article', 'trans-chapter', 'trans-contribution', 'trans-entry', 'trans-section'}, ['Transcript'] = 'transcript', ['TranscriptFormat'] = 'transcript-format', ['TranscriptURL'] = 'transcript-url', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['TransEncyclopedia'] = {'trans-encyclopedia', 'trans-encyclopaedia'}, -- cite encyclopedia only ['TransMap'] = 'trans-map', -- cite map only ['TransPeriodical'] = {'trans-journal', 'trans-magazine', 'trans-newspaper', 'trans-periodical', 'trans-website', 'trans-work'}, ['TransQuote'] = 'trans-quote', ['TransTitle'] = 'trans-title', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['URL'] = {'url', 'URL'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['UrlAccess'] = 'url-access', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['UrlStatus'] = 'url-status', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Vauthors'] = 'vauthors', ['Veditors'] = 'veditors', ['Via'] = 'via', ['Volume'] = 'volume', ['Year'] = 'year', ['AuthorList-First'] = {"first#", "author-first#", "author#-first", "author-given#", "author#-given", "subject-first#", "subject#-first", "subject-given#", "subject#-given", "given#"}, ['AuthorList-Last'] = {"last#", "author-last#", "author#-last", "author-surname#", "author#-surname", "subject-last#", "subject#-last", "subject-surname#", "subject#-surname", "author#", 'host#', "subject#", "surname#"}, ['AuthorList-Link'] = {"author-link#", "author#-link", "subject-link#", "subject#-link", "authorlink#", "author#link"}, ['AuthorList-Mask'] = {"author-mask#", "author#-mask", "subject-mask#", "subject#-mask"}, ['ContributorList-First'] = {'contributor-first#', 'contributor#-first', 'contributor-given#', 'contributor#-given'}, ['ContributorList-Last'] = {'contributor-last#', 'contributor#-last', 'contributor-surname#', 'contributor#-surname', 'contributor#'}, ['ContributorList-Link'] = {'contributor-link#', 'contributor#-link'}, ['ContributorList-Mask'] = {'contributor-mask#', 'contributor#-mask'}, ['EditorList-First'] = {"editor-first#", "editor#-first", "editor-given#", "editor#-given"}, ['EditorList-Last'] = {"editor-last#", "editor#-last", "editor-surname#", "editor#-surname", "editor#"}, ['EditorList-Link'] = {"editor-link#", "editor#-link"}, ['EditorList-Mask'] = {"editor-mask#", "editor#-mask"}, ['InterviewerList-First'] = {'interviewer-first#', 'interviewer#-first', 'interviewer-given#', 'interviewer#-given'}, ['InterviewerList-Last'] = {'interviewer-last#', 'interviewer#-last', 'interviewer-surname#', 'interviewer#-surname', 'interviewer#'}, ['InterviewerList-Link'] = {'interviewer-link#', 'interviewer#-link'}, ['InterviewerList-Mask'] = {'interviewer-mask#', 'interviewer#-mask'}, ['TranslatorList-First'] = {'translator-first#', 'translator#-first', 'translator-given#', 'translator#-given'}, ['TranslatorList-Last'] = {'translator-last#', 'translator#-last', 'translator-surname#', 'translator#-surname', 'translator#'}, ['TranslatorList-Link'] = {'translator-link#', 'translator#-link'}, ['TranslatorList-Mask'] = {'translator-mask#', 'translator#-mask'}, } --[[--------------------------< D E P E N D E N C I E S _ T >-------------------------------------------------- a table of url-holding parameters upon which other parameters are dependent. this table is used by has_archive_today_url() to suppress parameters that are dependant upon a url-holding parameter that has as a value an archive.today (or alternate tld) url. archive.today is deprecated at en.wiki; see Wikipedia:Requests_for_comment/Archive.is_RFC_5 ]] local url_dependency_map_t = { -- table of url-holding parameters and the meta-parameters that are dependent on them ['url'] = {'AccessDate', 'ArchiveURL', 'Format', 'UrlAccess'}, ['archive-url'] = {'ArchiveDate', 'ArchiveFormat', 'UrlStatus'}, ['archiveurl'] = {'ArchiveDate', 'ArchiveFormat', 'UrlStatus'}, ['article-url'] = {'ChapterFormat', 'ChapterUrlAccess'}, ['chapter-url'] = {'ChapterFormat', 'ChapterUrlAccess'}, ['conference-url'] = {'ConferenceFormat'}, ['contribution-url'] = {'ChapterFormat', 'ChapterUrlAccess'}, ['entry-url'] = {'ChapterFormat', 'ChapterUrlAccess'}, ['map-url'] = {'MapFormat', 'MapUrlAccess'}, ['section-url'] = {'ChapterFormat', 'ChapterUrlAccess'}, ['transcript-url'] = {'TranscriptFormat'}, }; local dependencies_t = {}; -- the table of url-holding parameters and their dependent parameters for url_param, meta_parameters_t in pairs (url_dependency_map_t) do -- sequence of meta-parameters (indexes) into <aliases> table local dependant_params_t = {}; -- collection of parameters that are dependent on this <url_param> for _, meta_parameter in ipairs (meta_parameters_t) do -- for each <aliases> meta-parameter (index) if 'string' == type (aliases[meta_parameter]) then -- for single parameter names (no aliases), <aliases[meta_parameter]> will be a string table.insert (dependant_params_t, aliases[meta_parameter]); -- add to this <url_param>'s dependency sequence else for _, alias in ipairs (aliases[meta_parameter]) do -- for each alias in aliases[meta_parameter] (aliases['AccessDate'] for example) table.insert (dependant_params_t, alias); -- add to this <url_param>'s dependency sequence end end end dependencies_t[url_param] = dependant_params_t; -- add the <url_param> and its dependent parameters end --[[--------------------------< P U N C T _ S K I P >--------------------------- builds a table of parameter names that the extraneous terminal punctuation check should not check. ]] local punct_meta_params = { -- table of aliases[] keys (meta parameters); each key has a table of parameter names for a value 'BookTitle', 'Chapter', 'ScriptChapter', 'ScriptTitle', 'Title', 'TransChapter', 'Transcript', 'TransMap', 'TransTitle', -- title-holding parameters 'AuthorList-Mask', 'ContributorList-Mask', 'EditorList-Mask', 'InterviewerList-Mask', 'TranslatorList-Mask', -- name-list mask may have name separators 'PostScript', 'Quote', 'ScriptQuote', 'TransQuote', 'Ref', -- miscellaneous 'ArchiveURL', 'ChapterURL', 'ConferenceURL', 'MapURL', 'TranscriptURL', 'URL', -- URL-holding parameters } local url_meta_params = { -- table of aliases[] keys (meta parameters); each key has a table of parameter names for a value 'ArchiveURL', 'ChapterURL', 'ConferenceURL', 'ID', 'MapURL', 'TranscriptURL', 'URL', -- parameters allowed to hold urls 'Page', 'Pages', 'At', 'QuotePage', 'QuotePages', -- insource locators allowed to hold urls } local function build_skip_table (skip_t, meta_params) for _, meta_param in ipairs (meta_params) do -- for each meta parameter key local params = aliases[meta_param]; -- get the parameter or the table of parameters associated with the meta parameter name if 'string' == type (params) then skip_t[params] = 1; -- just a single parameter else for _, param in ipairs (params) do -- get the parameter name skip_t[param] = 1; -- add the parameter name to the skip table local count; param, count = param:gsub ('#', ''); -- remove enumerator marker from enumerated parameters if 0 ~= count then -- if removed skip_t[param] = 1; -- add param name without enumerator marker end end end end return skip_t; end local punct_skip = {}; local url_skip = {}; --[[--------------------------< U R L _ A C C E S S _ M A P >-------------------------------------------------- this table used by the wikipedia library url test, has_twl_url(), which automatically sets a url-access parameter to 'subscription' when it discovers a wikipedia library url in any of the url-holding paramters used as keys in this table. translators: if your wiki uses parameter names for these url-holding parameters and their matching -access parameters, add your wiki's parameters to this list. Leave the English parameters in place. TODO: is there a better way to do this? ]] local url_access_map_t = { ['chapter-url'] = 'chapter-url-access', ['contribution-url'] = 'contribution-url-access', ['entry-url'] = 'entry-url-access', ['article-url'] = 'article-url-access', ['section-url'] = 'section-url-access', ['map-url'] = 'map-url-access', ['mapurl'] = 'map-url-access', ['url'] = 'url-access', ['URL'] = 'url-access' } --[[--------------------------< S I N G L E - L E T T E R S E C O N D - L E V E L D O M A I N S >---------- this is a list of tlds that are known to have single-letter second-level domain names. This list does not include ccTLDs which are accepted in is_domain_name(). ]] local single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t = {'cash', 'company', 'foundation', 'media', 'org', 'today'}; --[[-----------< S P E C I A L C A S E T R A N S L A T I O N S >------------ This table is primarily here to support internationalization. Translations in this table are used, for example, when an error message, category name, etc., is extracted from the English alias key. There may be other cases where this translation table may be useful. ]] local is_Latn = 'A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143\225\184\128-\225\187\191'; local special_case_translation = { author = 'author', editor = 'editor', name_list_params = '$1-name-list parameters', -- $1 is 'author' or 'editor'; used with err_redundant_parameters ['AuthorList'] = 'authors list', -- used to assemble maintenance category names ['ContributorList'] = 'contributors list', -- translation of these names plus translation of the base maintenance category names in maint_cats{} table below ['EditorList'] = 'editors list', -- must match the names of the actual categories ['InterviewerList'] = 'interviewers list', -- this group or translations used by name_has_ed_markup() and name_has_mult_names() ['TranslatorList'] = 'translators list', -- Lua patterns to match pseudo-titles used by InternetArchiveBot and others as placeholder for unknown |title= value ['archived_copy'] = { -- used with CS1 maint: Archive[d] copy as title ['en'] = '^archived?%s+copy$', -- for English; translators: keep this because templates imported from en.wiki ['local'] = nil, -- translators: replace ['local'] = nil with lowercase translation only when bots or tools create generic titles in your language }, -- Lua patterns to match generic titles; usually created by bots or reference filling tools -- translators: replace ['local'] = nil with lowercase translation only when bots or tools create generic titles in your language -- generic titles and patterns in this table should be lowercase only -- leave ['local'] nil except when there is a matching generic title in your language -- boolean 'true' for plain-text searches; 'false' for pattern searches ['generic_titles'] = { ['accept'] = { }, ['reject'] = { {['en'] = {'^wayback%s+machine$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'are you a robot', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'hugedomains', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[%(%[{<]?no +title[>}%]%)]?$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'page not found', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'subscribe to read', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[%(%[{<]?unknown[>}%]%)]?$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'website is for sale', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^404', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'error[ %-]404', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'internet archive wayback machine', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'log into facebook', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'login • instagram', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'redirecting...', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'usurped title', true}, ['local'] = nil}, -- added by a GreenC bot {['en'] = {'wayback machine', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'webcite query result', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'wikiwix\'s cache', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'bot verification', true}, ['local'] = nil}, } }, -- boolean 'true' for plain-text searches, search string must be lowercase only -- boolean 'false' for pattern searches -- leave ['local'] nil except when there is a matching generic name in your language ['generic_names'] = { ['accept'] = { {['en'] = {'%[%[[^|]*%(author%) *|[^%]]*%]%]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, }, ['reject'] = { {['en'] = {'about us', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f[%a][Aa]dvisor%f[%A]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'allmusic', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f[%a][Aa]uthor%f[%A]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[Bb]ureau$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'business', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'cnn', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'collaborator', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[Cc]ompany$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'contributor', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'contact us', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'correspondent', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[Dd]esk$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'directory', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*eds?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'[,%.%s]%f[e]eds?%.?$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^eds?[%.,;]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f[%a][Ee]dited%f[%A]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f[%a][Ee]ditors?%f[%A]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f[%a][Ee]mail%f[%A]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'facebook', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'google', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[Gg]roup$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'home page', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[Ii]nc%.?$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'instagram', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'interviewer', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[Ll]imited$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'linkedIn', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[Nn]ews$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'[Nn]ews[ %-]?[Rr]oom', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'pinterest', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'policy', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'privacy', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'reuters', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'translator', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'tumblr', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'twitter', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'site name', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'statement', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'submitted', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'super.?user', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f['..is_Latn..'][Uu]ser%f[^'..is_Latn..']', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'updated', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'verfasser', true}, ['local'] = nil}, } } } --[[--------------------------< D A T E _ N A M E S >---------------------------------------------------------- This table of tables lists local language date names and fallback English date names. The code in Date_validation will look first in the local table for valid date names. If date names are not found in the local table, the code will look in the English table. Because citations can be copied to the local wiki from en.wiki, the English is required when the date-name translation function date_name_xlate() is used. In these tables, season numbering is defined by Extended Date/Time Format (EDTF) Specification (https://www.loc.gov/standards/datetime/) which became part of ISO 8601 in 2019. See '§Sub-year groupings'. The standard defines various divisions using numbers 21-41. CS1|2 only supports generic seasons. EDTF does support the distinction between north and south hemisphere seasons but CS1|2 has no way to make that distinction. 33-36 = Quarter 1, Quarter 2, Quarter 3, Quarter 4 (3 months each) The standard does not address 'named' dates so, for the purposes of CS1|2, Easter and Christmas are defined here as 98 and 99, which should be out of the ISO 8601 (EDTF) range of uses for a while. local_date_names_from_mediawiki is a boolean. When set to: true – module will fetch local month names from MediaWiki for both date_names['local']['long'] and date_names['local']['short']; this will unconditionally overwrite manual translations false – module will *not* fetch local month names from MediaWiki Caveat lector: There is no guarantee that MediaWiki will provide short month names. At your wiki you can test the results of the MediaWiki fetch in the debug console with this command (the result is alpha sorted): =mw.dumpObject (p.date_names['local']) While the module can fetch month names from MediaWiki, it cannot fetch the quarter, season, and named date names from MediaWiki. Those must be translated manually. ]] local local_date_names_from_mediawiki = true; -- when false, manual translation required for date_names['local']['long'] and date_names['local']['short']; overwrites manual translations -- when true, module fetches long and short month names from MediaWiki local date_names = { ['en'] = { -- English ['long'] = {['January'] = 1, ['February'] = 2, ['March'] = 3, ['April'] = 4, ['May'] = 5, ['June'] = 6, ['July'] = 7, ['August'] = 8, ['September'] = 9, ['October'] = 10, ['November'] = 11, ['December'] = 12}, ['short'] = {['Jan'] = 1, ['Feb'] = 2, ['Mar'] = 3, ['Apr'] = 4, ['May'] = 5, ['Jun'] = 6, ['Jul'] = 7, ['Aug'] = 8, ['Sep'] = 9, ['Oct'] = 10, ['Nov'] = 11, ['Dec'] = 12}, ['quarter'] = {['First Quarter'] = 33, ['Second Quarter'] = 34, ['Third Quarter'] = 35, ['Fourth Quarter'] = 36}, ['season'] = {['Winter'] = 24, ['Spring'] = 21, ['Summer'] = 22, ['Fall'] = 23, ['Autumn'] = 23}, ['named'] = {['Easter'] = 98, ['Christmas'] = 99}, }, -- when local_date_names_from_mediawiki = false ['local'] = { -- replace these English date names with the local language equivalents ['long'] = {['January'] = 1, ['February'] = 2, ['March'] = 3, ['April'] = 4, ['May'] = 5, ['June'] = 6, ['July'] = 7, ['August'] = 8, ['September'] = 9, ['October'] = 10, ['November'] = 11, ['December'] = 12}, ['short'] = {['Jan'] = 1, ['Feb'] = 2, ['Mar'] = 3, ['Apr'] = 4, ['May'] = 5, ['Jun'] = 6, ['Jul'] = 7, ['Aug'] = 8, ['Sep'] = 9, ['Oct'] = 10, ['Nov'] = 11, ['Dec'] = 12}, ['quarter'] = {['First Quarter'] = 33, ['Second Quarter'] = 34, ['Third Quarter'] = 35, ['Fourth Quarter'] = 36}, ['season'] = {['Winter'] = 24, ['Spring'] = 21, ['Summer'] = 22, ['Fall'] = 23, ['Autumn'] = 23}, ['named'] = {['Easter'] = 98, ['Christmas'] = 99}, }, ['inv_local_long'] = {}, -- used in date reformatting & translation; copy of date_names['local'].long where k/v are inverted: [1]='<local name>' etc. ['inv_local_short'] = {}, -- used in date reformatting & translation; copy of date_names['local'].short where k/v are inverted: [1]='<local name>' etc. ['inv_local_quarter'] = {}, -- used in date translation; copy of date_names['local'].quarter where k/v are inverted: [1]='<local name>' etc. ['inv_local_season'] = {}, -- used in date translation; copy of date_names['local'].season where k/v are inverted: [1]='<local name>' etc. ['inv_local_named'] = {}, -- used in date translation; copy of date_names['local'].named where k/v are inverted: [1]='<local name>' etc. ['local_digits'] = {['0'] = '0', ['1'] = '1', ['2'] = '2', ['3'] = '3', ['4'] = '4', ['5'] = '5', ['6'] = '6', ['7'] = '7', ['8'] = '8', ['9'] = '9'}, -- used to convert local language digits to Western 0-9 ['xlate_digits'] = {}, } if local_date_names_from_mediawiki then -- if fetching local month names from MediaWiki is enabled local long_t = {}; local short_t = {}; for i=1, 12 do -- loop 12x and local name = lang_obj:formatDate('F', '2022-' .. i .. '-1'); -- get long month name for each i long_t[name] = i; -- save it name = lang_obj:formatDate('M', '2022-' .. i .. '-1'); -- get short month name for each i short_t[name] = i; -- save it end date_names['local']['long'] = long_t; -- write the long table – overwrites manual translation date_names['local']['short'] = short_t; -- write the short table – overwrites manual translation end -- create inverted date-name tables for reformatting and/or translation for _, invert_t in pairs {{'long', 'inv_local_long'}, {'short', 'inv_local_short'}, {'quarter', 'inv_local_quarter'}, {'season', 'inv_local_season'}, {'named', 'inv_local_named'}} do for name, i in pairs (date_names['local'][invert_t[1]]) do -- this table is ['name'] = i date_names[invert_t[2]][i] = name; -- invert to get [i] = 'name' for conversions from ymd end end if local_digits_from_mediawiki then -- if fetching local digits from MediaWiki is enabled local digits_t = {}; for i=0, 9 do -- loop 10x and digits_t [lang_obj:formatNum (i)] = tostring (i); -- format the loop indexer as local lang table index and assign loop indexer (a string) as the value end date_names['local_digits'] = digits_t; end for ld, ed in pairs (date_names.local_digits) do -- make a digit translation table for simple date translation from en to local language using local_digits table date_names.xlate_digits [ed] = ld; -- en digit becomes index with local digit as the value end local df_template_patterns = { -- table of redirects to {{Use dmy dates}} and {{Use mdy dates}} '{{ *[Uu]se +(dmy) +dates *[|}]', -- 1159k -- sorted by approximate transclusion count '{{ *[Uu]se +(mdy) +dates *[|}]', -- 212k '{{ *[Uu]se +(MDY) +dates *[|}]', -- 788 '{{ *[Uu]se +(DMY) +dates *[|}]', -- 343 '{{ *([Mm]dy) *[|}]', -- 176 '{{ *[Uu]se *(dmy) *[|}]', -- 156 + 18 '{{ *[Uu]se *(mdy) *[|}]', -- 149 + 11 '{{ *([Dd]my) *[|}]', -- 56 '{{ *[Uu]se +(MDY) *[|}]', -- 5 '{{ *([Dd]MY) *[|}]', -- 3 '{{ *[Uu]se(mdy)dates *[|}]', -- 1 '{{ *[Uu]se +(DMY) *[|}]', -- 0 '{{ *([Mm]DY) *[|}]', -- 0 } local title_object = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); local content; -- done this way so that unused templates appear in unused-template-reports; self-transcluded makes them look like they are used if 10 ~= title_object.namespace then -- all namespaces except Template content = title_object:getContent() or ''; -- get the content of the article or ''; new pages edited w/ve do not have 'content' until saved; ve does not preview; phab:T221625 end local function get_date_format () if not content then -- nil content when we're in template return nil; -- auto-formatting does not work in Template space so don't set global_df end for _, pattern in ipairs (df_template_patterns) do -- loop through the patterns looking for {{Use dmy dates}} or {{Use mdy dates}} or any of their redirects local start, _, match = content:find(pattern); -- match is the three letters indicating desired date format if match then local use_dates_template = content:match ('%b{}', start); -- get the whole template if use_dates_template:match ('| *cs1%-dates *= *[lsy][sy]?') then -- look for |cs1-dates=publication date length access-/archive-date length return match:lower() .. '-' .. use_dates_template:match ('| *cs1%-dates *= *([lsy][sy]?)'); else return match:lower() .. '-all'; -- no |cs1-dates= k/v pair; return value appropriate for use in |df= end end end end local global_df; -- TODO: add this to <global_cs1_config_t>? --[[-----------------< V O L U M E , I S S U E , P A G E S >------------------ These tables hold cite class values (from the template invocation) and identify those templates that support |volume=, |issue=, and |page(s)= parameters. Cite conference and cite map require further qualification which is handled in the main module. ]] local templates_using_volume = {'citation', 'audio-visual', 'book', 'conference', 'encyclopaedia', 'interview', 'journal', 'magazine', 'map', 'news', 'report', 'techreport', 'thesis'} local templates_using_issue = {'citation', 'conference', 'episode', 'interview', 'journal', 'magazine', 'map', 'news', 'podcast'} local templates_not_using_page = {'audio-visual', 'episode', 'mailinglist', 'newsgroup', 'podcast', 'serial', 'sign', 'speech'} --[[ These tables control when it is appropriate for {{citation}} to render |volume= and/or |issue=. The parameter names in the tables constrain {{citation}} so that its renderings match the renderings of the equivalent cs1 templates. For example, {{cite web}} does not support |volume= so the equivalent {{citation |website=...}} must not support |volume=. ]] local citation_no_volume_t = { -- {{citation}} does not render |volume= when these parameters are used 'website', 'mailinglist', 'script-website', } local citation_issue_t = { -- {{citation}} may render |issue= when these parameters are used 'journal', 'magazine', 'newspaper', 'periodical', 'work', 'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper', 'script-periodical', 'script-work', } --[[ Patterns for finding extra text in |volume=, |issue=, |page=, |pages= ]] local vol_iss_pg_patterns = { good_ppattern = '^P[^%.PpGg]', -- OK to begin with uppercase P: P7 (page 7 of section P), but not p123 (page 123); TODO: this allows 'Pages' which it should not bad_ppatterns = { -- patterns for |page= and |pages= '^[Pp][PpGg]?%.?[ %d]', '^[Pp][Pp]?%.&nbsp;', -- from {{p.}} and {{pp.}} templates '^[Pp]ages?', '^[Pp]gs.?', }, vi_patterns_t = { -- combined to catch volume-like text in |issue= and issue-like text in |volume= '^volumes?', -- volume-like text '^vols?[%.:=]?', '^issues?', --issue-like text '^iss[%.:=]?', '^numbers?', '^nos?%A', -- don't match 'november' or 'nostradamus' '^nr[%.:=]?', '^n[%.:= ]', -- might be a valid issue without separator (space char is sep char here) '^n°', -- 'n' with degree sign (U+00B0) '^№', -- precomposed unicode numero character (U+2116) }, } --[[--------------------------< K E Y W O R D S >------------------------------- These tables hold keywords for those parameters that have defined sets of acceptable keywords. ]] --[[-------------------< K E Y W O R D S T A B L E >-------------------------- this is a list of keywords; each key in the list is associated with a table of synonymous keywords possibly from different languages. for I18N: add local-language keywords to value table; do not change the key. For example, adding the German keyword 'ja': ['affirmative'] = {'yes', 'true', 'y', 'ja'}, Because CS1|2 templates from en.wiki articles are often copied to other local wikis, it is recommended that the English keywords remain in these tables. ]] local keywords = { ['amp'] = {'&', 'amp', 'ampersand'}, -- |name-list-style= ['and'] = {'and', 'serial'}, -- |name-list-style= ['affirmative'] = {'yes', 'true', 'y'}, -- |no-tracking=, |no-pp= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['afterword'] = {'afterword'}, -- |contribution= ['bot: unknown'] = {'bot: unknown'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['cs1'] = {'cs1'}, -- |mode= ['cs2'] = {'cs2'}, -- |mode= ['dead'] = {'dead', 'deviated'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['dmy'] = {'dmy'}, -- |df= ['dmy-all'] = {'dmy-all'}, -- |df= ['foreword'] = {'foreword'}, -- |contribution= ['free'] = {'free'}, -- |<id>-access= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['harv'] = {'harv'}, -- |ref=; this no longer supported; is_valid_parameter_value() called with <invert> = true ['introduction'] = {'introduction'}, -- |contribution= ['limited'] = {'limited'}, -- |url-access= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['live'] = {'live'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['mdy'] = {'mdy'}, -- |df= ['mdy-all'] = {'mdy-all'}, -- |df= ['none'] = {'none'}, -- |postscript=, |ref=, |title=, |type= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['off'] = {'off'}, -- |title= (potentially also: |title-link=, |postscript=, |ref=, |type=) ['preface'] = {'preface'}, -- |contribution= ['registration'] = {'registration'}, -- |url-access= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['subscription'] = {'subscription'}, -- |url-access= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['unfit'] = {'unfit'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['usurped'] = {'usurped'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['vanc'] = {'vanc'}, -- |name-list-style= ['ymd'] = {'ymd'}, -- |df= ['ymd-all'] = {'ymd-all'}, -- |df= -- ['yMd'] = {'yMd'}, -- |df=; not supported at en.wiki -- ['yMd-all'] = {'yMd-all'}, -- |df=; not supported at en.wiki } --[[------------------------< X L A T E _ K E Y W O R D S >--------------------- this function builds a list, keywords_xlate{}, of the keywords found in keywords{} where the values from keywords{} become the keys in keywords_xlate{} and the keys from keywords{} become the values in keywords_xlate{}: ['affirmative'] = {'yes', 'true', 'y'}, -- in keywords{} becomes ['yes'] = 'affirmative', -- in keywords_xlate{} ['true'] = 'affirmative', ['y'] = 'affirmative', the purpose of this function is to act as a translator between a non-English keyword and its English equivalent that may be used in other modules of this suite ]] local function xlate_keywords () local out_table = {}; -- output goes here for k, keywords_t in pairs (keywords) do -- spin through the keywords table for _, keyword in ipairs (keywords_t) do -- for each keyword out_table[keyword] = k; -- create an entry in the output table where keyword is the key end end return out_table; end local keywords_xlate = xlate_keywords (); -- the list of translated keywords --[[----------------< M A K E _ K E Y W O R D S _ L I S T >--------------------- this function assembles, for parameter-value validation, the list of keywords appropriate to that parameter. keywords_lists{}, is a table of tables from keywords{} ]] local function make_keywords_list (keywords_lists) local out_table = {}; -- output goes here for _, keyword_list in ipairs (keywords_lists) do -- spin through keywords_lists{} and get a table of keywords for _, keyword in ipairs (keyword_list) do -- spin through keyword_list{} and add each keyword, ... table.insert (out_table, keyword); -- ... as plain text, to the output list end end return out_table; end --[[----------------< K E Y W O R D S _ L I S T S >----------------------------- this is a list of lists of valid keywords for the various parameters in [key]. Generally the keys in this table are the canonical en.wiki parameter names though some are contrived because of use in multiple differently named parameters: ['yes_true_y'], ['id-access']. The function make_keywords_list() extracts the individual keywords from the appropriate list in keywords{}. The lists in this table are used to validate the keyword assignment for the parameters named in this table's keys. ]] local keywords_lists = { ['yes_true_y'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.affirmative}), ['contribution'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.afterword, keywords.foreword, keywords.introduction, keywords.preface}), ['df'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.dmy, keywords['dmy-all'], keywords.mdy, keywords['mdy-all'], keywords.ymd, keywords['ymd-all']}), -- ['df'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.dmy, keywords['dmy-all'], keywords.mdy, keywords['mdy-all'], keywords.ymd, keywords['ymd-all'], keywords.yMd, keywords['yMd-all']}), -- not supported at en.wiki ['mode'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.cs1, keywords.cs2}), ['name-list-style'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.amp, keywords['and'], keywords.vanc}), ['ref'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.harv}), -- inverted check; |ref=harv no longer supported ['url-access'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.subscription, keywords.limited, keywords.registration}), ['url-status'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.dead, keywords.live, keywords.unfit, keywords.usurped, keywords['bot: unknown']}), ['id-access'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.free}), } --[[--------------------------< C S 1 _ C O N F I G _ G E T >-------------------------------------------------- fetch and validate values from {{cs1 config}} template to fill <global_cs1_config_t> no error messages; when errors are detected, the parameter value from {{cs1 config}} is blanked. Supports all parameters and aliases associated with the metaparameters: DisplayAuthors, DisplayContributors, DisplayEditors, DisplayInterviewers, DisplayTranslators, NameListStyle, and Mode. The DisplayWhatever metaparameters accept numeric values only (|display-authors=etal and the like is not supported). ]] local global_cs1_config_t = {}; -- TODO: add value returned from get_date_format() to this table? local function get_cs1_config () if not content then -- nil content when we're in template return nil; -- auto-formatting does not work in Template space so don't set global_df end local start = content:find('{{ *[Cc][Ss]1 config *[|}]'); -- <start> is offset into <content> when {{cs1 config}} found; nil else if start then local cs1_config_template = content:match ('%b{}', start); -- get the whole template if not cs1_config_template then return nil; end local params_t = mw.text.split (cs1_config_template:gsub ('^{{%s*', ''):gsub ('%s*}}$', ''), '%s*|%s*'); -- remove '{{' and '}}'; make a sequence of parameter/value pairs (split on the pipe) table.remove (params_t, 1); -- remove the template name because it isn't a parameter/value pair local config_meta_params_t = {'DisplayAuthors', 'DisplayContributors', 'DisplayEditors', 'DisplayInterviewers', 'DisplayTranslators', 'NameListStyle', 'Mode'}; local meta_param_map_t = {}; -- list of accepted parameter names usable in {{cs1 config}} goes here for _, meta_param in ipairs (config_meta_params_t) do -- for i18n using <config_meta_params_t>, map template parameter names to their metaparameter equivalents if 'table' == type (aliases[meta_param]) then -- if <meta_param> is a sequence, for _, param in ipairs (aliases[meta_param]) do -- extract its contents meta_param_map_t[param] = meta_param; -- and add to <meta_param_map_t> end else meta_param_map_t[aliases[meta_param]] = meta_param; -- not a sequence so just add the parameter to <meta_param_map_t> end end local keywords_t = {}; -- map valid keywords to their associate metaparameter; reverse form of <keyword_lists[key] for these metaparameters for _, metaparam_t in ipairs ({{'NameListStyle', 'name-list-style'}, {'Mode', 'mode'}}) do -- only these metaparameter / keywords_lists key pairs for _, keyword in ipairs (keywords_lists[metaparam_t[2]]) do -- spin through the list of keywords keywords_t[keyword] = metaparam_t[1]; -- add [keyword] = metaparameter to the map end end for _, param in ipairs (params_t) do -- spin through the {{cs1 config}} parameters and fill <global_cs1_config_t> local k, v = param:match ('([^=]-)%s*=%s*(.+)'); -- <k> is the parameter name; <v> is parameter's assigned value if k then if k:find ('^display') then -- if <k> is one of the |display-<namelist>= parameters if v:match ('%d+') then -- the assigned value must be digits; doesn't accept 'etal' global_cs1_config_t[meta_param_map_t[k]]=v; -- add the display param and its value to globals table end else if keywords_t[v] == meta_param_map_t[k] then -- keywords_t[v] returns nil or the metaparam name; these must be the same global_cs1_config_t[meta_param_map_t[k]]=v; -- add the parameter and its value to globals table end end end end end end get_cs1_config (); -- fill <global_cs1_config_t> --[[---------------------< S T R I P M A R K E R S >---------------------------- Common pattern definition location for stripmarkers so that we don't have to go hunting for them if (when) MediaWiki changes their form. ]] local stripmarkers = { ['any'] = '\127[^\127]*UNIQ%-%-(%a+)%-[%a%d]+%-QINU[^\127]*\127', -- capture returns name of stripmarker ['math'] = '\127[^\127]*UNIQ%-%-math%-[%a%d]+%-QINU[^\127]*\127' -- math stripmarkers used in coins_cleanup() and coins_replace_math_stripmarker() } --[[------------< I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R A C T E R S >--------------------- This table holds non-printing or invisible characters indexed either by name or by Unicode group. Values are decimal representations of UTF-8 codes. The table is organized as a table of tables because the Lua pairs keyword returns table data in an arbitrary order. Here, we want to process the table from top to bottom because the entries at the top of the table are also found in the ranges specified by the entries at the bottom of the table. Also here is a pattern that recognizes stripmarkers that begin and end with the delete characters. The nowiki stripmarker is not an error but some others are because the parameter values that include them become part of the template's metadata before stripmarker replacement. ]] local invisible_defs = { del = '\127', -- used to distinguish between stripmarker and del char zwj = '\226\128\141', -- used with capture because zwj may be allowed } local invisible_chars = { {'replacement', '\239\191\189'}, -- U+FFFD, EF BF BD {'zero width joiner', '('.. invisible_defs.zwj .. ')'}, -- U+200D, E2 80 8D; capture because zwj may be allowed {'zero width space', '\226\128\139'}, -- U+200B, E2 80 8B {'hair space', '\226\128\138'}, -- U+200A, E2 80 8A {'soft hyphen', '\194\173'}, -- U+00AD, C2 AD {'horizontal tab', '\009'}, -- U+0009 (HT), 09 {'line feed', '\010'}, -- U+000A (LF), 0A {'no-break space', '\194\160'}, -- U+00A0 (NBSP), C2 A0 {'carriage return', '\013'}, -- U+000D (CR), 0D {'stripmarker', stripmarkers.any}, -- stripmarker; may or may not be an error; capture returns the stripmaker type {'delete', '('.. invisible_defs.del .. ')'}, -- U+007F (DEL), 7F; must be done after stripmarker test; capture to distinguish isolated del chars not part of stripmarker {'C0 control', '[\000-\008\011\012\014-\031]'}, -- U+0000–U+001F (NULL–US), 00–1F (except HT, LF, CR (09, 0A, 0D)) {'C1 control', '[\194\128-\194\159]'}, -- U+0080–U+009F (XXX–APC), C2 80 – C2 9F -- {'Specials', '[\239\191\185-\239\191\191]'}, -- U+FFF9-U+FFFF, EF BF B9 – EF BF BF -- {'Private use area', '[\238\128\128-\239\163\191]'}, -- U+E000–U+F8FF, EE 80 80 – EF A3 BF -- {'Supplementary Private Use Area-A', '[\243\176\128\128-\243\191\191\189]'}, -- U+F0000–U+FFFFD, F3 B0 80 80 – F3 BF BF BD -- {'Supplementary Private Use Area-B', '[\244\128\128\128-\244\143\191\189]'}, -- U+100000–U+10FFFD, F4 80 80 80 – F4 8F BF BD } --[[ Indic script makes use of zero width joiner as a character modifier so zwj characters must be left in. This pattern covers all of the unicode characters for these languages: Devanagari 0900–097F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0900.pdf Devanagari extended A8E0–A8FF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/UA8E0.pdf Bengali 0980–09FF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0980.pdf Gurmukhi 0A00–0A7F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0A00.pdf Gujarati 0A80–0AFF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0A80.pdf Oriya 0B00–0B7F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0B00.pdf Tamil 0B80–0BFF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0B80.pdf Telugu 0C00–0C7F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0C00.pdf Kannada 0C80–0CFF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0C80.pdf Malayalam 0D00–0D7F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0D00.pdf plus the not-necessarily Indic scripts for Sinhala and Burmese: Sinhala 0D80-0DFF - https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0D80.pdf Myanmar 1000-109F - https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U1000.pdf Myanmar extended A AA60-AA7F - https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/UAA60.pdf Myanmar extended B A9E0-A9FF - https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/UA9E0.pdf the pattern is used by has_invisible_chars() and coins_cleanup() ]] local indic_script = '[\224\164\128-\224\181\191\224\163\160-\224\183\191\225\128\128-\225\130\159\234\167\160-\234\167\191\234\169\160-\234\169\191]'; -- list of emoji that use a zwj character (U+200D) to combine with another emoji -- from: https://unicode.org/Public/emoji/17.0/emoji-zwj-sequences.txt; version: 17.0; 2025-01-08 -- table created by: [[:en:Module:Make emoji zwj table]] local emoji_t = { -- indexes are decimal forms of the hex values in U+xxxx [8596] = true, -- U+2194 ↔ left right arrow [8597] = true, -- U+2195 ↕ up down arrow [9760] = true, -- U+2620 ☠ skull and crossbones [9792] = true, -- U+2640 ♀ female sign [9794] = true, -- U+2642 ♂ male sign [9877] = true, -- U+2695 ⚕ staff of aesculapius [9878] = true, -- U+2696 ⚖ scales [9895] = true, -- U+26A7 ⚧ male with stroke and male and female sign [9992] = true, -- U+2708 ✈ airplane [10052] = true, -- U+2744 ❄ snowflake [10084] = true, -- U+2764 ❤ heavy black heart [10145] = true, -- U+27A1 ➡ black rightwards arrow [11035] = true, -- U+2B1B ⬛ black large square [127752] = true, -- U+1F308 🌈 rainbow [127787] = true, -- U+1F32B 🌫 fog [127806] = true, -- U+1F33E 🌾 ear of rice [127859] = true, -- U+1F373 🍳 cooking [127868] = true, -- U+1F37C 🍼 baby bottle [127876] = true, -- U+1F384 🎄 christmas tree [127891] = true, -- U+1F393 🎓 graduation cap [127908] = true, -- U+1F3A4 🎤 microphone [127912] = true, -- U+1F3A8 🎨 artist palette [127979] = true, -- U+1F3EB 🏫 school [127981] = true, -- U+1F3ED 🏭 factory [128048] = true, -- U+1F430 🐰 rabbit face [128102] = true, -- U+1F466 👦 boy [128103] = true, -- U+1F467 👧 girl [128104] = true, -- U+1F468 👨 man [128105] = true, -- U+1F469 👩 woman [128139] = true, -- U+1F48B 💋 kiss mark [128165] = true, -- U+1F4A5 💥 collision symbol [128168] = true, -- U+1F4A8 💨 dash symbol [128171] = true, -- U+1F4AB 💫 dizzy symbol [128187] = true, -- U+1F4BB 💻 personal computer [128188] = true, -- U+1F4BC 💼 brief case [128293] = true, -- U+1F525 🔥 fire [128295] = true, -- U+1F527 🔧 wrench [128300] = true, -- U+1F52C 🔬 microscope [128488] = true, -- U+1F5E8 🗨 left speech bubble [128640] = true, -- U+1F680 🚀 rocket [128658] = true, -- U+1F692 🚒 fire engine [129001] = true, -- U+1F7E9 🟩 large green square [129003] = true, -- U+1F7EB 🟫 large brown square [129309] = true, -- U+1F91D 🤝 handshake [129455] = true, -- U+1F9AF 🦯 probing cane [129456] = true, -- U+1F9B0 🦰 emoji component red hair [129457] = true, -- U+1F9B1 🦱 emoji component curly hair [129458] = true, -- U+1F9B2 🦲 emoji component bald [129459] = true, -- U+1F9B3 🦳 emoji component white hair [129466] = true, -- U+1F9BA 🦺 safety vest [129468] = true, -- U+1F9BC 🦼 motorized wheelchair [129469] = true, -- U+1F9BD 🦽 manual wheelchair [129489] = true, -- U+1F9D1 🧑 adult [129490] = true, -- U+1F9D2 🧒 child [129648] = true, -- U+1FA70 🩰 ballet shoes [129657] = true, -- U+1FA79 🩹 adhesive bandage [129775] = true, -- U+1FAEF 🫯 fight cloud [129778] = true, -- U+1FAF2 🫲 leftwards hand } --[[----------------------< L A N G U A G E S U P P O R T >------------------- These tables and constants support various language-specific functionality. ]] --local this_wiki_code = mw.getContentLanguage():getCode(); -- get this wiki's language code local this_wiki_code = lang_obj:getCode(); -- get this wiki's language code if string.match (mw.site.server, 'wikidata') then this_wiki_code = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('int', {'lang'}); -- on Wikidata so use interface language setting instead end local mw_languages_by_tag_t = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames (this_wiki_code, 'all'); -- get a table of language tag/name pairs known to Wikimedia; used for interwiki tests local mw_languages_by_name_t = {}; for k, v in pairs (mw_languages_by_tag_t) do -- build a 'reversed' table name/tag language pairs know to MediaWiki; used for |language= v = mw.ustring.lower (v); -- lowercase for tag fetch; get name's proper case from mw_languages_by_tag_t[<tag>] if mw_languages_by_name_t[v] then -- when name already in the table if 2 == #k or 3 == #k then -- if tag does not have subtags mw_languages_by_name_t[v] = k; -- prefer the shortest tag for this name end else -- here when name not in the table mw_languages_by_name_t[v] = k; -- so add name and matching tag end end local inter_wiki_map = {}; -- map of interwiki prefixes that are language-code prefixes for k, v in pairs (mw.site.interwikiMap ('local')) do -- spin through the base interwiki map (limited to local) if mw_languages_by_tag_t[v["prefix"]] then -- if the prefix matches a known language tag inter_wiki_map[v["prefix"]] = true; -- add it to our local map end end --[[--------------------< S C R I P T _ L A N G _ C O D E S >------------------- This table is used to hold ISO 639-1 two-character and ISO 639-3 three-character language codes that apply only to |script-title= and |script-chapter= ]] local script_lang_codes = { 'ab', 'am', 'ar', 'as', 'az', 'be', 'bg', 'bn', 'bo', 'bs', 'ce', 'chr', 'cu', 'dv', 'dz', 'el', 'fa', 'grc', 'gu', 'he', 'hi', 'hy', 'ja', 'ka', 'kaa', 'kk', 'km', 'kn', 'ko', 'ku', 'ky', 'lo', 'mk', 'ml', 'mn', 'mni', 'mr', 'my', 'ne', 'or', 'ota', 'pa', 'ps', 'ru', 'sd', 'si', 'sr', 'syc', 'ta', 'te', 'tg', 'th', 'ti', 'tkr', 'tt', 'ug', 'uk', 'ur', 'uz', 'yi', 'yue', 'zh', 'zgh' }; --[[---------------< L A N G U A G E R E M A P P I N G >---------------------- These tables hold language information that is different (correct) from MediaWiki's definitions For each ['<tag>'] = 'language name' in lang_code_remap{} there must be a matching ['language name'] = {'language name', '<tag>'} in lang_name_remap{} lang_tag_remap{}: key is always lowercase ISO 639-1, -2, -3 language tag or a valid lowercase IETF language tag value is properly spelled and capitalized language name associated with <tag> only one language name per <tag>; key/value pair must have matching entry in lang_name_remap{} lang_name_remap{}: key is always lowercase language name value is a table the holds correctly spelled and capitalized language name [1] and associated tag [2] (tag must match a tag key in lang_tag_remap{}) may have multiple keys referring to a common preferred name and tag; For example: ['kolsch'] and ['kölsch'] both refer to 'Kölsch' and 'ksh' ]] local lang_tag_remap = { -- used for |language= and |script-title= / |script-chapter= ['als'] = 'Tosk Albanian', -- MediaWiki returns Alemannisch ['bh'] = 'Bihari', -- MediaWiki uses 'bh' as a subdomain name for Bhojpuri Wikipedia: bh.wikipedia.org ['bla'] = 'Blackfoot', -- MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639: Siksika; use en.wiki preferred name ['bn'] = 'Bengali', -- MediaWiki returns Bangla ['ca-valencia'] = 'Valencian', -- IETF variant of Catalan ['fkv'] = 'Kven', -- MediaWiki returns Kvensk ['gsw'] = 'Swiss German', ['ilo'] = 'Ilocano', -- MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639: Iloko; use en.wiki preferred name ['ksh'] = 'Kölsch', -- MediaWiki: Colognian; use IANA/ISO 639 preferred name ['ksh-x-colog'] = 'Colognian', -- override MediaWiki ksh; no IANA/ISO 639 code for Colognian; IETF private code created at Module:Lang/data ['mis-x-ripuar'] = 'Ripuarian', -- override MediaWiki ksh; no IANA/ISO 639 code for Ripuarian; IETF private code created at Module:Lang/data ['nan-tw'] = 'Taiwanese Hokkien', -- make room for MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639 nan: Min Nan Chinese and support en.wiki preferred name ['sr-ec'] = 'Serbian (Cyrillic script)', -- MediaWiki returns српски (ћирилица) ['sr-el'] = 'Serbian (Latin script)', -- MediaWiki returns srpski (latinica) } local lang_name_remap = { -- used for |language=; names require proper capitalization; tags must be lowercase ['alemannic'] = {'Swiss German', 'gsw'}, -- ISO 639-2, -3 alternate for Swiss German; MediaWiki mediawiki returns Alemannic for gsw; en.wiki preferred name ['alemannisch'] = {'Swiss German', 'gsw'}, -- not an ISO or IANA language name; MediaWiki uses 'als' as a subdomain name for Alemannic Wikipedia: als.wikipedia.org ['bangla'] = {'Bengali', 'bn'}, -- MediaWiki returns Bangla (the endonym) but we want Bengali (the exonym); here we remap ['bengali'] = {'Bengali', 'bn'}, -- MediaWiki doesn't use exonym so here we provide correct language name and 639-1 code ['bhojpuri'] = {'Bhojpuri', 'bho'}, -- MediaWiki uses 'bh' as a subdomain name for Bhojpuri Wikipedia: bh.wikipedia.org ['bihari'] = {'Bihari', 'bh'}, -- MediaWiki replaces 'Bihari' with 'Bhojpuri' so 'Bihari' cannot be found ['blackfoot'] = {'Blackfoot', 'bla'}, -- MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639: Siksika; use en.wiki preferred name ['colognian'] = {'Colognian', 'ksh-x-colog'}, -- MediaWiki preferred name for ksh ['ilocano'] = {'Ilocano', 'ilo'}, -- MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639: Iloko; use en.wiki preferred name ['kolsch'] = {'Kölsch', 'ksh'}, -- use IANA/ISO 639 preferred name (use non-diacritical o instead of umlaut ö) ['kölsch'] = {'Kölsch', 'ksh'}, -- use IANA/ISO 639 preferred name ['kven'] = {'Kven', 'fkv'}, -- Unicode CLDR have decided not to support English language name for these two... ['kvensk'] = {'Kven', 'fkv'}, -- ...they say to refer to IANA registry for English names ['ripuarian'] = {'Ripuarian', 'mis-x-ripuar'}, -- group of dialects; no code in MediaWiki or in IANA/ISO 639 ['serbian (cyrillic script)'] = {'Serbian (Cyrillic script)', 'sr-cyrl'}, -- special case to get correct tag when |language=sr-ec ['serbian (latin script)'] = {'Serbian (Latin script)', 'sr-latn'}, -- special case to get correct tag when |language=sr-el ['swiss german'] = {'Swiss German', 'gsw'}, ['taiwanese hokkien'] = {'Taiwanese Hokkien', 'nan-tw'}, -- make room for MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639 nan: Min Nan Chinese ['tosk albanian'] = {'Tosk Albanian', 'als'}, -- MediaWiki replaces 'Tosk Albanian' with 'Alemannisch' so 'Tosk Albanian' cannot be found ['valencian'] = {'Valencian', 'ca-valencia'}, -- variant of Catalan; categorizes as Valencian } --[[---------------< P R O P E R T I E S _ C A T E G O R I E S >---------------- Properties categories. These are used for investigating qualities of citations. ]] local prop_cats = { ['foreign-lang-source'] = 'CS1 $1-language sources ($2)', -- |language= categories; $1 is foreign-language name, $2 is ISO639-1 code ['foreign-lang-source-2'] = 'CS1 foreign language sources (ISO 639-2)|$1', -- |language= category; a cat for ISO639-2 languages; $1 is the ISO 639-2 code used as a sort key ['interproj-linked-name'] = 'CS1 interproject-linked names|$1', -- any author, editor, etc that has an interproject link; $1 is interproject tag used as a sort key ['interwiki-linked-name'] = 'CS1 interwiki-linked names|$1', -- any author, editor, etc that has an interwiki link; $1 is interwiki tag used as a sort key; yeilds to interproject ['local-lang-source'] = 'CS1 $1-language sources ($2)', -- |language= categories; $1 is local-language name, $2 is ISO639-1 code; not emitted when local_lang_cat_enable is false ['location-test'] = 'CS1 location test', ['long-vol'] = 'CS1: long volume value', -- probably temporary cat to identify scope of |volume= values longer than 4 characters ['script'] = 'CS1 uses $1-language script ($2)', -- |script-title=xx: has matching category; $1 is language name, $2 is language tag ['tracked-param'] = 'CS1 tracked parameter: $1', -- $1 is base (enumerators removed) parameter name ['unfit'] = 'CS1: unfit URL', -- |url-status=unfit or |url-status=usurped; used to be a maint cat ['vanc-accept'] = 'CS1:Vancouver names with accept markup', -- for |vauthors=/|veditors= with accept-as-written markup ['year-range-abbreviated'] = 'CS1: abbreviated year range', -- probably temporary cat to identify scope of |date=, |year= values using YYYY–YY form } --[[-------------------< T I T L E _ T Y P E S >-------------------------------- Here we map a template's CitationClass to TitleType (default values for |type= parameter) ]] local title_types = { ['AV-media-notes'] = 'Media notes', ['document'] = 'Document', ['interview'] = 'Interview', ['mailinglist'] = 'Mailing list', ['map'] = 'Map', ['podcast'] = 'Podcast', ['pressrelease'] = 'Press release', ['report'] = 'Report', ['speech'] = 'Speech', ['techreport'] = 'Technical report', ['thesis'] = 'Thesis', } --[[--------------------------< B U I L D _ K N O W N _ F R E E _ D O I _ R E G I S T R A N T S _ T A B L E >-- build a table of doi registrants known to be free-to-read In a doi, the registrant ID is the series of digits between the '10.' and the first '/': in doi 10.1100/sommat, 1100 is the registrant ID see §3.2.2 DOI prefix of the Doi Handbook p. 43 https://www.doi.org/doi-handbook/DOI_Handbook_Final.pdf#page=43 ]] local function build_free_doi_registrants_table() local registrants_t = {}; for _, v in ipairs ({ '1045', '1074', '1096', '1100', '1155', '1186', '1194', '1371', '1613', '1629', '1989', '1999', '2147', '2196', '3285', '3389', '3390', '3906', '3748', '3814', '3847', '3897', '4061', '4089', '4103', '4172', '4175', '4230', '4236', '4239', '4240', '4249', '4251', '4252', '4253', '4254', '4291', '4292', '4329', '4330', '4331', '5086', '5194', '5210', '5306', '5312', '5313', '5314', '5315', '5316', '5317', '5318', '5319', '5320', '5321', '5334', '5402', '5409', '5410', '5411', '5412', '5492', '5493', '5494', '5495', '5496', '5497', '5498', '5499', '5500', '5501', '5527', '5528', '5662', '6064', '6219', '7167', '7217', '7287', '7482', '7490', '7554', '7717', '7759', '7766', '9778', '11131', '11569', '11647', '11648', '12688', '12703', '12715', '12942', '12998', '13105', '14256', '14293', '14303', '15215', '15347', '15412', '15560', '16995', '17645', '18637', '19080', '19173', '20944', '21037', '21105', '21468', '21767', '21425', '22261', '22323', '22459', '24105', '24196', '24966', '26775', '30845', '32545', '35711', '35712', '35713', '35995', '36648', '37126', '37532', '37871', '47128', '47622', '47959', '52437', '52975', '53288', '53347', '54081', '54947', '55667', '55914', '57009', '58647', '59081', }) do registrants_t[v] = true; -- build a k/v table of known free-to-read doi registrants end return registrants_t; end -- known free registrants identifiable by the doi suffix incipit local extended_registrants_t = { -- doi suffix incipits are evaluated as lua patterns ['1002'] = {'aelm', 'leap', 'loe2%.', 'lol2%.'}, -- Advanced Electronic Materials, Learned Publishing, L&O e-Lectures, L&O Letters ['1016'] = {'j%.aace', 'j%.aed', 'j%.aiopen', 'j%.animal', 'j%.apsb', 'j%.addicn', -- AACE Endocrinology and Diabetes, AACE Endocrinology and Diabetes, AI Open, Animal, Acta Pharmaceutica Sinica B, Addiction Neuroscience 'j%.abrep', 'j%.gpb', 'j%.heliyon', 'j%.nlp', 'j%.patter', 'j%.proche', -- Addictive Behaviors Reports, Genomics, Proteomics & Bioinformatics after 2015, Heliyon, Natural Language Processing, Patterns, Procedia Chemistry 'j%.vgie', 'S1672-0229'}, -- VideoGIE, Genomics, Proteomics & Bioinformatics before 2015 ['1017'] = {'apj%.', 'nlp', 'mdh', 'S15574660'}, -- Natural Language Processing Journal, Medical History, Asia Pacific Journal ['1046'] = {'j%.1365-8711', 'j%.1365-246x'}, -- MNRAS, GJI ['1021'] = {'acscentsci', 'acsomega'}, -- ACS Central Science, ACS Omega ['1093'] = {'mnras', 'mnrasl', 'gji', 'pnasnexus', 'rasti'}, -- MNRAS, MNRAS Letters, GJI, PNAS Nexus, RASTI ['1098'] = {'rsbm', 'rsob', 'rsos'}, -- Biographical Memoirs of Fellows of the Royal Society, Open Biology, Royal Society Open Science ['1099'] = {'acmi', 'mic', '00221287', 'mgen'}, -- Access Microbiology, Microbiology, Journal of General Microbiology, Microbial Genomics ['1107'] = {'S20569890', 'S20522525', 'S16005775', 'S24143146'}, -- Acta Crystallographica E, IUCrJ, Journal of Synchrotron Radiation, IUCrData ['1109'] = {'oa', 'oj'}, -- IEEE Open Access..., IEEE Open Journal... ['1111'] = {'aogs', 'j%.1365-2966', 'j%.1745-3933', 'j%.1365-246X'}, -- Acta Obstetricia et Gynecologica Scandinavica, MNRAS, MNRAS Letters, GJI ['1128'] = {'asmcr', 'jmbe', 'mbio', 'mra', 'spectrum', 'msphere', 'msystems'}, --ASM Case Reports, Journal of Microbiology & Biology Education, mBio, Microbiology Resource Announcements, Microbiology Spectrum, mSphere, mSystems ['1136'] = {'bmjopen'}, -- BMJ Open ['1140'] = {'epjc'}, -- European Physical Journal C ['1192'] = {'bjo'}, -- BJPsych Open ['1210'] = {'jendso','jcemcr'}, -- Journal of the Endocrine Society, JCEM Case Reports ['1215'] = {'21573689', '21573698'}, -- L&O Fluids ['1590'] = {'0102-3306'}, -- Acta Botanica Brasilica ['4171'] = {'dm','mag'}, -- Documenta Mathematica, EMS Magazine ['4319'] = {'lo%.', 'lol%.', 'lom%.'}, -- L&O, L&O e-Lectures, L&O Methods ['5852'] = {'ejt'}, -- European Journal of Taxonomy ['7155'] = {'jgaa'}, -- Journal of Graph Algorithms and Applications ['11158'] = {'saasp'}, -- Systematic and Applied Acarology Special Publications ['11646'] = {'megataxa', 'mesozoic'}, -- Megataxa, Mesozoic ['14231'] = {'ag'}, -- Algebraic Geometry ['15446'] = {'abc'}, -- Acta Biológica Colombiana ['17239'] = {'jowr'}, -- Journal of Writing Research ['22073'] = {'pja'}, -- Persian Journal of Acarology ['24310'] = {'abm'}, -- Acta Botanica Malacitana ['24425'] = {'agp'}, -- Acta Geologica Polonica ['35249'] = {'rche'}, -- Revista Chilena de Entomología ['37520'] = {'fi'}, -- Fossil Imprint ['53562'] = {'ajcb'} -- Asian Journal of Conservation Biology } --[[===================<< E R R O R M E S S A G I N G >>====================== ]] --[[----------< E R R O R M E S S A G E S U P P L E M E N T S >------------- I18N for those messages that are supplemented with additional specific text that describes the reason for the error TODO: merge this with special_case_translations{}? ]] local err_msg_supl = { ['char'] = 'invalid character', -- |isbn=, |sbn= ['check'] = 'checksum', -- |isbn=, |sbn= empty_str = '(empty string)', -- empty unknown parameter check when cite has |= ['flag'] = 'flag', -- |archive-url= ['form'] = 'invalid form', -- |isbn=, |sbn= ['group'] = 'invalid group id', -- |isbn= ['initials'] = 'initials', -- Vancouver ['invalid language code'] = 'invalid language code', -- |script-<param>= ['journal'] = 'journal', -- |bibcode= ['length'] = 'length', -- |isbn=, |bibcode=, |sbn= ['liveweb'] = 'liveweb', -- |archive-url= ['missing comma'] = 'missing comma', -- Vancouver ['missing prefix'] = 'missing prefix', -- |script-<param>= ['missing title part'] = 'missing title part', -- |script-<param>= ['name'] = 'name', -- Vancouver ['non-Latin char'] = 'non-Latin character', -- Vancouver ['path'] = 'path', -- |archive-url= ['prefix'] = 'invalid prefix', -- |isbn= ['punctuation'] = 'punctuation', -- Vancouver ['save'] = 'save command', -- |archive-url= ['suffix'] = 'suffix', -- Vancouver ['timestamp'] = 'timestamp', -- |archive-url= ['unknown language code'] = 'unknown language code', -- |script-<param>= ['value'] = 'value', -- |bibcode= ['year'] = 'year', -- |bibcode= } --[[--------------< E R R O R _ C O N D I T I O N S >--------------------------- Error condition table. This table has two sections: errors at the top, maintenance at the bottom. Maint 'messaging' does not have a 'message' (message=nil) The following contains a list of IDs for various error conditions defined in the code. For each ID, we specify a text message to display, an error category to include, and whether the error message should be wrapped as a hidden comment. Anchor changes require identical changes to matching anchor in Help:CS1 errors TODO: rename error_conditions{} to something more generic; create separate error and maint tables inside that? ]] local error_conditions = { err_accessdate_missing_url = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;access-date=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;url=</code>', anchor = 'accessdate_missing_url', category = 'CS1 errors: access-date without URL', hidden = false }, err_apostrophe_markup = { message = 'Italic or bold markup not allowed in: <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'apostrophe_markup', category = 'CS1 errors: markup', hidden = false }, err_archive_date_missing_url = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;archive-date=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;archive-url=</code>', anchor = 'archive_date_missing_url', category = 'CS1 errors: archive-url', hidden = false }, err_archive_date_url_ts_mismatch = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;archive-date=</code> / <code class="cs1-code">&#124;archive-url=</code> timestamp mismatch; $1 suggested', anchor = 'archive_date_url_ts_mismatch', category = 'CS1 errors: archive-url', hidden = false }, err_archive_missing_date = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;archive-url=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;archive-date=</code>', anchor = 'archive_missing_date', category = 'CS1 errors: archive-url', hidden = false }, err_archive_missing_url = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;archive-url=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;url=</code>', anchor = 'archive_missing_url', category = 'CS1 errors: archive-url', hidden = false }, err_archive_url = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;archive-url=</code> is malformed: $1', -- $1 is error message detail anchor = 'archive_url', category = 'CS1 errors: archive-url', hidden = false }, err_arxiv_missing = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;arxiv=</code> required', anchor = 'arxiv_missing', category = 'CS1 errors: arXiv', -- same as bad arxiv hidden = false }, err_asintld_missing_asin = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;asin=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'asintld_missing_asin', category = 'CS1 errors: ASIN TLD', hidden = false }, err_bad_arxiv = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;arxiv=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_arxiv', category = 'CS1 errors: arXiv', hidden = false }, err_bad_asin = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;asin=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_asin', category ='CS1 errors: ASIN', hidden = false }, err_bad_asin_tld = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;asin-tld=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_asin_tld', category ='CS1 errors: ASIN TLD', hidden = false }, err_bad_bibcode = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;bibcode=</code> $1', -- $1 is error message detail anchor = 'bad_bibcode', category = 'CS1 errors: bibcode', hidden = false }, err_bad_biorxiv = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;biorxiv=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_biorxiv', category = 'CS1 errors: bioRxiv', hidden = false }, err_bad_citeseerx = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;citeseerx=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_citeseerx', category = 'CS1 errors: citeseerx', hidden = false }, err_bad_date = { message = 'Check date values in: $1', -- $1 is a parameter name list anchor = 'bad_date', category = 'CS1 errors: dates', hidden = false }, err_bad_doi = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;doi=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_doi', category = 'CS1 errors: DOI', hidden = false }, err_bad_hdl = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;hdl=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_hdl', category = 'CS1 errors: HDL', hidden = false }, err_bad_isbn = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;isbn=</code> value: $1', -- $1 is error message detail anchor = 'bad_isbn', category = 'CS1 errors: ISBN', hidden = false }, err_bad_ismn = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;ismn=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_ismn', category = 'CS1 errors: ISMN', hidden = false }, err_bad_issn = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1issn=</code> value', -- $1 is 'e' or '' for eissn or issn anchor = 'bad_issn', category = 'CS1 errors: ISSN', hidden = false }, err_bad_jfm = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;jfm=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_jfm', category = 'CS1 errors: JFM', hidden = false }, err_bad_jstor = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;jstor=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_jstor', category = 'CS1 errors: JSTOR', hidden = false }, err_bad_lccn = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;lccn=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_lccn', category = 'CS1 errors: LCCN', hidden = false }, err_bad_medrxiv = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;medrxiv=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_medrxiv', category = 'CS1 errors: medRxiv', hidden = false }, err_bad_mr = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;mr=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_mr', category = 'CS1 errors: MR', hidden = false }, err_bad_oclc = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;oclc=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_oclc', category = 'CS1 errors: OCLC', hidden = false }, err_bad_ol = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;ol=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_ol', category = 'CS1 errors: OL', hidden = false }, err_bad_osti = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;osti=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_osti', category = 'CS1 errors: OSTI', hidden = false }, err_bad_paramlink = { -- for |title-link=, |author/editor/translator-link=, |series-link=, |episode-link= message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> value', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'bad_paramlink', category = 'CS1 errors: parameter link', hidden = false }, err_bad_pmc = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;pmc=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_pmc', category = 'CS1 errors: PMC', hidden = false }, err_bad_pmid = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;pmid=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_pmid', category = 'CS1 errors: PMID', hidden = false }, err_bad_rfc = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;rfc=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_rfc', category = 'CS1 errors: RFC', hidden = false }, err_bad_s2cid = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;s2cid=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_s2cid', category = 'CS1 errors: S2CID', hidden = false }, err_bad_sbn = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;sbn=</code> value: $1', -- $1 is error message detail anchor = 'bad_sbn', category = 'CS1 errors: SBN', hidden = false }, err_bad_ssrn = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;ssrn=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_ssrn', category = 'CS1 errors: SSRN', hidden = false }, err_bad_url = { message = 'Check $1 value', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'bad_url', category = 'CS1 errors: URL', hidden = false }, err_bad_usenet_id = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;message-id=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_message_id', category = 'CS1 errors: message-id', hidden = false }, err_bad_zbl = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;zbl=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_zbl', category = 'CS1 errors: Zbl', hidden = false }, err_bare_url_missing_title = { message = '$1 missing title', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'bare_url_missing_title', category = 'CS1 errors: bare URL', hidden = false }, err_biorxiv_missing = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;biorxiv=</code> required', anchor = 'biorxiv_missing', category = 'CS1 errors: bioRxiv', -- same as bad bioRxiv hidden = false }, err_chapter_ignored = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> ignored', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'chapter_ignored', category = 'CS1 errors: chapter ignored', hidden = false }, err_citation_missing_title = { message = 'Missing or empty <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'citation_missing_title', category = 'CS1 errors: missing title', hidden = false }, err_citeseerx_missing = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;citeseerx=</code> required', anchor = 'citeseerx_missing', category = 'CS1 errors: citeseerx', -- same as bad citeseerx hidden = false }, err_cite_web_url = { -- this error applies to cite web and to cite podcast message = 'Missing or empty <code class="cs1-code">&#124;url=</code>', anchor = 'cite_web_url', category = 'CS1 errors: requires URL', hidden = false }, err_class_ignored = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;class=</code> ignored', anchor = 'class_ignored', category = 'CS1 errors: class', hidden = false }, err_contributor_ignored = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;contributor=</code> ignored', anchor = 'contributor_ignored', category = 'CS1 errors: contributor', hidden = false }, err_contributor_missing_required_param = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;contributor=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'contributor_missing_required_param', category = 'CS1 errors: contributor', hidden = false }, err_deprecated_params = { message = 'Cite uses deprecated parameter <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'deprecated_params', category = 'CS1 errors: deprecated parameters', hidden = false }, err_disp_name = { message = 'Invalid <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=$2</code>', -- $1 is parameter name; $2 is the assigned value anchor = 'disp_name', category = 'CS1 errors: display-names', hidden = false, }, err_doibroken_missing_doi = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;doi=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'doibroken_missing_doi', category = 'CS1 errors: DOI', hidden = false }, err_embargo_missing_pmc = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;pmc=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'embargo_missing_pmc', category = 'CS1 errors: PMC embargo', hidden = false }, err_empty_citation = { message = 'Empty citation', anchor = 'empty_citation', category = 'CS1 errors: empty citation', hidden = false }, err_etal = { message = 'Explicit use of et al. in: <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'explicit_et_al', category = 'CS1 errors: explicit use of et al.', hidden = false }, err_extra_text_edition = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;edition=</code> has extra text', anchor = 'extra_text_edition', category = 'CS1 errors: extra text: edition', hidden = false, }, err_extra_text_issue = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> has extra text', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'extra_text_issue', category = 'CS1 errors: extra text: issue', hidden = false, }, err_extra_text_pages = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> has extra text', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'extra_text_pages', category = 'CS1 errors: extra text: pages', hidden = false, }, err_extra_text_volume = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> has extra text', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'extra_text_volume', category = 'CS1 errors: extra text: volume', hidden = false, }, err_first_missing_last = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> missing <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$2=</code>', -- $1 is first alias, $2 is matching last alias anchor = 'first_missing_last', category = 'CS1 errors: missing name', -- author, contributor, editor, interviewer, translator hidden = false }, err_format_missing_url = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$2=</code>', -- $1 is format parameter $2 is url parameter anchor = 'format_missing_url', category = 'CS1 errors: format without URL', hidden = false }, err_generic_name = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> has generic name', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'generic_name', category = 'CS1 errors: generic name', hidden = false, }, err_generic_title = { message = 'Cite uses generic title', anchor = 'generic_title', category = 'CS1 errors: generic title', hidden = false, }, err_invalid_isbn_date = { message = 'ISBN / Date incompatibility', anchor = 'invalid_isbn_date', category = 'CS1 errors: ISBN date', hidden = true }, err_invalid_param_val = { message = 'Invalid <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=$2</code>', -- $1 is parameter name $2 is parameter value anchor = 'invalid_param_val', category = 'CS1 errors: invalid parameter value', hidden = false }, err_invisible_char = { message = '$1 in $2 at position $3', -- $1 is invisible char $2 is parameter name $3 is position number anchor = 'invisible_char', category = 'CS1 errors: invisible characters', hidden = false }, err_medrxiv_missing = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;medrxiv=</code> required', anchor = 'medrxiv_missing', category = 'CS1 errors: medRxiv', -- same as bad medRxiv hidden = false }, err_missing_name = { message = 'Missing <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1$2=</code>', -- $1 is modified NameList; $2 is enumerator anchor = 'missing_name', category = 'CS1 errors: missing name', -- author, contributor, editor, interviewer, translator hidden = false }, err_missing_periodical = { message = 'Cite $1 requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$2=</code>', -- $1 is cs1 template name; $2 is canonical periodical parameter name for cite $1 anchor = 'missing_periodical', category = 'CS1 errors: missing periodical', hidden = false }, err_missing_pipe = { message = 'Missing pipe in: <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'missing_pipe', category = 'CS1 errors: missing pipe', hidden = false }, err_missing_publisher = { message = 'Cite $1 requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$2=</code>', -- $1 is cs1 template name; $2 is canonical publisher parameter name for cite $1 anchor = 'missing_publisher', category = 'CS1 errors: missing publisher', hidden = false }, err_numeric_names = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> has numeric name', -- $1 is parameter name', anchor = 'numeric_names', category = 'CS1 errors: numeric name', hidden = false, }, err_param_access_requires_param = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1-access=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'param_access_requires_param', category = 'CS1 errors: param-access', hidden = false }, err_param_has_ext_link = { message = 'External link in <code class="cs1-code">$1</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'param_has_ext_link', category = 'CS1 errors: external links', hidden = false }, err_param_has_twl_url = { message = 'Wikipedia Library link in <code class="cs1-code">$1</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'param_has_twl_url', category = 'CS1 errors: URL', hidden = false }, err_parameter_ignored = { message = 'Unknown parameter <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> ignored', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'parameter_ignored', category = 'CS1 errors: unsupported parameter', hidden = false }, err_parameter_ignored_suggest = { message = 'Unknown parameter <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> ignored (<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$2=</code> suggested)', -- $1 is unknown parameter $2 is suggested parameter name anchor = 'parameter_ignored_suggest', category = 'CS1 errors: unsupported parameter', hidden = false }, err_periodical_ignored = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> ignored', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'periodical_ignored', category = 'CS1 errors: periodical ignored', hidden = false }, err_redundant_parameters = { message = 'More than one of $1 specified', -- $1 is error message detail anchor = 'redundant_parameters', category = 'CS1 errors: redundant parameter', hidden = false }, err_script_parameter = { message = 'Invalid <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>: $2', -- $1 is parameter name $2 is script language code or error detail anchor = 'script_parameter', category = 'CS1 errors: script parameters', hidden = false }, err_ssrn_missing = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;ssrn=</code> required', anchor = 'ssrn_missing', category = 'CS1 errors: SSRN', hidden = false }, err_text_ignored = { message = 'Text "$1" ignored', -- $1 is ignored text anchor = 'text_ignored', category = 'CS1 errors: unrecognized parameter', hidden = false }, err_trans_missing_title = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;trans-$1=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> or <code class="cs1-code">&#124;script-$1=</code>', -- $1 is base parameter name anchor = 'trans_missing_title', category = 'CS1 errors: translated title', hidden = false }, err_param_unknown_empty = { message = 'Cite has empty unknown parameter$1: $2', -- $1 is 's' or empty space; $2 is emty unknown param list anchor = 'param_unknown_empty', category = 'CS1 errors: empty unknown parameters', hidden = false }, err_vancouver = { message = 'Vancouver style error: $1 in name $2', -- $1 is error detail, $2 is the nth name anchor = 'vancouver', category = 'CS1 errors: Vancouver style', hidden = false }, err_wikilink_in_url = { message = 'URL–wikilink conflict', -- uses ndash anchor = 'wikilink_in_url', category = 'CS1 errors: URL–wikilink conflict', -- uses ndash hidden = false }, --[[--------------------------< M A I N T >------------------------------------- maint messages do not have a message (message = nil); otherwise the structure is the same as error messages ]] maint_archive_origin = { message = nil, anchor = 'archive_origin', category = 'CS1 maint: archive origin', hidden = true, }, maint_archived_copy = { message = nil, anchor = 'archived_copy', category = 'CS1 maint: archived copy as title', hidden = true, }, maint_bibcode = { message = nil, anchor = 'bibcode', category = 'CS1 maint: bibcode', hidden = true, }, maint_location_no_publisher = { -- cite book, conference, encyclopedia; citation as book cite or encyclopedia cite message = nil, anchor = 'location_no_publisher', category = 'CS1 maint: location missing publisher', hidden = true, }, maint_bot_unknown = { message = nil, anchor = 'bot:_unknown', category = 'CS1 maint: bot: original URL status unknown', hidden = true, }, maint_date_auto_xlated = { -- date auto-translation not supported by en.wiki message = nil, anchor = 'date_auto_xlated', category = 'CS1 maint: date auto-translated', hidden = true, }, maint_date_format = { message = nil, anchor = 'date_format', category = 'CS1 maint: date format', hidden = true, }, maint_date_year = { message = nil, anchor = 'date_year', category = 'CS1 maint: date and year', hidden = true, }, maint_deprecated_archive = { message = nil, anchor = 'deprecated_archive', category = 'CS1 maint: deprecated archival service', hidden = true, }, maint_doi_ignore = { message = nil, anchor = 'doi_ignore', category = 'CS1 maint: ignored DOI errors', hidden = true, }, maint_doi_inactive = { message = nil, anchor = 'doi_inactive', category = 'CS1 maint: DOI inactive', hidden = true, }, maint_doi_inactive_dated = { message = nil, anchor = 'doi_inactive_dated', category = 'CS1 maint: DOI inactive as of $2$3$1', -- $1 is year, $2 is month-name or empty string, $3 is space or empty string hidden = true, }, maint_doi_unflagged_free = { message = nil, anchor = 'doi_unflagged_free', category = 'CS1 maint: unflagged free DOI', hidden = true, }, maint_extra_punct = { message = nil, anchor = 'extra_punct', category = 'CS1 maint: extra punctuation', hidden = true, }, maint_id_limit_load_fail = { -- applies to all cs1|2 templates on a page; message = nil, -- maint message (category link) never emitted anchor = 'id_limit_load_fail', category = 'CS1 maint: ID limit load fail', hidden = true, }, maint_isbn_ignore = { message = nil, anchor = 'ignore_isbn_err', category = 'CS1 maint: ignored ISBN errors', hidden = true, }, maint_issn_ignore = { message = nil, anchor = 'ignore_issn', category = 'CS1 maint: ignored ISSN errors', hidden = true, }, maint_jfm_format = { message = nil, anchor = 'jfm_format', category = 'CS1 maint: JFM format', hidden = true, }, maint_location = { message = nil, anchor = 'location', category = 'CS1 maint: location', hidden = true, }, maint_missing_class = { message = nil, anchor = 'missing_class', category = 'CS1 maint: missing class', hidden = true, }, maint_mr_format = { message = nil, anchor = 'mr_format', category = 'CS1 maint: MR format', hidden = true, }, maint_mult_names = { message = nil, anchor = 'mult_names', category = 'CS1 maint: multiple names: $1', -- $1 is '<name>s list'; gets value from special_case_translation table hidden = true, }, maint_numeric_names = { message = nil, anchor = 'numeric_names', category = 'CS1 maint: numeric names: $1', -- $1 is '<name>s list'; gets value from special_case_translation table hidden = true, }, maint_others = { message = nil, anchor = 'others', category = 'CS1 maint: others', hidden = true, }, maint_others_avm = { message = nil, anchor = 'others_avm', category = 'CS1 maint: others in cite AV media (notes)', hidden = true, }, maint_overridden_setting = { message = nil, anchor = 'overridden', category = 'CS1 maint: overridden setting', hidden = true, }, maint_page_art_num = { message = nil, anchor = 'page_art_num', category = 'CS1 maint: article number as page number', hidden = true, }, maint_pmc_embargo = { message = nil, anchor = 'embargo', category = 'CS1 maint: PMC embargo expired', hidden = true, }, maint_pmc_format = { message = nil, anchor = 'pmc_format', category = 'CS1 maint: PMC format', hidden = true, }, maint_postscript = { message = nil, anchor = 'postscript', category = 'CS1 maint: postscript', hidden = true, }, maint_publisher_location = { message = nil, anchor = 'publisher_location', category = 'CS1 maint: publisher location', hidden = true, }, maint_ref_duplicates_default = { message = nil, anchor = 'ref_default', category = 'CS1 maint: ref duplicates default', hidden = true, }, maint_shortened_archive_url = { message = nil, anchor = 'shortened_archive_url', category = 'CS1 maint: shortened archive url', hidden = true, }, maint_unknown_lang = { message = nil, anchor = 'unknown_lang', category = 'CS1 maint: unrecognized language', hidden = true, }, maint_untitled = { message = nil, anchor = 'untitled', category = 'CS1 maint: untitled periodical', hidden = true, }, maint_url_status = { message = nil, anchor = 'url_status', category = 'CS1 maint: url-status', hidden = true, }, maint_work_isbn = { message = nil, anchor = 'work_isbn', category = 'CS1 maint: work parameter with ISBN', hidden = true, }, maint_year= { message = nil, anchor = 'year', category = 'CS1 maint: year', hidden = true, }, maint_zbl = { message = nil, anchor = 'zbl', category = 'CS1 maint: Zbl', hidden = true, }, } --[[--------------------------< I D _ L I M I T S _ D A T A _ T >---------------------------------------------- fetch id limits for certain identifiers from c:Data:CS1/Identifier limits.tab. This source is a json tabular data file maintained at wikipedia commons. Convert the json format to a table of k/v pairs. The values from <id_limits_data_t> are used to set handle.id_limit. From 2025-02-21, MediaWiki is broken. Use this link to edit the tablular data file: https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Data:CS1/Identifier_limits.tab&action=edit See Phab:T389105 ]] local id_limits_data_t = {}; local use_commons_data = true; -- set to false if your wiki does not have access to mediawiki commons; then, if false == use_commons_data then -- update this table from https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Data:CS1/Identifier_limits.tab; last update: 2025-02-21 id_limits_data_t = {['OCLC'] = 10450000000, ['OSTI'] = 23010000, ['PMC'] = 11900000, ['PMID'] = 40400000, ['RFC'] = 9300, ['SSRN'] = 5200000, ['S2CID'] = 276000000}; -- this table must be maintained locally else -- here for wikis that do have access to mediawiki commons local load_fail_limit = 99999999999; -- very high number to avoid error messages on load failure id_limits_data_t = {['OCLC'] = load_fail_limit, ['OSTI'] = load_fail_limit, ['PMC'] = load_fail_limit, ['PMID'] = load_fail_limit, ['RFC'] = load_fail_limit, ['SSRN'] = load_fail_limit, ['S2CID'] = load_fail_limit}; local id_limits_data_load_fail = false; -- flag; assume that we will be successful when loading json id limit tabular data if mw.ext.data == nil then id_limits_data_load_fail = true; -- safeguard against Lua errors if mw.ext.data is not available for some reason else local tab_data_t = mw.ext.data.get ('CS1/Identifier limits.tab'); -- attempt to load the tabular data from commons into <tab_data_t> if false == tab_data_t then -- undocumented 'feature': mw.ext.data.get() sometimes returns false id_limits_data_load_fail = true; -- set the flag so that Module:Citation/CS1 can create an unannotated maint category else for _, limit_t in ipairs (tab_data_t.data) do -- overwrite default <load_fail_limit> values from the data table in the tabular data id_limits_data_t[limit_t[1]] = limit_t[2]; -- <limit[1]> is identifier; <limit[2]> is upper limit for that identifier end end end end --[[--------------------------< I D _ H A N D L E R S >-------------------------------------------------------- The following contains a list of values for various defined identifiers. For each identifier we specify a variety of information necessary to properly render the identifier in the citation. parameters: a list of parameter aliases for this identifier; first in the list is the canonical form link: Wikipedia article name redirect: a local redirect to a local Wikipedia article name; at en.wiki, 'ISBN (identifier)' is a redirect to 'International Standard Book Number' q: Wikidata q number for the identifier label: the label preceding the identifier; label is linked to a Wikipedia article (in this order): redirect from id_handlers['<id>'].redirect when use_identifier_redirects is true Wikidata-supplied article name for the local wiki from id_handlers['<id>'].q local article name from id_handlers['<id>'].link prefix: the first part of a URL that will be concatenated with a second part which usually contains the identifier suffix: optional third part to be added after the identifier encode: true if URI should be percent-encoded; otherwise false COinS: identifier link or keyword for use in COinS: for identifiers registered at info-uri.info use: info:.... where '...' is the appropriate identifier label for identifiers that have COinS keywords, use the keyword: rft.isbn, rft.issn, rft.eissn for |asin= and |ol=, which require assembly, use the keyword: url for others make a URL using the value in prefix/suffix and #label, use the keyword: pre (not checked; any text other than 'info', 'rft', or 'url' works here) set to nil to leave the identifier out of the COinS separator: character or text between label and the identifier in the rendered citation id_limit: for those identifiers with established limits, this property holds the upper limit access: use this parameter to set the access level for all instances of this identifier. the value must be a valid access level for an identifier (see ['id-access'] in this file). custom_access: to enable custom access level for an identifier, set this parameter to the parameter that should control it (normally 'id-access') ]] local id_handlers = { ['ARXIV'] = { parameters = {'arxiv', 'eprint'}, link = 'arXiv', redirect = 'arXiv (identifier)', q = 'Q118398', label = 'arXiv', prefix = 'https://arxiv.org/abs/', encode = false, COinS = 'info:arxiv', separator = ':', access = 'free', -- free to read }, ['ASIN'] = { parameters = { 'asin', 'ASIN' }, link = 'Amazon Standard Identification Number', redirect = 'ASIN (identifier)', q = 'Q1753278', label = 'ASIN', prefix = 'https://www.amazon.', COinS = 'url', separator = '&nbsp;', encode = false; }, ['BIBCODE'] = { parameters = {'bibcode'}, link = 'Bibcode', redirect = 'Bibcode (identifier)', q = 'Q25754', label = 'Bibcode', prefix = 'https://ui.adsabs.harvard.edu/abs/', encode = false, COinS = 'info:bibcode', separator = ':', custom_access = 'bibcode-access', }, ['BIORXIV'] = { parameters = {'biorxiv'}, link = 'bioRxiv', redirect = 'bioRxiv (identifier)', q = 'Q19835482', label = 'bioRxiv', prefix = 'https://doi.org/', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value access = 'free', -- free to read encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['CITESEERX'] = { parameters = {'citeseerx'}, link = 'CiteSeerX', redirect = 'CiteSeerX (identifier)', q = 'Q2715061', label = 'CiteSeerX', prefix = 'https://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/summary?doi=', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value access = 'free', -- free to read encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['DOI'] = { -- Used by InternetArchiveBot parameters = { 'doi', 'DOI'}, link = 'Digital object identifier', redirect = 'doi (identifier)', q = 'Q25670', label = 'doi', prefix = 'https://doi.org/', COinS = 'info:doi', separator = ':', encode = true, custom_access = 'doi-access', }, ['EISSN'] = { parameters = {'eissn', 'EISSN'}, link = 'International Standard Serial Number#Electronic ISSN', redirect = 'eISSN (identifier)', q = 'Q46339674', label = 'eISSN', prefix = 'https://search.worldcat.org/issn/', COinS = 'rft.eissn', encode = false, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['HDL'] = { parameters = { 'hdl', 'HDL' }, link = 'Handle System', redirect = 'hdl (identifier)', q = 'Q3126718', label = 'hdl', prefix = 'https://hdl.handle.net/', COinS = 'info:hdl', separator = ':', encode = true, custom_access = 'hdl-access', }, ['ISBN'] = { -- Used by InternetArchiveBot parameters = {'isbn', 'ISBN'}, link = 'International Standard Book Number', redirect = 'ISBN (identifier)', q = 'Q33057', label = 'ISBN', prefix = 'Special:BookSources/', COinS = 'rft.isbn', separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['ISMN'] = { parameters = {'ismn', 'ISMN'}, link = 'International Standard Music Number', redirect = 'ISMN (identifier)', q = 'Q1666938', label = 'ISMN', prefix = '', -- not currently used; COinS = nil, -- nil because we can't use pre or rft or info: separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['ISSN'] = { parameters = {'issn', 'ISSN'}, link = 'International Standard Serial Number', redirect = 'ISSN (identifier)', q = 'Q131276', label = 'ISSN', prefix = 'https://search.worldcat.org/issn/', COinS = 'rft.issn', encode = false, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['JFM'] = { parameters = {'jfm', 'JFM'}, link = 'Jahrbuch über die Fortschritte der Mathematik', redirect = 'JFM (identifier)', q = '', label = 'JFM', prefix = 'https://zbmath.org/?format=complete&q=an:', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['JSTOR'] = { parameters = {'jstor', 'JSTOR'}, link = 'JSTOR', redirect = 'JSTOR (identifier)', q = 'Q1420342', label = 'JSTOR', prefix = 'https://www.jstor.org/stable/', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = false, separator = '&nbsp;', custom_access = 'jstor-access', }, ['LCCN'] = { parameters = {'lccn', 'LCCN'}, link = 'Library of Congress Control Number', redirect = 'LCCN (identifier)', q = 'Q620946', label = 'LCCN', prefix = 'https://lccn.loc.gov/', COinS = 'info:lccn', encode = false, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['MEDRXIV'] = { parameters = {'medrxiv'}, link = 'medRxiv', redirect = 'medRxiv (identifier)', q = 'Q58465838', label = 'medRxiv', prefix = 'https://www.medrxiv.org/content/', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value access = 'free', -- free to read encode = false, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['MR'] = { parameters = {'mr', 'MR'}, link = 'Mathematical Reviews', redirect = 'MR (identifier)', q = 'Q211172', label = 'MR', prefix = 'https://mathscinet.ams.org/mathscinet-getitem?mr=', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['OCLC'] = { parameters = {'oclc', 'OCLC'}, link = 'OCLC', redirect = 'OCLC (identifier)', q = 'Q190593', label = 'OCLC', prefix = 'https://search.worldcat.org/oclc/', COinS = 'info:oclcnum', encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', id_limit = id_limits_data_t.OCLC or 0, }, ['OL'] = { parameters = { 'ol', 'OL' }, link = 'Open Library', redirect = 'OL (identifier)', q = 'Q1201876', label = 'OL', prefix = 'https://openlibrary.org/', COinS = 'url', separator = '&nbsp;', encode = true, custom_access = 'ol-access', }, ['OSTI'] = { parameters = {'osti', 'OSTI'}, link = 'Office of Scientific and Technical Information', redirect = 'OSTI (identifier)', q = 'Q2015776', label = 'OSTI', prefix = 'https://www.osti.gov/biblio/', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', id_limit = id_limits_data_t.OSTI or 0, custom_access = 'osti-access', }, ['PMC'] = { parameters = {'pmc', 'PMC'}, link = 'PubMed Central', redirect = 'PMC (identifier)', q = 'Q229883', label = 'PMC', prefix = 'https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC', suffix = '', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', id_limit = id_limits_data_t.PMC or 0, access = 'free', -- free to read }, ['PMID'] = { parameters = {'pmid', 'PMID'}, link = 'PubMed Identifier', redirect = 'PMID (identifier)', q = 'Q2082879', label = 'PMID', prefix = 'https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/', COinS = 'info:pmid', encode = false, separator = '&nbsp;', id_limit = id_limits_data_t.PMID or 0, }, ['RFC'] = { parameters = {'rfc', 'RFC'}, link = 'Request for Comments', redirect = 'RFC (identifier)', q = 'Q212971', label = 'RFC', prefix = 'https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = false, separator = '&nbsp;', id_limit = id_limits_data_t.RFC or 0, access = 'free', -- free to read }, ['SBN'] = { parameters = {'sbn', 'SBN'}, link = 'Standard Book Number', -- redirect to International_Standard_Book_Number#History redirect = 'SBN (identifier)', label = 'SBN', prefix = 'Special:BookSources/0-', -- prefix has leading zero necessary to make 9-digit sbn a 10-digit isbn COinS = nil, -- nil because we can't use pre or rft or info: separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['SSRN'] = { parameters = {'ssrn', 'SSRN'}, link = 'Social Science Research Network', redirect = 'SSRN (identifier)', q = 'Q7550801', label = 'SSRN', prefix = 'https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', id_limit = id_limits_data_t.SSRN or 0, custom_access = 'ssrn-access', }, ['S2CID'] = { parameters = {'s2cid', 'S2CID'}, link = 'Semantic Scholar', redirect = 'S2CID (identifier)', q = 'Q22908627', label = 'S2CID', prefix = 'https://api.semanticscholar.org/CorpusID:', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = false, separator = '&nbsp;', id_limit = id_limits_data_t.S2CID or 0, custom_access = 's2cid-access', }, ['USENETID'] = { parameters = {'message-id'}, link = 'Usenet', redirect = 'Usenet (identifier)', q = 'Q193162', label = 'Usenet:', prefix = 'news:', encode = false, COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['ZBL'] = { parameters = {'zbl', 'ZBL' }, link = 'Zentralblatt MATH', redirect = 'Zbl (identifier)', q = 'Q190269', label = 'Zbl', prefix = 'https://zbmath.org/?format=complete&q=an:', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', }, } --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T S >--------------------------------- ]] return { use_identifier_redirects = use_identifier_redirects, -- booleans defined in the settings at the top of this module local_lang_cat_enable = local_lang_cat_enable, date_name_auto_xlate_enable = date_name_auto_xlate_enable, date_digit_auto_xlate_enable = date_digit_auto_xlate_enable, enable_sort_keys = enable_sort_keys, suppress_archive_today_urls = suppress_archive_today_urls, -- tables and variables created when this module is loaded dependencies_t = dependencies_t, -- used to suppress parameters dependent on url-holding parameters holding archive.today urls enum_needs_xlation = '1' ~= date_names.xlate_digits['1'], -- to avoid unnecessary enumerator translation global_df = get_date_format (), -- this line can be replaced with "global_df = 'dmy-all'," to have all dates auto translated to dmy format. global_cs1_config_t = global_cs1_config_t, -- global settings from {{cs1 config}} id_limits_data_load_fail = id_limits_data_load_fail, -- true when commons tabular identifier-limit data fails to load known_free_doi_registrants_t = build_free_doi_registrants_table(), punct_skip = build_skip_table (punct_skip, punct_meta_params), url_skip = build_skip_table (url_skip, url_meta_params), archive_today_tlds_t = {['today'] = true, ['ph'] = true, ['is'] = true, ['md'] = true, ['li'] = true, ['fo'] = true, ['vn'] = true}; -- used by is_archive_today_url() name_space_sort_keys = name_space_sort_keys, aliases = aliases, special_case_translation = special_case_translation, date_names = date_names, err_msg_supl = err_msg_supl, error_conditions = error_conditions, editor_markup_patterns = editor_markup_patterns, et_al_patterns = et_al_patterns, extended_registrants_t = extended_registrants_t, id_handlers = id_handlers, keywords_lists = keywords_lists, keywords_xlate = keywords_xlate, stripmarkers = stripmarkers, invisible_chars = invisible_chars, invisible_defs = invisible_defs, indic_script = indic_script, emoji_t = emoji_t, maint_cats = maint_cats, messages = messages, presentation = presentation, prop_cats = prop_cats, script_lang_codes = script_lang_codes, lang_tag_remap = lang_tag_remap, lang_name_remap = lang_name_remap, this_wiki_code = this_wiki_code, title_types = title_types, uncategorized_namespaces = uncategorized_namespaces_t, uncategorized_subpages = uncategorized_subpages, templates_using_volume = templates_using_volume, templates_using_issue = templates_using_issue, templates_not_using_page = templates_not_using_page, vol_iss_pg_patterns = vol_iss_pg_patterns, single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t = single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t, url_access_map_t = url_access_map_t, inter_wiki_map = inter_wiki_map, mw_languages_by_tag_t = mw_languages_by_tag_t, mw_languages_by_name_t = mw_languages_by_name_t, citation_class_map_t = citation_class_map_t, citation_issue_t = citation_issue_t, citation_no_volume_t = citation_no_volume_t, } 7oukcgh6jfipsgm5ag4ypttwht4cce8 828 3778 266015 245455 2026-01-17T19:25:14Z en>Trappist the monk 0 266015 Scribunto text/plain --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- ]] local add_prop_cat, is_set, in_array, set_message, substitute, wrap_style; -- imported functions from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local cfg; -- table of tables imported from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration --[[--------------------------< F I L E - S C O P E D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------- File-scope variables are declared here ]] local lang_object = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- used by is_valid_accessdate(), is_valid_year(), date_name_xlate(); TODO: move to ~/Configuration? local year_limit; -- used by is_valid_year() --[=[-------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ A C C E S S D A T E >---------------------------------------- returns true if: Wikipedia start date <= accessdate < today + 2 days Wikipedia start date is 2001-01-15T00:00:00 UTC which is 979516800 seconds after 1970-01-01T00:00:00 UTC (the start of Unix time) accessdate is the date provided in |access-date= at time 00:00:00 UTC today is the current date at time 00:00:00 UTC plus 48 hours if today is 2015-01-01T00:00:00 then adding 24 hours gives 2015-01-02T00:00:00 – one second more than today adding 24 hours gives 2015-01-03T00:00:00 – one second more than tomorrow This function does not work if it is fed month names for languages other than English. Wikimedia #time: parser apparently doesn't understand non-English date month names. This function will always return false when the date contains a non-English month name because good1 is false after the call to lang.formatDate(). To get around that call this function with YYYY-MM-DD format dates. ]=] local function is_valid_accessdate (accessdate) local good1, good2; local access_ts, tomorrow_ts; -- to hold Unix time stamps representing the dates good1, access_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', accessdate ); -- convert accessdate value to Unix timestamp good2, tomorrow_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', 'today + 2 days' ); -- today midnight + 2 days is one second more than all day tomorrow if good1 and good2 then -- lang.formatDate() returns a timestamp in the local script which which tonumber() may not understand access_ts = tonumber (access_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (access_ts); -- convert to numbers for the comparison; tomorrow_ts = tonumber (tomorrow_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (tomorrow_ts); else return false; -- one or both failed to convert to Unix time stamp end if 979516800 <= access_ts and access_ts < tomorrow_ts then -- Wikipedia start date <= accessdate < tomorrow's date return true; else return false; -- accessdate out of range end end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ M O N T H _ N U M B E R >---------------------------------------------- returns a number according to the month in a date: 1 for January, etc. Capitalization and spelling must be correct. If not a valid month, returns 0 ]] local function get_month_number (month) return cfg.date_names['local'].long[month] or cfg.date_names['local'].short[month] or -- look for local names first cfg.date_names['en'].long[month] or cfg.date_names['en'].short[month] or -- failing that, look for English names 0; -- not a recognized month name end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E A S O N _ N U M B E R >-------------------------------------------- returns a number according to the sequence of seasons in a year: 21 for Spring, etc. Capitalization and spelling must be correct. If not a valid season, returns 0. 21-24 = Spring, Summer, Autumn, Winter, independent of “Hemisphere” returns 0 when <param> is not |date= Season numbering is defined by Extended Date/Time Format (EDTF) specification (https://www.loc.gov/standards/datetime/) which became part of ISO 8601 in 2019. See '§Sub-year groupings'. The standard defines various divisions using numbers 21-41. cs1|2 only supports generic seasons. EDTF does support the distinction between north and south hemisphere seasons but cs1|2 has no way to make that distinction. These additional divisions not currently supported: 25-28 = Spring - Northern Hemisphere, Summer- Northern Hemisphere, Autumn - Northern Hemisphere, Winter - Northern Hemisphere 29-32 = Spring – Southern Hemisphere, Summer– Southern Hemisphere, Autumn – Southern Hemisphere, Winter - Southern Hemisphere 33-36 = Quarter 1, Quarter 2, Quarter 3, Quarter 4 (3 months each) 37-39 = Quadrimester 1, Quadrimester 2, Quadrimester 3 (4 months each) 40-41 = Semestral 1, Semestral-2 (6 months each) ]] local function get_season_number (season, param) if 'date' ~= param then return 0; -- season dates only supported by |date= end return cfg.date_names['local'].season[season] or -- look for local names first cfg.date_names['en'].season[season] or -- failing that, look for English names 0; -- not a recognized season name end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ Q U A R T E R _ N U M B E R >------------------------------------------ returns a number according to the sequence of quarters in a year: 33 for first quarter, etc. Capitalization and spelling must be correct. If not a valid quarter, returns 0. 33-36 = Quarter 1, Quarter 2, Quarter 3, Quarter 4 (3 months each) returns 0 when <param> is not |date= Quarter numbering is defined by Extended Date/Time Format (EDTF) specification (https://www.loc.gov/standards/datetime/) which became part of ISO 8601 in 2019. See '§Sub-year groupings'. The standard defines various divisions using numbers 21-41. cs1|2 only supports generic seasons and quarters. These additional divisions not currently supported: 37-39 = Quadrimester 1, Quadrimester 2, Quadrimester 3 (4 months each) 40-41 = Semestral 1, Semestral-2 (6 months each) ]] local function get_quarter_number (quarter, param) if 'date' ~= param then return 0; -- quarter dates only supported by |date= end quarter = mw.ustring.gsub (quarter, ' +', ' '); -- special case replace multiple space chars with a single space char return cfg.date_names['local'].quarter[quarter] or -- look for local names first cfg.date_names['en'].quarter[quarter] or -- failing that, look for English names 0; -- not a recognized quarter name end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ P R O P E R _ N A M E _ N U M B E R >---------------------------------- returns a non-zero number if date contains a recognized proper-name. Capitalization and spelling must be correct. returns 0 when <param> is not |date= ]] local function get_proper_name_number (name, param) if 'date' ~= param then return 0; -- proper-name dates only supported by |date= end return cfg.date_names['local'].named[name] or -- look for local names dates first cfg.date_names['en'].named[name] or -- failing that, look for English names 0; -- not a recognized named date end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ E L E M E N T _ N U M B E R <------------------------------------------ returns true if month or season or quarter or proper name is valid (properly spelled, capitalized, abbreviated) ]] local function get_element_number (element, param) local num; local funcs = {get_month_number, get_season_number, get_quarter_number, get_proper_name_number}; -- list of functions to execute in order for _, func in ipairs (funcs) do -- spin through the function list num = func (element, param); -- call the function and get the returned number if 0 ~= num then -- non-zero when valid month season quarter return num; -- return that number end end return nil; -- not valid end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ Y E A R >---------------------------------------------------- Function gets current year from the server and compares it to year from a citation parameter. Years more than one year in the future are not acceptable. Special case for |pmc-embargo-date=: years more than two years in the future are not acceptable ]] local function is_valid_year (year, param) if not is_set (year_limit) then year_limit = tonumber(os.date("%Y"))+1; -- global variable so we only have to fetch it once end year = tonumber (year) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (year); -- convert to number for the comparison if year and (100 > year) then -- years less than 100 not supported return false; end if 'pmc-embargo-date' == param then -- special case for |pmc-embargo-date= return year and (year <= tonumber(os.date("%Y"))+2) or false; -- years more than two years in the future are not accepted end return year and (year <= year_limit) or false; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ D A T E >---------------------------------------------------- Returns true if day is less than or equal to the number of days in month and year is no farther into the future than next year; else returns false. Assumes Julian calendar prior to year 1582 and Gregorian calendar thereafter. Accounts for Julian calendar leap years before 1582 and Gregorian leap years after 1582. Where the two calendars overlap (1582 to approximately 1923) dates are assumed to be Gregorian. ]] local function is_valid_date (year, month, day, param) local days_in_month = {31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31}; local month_length; if not is_valid_year (year, param) then -- no farther into the future than next year except |pmc-embargo-date= no more than two years in the future return false; end month = tonumber (month); -- required for YYYY-MM-DD dates if (2 == month) then -- if February month_length = 28; -- then 28 days unless if 1582 > tonumber(year) then -- Julian calendar if 0 == (year%4) then -- is a leap year? month_length = 29; -- if leap year then 29 days in February end else -- Gregorian calendar if (0 == (year%4) and (0 ~= (year%100) or 0 == (year%400))) then -- is a leap year? month_length = 29; -- if leap year then 29 days in February end end else month_length = days_in_month[month] or 0; -- invalid month number is nil so default <month_length> to 0 end if tonumber (day) > month_length then return false; end return true; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ M O N T H _ R A N G E _ S T Y L E >-------------------------- Months in a range are expected to have the same style: Jan–Mar or October–December but not February–Mar or Jul–August. This function looks in cfg.date_names{} to see if both month names are listed in the long subtable or both are listed in the short subtable. When both have the same style (both are listed in the same table), returns true; false else ]] local function is_valid_month_range_style (month1, month2) if (cfg.date_names.en.long[month1] and cfg.date_names.en.long[month2]) or -- are both English names listed in the long subtable? (cfg.date_names.en.short[month1] and cfg.date_names.en.short[month2]) or -- are both English names listed in the short subtable? (cfg.date_names['local'].long[month1] and cfg.date_names['local'].long[month2]) or -- are both local names listed in the long subtable? (cfg.date_names['local'].short[month1] and cfg.date_names['local'].short[month2]) then -- are both local names listed in the short subtable? return true; end return false; -- names are mixed end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ M O N T H _ S E A S O N _ R A N G E >------------------------ Check a pair of months or seasons to see if both are valid members of a month or season pair. Month pairs are expected to be left to right, earliest to latest in time. All season ranges are accepted as valid because there are publishers out there who have published a Summer–Spring YYYY issue, hence treat as ok ]] local function is_valid_month_season_range(range_start, range_end, param) local range_start_number = get_month_number (range_start); local range_end_number; if 0 == range_start_number then -- is this a month range? range_start_number = get_season_number (range_start, param); -- not a month; is it a season? get start season number range_end_number = get_season_number (range_end, param); -- get end season number if (0 ~= range_start_number) and (0 ~= range_end_number) and (range_start_number ~= range_end_number) then return true; -- any season pairing is accepted except when both are the same end return false; -- range_start and/or range_end is not a season end -- here when range_start is a month range_end_number = get_month_number (range_end); -- get end month number if range_start_number < range_end_number and -- range_start is a month; does range_start precede range_end? is_valid_month_range_style (range_start, range_end) then -- do months have the same style? return true; -- proper order and same style end return false; -- range_start month number is greater than or equal to range end number; or range end isn't a month end --[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ D A T E >------------------------------------------------ This function receives a table of date parts for one or two dates and an empty table reference declared in Module:Citation/CS1. The function is called only for |date= parameters and only if the |date=<value> is determined to be a valid date format. The question of what to do with invalid date formats is not answered here. The date parts in the input table are converted to an ISO 8601 conforming date string: single whole dates: yyyy-mm-dd month and year dates: yyyy-mm year dates: yyyy ranges: yyyy-mm-dd/yyyy-mm-dd yyyy-mm/yyyy-mm yyyy/yyyy Dates in the Julian calendar are reduced to year or year/year so that we don't have to do calendar conversion from Julian to Proleptic Gregorian. The input table has: year, year2 – always present; if before 1582, ignore months and days if present month, month2 – 0 if not provided, 1-12 for months, 21-24 for seasons; 99 Christmas day, day2 – 0 if not provided, 1-31 for days the output table receives: rftdate: an ISO 8601 formatted date rftchron: a free-form version of the date, usually without year which is in rftdate (season ranges and proper-name dates) rftssn: one of four season keywords: winter, spring, summer, fall (lowercase) rftquarter: one of four values: 1, 2, 3, 4 ]] local function make_COinS_date (input, tCOinS_date) local date; -- one date or first date in a range local date2 = ''; -- end of range date input.year = tonumber (input.year) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (input.year); -- language-aware tonumber() input.year2 = tonumber (input.year2) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (input.year2); -- COinS dates are pseudo-ISO 8601 so convert to Arabic numerals if ((1582 == input.year) and (10 > tonumber(input.month))) or (1582 > input.year) then -- if a Julian calendar date tCOinS_date.rftdate = tostring (input.year); -- &rft.date gets year only return; -- done end -- here for all forms of Gregorian dates if 20 < tonumber (input.month) then -- if season, quarter, or proper-name date date = input.year; -- &rft.date gets year only if 0 ~= input.year2 and input.year ~= input.year2 then -- if a range, only the second year portion when not the same as range start year date = string.format ('%.4d/%.4d', input.year, input.year2) -- assemble the date range end local season = {[24] = 'winter', [21] = 'spring', [22] = 'summer', [23] = 'fall', [33] = '1', [34] = '2', [35] = '3', [36] = '4', [98] = 'Easter', [99] = 'Christmas'}; -- seasons lowercase, no autumn; proper-names use title case if 0 == input.month2 then -- single season, quarter, or proper-name date if 40 < tonumber(input.month) then tCOinS_date.rftchron = season[input.month]; -- proper-name date; used in journal metadata only elseif 30 < tonumber(input.month) then tCOinS_date.rftquarter = season[input.month]; -- quarter date; used in journal metadata only else tCOinS_date.rftssn = season[input.month]; -- season date; used in journal metadata only end else -- season ranges are lumped into &rft.chron; &rft.ssn and &rft.quarter are left blank if input.year ~= input.year2 then -- season year – season year range or season year–year if 0 ~= input.month2 then tCOinS_date.rftchron = string.format ('%s %s – %s %s', season[input.month], input.year, season[input.month2], input.year2); -- used in journal metadata only end else -- season–season year range tCOinS_date.rftchron = season[input.month] .. '–' .. season[input.month2]; -- season–season year range; used in journal metadata only end end tCOinS_date.rftdate = tostring (date); return; -- done end -- here for gregorian calendar dates if 0 ~= input.day then date = string.format ('%s-%.2d-%.2d', input.year, tonumber(input.month), tonumber(input.day)); -- whole date elseif 0 ~= input.month then date = string.format ('%s-%.2d', input.year, tonumber(input.month)); -- year and month else date = string.format ('%s', input.year); -- just year end if 0 ~= input.year2 then if 0 ~= input.day2 then date2 = string.format ('/%s-%.2d-%.2d', input.year2, tonumber(input.month2), tonumber(input.day2)); -- whole date elseif 0 ~= input.month2 then date2 = string.format ('/%s-%.2d', input.year2, tonumber(input.month2)); -- year and month else date2 = string.format ('/%s', input.year2); -- just year end end tCOinS_date.rftdate = date .. date2; -- date2 has the '/' separator return; end --[[--------------------------< P A T T E R N S _ T >---------------------------------------------------------- this is the list of patterns for date formats that this module recognizes. Approximately the first half of these patterns represent formats that might be reformatted into another format. Those that might be reformatted have 'indicator' letters that identify the content of the matching capture: 'd' (day), 'm' (month), 'a' (anchor year), 'y' (year); second day, month, year have a '2' suffix. These patterns are used for both date validation and for reformatting. This table should not be moved to ~/Configuration because changes to this table require changes to check_date() and to reformatter() and reformat_date() ]] local patterns_t = { -- year-initial numerical year-month-day ['ymd'] = {'^([1-9]%d%d%d)%-(%d%d)%-(%d%d)$', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- month-initial: month day, year ['Mdy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'm', 'd', 'a', 'y'}, -- month-initial day range: month day–day, year; days are separated by endash ['Md-dy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?)[%-–]([1-9]%d?), +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'm', 'd', 'd2', 'a', 'y'}, -- day-initial: day month year ['dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'd', 'm', 'a', 'y'}, -- year-initial: year month day; day: 1 or 2 two digits, leading zero allowed; not supported at en.wiki -- ['yMd'] = {'^(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?) +(%D-) +(%d%d?)$', 'a', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- day-range-initial: day–day month year; days are separated by endash ['d-dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?)[%-–]([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'd', 'd2', 'm', 'a', 'y'}, -- day initial month-day-range: day month - day month year; uses spaced endash ['dM-dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +[%-–] +([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'd', 'm', 'd2', 'm2', 'a', 'y'}, -- month initial month-day-range: month day – month day, year; uses spaced endash ['Md-Mdy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?) +[%-–] +(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$','m', 'd', 'm2', 'd2', 'a', 'y'}, -- day initial month-day-year-range: day month year - day month year; uses spaced endash ['dMy-dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +([1-9]%d%d%d?) +[%-–] +([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'd', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'a', 'y2'}, -- month initial month-day-year-range: month day, year – month day, year; uses spaced endash ['Mdy-Mdy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +([1-9]%d%d%d?) +[%-–] +(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'm', 'd', 'y', 'm2', 'd2', 'a', 'y2'}, -- these date formats cannot be converted, per se, but month name can be rendered short or long -- month/season year - month/season year; separated by spaced endash ['My-My'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d%d%d?) +[%-–] +(%D-) +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'm', 'y', 'm2', 'a', 'y2'}, -- month/season range year; months separated by endash ['M-My'] = {'^(%D-)[%-–](%D-) +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'm', 'm2', 'a', 'y'}, -- month/season year or proper-name year; quarter year when First Quarter YYYY etc. ['My'] = {'^([^%d–]-) +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'm', 'a', 'y'}, -- this way because endash is a member of %D; %D- will match January–March 2019 when it shouldn't -- these date formats cannot be converted ['Sy4-y2'] = {'^(%D-) +(([1-9]%d)%d%d)[%-–]((%d%d)%a?)$'}, -- special case Winter/Summer year-year (YYYY-YY); year separated with unspaced endash ['Sy-y'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d%d%d?)[%-–](([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$'}, -- special case Winter/Summer year-year; year separated with unspaced endash ['y-y'] = {'^([1-9]%d%d%d?)[%-–](([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$'}, -- year range: YYY-YYY or YYY-YYYY or YYYY–YYYY; separated by unspaced endash; 100-9999 ['y4-y2'] = {'^(([1-9]%d)%d%d)[%-–]((%d%d)%a?)$'}, -- year range: YYYY–YY; separated by unspaced endash ['y'] = {'^(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$'}, -- year; here accept either YYY or YYYY } --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ E M B A R G O _ D A T E >------------------------------------ returns true and date value if that value has proper dmy, mdy, ymd format. returns false and 9999 (embargoed forever) when date value is not proper format; assumes that when |pmc-embargo-date= is set, the editor intended to embargo a PMC but |pmc-embargo-date= does not hold a single date. ]] local function is_valid_embargo_date (v) if v:match (patterns_t['ymd'][1]) or -- ymd v:match (patterns_t['Mdy'][1]) or -- dmy v:match (patterns_t['dMy'][1]) then -- mdy return true, v; end return false, '9999'; -- if here not good date so return false and set embargo date to long time in future end --[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ D A T E >---------------------------------------------------------- Check date format to see that it is one of the formats approved by WP:DATESNO or WP:DATERANGE. Exception: only allowed range separator is endash. Additionally, check the date to see that it is a real date: no 31 in 30-day months; no 29 February when not a leap year. Months, both long-form and three character abbreviations, and seasons must be spelled correctly. Future years beyond next year are not allowed. If the date fails the format tests, this function returns false and does not return values for anchor_year and COinS_date. When this happens, the date parameter is (DEBUG: not?) used in the COinS metadata and the CITEREF identifier gets its year from the year parameter if present otherwise CITEREF does not get a date value. Inputs: date_string - date string from date-holding parameters (date, year, publication-date, access-date, pmc-embargo-date, archive-date, lay-date) Returns: false if date string is not a real date; else true, anchor_year, COinS_date anchor_year can be used in CITEREF anchors COinS_date is ISO 8601 format date; see make_COInS_date() ]] local function check_date (date_string, param, tCOinS_date) local year; -- assume that year2, months, and days are not used; local year2 = 0; -- second year in a year range local month = 0; local month2 = 0; -- second month in a month range local day = 0; local day2 = 0; -- second day in a day range local anchor_year; local coins_date; if date_string:match (patterns_t['ymd'][1]) then -- year-initial numerical year month day format year, month, day = date_string:match (patterns_t['ymd'][1]); if 12 < tonumber(month) or 1 > tonumber(month) or 1582 > tonumber(year) or 0 == tonumber(day) then return false; end -- month or day number not valid or not Gregorian calendar anchor_year = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Mdy'][1]) then -- month-initial: month day, year month, day, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Mdy'][1]); month = get_month_number (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Md-dy'][1]) then -- month-initial day range: month day–day, year; days are separated by endash month, day, day2, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Md-dy'][1]); if tonumber(day) >= tonumber(day2) then return false; end -- date range order is left to right: earlier to later; dates may not be the same; month = get_month_number (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months month2=month; -- for metadata year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['dMy'][1]) then -- day-initial: day month year day, month, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['dMy'][1]); month = get_month_number (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months --[[ NOT supported at en.wiki elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['yMd'][1]) then -- year-initial: year month day; day: 1 or 2 two digits, leading zero allowed anchor_year, year, month, day = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['yMd'][1]); month = get_month_number (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months -- end NOT supported at en.wiki ]] elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['d-dMy'][1]) then -- day-range-initial: day–day month year; days are separated by endash day, day2, month, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['d-dMy'][1]); if tonumber(day) >= tonumber(day2) then return false; end -- date range order is left to right: earlier to later; dates may not be the same; month = get_month_number (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months month2 = month; -- for metadata year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['dM-dMy'][1]) then -- day initial month-day-range: day month - day month year; uses spaced endash day, month, day2, month2, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['dM-dMy'][1]); if (not is_valid_month_season_range(month, month2)) or not is_valid_year(year) then return false; end -- date range order is left to right: earlier to later; month = get_month_number (month); -- for metadata month2 = get_month_number (month2); year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Md-Mdy'][1]) then -- month initial month-day-range: month day – month day, year; uses spaced endash month, day, month2, day2, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Md-Mdy'][1]); if (not is_valid_month_season_range(month, month2, param)) or not is_valid_year(year) then return false; end month = get_month_number (month); -- for metadata month2 = get_month_number (month2); year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['dMy-dMy'][1]) then -- day initial month-day-year-range: day month year - day month year; uses spaced endash day, month, year, day2, month2, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['dMy-dMy'][1]); if tonumber(year2) <= tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later if not is_valid_year(year2) or not is_valid_month_range_style(month, month2) then return false; end -- year2 no more than one year in the future; months same style month = get_month_number (month); -- for metadata month2 = get_month_number (month2); if 0 == month or 0 == month2 then return false; end -- both must be valid elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Mdy-Mdy'][1]) then -- month initial month-day-year-range: month day, year – month day, year; uses spaced endash month, day, year, month2, day2, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Mdy-Mdy'][1]); if tonumber(year2) <= tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later if not is_valid_year(year2) or not is_valid_month_range_style(month, month2) then return false; end -- year2 no more than one year in the future; months same style month = get_month_number (month); -- for metadata month2 = get_month_number(month2); if 0 == month or 0 == month2 then return false; end -- both must be valid elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Sy4-y2'][1]) then -- special case Winter/Summer year-year (YYYY-YY); year separated with unspaced endash local century; month, year, century, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Sy4-y2'][1]); if 'Winter' ~= month and 'Summer' ~= month then return false end; -- 'month' can only be Winter or Summer anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor_year from both years year2 = century..year2; -- add the century to year2 for comparisons if 1 ~= tonumber(year2) - tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year month = get_season_number(month, param); elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Sy-y'][1]) then -- special case Winter/Summer year-year; year separated with unspaced endash month, year, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Sy-y'][1]); month = get_season_number (month, param); -- <month> can only be winter or summer; also for metadata if (month ~= cfg.date_names['en'].season['Winter']) and (month ~= cfg.date_names['en'].season['Summer']) then return false; -- not Summer or Winter; abandon end anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor_year from both years if 1 ~= tonumber(year2) - tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['My-My'][1]) then -- month/season year - month/season year; separated by spaced endash month, year, month2, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['My-My'][1]); anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor_year from both years if tonumber(year) >= tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- left to right, earlier to later, not the same if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year if 0 ~= get_month_number(month) and 0 ~= get_month_number(month2) and is_valid_month_range_style(month, month2) then -- both must be month year, same month style month = get_month_number(month); month2 = get_month_number(month2); elseif 0 ~= get_season_number(month, param) and 0 ~= get_season_number(month2, param) then -- both must be season year, not mixed month = get_season_number(month, param); month2 = get_season_number(month2, param); else return false; end elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['M-My'][1]) then -- month/season range year; months separated by endash month, month2, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['M-My'][1]); if (not is_valid_month_season_range(month, month2, param)) or (not is_valid_year(year)) then return false; end if 0 ~= get_month_number(month) then -- determined to be a valid range so just check this one to know if month or season month = get_month_number(month); month2 = get_month_number(month2); if 0 == month or 0 == month2 then return false; end else month = get_season_number(month, param); month2 = get_season_number(month2, param); end year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['My'][1]) then -- month/season/quarter/proper-name year month, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['My'][1]); if not is_valid_year(year) then return false; end month = get_element_number(month, param); -- get month season quarter proper-name number or nil if not month then return false; end -- not valid whatever it is elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['y-y'][1]) then -- Year range: YYY-YYY or YYY-YYYY or YYYY–YYYY; separated by unspaced endash; 100-9999 year, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['y-y'][1]); anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor year from both years if tonumber(year) >= tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- left to right, earlier to later, not the same if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['y4-y2'][1]) then -- Year range: YYYY–YY; separated by unspaced endash local century; year, century, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['y4-y2'][1]); anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor year from both years if 13 > tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- don't allow 2003-05 which might be May 2003 year2 = century .. year2; -- add the century to year2 for comparisons if tonumber(year) >= tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- left to right, earlier to later, not the same if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year if in_array (param, {'date', 'publication-date', 'year'}) then -- here when 'valid' abbreviated year range; if one of these parameters add_prop_cat ('year-range-abbreviated'); -- add properties cat end elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['y'][1]) then -- year; here accept either YYY or YYYY anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['y'][1]); if false == is_valid_year(year) then return false; end else return false; -- date format not one of the MOS:DATE approved formats end if param ~= 'date' then -- CITEREF disambiguation only allowed in |date=; |year= & |publication-date= promote to date if anchor_year:match ('%l$') then return false; end end if 'access-date' == param then -- test access-date here because we have numerical date parts if 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and -- all parts of a single date required 0 == year2 and 0 == month2 and 0 == day2 then -- none of these; access-date must not be a range if not is_valid_accessdate(year .. '-' .. month .. '-' .. day) then return false; -- return false when access-date out of bounds end else return false; -- return false when access-date is a range of two dates end end if 'archive-date' == param then -- test archive-date here because we have numerical date parts if not (0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and -- all parts of a single date required 0 == year2 and 0 == month2 and 0 == day2) then -- none of these; archive-date must not be a range return false; -- return false when archive-date is a range of two dates end end local result=true; -- check whole dates for validity; assume true because not all dates will go through this test if 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 == year2 and 0 == month2 and 0 == day2 then -- YMD (simple whole date) result = is_valid_date (year, month, day, param); -- <param> for |pmc-embargo-date= elseif 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 == year2 and 0 == month2 and 0 ~= day2 then -- YMD-d (day range) result = is_valid_date (year, month, day); result = result and is_valid_date (year, month, day2); elseif 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 == year2 and 0 ~= month2 and 0 ~= day2 then -- YMD-md (day month range) result = is_valid_date (year, month, day); result = result and is_valid_date (year, month2, day2); elseif 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 ~= year2 and 0 ~= month2 and 0 ~= day2 then -- YMD-ymd (day month year range) result = is_valid_date(year, month, day); result = result and is_valid_date(year2, month2, day2); end if false == result then return false; end if nil ~= tCOinS_date then -- this table only passed into this function when testing |date= parameter values make_COinS_date ({year = year, month = month, day = day, year2 = year2, month2 = month2, day2 = day2}, tCOinS_date); -- make an ISO 8601 date string for COinS end return true, anchor_year; -- format is good and date string represents a real date end --[[--------------------------< D A T E S >-------------------------------------------------------------------- Cycle the date-holding parameters in passed table date_parameters_list through check_date() to check compliance with MOS:DATE. For all valid dates, check_date() returns true. The |date= parameter test is unique, it is the only date holding parameter from which values for anchor_year (used in CITEREF identifiers) and COinS_date (used in the COinS metadata) are derived. The |date= parameter is the only date-holding parameter that is allowed to contain the no-date keywords "n.d." or "nd" (without quotes). Unlike most error messages created in this module, only one error message is created by this function. Because all of the date holding parameters are processed serially, parameters with errors are added to the <error_list> sequence table as the dates are tested. ]] local function dates(date_parameters_list, tCOinS_date, error_list) local anchor_year; -- will return as nil if the date being tested is not |date= local COinS_date; -- will return as nil if the date being tested is not |date= local embargo_date; -- if embargo date is a good dmy, mdy, ymd date then holds original value else reset to 9999 local good_date = false; for k, v in pairs(date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list if is_set(v.val) then -- if the parameter has a value v.val = mw.ustring.gsub(v.val, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9 if v.val:match("^c%. [1-9]%d%d%d?%a?$") then -- special case for c. year or with or without CITEREF disambiguator - only |date= and |year= local year = v.val:match("c%. ([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?"); -- get the year portion so it can be tested if 'date' == k then anchor_year, COinS_date = v.val:match("((c%. [1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)"); -- anchor year and COinS_date only from |date= parameter good_date = is_valid_year(year); elseif 'year' == k then good_date = is_valid_year(year); else good_date = false; end elseif 'date' == k then -- if the parameter is |date= if v.val:match("^n%.d%.%a?$") then -- ToDo: I18N -- if |date=n.d. with or without a CITEREF disambiguator good_date, anchor_year, COinS_date = true, v.val:match("((n%.d%.)%a?)"); -- ToDo: I18N -- "n.d."; no error when date parameter is set to no date elseif v.val:match("^nd%a?$") then -- ToDo: I18N -- if |date=nd with or without a CITEREF disambiguator good_date, anchor_year, COinS_date = true, v.val:match("((nd)%a?)"); -- ToDo: I18N -- "nd"; no error when date parameter is set to no date else good_date, anchor_year, COinS_date = check_date (v.val, k, tCOinS_date); -- go test the date end elseif 'year' == k then -- if the parameter is |year= it should hold only a year value if v.val:match("^[1-9]%d%d%d?%a?$") then -- if |year = 3 or 4 digits only with or without a CITEREF disambiguator good_date, anchor_year, COinS_date = true, v.val:match("((%d+)%a?)"); else good_date = false; end elseif 'pmc-embargo-date' == k then -- if the parameter is |pmc-embargo-date= good_date = check_date (v.val, k); -- go test the date if true == good_date then -- if the date is a valid date good_date, embargo_date = is_valid_embargo_date (v.val); -- is |pmc-embargo-date= date a single dmy, mdy, or ymd formatted date? yes: returns embargo date; no: returns 9999 end else -- any other date-holding parameter good_date = check_date (v.val, k); -- go test the date end if false == good_date then -- assemble one error message so we don't add the tracking category multiple times table.insert (error_list, wrap_style ('parameter', v.name)); -- make parameter name suitable for error message list end end end return anchor_year, embargo_date; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< Y E A R _ C H E C K >---------------------------------------------------------- Temporary function to test |year= for acceptable values: YYY, YYYY, year-only ranges, their circa forms, with or without CITEREF disambiguators. When |year= holds some form of date that is not one of these year-only dates, emit a maintenance message. This function necessary because many non-cs1|2 templates have a |year= parameter so cirrus searches are more-or- less useless ]] local function year_check (year) year = year:gsub ('c%. *', ''); -- remove circa annotation (if present) before testing <year> for _, index in ipairs ({'y-y', 'y4-y2', 'y'}) do -- spin through these indexes into patterns_t if mw.ustring.match (year, patterns_t[index][1]) then return; -- if a match then |year= holds a valid 'year' end end set_message ('maint_year'); -- if here, |year= value is not an accepted value; add a maint cat end --[[--------------------------< Y E A R _ D A T E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------------ Compare the value provided in |year= with the year value(s) provided in |date=. This function sets a local numeric value: 0 - year value does not match the year value in date 1 - (default) year value matches the year value in date or one of the year values when date contains two years 2 - year value matches the year value in date when date is in the form YYYY-MM-DD and year is disambiguated (|year=YYYYx) the numeric value in <result> determines the 'output' if any from this function: 0 – adds error message to error_list sequence table 1 – adds maint cat 2 – does nothing ]] local function year_date_check (year_string, year_origin, date_string, date_origin, error_list) local year; local date1; local date2; local result = 1; -- result of the test; assume that the test passes year = year_string:match ('(%d%d%d%d?)'); if date_string:match ('%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d') then --special case where both date and year are required YYYY-MM-DD and YYYYx date1 = date_string:match ('(%d%d%d%d)'); year = year_string:match ('(%d%d%d%d)'); if year ~= date1 then result = 0; -- years don't match elseif year_string:match ('%d%d%d%d%a') then result = 2; -- years match; but because disambiguated, don't add to maint cat end elseif date_string:match ("%d%d%d%d?.-%d%d%d%d?") then -- any of the standard range formats of date with two three- or four-digit years date1, date2 = date_string:match ("(%d%d%d%d?).-(%d%d%d%d?)"); if year ~= date1 and year ~= date2 then result = 0; end elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, "%d%d%d%d[%-–]%d%d") then -- YYYY-YY date ranges local century; date1, century, date2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, "((%d%d)%d%d)[%-–]+(%d%d)"); date2 = century..date2; -- convert YY to YYYY if year ~= date1 and year ~= date2 then result = 0; end elseif date_string:match ("%d%d%d%d?") then -- any of the standard formats of date with one year date1 = date_string:match ("(%d%d%d%d?)"); if year ~= date1 then result = 0; end else -- should never get here; this function called only when no other date errors result = 0; -- no recognizable year in date end if 0 == result then -- year / date mismatch table.insert (error_list, substitute (cfg.messages['mismatch'], {year_origin, date_origin})); -- add error message to error_list sequence table elseif 1 == result then -- redundant year / date set_message ('maint_date_year'); -- add a maint cat end end --[[--------------------------< R E F O R M A T T E R >-------------------------------------------------------- reformat 'date' into new format specified by format_param if pattern_idx (the current format of 'date') can be reformatted. Does the grunt work for reformat_dates(). The table re_formats maps pattern_idx (current format) and format_param (desired format) to a table that holds: format string used by string.format() identifier letters ('d', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'y2') that serve as indexes into a table t{} that holds captures from mw.ustring.match() for the various date parts specified by patterns_t[pattern_idx][1] Items in patterns_t{} have the general form: ['ymd'] = {'^(%d%d%d%d)%-(%d%d)%-(%d%d)$', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, where: ['ymd'] is pattern_idx patterns_t['ymd'][1] is the match pattern with captures for mw.ustring.match() patterns_t['ymd'][2] is an indicator letter identifying the content of the first capture patterns_t['ymd'][3] ... the second capture etc. when a pattern matches a date, the captures are loaded into table t{} in capture order using the idemtifier characters as indexes into t{} For the above, a ymd date is in t{} as: t.y = first capture (year), t.m = second capture (month), t.d = third capture (day) To reformat, this function is called with the pattern_idx that matches the current format of the date and with format_param set to the desired format. This function loads table t{} as described and then calls string.format() with the format string specified by re_format[pattern_idx][format_param][1] using values taken from t{} according to the capture identifier letters specified by patterns_t[pattern_idx][format_param][n] where n is 2.. ]] local re_formats = { ['ymd'] = { -- date format is ymd; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy -- ['yMd'] = {'%s %s %s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=yMd; not supported at en.wiki }, ['Mdy'] = { -- date format is Mdy; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy ['ymd'] = {'%s-%s-%s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=ymd -- ['yMd'] = {'%s %s %s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=yMd; not supported at en.wiki }, ['dMy'] = { -- date format is dMy; reformat to: ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy ['ymd'] = {'%s-%s-%s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=ymd -- ['yMd'] = {'%s %s %s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=yMd; not supported at en.wiki }, ['Md-dy'] = { -- date format is Md-dy; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s–%s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'd2', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['dmy'] = {'%s–%s %s %s', 'd', 'd2', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy -> d-dMy }, ['d-dMy'] = { -- date format is d-d>y; reformat to: ['dmy'] = {'%s–%s %s %s', 'd', 'd2', 'm', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['mdy'] = {'%s %s–%s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'd2', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy -> Md-dy }, ['dM-dMy'] = { -- date format is dM-dMy; reformat to: ['dmy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'd2', 'm2', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['mdy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'm2', 'd2', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy -> Md-Mdy }, ['Md-Mdy'] = { -- date format is Md-Mdy; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'm2', 'd2', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['dmy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'd2', 'm2', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy -> dM-dMy }, ['dMy-dMy'] = { -- date format is dMy-dMy; reformat to: ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'y2'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y', 'm2', 'd2', 'y2'}, -- |df=mdy -> Mdy-Mdy }, ['Mdy-Mdy'] = { -- date format is Mdy-Mdy; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y', 'm2', 'd2', 'y2'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'y2'}, -- |df=dmy -> dMy-dMy }, ['My-My'] = { -- these for long/short reformatting ['any'] = {'%s %s – %s %s', 'm', 'y', 'm2', 'y2'}, -- dmy/mdy agnostic }, ['M-My'] = { -- these for long/short reformatting ['any'] = {'%s–%s %s', 'm', 'm2', 'y'}, -- dmy/mdy agnostic }, ['My'] = { -- these for long/short reformatting ['any'] = {'%s %s', 'm', 'y'}, -- dmy/mdy agnostic }, -- ['yMd'] = { -- not supported at en.wiki -- ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy -- ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy -- ['ymd'] = {'%s-%s-%s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=ymd -- }, } local function reformatter (date, pattern_idx, format_param, mon_len) if not in_array (pattern_idx, {'ymd', 'Mdy', 'Md-dy', 'dMy', 'yMd', 'd-dMy', 'dM-dMy', 'Md-Mdy', 'dMy-dMy', 'Mdy-Mdy', 'My-My', 'M-My', 'My'}) then return; -- not in this set of date format patterns_t then not a reformattable date end if 'ymd' == format_param and in_array (pattern_idx, {'ymd', 'Md-dy', 'd-dMy', 'dM-dMy', 'Md-Mdy', 'dMy-dMy', 'Mdy-Mdy', 'My-My', 'M-My', 'My'}) then return; -- ymd date ranges not supported at en.wiki; no point in reformatting ymd to ymd end if in_array (pattern_idx, {'My', 'M-My', 'My-My'}) then -- these are not dmy/mdy so can't be 'reformatted' into either format_param = 'any'; -- so format-agnostic end -- yMd is not supported at en.wiki; when yMd is supported at your wiki, uncomment the next line -- if 'yMd' == format_param and in_array (pattern_idx, {'yMd', 'Md-dy', 'd-dMy', 'dM-dMy', 'Md-Mdy', 'dMy-dMy', 'Mdy-Mdy'}) then -- these formats not convertable; yMd not supported at en.wiki if 'yMd' == format_param then -- yMd not supported at en.wiki; when yMd is supported at your wiki, remove or comment-out this line return; -- not a reformattable date end local c1, c2, c3, c4, c5, c6, c7; -- these hold the captures specified in patterns_t[pattern_idx][1] c1, c2, c3, c4, c5, c6, c7 = mw.ustring.match (date, patterns_t[pattern_idx][1]); -- get the captures local t = { -- table that holds k/v pairs of date parts from the captures and patterns_t[pattern_idx][2..] [patterns_t[pattern_idx][2]] = c1; -- at minimum there is always one capture with a matching indicator letter [patterns_t[pattern_idx][3] or 'x'] = c2; -- patterns_t can have a variable number of captures; each capture requires an indicator letter; [patterns_t[pattern_idx][4] or 'x'] = c3; -- where there is no capture, there is no indicator letter so n in patterns_t[pattern_idx][n] will be nil; [patterns_t[pattern_idx][5] or 'x'] = c4; -- the 'x' here spoofs an indicator letter to prevent 'table index is nil' error [patterns_t[pattern_idx][6] or 'x'] = c5; [patterns_t[pattern_idx][7] or 'x'] = c6; [patterns_t[pattern_idx][8] or 'x'] = c7; }; if t.a then -- if this date has an anchor year capture (all convertable date formats except ymd) if t.y2 then -- for year range date formats t.y2 = t.a; -- use the anchor year capture when reassembling the date else -- here for single date formats (except ymd) t.y = t.a; -- use the anchor year capture when reassembling the date end end if tonumber(t.m) then -- if raw month is a number (converting from ymd) if 's' == mon_len then -- if we are to use abbreviated month names t.m = cfg.date_names['inv_local_short'][tonumber(t.m)]; -- convert it to a month name else t.m = cfg.date_names['inv_local_long'][tonumber(t.m)]; -- convert it to a month name end t.d = t.d:gsub ('0(%d)', '%1'); -- strip leading '0' from day if present elseif 'ymd' == format_param then -- when converting to ymd t.y = t.y:gsub ('%a', ''); -- strip CITREF disambiguator if present; anchor year already known so process can proceed; TODO: maint message? if 1582 > tonumber (t.y) then -- ymd format dates not allowed before 1582 return; end t.m = string.format ('%02d', get_month_number (t.m)); -- make sure that month and day are two digits t.d = string.format ('%02d', t.d); elseif mon_len then -- if mon_len is set to either 'short' or 'long' for _, mon in ipairs ({'m', 'm2'}) do -- because there can be two month names, check both if t[mon] then t[mon] = get_month_number (t[mon]); -- get the month number for this month (is length agnostic) if 0 == t[mon] then return; end -- seasons and named dates can't be converted t[mon] = (('s' == mon_len) and cfg.date_names['inv_local_short'][t[mon]]) or cfg.date_names['inv_local_long'][t[mon]]; -- fetch month name according to length end end end local new_date = string.format (re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][1], -- format string t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][2]], -- named captures from t{} t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][3]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][4]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][5]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][6]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][7]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][8]] ); return new_date; end --[[-------------------------< R E F O R M A T _ D A T E S >-------------------------------------------------- Reformats existing dates into the format specified by format. format is one of several manual keywords: dmy, dmy-all, mdy, mdy-all, ymd, ymd-all. The -all version includes access- and archive-dates; otherwise these dates are not reformatted. This function allows automatic date formatting. In ~/Configuration, the article source is searched for one of the {{use xxx dates}} templates. If found, xxx becomes the global date format as xxx-all. If |cs1-dates= in {{use xxx dates}} has legitimate value then that value determines how cs1|2 dates will be rendered. Legitimate values for |cs1-dates= are: l - all dates are rendered with long month names ls - publication dates use long month names; access-/archive-dates use abbreviated month names ly - publication dates use long month names; access-/archive-dates rendered in ymd format s - all dates are rendered with abbreviated (short) month names sy - publication dates use abbreviated month names; access-/archive-dates rendered in ymd format y - all dates are rendered in ymd format the format argument for automatic date formatting will be the format specified by {{use xxx dates}} with the value supplied by |cs1-dates so one of: xxx-l, xxx-ls, xxx-ly, xxx-s, xxx-sy, xxx-y, or simply xxx (|cs1-dates= empty, omitted, or invalid) where xxx shall be either of dmy or mdy. dates are extracted from date_parameters_list, reformatted (if appropriate), and then written back into the list in the new format. Dates in date_parameters_list are presumed here to be valid (no errors). This function returns true when a date has been reformatted, false else. Actual reformatting is done by reformatter(). ]] local function reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, format) local all = false; -- set to false to skip access- and archive-dates local len_p = 'l'; -- default publication date length shall be long local len_a = 'l'; -- default access-/archive-date length shall be long local result = false; local new_date; if format:match('%a+%-all') then -- manual df keyword; auto df keyword when length not specified in {{use xxx dates}}; format = format:match('(%a+)%-all'); -- extract the format all = true; -- all dates are long format dates because this keyword doesn't specify length elseif format:match('%a+%-[lsy][sy]?') then -- auto df keywords; internal only all = true; -- auto df applies to all dates; use length specified by capture len_p for all dates format, len_p, len_a = format:match('(%a+)%-([lsy])([sy]?)'); -- extract the format and length keywords if 'y' == len_p then -- because allowed by MOS:DATEUNIFY (sort of) range dates and My dates not reformatted format = 'ymd'; -- override {{use xxx dates}} elseif (not is_set(len_a)) or (len_p == len_a) then -- no access-/archive-date length specified or same length as publication dates then len_a = len_p; -- in case len_a not set end end -- else only publication dates and they are long for param_name, param_val in pairs (date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list if is_set (param_val.val) then -- if the parameter has a value if not (not all and in_array (param_name, {'access-date', 'archive-date'})) then -- skip access- or archive-date unless format is xxx-all; yeah, ugly; TODO: find a better way for pattern_idx, pattern in pairs (patterns_t) do if mw.ustring.match (param_val.val, pattern[1]) then if all and in_array (param_name, {'access-date', 'archive-date'}) then -- if this date is an access- or archive-date new_date = reformatter (param_val.val, pattern_idx, (('y' == len_a) and 'ymd') or format, len_a); -- choose ymd or dmy/mdy according to len_a setting else -- all other dates new_date = reformatter (param_val.val, pattern_idx, format, len_p); end if new_date then -- set when date was reformatted date_parameters_list[param_name].val = new_date; -- update date in date list result = true; -- and announce that changes have been made break; end end -- if end -- for end -- if end -- if end -- for return result; -- declare boolean result and done end --[[--------------------------< D A T E _ H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >---------------------------------------- Loops through the list of date-holding parameters and converts any hyphen to an ndash. Not called if the cs1|2 template has any date errors. Modifies the date_parameters_list and returns true if hyphens are replaced, else returns false. ]] local function date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) local result = false; local n; for param_name, param_val in pairs(date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list if is_set (param_val.val) and not mw.ustring.match (param_val.val, patterns_t.ymd[1]) then -- for those that are not ymd dates (ustring because here digits may not be Western) param_val.val, n = param_val.val:gsub ('%-', '–'); -- replace any hyphen with ndash if 0 ~= n then date_parameters_list[param_name].val = param_val.val; -- update the list result = true; end end end return result; -- so we know if any hyphens were replaced end --[[-------------------------< D A T E _ N A M E _ X L A T E >------------------------------------------------ Attempts to translate English date names to local-language date names using names supplied by MediaWiki's date parser function. This is simple name-for-name replacement and may not work for all languages. if xlat_dig is true, this function will also translate Western (English) digits to the local language's digits. This will also translate ymd dates. ]] local function date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, xlt_dig) local xlate; local mode; -- long or short month names local modified = false; local date; local sources_t = { {cfg.date_names.en.long, cfg.date_names.inv_local_long}, -- for translating long English month names to long local month names {cfg.date_names.en.short, cfg.date_names.inv_local_short}, -- short month names {cfg.date_names.en.quarter, cfg.date_names.inv_local_quarter}, -- quarter date names {cfg.date_names.en.season, cfg.date_names.inv_local_season}, -- season date nam {cfg.date_names.en.named, cfg.date_names.inv_local_named}, -- named dates } local function is_xlateable (month) -- local function to get local date name that replaces existing English-language date name for _, date_names_t in ipairs (sources_t) do -- for each sequence table in date_names_t if date_names_t[1][month] then -- if date name is English month (long or short), quarter, season or named and if date_names_t[2][date_names_t[1][month]] then -- if there is a matching local date name return date_names_t[2][date_names_t[1][month]]; -- return the local date name end end end end for param_name, param_val in pairs(date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list if is_set(param_val.val) then -- if the parameter has a value date = param_val.val; for month in mw.ustring.gmatch (date, '[%a ]+') do -- iterate through all date names in the date (single date or date range) month = mw.text.trim (month); -- this because quarterly dates contain whitespace xlate = is_xlateable (month); -- get translate <month>; returns translation or nil if xlate then date = mw.ustring.gsub (date, month, xlate); -- replace the English with the translation date_parameters_list[param_name].val = date; -- save the translated date modified = true; end end if xlt_dig then -- shall we also translate digits? date = date:gsub ('%d', cfg.date_names.xlate_digits); -- translate digits from Western to 'local digits' date_parameters_list[param_name].val = date; -- save the translated date modified = true; end end end return modified; end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S E L E C T E D _ M O D U L E S >-------------------------------------- Sets local imported functions table to same (live or sandbox) as that used by the other modules. ]] local function set_selected_modules (cfg_table_ptr, utilities_page_ptr) add_prop_cat = utilities_page_ptr.add_prop_cat ; -- import functions from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities module is_set = utilities_page_ptr.is_set; in_array = utilities_page_ptr.in_array; set_message = utilities_page_ptr.set_message; substitute = utilities_page_ptr.substitute; wrap_style = utilities_page_ptr.wrap_style; cfg = cfg_table_ptr; -- import tables from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration end --[[--------------------------< A R C H I V E _ D A T E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------ Compare value in |archive-date= with the timestamp in Wayback machine urls. Emits an error message with suggested date from the |archive-url= timestamp in an appropriate format when the value in |archive-date= does not match the timestamp. this function never called when any date in a cs1|2 template has errors error message suggests new |archive-date= value in an appropriate format specified by <df>. <df> is either |df= or cfg.global_df in that order. If <df> is nil, suggested date has format from |archive-date=. There is a caveat: when |df=dmy or |df=mdy, the reformatter leaves |access-date= and |archive-date= formats as they are. The error message suggested date is passed to the formatter as YYYY-MM-DD so when |df=dmy or |df=mdy, the format is not changed. ]] local function archive_date_check (archive_date, archive_url_timestamp, df) local archive_date_format = 'dmy-y'; -- holds the date format of date in |archive-date; default to ymd; 'dmy' used here to spoof reformat_dates() for _, v_t in ipairs ({{'dMy', 'dmy-all'}, {'Mdy', 'mdy-all'}}) do -- is |archive-date= format dmy or mdy? if archive_date:match (patterns_t[v_t[1]][1]) then -- does the pattern match? archive_date_format = cfg.keywords_xlate[v_t[2]]; -- get appropriate |df= supported keyword from the i18n translator table break; end end local dates_t = {}; dates_t['archive-date'] = {val=archive_date, name=''}; -- setup to call reformat_dates(); never called when errors so <name> unset as not needed reformat_dates (dates_t, 'dmy-y'); -- reformat |archive-date= to ymd; 'dmy' used here to spoof reformat_dates() local archive_url_date = archive_url_timestamp:gsub ('(%d%d%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)%d*', '%1-%2-%3'); -- make ymd format date from timestamp if dates_t['archive-date'].val == archive_url_date then -- are the two dates the same return; -- yes, done else dates_t['archive-date'] = {val=archive_url_date, name=''}; -- setup to call reformat_dates() with the timestamp date reformat_dates (dates_t, df or archive_date_format); -- reformat timestamp to format specified by <df> or format used in |archive-date= archive_url_date = dates_t['archive-date'].val; set_message ('err_archive_date_url_ts_mismatch', archive_url_date); -- emit an error message end end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------ ]] return { -- return exported functions archive_date_check = archive_date_check, date_hyphen_to_dash = date_hyphen_to_dash, date_name_xlate = date_name_xlate, dates = dates, is_valid_date = is_valid_date, reformat_dates = reformat_dates, set_selected_modules = set_selected_modules, year_check = year_check, year_date_check = year_date_check, } 039z8dc7ugbbv8w4tsnejz5bfud8dgw 266016 266015 2026-07-18T15:28:02Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266015 Scribunto text/plain --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- ]] local add_prop_cat, is_set, in_array, set_message, substitute, wrap_style; -- imported functions from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local cfg; -- table of tables imported from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration --[[--------------------------< F I L E - S C O P E D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------- File-scope variables are declared here ]] local lang_object = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- used by is_valid_accessdate(), is_valid_year(), date_name_xlate(); TODO: move to ~/Configuration? local year_limit; -- used by is_valid_year() --[=[-------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ A C C E S S D A T E >---------------------------------------- returns true if: Wikipedia start date <= accessdate < today + 2 days Wikipedia start date is 2001-01-15T00:00:00 UTC which is 979516800 seconds after 1970-01-01T00:00:00 UTC (the start of Unix time) accessdate is the date provided in |access-date= at time 00:00:00 UTC today is the current date at time 00:00:00 UTC plus 48 hours if today is 2015-01-01T00:00:00 then adding 24 hours gives 2015-01-02T00:00:00 – one second more than today adding 24 hours gives 2015-01-03T00:00:00 – one second more than tomorrow This function does not work if it is fed month names for languages other than English. Wikimedia #time: parser apparently doesn't understand non-English date month names. This function will always return false when the date contains a non-English month name because good1 is false after the call to lang.formatDate(). To get around that call this function with YYYY-MM-DD format dates. ]=] local function is_valid_accessdate (accessdate) local good1, good2; local access_ts, tomorrow_ts; -- to hold Unix time stamps representing the dates good1, access_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', accessdate ); -- convert accessdate value to Unix timestamp good2, tomorrow_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', 'today + 2 days' ); -- today midnight + 2 days is one second more than all day tomorrow if good1 and good2 then -- lang.formatDate() returns a timestamp in the local script which which tonumber() may not understand access_ts = tonumber (access_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (access_ts); -- convert to numbers for the comparison; tomorrow_ts = tonumber (tomorrow_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (tomorrow_ts); else return false; -- one or both failed to convert to Unix time stamp end if 979516800 <= access_ts and access_ts < tomorrow_ts then -- Wikipedia start date <= accessdate < tomorrow's date return true; else return false; -- accessdate out of range end end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ M O N T H _ N U M B E R >---------------------------------------------- returns a number according to the month in a date: 1 for January, etc. Capitalization and spelling must be correct. If not a valid month, returns 0 ]] local function get_month_number (month) return cfg.date_names['local'].long[month] or cfg.date_names['local'].short[month] or -- look for local names first cfg.date_names['en'].long[month] or cfg.date_names['en'].short[month] or -- failing that, look for English names 0; -- not a recognized month name end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E A S O N _ N U M B E R >-------------------------------------------- returns a number according to the sequence of seasons in a year: 21 for Spring, etc. Capitalization and spelling must be correct. If not a valid season, returns 0. 21-24 = Spring, Summer, Autumn, Winter, independent of “Hemisphere” returns 0 when <param> is not |date= Season numbering is defined by Extended Date/Time Format (EDTF) specification (https://www.loc.gov/standards/datetime/) which became part of ISO 8601 in 2019. See '§Sub-year groupings'. The standard defines various divisions using numbers 21-41. cs1|2 only supports generic seasons. EDTF does support the distinction between north and south hemisphere seasons but cs1|2 has no way to make that distinction. These additional divisions not currently supported: 25-28 = Spring - Northern Hemisphere, Summer- Northern Hemisphere, Autumn - Northern Hemisphere, Winter - Northern Hemisphere 29-32 = Spring – Southern Hemisphere, Summer– Southern Hemisphere, Autumn – Southern Hemisphere, Winter - Southern Hemisphere 33-36 = Quarter 1, Quarter 2, Quarter 3, Quarter 4 (3 months each) 37-39 = Quadrimester 1, Quadrimester 2, Quadrimester 3 (4 months each) 40-41 = Semestral 1, Semestral-2 (6 months each) ]] local function get_season_number (season, param) if 'date' ~= param then return 0; -- season dates only supported by |date= end return cfg.date_names['local'].season[season] or -- look for local names first cfg.date_names['en'].season[season] or -- failing that, look for English names 0; -- not a recognized season name end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ Q U A R T E R _ N U M B E R >------------------------------------------ returns a number according to the sequence of quarters in a year: 33 for first quarter, etc. Capitalization and spelling must be correct. If not a valid quarter, returns 0. 33-36 = Quarter 1, Quarter 2, Quarter 3, Quarter 4 (3 months each) returns 0 when <param> is not |date= Quarter numbering is defined by Extended Date/Time Format (EDTF) specification (https://www.loc.gov/standards/datetime/) which became part of ISO 8601 in 2019. See '§Sub-year groupings'. The standard defines various divisions using numbers 21-41. cs1|2 only supports generic seasons and quarters. These additional divisions not currently supported: 37-39 = Quadrimester 1, Quadrimester 2, Quadrimester 3 (4 months each) 40-41 = Semestral 1, Semestral-2 (6 months each) ]] local function get_quarter_number (quarter, param) if 'date' ~= param then return 0; -- quarter dates only supported by |date= end quarter = mw.ustring.gsub (quarter, ' +', ' '); -- special case replace multiple space chars with a single space char return cfg.date_names['local'].quarter[quarter] or -- look for local names first cfg.date_names['en'].quarter[quarter] or -- failing that, look for English names 0; -- not a recognized quarter name end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ P R O P E R _ N A M E _ N U M B E R >---------------------------------- returns a non-zero number if date contains a recognized proper-name. Capitalization and spelling must be correct. returns 0 when <param> is not |date= ]] local function get_proper_name_number (name, param) if 'date' ~= param then return 0; -- proper-name dates only supported by |date= end return cfg.date_names['local'].named[name] or -- look for local names dates first cfg.date_names['en'].named[name] or -- failing that, look for English names 0; -- not a recognized named date end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ E L E M E N T _ N U M B E R <------------------------------------------ returns true if month or season or quarter or proper name is valid (properly spelled, capitalized, abbreviated) ]] local function get_element_number (element, param) local num; local funcs = {get_month_number, get_season_number, get_quarter_number, get_proper_name_number}; -- list of functions to execute in order for _, func in ipairs (funcs) do -- spin through the function list num = func (element, param); -- call the function and get the returned number if 0 ~= num then -- non-zero when valid month season quarter return num; -- return that number end end return nil; -- not valid end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ Y E A R >---------------------------------------------------- Function gets current year from the server and compares it to year from a citation parameter. Years more than one year in the future are not acceptable. Special case for |pmc-embargo-date=: years more than two years in the future are not acceptable ]] local function is_valid_year (year, param) if not is_set (year_limit) then year_limit = tonumber(os.date("%Y"))+1; -- global variable so we only have to fetch it once end year = tonumber (year) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (year); -- convert to number for the comparison if year and (100 > year) then -- years less than 100 not supported return false; end if 'pmc-embargo-date' == param then -- special case for |pmc-embargo-date= return year and (year <= tonumber(os.date("%Y"))+2) or false; -- years more than two years in the future are not accepted end return year and (year <= year_limit) or false; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ D A T E >---------------------------------------------------- Returns true if day is less than or equal to the number of days in month and year is no farther into the future than next year; else returns false. Assumes Julian calendar prior to year 1582 and Gregorian calendar thereafter. Accounts for Julian calendar leap years before 1582 and Gregorian leap years after 1582. Where the two calendars overlap (1582 to approximately 1923) dates are assumed to be Gregorian. ]] local function is_valid_date (year, month, day, param) local days_in_month = {31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31}; local month_length; if not is_valid_year (year, param) then -- no farther into the future than next year except |pmc-embargo-date= no more than two years in the future return false; end month = tonumber (month); -- required for YYYY-MM-DD dates if (2 == month) then -- if February month_length = 28; -- then 28 days unless if 1582 > tonumber(year) then -- Julian calendar if 0 == (year%4) then -- is a leap year? month_length = 29; -- if leap year then 29 days in February end else -- Gregorian calendar if (0 == (year%4) and (0 ~= (year%100) or 0 == (year%400))) then -- is a leap year? month_length = 29; -- if leap year then 29 days in February end end else month_length = days_in_month[month] or 0; -- invalid month number is nil so default <month_length> to 0 end if tonumber (day) > month_length then return false; end return true; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ M O N T H _ R A N G E _ S T Y L E >-------------------------- Months in a range are expected to have the same style: Jan–Mar or October–December but not February–Mar or Jul–August. This function looks in cfg.date_names{} to see if both month names are listed in the long subtable or both are listed in the short subtable. When both have the same style (both are listed in the same table), returns true; false else ]] local function is_valid_month_range_style (month1, month2) if (cfg.date_names.en.long[month1] and cfg.date_names.en.long[month2]) or -- are both English names listed in the long subtable? (cfg.date_names.en.short[month1] and cfg.date_names.en.short[month2]) or -- are both English names listed in the short subtable? (cfg.date_names['local'].long[month1] and cfg.date_names['local'].long[month2]) or -- are both local names listed in the long subtable? (cfg.date_names['local'].short[month1] and cfg.date_names['local'].short[month2]) then -- are both local names listed in the short subtable? return true; end return false; -- names are mixed end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ M O N T H _ S E A S O N _ R A N G E >------------------------ Check a pair of months or seasons to see if both are valid members of a month or season pair. Month pairs are expected to be left to right, earliest to latest in time. All season ranges are accepted as valid because there are publishers out there who have published a Summer–Spring YYYY issue, hence treat as ok ]] local function is_valid_month_season_range(range_start, range_end, param) local range_start_number = get_month_number (range_start); local range_end_number; if 0 == range_start_number then -- is this a month range? range_start_number = get_season_number (range_start, param); -- not a month; is it a season? get start season number range_end_number = get_season_number (range_end, param); -- get end season number if (0 ~= range_start_number) and (0 ~= range_end_number) and (range_start_number ~= range_end_number) then return true; -- any season pairing is accepted except when both are the same end return false; -- range_start and/or range_end is not a season end -- here when range_start is a month range_end_number = get_month_number (range_end); -- get end month number if range_start_number < range_end_number and -- range_start is a month; does range_start precede range_end? is_valid_month_range_style (range_start, range_end) then -- do months have the same style? return true; -- proper order and same style end return false; -- range_start month number is greater than or equal to range end number; or range end isn't a month end --[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ D A T E >------------------------------------------------ This function receives a table of date parts for one or two dates and an empty table reference declared in Module:Citation/CS1. The function is called only for |date= parameters and only if the |date=<value> is determined to be a valid date format. The question of what to do with invalid date formats is not answered here. The date parts in the input table are converted to an ISO 8601 conforming date string: single whole dates: yyyy-mm-dd month and year dates: yyyy-mm year dates: yyyy ranges: yyyy-mm-dd/yyyy-mm-dd yyyy-mm/yyyy-mm yyyy/yyyy Dates in the Julian calendar are reduced to year or year/year so that we don't have to do calendar conversion from Julian to Proleptic Gregorian. The input table has: year, year2 – always present; if before 1582, ignore months and days if present month, month2 – 0 if not provided, 1-12 for months, 21-24 for seasons; 99 Christmas day, day2 – 0 if not provided, 1-31 for days the output table receives: rftdate: an ISO 8601 formatted date rftchron: a free-form version of the date, usually without year which is in rftdate (season ranges and proper-name dates) rftssn: one of four season keywords: winter, spring, summer, fall (lowercase) rftquarter: one of four values: 1, 2, 3, 4 ]] local function make_COinS_date (input, tCOinS_date) local date; -- one date or first date in a range local date2 = ''; -- end of range date input.year = tonumber (input.year) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (input.year); -- language-aware tonumber() input.year2 = tonumber (input.year2) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (input.year2); -- COinS dates are pseudo-ISO 8601 so convert to Arabic numerals if ((1582 == input.year) and (10 > tonumber(input.month))) or (1582 > input.year) then -- if a Julian calendar date tCOinS_date.rftdate = tostring (input.year); -- &rft.date gets year only return; -- done end -- here for all forms of Gregorian dates if 20 < tonumber (input.month) then -- if season, quarter, or proper-name date date = input.year; -- &rft.date gets year only if 0 ~= input.year2 and input.year ~= input.year2 then -- if a range, only the second year portion when not the same as range start year date = string.format ('%.4d/%.4d', input.year, input.year2) -- assemble the date range end local season = {[24] = 'winter', [21] = 'spring', [22] = 'summer', [23] = 'fall', [33] = '1', [34] = '2', [35] = '3', [36] = '4', [98] = 'Easter', [99] = 'Christmas'}; -- seasons lowercase, no autumn; proper-names use title case if 0 == input.month2 then -- single season, quarter, or proper-name date if 40 < tonumber(input.month) then tCOinS_date.rftchron = season[input.month]; -- proper-name date; used in journal metadata only elseif 30 < tonumber(input.month) then tCOinS_date.rftquarter = season[input.month]; -- quarter date; used in journal metadata only else tCOinS_date.rftssn = season[input.month]; -- season date; used in journal metadata only end else -- season ranges are lumped into &rft.chron; &rft.ssn and &rft.quarter are left blank if input.year ~= input.year2 then -- season year – season year range or season year–year if 0 ~= input.month2 then tCOinS_date.rftchron = string.format ('%s %s – %s %s', season[input.month], input.year, season[input.month2], input.year2); -- used in journal metadata only end else -- season–season year range tCOinS_date.rftchron = season[input.month] .. '–' .. season[input.month2]; -- season–season year range; used in journal metadata only end end tCOinS_date.rftdate = tostring (date); return; -- done end -- here for gregorian calendar dates if 0 ~= input.day then date = string.format ('%s-%.2d-%.2d', input.year, tonumber(input.month), tonumber(input.day)); -- whole date elseif 0 ~= input.month then date = string.format ('%s-%.2d', input.year, tonumber(input.month)); -- year and month else date = string.format ('%s', input.year); -- just year end if 0 ~= input.year2 then if 0 ~= input.day2 then date2 = string.format ('/%s-%.2d-%.2d', input.year2, tonumber(input.month2), tonumber(input.day2)); -- whole date elseif 0 ~= input.month2 then date2 = string.format ('/%s-%.2d', input.year2, tonumber(input.month2)); -- year and month else date2 = string.format ('/%s', input.year2); -- just year end end tCOinS_date.rftdate = date .. date2; -- date2 has the '/' separator return; end --[[--------------------------< P A T T E R N S _ T >---------------------------------------------------------- this is the list of patterns for date formats that this module recognizes. Approximately the first half of these patterns represent formats that might be reformatted into another format. Those that might be reformatted have 'indicator' letters that identify the content of the matching capture: 'd' (day), 'm' (month), 'a' (anchor year), 'y' (year); second day, month, year have a '2' suffix. These patterns are used for both date validation and for reformatting. This table should not be moved to ~/Configuration because changes to this table require changes to check_date() and to reformatter() and reformat_date() ]] local patterns_t = { -- year-initial numerical year-month-day ['ymd'] = {'^([1-9]%d%d%d)%-(%d%d)%-(%d%d)$', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- month-initial: month day, year ['Mdy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'm', 'd', 'a', 'y'}, -- month-initial day range: month day–day, year; days are separated by endash ['Md-dy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?)[%-–]([1-9]%d?), +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'm', 'd', 'd2', 'a', 'y'}, -- day-initial: day month year ['dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'd', 'm', 'a', 'y'}, -- year-initial: year month day; day: 1 or 2 two digits, leading zero allowed; not supported at en.wiki -- ['yMd'] = {'^(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?) +(%D-) +(%d%d?)$', 'a', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- day-range-initial: day–day month year; days are separated by endash ['d-dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?)[%-–]([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'd', 'd2', 'm', 'a', 'y'}, -- day initial month-day-range: day month - day month year; uses spaced endash ['dM-dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +[%-–] +([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'd', 'm', 'd2', 'm2', 'a', 'y'}, -- month initial month-day-range: month day – month day, year; uses spaced endash ['Md-Mdy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?) +[%-–] +(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$','m', 'd', 'm2', 'd2', 'a', 'y'}, -- day initial month-day-year-range: day month year - day month year; uses spaced endash ['dMy-dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +([1-9]%d%d%d?) +[%-–] +([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'd', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'a', 'y2'}, -- month initial month-day-year-range: month day, year – month day, year; uses spaced endash ['Mdy-Mdy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +([1-9]%d%d%d?) +[%-–] +(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'm', 'd', 'y', 'm2', 'd2', 'a', 'y2'}, -- these date formats cannot be converted, per se, but month name can be rendered short or long -- month/season year - month/season year; separated by spaced endash ['My-My'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d%d%d?) +[%-–] +(%D-) +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'm', 'y', 'm2', 'a', 'y2'}, -- month/season range year; months separated by endash ['M-My'] = {'^(%D-)[%-–](%D-) +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'm', 'm2', 'a', 'y'}, -- month/season year or proper-name year; quarter year when First Quarter YYYY etc. ['My'] = {'^([^%d–]-) +(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'm', 'a', 'y'}, -- this way because endash is a member of %D; %D- will match January–March 2019 when it shouldn't -- these date formats cannot be converted ['Sy4-y2'] = {'^(%D-) +(([1-9]%d)%d%d)[%-–]((%d%d)%a?)$'}, -- special case Winter/Summer year-year (YYYY-YY); year separated with unspaced endash ['Sy-y'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d%d%d?)[%-–](([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$'}, -- special case Winter/Summer year-year; year separated with unspaced endash ['y-y'] = {'^([1-9]%d%d%d?)[%-–](([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$'}, -- year range: YYY-YYY or YYY-YYYY or YYYY–YYYY; separated by unspaced endash; 100-9999 ['y4-y2'] = {'^(([1-9]%d)%d%d)[%-–]((%d%d)%a?)$'}, -- year range: YYYY–YY; separated by unspaced endash ['y'] = {'^(([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)$'}, -- year; here accept either YYY or YYYY } --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ E M B A R G O _ D A T E >------------------------------------ returns true and date value if that value has proper dmy, mdy, ymd format. returns false and 9999 (embargoed forever) when date value is not proper format; assumes that when |pmc-embargo-date= is set, the editor intended to embargo a PMC but |pmc-embargo-date= does not hold a single date. ]] local function is_valid_embargo_date (v) if v:match (patterns_t['ymd'][1]) or -- ymd v:match (patterns_t['Mdy'][1]) or -- dmy v:match (patterns_t['dMy'][1]) then -- mdy return true, v; end return false, '9999'; -- if here not good date so return false and set embargo date to long time in future end --[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ D A T E >---------------------------------------------------------- Check date format to see that it is one of the formats approved by WP:DATESNO or WP:DATERANGE. Exception: only allowed range separator is endash. Additionally, check the date to see that it is a real date: no 31 in 30-day months; no 29 February when not a leap year. Months, both long-form and three character abbreviations, and seasons must be spelled correctly. Future years beyond next year are not allowed. If the date fails the format tests, this function returns false and does not return values for anchor_year and COinS_date. When this happens, the date parameter is (DEBUG: not?) used in the COinS metadata and the CITEREF identifier gets its year from the year parameter if present otherwise CITEREF does not get a date value. Inputs: date_string - date string from date-holding parameters (date, year, publication-date, access-date, pmc-embargo-date, archive-date, lay-date) Returns: false if date string is not a real date; else true, anchor_year, COinS_date anchor_year can be used in CITEREF anchors COinS_date is ISO 8601 format date; see make_COInS_date() ]] local function check_date (date_string, param, tCOinS_date) local year; -- assume that year2, months, and days are not used; local year2 = 0; -- second year in a year range local month = 0; local month2 = 0; -- second month in a month range local day = 0; local day2 = 0; -- second day in a day range local anchor_year; local coins_date; if date_string:match (patterns_t['ymd'][1]) then -- year-initial numerical year month day format year, month, day = date_string:match (patterns_t['ymd'][1]); if 12 < tonumber(month) or 1 > tonumber(month) or 1582 > tonumber(year) or 0 == tonumber(day) then return false; end -- month or day number not valid or not Gregorian calendar anchor_year = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Mdy'][1]) then -- month-initial: month day, year month, day, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Mdy'][1]); month = get_month_number (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Md-dy'][1]) then -- month-initial day range: month day–day, year; days are separated by endash month, day, day2, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Md-dy'][1]); if tonumber(day) >= tonumber(day2) then return false; end -- date range order is left to right: earlier to later; dates may not be the same; month = get_month_number (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months month2=month; -- for metadata year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['dMy'][1]) then -- day-initial: day month year day, month, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['dMy'][1]); month = get_month_number (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months --[[ NOT supported at en.wiki elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['yMd'][1]) then -- year-initial: year month day; day: 1 or 2 two digits, leading zero allowed anchor_year, year, month, day = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['yMd'][1]); month = get_month_number (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months -- end NOT supported at en.wiki ]] elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['d-dMy'][1]) then -- day-range-initial: day–day month year; days are separated by endash day, day2, month, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['d-dMy'][1]); if tonumber(day) >= tonumber(day2) then return false; end -- date range order is left to right: earlier to later; dates may not be the same; month = get_month_number (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months month2 = month; -- for metadata year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['dM-dMy'][1]) then -- day initial month-day-range: day month - day month year; uses spaced endash day, month, day2, month2, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['dM-dMy'][1]); if (not is_valid_month_season_range(month, month2)) or not is_valid_year(year) then return false; end -- date range order is left to right: earlier to later; month = get_month_number (month); -- for metadata month2 = get_month_number (month2); year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Md-Mdy'][1]) then -- month initial month-day-range: month day – month day, year; uses spaced endash month, day, month2, day2, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Md-Mdy'][1]); if (not is_valid_month_season_range(month, month2, param)) or not is_valid_year(year) then return false; end month = get_month_number (month); -- for metadata month2 = get_month_number (month2); year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['dMy-dMy'][1]) then -- day initial month-day-year-range: day month year - day month year; uses spaced endash day, month, year, day2, month2, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['dMy-dMy'][1]); if tonumber(year2) <= tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later if not is_valid_year(year2) or not is_valid_month_range_style(month, month2) then return false; end -- year2 no more than one year in the future; months same style month = get_month_number (month); -- for metadata month2 = get_month_number (month2); if 0 == month or 0 == month2 then return false; end -- both must be valid elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Mdy-Mdy'][1]) then -- month initial month-day-year-range: month day, year – month day, year; uses spaced endash month, day, year, month2, day2, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Mdy-Mdy'][1]); if tonumber(year2) <= tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later if not is_valid_year(year2) or not is_valid_month_range_style(month, month2) then return false; end -- year2 no more than one year in the future; months same style month = get_month_number (month); -- for metadata month2 = get_month_number(month2); if 0 == month or 0 == month2 then return false; end -- both must be valid elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Sy4-y2'][1]) then -- special case Winter/Summer year-year (YYYY-YY); year separated with unspaced endash local century; month, year, century, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Sy4-y2'][1]); if 'Winter' ~= month and 'Summer' ~= month then return false end; -- 'month' can only be Winter or Summer anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor_year from both years year2 = century..year2; -- add the century to year2 for comparisons if 1 ~= tonumber(year2) - tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year month = get_season_number(month, param); elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Sy-y'][1]) then -- special case Winter/Summer year-year; year separated with unspaced endash month, year, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['Sy-y'][1]); month = get_season_number (month, param); -- <month> can only be winter or summer; also for metadata if (month ~= cfg.date_names['en'].season['Winter']) and (month ~= cfg.date_names['en'].season['Summer']) then return false; -- not Summer or Winter; abandon end anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor_year from both years if 1 ~= tonumber(year2) - tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['My-My'][1]) then -- month/season year - month/season year; separated by spaced endash month, year, month2, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['My-My'][1]); anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor_year from both years if tonumber(year) >= tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- left to right, earlier to later, not the same if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year if 0 ~= get_month_number(month) and 0 ~= get_month_number(month2) and is_valid_month_range_style(month, month2) then -- both must be month year, same month style month = get_month_number(month); month2 = get_month_number(month2); elseif 0 ~= get_season_number(month, param) and 0 ~= get_season_number(month2, param) then -- both must be season year, not mixed month = get_season_number(month, param); month2 = get_season_number(month2, param); else return false; end elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['M-My'][1]) then -- month/season range year; months separated by endash month, month2, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['M-My'][1]); if (not is_valid_month_season_range(month, month2, param)) or (not is_valid_year(year)) then return false; end if 0 ~= get_month_number(month) then -- determined to be a valid range so just check this one to know if month or season month = get_month_number(month); month2 = get_month_number(month2); if 0 == month or 0 == month2 then return false; end else month = get_season_number(month, param); month2 = get_season_number(month2, param); end year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['My'][1]) then -- month/season/quarter/proper-name year month, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['My'][1]); if not is_valid_year(year) then return false; end month = get_element_number(month, param); -- get month season quarter proper-name number or nil if not month then return false; end -- not valid whatever it is elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['y-y'][1]) then -- Year range: YYY-YYY or YYY-YYYY or YYYY–YYYY; separated by unspaced endash; 100-9999 year, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['y-y'][1]); anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor year from both years if tonumber(year) >= tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- left to right, earlier to later, not the same if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['y4-y2'][1]) then -- Year range: YYYY–YY; separated by unspaced endash local century; year, century, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['y4-y2'][1]); anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor year from both years if 13 > tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- don't allow 2003-05 which might be May 2003 year2 = century .. year2; -- add the century to year2 for comparisons if tonumber(year) >= tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- left to right, earlier to later, not the same if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year if in_array (param, {'date', 'publication-date', 'year'}) then -- here when 'valid' abbreviated year range; if one of these parameters add_prop_cat ('year-range-abbreviated'); -- add properties cat end elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['y'][1]) then -- year; here accept either YYY or YYYY anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns_t['y'][1]); if false == is_valid_year(year) then return false; end else return false; -- date format not one of the MOS:DATE approved formats end if param ~= 'date' then -- CITEREF disambiguation only allowed in |date=; |year= & |publication-date= promote to date if anchor_year:match ('%l$') then return false; end end if 'access-date' == param then -- test access-date here because we have numerical date parts if 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and -- all parts of a single date required 0 == year2 and 0 == month2 and 0 == day2 then -- none of these; access-date must not be a range if not is_valid_accessdate(year .. '-' .. month .. '-' .. day) then return false; -- return false when access-date out of bounds end else return false; -- return false when access-date is a range of two dates end end if 'archive-date' == param then -- test archive-date here because we have numerical date parts if not (0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and -- all parts of a single date required 0 == year2 and 0 == month2 and 0 == day2) then -- none of these; archive-date must not be a range return false; -- return false when archive-date is a range of two dates end end local result=true; -- check whole dates for validity; assume true because not all dates will go through this test if 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 == year2 and 0 == month2 and 0 == day2 then -- YMD (simple whole date) result = is_valid_date (year, month, day, param); -- <param> for |pmc-embargo-date= elseif 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 == year2 and 0 == month2 and 0 ~= day2 then -- YMD-d (day range) result = is_valid_date (year, month, day); result = result and is_valid_date (year, month, day2); elseif 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 == year2 and 0 ~= month2 and 0 ~= day2 then -- YMD-md (day month range) result = is_valid_date (year, month, day); result = result and is_valid_date (year, month2, day2); elseif 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 ~= year2 and 0 ~= month2 and 0 ~= day2 then -- YMD-ymd (day month year range) result = is_valid_date(year, month, day); result = result and is_valid_date(year2, month2, day2); end if false == result then return false; end if nil ~= tCOinS_date then -- this table only passed into this function when testing |date= parameter values make_COinS_date ({year = year, month = month, day = day, year2 = year2, month2 = month2, day2 = day2}, tCOinS_date); -- make an ISO 8601 date string for COinS end return true, anchor_year; -- format is good and date string represents a real date end --[[--------------------------< D A T E S >-------------------------------------------------------------------- Cycle the date-holding parameters in passed table date_parameters_list through check_date() to check compliance with MOS:DATE. For all valid dates, check_date() returns true. The |date= parameter test is unique, it is the only date holding parameter from which values for anchor_year (used in CITEREF identifiers) and COinS_date (used in the COinS metadata) are derived. The |date= parameter is the only date-holding parameter that is allowed to contain the no-date keywords "n.d." or "nd" (without quotes). Unlike most error messages created in this module, only one error message is created by this function. Because all of the date holding parameters are processed serially, parameters with errors are added to the <error_list> sequence table as the dates are tested. ]] local function dates(date_parameters_list, tCOinS_date, error_list) local anchor_year; -- will return as nil if the date being tested is not |date= local COinS_date; -- will return as nil if the date being tested is not |date= local embargo_date; -- if embargo date is a good dmy, mdy, ymd date then holds original value else reset to 9999 local good_date = false; for k, v in pairs(date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list if is_set(v.val) then -- if the parameter has a value v.val = mw.ustring.gsub(v.val, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9 if v.val:match("^c%. [1-9]%d%d%d?%a?$") then -- special case for c. year or with or without CITEREF disambiguator - only |date= and |year= local year = v.val:match("c%. ([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?"); -- get the year portion so it can be tested if 'date' == k then anchor_year, COinS_date = v.val:match("((c%. [1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)"); -- anchor year and COinS_date only from |date= parameter good_date = is_valid_year(year); elseif 'year' == k then good_date = is_valid_year(year); else good_date = false; end elseif 'date' == k then -- if the parameter is |date= if v.val:match("^n%.d%.%a?$") then -- ToDo: I18N -- if |date=n.d. with or without a CITEREF disambiguator good_date, anchor_year, COinS_date = true, v.val:match("((n%.d%.)%a?)"); -- ToDo: I18N -- "n.d."; no error when date parameter is set to no date elseif v.val:match("^nd%a?$") then -- ToDo: I18N -- if |date=nd with or without a CITEREF disambiguator good_date, anchor_year, COinS_date = true, v.val:match("((nd)%a?)"); -- ToDo: I18N -- "nd"; no error when date parameter is set to no date else good_date, anchor_year, COinS_date = check_date (v.val, k, tCOinS_date); -- go test the date end elseif 'year' == k then -- if the parameter is |year= it should hold only a year value if v.val:match("^[1-9]%d%d%d?%a?$") then -- if |year = 3 or 4 digits only with or without a CITEREF disambiguator good_date, anchor_year, COinS_date = true, v.val:match("((%d+)%a?)"); else good_date = false; end elseif 'pmc-embargo-date' == k then -- if the parameter is |pmc-embargo-date= good_date = check_date (v.val, k); -- go test the date if true == good_date then -- if the date is a valid date good_date, embargo_date = is_valid_embargo_date (v.val); -- is |pmc-embargo-date= date a single dmy, mdy, or ymd formatted date? yes: returns embargo date; no: returns 9999 end else -- any other date-holding parameter good_date = check_date (v.val, k); -- go test the date end if false == good_date then -- assemble one error message so we don't add the tracking category multiple times table.insert (error_list, wrap_style ('parameter', v.name)); -- make parameter name suitable for error message list end end end return anchor_year, embargo_date; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< Y E A R _ C H E C K >---------------------------------------------------------- Temporary function to test |year= for acceptable values: YYY, YYYY, year-only ranges, their circa forms, with or without CITEREF disambiguators. When |year= holds some form of date that is not one of these year-only dates, emit a maintenance message. This function necessary because many non-cs1|2 templates have a |year= parameter so cirrus searches are more-or- less useless ]] local function year_check (year) year = year:gsub ('c%. *', ''); -- remove circa annotation (if present) before testing <year> for _, index in ipairs ({'y-y', 'y4-y2', 'y'}) do -- spin through these indexes into patterns_t if mw.ustring.match (year, patterns_t[index][1]) then return; -- if a match then |year= holds a valid 'year' end end set_message ('maint_year'); -- if here, |year= value is not an accepted value; add a maint cat end --[[--------------------------< Y E A R _ D A T E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------------ Compare the value provided in |year= with the year value(s) provided in |date=. This function sets a local numeric value: 0 - year value does not match the year value in date 1 - (default) year value matches the year value in date or one of the year values when date contains two years 2 - year value matches the year value in date when date is in the form YYYY-MM-DD and year is disambiguated (|year=YYYYx) the numeric value in <result> determines the 'output' if any from this function: 0 – adds error message to error_list sequence table 1 – adds maint cat 2 – does nothing ]] local function year_date_check (year_string, year_origin, date_string, date_origin, error_list) local year; local date1; local date2; local result = 1; -- result of the test; assume that the test passes year = year_string:match ('(%d%d%d%d?)'); if date_string:match ('%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d') then --special case where both date and year are required YYYY-MM-DD and YYYYx date1 = date_string:match ('(%d%d%d%d)'); year = year_string:match ('(%d%d%d%d)'); if year ~= date1 then result = 0; -- years don't match elseif year_string:match ('%d%d%d%d%a') then result = 2; -- years match; but because disambiguated, don't add to maint cat end elseif date_string:match ("%d%d%d%d?.-%d%d%d%d?") then -- any of the standard range formats of date with two three- or four-digit years date1, date2 = date_string:match ("(%d%d%d%d?).-(%d%d%d%d?)"); if year ~= date1 and year ~= date2 then result = 0; end elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, "%d%d%d%d[%-–]%d%d") then -- YYYY-YY date ranges local century; date1, century, date2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, "((%d%d)%d%d)[%-–]+(%d%d)"); date2 = century..date2; -- convert YY to YYYY if year ~= date1 and year ~= date2 then result = 0; end elseif date_string:match ("%d%d%d%d?") then -- any of the standard formats of date with one year date1 = date_string:match ("(%d%d%d%d?)"); if year ~= date1 then result = 0; end else -- should never get here; this function called only when no other date errors result = 0; -- no recognizable year in date end if 0 == result then -- year / date mismatch table.insert (error_list, substitute (cfg.messages['mismatch'], {year_origin, date_origin})); -- add error message to error_list sequence table elseif 1 == result then -- redundant year / date set_message ('maint_date_year'); -- add a maint cat end end --[[--------------------------< R E F O R M A T T E R >-------------------------------------------------------- reformat 'date' into new format specified by format_param if pattern_idx (the current format of 'date') can be reformatted. Does the grunt work for reformat_dates(). The table re_formats maps pattern_idx (current format) and format_param (desired format) to a table that holds: format string used by string.format() identifier letters ('d', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'y2') that serve as indexes into a table t{} that holds captures from mw.ustring.match() for the various date parts specified by patterns_t[pattern_idx][1] Items in patterns_t{} have the general form: ['ymd'] = {'^(%d%d%d%d)%-(%d%d)%-(%d%d)$', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, where: ['ymd'] is pattern_idx patterns_t['ymd'][1] is the match pattern with captures for mw.ustring.match() patterns_t['ymd'][2] is an indicator letter identifying the content of the first capture patterns_t['ymd'][3] ... the second capture etc. when a pattern matches a date, the captures are loaded into table t{} in capture order using the idemtifier characters as indexes into t{} For the above, a ymd date is in t{} as: t.y = first capture (year), t.m = second capture (month), t.d = third capture (day) To reformat, this function is called with the pattern_idx that matches the current format of the date and with format_param set to the desired format. This function loads table t{} as described and then calls string.format() with the format string specified by re_format[pattern_idx][format_param][1] using values taken from t{} according to the capture identifier letters specified by patterns_t[pattern_idx][format_param][n] where n is 2.. ]] local re_formats = { ['ymd'] = { -- date format is ymd; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy -- ['yMd'] = {'%s %s %s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=yMd; not supported at en.wiki }, ['Mdy'] = { -- date format is Mdy; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy ['ymd'] = {'%s-%s-%s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=ymd -- ['yMd'] = {'%s %s %s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=yMd; not supported at en.wiki }, ['dMy'] = { -- date format is dMy; reformat to: ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy ['ymd'] = {'%s-%s-%s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=ymd -- ['yMd'] = {'%s %s %s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=yMd; not supported at en.wiki }, ['Md-dy'] = { -- date format is Md-dy; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s–%s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'd2', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['dmy'] = {'%s–%s %s %s', 'd', 'd2', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy -> d-dMy }, ['d-dMy'] = { -- date format is d-d>y; reformat to: ['dmy'] = {'%s–%s %s %s', 'd', 'd2', 'm', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['mdy'] = {'%s %s–%s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'd2', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy -> Md-dy }, ['dM-dMy'] = { -- date format is dM-dMy; reformat to: ['dmy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'd2', 'm2', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['mdy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'm2', 'd2', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy -> Md-Mdy }, ['Md-Mdy'] = { -- date format is Md-Mdy; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'm2', 'd2', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['dmy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'd2', 'm2', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy -> dM-dMy }, ['dMy-dMy'] = { -- date format is dMy-dMy; reformat to: ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'y2'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y', 'm2', 'd2', 'y2'}, -- |df=mdy -> Mdy-Mdy }, ['Mdy-Mdy'] = { -- date format is Mdy-Mdy; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y', 'm2', 'd2', 'y2'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'y2'}, -- |df=dmy -> dMy-dMy }, ['My-My'] = { -- these for long/short reformatting ['any'] = {'%s %s – %s %s', 'm', 'y', 'm2', 'y2'}, -- dmy/mdy agnostic }, ['M-My'] = { -- these for long/short reformatting ['any'] = {'%s–%s %s', 'm', 'm2', 'y'}, -- dmy/mdy agnostic }, ['My'] = { -- these for long/short reformatting ['any'] = {'%s %s', 'm', 'y'}, -- dmy/mdy agnostic }, -- ['yMd'] = { -- not supported at en.wiki -- ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy -- ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy -- ['ymd'] = {'%s-%s-%s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=ymd -- }, } local function reformatter (date, pattern_idx, format_param, mon_len) if not in_array (pattern_idx, {'ymd', 'Mdy', 'Md-dy', 'dMy', 'yMd', 'd-dMy', 'dM-dMy', 'Md-Mdy', 'dMy-dMy', 'Mdy-Mdy', 'My-My', 'M-My', 'My'}) then return; -- not in this set of date format patterns_t then not a reformattable date end if 'ymd' == format_param and in_array (pattern_idx, {'ymd', 'Md-dy', 'd-dMy', 'dM-dMy', 'Md-Mdy', 'dMy-dMy', 'Mdy-Mdy', 'My-My', 'M-My', 'My'}) then return; -- ymd date ranges not supported at en.wiki; no point in reformatting ymd to ymd end if in_array (pattern_idx, {'My', 'M-My', 'My-My'}) then -- these are not dmy/mdy so can't be 'reformatted' into either format_param = 'any'; -- so format-agnostic end -- yMd is not supported at en.wiki; when yMd is supported at your wiki, uncomment the next line -- if 'yMd' == format_param and in_array (pattern_idx, {'yMd', 'Md-dy', 'd-dMy', 'dM-dMy', 'Md-Mdy', 'dMy-dMy', 'Mdy-Mdy'}) then -- these formats not convertable; yMd not supported at en.wiki if 'yMd' == format_param then -- yMd not supported at en.wiki; when yMd is supported at your wiki, remove or comment-out this line return; -- not a reformattable date end local c1, c2, c3, c4, c5, c6, c7; -- these hold the captures specified in patterns_t[pattern_idx][1] c1, c2, c3, c4, c5, c6, c7 = mw.ustring.match (date, patterns_t[pattern_idx][1]); -- get the captures local t = { -- table that holds k/v pairs of date parts from the captures and patterns_t[pattern_idx][2..] [patterns_t[pattern_idx][2]] = c1; -- at minimum there is always one capture with a matching indicator letter [patterns_t[pattern_idx][3] or 'x'] = c2; -- patterns_t can have a variable number of captures; each capture requires an indicator letter; [patterns_t[pattern_idx][4] or 'x'] = c3; -- where there is no capture, there is no indicator letter so n in patterns_t[pattern_idx][n] will be nil; [patterns_t[pattern_idx][5] or 'x'] = c4; -- the 'x' here spoofs an indicator letter to prevent 'table index is nil' error [patterns_t[pattern_idx][6] or 'x'] = c5; [patterns_t[pattern_idx][7] or 'x'] = c6; [patterns_t[pattern_idx][8] or 'x'] = c7; }; if t.a then -- if this date has an anchor year capture (all convertable date formats except ymd) if t.y2 then -- for year range date formats t.y2 = t.a; -- use the anchor year capture when reassembling the date else -- here for single date formats (except ymd) t.y = t.a; -- use the anchor year capture when reassembling the date end end if tonumber(t.m) then -- if raw month is a number (converting from ymd) if 's' == mon_len then -- if we are to use abbreviated month names t.m = cfg.date_names['inv_local_short'][tonumber(t.m)]; -- convert it to a month name else t.m = cfg.date_names['inv_local_long'][tonumber(t.m)]; -- convert it to a month name end t.d = t.d:gsub ('0(%d)', '%1'); -- strip leading '0' from day if present elseif 'ymd' == format_param then -- when converting to ymd t.y = t.y:gsub ('%a', ''); -- strip CITREF disambiguator if present; anchor year already known so process can proceed; TODO: maint message? if 1582 > tonumber (t.y) then -- ymd format dates not allowed before 1582 return; end t.m = string.format ('%02d', get_month_number (t.m)); -- make sure that month and day are two digits t.d = string.format ('%02d', t.d); elseif mon_len then -- if mon_len is set to either 'short' or 'long' for _, mon in ipairs ({'m', 'm2'}) do -- because there can be two month names, check both if t[mon] then t[mon] = get_month_number (t[mon]); -- get the month number for this month (is length agnostic) if 0 == t[mon] then return; end -- seasons and named dates can't be converted t[mon] = (('s' == mon_len) and cfg.date_names['inv_local_short'][t[mon]]) or cfg.date_names['inv_local_long'][t[mon]]; -- fetch month name according to length end end end local new_date = string.format (re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][1], -- format string t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][2]], -- named captures from t{} t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][3]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][4]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][5]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][6]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][7]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][8]] ); return new_date; end --[[-------------------------< R E F O R M A T _ D A T E S >-------------------------------------------------- Reformats existing dates into the format specified by format. format is one of several manual keywords: dmy, dmy-all, mdy, mdy-all, ymd, ymd-all. The -all version includes access- and archive-dates; otherwise these dates are not reformatted. This function allows automatic date formatting. In ~/Configuration, the article source is searched for one of the {{use xxx dates}} templates. If found, xxx becomes the global date format as xxx-all. If |cs1-dates= in {{use xxx dates}} has legitimate value then that value determines how cs1|2 dates will be rendered. Legitimate values for |cs1-dates= are: l - all dates are rendered with long month names ls - publication dates use long month names; access-/archive-dates use abbreviated month names ly - publication dates use long month names; access-/archive-dates rendered in ymd format s - all dates are rendered with abbreviated (short) month names sy - publication dates use abbreviated month names; access-/archive-dates rendered in ymd format y - all dates are rendered in ymd format the format argument for automatic date formatting will be the format specified by {{use xxx dates}} with the value supplied by |cs1-dates so one of: xxx-l, xxx-ls, xxx-ly, xxx-s, xxx-sy, xxx-y, or simply xxx (|cs1-dates= empty, omitted, or invalid) where xxx shall be either of dmy or mdy. dates are extracted from date_parameters_list, reformatted (if appropriate), and then written back into the list in the new format. Dates in date_parameters_list are presumed here to be valid (no errors). This function returns true when a date has been reformatted, false else. Actual reformatting is done by reformatter(). ]] local function reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, format) local all = false; -- set to false to skip access- and archive-dates local len_p = 'l'; -- default publication date length shall be long local len_a = 'l'; -- default access-/archive-date length shall be long local result = false; local new_date; if format:match('%a+%-all') then -- manual df keyword; auto df keyword when length not specified in {{use xxx dates}}; format = format:match('(%a+)%-all'); -- extract the format all = true; -- all dates are long format dates because this keyword doesn't specify length elseif format:match('%a+%-[lsy][sy]?') then -- auto df keywords; internal only all = true; -- auto df applies to all dates; use length specified by capture len_p for all dates format, len_p, len_a = format:match('(%a+)%-([lsy])([sy]?)'); -- extract the format and length keywords if 'y' == len_p then -- because allowed by MOS:DATEUNIFY (sort of) range dates and My dates not reformatted format = 'ymd'; -- override {{use xxx dates}} elseif (not is_set(len_a)) or (len_p == len_a) then -- no access-/archive-date length specified or same length as publication dates then len_a = len_p; -- in case len_a not set end end -- else only publication dates and they are long for param_name, param_val in pairs (date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list if is_set (param_val.val) then -- if the parameter has a value if not (not all and in_array (param_name, {'access-date', 'archive-date'})) then -- skip access- or archive-date unless format is xxx-all; yeah, ugly; TODO: find a better way for pattern_idx, pattern in pairs (patterns_t) do if mw.ustring.match (param_val.val, pattern[1]) then if all and in_array (param_name, {'access-date', 'archive-date'}) then -- if this date is an access- or archive-date new_date = reformatter (param_val.val, pattern_idx, (('y' == len_a) and 'ymd') or format, len_a); -- choose ymd or dmy/mdy according to len_a setting else -- all other dates new_date = reformatter (param_val.val, pattern_idx, format, len_p); end if new_date then -- set when date was reformatted date_parameters_list[param_name].val = new_date; -- update date in date list result = true; -- and announce that changes have been made break; end end -- if end -- for end -- if end -- if end -- for return result; -- declare boolean result and done end --[[--------------------------< D A T E _ H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >---------------------------------------- Loops through the list of date-holding parameters and converts any hyphen to an ndash. Not called if the cs1|2 template has any date errors. Modifies the date_parameters_list and returns true if hyphens are replaced, else returns false. ]] local function date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) local result = false; local n; for param_name, param_val in pairs(date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list if is_set (param_val.val) and not mw.ustring.match (param_val.val, patterns_t.ymd[1]) then -- for those that are not ymd dates (ustring because here digits may not be Western) param_val.val, n = param_val.val:gsub ('%-', '–'); -- replace any hyphen with ndash if 0 ~= n then date_parameters_list[param_name].val = param_val.val; -- update the list result = true; end end end return result; -- so we know if any hyphens were replaced end --[[-------------------------< D A T E _ N A M E _ X L A T E >------------------------------------------------ Attempts to translate English date names to local-language date names using names supplied by MediaWiki's date parser function. This is simple name-for-name replacement and may not work for all languages. if xlat_dig is true, this function will also translate Western (English) digits to the local language's digits. This will also translate ymd dates. ]] local function date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, xlt_dig) local xlate; local mode; -- long or short month names local modified = false; local date; local sources_t = { {cfg.date_names.en.long, cfg.date_names.inv_local_long}, -- for translating long English month names to long local month names {cfg.date_names.en.short, cfg.date_names.inv_local_short}, -- short month names {cfg.date_names.en.quarter, cfg.date_names.inv_local_quarter}, -- quarter date names {cfg.date_names.en.season, cfg.date_names.inv_local_season}, -- season date nam {cfg.date_names.en.named, cfg.date_names.inv_local_named}, -- named dates } local function is_xlateable (month) -- local function to get local date name that replaces existing English-language date name for _, date_names_t in ipairs (sources_t) do -- for each sequence table in date_names_t if date_names_t[1][month] then -- if date name is English month (long or short), quarter, season or named and if date_names_t[2][date_names_t[1][month]] then -- if there is a matching local date name return date_names_t[2][date_names_t[1][month]]; -- return the local date name end end end end for param_name, param_val in pairs(date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list if is_set(param_val.val) then -- if the parameter has a value date = param_val.val; for month in mw.ustring.gmatch (date, '[%a ]+') do -- iterate through all date names in the date (single date or date range) month = mw.text.trim (month); -- this because quarterly dates contain whitespace xlate = is_xlateable (month); -- get translate <month>; returns translation or nil if xlate then date = mw.ustring.gsub (date, month, xlate); -- replace the English with the translation date_parameters_list[param_name].val = date; -- save the translated date modified = true; end end if xlt_dig then -- shall we also translate digits? date = date:gsub ('%d', cfg.date_names.xlate_digits); -- translate digits from Western to 'local digits' date_parameters_list[param_name].val = date; -- save the translated date modified = true; end end end return modified; end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S E L E C T E D _ M O D U L E S >-------------------------------------- Sets local imported functions table to same (live or sandbox) as that used by the other modules. ]] local function set_selected_modules (cfg_table_ptr, utilities_page_ptr) add_prop_cat = utilities_page_ptr.add_prop_cat ; -- import functions from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities module is_set = utilities_page_ptr.is_set; in_array = utilities_page_ptr.in_array; set_message = utilities_page_ptr.set_message; substitute = utilities_page_ptr.substitute; wrap_style = utilities_page_ptr.wrap_style; cfg = cfg_table_ptr; -- import tables from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration end --[[--------------------------< A R C H I V E _ D A T E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------ Compare value in |archive-date= with the timestamp in Wayback machine urls. Emits an error message with suggested date from the |archive-url= timestamp in an appropriate format when the value in |archive-date= does not match the timestamp. this function never called when any date in a cs1|2 template has errors error message suggests new |archive-date= value in an appropriate format specified by <df>. <df> is either |df= or cfg.global_df in that order. If <df> is nil, suggested date has format from |archive-date=. There is a caveat: when |df=dmy or |df=mdy, the reformatter leaves |access-date= and |archive-date= formats as they are. The error message suggested date is passed to the formatter as YYYY-MM-DD so when |df=dmy or |df=mdy, the format is not changed. ]] local function archive_date_check (archive_date, archive_url_timestamp, df) local archive_date_format = 'dmy-y'; -- holds the date format of date in |archive-date; default to ymd; 'dmy' used here to spoof reformat_dates() for _, v_t in ipairs ({{'dMy', 'dmy-all'}, {'Mdy', 'mdy-all'}}) do -- is |archive-date= format dmy or mdy? if archive_date:match (patterns_t[v_t[1]][1]) then -- does the pattern match? archive_date_format = cfg.keywords_xlate[v_t[2]]; -- get appropriate |df= supported keyword from the i18n translator table break; end end local dates_t = {}; dates_t['archive-date'] = {val=archive_date, name=''}; -- setup to call reformat_dates(); never called when errors so <name> unset as not needed reformat_dates (dates_t, 'dmy-y'); -- reformat |archive-date= to ymd; 'dmy' used here to spoof reformat_dates() local archive_url_date = archive_url_timestamp:gsub ('(%d%d%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)%d*', '%1-%2-%3'); -- make ymd format date from timestamp if dates_t['archive-date'].val == archive_url_date then -- are the two dates the same return; -- yes, done else dates_t['archive-date'] = {val=archive_url_date, name=''}; -- setup to call reformat_dates() with the timestamp date reformat_dates (dates_t, df or archive_date_format); -- reformat timestamp to format specified by <df> or format used in |archive-date= archive_url_date = dates_t['archive-date'].val; set_message ('err_archive_date_url_ts_mismatch', archive_url_date); -- emit an error message end end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------ ]] return { -- return exported functions archive_date_check = archive_date_check, date_hyphen_to_dash = date_hyphen_to_dash, date_name_xlate = date_name_xlate, dates = dates, is_valid_date = is_valid_date, reformat_dates = reformat_dates, set_selected_modules = set_selected_modules, year_check = year_check, year_date_check = year_date_check, } 039z8dc7ugbbv8w4tsnejz5bfud8dgw 828 3780 266017 245460 2026-01-19T15:36:14Z en>Trappist the monk 0 fix doi accept-as-written but; 266017 Scribunto text/plain --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- ]] local has_accept_as_written, is_set, in_array, set_message, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities substitute, make_wikilink; local z; -- table of tables defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local cfg; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration --[[--------------------------< P A G E S C O P E V A R I A B L E S >-------------------------------------- declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; that are created here and used here ]] local auto_link_urls = {}; -- holds identifier URLs for those identifiers that can auto-link |title= --============================<< H E L P E R F U N C T I O N S >>============================================ --[[--------------------------< W I K I D A T A _ A R T I C L E _ N A M E _ G E T >---------------------------- as an aid to internationalizing identifier-label wikilinks, gets identifier article names from Wikidata. returns w:<lang code>:<article title> when <q> has an <article title> for <lang code>; nil else. 'w:<lang code>' ensures that sister project (like wiktionary) will link to the <lang code>.wikipedia article. for identifiers that do not have <q>, returns nil for wikis that do not have mw.wikibase installed, returns nil ]] local function wikidata_article_name_get (q) if not is_set (q) or (q and not mw.wikibase) then -- when no q number or when a q number but mw.wikibase not installed on this wiki return nil; -- abandon end local wd_article; local this_wiki_code = cfg.this_wiki_code; -- Wikipedia subdomain; 'en' for en.wikipedia.org wd_article = mw.wikibase.getSitelink (q, this_wiki_code .. 'wiki'); -- fetch article title from WD; nil when no title available at this wiki if wd_article then wd_article = table.concat ({'w:', this_wiki_code, ':', wd_article}); -- interwiki-style link without brackets if taken from WD; leading 'w:' required end return wd_article; -- article title from WD; nil else end --[[--------------------------< L A B E L _ L I N K _ M A K E >------------------------------------------------ common function to create a link for an identifier label from handler table or from Wikidata returns the first available of: 1. redirect from local wiki's handler table (if enabled) 2. Wikidata sitelink to the local language wikipedia article (if there is a Wikidata entry for this identifier in the local language) 3. link to wikipedia article specified in the local wiki's handler table ]] local function label_link_make (handler) local wd_article; if not (cfg.use_identifier_redirects and is_set (handler.redirect)) then -- redirect has priority so if enabled and available don't fetch from Wikidata because expensive wd_article = wikidata_article_name_get (handler.q); -- if Wikidata has an article title for this wiki, get it; end return (cfg.use_identifier_redirects and is_set (handler.redirect) and handler.redirect) or wd_article or handler.link; end --[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K _ I D >---------------------------------------------- Formats a wiki-style external link ]] local function external_link_id (options) local url_string = options.id; local ext_link; local this_wiki_code = cfg.this_wiki_code; -- Wikipedia subdomain; 'en' for en.wikipedia.org local wd_article; -- article title from Wikidata if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then url_string = mw.uri.encode (url_string, 'PATH'); end if options.auto_link and is_set (options.access) then auto_link_urls[options.auto_link] = table.concat ({options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix}); end ext_link = mw.ustring.format ('[%s%s%s %s]', options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or "", mw.text.nowiki (options.id)); if is_set (options.access) then ext_link = substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[options.access].class, cfg.presentation[options.access].title, ext_link}); -- add the free-to-read / paywall lock end return table.concat ({ make_wikilink (label_link_make (options), options.label), -- redirect, Wikidata link, or locally specified link (in that order) options.separator or '&nbsp;', ext_link }); end --[[--------------------------< I N T E R N A L _ L I N K _ I D >---------------------------------------------- Formats a wiki-style internal link TODO: Does not currently need to support options.access, options.encode, auto-linking and COinS (as in external_link_id), but may be needed in the future for :m:Interwiki_map custom-prefixes like :arxiv:, :bibcode:, :DOI:, :hdl:, :ISSN:, :JSTOR:, :Openlibrary:, :PMID:, :RFC:. ]] local function internal_link_id (options) local id = mw.ustring.gsub (options.id, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9 return table.concat ( { make_wikilink (label_link_make (options), options.label), -- wiki-link the identifier label options.separator or '&nbsp;', -- add the separator make_wikilink ( table.concat ( { options.prefix, id, -- translated to Western digits options.suffix or '' }), substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {'', mw.text.nowiki (options.id)}) -- bdi tags to prevent Latin script identifiers from being reversed at RTL language wikis ); -- nowiki because MediaWiki still has magic links for ISBN and the like; TODO: is it really required? }); end --[[--------------------------< I S _ E M B A R G O E D >------------------------------------------------------ Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |pmc-embargo-date= against today's date. If embargo date is in the future, returns the content of |pmc-embargo-date=; otherwise, returns an empty string because the embargo has expired or because |pmc-embargo-date= was not set in this cite. ]] local function is_embargoed (embargo) if is_set (embargo) then local lang = mw.getContentLanguage(); local good1, embargo_date, todays_date; good1, embargo_date = pcall (lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', embargo); todays_date = lang:formatDate ('U'); if good1 then -- if embargo date is a good date if tonumber (embargo_date) >= tonumber (todays_date) then -- is embargo date is in the future? return embargo; -- still embargoed else set_message ('maint_pmc_embargo'); -- embargo has expired; add main cat return ''; -- unset because embargo has expired end end end return ''; -- |pmc-embargo-date= not set return empty string end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ R X I V _ D A T E >------------------------------------------ for biorxiv, returns true if: 2019-12-11T00:00Z <= biorxiv_date < today + 2 days for medrxiv, returns true if: 2020-01-01T00:00Z <= medrxiv_date < today + 2 days The dated form of biorxiv identifier has a start date of 2019-12-11. The Unix timestamp for that date is {{#time:U|2019-12-11}} = 1576022400 The medrxiv identifier has a start date of 2020-01-01. The Unix timestamp for that date is {{#time:U|2020-01-01}} = 1577836800 <rxiv_date> is the date provided in those |biorxiv= parameter values that are dated and in |medrxiv= parameter values at time 00:00:00 UTC <today> is the current date at time 00:00:00 UTC plus 48 hours if today's date is 2023-01-01T00:00:00 then adding 24 hours gives 2023-01-02T00:00:00 – one second more than today adding 24 hours gives 2023-01-03T00:00:00 – one second more than tomorrow inputs: <y>, <m>, <d> – year, month, day parts of the date from the birxiv or medrxiv identifier <select> 'b' for biorxiv, 'm' for medrxiv; defaults to 'b' ]=] local function is_valid_rxiv_date (y, m, d, select) if 0 == tonumber (m) and 12 < tonumber (m) then -- <m> must be a number 1–12 return false; end if 0 == tonumber (d) and 31 < tonumber (d) then -- <d> must be a number 1–31; TODO: account for month length and leap yer? return false; end local rxiv_date = table.concat ({y, m, d}, '-'); -- make ymd date string local good1, good2; local rxiv_ts, tomorrow_ts; -- to hold Unix timestamps representing the dates local lang_object = mw.getContentLanguage(); good1, rxiv_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', rxiv_date); -- convert rxiv_date value to Unix timestamp good2, tomorrow_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', 'today + 2 days' ); -- today midnight + 2 days is one second more than all day tomorrow if good1 and good2 then -- lang.formatDate() returns a timestamp in the local script which tonumber() may not understand rxiv_ts = tonumber (rxiv_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (rxiv_ts); -- convert to numbers for the comparison; tomorrow_ts = tonumber (tomorrow_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (tomorrow_ts); else return false; -- one or both failed to convert to Unix timestamp end local limit_ts = ((select and ('m' == select)) and 1577836800) or 1576022400; -- choose the appropriate limit timesatmp return ((limit_ts <= rxiv_ts) and (rxiv_ts < tomorrow_ts)) -- limit_ts <= rxiv_date < tomorrow's date end --[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N >----------------------------------------------------- ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all ISBN/ISSN digits including the check digit. ISBN-13 is checked in isbn(). If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, ISBN/ISSN must be checked for length and stripped of dashes, spaces and other non-ISxN characters. ]] local function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len) local temp = 0; isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9' → 0x39, 'X' → 0x58 len = len + 1; -- adjust to be a loop counter for i, v in ipairs (isxn_str) do -- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum if v == string.byte ("X" ) then -- if checkdigit is X (compares the byte value of 'X' which is 0x58) temp = temp + 10 * (len - i); -- it represents 10 decimal else temp = temp + tonumber (string.char (v) )*(len-i); end end return temp % 11 == 0; -- returns true if calculation result is zero end --[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N _ 1 3 >----------------------------------------------- ISBN-13 and ISMN validator code calculates checksum across all 13 ISBN/ISMN digits including the check digit. If the number is valid, the result will be 0. Before calling this function, ISBN-13/ISMN must be checked for length and stripped of dashes, spaces and other non-ISxN-13 characters. ]] local function is_valid_isxn_13 (isxn_str) local temp=0; isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, 13) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9' → 0x39 for i, v in ipairs (isxn_str) do temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber (string.char (v) ); -- multiply odd index digits by 1, even index digits by 3 and sum; includes check digit end return temp % 10 == 0; -- sum modulo 10 is zero when ISBN-13/ISMN is correct end --[[--------------------------< N O R M A L I Z E _ L C C N >-------------------------------------------------- LCCN normalization (https://www.loc.gov/marc/lccn-namespace.html#normalization) 1. Remove all blanks. 2. If there is a forward slash (/) in the string, remove it, and remove all characters to the right of the forward slash. 3. If there is a hyphen in the string: a. Remove it. b. Inspect the substring following (to the right of) the (removed) hyphen. Then (and assuming that steps 1 and 2 have been carried out): 1. All these characters should be digits, and there should be six or less. (not done in this function) 2. If the length of the substring is less than 6, left-fill the substring with zeroes until the length is six. Returns a normalized LCCN for lccn() to validate. There is no error checking (step 3.b.1) performed in this function. ]] local function normalize_lccn (lccn) lccn = lccn:gsub ("%s", ""); -- 1. strip whitespace if nil ~= string.find (lccn, '/') then lccn = lccn:match ("(.-)/"); -- 2. remove forward slash and all character to the right of it end local prefix local suffix prefix, suffix = lccn:match ("(.+)%-(.+)"); -- 3.a remove hyphen by splitting the string into prefix and suffix if nil ~= suffix then -- if there was a hyphen suffix = string.rep("0", 6-string.len (suffix)) .. suffix; -- 3.b.2 left fill the suffix with 0s if suffix length less than 6 lccn = prefix..suffix; -- reassemble the LCCN end return lccn; end --============================<< I D E N T I F I E R F U N C T I O N S >>==================================== --[[--------------------------< A R X I V >-------------------------------------------------------------------- See: https://arxiv.org/help/arxiv_identifier format and error check arXiv identifier. There are three valid forms of the identifier: the first form, valid only between date codes 9107 and 0703, is: arXiv:<archive>.<class>/<date code><number><version> where: <archive> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation <class> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation; not the same as |class= parameter which is not supported in this form <date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01 first digit of YY for this form can only 9 and 0 <number> is a three-digit number <version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces (undocumented) the second form, valid from April 2007 through December 2014 is: arXiv:<date code>.<number><version> where: <date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01 <number> is a four-digit number <version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces the third form, valid from January 2015 is: arXiv:<date code>.<number><version> where: <date code> and <version> are as defined for 0704-1412 <number> is a five-digit number ]] local function arxiv (options) local id = options.id; local class = options.Class; -- TODO: lowercase? local handler = options.handler; local year, month, version; local err_msg = false; -- assume no error message local text; -- output text if id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 9107-0703 format with or without version year, month = id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/([90]%d)([01]%d)%d%d%d[v%d]*$"); year = tonumber (year); month = tonumber (month); if ((not (90 < year or 8 > year)) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- if invalid year or invalid month ((91 == year and 7 > month) or (7 == year and 3 < month)) then -- if years ok, are starting and ending months ok? err_msg = true; -- flag for error message end elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 0704-1412 with or without version year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$"); year = tonumber (year); month = tonumber (month); if ((7 > year) or (14 < year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years) ((7 == year) and (4 > month)) then -- when year is 07, is month invalid (before April)? err_msg = true; -- flag for error message end elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 1501- format with or without version year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$"); year = tonumber (year); month = tonumber (month); if ((15 > year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) then -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years) err_msg = true; -- flag for error message end else err_msg = true; -- not a recognized format; flag for error message end if err_msg then options.coins_list_t['ARXIV'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end local err_msg_t = {}; if err_msg then set_message ('err_bad_arxiv'); end text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access}); if is_set (class) then if id:match ('^%d+') then text = table.concat ({text, ' [[https://arxiv.org/archive/', class, ' ', class, ']]'}); -- external link within square brackets, not wikilink else set_message ('err_class_ignored'); end else -- class not set if id:match ('^%d+') and options.CitationClass == 'arxiv' then -- new (post 2007) format; {{cite arxiv}} only set_message ('maint_missing_class'); -- add maint cat end end return text; end --[[--------------------------< B I B C O D E >-------------------------------------------------------------------- Validates (sort of) and formats a bibcode ID. Format for bibcodes is specified here: https://adsabs.harvard.edu/abs_doc/help_pages/data.html#bibcodes But, this: 2015arXiv151206696F is apparently valid so apparently, the only things that really matter are length, 19 characters and first four digits must be a year. This function makes these tests: length must be 19 characters characters in position 1–4 must be digits and must represent a year in the range of 1000 – next year 5 must be a letter 6–8 must be letter, digit, ampersand, or dot (ampersand cannot directly precede a dot; &. ) 9–18 must be letter, digit, or dot 19 must be a letter or dot ]] local function bibcode (options) local id = options.id; local access = options.access; local handler = options.handler; local ignore_invalid = options.accept; local err_type; local err_msg = ''; local year; local text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access}); if 19 ~= id:len() then err_type = cfg.err_msg_supl.length; else year = id:match ("^(%d%d%d%d)[%a][%w&%.][%w&%.][%w&%.][%w.]+[%a%.]$"); if not year then -- if nil then no pattern match err_type = cfg.err_msg_supl.value; -- so value error else local next_year = tonumber (os.date ('%Y')) + 1; -- get the current year as a number and add one for next year year = tonumber (year); -- convert year portion of bibcode to a number if (1000 > year) or (year > next_year) then err_type = cfg.err_msg_supl.year; -- year out of bounds end if id:find('&%.') then err_type = cfg.err_msg_supl.journal; -- journal abbreviation must not have '&.' (if it does it's missing a letter) end if id:match ('.........%.tmp%.') then -- temporary bibcodes when positions 10–14 are '.tmp.' set_message ('maint_bibcode'); end end end if is_set (err_type) and not ignore_invalid then -- if there was an error detected and accept-as-written markup not used set_message ('err_bad_bibcode', {err_type}); options.coins_list_t['BIBCODE'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return text; end --[[--------------------------< B I O R X I V >----------------------------------------------------------------- Format bioRxiv ID and do simple error checking. Before 2019-12-11, biorXiv IDs were 10.1101/ followed by exactly 6 digits. After 2019-12-11, biorXiv IDs retained the six-digit identifier but prefixed that with a yyyy.mm.dd. date and suffixed with an optional version identifier. From December 2025 biorxiv added a new 'doi' prefix: 10.64898: 10.64898/2025.12.10.693067 The bioRxiv ID is the string of characters: https://doi.org/10.1101/078733 -> 10.1101/078733 or a date followed by a six-digit number followed by an optional version indicator 'v' and one or more digits: https://www.biorxiv.org/content/10.1101/2019.12.11.123456v2 -> 10.1101/2019.12.11.123456v2 see https://www.biorxiv.org/about-biorxiv ]] local function biorxiv (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local err_msg = true; -- flag; assume that there will be an error local patterns = { '^10%.1101/%d%d%d%d%d%d$', -- simple 6-digit identifier (before 2019-12-11) '^10%.1101/(20%d%d)%.(%d%d)%.(%d%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$', -- y.m.d. date + 6-digit identifier + version (after 2019-12-11) '^10%.1101/(20%d%d)%.(%d%d)%.(%d%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d%d$', -- y.m.d. date + 6-digit identifier (after 2019-12-11) '^10%.64898/(20%d%d)%.(%d%d)%.(%d%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$', -- y.m.d. date + 6-digit identifier + version (from December 2025) '^10%.64898/(20%d%d)%.(%d%d)%.(%d%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d%d$', -- y.m.d. date + 6-digit identifier (from December 2025) } for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through the patterns looking for a match if id:match (pattern) then local y, m, d = id:match (pattern); -- found a match, attempt to get year, month and date from the identifier if m then -- m is nil when id is the six-digit form if not is_valid_rxiv_date (y, m, d, 'b') then -- validate the encoded date; 'b' for biorxiv limit break; -- date fail; break out early so we don't unset the error message end end err_msg = nil; -- we found a match so unset the error message break; -- and done end end -- err_cat remains set here when no match if err_msg then options.coins_list_t['BIORXIV'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS set_message ('err_bad_biorxiv'); -- and set the error message end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access}); end --[[--------------------------< C I T E S E E R X >------------------------------------------------------------ CiteSeerX use their own notion of "doi" (not to be confused with the identifiers resolved via doi.org). The description of the structure of this identifier can be found at Help_talk:Citation_Style_1/Archive_26#CiteSeerX_id_structure ]] local function citeseerx (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local matched; local text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access}); matched = id:match ("^10%.1%.1%.[1-9]%d?%d?%d?%.[1-9]%d?%d?%d?$"); if not matched then set_message ('err_bad_citeseerx' ); options.coins_list_t['CITESEERX'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return text; end --[[--------------------------< D O I >------------------------------------------------------------------------ Formats a DOI and checks for DOI errors. DOI names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash. Prefix: directory indicator '10.' followed by a registrant code Suffix: character string of any length chosen by the registrant This function checks a DOI name for: prefix/suffix. If the DOI name contains spaces or endashes, or, if it ends with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_doi error message. DOI names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for spaces, endash, and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely if ever used in DOI names. https://www.doi.org/doi_handbook/2_Numbering.html -- 2.2 Syntax of a DOI name https://www.doi.org/doi_handbook/2_Numbering.html#2.2.2 -- 2.2.2 DOI prefix ]] local function doi (options) local id = options.id; local inactive = options.DoiBroken local access = options.access; local ignore_invalid = options.accept; local handler = options.handler; local err_flag; local function is_extended_free (registrant, suffix) -- local function to check those few registrants that are mixed; identifiable by the doi suffix <incipit> suffix = suffix:lower(); -- ascii [a-z] same as [A-Z] in doi names; see §3.4.4 Case Insensitivity of the Doi Name if cfg.extended_registrants_t[registrant] then -- if this registrant has known free-to-read extentions for _, incipit in ipairs (cfg.extended_registrants_t[registrant]) do -- loop through the registrant's incipits if mw.ustring.find (suffix, '^' .. incipit:lower()) then -- ascii [a-z] same as [A-Z] in doi names return true; -- if foundm done end end end end local text; if is_set (inactive) then local inactive_year = inactive:match("%d%d%d%d"); -- try to get the year portion from the inactive date local inactive_month, good; if is_set (inactive_year) then if 4 < inactive:len() then -- inactive date has more than just a year (could be anything) local lang_obj = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- get a language object for this wiki good, inactive_month = pcall (lang_obj.formatDate, lang_obj, 'F', inactive); -- try to get the month name from the inactive date if not good then inactive_month = nil; -- something went wrong so make sure this is unset end end end -- otherwise, |doi-broken-date= has something but it isn't a date if is_set (inactive_year) and is_set (inactive_month) then set_message ('maint_doi_inactive_dated', {inactive_year, inactive_month, ' '}); elseif is_set (inactive_year) then set_message ('maint_doi_inactive_dated', {inactive_year, '', ''}); else set_message ('maint_doi_inactive'); end inactive = substitute (cfg.messages['inactive'], inactive ); end local suffix; local registrant, suffix = mw.ustring.match (id, '^10%.([^/]+)/([^%s–]-[^%.,])$'); -- registrant and suffix set when DOI has the proper basic form; both nil else local registrant_err_patterns = { -- these patterns are for code ranges that are not supported '^[^1-3]%d%d%d%d%.%d+$', -- 5 digits with subcode (reject 0xxxx, 40000+); accepts: 10000–39999 '^[^1-8]%d%d%d%d$', -- 5 digits without subcode (reject 0xxxx, 90000+); accepts: 10000–89999 '^[^1-9]%d%d%d%.%d+$', -- 4 digits with subcode (reject 0xxx); accepts: 1000–9999 '^[^1-9]%d%d%d$', -- 4 digits without subcode (reject 0xxx); accepts: 1000–9999 '^%d%d%d%d%d%d+', -- 6 or more digits '^%d%d?%d?$', -- less than 4 digits without subcode (3 digits with subcode is legitimate) '^%d%d?%.[%d%.]+', -- 1 or 2 digits with subcode '^5555$', -- test registrant will never resolve '[^%d%.]', -- any character that isn't a digit or a dot } if not ignore_invalid then if registrant then -- when DOI has proper form for i, pattern in ipairs (registrant_err_patterns) do -- spin through error patterns if registrant:match (pattern) then -- to validate registrant codes err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_doi'); -- when found, mark this DOI as bad break; -- and done end end else err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_doi'); -- invalid directory or malformed end else set_message ('maint_doi_ignore'); end if err_flag then options.coins_list_t['DOI'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS else -- here when doi has no errors or has been wrapped in accept-as-written markup suffix = mw.ustring.match (id, '^10%.[^/]+/(.+)'); -- refetch suffix because doi may have been wrapped in accept-as-written markup if not access and (cfg.known_free_doi_registrants_t[registrant] or is_extended_free (registrant, suffix)) then -- |doi-access=free not set and <registrant> is known to be free set_message ('maint_doi_unflagged_free'); -- set a maint cat end end text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access, auto_link = not (err_flag or is_set (inactive) or ignore_invalid) and 'doi' or nil -- do not auto-link when |doi-broken-date= has a value or when there is a DOI error or (to play it safe, after all, auto-linking is not essential) when invalid DOIs are ignored }) .. (inactive or ''); return text; end --[[--------------------------< H D L >------------------------------------------------------------------------ Formats an HDL with minor error checking. HDL names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash. Prefix: character string using any character in the UCS-2 character set except '/' Suffix: character string of any length using any character in the UCS-2 character set chosen by the registrant This function checks a HDL name for: prefix/suffix. If the HDL name contains spaces, endashes, or, if it ends with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_hdl error message. HDL names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for endashes and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely if ever used in HDLs. Query string parameters are named here: https://www.handle.net/proxy_servlet.html. query strings are not displayed but since '?' is an allowed character in an HDL, '?' followed by one of the query parameters is the only way we have to detect the query string so that it isn't URL-encoded with the rest of the identifier. ]] local function hdl (options) local id = options.id; local access = options.access; local handler = options.handler; local query_params = { -- list of known query parameters from https://www.handle.net/proxy_servlet.html 'noredirect', 'ignore_aliases', 'auth', 'cert', 'index', 'type', 'urlappend', 'locatt', 'action', } local hdl, suffix, param = id:match ('(.-)(%?(%a+).+)$'); -- look for query string local found; if hdl then -- when there are query strings, this is the handle identifier portion for _, q in ipairs (query_params) do -- spin through the list of query parameters if param:match ('^' .. q) then -- if the query string begins with one of the parameters found = true; -- announce a find break; -- and stop looking end end end if found then id = hdl; -- found so replace id with the handle portion; this will be URL-encoded, suffix will not else suffix = ''; -- make sure suffix is empty string for concatenation else end local text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, suffix = suffix, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access}) if nil == id:match("^[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then -- HDL must contain a forward slash, must not contain spaces, endashes, and must not end with period or comma set_message ('err_bad_hdl' ); options.coins_list_t['HDL'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return text; end --[[--------------------------< I S B N >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Determines whether an ISBN string is valid ]] local function isbn (options_t) local isbn_str = options_t.id; local ignore_invalid = options_t.accept; local handler = options_t.handler; local year = options_t.Year; -- when set, valid anchor_year; may have a disambiguator which must be removed local function return_result (check, err_type) -- local function to handle the various returns local ISBN = internal_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = isbn_str, separator = handler.separator}); if ignore_invalid then -- if ignoring ISBN errors set_message ('maint_isbn_ignore'); -- add a maint category even when there is no error else -- here when not ignoring if not check then -- and there is an error options_t.coins_list_t['ISBN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS set_message ('err_bad_isbn', err_type); -- set an error message return ISBN; -- return id text end end return ISBN; -- return id text end if year and not ignore_invalid then -- year = year:match ('%d%d%d%d?'); -- strip disambiguator if present if year and (1965 > tonumber(year)) then -- <year> will be nil here when |year=n.d. or |year=nd set_message ('err_invalid_isbn_date'); -- set an error message return internal_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = isbn_str, separator = handler.separator}); end end if nil ~= isbn_str:match ('[^%s-0-9X]') then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.char); -- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X end local id = isbn_str:gsub ('[%s-]', ''); -- remove hyphens and whitespace local len = id:len(); if len ~= 10 and len ~= 13 then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.length); -- fail if incorrect length end if len == 10 then if id:match ('^%d*X?$') == nil then -- fail if isbn_str has 'X' anywhere but last position return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.form); end if not is_valid_isxn (id, 10) then -- test isbn-10 for numerical validity return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.check); -- fail if isbn-10 is not numerically valid end if id:find ('^63[01]') then -- 630xxxxxxx and 631xxxxxxx are (apparently) not valid isbn group ids but are used by amazon as numeric identifiers (asin) return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.group); -- fail if isbn-10 begins with 630/1 end return return_result (true, cfg.err_msg_supl.check); -- pass if isbn-10 is numerically valid else if id:match ('^%d+$') == nil then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.char); -- fail if ISBN-13 is not all digits end if id:match ('^97[89]%d*$') == nil then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.prefix); -- fail when ISBN-13 does not begin with 978 or 979 end if id:match ('^9790') then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.group); -- group identifier '0' is reserved to ISMN end return return_result (is_valid_isxn_13 (id), cfg.err_msg_supl.check); end end --[[--------------------------< A S I N >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Formats a link to Amazon. Do simple error checking: ASIN must be mix of 10 numeric or uppercase alpha characters. If a mix, first character must be uppercase alpha; if all numeric, ASINs must be 10-digit ISBN. If 10-digit ISBN, add a maintenance category so a bot or AWB script can replace |asin= with |isbn=. Error message if not 10 characters, if not ISBN-10, if mixed and first character is a digit. |asin=630....... and |asin=631....... are (apparently) not a legitimate ISBN though it checksums as one; these do not cause this function to emit the maint_asin message This function is positioned here because it calls isbn() ]] local function asin (options) local id = options.id; local domain = options.ASINTLD; local err_flag; if not id:match("^[%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u]$") then err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin'); -- ASIN is not a mix of 10 uppercase alpha and numeric characters else if id:match("^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$") then -- if 10-digit numeric (or 9 digits with terminal X) if is_valid_isxn (id, 10) then -- see if ASIN value is or validates as ISBN-10 if not id:find ('^63[01]') then -- 630xxxxxxx and 631xxxxxxx are (apparently) not a valid isbn prefixes but are used by amazon as a numeric identifier err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin'); -- ASIN has ISBN-10 form but begins with something other than 630/1 so probably an isbn end elseif not is_set (err_flag) then err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin'); -- ASIN is not ISBN-10 end elseif not id:match("^%u[%d%u]+$") then err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin'); -- asin doesn't begin with uppercase alpha end end if (not is_set (domain)) or in_array (domain, {'us'}) then -- default: United States domain = "com"; elseif in_array (domain, {'jp', 'uk'}) then -- Japan, United Kingdom domain = "co." .. domain; elseif in_array (domain, {'z.cn'}) then -- China domain = "cn"; elseif in_array (domain, {'au', 'br', 'mx', 'sg', 'tr'}) then -- Australia, Brazil, Mexico, Singapore, Turkey domain = "com." .. domain; elseif not in_array (domain, {'ae', 'ca', 'cn', 'de', 'es', 'fr', 'in', 'it', 'nl', 'pl', 'sa', 'se', 'co.jp', 'co.uk', 'com', 'com.au', 'com.br', 'com.mx', 'com.sg', 'com.tr'}) then -- Arabic Emirates, Canada, China, Germany, Spain, France, Indonesia, Italy, Netherlands, Poland, Saudi Arabia, Sweden (as of 2021-03 Austria (.at), Liechtenstein (.li) and Switzerland (.ch) still redirect to the German site (.de) with special settings, so don't maintain local ASINs for them) err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin_tld'); -- unsupported asin-tld value end local handler = options.handler; if not is_set (err_flag) then options.coins_list_t['ASIN'] = handler.prefix .. domain .. "/dp/" .. id; -- asin for coins else options.coins_list_t['ASIN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix .. domain .. "/dp/", id = id, encode = handler.encode, separator = handler.separator}) end --[[--------------------------< I S M N >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Determines whether an ISMN string is valid. Similar to ISBN-13, ISMN is 13 digits beginning 979-0-... and uses the same check digit calculations. See https://www.ismn-international.org/download/Web_ISMN_Users_Manual_2008-6.pdf section 2, pages 9–12. ismn value not made part of COinS metadata because we don't have a url or isn't a COinS-defined identifier (rft.xxx) or an identifier registered at info-uri.info (info:) ]] local function ismn (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local text; local valid_ismn = true; local id_copy; id_copy = id; -- save a copy because this testing is destructive id = id:gsub ('[%s-]', ''); -- remove hyphens and white space if 13 ~= id:len() or id:match ("^9790%d*$" ) == nil then -- ISMN must be 13 digits and begin with 9790 valid_ismn = false; else valid_ismn=is_valid_isxn_13 (id); -- validate ISMN end -- text = internal_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, -- use this (or external version) when there is some place to link to -- prefix = handler.prefix, id = id_copy, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}) text = table.concat ( -- because no place to link to yet { make_wikilink (label_link_make (handler), handler.label), handler.separator, id_copy }); if false == valid_ismn then options.coins_list_t['ISMN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS; not really necessary here because ismn not made part of COinS set_message ('err_bad_ismn'); -- create an error message if the ISMN is invalid end return text; end --[[--------------------------< I S S N >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Validate and format an ISSN. This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but has separated the two groups of four digits with a space. When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked like this: |issn=0819 4327 gives: [https://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327] -- can't have spaces in an external link This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the ISSN midpoint. It also validates the ISSN for length and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees with the calculated value. Incorrect length (8 digits), characters other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check ISSN error message. The ISSN is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the ISSN was given as a single group of 8 digits. ]] local function issn (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local ignore_invalid = options.accept; local issn_copy = id; -- save a copy of unadulterated ISSN; use this version for display if ISSN does not validate local text; local valid_issn = true; id = id:gsub ('[%s-]', ''); -- remove hyphens and whitespace if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match ("^%d*X?$" ) then -- validate the ISSN: 8 digits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position valid_issn = false; -- wrong length or improper character else valid_issn = is_valid_isxn (id, 8); -- validate ISSN end if true == valid_issn then id = string.sub (id, 1, 4 ) .. "-" .. string.sub (id, 5 ); -- if valid, display correctly formatted version else id = issn_copy; -- if not valid, show the invalid ISSN with error message end text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}) if ignore_invalid then set_message ('maint_issn_ignore'); else if false == valid_issn then options.coins_list_t['ISSN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS set_message ('err_bad_issn', (options.hkey == 'EISSN') and 'e' or ''); -- create an error message if the ISSN is invalid end end return text; end --[[--------------------------< J F M >----------------------------------------------------------------------- A numerical identifier in the form nn.nnnn.nn ]] local function jfm (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local id_num; id_num = id:match ('^[Jj][Ff][Mm](.*)$'); -- identifier with jfm prefix; extract identifier if is_set (id_num) then set_message ('maint_jfm_format'); else -- plain number without JFM prefix id_num = id; -- if here id does not have prefix end if id_num and id_num:match('^%d%d%.%d%d%d%d%.%d%d$') then id = id_num; -- jfm matches pattern else set_message ('err_bad_jfm' ); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['JFM'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}); end --[[--------------------------< J S T O R >-------------------------------------------------------------------- Format a JSTOR with some error checking ]] local function jstor (options) local id = options.id; local access = options.access; local handler = options.handler; if id:find ('[Jj][Ss][Tt][Oo][Rr]') or id:find ('^https?://') or id:find ('%s') then set_message ('err_bad_jstor'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['JSTOR'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access}); end --[[--------------------------< L C C N >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Format LCCN link and do simple error checking. LCCN is a character string 8-12 characters long. The length of the LCCN dictates the character type of the first 1-3 characters; the rightmost eight are always digits. https://oclc-research.github.io/infoURI-Frozen/info-uri.info/info:lccn/reg.html length = 8 then all digits length = 9 then lccn[1] is lowercase alpha length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lowercase alpha or both digits length = 11 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both lowercase alpha or both digits length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lowercase alpha ]] local function lccn (options) local lccn = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local err_flag; -- presume that LCCN is valid local id = lccn; -- local copy of the LCCN id = normalize_lccn (id); -- get canonical form (no whitespace, hyphens, forward slashes) local len = id:len(); -- get the length of the LCCN if 8 == len then if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- set an error message end elseif 9 == len then -- LCCN should be adddddddd if nil == id:match("%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- does it match our pattern? err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- set an error message end elseif 10 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ... if nil == id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- ... see if it matches our pattern err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- no match, set an error message end end elseif 11 == len then -- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd if not (id:match("^%l%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") or id:match("^%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d")) then -- see if it matches one of our patterns err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- no match, set an error message end elseif 12 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddddd if not id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- see if it matches our pattern err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- no match, set an error message end else err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- wrong length, set an error message end if not is_set (err_flag) and nil ~= lccn:find ('%s') then err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- lccn contains a space, set an error message end if is_set (err_flag) then options.coins_list_t['LCCN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = lccn, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}); end --[[--------------------------< M E D R X I V >----------------------------------------------------------------- Format medRxiv ID and do simple error checking. Similar to later bioRxiv IDs, medRxiv IDs are prefixed with a yyyy.mm.dd. date and suffixed with an optional version identifier. Ealiest date accepted is 2020.01.01 The medRxiv ID is a date followed by an eight-digit number followed by an optional version indicator 'v' and one or more digits: https://www.medrxiv.org/content/10.1101/2020.11.16.20232009v2 -> 10.1101/2020.11.16.20232009v2 ]] local function medrxiv (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local err_msg_flag = true; -- flag; assume that there will be an error local patterns = { '^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$', -- simple 8-digit identifier; these should be relatively rare '^10%.1101/(20%d%d)%.(%d%d)%.(%d%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$', -- y.m.d. date + 8-digit identifier + version (2020-01-01 and later) '^10%.1101/(20%d%d)%.(%d%d)%.(%d%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$', -- y.m.d. date + 8-digit identifier (2020-01-01 and later) '^10%.64898/(20%d%d)%.(%d%d)%.(%d%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$', -- y.m.d. date + 8-digit identifier + version (2025-12-01 and later) '^10%.64898/(20%d%d)%.(%d%d)%.(%d%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$', -- y.m.d. date + 8-digit identifier (2025-12-01 and later) } for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through the patterns looking for a match if id:match (pattern) then local y, m, d = id:match (pattern); -- found a match, attempt to get year, month and date from the identifier if m then -- m is nil when id is the 8-digit form if not is_valid_rxiv_date (y, m, d, 'b') then -- validate the encoded date; 'b' for medrxiv limit break; -- date fail; break out early so we don't unset the error message end end err_msg_flag = nil; -- we found a match so unset the error message break; -- and done end end -- <err_msg_flag> remains set here when no match if err_msg_flag then options.coins_list_t['MEDRXIV'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS set_message ('err_bad_medrxiv'); -- and set the error message end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access}); end --[[--------------------------< M R >-------------------------------------------------------------------------- A seven digit number; if not seven digits, zero-fill leading digits to make seven digits. ]] local function mr (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local id_num; local id_len; id_num = id:match ('^[Mm][Rr](%d+)$'); -- identifier with mr prefix if is_set (id_num) then set_message ('maint_mr_format'); -- add maint cat else -- plain number without mr prefix id_num = id:match ('^%d+$'); -- if here id is all digits end id_len = id_num and id_num:len() or 0; if (7 >= id_len) and (0 ~= id_len) then id = string.rep ('0', 7-id_len) .. id_num; -- zero-fill leading digits else set_message ('err_bad_mr'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['MR'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}); end --[[--------------------------< O C L C >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Validate and format an OCLC ID. https://www.oclc.org/batchload/controlnumber.en.html {{dead link}} archived at: https://web.archive.org/web/20161228233804/https://www.oclc.org/batchload/controlnumber.en.html ]] local function oclc (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local number; if id:match('^ocm%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$') then -- ocm prefix and 8 digits; 001 field (12 characters) number = id:match('ocm(%d+)'); -- get the number elseif id:match('^ocn%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$') then -- ocn prefix and 9 digits; 001 field (12 characters) number = id:match('ocn(%d+)'); -- get the number elseif id:match('^on%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d+$') then -- on prefix and 10 or more digits; 001 field (12 characters) number = id:match('^on(%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d+)$'); -- get the number elseif id:match('^%(OCoLC%)[1-9]%d*$') then -- (OCoLC) prefix and variable number digits; no leading zeros; 035 field number = id:match('%(OCoLC%)([1-9]%d*)'); -- get the number if 9 < number:len() then number = nil; -- constrain to 1 to 9 digits; change this when OCLC issues 10-digit numbers end elseif id:match('^%d+$') then -- no prefix number = id; -- get the number if tonumber (id) > handler.id_limit then number = nil; -- unset when id value exceeds the limit end end if number then -- proper format id = number; -- exclude prefix, if any, from external link else set_message ('err_bad_oclc') -- add an error message if the id is malformed options.coins_list_t['OCLC'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}); end --[[--------------------------< O P E N L I B R A R Y >-------------------------------------------------------- Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors. ]] local function openlibrary (options) local id = options.id; local access = options.access; local handler = options.handler; local ident, code = id:gsub('^OL', ''):match("^(%d+([AMW]))$"); -- strip optional OL prefix followed immediately by digits followed by 'A', 'M', or 'W'; local err_flag; local prefix = { -- these are appended to the handler.prefix according to code ['A']='authors/OL', ['M']='books/OL', ['W']='works/OL', ['X']='OL' -- not a code; spoof when 'code' in id is invalid }; if not ident then code = 'X'; -- no code or id completely invalid ident = id; -- copy id to ident so that we display the flawed identifier err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_ol'); end if not is_set (err_flag) then options.coins_list_t['OL'] = handler.prefix .. prefix[code] .. ident; -- experiment for ol coins else options.coins_list_t['OL'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix .. prefix[code], id = ident, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access}); end --[[--------------------------< O S T I >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Format OSTI and do simple error checking. OSTIs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the OSTI to see that it contains only digits and is less than test_limit specified in the configuration; the value in test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more OSTIs are issued. NB. 1018 is the lowest OSTI number found in the wild (so far) and resolving OK on the OSTI site ]] local function osti (options) local id = options.id; local access = options.access; local handler = options.handler; if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if OSTI has anything but digits set_message ('err_bad_osti'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['OSTI'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS else -- OSTI is only digits local id_num = tonumber (id); -- convert id to a number for range testing if 1018 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if OSTI is outside test limit boundaries set_message ('err_bad_osti'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['OSTI'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access}); end --[[--------------------------< P M C >------------------------------------------------------------------------ Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles. The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future the PMC identifier will not be linked to the article. If the embargo date is today or in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then the PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix. PMC embargo date testing is done in function is_embargoed () which is called earlier because when the citation has |pmc=<value> but does not have a |url= then |title= is linked with the PMC link. Function is_embargoed () returns the embargo date if the PMC article is still embargoed, otherwise it returns an empty string. PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued. ]] local function pmc (options) local id = options.id; local embargo = options.Embargo; -- TODO: lowercase? local handler = options.handler; local err_flag; local id_num; local text; id_num = id:match ('^[Pp][Mm][Cc](%d+)$'); -- identifier with PMC prefix if is_set (id_num) then set_message ('maint_pmc_format'); else -- plain number without PMC prefix id_num = id:match ('^%d+$'); -- if here id is all digits end if is_set (id_num) then -- id_num has a value so test it id_num = tonumber (id_num); -- convert id_num to a number for range testing if 1 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_pmc'); -- set an error message else id = tostring (id_num); -- make sure id is a string end else -- when id format incorrect err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_pmc'); -- set an error message end if is_set (embargo) and is_set (is_embargoed (embargo)) then -- is PMC is still embargoed? text = table.concat ( -- still embargoed so no external link { make_wikilink (label_link_make (handler), handler.label), handler.separator, id, }); else text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, -- no embargo date or embargo has expired, ok to link to article prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access, auto_link = not err_flag and 'pmc' or nil -- do not auto-link when PMC has error }); end if err_flag then options.coins_list_t['PMC'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return text; end --[[--------------------------< P M I D >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Format PMID and do simple error checking. PMIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the PMID to see that it contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued. ]] local function pmid (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMID has anything but digits set_message ('err_bad_pmid'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['PMID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS else -- PMID is only digits local id_num = tonumber (id); -- convert id to a number for range testing if 1 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries set_message ('err_bad_pmid'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['PMID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}); end --[[--------------------------< R F C >------------------------------------------------------------------------ Format RFC and do simple error checking. RFCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the RFC to see that it contains only digits and is less than test_limit specified in the configuration; the value in test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more RFCs are issued. An index of all RFCs is here: https://tools.ietf.org/rfc/ ]] local function rfc (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if RFC has anything but digits set_message ('err_bad_rfc'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['RFC'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS else -- RFC is only digits local id_num = tonumber (id); -- convert id to a number for range testing if 1 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if RFC is outside test limit boundaries set_message ('err_bad_rfc'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['RFC'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access}); end --[[--------------------------< S 2 C I D >-------------------------------------------------------------------- Format an S2CID, do simple error checking S2CIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the S2CID to see that it is only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more S2CIDs are issued. ]] local function s2cid (options) local id = options.id; local access = options.access; local handler = options.handler; local id_num; local text; id_num = id:match ('^[1-9]%d*$'); -- id must be all digits; must not begin with 0; no open access flag if is_set (id_num) then -- id_num has a value so test it id_num = tonumber (id_num); -- convert id_num to a number for range testing if handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if S2CID is outside test limit boundaries set_message ('err_bad_s2cid'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['S2CID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end else -- when id format incorrect set_message ('err_bad_s2cid'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['S2CID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access}); return text; end --[[--------------------------< S B N >------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9-digit form of ISBN-10; uses same check-digit validation when SBN is prefixed with an additional '0' to make 10 digits sbn value not made part of COinS metadata because we don't have a url or isn't a COinS-defined identifier (rft.xxx) or an identifier registered at info-uri.info (info:) ]] local function sbn (options) local id = options.id; local ignore_invalid = options.accept; local handler = options.handler; local function return_result (check, err_type) -- local function to handle the various returns local SBN = internal_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator}); if not ignore_invalid then -- if not ignoring SBN errors if not check then options.coins_list_t['SBN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS; not really necessary here because sbn not made part of COinS set_message ('err_bad_sbn', {err_type}); -- display an error message return SBN; end else set_message ('maint_isbn_ignore'); -- add a maint category even when there is no error (ToDo: Possibly switch to separate message for SBNs only) end return SBN; end if id:match ('[^%s-0-9X]') then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.char); -- fail if SBN contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X end local ident = id:gsub ('[%s-]', ''); -- remove hyphens and whitespace; they interfere with the rest of the tests if 9 ~= ident:len() then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.length); -- fail if incorrect length end if ident:match ('^%d*X?$') == nil then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.form); -- fail if SBN has 'X' anywhere but last position end return return_result (is_valid_isxn ('0' .. ident, 10), cfg.err_msg_supl.check); end --[[--------------------------< S S R N >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Format an SSRN, do simple error checking SSRNs are sequential numbers beginning at 100? and counting up. This code checks the SSRN to see that it is only digits and is greater than 99 and less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more SSRNs are issued. ]] local function ssrn (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local id_num; local text; id_num = id:match ('^%d+$'); -- id must be all digits if is_set (id_num) then -- id_num has a value so test it id_num = tonumber (id_num); -- convert id_num to a number for range testing if 100 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if SSRN is outside test limit boundaries set_message ('err_bad_ssrn'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['SSRN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end else -- when id format incorrect set_message ('err_bad_ssrn'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['SSRN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = options.access}); return text; end --[[--------------------------< U S E N E T _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------ Validate and format a usenet message id. Simple error checking, looks for 'id-left@id-right' not enclosed in '<' and/or '>' angle brackets. ]] local function usenet_id (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}) if not id:match('^.+@.+$') or not id:match('^[^<].*[^>]$') then -- doesn't have '@' or has one or first or last character is '< or '>' set_message ('err_bad_usenet_id') -- add an error message if the message id is invalid options.coins_list_t['USENETID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return text; end --[[--------------------------< Z B L >----------------------------------------------------------------------- A numerical identifier in the form nnnn.nnnnn - leading zeros in the first quartet optional format described here: http://emis.mi.sanu.ac.rs/ZMATH/zmath/en/help/search/ temporary format is apparently eight digits. Anything else is an error ]] local function zbl (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; if id:match('^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$') then -- is this identifier using temporary format? set_message ('maint_zbl'); -- yes, add maint cat elseif not id:match('^%d?%d?%d?%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$') then -- not temporary, is it normal format? set_message ('err_bad_zbl'); -- no, set an error message options.coins_list_t['ZBL'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}); end --============================<< I N T E R F A C E F U N C T I O N S >>========================================== --[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ I D S >------------------------------------------------------------ Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings. Loops through cfg.id_handlers and searches args for any of the parameters listed in each cfg.id_handlers['...'].parameters. If found, adds the parameter and value to the identifier list. Emits redundant error message if more than one alias exists in args ]] local function extract_ids (args) local id_list = {}; -- list of identifiers found in args for k, v in pairs (cfg.id_handlers) do -- k is uppercase identifier name as index to cfg.id_handlers; e.g. cfg.id_handlers['ISBN'], v is a table v = select_one (args, v.parameters, 'err_redundant_parameters' ); -- v.parameters is a table of aliases for k; here we pick one from args if present if is_set (v) then id_list[k] = v; end -- if found in args, add identifier to our list end return id_list; end --[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ I D _ A C C E S S _ L E V E L S >-------------------------------------- Fetches custom id access levels from arguments using configuration settings. Parameters which have a predefined access level (e.g. arxiv) do not use this function as they are directly rendered as free without using an additional parameter. returns a table of k/v pairs where k is same as the identifier's key in cfg.id_handlers and v is the assigned (valid) keyword access-level values must match the case used in cfg.keywords_lists['id-access'] (lowercase unless there is some special reason for something else) ]] local function extract_id_access_levels (args, id_list) local id_accesses_list = {}; for k, v in pairs (cfg.id_handlers) do local access_param = v.custom_access; -- name of identifier's access-level parameter if is_set (access_param) then local access_level = args[access_param]; -- get the assigned value if there is one if is_set (access_level) then if not in_array (access_level, cfg.keywords_lists['id-access']) then -- exact match required set_message ('err_invalid_param_val', {access_param, access_level}); access_level = nil; -- invalid so unset end if not is_set (id_list[k]) then -- identifier access-level must have a matching identifier set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {k:lower()}); -- parameter name is uppercase in cfg.id_handlers (k); lowercase for error message end id_accesses_list[k] = cfg.keywords_xlate[access_level]; -- get translated keyword end end end return id_accesses_list; end --[[--------------------------< B U I L D _ I D _ L I S T >---------------------------------------------------- render the identifiers into a sorted sequence table <ID_list_coins_t> is a table of k/v pairs where k is same as key in cfg.id_handlers and v is the assigned value <options_t> is a table of various k/v option pairs provided in the call to new_build_id_list(); modified by this function and passed to all identifier rendering functions <access_levels_t> is a table of k/v pairs where k is same as key in cfg.id_handlers and v is the assigned value (if valid) returns a sequence table of sorted (by hkey - 'handler' key) rendered identifier strings ]] local function build_id_list (ID_list_coins_t, options_t, access_levels_t) local ID_list_t = {}; local accept; local func_map = { --function map points to functions associated with hkey identifier ['ARXIV'] = arxiv, ['ASIN'] = asin, ['BIBCODE'] = bibcode, ['BIORXIV'] = biorxiv, ['CITESEERX'] = citeseerx, ['DOI'] = doi, ['EISSN'] = issn, ['HDL'] = hdl, ['ISBN'] = isbn, ['ISMN'] = ismn, ['ISSN'] = issn, ['JFM'] = jfm, ['JSTOR'] = jstor, ['LCCN'] = lccn, ['MEDRXIV'] = medrxiv, ['MR'] = mr, ['OCLC'] = oclc, ['OL'] = openlibrary, ['OSTI'] = osti, ['PMC'] = pmc, ['PMID'] = pmid, ['RFC'] = rfc, ['S2CID'] = s2cid, ['SBN'] = sbn, ['SSRN'] = ssrn, ['USENETID'] = usenet_id, ['ZBL'] = zbl, } for hkey, v in pairs (ID_list_coins_t) do v, accept = has_accept_as_written (v); -- remove accept-as-written markup if present; accept is boolean true when markup removed; false else -- every function gets the options table with value v and accept boolean options_t.hkey = hkey; -- ~/Configuration handler key options_t.id = v; -- add that identifier value to the options table options_t.accept = accept; -- add the accept boolean flag options_t.access = access_levels_t[hkey]; -- add the access level for those that have an |<identifier-access= parameter options_t.handler = cfg.id_handlers[hkey]; options_t.coins_list_t = ID_list_coins_t; -- pointer to ID_list_coins_t; for |asin= and |ol=; also to keep erroneous values out of the citation's metadata options_t.coins_list_t[hkey] = v; -- id value without accept-as-written markup for metadata if options_t.handler.access and not in_array (options_t.handler.access, cfg.keywords_lists['id-access']) then error (cfg.messages['unknown_ID_access'] .. options_t.handler.access); -- here when handler access key set to a value not listed in list of allowed id access keywords end if func_map[hkey] then local id_text = func_map[hkey] (options_t); -- call the function to get identifier text and any error message table.insert (ID_list_t, {hkey, id_text}); -- add identifier text to the output sequence table else error (cfg.messages['unknown_ID_key'] .. hkey); -- here when func_map doesn't have a function for hkey end end local function comp (a, b) -- used by following table.sort() return a[1]:lower() < b[1]:lower(); -- sort by hkey end table.sort (ID_list_t, comp); -- sequence table of tables sort for k, v in ipairs (ID_list_t) do -- convert sequence table of tables to simple sequence table of strings ID_list_t[k] = v[2]; -- v[2] is the identifier rendering from the call to the various functions in func_map{} end return ID_list_t; end --[[--------------------------< O P T I O N S _ C H E C K >---------------------------------------------------- check that certain option parameters have their associated identifier parameters with values <ID_list_coins_t> is a table of k/v pairs where k is same as key in cfg.id_handlers and v is the assigned value <ID_support_t> is a sequence table of tables created in citation0() where each subtable has four elements: [1] is the support parameter's assigned value; empty string if not set [2] is a text string same as key in cfg.id_handlers [3] is cfg.error_conditions key used to create error message [4] is original ID support parameter name used to create error message returns nothing; on error emits an appropriate error message ]] local function options_check (ID_list_coins_t, ID_support_t) for _, v in ipairs (ID_support_t) do if is_set (v[1]) and not ID_list_coins_t[v[2]] then -- when support parameter has a value but matching identifier parameter is missing or empty set_message (v[3], (v[4])); -- emit the appropriate error message end end end --[[--------------------------< I D E N T I F I E R _ L I S T S _ G E T >-------------------------------------- Creates two identifier lists: a k/v table of identifiers and their values to be used locally and for use in the COinS metadata, and a sequence table of the rendered identifier strings that will be included in the rendered citation. ]] local function identifier_lists_get (args_t, options_t, ID_support_t) local ID_list_coins_t = extract_ids (args_t); -- get a table of identifiers and their values for use locally and for use in COinS options_check (ID_list_coins_t, ID_support_t); -- ID support parameters must have matching identifier parameters local ID_access_levels_t = extract_id_access_levels (args_t, ID_list_coins_t); -- get a table of identifier access levels local ID_list_t = build_id_list (ID_list_coins_t, options_t, ID_access_levels_t); -- get a sequence table of rendered identifier strings return ID_list_t, ID_list_coins_t; -- return the tables end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S E L E C T E D _ M O D U L E S >-------------------------------------- Sets local cfg table and imported functions table to same (live or sandbox) as that used by the other modules. ]] local function set_selected_modules (cfg_table_ptr, utilities_page_ptr) cfg = cfg_table_ptr; has_accept_as_written = utilities_page_ptr.has_accept_as_written; -- import functions from select Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities module is_set = utilities_page_ptr.is_set; in_array = utilities_page_ptr.in_array; set_message = utilities_page_ptr.set_message; select_one = utilities_page_ptr.select_one; substitute = utilities_page_ptr.substitute; make_wikilink = utilities_page_ptr.make_wikilink; z = utilities_page_ptr.z; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------ ]] return { auto_link_urls = auto_link_urls, -- table of identifier URLs to be used when auto-linking |title= identifier_lists_get = identifier_lists_get, -- experiment to replace individual calls to build_id_list(), extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels is_embargoed = is_embargoed; set_selected_modules = set_selected_modules; } e4jc9mw0kujge8fok9aztk214jmz0lr 266018 266017 2026-07-18T15:28:02Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266017 Scribunto text/plain --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- ]] local has_accept_as_written, is_set, in_array, set_message, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities substitute, make_wikilink; local z; -- table of tables defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local cfg; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration --[[--------------------------< P A G E S C O P E V A R I A B L E S >-------------------------------------- declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; that are created here and used here ]] local auto_link_urls = {}; -- holds identifier URLs for those identifiers that can auto-link |title= --============================<< H E L P E R F U N C T I O N S >>============================================ --[[--------------------------< W I K I D A T A _ A R T I C L E _ N A M E _ G E T >---------------------------- as an aid to internationalizing identifier-label wikilinks, gets identifier article names from Wikidata. returns w:<lang code>:<article title> when <q> has an <article title> for <lang code>; nil else. 'w:<lang code>' ensures that sister project (like wiktionary) will link to the <lang code>.wikipedia article. for identifiers that do not have <q>, returns nil for wikis that do not have mw.wikibase installed, returns nil ]] local function wikidata_article_name_get (q) if not is_set (q) or (q and not mw.wikibase) then -- when no q number or when a q number but mw.wikibase not installed on this wiki return nil; -- abandon end local wd_article; local this_wiki_code = cfg.this_wiki_code; -- Wikipedia subdomain; 'en' for en.wikipedia.org wd_article = mw.wikibase.getSitelink (q, this_wiki_code .. 'wiki'); -- fetch article title from WD; nil when no title available at this wiki if wd_article then wd_article = table.concat ({'w:', this_wiki_code, ':', wd_article}); -- interwiki-style link without brackets if taken from WD; leading 'w:' required end return wd_article; -- article title from WD; nil else end --[[--------------------------< L A B E L _ L I N K _ M A K E >------------------------------------------------ common function to create a link for an identifier label from handler table or from Wikidata returns the first available of: 1. redirect from local wiki's handler table (if enabled) 2. Wikidata sitelink to the local language wikipedia article (if there is a Wikidata entry for this identifier in the local language) 3. link to wikipedia article specified in the local wiki's handler table ]] local function label_link_make (handler) local wd_article; if not (cfg.use_identifier_redirects and is_set (handler.redirect)) then -- redirect has priority so if enabled and available don't fetch from Wikidata because expensive wd_article = wikidata_article_name_get (handler.q); -- if Wikidata has an article title for this wiki, get it; end return (cfg.use_identifier_redirects and is_set (handler.redirect) and handler.redirect) or wd_article or handler.link; end --[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K _ I D >---------------------------------------------- Formats a wiki-style external link ]] local function external_link_id (options) local url_string = options.id; local ext_link; local this_wiki_code = cfg.this_wiki_code; -- Wikipedia subdomain; 'en' for en.wikipedia.org local wd_article; -- article title from Wikidata if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then url_string = mw.uri.encode (url_string, 'PATH'); end if options.auto_link and is_set (options.access) then auto_link_urls[options.auto_link] = table.concat ({options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix}); end ext_link = mw.ustring.format ('[%s%s%s %s]', options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or "", mw.text.nowiki (options.id)); if is_set (options.access) then ext_link = substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[options.access].class, cfg.presentation[options.access].title, ext_link}); -- add the free-to-read / paywall lock end return table.concat ({ make_wikilink (label_link_make (options), options.label), -- redirect, Wikidata link, or locally specified link (in that order) options.separator or '&nbsp;', ext_link }); end --[[--------------------------< I N T E R N A L _ L I N K _ I D >---------------------------------------------- Formats a wiki-style internal link TODO: Does not currently need to support options.access, options.encode, auto-linking and COinS (as in external_link_id), but may be needed in the future for :m:Interwiki_map custom-prefixes like :arxiv:, :bibcode:, :DOI:, :hdl:, :ISSN:, :JSTOR:, :Openlibrary:, :PMID:, :RFC:. ]] local function internal_link_id (options) local id = mw.ustring.gsub (options.id, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9 return table.concat ( { make_wikilink (label_link_make (options), options.label), -- wiki-link the identifier label options.separator or '&nbsp;', -- add the separator make_wikilink ( table.concat ( { options.prefix, id, -- translated to Western digits options.suffix or '' }), substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {'', mw.text.nowiki (options.id)}) -- bdi tags to prevent Latin script identifiers from being reversed at RTL language wikis ); -- nowiki because MediaWiki still has magic links for ISBN and the like; TODO: is it really required? }); end --[[--------------------------< I S _ E M B A R G O E D >------------------------------------------------------ Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |pmc-embargo-date= against today's date. If embargo date is in the future, returns the content of |pmc-embargo-date=; otherwise, returns an empty string because the embargo has expired or because |pmc-embargo-date= was not set in this cite. ]] local function is_embargoed (embargo) if is_set (embargo) then local lang = mw.getContentLanguage(); local good1, embargo_date, todays_date; good1, embargo_date = pcall (lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', embargo); todays_date = lang:formatDate ('U'); if good1 then -- if embargo date is a good date if tonumber (embargo_date) >= tonumber (todays_date) then -- is embargo date is in the future? return embargo; -- still embargoed else set_message ('maint_pmc_embargo'); -- embargo has expired; add main cat return ''; -- unset because embargo has expired end end end return ''; -- |pmc-embargo-date= not set return empty string end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ R X I V _ D A T E >------------------------------------------ for biorxiv, returns true if: 2019-12-11T00:00Z <= biorxiv_date < today + 2 days for medrxiv, returns true if: 2020-01-01T00:00Z <= medrxiv_date < today + 2 days The dated form of biorxiv identifier has a start date of 2019-12-11. The Unix timestamp for that date is {{#time:U|2019-12-11}} = 1576022400 The medrxiv identifier has a start date of 2020-01-01. The Unix timestamp for that date is {{#time:U|2020-01-01}} = 1577836800 <rxiv_date> is the date provided in those |biorxiv= parameter values that are dated and in |medrxiv= parameter values at time 00:00:00 UTC <today> is the current date at time 00:00:00 UTC plus 48 hours if today's date is 2023-01-01T00:00:00 then adding 24 hours gives 2023-01-02T00:00:00 – one second more than today adding 24 hours gives 2023-01-03T00:00:00 – one second more than tomorrow inputs: <y>, <m>, <d> – year, month, day parts of the date from the birxiv or medrxiv identifier <select> 'b' for biorxiv, 'm' for medrxiv; defaults to 'b' ]=] local function is_valid_rxiv_date (y, m, d, select) if 0 == tonumber (m) and 12 < tonumber (m) then -- <m> must be a number 1–12 return false; end if 0 == tonumber (d) and 31 < tonumber (d) then -- <d> must be a number 1–31; TODO: account for month length and leap yer? return false; end local rxiv_date = table.concat ({y, m, d}, '-'); -- make ymd date string local good1, good2; local rxiv_ts, tomorrow_ts; -- to hold Unix timestamps representing the dates local lang_object = mw.getContentLanguage(); good1, rxiv_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', rxiv_date); -- convert rxiv_date value to Unix timestamp good2, tomorrow_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', 'today + 2 days' ); -- today midnight + 2 days is one second more than all day tomorrow if good1 and good2 then -- lang.formatDate() returns a timestamp in the local script which tonumber() may not understand rxiv_ts = tonumber (rxiv_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (rxiv_ts); -- convert to numbers for the comparison; tomorrow_ts = tonumber (tomorrow_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (tomorrow_ts); else return false; -- one or both failed to convert to Unix timestamp end local limit_ts = ((select and ('m' == select)) and 1577836800) or 1576022400; -- choose the appropriate limit timesatmp return ((limit_ts <= rxiv_ts) and (rxiv_ts < tomorrow_ts)) -- limit_ts <= rxiv_date < tomorrow's date end --[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N >----------------------------------------------------- ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all ISBN/ISSN digits including the check digit. ISBN-13 is checked in isbn(). If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, ISBN/ISSN must be checked for length and stripped of dashes, spaces and other non-ISxN characters. ]] local function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len) local temp = 0; isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9' → 0x39, 'X' → 0x58 len = len + 1; -- adjust to be a loop counter for i, v in ipairs (isxn_str) do -- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum if v == string.byte ("X" ) then -- if checkdigit is X (compares the byte value of 'X' which is 0x58) temp = temp + 10 * (len - i); -- it represents 10 decimal else temp = temp + tonumber (string.char (v) )*(len-i); end end return temp % 11 == 0; -- returns true if calculation result is zero end --[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N _ 1 3 >----------------------------------------------- ISBN-13 and ISMN validator code calculates checksum across all 13 ISBN/ISMN digits including the check digit. If the number is valid, the result will be 0. Before calling this function, ISBN-13/ISMN must be checked for length and stripped of dashes, spaces and other non-ISxN-13 characters. ]] local function is_valid_isxn_13 (isxn_str) local temp=0; isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, 13) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9' → 0x39 for i, v in ipairs (isxn_str) do temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber (string.char (v) ); -- multiply odd index digits by 1, even index digits by 3 and sum; includes check digit end return temp % 10 == 0; -- sum modulo 10 is zero when ISBN-13/ISMN is correct end --[[--------------------------< N O R M A L I Z E _ L C C N >-------------------------------------------------- LCCN normalization (https://www.loc.gov/marc/lccn-namespace.html#normalization) 1. Remove all blanks. 2. If there is a forward slash (/) in the string, remove it, and remove all characters to the right of the forward slash. 3. If there is a hyphen in the string: a. Remove it. b. Inspect the substring following (to the right of) the (removed) hyphen. Then (and assuming that steps 1 and 2 have been carried out): 1. All these characters should be digits, and there should be six or less. (not done in this function) 2. If the length of the substring is less than 6, left-fill the substring with zeroes until the length is six. Returns a normalized LCCN for lccn() to validate. There is no error checking (step 3.b.1) performed in this function. ]] local function normalize_lccn (lccn) lccn = lccn:gsub ("%s", ""); -- 1. strip whitespace if nil ~= string.find (lccn, '/') then lccn = lccn:match ("(.-)/"); -- 2. remove forward slash and all character to the right of it end local prefix local suffix prefix, suffix = lccn:match ("(.+)%-(.+)"); -- 3.a remove hyphen by splitting the string into prefix and suffix if nil ~= suffix then -- if there was a hyphen suffix = string.rep("0", 6-string.len (suffix)) .. suffix; -- 3.b.2 left fill the suffix with 0s if suffix length less than 6 lccn = prefix..suffix; -- reassemble the LCCN end return lccn; end --============================<< I D E N T I F I E R F U N C T I O N S >>==================================== --[[--------------------------< A R X I V >-------------------------------------------------------------------- See: https://arxiv.org/help/arxiv_identifier format and error check arXiv identifier. There are three valid forms of the identifier: the first form, valid only between date codes 9107 and 0703, is: arXiv:<archive>.<class>/<date code><number><version> where: <archive> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation <class> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation; not the same as |class= parameter which is not supported in this form <date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01 first digit of YY for this form can only 9 and 0 <number> is a three-digit number <version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces (undocumented) the second form, valid from April 2007 through December 2014 is: arXiv:<date code>.<number><version> where: <date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01 <number> is a four-digit number <version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces the third form, valid from January 2015 is: arXiv:<date code>.<number><version> where: <date code> and <version> are as defined for 0704-1412 <number> is a five-digit number ]] local function arxiv (options) local id = options.id; local class = options.Class; -- TODO: lowercase? local handler = options.handler; local year, month, version; local err_msg = false; -- assume no error message local text; -- output text if id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 9107-0703 format with or without version year, month = id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/([90]%d)([01]%d)%d%d%d[v%d]*$"); year = tonumber (year); month = tonumber (month); if ((not (90 < year or 8 > year)) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- if invalid year or invalid month ((91 == year and 7 > month) or (7 == year and 3 < month)) then -- if years ok, are starting and ending months ok? err_msg = true; -- flag for error message end elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 0704-1412 with or without version year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$"); year = tonumber (year); month = tonumber (month); if ((7 > year) or (14 < year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years) ((7 == year) and (4 > month)) then -- when year is 07, is month invalid (before April)? err_msg = true; -- flag for error message end elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 1501- format with or without version year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$"); year = tonumber (year); month = tonumber (month); if ((15 > year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) then -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years) err_msg = true; -- flag for error message end else err_msg = true; -- not a recognized format; flag for error message end if err_msg then options.coins_list_t['ARXIV'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end local err_msg_t = {}; if err_msg then set_message ('err_bad_arxiv'); end text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access}); if is_set (class) then if id:match ('^%d+') then text = table.concat ({text, ' [[https://arxiv.org/archive/', class, ' ', class, ']]'}); -- external link within square brackets, not wikilink else set_message ('err_class_ignored'); end else -- class not set if id:match ('^%d+') and options.CitationClass == 'arxiv' then -- new (post 2007) format; {{cite arxiv}} only set_message ('maint_missing_class'); -- add maint cat end end return text; end --[[--------------------------< B I B C O D E >-------------------------------------------------------------------- Validates (sort of) and formats a bibcode ID. Format for bibcodes is specified here: https://adsabs.harvard.edu/abs_doc/help_pages/data.html#bibcodes But, this: 2015arXiv151206696F is apparently valid so apparently, the only things that really matter are length, 19 characters and first four digits must be a year. This function makes these tests: length must be 19 characters characters in position 1–4 must be digits and must represent a year in the range of 1000 – next year 5 must be a letter 6–8 must be letter, digit, ampersand, or dot (ampersand cannot directly precede a dot; &. ) 9–18 must be letter, digit, or dot 19 must be a letter or dot ]] local function bibcode (options) local id = options.id; local access = options.access; local handler = options.handler; local ignore_invalid = options.accept; local err_type; local err_msg = ''; local year; local text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access}); if 19 ~= id:len() then err_type = cfg.err_msg_supl.length; else year = id:match ("^(%d%d%d%d)[%a][%w&%.][%w&%.][%w&%.][%w.]+[%a%.]$"); if not year then -- if nil then no pattern match err_type = cfg.err_msg_supl.value; -- so value error else local next_year = tonumber (os.date ('%Y')) + 1; -- get the current year as a number and add one for next year year = tonumber (year); -- convert year portion of bibcode to a number if (1000 > year) or (year > next_year) then err_type = cfg.err_msg_supl.year; -- year out of bounds end if id:find('&%.') then err_type = cfg.err_msg_supl.journal; -- journal abbreviation must not have '&.' (if it does it's missing a letter) end if id:match ('.........%.tmp%.') then -- temporary bibcodes when positions 10–14 are '.tmp.' set_message ('maint_bibcode'); end end end if is_set (err_type) and not ignore_invalid then -- if there was an error detected and accept-as-written markup not used set_message ('err_bad_bibcode', {err_type}); options.coins_list_t['BIBCODE'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return text; end --[[--------------------------< B I O R X I V >----------------------------------------------------------------- Format bioRxiv ID and do simple error checking. Before 2019-12-11, biorXiv IDs were 10.1101/ followed by exactly 6 digits. After 2019-12-11, biorXiv IDs retained the six-digit identifier but prefixed that with a yyyy.mm.dd. date and suffixed with an optional version identifier. From December 2025 biorxiv added a new 'doi' prefix: 10.64898: 10.64898/2025.12.10.693067 The bioRxiv ID is the string of characters: https://doi.org/10.1101/078733 -> 10.1101/078733 or a date followed by a six-digit number followed by an optional version indicator 'v' and one or more digits: https://www.biorxiv.org/content/10.1101/2019.12.11.123456v2 -> 10.1101/2019.12.11.123456v2 see https://www.biorxiv.org/about-biorxiv ]] local function biorxiv (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local err_msg = true; -- flag; assume that there will be an error local patterns = { '^10%.1101/%d%d%d%d%d%d$', -- simple 6-digit identifier (before 2019-12-11) '^10%.1101/(20%d%d)%.(%d%d)%.(%d%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$', -- y.m.d. date + 6-digit identifier + version (after 2019-12-11) '^10%.1101/(20%d%d)%.(%d%d)%.(%d%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d%d$', -- y.m.d. date + 6-digit identifier (after 2019-12-11) '^10%.64898/(20%d%d)%.(%d%d)%.(%d%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$', -- y.m.d. date + 6-digit identifier + version (from December 2025) '^10%.64898/(20%d%d)%.(%d%d)%.(%d%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d%d$', -- y.m.d. date + 6-digit identifier (from December 2025) } for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through the patterns looking for a match if id:match (pattern) then local y, m, d = id:match (pattern); -- found a match, attempt to get year, month and date from the identifier if m then -- m is nil when id is the six-digit form if not is_valid_rxiv_date (y, m, d, 'b') then -- validate the encoded date; 'b' for biorxiv limit break; -- date fail; break out early so we don't unset the error message end end err_msg = nil; -- we found a match so unset the error message break; -- and done end end -- err_cat remains set here when no match if err_msg then options.coins_list_t['BIORXIV'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS set_message ('err_bad_biorxiv'); -- and set the error message end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access}); end --[[--------------------------< C I T E S E E R X >------------------------------------------------------------ CiteSeerX use their own notion of "doi" (not to be confused with the identifiers resolved via doi.org). The description of the structure of this identifier can be found at Help_talk:Citation_Style_1/Archive_26#CiteSeerX_id_structure ]] local function citeseerx (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local matched; local text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access}); matched = id:match ("^10%.1%.1%.[1-9]%d?%d?%d?%.[1-9]%d?%d?%d?$"); if not matched then set_message ('err_bad_citeseerx' ); options.coins_list_t['CITESEERX'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return text; end --[[--------------------------< D O I >------------------------------------------------------------------------ Formats a DOI and checks for DOI errors. DOI names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash. Prefix: directory indicator '10.' followed by a registrant code Suffix: character string of any length chosen by the registrant This function checks a DOI name for: prefix/suffix. If the DOI name contains spaces or endashes, or, if it ends with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_doi error message. DOI names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for spaces, endash, and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely if ever used in DOI names. https://www.doi.org/doi_handbook/2_Numbering.html -- 2.2 Syntax of a DOI name https://www.doi.org/doi_handbook/2_Numbering.html#2.2.2 -- 2.2.2 DOI prefix ]] local function doi (options) local id = options.id; local inactive = options.DoiBroken local access = options.access; local ignore_invalid = options.accept; local handler = options.handler; local err_flag; local function is_extended_free (registrant, suffix) -- local function to check those few registrants that are mixed; identifiable by the doi suffix <incipit> suffix = suffix:lower(); -- ascii [a-z] same as [A-Z] in doi names; see §3.4.4 Case Insensitivity of the Doi Name if cfg.extended_registrants_t[registrant] then -- if this registrant has known free-to-read extentions for _, incipit in ipairs (cfg.extended_registrants_t[registrant]) do -- loop through the registrant's incipits if mw.ustring.find (suffix, '^' .. incipit:lower()) then -- ascii [a-z] same as [A-Z] in doi names return true; -- if foundm done end end end end local text; if is_set (inactive) then local inactive_year = inactive:match("%d%d%d%d"); -- try to get the year portion from the inactive date local inactive_month, good; if is_set (inactive_year) then if 4 < inactive:len() then -- inactive date has more than just a year (could be anything) local lang_obj = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- get a language object for this wiki good, inactive_month = pcall (lang_obj.formatDate, lang_obj, 'F', inactive); -- try to get the month name from the inactive date if not good then inactive_month = nil; -- something went wrong so make sure this is unset end end end -- otherwise, |doi-broken-date= has something but it isn't a date if is_set (inactive_year) and is_set (inactive_month) then set_message ('maint_doi_inactive_dated', {inactive_year, inactive_month, ' '}); elseif is_set (inactive_year) then set_message ('maint_doi_inactive_dated', {inactive_year, '', ''}); else set_message ('maint_doi_inactive'); end inactive = substitute (cfg.messages['inactive'], inactive ); end local suffix; local registrant, suffix = mw.ustring.match (id, '^10%.([^/]+)/([^%s–]-[^%.,])$'); -- registrant and suffix set when DOI has the proper basic form; both nil else local registrant_err_patterns = { -- these patterns are for code ranges that are not supported '^[^1-3]%d%d%d%d%.%d+$', -- 5 digits with subcode (reject 0xxxx, 40000+); accepts: 10000–39999 '^[^1-8]%d%d%d%d$', -- 5 digits without subcode (reject 0xxxx, 90000+); accepts: 10000–89999 '^[^1-9]%d%d%d%.%d+$', -- 4 digits with subcode (reject 0xxx); accepts: 1000–9999 '^[^1-9]%d%d%d$', -- 4 digits without subcode (reject 0xxx); accepts: 1000–9999 '^%d%d%d%d%d%d+', -- 6 or more digits '^%d%d?%d?$', -- less than 4 digits without subcode (3 digits with subcode is legitimate) '^%d%d?%.[%d%.]+', -- 1 or 2 digits with subcode '^5555$', -- test registrant will never resolve '[^%d%.]', -- any character that isn't a digit or a dot } if not ignore_invalid then if registrant then -- when DOI has proper form for i, pattern in ipairs (registrant_err_patterns) do -- spin through error patterns if registrant:match (pattern) then -- to validate registrant codes err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_doi'); -- when found, mark this DOI as bad break; -- and done end end else err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_doi'); -- invalid directory or malformed end else set_message ('maint_doi_ignore'); end if err_flag then options.coins_list_t['DOI'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS else -- here when doi has no errors or has been wrapped in accept-as-written markup suffix = mw.ustring.match (id, '^10%.[^/]+/(.+)'); -- refetch suffix because doi may have been wrapped in accept-as-written markup if not access and (cfg.known_free_doi_registrants_t[registrant] or is_extended_free (registrant, suffix)) then -- |doi-access=free not set and <registrant> is known to be free set_message ('maint_doi_unflagged_free'); -- set a maint cat end end text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access, auto_link = not (err_flag or is_set (inactive) or ignore_invalid) and 'doi' or nil -- do not auto-link when |doi-broken-date= has a value or when there is a DOI error or (to play it safe, after all, auto-linking is not essential) when invalid DOIs are ignored }) .. (inactive or ''); return text; end --[[--------------------------< H D L >------------------------------------------------------------------------ Formats an HDL with minor error checking. HDL names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash. Prefix: character string using any character in the UCS-2 character set except '/' Suffix: character string of any length using any character in the UCS-2 character set chosen by the registrant This function checks a HDL name for: prefix/suffix. If the HDL name contains spaces, endashes, or, if it ends with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_hdl error message. HDL names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for endashes and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely if ever used in HDLs. Query string parameters are named here: https://www.handle.net/proxy_servlet.html. query strings are not displayed but since '?' is an allowed character in an HDL, '?' followed by one of the query parameters is the only way we have to detect the query string so that it isn't URL-encoded with the rest of the identifier. ]] local function hdl (options) local id = options.id; local access = options.access; local handler = options.handler; local query_params = { -- list of known query parameters from https://www.handle.net/proxy_servlet.html 'noredirect', 'ignore_aliases', 'auth', 'cert', 'index', 'type', 'urlappend', 'locatt', 'action', } local hdl, suffix, param = id:match ('(.-)(%?(%a+).+)$'); -- look for query string local found; if hdl then -- when there are query strings, this is the handle identifier portion for _, q in ipairs (query_params) do -- spin through the list of query parameters if param:match ('^' .. q) then -- if the query string begins with one of the parameters found = true; -- announce a find break; -- and stop looking end end end if found then id = hdl; -- found so replace id with the handle portion; this will be URL-encoded, suffix will not else suffix = ''; -- make sure suffix is empty string for concatenation else end local text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, suffix = suffix, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access}) if nil == id:match("^[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then -- HDL must contain a forward slash, must not contain spaces, endashes, and must not end with period or comma set_message ('err_bad_hdl' ); options.coins_list_t['HDL'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return text; end --[[--------------------------< I S B N >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Determines whether an ISBN string is valid ]] local function isbn (options_t) local isbn_str = options_t.id; local ignore_invalid = options_t.accept; local handler = options_t.handler; local year = options_t.Year; -- when set, valid anchor_year; may have a disambiguator which must be removed local function return_result (check, err_type) -- local function to handle the various returns local ISBN = internal_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = isbn_str, separator = handler.separator}); if ignore_invalid then -- if ignoring ISBN errors set_message ('maint_isbn_ignore'); -- add a maint category even when there is no error else -- here when not ignoring if not check then -- and there is an error options_t.coins_list_t['ISBN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS set_message ('err_bad_isbn', err_type); -- set an error message return ISBN; -- return id text end end return ISBN; -- return id text end if year and not ignore_invalid then -- year = year:match ('%d%d%d%d?'); -- strip disambiguator if present if year and (1965 > tonumber(year)) then -- <year> will be nil here when |year=n.d. or |year=nd set_message ('err_invalid_isbn_date'); -- set an error message return internal_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = isbn_str, separator = handler.separator}); end end if nil ~= isbn_str:match ('[^%s-0-9X]') then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.char); -- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X end local id = isbn_str:gsub ('[%s-]', ''); -- remove hyphens and whitespace local len = id:len(); if len ~= 10 and len ~= 13 then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.length); -- fail if incorrect length end if len == 10 then if id:match ('^%d*X?$') == nil then -- fail if isbn_str has 'X' anywhere but last position return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.form); end if not is_valid_isxn (id, 10) then -- test isbn-10 for numerical validity return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.check); -- fail if isbn-10 is not numerically valid end if id:find ('^63[01]') then -- 630xxxxxxx and 631xxxxxxx are (apparently) not valid isbn group ids but are used by amazon as numeric identifiers (asin) return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.group); -- fail if isbn-10 begins with 630/1 end return return_result (true, cfg.err_msg_supl.check); -- pass if isbn-10 is numerically valid else if id:match ('^%d+$') == nil then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.char); -- fail if ISBN-13 is not all digits end if id:match ('^97[89]%d*$') == nil then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.prefix); -- fail when ISBN-13 does not begin with 978 or 979 end if id:match ('^9790') then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.group); -- group identifier '0' is reserved to ISMN end return return_result (is_valid_isxn_13 (id), cfg.err_msg_supl.check); end end --[[--------------------------< A S I N >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Formats a link to Amazon. Do simple error checking: ASIN must be mix of 10 numeric or uppercase alpha characters. If a mix, first character must be uppercase alpha; if all numeric, ASINs must be 10-digit ISBN. If 10-digit ISBN, add a maintenance category so a bot or AWB script can replace |asin= with |isbn=. Error message if not 10 characters, if not ISBN-10, if mixed and first character is a digit. |asin=630....... and |asin=631....... are (apparently) not a legitimate ISBN though it checksums as one; these do not cause this function to emit the maint_asin message This function is positioned here because it calls isbn() ]] local function asin (options) local id = options.id; local domain = options.ASINTLD; local err_flag; if not id:match("^[%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u]$") then err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin'); -- ASIN is not a mix of 10 uppercase alpha and numeric characters else if id:match("^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$") then -- if 10-digit numeric (or 9 digits with terminal X) if is_valid_isxn (id, 10) then -- see if ASIN value is or validates as ISBN-10 if not id:find ('^63[01]') then -- 630xxxxxxx and 631xxxxxxx are (apparently) not a valid isbn prefixes but are used by amazon as a numeric identifier err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin'); -- ASIN has ISBN-10 form but begins with something other than 630/1 so probably an isbn end elseif not is_set (err_flag) then err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin'); -- ASIN is not ISBN-10 end elseif not id:match("^%u[%d%u]+$") then err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin'); -- asin doesn't begin with uppercase alpha end end if (not is_set (domain)) or in_array (domain, {'us'}) then -- default: United States domain = "com"; elseif in_array (domain, {'jp', 'uk'}) then -- Japan, United Kingdom domain = "co." .. domain; elseif in_array (domain, {'z.cn'}) then -- China domain = "cn"; elseif in_array (domain, {'au', 'br', 'mx', 'sg', 'tr'}) then -- Australia, Brazil, Mexico, Singapore, Turkey domain = "com." .. domain; elseif not in_array (domain, {'ae', 'ca', 'cn', 'de', 'es', 'fr', 'in', 'it', 'nl', 'pl', 'sa', 'se', 'co.jp', 'co.uk', 'com', 'com.au', 'com.br', 'com.mx', 'com.sg', 'com.tr'}) then -- Arabic Emirates, Canada, China, Germany, Spain, France, Indonesia, Italy, Netherlands, Poland, Saudi Arabia, Sweden (as of 2021-03 Austria (.at), Liechtenstein (.li) and Switzerland (.ch) still redirect to the German site (.de) with special settings, so don't maintain local ASINs for them) err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin_tld'); -- unsupported asin-tld value end local handler = options.handler; if not is_set (err_flag) then options.coins_list_t['ASIN'] = handler.prefix .. domain .. "/dp/" .. id; -- asin for coins else options.coins_list_t['ASIN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix .. domain .. "/dp/", id = id, encode = handler.encode, separator = handler.separator}) end --[[--------------------------< I S M N >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Determines whether an ISMN string is valid. Similar to ISBN-13, ISMN is 13 digits beginning 979-0-... and uses the same check digit calculations. See https://www.ismn-international.org/download/Web_ISMN_Users_Manual_2008-6.pdf section 2, pages 9–12. ismn value not made part of COinS metadata because we don't have a url or isn't a COinS-defined identifier (rft.xxx) or an identifier registered at info-uri.info (info:) ]] local function ismn (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local text; local valid_ismn = true; local id_copy; id_copy = id; -- save a copy because this testing is destructive id = id:gsub ('[%s-]', ''); -- remove hyphens and white space if 13 ~= id:len() or id:match ("^9790%d*$" ) == nil then -- ISMN must be 13 digits and begin with 9790 valid_ismn = false; else valid_ismn=is_valid_isxn_13 (id); -- validate ISMN end -- text = internal_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, -- use this (or external version) when there is some place to link to -- prefix = handler.prefix, id = id_copy, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}) text = table.concat ( -- because no place to link to yet { make_wikilink (label_link_make (handler), handler.label), handler.separator, id_copy }); if false == valid_ismn then options.coins_list_t['ISMN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS; not really necessary here because ismn not made part of COinS set_message ('err_bad_ismn'); -- create an error message if the ISMN is invalid end return text; end --[[--------------------------< I S S N >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Validate and format an ISSN. This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but has separated the two groups of four digits with a space. When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked like this: |issn=0819 4327 gives: [https://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327] -- can't have spaces in an external link This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the ISSN midpoint. It also validates the ISSN for length and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees with the calculated value. Incorrect length (8 digits), characters other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check ISSN error message. The ISSN is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the ISSN was given as a single group of 8 digits. ]] local function issn (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local ignore_invalid = options.accept; local issn_copy = id; -- save a copy of unadulterated ISSN; use this version for display if ISSN does not validate local text; local valid_issn = true; id = id:gsub ('[%s-]', ''); -- remove hyphens and whitespace if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match ("^%d*X?$" ) then -- validate the ISSN: 8 digits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position valid_issn = false; -- wrong length or improper character else valid_issn = is_valid_isxn (id, 8); -- validate ISSN end if true == valid_issn then id = string.sub (id, 1, 4 ) .. "-" .. string.sub (id, 5 ); -- if valid, display correctly formatted version else id = issn_copy; -- if not valid, show the invalid ISSN with error message end text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}) if ignore_invalid then set_message ('maint_issn_ignore'); else if false == valid_issn then options.coins_list_t['ISSN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS set_message ('err_bad_issn', (options.hkey == 'EISSN') and 'e' or ''); -- create an error message if the ISSN is invalid end end return text; end --[[--------------------------< J F M >----------------------------------------------------------------------- A numerical identifier in the form nn.nnnn.nn ]] local function jfm (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local id_num; id_num = id:match ('^[Jj][Ff][Mm](.*)$'); -- identifier with jfm prefix; extract identifier if is_set (id_num) then set_message ('maint_jfm_format'); else -- plain number without JFM prefix id_num = id; -- if here id does not have prefix end if id_num and id_num:match('^%d%d%.%d%d%d%d%.%d%d$') then id = id_num; -- jfm matches pattern else set_message ('err_bad_jfm' ); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['JFM'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}); end --[[--------------------------< J S T O R >-------------------------------------------------------------------- Format a JSTOR with some error checking ]] local function jstor (options) local id = options.id; local access = options.access; local handler = options.handler; if id:find ('[Jj][Ss][Tt][Oo][Rr]') or id:find ('^https?://') or id:find ('%s') then set_message ('err_bad_jstor'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['JSTOR'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access}); end --[[--------------------------< L C C N >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Format LCCN link and do simple error checking. LCCN is a character string 8-12 characters long. The length of the LCCN dictates the character type of the first 1-3 characters; the rightmost eight are always digits. https://oclc-research.github.io/infoURI-Frozen/info-uri.info/info:lccn/reg.html length = 8 then all digits length = 9 then lccn[1] is lowercase alpha length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lowercase alpha or both digits length = 11 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both lowercase alpha or both digits length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lowercase alpha ]] local function lccn (options) local lccn = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local err_flag; -- presume that LCCN is valid local id = lccn; -- local copy of the LCCN id = normalize_lccn (id); -- get canonical form (no whitespace, hyphens, forward slashes) local len = id:len(); -- get the length of the LCCN if 8 == len then if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- set an error message end elseif 9 == len then -- LCCN should be adddddddd if nil == id:match("%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- does it match our pattern? err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- set an error message end elseif 10 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ... if nil == id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- ... see if it matches our pattern err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- no match, set an error message end end elseif 11 == len then -- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd if not (id:match("^%l%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") or id:match("^%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d")) then -- see if it matches one of our patterns err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- no match, set an error message end elseif 12 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddddd if not id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- see if it matches our pattern err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- no match, set an error message end else err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- wrong length, set an error message end if not is_set (err_flag) and nil ~= lccn:find ('%s') then err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- lccn contains a space, set an error message end if is_set (err_flag) then options.coins_list_t['LCCN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = lccn, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}); end --[[--------------------------< M E D R X I V >----------------------------------------------------------------- Format medRxiv ID and do simple error checking. Similar to later bioRxiv IDs, medRxiv IDs are prefixed with a yyyy.mm.dd. date and suffixed with an optional version identifier. Ealiest date accepted is 2020.01.01 The medRxiv ID is a date followed by an eight-digit number followed by an optional version indicator 'v' and one or more digits: https://www.medrxiv.org/content/10.1101/2020.11.16.20232009v2 -> 10.1101/2020.11.16.20232009v2 ]] local function medrxiv (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local err_msg_flag = true; -- flag; assume that there will be an error local patterns = { '^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$', -- simple 8-digit identifier; these should be relatively rare '^10%.1101/(20%d%d)%.(%d%d)%.(%d%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$', -- y.m.d. date + 8-digit identifier + version (2020-01-01 and later) '^10%.1101/(20%d%d)%.(%d%d)%.(%d%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$', -- y.m.d. date + 8-digit identifier (2020-01-01 and later) '^10%.64898/(20%d%d)%.(%d%d)%.(%d%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$', -- y.m.d. date + 8-digit identifier + version (2025-12-01 and later) '^10%.64898/(20%d%d)%.(%d%d)%.(%d%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$', -- y.m.d. date + 8-digit identifier (2025-12-01 and later) } for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through the patterns looking for a match if id:match (pattern) then local y, m, d = id:match (pattern); -- found a match, attempt to get year, month and date from the identifier if m then -- m is nil when id is the 8-digit form if not is_valid_rxiv_date (y, m, d, 'b') then -- validate the encoded date; 'b' for medrxiv limit break; -- date fail; break out early so we don't unset the error message end end err_msg_flag = nil; -- we found a match so unset the error message break; -- and done end end -- <err_msg_flag> remains set here when no match if err_msg_flag then options.coins_list_t['MEDRXIV'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS set_message ('err_bad_medrxiv'); -- and set the error message end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access}); end --[[--------------------------< M R >-------------------------------------------------------------------------- A seven digit number; if not seven digits, zero-fill leading digits to make seven digits. ]] local function mr (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local id_num; local id_len; id_num = id:match ('^[Mm][Rr](%d+)$'); -- identifier with mr prefix if is_set (id_num) then set_message ('maint_mr_format'); -- add maint cat else -- plain number without mr prefix id_num = id:match ('^%d+$'); -- if here id is all digits end id_len = id_num and id_num:len() or 0; if (7 >= id_len) and (0 ~= id_len) then id = string.rep ('0', 7-id_len) .. id_num; -- zero-fill leading digits else set_message ('err_bad_mr'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['MR'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}); end --[[--------------------------< O C L C >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Validate and format an OCLC ID. https://www.oclc.org/batchload/controlnumber.en.html {{dead link}} archived at: https://web.archive.org/web/20161228233804/https://www.oclc.org/batchload/controlnumber.en.html ]] local function oclc (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local number; if id:match('^ocm%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$') then -- ocm prefix and 8 digits; 001 field (12 characters) number = id:match('ocm(%d+)'); -- get the number elseif id:match('^ocn%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$') then -- ocn prefix and 9 digits; 001 field (12 characters) number = id:match('ocn(%d+)'); -- get the number elseif id:match('^on%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d+$') then -- on prefix and 10 or more digits; 001 field (12 characters) number = id:match('^on(%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d+)$'); -- get the number elseif id:match('^%(OCoLC%)[1-9]%d*$') then -- (OCoLC) prefix and variable number digits; no leading zeros; 035 field number = id:match('%(OCoLC%)([1-9]%d*)'); -- get the number if 9 < number:len() then number = nil; -- constrain to 1 to 9 digits; change this when OCLC issues 10-digit numbers end elseif id:match('^%d+$') then -- no prefix number = id; -- get the number if tonumber (id) > handler.id_limit then number = nil; -- unset when id value exceeds the limit end end if number then -- proper format id = number; -- exclude prefix, if any, from external link else set_message ('err_bad_oclc') -- add an error message if the id is malformed options.coins_list_t['OCLC'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}); end --[[--------------------------< O P E N L I B R A R Y >-------------------------------------------------------- Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors. ]] local function openlibrary (options) local id = options.id; local access = options.access; local handler = options.handler; local ident, code = id:gsub('^OL', ''):match("^(%d+([AMW]))$"); -- strip optional OL prefix followed immediately by digits followed by 'A', 'M', or 'W'; local err_flag; local prefix = { -- these are appended to the handler.prefix according to code ['A']='authors/OL', ['M']='books/OL', ['W']='works/OL', ['X']='OL' -- not a code; spoof when 'code' in id is invalid }; if not ident then code = 'X'; -- no code or id completely invalid ident = id; -- copy id to ident so that we display the flawed identifier err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_ol'); end if not is_set (err_flag) then options.coins_list_t['OL'] = handler.prefix .. prefix[code] .. ident; -- experiment for ol coins else options.coins_list_t['OL'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix .. prefix[code], id = ident, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access}); end --[[--------------------------< O S T I >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Format OSTI and do simple error checking. OSTIs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the OSTI to see that it contains only digits and is less than test_limit specified in the configuration; the value in test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more OSTIs are issued. NB. 1018 is the lowest OSTI number found in the wild (so far) and resolving OK on the OSTI site ]] local function osti (options) local id = options.id; local access = options.access; local handler = options.handler; if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if OSTI has anything but digits set_message ('err_bad_osti'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['OSTI'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS else -- OSTI is only digits local id_num = tonumber (id); -- convert id to a number for range testing if 1018 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if OSTI is outside test limit boundaries set_message ('err_bad_osti'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['OSTI'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access}); end --[[--------------------------< P M C >------------------------------------------------------------------------ Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles. The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future the PMC identifier will not be linked to the article. If the embargo date is today or in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then the PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix. PMC embargo date testing is done in function is_embargoed () which is called earlier because when the citation has |pmc=<value> but does not have a |url= then |title= is linked with the PMC link. Function is_embargoed () returns the embargo date if the PMC article is still embargoed, otherwise it returns an empty string. PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued. ]] local function pmc (options) local id = options.id; local embargo = options.Embargo; -- TODO: lowercase? local handler = options.handler; local err_flag; local id_num; local text; id_num = id:match ('^[Pp][Mm][Cc](%d+)$'); -- identifier with PMC prefix if is_set (id_num) then set_message ('maint_pmc_format'); else -- plain number without PMC prefix id_num = id:match ('^%d+$'); -- if here id is all digits end if is_set (id_num) then -- id_num has a value so test it id_num = tonumber (id_num); -- convert id_num to a number for range testing if 1 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_pmc'); -- set an error message else id = tostring (id_num); -- make sure id is a string end else -- when id format incorrect err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_pmc'); -- set an error message end if is_set (embargo) and is_set (is_embargoed (embargo)) then -- is PMC is still embargoed? text = table.concat ( -- still embargoed so no external link { make_wikilink (label_link_make (handler), handler.label), handler.separator, id, }); else text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, -- no embargo date or embargo has expired, ok to link to article prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access, auto_link = not err_flag and 'pmc' or nil -- do not auto-link when PMC has error }); end if err_flag then options.coins_list_t['PMC'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return text; end --[[--------------------------< P M I D >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Format PMID and do simple error checking. PMIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the PMID to see that it contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued. ]] local function pmid (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMID has anything but digits set_message ('err_bad_pmid'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['PMID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS else -- PMID is only digits local id_num = tonumber (id); -- convert id to a number for range testing if 1 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries set_message ('err_bad_pmid'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['PMID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}); end --[[--------------------------< R F C >------------------------------------------------------------------------ Format RFC and do simple error checking. RFCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the RFC to see that it contains only digits and is less than test_limit specified in the configuration; the value in test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more RFCs are issued. An index of all RFCs is here: https://tools.ietf.org/rfc/ ]] local function rfc (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if RFC has anything but digits set_message ('err_bad_rfc'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['RFC'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS else -- RFC is only digits local id_num = tonumber (id); -- convert id to a number for range testing if 1 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if RFC is outside test limit boundaries set_message ('err_bad_rfc'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['RFC'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access}); end --[[--------------------------< S 2 C I D >-------------------------------------------------------------------- Format an S2CID, do simple error checking S2CIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the S2CID to see that it is only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more S2CIDs are issued. ]] local function s2cid (options) local id = options.id; local access = options.access; local handler = options.handler; local id_num; local text; id_num = id:match ('^[1-9]%d*$'); -- id must be all digits; must not begin with 0; no open access flag if is_set (id_num) then -- id_num has a value so test it id_num = tonumber (id_num); -- convert id_num to a number for range testing if handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if S2CID is outside test limit boundaries set_message ('err_bad_s2cid'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['S2CID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end else -- when id format incorrect set_message ('err_bad_s2cid'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['S2CID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access}); return text; end --[[--------------------------< S B N >------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9-digit form of ISBN-10; uses same check-digit validation when SBN is prefixed with an additional '0' to make 10 digits sbn value not made part of COinS metadata because we don't have a url or isn't a COinS-defined identifier (rft.xxx) or an identifier registered at info-uri.info (info:) ]] local function sbn (options) local id = options.id; local ignore_invalid = options.accept; local handler = options.handler; local function return_result (check, err_type) -- local function to handle the various returns local SBN = internal_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator}); if not ignore_invalid then -- if not ignoring SBN errors if not check then options.coins_list_t['SBN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS; not really necessary here because sbn not made part of COinS set_message ('err_bad_sbn', {err_type}); -- display an error message return SBN; end else set_message ('maint_isbn_ignore'); -- add a maint category even when there is no error (ToDo: Possibly switch to separate message for SBNs only) end return SBN; end if id:match ('[^%s-0-9X]') then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.char); -- fail if SBN contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X end local ident = id:gsub ('[%s-]', ''); -- remove hyphens and whitespace; they interfere with the rest of the tests if 9 ~= ident:len() then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.length); -- fail if incorrect length end if ident:match ('^%d*X?$') == nil then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.form); -- fail if SBN has 'X' anywhere but last position end return return_result (is_valid_isxn ('0' .. ident, 10), cfg.err_msg_supl.check); end --[[--------------------------< S S R N >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Format an SSRN, do simple error checking SSRNs are sequential numbers beginning at 100? and counting up. This code checks the SSRN to see that it is only digits and is greater than 99 and less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more SSRNs are issued. ]] local function ssrn (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local id_num; local text; id_num = id:match ('^%d+$'); -- id must be all digits if is_set (id_num) then -- id_num has a value so test it id_num = tonumber (id_num); -- convert id_num to a number for range testing if 100 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if SSRN is outside test limit boundaries set_message ('err_bad_ssrn'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['SSRN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end else -- when id format incorrect set_message ('err_bad_ssrn'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['SSRN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = options.access}); return text; end --[[--------------------------< U S E N E T _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------ Validate and format a usenet message id. Simple error checking, looks for 'id-left@id-right' not enclosed in '<' and/or '>' angle brackets. ]] local function usenet_id (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}) if not id:match('^.+@.+$') or not id:match('^[^<].*[^>]$') then -- doesn't have '@' or has one or first or last character is '< or '>' set_message ('err_bad_usenet_id') -- add an error message if the message id is invalid options.coins_list_t['USENETID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return text; end --[[--------------------------< Z B L >----------------------------------------------------------------------- A numerical identifier in the form nnnn.nnnnn - leading zeros in the first quartet optional format described here: http://emis.mi.sanu.ac.rs/ZMATH/zmath/en/help/search/ temporary format is apparently eight digits. Anything else is an error ]] local function zbl (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; if id:match('^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$') then -- is this identifier using temporary format? set_message ('maint_zbl'); -- yes, add maint cat elseif not id:match('^%d?%d?%d?%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$') then -- not temporary, is it normal format? set_message ('err_bad_zbl'); -- no, set an error message options.coins_list_t['ZBL'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}); end --============================<< I N T E R F A C E F U N C T I O N S >>========================================== --[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ I D S >------------------------------------------------------------ Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings. Loops through cfg.id_handlers and searches args for any of the parameters listed in each cfg.id_handlers['...'].parameters. If found, adds the parameter and value to the identifier list. Emits redundant error message if more than one alias exists in args ]] local function extract_ids (args) local id_list = {}; -- list of identifiers found in args for k, v in pairs (cfg.id_handlers) do -- k is uppercase identifier name as index to cfg.id_handlers; e.g. cfg.id_handlers['ISBN'], v is a table v = select_one (args, v.parameters, 'err_redundant_parameters' ); -- v.parameters is a table of aliases for k; here we pick one from args if present if is_set (v) then id_list[k] = v; end -- if found in args, add identifier to our list end return id_list; end --[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ I D _ A C C E S S _ L E V E L S >-------------------------------------- Fetches custom id access levels from arguments using configuration settings. Parameters which have a predefined access level (e.g. arxiv) do not use this function as they are directly rendered as free without using an additional parameter. returns a table of k/v pairs where k is same as the identifier's key in cfg.id_handlers and v is the assigned (valid) keyword access-level values must match the case used in cfg.keywords_lists['id-access'] (lowercase unless there is some special reason for something else) ]] local function extract_id_access_levels (args, id_list) local id_accesses_list = {}; for k, v in pairs (cfg.id_handlers) do local access_param = v.custom_access; -- name of identifier's access-level parameter if is_set (access_param) then local access_level = args[access_param]; -- get the assigned value if there is one if is_set (access_level) then if not in_array (access_level, cfg.keywords_lists['id-access']) then -- exact match required set_message ('err_invalid_param_val', {access_param, access_level}); access_level = nil; -- invalid so unset end if not is_set (id_list[k]) then -- identifier access-level must have a matching identifier set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {k:lower()}); -- parameter name is uppercase in cfg.id_handlers (k); lowercase for error message end id_accesses_list[k] = cfg.keywords_xlate[access_level]; -- get translated keyword end end end return id_accesses_list; end --[[--------------------------< B U I L D _ I D _ L I S T >---------------------------------------------------- render the identifiers into a sorted sequence table <ID_list_coins_t> is a table of k/v pairs where k is same as key in cfg.id_handlers and v is the assigned value <options_t> is a table of various k/v option pairs provided in the call to new_build_id_list(); modified by this function and passed to all identifier rendering functions <access_levels_t> is a table of k/v pairs where k is same as key in cfg.id_handlers and v is the assigned value (if valid) returns a sequence table of sorted (by hkey - 'handler' key) rendered identifier strings ]] local function build_id_list (ID_list_coins_t, options_t, access_levels_t) local ID_list_t = {}; local accept; local func_map = { --function map points to functions associated with hkey identifier ['ARXIV'] = arxiv, ['ASIN'] = asin, ['BIBCODE'] = bibcode, ['BIORXIV'] = biorxiv, ['CITESEERX'] = citeseerx, ['DOI'] = doi, ['EISSN'] = issn, ['HDL'] = hdl, ['ISBN'] = isbn, ['ISMN'] = ismn, ['ISSN'] = issn, ['JFM'] = jfm, ['JSTOR'] = jstor, ['LCCN'] = lccn, ['MEDRXIV'] = medrxiv, ['MR'] = mr, ['OCLC'] = oclc, ['OL'] = openlibrary, ['OSTI'] = osti, ['PMC'] = pmc, ['PMID'] = pmid, ['RFC'] = rfc, ['S2CID'] = s2cid, ['SBN'] = sbn, ['SSRN'] = ssrn, ['USENETID'] = usenet_id, ['ZBL'] = zbl, } for hkey, v in pairs (ID_list_coins_t) do v, accept = has_accept_as_written (v); -- remove accept-as-written markup if present; accept is boolean true when markup removed; false else -- every function gets the options table with value v and accept boolean options_t.hkey = hkey; -- ~/Configuration handler key options_t.id = v; -- add that identifier value to the options table options_t.accept = accept; -- add the accept boolean flag options_t.access = access_levels_t[hkey]; -- add the access level for those that have an |<identifier-access= parameter options_t.handler = cfg.id_handlers[hkey]; options_t.coins_list_t = ID_list_coins_t; -- pointer to ID_list_coins_t; for |asin= and |ol=; also to keep erroneous values out of the citation's metadata options_t.coins_list_t[hkey] = v; -- id value without accept-as-written markup for metadata if options_t.handler.access and not in_array (options_t.handler.access, cfg.keywords_lists['id-access']) then error (cfg.messages['unknown_ID_access'] .. options_t.handler.access); -- here when handler access key set to a value not listed in list of allowed id access keywords end if func_map[hkey] then local id_text = func_map[hkey] (options_t); -- call the function to get identifier text and any error message table.insert (ID_list_t, {hkey, id_text}); -- add identifier text to the output sequence table else error (cfg.messages['unknown_ID_key'] .. hkey); -- here when func_map doesn't have a function for hkey end end local function comp (a, b) -- used by following table.sort() return a[1]:lower() < b[1]:lower(); -- sort by hkey end table.sort (ID_list_t, comp); -- sequence table of tables sort for k, v in ipairs (ID_list_t) do -- convert sequence table of tables to simple sequence table of strings ID_list_t[k] = v[2]; -- v[2] is the identifier rendering from the call to the various functions in func_map{} end return ID_list_t; end --[[--------------------------< O P T I O N S _ C H E C K >---------------------------------------------------- check that certain option parameters have their associated identifier parameters with values <ID_list_coins_t> is a table of k/v pairs where k is same as key in cfg.id_handlers and v is the assigned value <ID_support_t> is a sequence table of tables created in citation0() where each subtable has four elements: [1] is the support parameter's assigned value; empty string if not set [2] is a text string same as key in cfg.id_handlers [3] is cfg.error_conditions key used to create error message [4] is original ID support parameter name used to create error message returns nothing; on error emits an appropriate error message ]] local function options_check (ID_list_coins_t, ID_support_t) for _, v in ipairs (ID_support_t) do if is_set (v[1]) and not ID_list_coins_t[v[2]] then -- when support parameter has a value but matching identifier parameter is missing or empty set_message (v[3], (v[4])); -- emit the appropriate error message end end end --[[--------------------------< I D E N T I F I E R _ L I S T S _ G E T >-------------------------------------- Creates two identifier lists: a k/v table of identifiers and their values to be used locally and for use in the COinS metadata, and a sequence table of the rendered identifier strings that will be included in the rendered citation. ]] local function identifier_lists_get (args_t, options_t, ID_support_t) local ID_list_coins_t = extract_ids (args_t); -- get a table of identifiers and their values for use locally and for use in COinS options_check (ID_list_coins_t, ID_support_t); -- ID support parameters must have matching identifier parameters local ID_access_levels_t = extract_id_access_levels (args_t, ID_list_coins_t); -- get a table of identifier access levels local ID_list_t = build_id_list (ID_list_coins_t, options_t, ID_access_levels_t); -- get a sequence table of rendered identifier strings return ID_list_t, ID_list_coins_t; -- return the tables end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S E L E C T E D _ M O D U L E S >-------------------------------------- Sets local cfg table and imported functions table to same (live or sandbox) as that used by the other modules. ]] local function set_selected_modules (cfg_table_ptr, utilities_page_ptr) cfg = cfg_table_ptr; has_accept_as_written = utilities_page_ptr.has_accept_as_written; -- import functions from select Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities module is_set = utilities_page_ptr.is_set; in_array = utilities_page_ptr.in_array; set_message = utilities_page_ptr.set_message; select_one = utilities_page_ptr.select_one; substitute = utilities_page_ptr.substitute; make_wikilink = utilities_page_ptr.make_wikilink; z = utilities_page_ptr.z; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------ ]] return { auto_link_urls = auto_link_urls, -- table of identifier URLs to be used when auto-linking |title= identifier_lists_get = identifier_lists_get, -- experiment to replace individual calls to build_id_list(), extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels is_embargoed = is_embargoed; set_selected_modules = set_selected_modules; } e4jc9mw0kujge8fok9aztk214jmz0lr 828 3782 266013 219359 2026-01-17T19:25:10Z en>Trappist the monk 0 synch from sandbox; 266013 Scribunto text/plain local z = { error_cats_t = {}; -- for categorizing citations that contain errors error_ids_t = {}; -- list of error identifiers; used to prevent duplication of certain errors; local to this module error_msgs_t = {}; -- sequence table of error messages maint_cats_t = {}; -- for categorizing citations that aren't erroneous per se, but could use a little work prop_cats_t = {}; -- for categorizing citations based on certain properties, language of source for instance prop_keys_t = {}; -- for adding classes to the citation's <cite> tag }; --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- ]] local cfg; -- table of tables imported from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration --[[--------------------------< I S _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------------ Returns true if argument is set; false otherwise. Argument is 'set' when it exists (not nil) or when it is not an empty string. ]] local function is_set (var) return not (var == nil or var == ''); end --[[--------------------------< I N _ A R R A Y >-------------------------------------------------------------- Whether needle is in haystack ]] local function in_array (needle, haystack) if needle == nil then return false; end for n, v in ipairs (haystack) do if v == needle then return n; end end return false; end --[[--------------------------< H A S _ A C C E P T _ A S _ W R I T T E N >------------------------------------ When <str> is wholly wrapped in accept-as-written markup, return <str> without markup and true; return <str> and false else with allow_empty = false, <str> must have at least one character inside the markup with allow_empty = true, <str> the markup frame can be empty like (()) to distinguish an empty template parameter from the specific condition "has no applicable value" in citation-context. After further evaluation the two cases might be merged at a later stage, but should be kept separated for now. ]] local function has_accept_as_written (str, allow_empty) if not is_set (str) then return str, false; end local count; if true == allow_empty then str, count = str:gsub ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$', '%1'); -- allows (()) to be an empty set else str, count = str:gsub ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$', '%1'); end return str, 0 ~= count; end --[[--------------------------< S U B S T I T U T E >---------------------------------------------------------- Populates numbered arguments in a message string using an argument table. <args> may be a single string or a sequence table of multiple strings. ]] local function substitute (msg, args) return args and mw.message.newRawMessage (msg, args):plain() or msg; end --[[--------------------------< E R R O R _ C O M M E N T >---------------------------------------------------- Wraps error messages with CSS markup according to the state of hidden. <content> may be a single string or a sequence table of multiple strings. ]] local function error_comment (content, hidden) return substitute (hidden and cfg.presentation['hidden-error'] or cfg.presentation['visible-error'], content); end --[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >-------------------------------------------------- Converts a hyphen, endash, emdash to endash under certain conditions. The hyphen/en/em must separate like items; unlike items are returned unmodified. These forms are modified: letter - letter (A-B) digit - digit (4-5) digit separator digit - digit separator digit (4.1-4.5 or 4-1-4-5) letterdigit - letterdigit (A1-A5) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – a.1-a.5 or a-1-a-5) digitletter - digitletter (5a-5d) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – 5.a-5.d or 5-a-5-d) any other forms are returned unmodified. str may be a comma- or semicolon-separated list of page ranges with/without single pages ]] local function hyphen_to_dash (str) if not is_set (str) then return str; end str = str:gsub ("(%(%(.-%)%))", function(m) return m:gsub(",", "，"):gsub(";", "；") end) -- replace commas and semicolons in accept-as-written markup with similar unicode characters so they'll be ignored during the split str = str:gsub ('&[nm]dash;', {['&ndash;'] = '–', ['&mdash;'] = '—'}); -- replace &mdash; and &ndash; entities with their characters; semicolon mucks up the text.split str = str:gsub ('&#45;', '-'); -- replace HTML numeric entity with hyphen character str = str:gsub ('&nbsp;', ' '); -- replace &nbsp; entity with generic keyboard space character local out = {}; local list = mw.text.split (str, '%s*[,;]%s*'); -- split str at comma or semicolon separators if there are any local accept; -- boolean for _, item in ipairs (list) do -- for each item in the list item, accept = has_accept_as_written (item); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of item if not accept and mw.ustring.match (item, '^%w*[%.%-]?%w+%s*[—–-]%s*%w*[%.%-]?%w+$') then -- if pagination uses <hyphen|dot> separators with hyphen/endash/emdash <range separator> if mw.ustring.match (item, '^%a+[%.%-]%d+%s*[—–-]%s*%a+[%.%-]%d+$') or -- letter<hyphen|dot>digit <range separator> letter<hyphen|dot>digit (requires <hyphen|dot> separator between letter and digit) mw.ustring.match (item, '^%d+[%.%-]%a+%s*[—–-]%s*%d+[%.%-]%a+$') or -- digit<hyphen|dot>letter <range separator> digit<hyphen|dot>letter (requires <hyphen|dot> separator between digit and letter) mw.ustring.match (item, '^%d+[%.%-]%d+%s*[—–-]%s*%d+[%.%-]%d+$') then -- digit<hyphen|dot>digit <range separator> digit<hyphen|dot>digit (requires <hyphen|dot> separator between digit and digit) item = mw.ustring.gsub (item, '(%w*[%.%-]%w+)%s*[—–-]%s*(%w*[%.%-]%w+)', '<span class="nowrap">%1 –</span> <span class="nowrap">%2</span>'); -- replace <range separator>, with spaced endash elseif mw.ustring.match (item, '^%d+%a+%s*[—–-]%s*%d+%a+$') or -- digitletter <range separator> digitletter mw.ustring.match (item, '^%a+%d+%s*[—–-]%s*%a+%d+$') or -- letterdigit <range separator> letterdigit mw.ustring.match (item, '^%d+%s*[—–-]%s*%d+$') or -- digit <range separator> digit mw.ustring.match (item, '^%a+%s*[—–-]%s*%a+$') then -- letter<range separator> letter item = mw.ustring.gsub (item, '(%w+)%s*[—–-]%s*(%w+)', '<span class="nowrap">%1–</span>%2'); -- replace <range separator> with endash, remove extraneous space characters else -- item = mw.ustring.gsub (item, '%s*[—–-]%s*', '–'); -- disabled; here when 'unlike' items so return <item> as is end end table.insert (out, item); -- add the (possibly modified) item to the output table end local temp_str = ''; -- concatenate the output table into a comma separated string temp_str, accept = has_accept_as_written (table.concat (out, ', ')); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of concatenated out if accept then temp_str = has_accept_as_written (str); -- when global markup removed, return original str; do it this way to suppress boolean second return value return temp_str:gsub("，", ","):gsub("；", ";"); else return temp_str:gsub("，", ","):gsub("；", ";"); -- else, return assembled temp_str end end --[=[-------------------------< M A K E _ W I K I L I N K >---------------------------------------------------- Makes a wikilink; when both link and display text is provided, returns a wikilink in the form [[L|D]]; if only link is provided (or link and display are the same), returns a wikilink in the form [[L]]; if neither are provided or link is omitted, returns an empty string. ]=] local function make_wikilink (link, display) if not is_set (link) then return '' end if is_set (display) and link ~= display then return table.concat ({'[[', link, '|', display, ']]'}); else return table.concat ({'[[', link, ']]'}); end end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ M E S S A G E >---------------------------------------------------------- Sets an error message using the ~/Configuration error_conditions{} table along with arguments supplied in the function call, inserts the resulting message in z.error_msgs_t{} sequence table, and returns the error message. <error_id> – key value for appropriate error handler in ~/Configuration error_conditions{} table <arguments> – may be a single string or a sequence table of multiple strings to be subsititued into error_conditions[error_id].message <raw> – boolean true – causes this function to return the error message not wrapped in visible-error, hidden-error span tag; returns error_conditions[error_id].hidden as a second return value does not add message to z.error_msgs_t sequence table false, nil – adds message wrapped in visible-error, hidden-error span tag to z.error_msgs_t returns the error message wrapped in visible-error, hidden-error span tag; there is no second return value <prefix> – string to be prepended to <message> -- TODO: remove support for these unused(?) arguments? <suffix> – string to be appended to <message> TODO: change z.error_cats_t and z.maint_cats_t to have the form cat_name = true? this to avoid dups without having to have an extra table ]] local added_maint_cats = {} -- list of maintenance categories that have been added to z.maint_cats_t; TODO: figure out how to delete this table local function set_message (error_id, arguments, raw, prefix, suffix) local error_state = cfg.error_conditions[error_id]; prefix = prefix or ''; suffix = suffix or ''; if error_state == nil then error (cfg.messages['undefined_error'] .. ': ' .. error_id); -- because missing error handler in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration elseif is_set (error_state.category) then if error_state.message then -- when error_state.message defined, this is an error message table.insert (z.error_cats_t, error_state.category); else if not added_maint_cats[error_id] then added_maint_cats[error_id] = true; -- note that we've added this category table.insert (z.maint_cats_t, substitute (error_state.category, arguments)); -- make cat name then add to table end return; -- because no message, nothing more to do end end local message = substitute (error_state.message, arguments); message = table.concat ( { message, ' (', make_wikilink ( table.concat ( { cfg.messages['help page link'], '#', error_state.anchor }), cfg.messages['help page label']), ')' }); z.error_ids_t[error_id] = true; if z.error_ids_t['err_citation_missing_title'] and -- if missing-title error already noted in_array (error_id, {'err_bare_url_missing_title', 'err_trans_missing_title'}) then -- and this error is one of these return '', false; -- don't bother because one flavor of missing title is sufficient end message = table.concat ({prefix, message, suffix}); if true == raw then return message, error_state.hidden; -- return message not wrapped in visible-error, hidden-error span tag end message = error_comment (message, error_state.hidden); -- wrap message in visible-error, hidden-error span tag table.insert (z.error_msgs_t, message); -- add it to the messages sequence table return message; -- and done; return value generally not used but is used as a flag in various functions of ~/Identifiers end --[[-------------------------< I S _ A L I A S _ U S E D >----------------------------------------------------- This function is used by select_one() to determine if one of a list of alias parameters is in the argument list provided by the template. Input: args – pointer to the arguments table from calling template alias – one of the list of possible aliases in the aliases lists from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration index – for enumerated parameters, identifies which one enumerated – true/false flag used to choose how enumerated aliases are examined value – value associated with an alias that has previously been selected; nil if not yet selected selected – the alias that has previously been selected; nil if not yet selected error_list – list of aliases that are duplicates of the alias already selected Returns: value – value associated with alias we selected or that was previously selected or nil if an alias not yet selected selected – the alias we selected or the alias that was previously selected or nil if an alias not yet selected ]] local function is_alias_used (args, alias, index, enumerated, value, selected, error_list) if enumerated then -- is this a test for an enumerated parameters? alias = alias:gsub ('#', index); -- replace '#' with the value in index else alias = alias:gsub ('#', ''); -- remove '#' if it exists end if is_set (args[alias]) then -- alias is in the template's argument list if value ~= nil and selected ~= alias then -- if we have already selected one of the aliases local skip; for _, v in ipairs (error_list) do -- spin through the error list to see if we've added this alias if v == alias then skip = true; break; -- has been added so stop looking end end if not skip then -- has not been added so table.insert (error_list, alias); -- add error alias to the error list end else value = args[alias]; -- not yet selected an alias, so select this one selected = alias; end end return value, selected; -- return newly selected alias, or previously selected alias end --[[--------------------------< A D D _ M A I N T _ C A T >------------------------------------------------------ Adds a category to z.maint_cats_t using names from the configuration file with additional text if any. To prevent duplication, the added_maint_cats table lists the categories by key that have been added to z.maint_cats_t. ]] local function add_maint_cat (key, arguments) if not added_maint_cats [key] then added_maint_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category table.insert (z.maint_cats_t, substitute (cfg.maint_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table end end --[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >-------------------------------------------------------- Adds a category to z.prop_cats_t using names from the configuration file with additional text if any. foreign_lang_source and foreign_lang_source_2 keys have a language code appended to them so that multiple languages may be categorized but multiples of the same language are not categorized. added_prop_cats is a table declared in page scope variables above ]] local added_prop_cats = {}; -- list of property categories that have been added to z.prop_cats_t local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments, key_modifier) local key_modified = key .. ((key_modifier and key_modifier) or ''); -- modify <key> with <key_modifier> if present and not nil if not added_prop_cats [key_modified] then added_prop_cats [key_modified] = true; -- note that we've added this category table.insert (z.prop_cats_t, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table table.insert (z.prop_keys_t, 'cs1-prop-' .. key); -- convert key to class for use in the citation's <cite> tag end end --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ I T A L I C S >---------------------------------------------- Protects a string that will be wrapped in wiki italic markup '' ... '' Note: We cannot use <i> for italics, as the expected behavior for italics specified by ''...'' in the title is that they will be inverted (i.e. unitalicized) in the resulting references. In addition, <i> and '' tend to interact poorly under Mediawiki's HTML tidy. ]] local function safe_for_italics (str) if not is_set (str) then return str end if str:sub (1, 1) == "'" then str = "<span></span>" .. str; end if str:sub (-1, -1) == "'" then str = str .. "<span></span>"; end return str:gsub ('\n', ' '); -- Remove newlines as they break italics. end --[[--------------------------< W R A P _ S T Y L E >---------------------------------------------------------- Applies styling to various parameters. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one argument; protects italic styled parameters. Additional text taken from citation_config.presentation - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_msg(). ]] local function wrap_style (key, str) if not is_set (str) then return ""; elseif in_array (key, {'italic-title', 'trans-italic-title'}) then str = safe_for_italics (str); end return substitute (cfg.presentation[key], {str}); end --[[--------------------------< M A K E _ S E P _ L I S T >------------------------------------------------------------ make a separated list of items using provided separators. <sep_list> - typically '<comma><space>' <sep_list_pair> - typically '<space>and<space>' <sep_list_end> - typically '<comma><space>and<space>' or '<comma><space>&<space>' defaults to cfg.presentation['sep_list'], cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'], and cfg.presentation['sep_list_end'] if <sep_list_end> is specified, <sep_list> and <sep_list_pair> must also be supplied ]] local function make_sep_list (count, list_seq, sep_list, sep_list_pair, sep_list_end) local list = ''; if not sep_list then -- set the defaults sep_list = cfg.presentation['sep_list']; sep_list_pair = cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair']; sep_list_end = cfg.presentation['sep_list_end']; end if 2 >= count then list = table.concat (list_seq, sep_list_pair); -- insert separator between two items; returns list_seq[1] then only one item elseif 2 < count then list = table.concat (list_seq, sep_list, 1, count - 1); -- concatenate all but last item with plain list separator list = table.concat ({list, list_seq[count]}, sep_list_end); -- concatenate last item onto end of <list> with final separator end return list; end --[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ O N E >---------------------------------------------------------- Chooses one matching parameter from a list of parameters to consider. The list of parameters to consider is just names. For parameters that may be enumerated, the position of the numerator in the parameter name is identified by the '#' so |author-last1= and |author1-last= are represented as 'author-last#' and 'author#-last'. Because enumerated parameter |<param>1= is an alias of |<param>= we must test for both possibilities. Generates an error if more than one match is present. ]] local function select_one (args, aliases_list, error_condition, index) local value = nil; -- the value assigned to the selected parameter local selected = ''; -- the name of the parameter we have chosen local error_list = {}; if index ~= nil then index = tostring(index); end for _, alias in ipairs (aliases_list) do -- for each alias in the aliases list if alias:match ('#') then -- if this alias can be enumerated if '1' == index then -- when index is 1 test for enumerated and non-enumerated aliases value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, false, value, selected, error_list); -- first test for non-enumerated alias end value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, true, value, selected, error_list); -- test for enumerated alias else value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, false, value, selected, error_list); -- test for non-enumerated alias end end if #error_list > 0 and 'none' ~= error_condition then -- for cases where this code is used outside of extract_names() for i, v in ipairs (error_list) do error_list[i] = wrap_style ('parameter', v); end table.insert (error_list, wrap_style ('parameter', selected)); set_message (error_condition, {make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}); end return value, selected; end --[=[-------------------------< R E M O V E _ W I K I _ L I N K >---------------------------------------------- Gets the display text from a wikilink like [[A|B]] or [[B]] gives B The str:gsub() returns either A|B froma [[A|B]] or B from [[B]] or B from B (no wikilink markup). In l(), l:gsub() removes the link and pipe (if they exist); the second :gsub() trims whitespace from the label if str was wrapped in wikilink markup. Presumably, this is because without wikimarkup in str, there is no match in the initial gsub, the replacement function l() doesn't get called. ]=] local function remove_wiki_link (str) return (str:gsub ("%[%[([^%[%]]*)%]%]", function(l) return l:gsub ("^[^|]*|(.*)$", "%1" ):gsub ("^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1"); end)); end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ W I K I L I N K >-------------------------------------------------------- Determines if str is a wikilink, extracts, and returns the wikilink type, link text, and display text parts. If str is a complex wikilink ([[L|D]]): returns wl_type 2 and D and L from [[L|D]]; if str is a simple wikilink ([[D]]) returns wl_type 1 and D from [[D]] and L as empty string; if not a wikilink: returns wl_type 0, str as D, and L as empty string. trims leading and trailing whitespace and pipes from L and D ([[L|]] and [[|D]] are accepted by MediaWiki and treated like [[D]]; while [[|D|]] is not accepted by MediaWiki, here, we accept it and return D without the pipes). ]=] local function is_wikilink (str) local D, L local wl_type = 2; -- assume that str is a complex wikilink [[L|D]] if not str:match ('^%[%[[^%]]+%]%]$') then -- is str some sort of a wikilink (must have some sort of content) return 0, str, ''; -- not a wikilink; return wl_type as 0, str as D, and empty string as L end L, D = str:match ('^%[%[([^|]+)|([^%]]+)%]%]$'); -- get L and D from [[L|D]] if not is_set (D) then -- if no separate display D = str:match ('^%[%[([^%]]*)|*%]%]$'); -- get D from [[D]] or [[D|]] wl_type = 1; end D = mw.text.trim (D, '%s|'); -- trim white space and pipe characters return wl_type, D, L or ''; end --[[--------------------------< S T R I P _ A P O S T R O P H E _ M A R K U P >-------------------------------- Strip wiki italic and bold markup from argument so that it doesn't contaminate COinS metadata. This function strips common patterns of apostrophe markup. We presume that editors who have taken the time to markup a title have, as a result, provided valid markup. When they don't, some single apostrophes are left behind. Returns the argument without wiki markup and a number; the number is more-or-less meaningless except as a flag to indicate that markup was replaced; do not rely on it as an indicator of how many of any kind of markup was removed; returns the argument and nil when no markup removed ]] local function strip_apostrophe_markup (argument) if not is_set (argument) then return argument, nil; -- no argument, nothing to do end if nil == argument:find ( "''", 1, true ) then -- Is there at least one double apostrophe? If not, exit. return argument, nil; end local flag; while true do if argument:find ("'''''", 1, true) then -- bold italic (5) argument, flag = argument:gsub ("%'%'%'%'%'", ""); -- remove all instances of it elseif argument:find ("''''", 1, true) then -- italic start and end without content (4) argument, flag=argument:gsub ("%'%'%'%'", ""); elseif argument:find ("'''", 1, true) then -- bold (3) argument, flag=argument:gsub ("%'%'%'", ""); elseif argument:find ("''", 1, true) then -- italic (2) argument, flag = argument:gsub ("%'%'", ""); else break; end end return argument, flag; -- done end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S E L E C T E D _ M O D U L E S >-------------------------------------- Sets local cfg table to same (live or sandbox) as that used by the other modules. ]] local function set_selected_modules (cfg_table_ptr) cfg = cfg_table_ptr; end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T S >---------------------------------------------------------------- ]] return { add_maint_cat = add_maint_cat, -- exported functions add_prop_cat = add_prop_cat, error_comment = error_comment, has_accept_as_written = has_accept_as_written, hyphen_to_dash = hyphen_to_dash, in_array = in_array, is_set = is_set, is_wikilink = is_wikilink, make_sep_list = make_sep_list, make_wikilink = make_wikilink, remove_wiki_link = remove_wiki_link, safe_for_italics = safe_for_italics, select_one = select_one, set_message = set_message, set_selected_modules = set_selected_modules, strip_apostrophe_markup = strip_apostrophe_markup, substitute = substitute, wrap_style = wrap_style, z = z, -- exported table } ipuk2skv52zxnbboa2zzah6ug9yuin7 266014 266013 2026-07-18T15:28:02Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266013 Scribunto text/plain local z = { error_cats_t = {}; -- for categorizing citations that contain errors error_ids_t = {}; -- list of error identifiers; used to prevent duplication of certain errors; local to this module error_msgs_t = {}; -- sequence table of error messages maint_cats_t = {}; -- for categorizing citations that aren't erroneous per se, but could use a little work prop_cats_t = {}; -- for categorizing citations based on certain properties, language of source for instance prop_keys_t = {}; -- for adding classes to the citation's <cite> tag }; --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- ]] local cfg; -- table of tables imported from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration --[[--------------------------< I S _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------------ Returns true if argument is set; false otherwise. Argument is 'set' when it exists (not nil) or when it is not an empty string. ]] local function is_set (var) return not (var == nil or var == ''); end --[[--------------------------< I N _ A R R A Y >-------------------------------------------------------------- Whether needle is in haystack ]] local function in_array (needle, haystack) if needle == nil then return false; end for n, v in ipairs (haystack) do if v == needle then return n; end end return false; end --[[--------------------------< H A S _ A C C E P T _ A S _ W R I T T E N >------------------------------------ When <str> is wholly wrapped in accept-as-written markup, return <str> without markup and true; return <str> and false else with allow_empty = false, <str> must have at least one character inside the markup with allow_empty = true, <str> the markup frame can be empty like (()) to distinguish an empty template parameter from the specific condition "has no applicable value" in citation-context. After further evaluation the two cases might be merged at a later stage, but should be kept separated for now. ]] local function has_accept_as_written (str, allow_empty) if not is_set (str) then return str, false; end local count; if true == allow_empty then str, count = str:gsub ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$', '%1'); -- allows (()) to be an empty set else str, count = str:gsub ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$', '%1'); end return str, 0 ~= count; end --[[--------------------------< S U B S T I T U T E >---------------------------------------------------------- Populates numbered arguments in a message string using an argument table. <args> may be a single string or a sequence table of multiple strings. ]] local function substitute (msg, args) return args and mw.message.newRawMessage (msg, args):plain() or msg; end --[[--------------------------< E R R O R _ C O M M E N T >---------------------------------------------------- Wraps error messages with CSS markup according to the state of hidden. <content> may be a single string or a sequence table of multiple strings. ]] local function error_comment (content, hidden) return substitute (hidden and cfg.presentation['hidden-error'] or cfg.presentation['visible-error'], content); end --[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >-------------------------------------------------- Converts a hyphen, endash, emdash to endash under certain conditions. The hyphen/en/em must separate like items; unlike items are returned unmodified. These forms are modified: letter - letter (A-B) digit - digit (4-5) digit separator digit - digit separator digit (4.1-4.5 or 4-1-4-5) letterdigit - letterdigit (A1-A5) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – a.1-a.5 or a-1-a-5) digitletter - digitletter (5a-5d) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – 5.a-5.d or 5-a-5-d) any other forms are returned unmodified. str may be a comma- or semicolon-separated list of page ranges with/without single pages ]] local function hyphen_to_dash (str) if not is_set (str) then return str; end str = str:gsub ("(%(%(.-%)%))", function(m) return m:gsub(",", "，"):gsub(";", "；") end) -- replace commas and semicolons in accept-as-written markup with similar unicode characters so they'll be ignored during the split str = str:gsub ('&[nm]dash;', {['&ndash;'] = '–', ['&mdash;'] = '—'}); -- replace &mdash; and &ndash; entities with their characters; semicolon mucks up the text.split str = str:gsub ('&#45;', '-'); -- replace HTML numeric entity with hyphen character str = str:gsub ('&nbsp;', ' '); -- replace &nbsp; entity with generic keyboard space character local out = {}; local list = mw.text.split (str, '%s*[,;]%s*'); -- split str at comma or semicolon separators if there are any local accept; -- boolean for _, item in ipairs (list) do -- for each item in the list item, accept = has_accept_as_written (item); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of item if not accept and mw.ustring.match (item, '^%w*[%.%-]?%w+%s*[—–-]%s*%w*[%.%-]?%w+$') then -- if pagination uses <hyphen|dot> separators with hyphen/endash/emdash <range separator> if mw.ustring.match (item, '^%a+[%.%-]%d+%s*[—–-]%s*%a+[%.%-]%d+$') or -- letter<hyphen|dot>digit <range separator> letter<hyphen|dot>digit (requires <hyphen|dot> separator between letter and digit) mw.ustring.match (item, '^%d+[%.%-]%a+%s*[—–-]%s*%d+[%.%-]%a+$') or -- digit<hyphen|dot>letter <range separator> digit<hyphen|dot>letter (requires <hyphen|dot> separator between digit and letter) mw.ustring.match (item, '^%d+[%.%-]%d+%s*[—–-]%s*%d+[%.%-]%d+$') then -- digit<hyphen|dot>digit <range separator> digit<hyphen|dot>digit (requires <hyphen|dot> separator between digit and digit) item = mw.ustring.gsub (item, '(%w*[%.%-]%w+)%s*[—–-]%s*(%w*[%.%-]%w+)', '<span class="nowrap">%1 –</span> <span class="nowrap">%2</span>'); -- replace <range separator>, with spaced endash elseif mw.ustring.match (item, '^%d+%a+%s*[—–-]%s*%d+%a+$') or -- digitletter <range separator> digitletter mw.ustring.match (item, '^%a+%d+%s*[—–-]%s*%a+%d+$') or -- letterdigit <range separator> letterdigit mw.ustring.match (item, '^%d+%s*[—–-]%s*%d+$') or -- digit <range separator> digit mw.ustring.match (item, '^%a+%s*[—–-]%s*%a+$') then -- letter<range separator> letter item = mw.ustring.gsub (item, '(%w+)%s*[—–-]%s*(%w+)', '<span class="nowrap">%1–</span>%2'); -- replace <range separator> with endash, remove extraneous space characters else -- item = mw.ustring.gsub (item, '%s*[—–-]%s*', '–'); -- disabled; here when 'unlike' items so return <item> as is end end table.insert (out, item); -- add the (possibly modified) item to the output table end local temp_str = ''; -- concatenate the output table into a comma separated string temp_str, accept = has_accept_as_written (table.concat (out, ', ')); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of concatenated out if accept then temp_str = has_accept_as_written (str); -- when global markup removed, return original str; do it this way to suppress boolean second return value return temp_str:gsub("，", ","):gsub("；", ";"); else return temp_str:gsub("，", ","):gsub("；", ";"); -- else, return assembled temp_str end end --[=[-------------------------< M A K E _ W I K I L I N K >---------------------------------------------------- Makes a wikilink; when both link and display text is provided, returns a wikilink in the form [[L|D]]; if only link is provided (or link and display are the same), returns a wikilink in the form [[L]]; if neither are provided or link is omitted, returns an empty string. ]=] local function make_wikilink (link, display) if not is_set (link) then return '' end if is_set (display) and link ~= display then return table.concat ({'[[', link, '|', display, ']]'}); else return table.concat ({'[[', link, ']]'}); end end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ M E S S A G E >---------------------------------------------------------- Sets an error message using the ~/Configuration error_conditions{} table along with arguments supplied in the function call, inserts the resulting message in z.error_msgs_t{} sequence table, and returns the error message. <error_id> – key value for appropriate error handler in ~/Configuration error_conditions{} table <arguments> – may be a single string or a sequence table of multiple strings to be subsititued into error_conditions[error_id].message <raw> – boolean true – causes this function to return the error message not wrapped in visible-error, hidden-error span tag; returns error_conditions[error_id].hidden as a second return value does not add message to z.error_msgs_t sequence table false, nil – adds message wrapped in visible-error, hidden-error span tag to z.error_msgs_t returns the error message wrapped in visible-error, hidden-error span tag; there is no second return value <prefix> – string to be prepended to <message> -- TODO: remove support for these unused(?) arguments? <suffix> – string to be appended to <message> TODO: change z.error_cats_t and z.maint_cats_t to have the form cat_name = true? this to avoid dups without having to have an extra table ]] local added_maint_cats = {} -- list of maintenance categories that have been added to z.maint_cats_t; TODO: figure out how to delete this table local function set_message (error_id, arguments, raw, prefix, suffix) local error_state = cfg.error_conditions[error_id]; prefix = prefix or ''; suffix = suffix or ''; if error_state == nil then error (cfg.messages['undefined_error'] .. ': ' .. error_id); -- because missing error handler in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration elseif is_set (error_state.category) then if error_state.message then -- when error_state.message defined, this is an error message table.insert (z.error_cats_t, error_state.category); else if not added_maint_cats[error_id] then added_maint_cats[error_id] = true; -- note that we've added this category table.insert (z.maint_cats_t, substitute (error_state.category, arguments)); -- make cat name then add to table end return; -- because no message, nothing more to do end end local message = substitute (error_state.message, arguments); message = table.concat ( { message, ' (', make_wikilink ( table.concat ( { cfg.messages['help page link'], '#', error_state.anchor }), cfg.messages['help page label']), ')' }); z.error_ids_t[error_id] = true; if z.error_ids_t['err_citation_missing_title'] and -- if missing-title error already noted in_array (error_id, {'err_bare_url_missing_title', 'err_trans_missing_title'}) then -- and this error is one of these return '', false; -- don't bother because one flavor of missing title is sufficient end message = table.concat ({prefix, message, suffix}); if true == raw then return message, error_state.hidden; -- return message not wrapped in visible-error, hidden-error span tag end message = error_comment (message, error_state.hidden); -- wrap message in visible-error, hidden-error span tag table.insert (z.error_msgs_t, message); -- add it to the messages sequence table return message; -- and done; return value generally not used but is used as a flag in various functions of ~/Identifiers end --[[-------------------------< I S _ A L I A S _ U S E D >----------------------------------------------------- This function is used by select_one() to determine if one of a list of alias parameters is in the argument list provided by the template. Input: args – pointer to the arguments table from calling template alias – one of the list of possible aliases in the aliases lists from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration index – for enumerated parameters, identifies which one enumerated – true/false flag used to choose how enumerated aliases are examined value – value associated with an alias that has previously been selected; nil if not yet selected selected – the alias that has previously been selected; nil if not yet selected error_list – list of aliases that are duplicates of the alias already selected Returns: value – value associated with alias we selected or that was previously selected or nil if an alias not yet selected selected – the alias we selected or the alias that was previously selected or nil if an alias not yet selected ]] local function is_alias_used (args, alias, index, enumerated, value, selected, error_list) if enumerated then -- is this a test for an enumerated parameters? alias = alias:gsub ('#', index); -- replace '#' with the value in index else alias = alias:gsub ('#', ''); -- remove '#' if it exists end if is_set (args[alias]) then -- alias is in the template's argument list if value ~= nil and selected ~= alias then -- if we have already selected one of the aliases local skip; for _, v in ipairs (error_list) do -- spin through the error list to see if we've added this alias if v == alias then skip = true; break; -- has been added so stop looking end end if not skip then -- has not been added so table.insert (error_list, alias); -- add error alias to the error list end else value = args[alias]; -- not yet selected an alias, so select this one selected = alias; end end return value, selected; -- return newly selected alias, or previously selected alias end --[[--------------------------< A D D _ M A I N T _ C A T >------------------------------------------------------ Adds a category to z.maint_cats_t using names from the configuration file with additional text if any. To prevent duplication, the added_maint_cats table lists the categories by key that have been added to z.maint_cats_t. ]] local function add_maint_cat (key, arguments) if not added_maint_cats [key] then added_maint_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category table.insert (z.maint_cats_t, substitute (cfg.maint_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table end end --[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >-------------------------------------------------------- Adds a category to z.prop_cats_t using names from the configuration file with additional text if any. foreign_lang_source and foreign_lang_source_2 keys have a language code appended to them so that multiple languages may be categorized but multiples of the same language are not categorized. added_prop_cats is a table declared in page scope variables above ]] local added_prop_cats = {}; -- list of property categories that have been added to z.prop_cats_t local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments, key_modifier) local key_modified = key .. ((key_modifier and key_modifier) or ''); -- modify <key> with <key_modifier> if present and not nil if not added_prop_cats [key_modified] then added_prop_cats [key_modified] = true; -- note that we've added this category table.insert (z.prop_cats_t, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table table.insert (z.prop_keys_t, 'cs1-prop-' .. key); -- convert key to class for use in the citation's <cite> tag end end --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ I T A L I C S >---------------------------------------------- Protects a string that will be wrapped in wiki italic markup '' ... '' Note: We cannot use <i> for italics, as the expected behavior for italics specified by ''...'' in the title is that they will be inverted (i.e. unitalicized) in the resulting references. In addition, <i> and '' tend to interact poorly under Mediawiki's HTML tidy. ]] local function safe_for_italics (str) if not is_set (str) then return str end if str:sub (1, 1) == "'" then str = "<span></span>" .. str; end if str:sub (-1, -1) == "'" then str = str .. "<span></span>"; end return str:gsub ('\n', ' '); -- Remove newlines as they break italics. end --[[--------------------------< W R A P _ S T Y L E >---------------------------------------------------------- Applies styling to various parameters. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one argument; protects italic styled parameters. Additional text taken from citation_config.presentation - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_msg(). ]] local function wrap_style (key, str) if not is_set (str) then return ""; elseif in_array (key, {'italic-title', 'trans-italic-title'}) then str = safe_for_italics (str); end return substitute (cfg.presentation[key], {str}); end --[[--------------------------< M A K E _ S E P _ L I S T >------------------------------------------------------------ make a separated list of items using provided separators. <sep_list> - typically '<comma><space>' <sep_list_pair> - typically '<space>and<space>' <sep_list_end> - typically '<comma><space>and<space>' or '<comma><space>&<space>' defaults to cfg.presentation['sep_list'], cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'], and cfg.presentation['sep_list_end'] if <sep_list_end> is specified, <sep_list> and <sep_list_pair> must also be supplied ]] local function make_sep_list (count, list_seq, sep_list, sep_list_pair, sep_list_end) local list = ''; if not sep_list then -- set the defaults sep_list = cfg.presentation['sep_list']; sep_list_pair = cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair']; sep_list_end = cfg.presentation['sep_list_end']; end if 2 >= count then list = table.concat (list_seq, sep_list_pair); -- insert separator between two items; returns list_seq[1] then only one item elseif 2 < count then list = table.concat (list_seq, sep_list, 1, count - 1); -- concatenate all but last item with plain list separator list = table.concat ({list, list_seq[count]}, sep_list_end); -- concatenate last item onto end of <list> with final separator end return list; end --[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ O N E >---------------------------------------------------------- Chooses one matching parameter from a list of parameters to consider. The list of parameters to consider is just names. For parameters that may be enumerated, the position of the numerator in the parameter name is identified by the '#' so |author-last1= and |author1-last= are represented as 'author-last#' and 'author#-last'. Because enumerated parameter |<param>1= is an alias of |<param>= we must test for both possibilities. Generates an error if more than one match is present. ]] local function select_one (args, aliases_list, error_condition, index) local value = nil; -- the value assigned to the selected parameter local selected = ''; -- the name of the parameter we have chosen local error_list = {}; if index ~= nil then index = tostring(index); end for _, alias in ipairs (aliases_list) do -- for each alias in the aliases list if alias:match ('#') then -- if this alias can be enumerated if '1' == index then -- when index is 1 test for enumerated and non-enumerated aliases value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, false, value, selected, error_list); -- first test for non-enumerated alias end value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, true, value, selected, error_list); -- test for enumerated alias else value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, false, value, selected, error_list); -- test for non-enumerated alias end end if #error_list > 0 and 'none' ~= error_condition then -- for cases where this code is used outside of extract_names() for i, v in ipairs (error_list) do error_list[i] = wrap_style ('parameter', v); end table.insert (error_list, wrap_style ('parameter', selected)); set_message (error_condition, {make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}); end return value, selected; end --[=[-------------------------< R E M O V E _ W I K I _ L I N K >---------------------------------------------- Gets the display text from a wikilink like [[A|B]] or [[B]] gives B The str:gsub() returns either A|B froma [[A|B]] or B from [[B]] or B from B (no wikilink markup). In l(), l:gsub() removes the link and pipe (if they exist); the second :gsub() trims whitespace from the label if str was wrapped in wikilink markup. Presumably, this is because without wikimarkup in str, there is no match in the initial gsub, the replacement function l() doesn't get called. ]=] local function remove_wiki_link (str) return (str:gsub ("%[%[([^%[%]]*)%]%]", function(l) return l:gsub ("^[^|]*|(.*)$", "%1" ):gsub ("^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1"); end)); end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ W I K I L I N K >-------------------------------------------------------- Determines if str is a wikilink, extracts, and returns the wikilink type, link text, and display text parts. If str is a complex wikilink ([[L|D]]): returns wl_type 2 and D and L from [[L|D]]; if str is a simple wikilink ([[D]]) returns wl_type 1 and D from [[D]] and L as empty string; if not a wikilink: returns wl_type 0, str as D, and L as empty string. trims leading and trailing whitespace and pipes from L and D ([[L|]] and [[|D]] are accepted by MediaWiki and treated like [[D]]; while [[|D|]] is not accepted by MediaWiki, here, we accept it and return D without the pipes). ]=] local function is_wikilink (str) local D, L local wl_type = 2; -- assume that str is a complex wikilink [[L|D]] if not str:match ('^%[%[[^%]]+%]%]$') then -- is str some sort of a wikilink (must have some sort of content) return 0, str, ''; -- not a wikilink; return wl_type as 0, str as D, and empty string as L end L, D = str:match ('^%[%[([^|]+)|([^%]]+)%]%]$'); -- get L and D from [[L|D]] if not is_set (D) then -- if no separate display D = str:match ('^%[%[([^%]]*)|*%]%]$'); -- get D from [[D]] or [[D|]] wl_type = 1; end D = mw.text.trim (D, '%s|'); -- trim white space and pipe characters return wl_type, D, L or ''; end --[[--------------------------< S T R I P _ A P O S T R O P H E _ M A R K U P >-------------------------------- Strip wiki italic and bold markup from argument so that it doesn't contaminate COinS metadata. This function strips common patterns of apostrophe markup. We presume that editors who have taken the time to markup a title have, as a result, provided valid markup. When they don't, some single apostrophes are left behind. Returns the argument without wiki markup and a number; the number is more-or-less meaningless except as a flag to indicate that markup was replaced; do not rely on it as an indicator of how many of any kind of markup was removed; returns the argument and nil when no markup removed ]] local function strip_apostrophe_markup (argument) if not is_set (argument) then return argument, nil; -- no argument, nothing to do end if nil == argument:find ( "''", 1, true ) then -- Is there at least one double apostrophe? If not, exit. return argument, nil; end local flag; while true do if argument:find ("'''''", 1, true) then -- bold italic (5) argument, flag = argument:gsub ("%'%'%'%'%'", ""); -- remove all instances of it elseif argument:find ("''''", 1, true) then -- italic start and end without content (4) argument, flag=argument:gsub ("%'%'%'%'", ""); elseif argument:find ("'''", 1, true) then -- bold (3) argument, flag=argument:gsub ("%'%'%'", ""); elseif argument:find ("''", 1, true) then -- italic (2) argument, flag = argument:gsub ("%'%'", ""); else break; end end return argument, flag; -- done end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S E L E C T E D _ M O D U L E S >-------------------------------------- Sets local cfg table to same (live or sandbox) as that used by the other modules. ]] local function set_selected_modules (cfg_table_ptr) cfg = cfg_table_ptr; end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T S >---------------------------------------------------------------- ]] return { add_maint_cat = add_maint_cat, -- exported functions add_prop_cat = add_prop_cat, error_comment = error_comment, has_accept_as_written = has_accept_as_written, hyphen_to_dash = hyphen_to_dash, in_array = in_array, is_set = is_set, is_wikilink = is_wikilink, make_sep_list = make_sep_list, make_wikilink = make_wikilink, remove_wiki_link = remove_wiki_link, safe_for_italics = safe_for_italics, select_one = select_one, set_message = set_message, set_selected_modules = set_selected_modules, strip_apostrophe_markup = strip_apostrophe_markup, substitute = substitute, wrap_style = wrap_style, z = z, -- exported table } ipuk2skv52zxnbboa2zzah6ug9yuin7 828 3784 266011 245462 2024-08-17T18:39:09Z en>Trappist the monk 0 sync from sandbox; 266011 Scribunto text/plain --[[--------------------------< S U P P O R T E D P A R A M E T E R S >-------------------------------------- Because a steady-state signal conveys no useful information, whitelist.basic_arguments[] list items can have three values: true - these parameters are valid and supported parameters false - these parameters are deprecated but still supported tracked - these parameters are valid and supported parameters tracked in an eponymous properties category nil - these parameters are no longer supported. remove entirely ]] local basic_arguments_t = { ['accessdate'] = true, ['access-date'] = true, ['agency'] = true, ['archivedate'] = true, ['archive-date'] = true, ['archive-format'] = true, ['archiveurl'] = true, ['archive-url'] = true, ['article'] = true, ['article-format'] = true, ['article-number'] = true, -- {{cite journal}}, {{cite conference}}; {{citation}} when |journal= has a value ['article-url'] = true, ['article-url-access'] = true, ['arxiv'] = true, -- cite arxiv; here because allowed in cite ... as identifier ['asin'] = true, ['ASIN'] = true, ['asin-tld'] = true, ['at'] = true, ['author'] = true, ['author-first'] = true, ['author-given'] = true, ['author-last'] = true, ['author-surname'] = true, ['authorlink'] = true, ['author-link'] = true, ['author-mask'] = true, ['bibcode'] = true, ['bibcode-access'] = true, ['biorxiv'] = true, -- cite biorxiv; here because allowed in cite ... as identifier ['chapter'] = true, ['chapter-format'] = true, ['chapter-url'] = true, ['chapter-url-access'] = true, ['citeseerx'] = true, -- cite citeseerx; here because allowed in cite ... as identifier ['collaboration'] = true, ['contribution'] = true, ['contribution-format'] = true, ['contribution-url'] = true, ['contribution-url-access'] = true, ['contributor'] = true, ['contributor-first'] = true, ['contributor-given'] = true, ['contributor-last'] = true, ['contributor-surname'] = true, ['contributor-link'] = true, ['contributor-mask'] = true, ['date'] = true, ['department'] = true, ['df'] = true, ['dictionary'] = true, ['display-authors'] = true, ['display-contributors'] = true, ['display-editors'] = true, ['display-interviewers'] = true, ['display-subjects'] = true, ['display-translators'] = true, ['doi'] = true, ['DOI'] = true, ['doi-access'] = true, ['doi-broken-date'] = true, ['edition'] = true, ['editor'] = true, ['editor-first'] = true, ['editor-given'] = true, ['editor-last'] = true, ['editor-surname'] = true, ['editor-link'] = true, ['editor-mask'] = true, ['eissn'] = true, ['EISSN'] = true, ['encyclopaedia'] = true, ['encyclopedia'] = true, ['entry'] = true, ['entry-format'] = true, ['entry-url'] = true, ['entry-url-access'] = true, ['eprint'] = true, -- cite arxiv; here because allowed in cite ... as identifier ['first'] = true, ['format'] = true, ['given'] = true, ['hdl'] = true, ['HDL'] = true, ['hdl-access'] = true, ['host'] = true, -- unique to certain templates? ['id'] = true, ['ID'] = true, ['institution'] = true, -- constrain to cite thesis? ['interviewer'] = true, ['interviewer-first'] = true, ['interviewer-given'] = true, ['interviewer-last'] = true, ['interviewer-surname'] = true, ['interviewer-link'] = true, ['interviewer-mask'] = true, ['isbn'] = true, ['ISBN'] = true, ['ismn'] = true, ['ISMN'] = true, ['issn'] = true, ['ISSN'] = true, ['issue'] = true, ['jfm'] = true, ['JFM'] = true, ['journal'] = true, ['jstor'] = true, ['JSTOR'] = true, ['jstor-access'] = true, ['lang'] = true, ['language'] = true, ['last'] = true, ['lccn'] = true, ['LCCN'] = true, ['location'] = true, ['magazine'] = true, ['medium'] = true, ['medrxiv'] = true, -- cite medrxiv; here because allowed in cite ... as identifier ['minutes'] = true, -- constrain to cite AV media and podcast? ['mode'] = true, ['mr'] = true, ['MR'] = true, ['name-list-style'] = true, ['newspaper'] = true, ['no-pp'] = true, ['no-tracking'] = true, ['number'] = true, ['oclc'] = true, ['OCLC'] = true, ['ol'] = true, ['OL'] = true, ['ol-access'] = true, ['orig-date'] = true, ['origyear'] = true, ['orig-year'] = true, ['osti'] = true, ['OSTI'] = true, ['osti-access'] = true, ['others'] = true, ['p'] = true, ['page'] = true, ['pages'] = true, ['periodical'] = true, ['place'] = true, ['pmc'] = true, ['PMC'] = true, ['pmc-embargo-date'] = true, ['pmid'] = true, ['PMID'] = true, ['postscript'] = true, ['pp'] = true, ['publication-date'] = true, ['publication-place'] = true, ['publisher'] = true, ['quotation'] = true, ['quote'] = true, ['quote-page'] = true, ['quote-pages'] = true, ['ref'] = true, ['rfc'] = true, ['RFC'] = true, ['sbn'] = true, ['SBN'] = true, ['scale'] = true, ['script-article'] = true, ['script-chapter'] = true, ['script-contribution'] = true, ['script-encyclopaedia'] = true, ['script-encyclopedia'] = true, ['script-entry'] = true, ['script-journal'] = true, ['script-magazine'] = true, ['script-newspaper'] = true, ['script-periodical'] = true, ['script-quote'] = true, ['script-section'] = true, ['script-title'] = true, ['script-website'] = true, ['script-work'] = true, ['section'] = true, ['section-format'] = true, ['section-url'] = true, ['section-url-access'] = true, ['series'] = true, ['ssrn'] = true, -- cite ssrn; these three here because allowed in cite ... as identifier ['SSRN'] = true, ['ssrn-access'] = true, ['subject'] = true, ['subject-first'] = true, ['subject-given'] = true, ['subject-last'] = true, ['subject-link'] = true, ['subject-mask'] = true, ['subject-surname'] = true, ['surname'] = true, ['s2cid'] = true, ['S2CID'] = true, ['s2cid-access'] = true, ['template-doc-demo'] = true, ['time'] = true, -- constrain to cite av media and podcast? ['time-caption'] = true, -- constrain to cite av media and podcast? ['title'] = true, ['title-link'] = true, ['title-note'] = true, ['translator'] = true, ['translator-first'] = true, ['translator-given'] = true, ['translator-last'] = true, ['translator-surname'] = true, ['translator-link'] = true, ['translator-mask'] = true, ['trans-article'] = true, ['trans-chapter'] = true, ['trans-contribution'] = true, ['trans-encyclopaedia'] = true, ['trans-encyclopedia'] = true, ['trans-entry'] = true, ['trans-journal'] = true, ['trans-magazine'] = true, ['trans-newspaper'] = true, ['trans-periodical'] = true, ['trans-quote'] = true, ['trans-section'] = true, ['trans-title'] = true, ['trans-website'] = true, ['trans-work'] = true, ['type'] = true, ['url'] = true, ['URL'] = true, ['url-access'] = true, ['url-status'] = true, ['vauthors'] = true, ['veditors'] = true, ['version'] = true, ['via'] = true, ['volume'] = true, ['website'] = true, ['work'] = true, ['year'] = true, ['zbl'] = true, ['ZBL'] = true, } local numbered_arguments_t = { ['author#'] = true, ['author-first#'] = true, ['author#-first'] = true, ['author-given#'] = true, ['author#-given'] = true, ['author-last#'] = true, ['author#-last'] = true, ['author-surname#'] = true, ['author#-surname'] = true, ['author-link#'] = true, ['author#-link'] = true, ['authorlink#'] = true, ['author#link'] = true, ['author-mask#'] = true, ['author#-mask'] = true, ['contributor#'] = true, ['contributor-first#'] = true, ['contributor#-first'] = true, ['contributor-given#'] = true, ['contributor#-given'] = true, ['contributor-last#'] = true, ['contributor#-last'] = true, ['contributor-surname#'] = true, ['contributor#-surname'] = true, ['contributor-link#'] = true, ['contributor#-link'] = true, ['contributor-mask#'] = true, ['contributor#-mask'] = true, ['editor#'] = true, ['editor-first#'] = true, ['editor#-first'] = true, ['editor-given#'] = true, ['editor#-given'] = true, ['editor-last#'] = true, ['editor#-last'] = true, ['editor-surname#'] = true, ['editor#-surname'] = true, ['editor-link#'] = true, ['editor#-link'] = true, ['editor-mask#'] = true, ['editor#-mask'] = true, ['first#'] = true, ['given#'] = true, ['host#'] = true, ['interviewer#'] = true, ['interviewer-first#'] = true, ['interviewer#-first'] = true, ['interviewer-given#'] = true, ['interviewer#-given'] = true, ['interviewer-last#'] = true, ['interviewer#-last'] = true, ['interviewer-surname#'] = true, ['interviewer#-surname'] = true, ['interviewer-link#'] = true, ['interviewer#-link'] = true, ['interviewer-mask#'] = true, ['interviewer#-mask'] = true, ['last#'] = true, ['subject#'] = true, ['subject-first#'] = true, ['subject#-first'] = true, ['subject-given#'] = true, ['subject#-given'] = true, ['subject-last#'] = true, ['subject#-last'] = true, ['subject-link#'] = true, ['subject#-link'] = true, ['subject-mask#'] = true, ['subject#-mask'] = true, ['subject-surname#'] = true, ['subject#-surname'] = true, ['surname#'] = true, ['translator#'] = true, ['translator-first#'] = true, ['translator#-first'] = true, ['translator-given#'] = true, ['translator#-given'] = true, ['translator-last#'] = true, ['translator#-last'] = true, ['translator-surname#'] = true, ['translator#-surname'] = true, ['translator-link#'] = true, ['translator#-link'] = true, ['translator-mask#'] = true, ['translator#-mask'] = true, } --[[--------------------------< P R E P R I N T S U P P O R T E D P A R A M E T E R S >-------------------- Cite arXiv, cite biorxiv, cite citeseerx, cite medrxiv, and cite ssrn are preprint templates that use the limited set of parameters defined in the limited_basic_arguments and limited_numbered_arguments tables. Those lists are supplemented with a template-specific list of parameters that are required by the particular template and may be exclusive to one of the preprint templates. Some of these parameters may also be available to the general cs1|2 templates. Same conventions for true/false/tracked/nil as above. ]] local preprint_arguments_t = { arxiv = { ['arxiv'] = true, -- cite arxiv and arxiv identifiers ['class'] = true, ['eprint'] = true, -- cite arxiv and arxiv identifiers }, biorxiv = { ['biorxiv'] = true, }, citeseerx = { ['citeseerx'] = true, }, medrxiv = { ['medrxiv'] = true, }, ssrn = { ['ssrn'] = true, ['SSRN'] = true, ['ssrn-access'] = true, }, } --[[--------------------------< L I M I T E D S U P P O R T E D P A R A M E T E R S >---------------------- cite arxiv, cite biorxiv, cite citeseerx, cite medrxiv, and cite ssrn templates are preprint templates so are allowed only a limited subset of parameters allowed to all other cs1|2 templates. The limited subset is defined here. This list of parameters also used by {{cite document}} Same conventions for true/false/tracked/nil as above. ]] local limited_basic_arguments_t = { ['at'] = true, ['author'] = true, ['author-first'] = true, ['author-given'] = true, ['author-last'] = true, ['author-surname'] = true, ['author-link'] = true, ['authorlink'] = true, ['author-mask'] = true, ['collaboration'] = true, ['date'] = true, ['df'] = true, ['display-authors'] = true, ['first'] = true, ['given'] = true, ['language'] = true, ['last'] = true, ['mode'] = true, ['name-list-style'] = true, ['no-tracking'] = true, ['p'] = true, ['page'] = true, ['pages'] = true, ['postscript'] = true, ['pp'] = true, ['quotation'] = true, ['quote'] = true, ['ref'] = true, ['surname'] = true, ['template-doc-demo'] = true, ['title'] = true, ['trans-title'] = true, ['vauthors'] = true, ['year'] = true, } local limited_numbered_arguments_t = { ['author#'] = true, ['author-first#'] = true, ['author#-first'] = true, ['author-given#'] = true, ['author#-given'] = true, ['author-last#'] = true, ['author#-last'] = true, ['author-surname#'] = true, ['author#-surname'] = true, ['author-link#'] = true, ['author#-link'] = true, ['authorlink#'] = true, ['author#link'] = true, ['author-mask#'] = true, ['author#-mask'] = true, ['first#'] = true, ['given#'] = true, ['last#'] = true, ['surname#'] = true, } --[[--------------------------< U N I Q U E _ A R G U M E N T S >---------------------------------------------- Some templates have unique parameters. Those templates and their unique parameters are listed here. Keys in this table are the template's CitationClass parameter value Same conventions for true/false/tracked/nil as above. ]] local unique_arguments_t = { ['audio-visual'] = { ['people'] = true, ['transcript'] = true, ['transcript-format'] = true, ['transcript-url'] = true, }, conference = { ['book-title'] = true, ['conference'] = true, ['conference-format'] = true, ['conference-url'] = true, ['event'] = true, }, episode = { ['airdate'] = true, ['air-date'] = true, ['credits'] = true, ['episode-link'] = true, -- alias of |title-link= ['network'] = true, ['people'] = true, ['season'] = true, ['series-link'] = true, ['series-no'] = true, ['series-number'] = true, ['station'] = true, ['transcript'] = true, ['transcript-format'] = true, ['transcript-url'] = true, }, mailinglist = { ['mailing-list'] = true, }, map = { ['cartography'] = true, ['inset'] = true, ['map'] = true, ['map-format'] = true, ['map-url'] = true, ['map-url-access'] = true, ['script-map'] = true, ['sections'] = true, ['sheet'] = true, ['sheets'] = true, ['trans-map'] = true, }, newsgroup = { ['message-id'] = true, ['newsgroup'] = true, }, report = { ['docket'] = true, }, serial = { ['airdate'] = true, ['air-date'] = true, ['credits'] = true, ['episode'] = true, -- cite serial only TODO: make available to cite episode? ['episode-link'] = true, -- alias of |title-link= ['network'] = true, ['people'] = true, ['series-link'] = true, ['station'] = true, }, speech = { ['conference'] = true, ['conference-format'] = true, ['conference-url'] = true, ['event'] = true, }, thesis = { ['degree'] = true, ['docket'] = true, }, } --[[--------------------------< C I T E _ D O C U M E N T >---------------------------------------------------- Special case for cite document. This template takes the limited basic and limited enumerated parameters plus others that are apply only to standalone published sources that cannot be cited any other way; no url, book, periodical, etc parameters; limited support for name lists and named identifiers. when validating parameters in {{cite document}} templates, the basic and ]] local document_arguments_t = { ['bibcode'] = true, ['bibcode-access'] = true, ['doi'] = true, ['DOI'] = true, ['doi-access'] = true, ['doi-broken-date'] = true, ['hdl'] = true, ['HDL'] = true, ['hdl-access'] = true, ['id'] = true, ['ID'] = true, ['jfm'] = true, ['JFM'] = true, ['lang'] = true, ['location'] = true, ['mr'] = true, ['MR'] = true, ['no-pp'] = true, ['orig-date'] = true, ['origyear'] = true, ['orig-year'] = true, ['osti'] = true, ['OSTI'] = true, ['osti-access'] = true, ['place'] = true, ['publisher'] = true, ['quote-page'] = true, ['quote-pages'] = true, ['script-quote'] = true, ['script-title'] = true, ['title-link'] = true, ['translator'] = true, ['translator-first'] = true, ['translator-given'] = true, ['translator-last'] = true, ['translator-surname'] = true, ['translator-link'] = true, ['translator-mask'] = true, ['trans-quote'] = true, ['type'] = true, ['zbl'] = true, ['ZBL'] = true, } local document_numbered_arguments_t = { ['translator#'] = true, ['translator-first#'] = true, ['translator#-first'] = true, ['translator-given#'] = true, ['translator#-given'] = true, ['translator-last#'] = true, ['translator#-last'] = true, ['translator-surname#'] = true, ['translator#-surname'] = true, ['translator-link#'] = true, ['translator#-link'] = true, ['translator-mask#'] = true, ['translator#-mask'] = true, } --[[--------------------------< L I S T _ C O M B I N E >------------------------------------------------------ makes one table from a list of tables. <lists_t> is a sequence of tables to be combined ]] local function list_combine (lists_t) local out_t = {}; for _, list_t in ipairs (lists_t) do -- for each list in <lists_t> for k, v in pairs (list_t) do -- extract each k/v pair out_t[k] = v; -- add to <out_t> end end return out_t; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< T E M P L A T E _ L I S T _ G E T >-------------------------------------------- gets a list of the templates from table t ]] local function template_list_get (t) local out_t = {}; -- a table for output for k, _ in pairs (t) do -- spin through the table and collect the keys table.insert (out_t, k) -- add each key to the output table end return out_t; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D T A B L E S >------------------------------------------------ ]] return { preprint_arguments_t = preprint_arguments_t, preprint_template_list_t = template_list_get (preprint_arguments_t), -- make a template list from preprint_arguments{} table unique_arguments_t = unique_arguments_t, unique_param_template_list_t = template_list_get (unique_arguments_t), -- make a template list from unique_arguments{} table document_parameters_t = list_combine ({limited_basic_arguments_t, limited_numbered_arguments_t, document_arguments_t, document_numbered_arguments_t}); common_parameters_t = list_combine ({basic_arguments_t, numbered_arguments_t}); limited_parameters_t = list_combine ({limited_basic_arguments_t, limited_numbered_arguments_t}); }; baub5v4d976tff8ebf3konhoua4ojgu 266012 266011 2026-07-18T15:28:02Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266011 Scribunto text/plain --[[--------------------------< S U P P O R T E D P A R A M E T E R S >-------------------------------------- Because a steady-state signal conveys no useful information, whitelist.basic_arguments[] list items can have three values: true - these parameters are valid and supported parameters false - these parameters are deprecated but still supported tracked - these parameters are valid and supported parameters tracked in an eponymous properties category nil - these parameters are no longer supported. remove entirely ]] local basic_arguments_t = { ['accessdate'] = true, ['access-date'] = true, ['agency'] = true, ['archivedate'] = true, ['archive-date'] = true, ['archive-format'] = true, ['archiveurl'] = true, ['archive-url'] = true, ['article'] = true, ['article-format'] = true, ['article-number'] = true, -- {{cite journal}}, {{cite conference}}; {{citation}} when |journal= has a value ['article-url'] = true, ['article-url-access'] = true, ['arxiv'] = true, -- cite arxiv; here because allowed in cite ... as identifier ['asin'] = true, ['ASIN'] = true, ['asin-tld'] = true, ['at'] = true, ['author'] = true, ['author-first'] = true, ['author-given'] = true, ['author-last'] = true, ['author-surname'] = true, ['authorlink'] = true, ['author-link'] = true, ['author-mask'] = true, ['bibcode'] = true, ['bibcode-access'] = true, ['biorxiv'] = true, -- cite biorxiv; here because allowed in cite ... as identifier ['chapter'] = true, ['chapter-format'] = true, ['chapter-url'] = true, ['chapter-url-access'] = true, ['citeseerx'] = true, -- cite citeseerx; here because allowed in cite ... as identifier ['collaboration'] = true, ['contribution'] = true, ['contribution-format'] = true, ['contribution-url'] = true, ['contribution-url-access'] = true, ['contributor'] = true, ['contributor-first'] = true, ['contributor-given'] = true, ['contributor-last'] = true, ['contributor-surname'] = true, ['contributor-link'] = true, ['contributor-mask'] = true, ['date'] = true, ['department'] = true, ['df'] = true, ['dictionary'] = true, ['display-authors'] = true, ['display-contributors'] = true, ['display-editors'] = true, ['display-interviewers'] = true, ['display-subjects'] = true, ['display-translators'] = true, ['doi'] = true, ['DOI'] = true, ['doi-access'] = true, ['doi-broken-date'] = true, ['edition'] = true, ['editor'] = true, ['editor-first'] = true, ['editor-given'] = true, ['editor-last'] = true, ['editor-surname'] = true, ['editor-link'] = true, ['editor-mask'] = true, ['eissn'] = true, ['EISSN'] = true, ['encyclopaedia'] = true, ['encyclopedia'] = true, ['entry'] = true, ['entry-format'] = true, ['entry-url'] = true, ['entry-url-access'] = true, ['eprint'] = true, -- cite arxiv; here because allowed in cite ... as identifier ['first'] = true, ['format'] = true, ['given'] = true, ['hdl'] = true, ['HDL'] = true, ['hdl-access'] = true, ['host'] = true, -- unique to certain templates? ['id'] = true, ['ID'] = true, ['institution'] = true, -- constrain to cite thesis? ['interviewer'] = true, ['interviewer-first'] = true, ['interviewer-given'] = true, ['interviewer-last'] = true, ['interviewer-surname'] = true, ['interviewer-link'] = true, ['interviewer-mask'] = true, ['isbn'] = true, ['ISBN'] = true, ['ismn'] = true, ['ISMN'] = true, ['issn'] = true, ['ISSN'] = true, ['issue'] = true, ['jfm'] = true, ['JFM'] = true, ['journal'] = true, ['jstor'] = true, ['JSTOR'] = true, ['jstor-access'] = true, ['lang'] = true, ['language'] = true, ['last'] = true, ['lccn'] = true, ['LCCN'] = true, ['location'] = true, ['magazine'] = true, ['medium'] = true, ['medrxiv'] = true, -- cite medrxiv; here because allowed in cite ... as identifier ['minutes'] = true, -- constrain to cite AV media and podcast? ['mode'] = true, ['mr'] = true, ['MR'] = true, ['name-list-style'] = true, ['newspaper'] = true, ['no-pp'] = true, ['no-tracking'] = true, ['number'] = true, ['oclc'] = true, ['OCLC'] = true, ['ol'] = true, ['OL'] = true, ['ol-access'] = true, ['orig-date'] = true, ['origyear'] = true, ['orig-year'] = true, ['osti'] = true, ['OSTI'] = true, ['osti-access'] = true, ['others'] = true, ['p'] = true, ['page'] = true, ['pages'] = true, ['periodical'] = true, ['place'] = true, ['pmc'] = true, ['PMC'] = true, ['pmc-embargo-date'] = true, ['pmid'] = true, ['PMID'] = true, ['postscript'] = true, ['pp'] = true, ['publication-date'] = true, ['publication-place'] = true, ['publisher'] = true, ['quotation'] = true, ['quote'] = true, ['quote-page'] = true, ['quote-pages'] = true, ['ref'] = true, ['rfc'] = true, ['RFC'] = true, ['sbn'] = true, ['SBN'] = true, ['scale'] = true, ['script-article'] = true, ['script-chapter'] = true, ['script-contribution'] = true, ['script-encyclopaedia'] = true, ['script-encyclopedia'] = true, ['script-entry'] = true, ['script-journal'] = true, ['script-magazine'] = true, ['script-newspaper'] = true, ['script-periodical'] = true, ['script-quote'] = true, ['script-section'] = true, ['script-title'] = true, ['script-website'] = true, ['script-work'] = true, ['section'] = true, ['section-format'] = true, ['section-url'] = true, ['section-url-access'] = true, ['series'] = true, ['ssrn'] = true, -- cite ssrn; these three here because allowed in cite ... as identifier ['SSRN'] = true, ['ssrn-access'] = true, ['subject'] = true, ['subject-first'] = true, ['subject-given'] = true, ['subject-last'] = true, ['subject-link'] = true, ['subject-mask'] = true, ['subject-surname'] = true, ['surname'] = true, ['s2cid'] = true, ['S2CID'] = true, ['s2cid-access'] = true, ['template-doc-demo'] = true, ['time'] = true, -- constrain to cite av media and podcast? ['time-caption'] = true, -- constrain to cite av media and podcast? ['title'] = true, ['title-link'] = true, ['title-note'] = true, ['translator'] = true, ['translator-first'] = true, ['translator-given'] = true, ['translator-last'] = true, ['translator-surname'] = true, ['translator-link'] = true, ['translator-mask'] = true, ['trans-article'] = true, ['trans-chapter'] = true, ['trans-contribution'] = true, ['trans-encyclopaedia'] = true, ['trans-encyclopedia'] = true, ['trans-entry'] = true, ['trans-journal'] = true, ['trans-magazine'] = true, ['trans-newspaper'] = true, ['trans-periodical'] = true, ['trans-quote'] = true, ['trans-section'] = true, ['trans-title'] = true, ['trans-website'] = true, ['trans-work'] = true, ['type'] = true, ['url'] = true, ['URL'] = true, ['url-access'] = true, ['url-status'] = true, ['vauthors'] = true, ['veditors'] = true, ['version'] = true, ['via'] = true, ['volume'] = true, ['website'] = true, ['work'] = true, ['year'] = true, ['zbl'] = true, ['ZBL'] = true, } local numbered_arguments_t = { ['author#'] = true, ['author-first#'] = true, ['author#-first'] = true, ['author-given#'] = true, ['author#-given'] = true, ['author-last#'] = true, ['author#-last'] = true, ['author-surname#'] = true, ['author#-surname'] = true, ['author-link#'] = true, ['author#-link'] = true, ['authorlink#'] = true, ['author#link'] = true, ['author-mask#'] = true, ['author#-mask'] = true, ['contributor#'] = true, ['contributor-first#'] = true, ['contributor#-first'] = true, ['contributor-given#'] = true, ['contributor#-given'] = true, ['contributor-last#'] = true, ['contributor#-last'] = true, ['contributor-surname#'] = true, ['contributor#-surname'] = true, ['contributor-link#'] = true, ['contributor#-link'] = true, ['contributor-mask#'] = true, ['contributor#-mask'] = true, ['editor#'] = true, ['editor-first#'] = true, ['editor#-first'] = true, ['editor-given#'] = true, ['editor#-given'] = true, ['editor-last#'] = true, ['editor#-last'] = true, ['editor-surname#'] = true, ['editor#-surname'] = true, ['editor-link#'] = true, ['editor#-link'] = true, ['editor-mask#'] = true, ['editor#-mask'] = true, ['first#'] = true, ['given#'] = true, ['host#'] = true, ['interviewer#'] = true, ['interviewer-first#'] = true, ['interviewer#-first'] = true, ['interviewer-given#'] = true, ['interviewer#-given'] = true, ['interviewer-last#'] = true, ['interviewer#-last'] = true, ['interviewer-surname#'] = true, ['interviewer#-surname'] = true, ['interviewer-link#'] = true, ['interviewer#-link'] = true, ['interviewer-mask#'] = true, ['interviewer#-mask'] = true, ['last#'] = true, ['subject#'] = true, ['subject-first#'] = true, ['subject#-first'] = true, ['subject-given#'] = true, ['subject#-given'] = true, ['subject-last#'] = true, ['subject#-last'] = true, ['subject-link#'] = true, ['subject#-link'] = true, ['subject-mask#'] = true, ['subject#-mask'] = true, ['subject-surname#'] = true, ['subject#-surname'] = true, ['surname#'] = true, ['translator#'] = true, ['translator-first#'] = true, ['translator#-first'] = true, ['translator-given#'] = true, ['translator#-given'] = true, ['translator-last#'] = true, ['translator#-last'] = true, ['translator-surname#'] = true, ['translator#-surname'] = true, ['translator-link#'] = true, ['translator#-link'] = true, ['translator-mask#'] = true, ['translator#-mask'] = true, } --[[--------------------------< P R E P R I N T S U P P O R T E D P A R A M E T E R S >-------------------- Cite arXiv, cite biorxiv, cite citeseerx, cite medrxiv, and cite ssrn are preprint templates that use the limited set of parameters defined in the limited_basic_arguments and limited_numbered_arguments tables. Those lists are supplemented with a template-specific list of parameters that are required by the particular template and may be exclusive to one of the preprint templates. Some of these parameters may also be available to the general cs1|2 templates. Same conventions for true/false/tracked/nil as above. ]] local preprint_arguments_t = { arxiv = { ['arxiv'] = true, -- cite arxiv and arxiv identifiers ['class'] = true, ['eprint'] = true, -- cite arxiv and arxiv identifiers }, biorxiv = { ['biorxiv'] = true, }, citeseerx = { ['citeseerx'] = true, }, medrxiv = { ['medrxiv'] = true, }, ssrn = { ['ssrn'] = true, ['SSRN'] = true, ['ssrn-access'] = true, }, } --[[--------------------------< L I M I T E D S U P P O R T E D P A R A M E T E R S >---------------------- cite arxiv, cite biorxiv, cite citeseerx, cite medrxiv, and cite ssrn templates are preprint templates so are allowed only a limited subset of parameters allowed to all other cs1|2 templates. The limited subset is defined here. This list of parameters also used by {{cite document}} Same conventions for true/false/tracked/nil as above. ]] local limited_basic_arguments_t = { ['at'] = true, ['author'] = true, ['author-first'] = true, ['author-given'] = true, ['author-last'] = true, ['author-surname'] = true, ['author-link'] = true, ['authorlink'] = true, ['author-mask'] = true, ['collaboration'] = true, ['date'] = true, ['df'] = true, ['display-authors'] = true, ['first'] = true, ['given'] = true, ['language'] = true, ['last'] = true, ['mode'] = true, ['name-list-style'] = true, ['no-tracking'] = true, ['p'] = true, ['page'] = true, ['pages'] = true, ['postscript'] = true, ['pp'] = true, ['quotation'] = true, ['quote'] = true, ['ref'] = true, ['surname'] = true, ['template-doc-demo'] = true, ['title'] = true, ['trans-title'] = true, ['vauthors'] = true, ['year'] = true, } local limited_numbered_arguments_t = { ['author#'] = true, ['author-first#'] = true, ['author#-first'] = true, ['author-given#'] = true, ['author#-given'] = true, ['author-last#'] = true, ['author#-last'] = true, ['author-surname#'] = true, ['author#-surname'] = true, ['author-link#'] = true, ['author#-link'] = true, ['authorlink#'] = true, ['author#link'] = true, ['author-mask#'] = true, ['author#-mask'] = true, ['first#'] = true, ['given#'] = true, ['last#'] = true, ['surname#'] = true, } --[[--------------------------< U N I Q U E _ A R G U M E N T S >---------------------------------------------- Some templates have unique parameters. Those templates and their unique parameters are listed here. Keys in this table are the template's CitationClass parameter value Same conventions for true/false/tracked/nil as above. ]] local unique_arguments_t = { ['audio-visual'] = { ['people'] = true, ['transcript'] = true, ['transcript-format'] = true, ['transcript-url'] = true, }, conference = { ['book-title'] = true, ['conference'] = true, ['conference-format'] = true, ['conference-url'] = true, ['event'] = true, }, episode = { ['airdate'] = true, ['air-date'] = true, ['credits'] = true, ['episode-link'] = true, -- alias of |title-link= ['network'] = true, ['people'] = true, ['season'] = true, ['series-link'] = true, ['series-no'] = true, ['series-number'] = true, ['station'] = true, ['transcript'] = true, ['transcript-format'] = true, ['transcript-url'] = true, }, mailinglist = { ['mailing-list'] = true, }, map = { ['cartography'] = true, ['inset'] = true, ['map'] = true, ['map-format'] = true, ['map-url'] = true, ['map-url-access'] = true, ['script-map'] = true, ['sections'] = true, ['sheet'] = true, ['sheets'] = true, ['trans-map'] = true, }, newsgroup = { ['message-id'] = true, ['newsgroup'] = true, }, report = { ['docket'] = true, }, serial = { ['airdate'] = true, ['air-date'] = true, ['credits'] = true, ['episode'] = true, -- cite serial only TODO: make available to cite episode? ['episode-link'] = true, -- alias of |title-link= ['network'] = true, ['people'] = true, ['series-link'] = true, ['station'] = true, }, speech = { ['conference'] = true, ['conference-format'] = true, ['conference-url'] = true, ['event'] = true, }, thesis = { ['degree'] = true, ['docket'] = true, }, } --[[--------------------------< C I T E _ D O C U M E N T >---------------------------------------------------- Special case for cite document. This template takes the limited basic and limited enumerated parameters plus others that are apply only to standalone published sources that cannot be cited any other way; no url, book, periodical, etc parameters; limited support for name lists and named identifiers. when validating parameters in {{cite document}} templates, the basic and ]] local document_arguments_t = { ['bibcode'] = true, ['bibcode-access'] = true, ['doi'] = true, ['DOI'] = true, ['doi-access'] = true, ['doi-broken-date'] = true, ['hdl'] = true, ['HDL'] = true, ['hdl-access'] = true, ['id'] = true, ['ID'] = true, ['jfm'] = true, ['JFM'] = true, ['lang'] = true, ['location'] = true, ['mr'] = true, ['MR'] = true, ['no-pp'] = true, ['orig-date'] = true, ['origyear'] = true, ['orig-year'] = true, ['osti'] = true, ['OSTI'] = true, ['osti-access'] = true, ['place'] = true, ['publisher'] = true, ['quote-page'] = true, ['quote-pages'] = true, ['script-quote'] = true, ['script-title'] = true, ['title-link'] = true, ['translator'] = true, ['translator-first'] = true, ['translator-given'] = true, ['translator-last'] = true, ['translator-surname'] = true, ['translator-link'] = true, ['translator-mask'] = true, ['trans-quote'] = true, ['type'] = true, ['zbl'] = true, ['ZBL'] = true, } local document_numbered_arguments_t = { ['translator#'] = true, ['translator-first#'] = true, ['translator#-first'] = true, ['translator-given#'] = true, ['translator#-given'] = true, ['translator-last#'] = true, ['translator#-last'] = true, ['translator-surname#'] = true, ['translator#-surname'] = true, ['translator-link#'] = true, ['translator#-link'] = true, ['translator-mask#'] = true, ['translator#-mask'] = true, } --[[--------------------------< L I S T _ C O M B I N E >------------------------------------------------------ makes one table from a list of tables. <lists_t> is a sequence of tables to be combined ]] local function list_combine (lists_t) local out_t = {}; for _, list_t in ipairs (lists_t) do -- for each list in <lists_t> for k, v in pairs (list_t) do -- extract each k/v pair out_t[k] = v; -- add to <out_t> end end return out_t; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< T E M P L A T E _ L I S T _ G E T >-------------------------------------------- gets a list of the templates from table t ]] local function template_list_get (t) local out_t = {}; -- a table for output for k, _ in pairs (t) do -- spin through the table and collect the keys table.insert (out_t, k) -- add each key to the output table end return out_t; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D T A B L E S >------------------------------------------------ ]] return { preprint_arguments_t = preprint_arguments_t, preprint_template_list_t = template_list_get (preprint_arguments_t), -- make a template list from preprint_arguments{} table unique_arguments_t = unique_arguments_t, unique_param_template_list_t = template_list_get (unique_arguments_t), -- make a template list from unique_arguments{} table document_parameters_t = list_combine ({limited_basic_arguments_t, limited_numbered_arguments_t, document_arguments_t, document_numbered_arguments_t}); common_parameters_t = list_combine ({basic_arguments_t, numbered_arguments_t}); limited_parameters_t = list_combine ({limited_basic_arguments_t, limited_numbered_arguments_t}); }; baub5v4d976tff8ebf3konhoua4ojgu 828 3794 265963 263999 2026-06-08T00:50:22Z en>Zackmann08 0 hiding un-needed blank rows that show up in child infoboxes per [[Template_talk:Infobox#Blank_rows_on_child_infoboxes....|talk page]] 265963 Scribunto text/plain local p = {} local args = {} local origArgs = {} local root local empty_row_categories = {} local category_in_empty_row_pattern = '%[%[%s*[Cc][Aa][Tt][Ee][Gg][Oo][Rr][Yy]%s*:[^]]*]]' local has_rows = false local yesno = require("Module:Yesno") local lists = { plainlist_t = { patterns = { '^plainlist$', '%splainlist$', '^plainlist%s', '%splainlist%s' }, found = false, styles = 'Plainlist/styles.css' }, hlist_t = { patterns = { '^hlist$', '%shlist$', '^hlist%s', '%shlist%s' }, found = false, styles = 'Hlist/styles.css' } } local function has_list_class(args_to_check) for _, list in pairs(lists) do if not list.found then for _, arg in pairs(args_to_check) do for _, pattern in ipairs(list.patterns) do if mw.ustring.find(arg or '', pattern) then list.found = true break end end if list.found then break end end end end end local function isUntitledChildBox(sval) return sval and ( sval:match( '^%s*<%s*[Tt][Rr]' ) or sval:match( '^%s*\127[^\127]*UNIQ%-%-templatestyles%-%x+%-QINU[^\127]*\127%s*<%s*[Tt][Rr]' ) ) end local function fixChildBoxes(sval, tt) local function notempty( s ) return s and s:match( '%S' ) end if notempty(sval) then local marker = '<span class=special_infobox_marker>' local s = sval -- start moving templatestyles and categories inside of table rows local slast = '' while slast ~= s do slast = s s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(</[Tt][Rr]%s*>%s*)(%[%[%s*[Cc][Aa][Tt][Ee][Gg][Oo][Rr][Yy]%s*:[^]]*%]%])', '%2%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(</[Tt][Rr]%s*>%s*)(\127[^\127]*UNIQ%-%-templatestyles%-%x+%-QINU[^\127]*\127)', '%2%1') end -- end moving templatestyles and categories inside of table rows s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(<%s*[Tt][Rr])', marker .. '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(</[Tt][Rr]%s*>)', '%1' .. marker) if s:match(marker) then s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, marker .. '%s*' .. marker, '') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '([\r\n]|-[^\r\n]*[\r\n])%s*' .. marker, '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, marker .. '%s*([\r\n]|-)', '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(</[Cc][Aa][Pp][Tt][Ii][Oo][Nn]%s*>%s*)' .. marker, '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(<%s*[Tt][Aa][Bb][Ll][Ee][^<>]*>%s*)' .. marker, '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '^(%{|[^\r\n]*[\r\n]%s*)' .. marker, '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '([\r\n]%{|[^\r\n]*[\r\n]%s*)' .. marker, '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, marker .. '(%s*</[Tt][Aa][Bb][Ll][Ee]%s*>)', '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, marker .. '(%s*\n|%})', '%1') end if s:match(marker) then local subcells = mw.text.split(s, marker) s = '' for k = 1, #subcells do if k == 1 then s = s .. subcells[k] .. '</' .. tt .. '></tr>' elseif k == #subcells then local rowstyle = ' style="display:none"' if notempty(subcells[k]) then rowstyle = '' end s = s .. '<tr' .. rowstyle ..'><' .. tt .. ' colspan=2>\n' .. subcells[k] elseif notempty(subcells[k]) then if (k % 2) == 0 then s = s .. subcells[k] else s = s .. '<tr><' .. tt .. ' colspan=2>\n' .. subcells[k] .. '</' .. tt .. '></tr>' end end end end -- the next two lines add a newline at the end of lists for the PHP parser -- [[Special:Diff/849054481]] -- remove when [[:phab:T191516]] is fixed or OBE s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '([\r\n][%*#;:][^\r\n]*)$', '%1\n') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '^([%*#;:][^\r\n]*)$', '%1\n') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '^([%*#;:])', '\n%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '^(%{%|)', '\n%1') return s else return sval end end -- Cleans empty tables local function cleanInfobox() root = tostring(root) if has_rows == false then root = mw.ustring.gsub(root, '<table[^<>]*>%s*</table>', '') end end -- Returns the union of the values of two tables, as a sequence. local function union(t1, t2) local vals = {} for k, v in pairs(t1) do vals[v] = true end for k, v in pairs(t2) do vals[v] = true end local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(vals) do table.insert(ret, k) end return ret end -- Returns a table containing the numbers of the arguments that exist -- for the specified prefix. For example, if the prefix was 'data', and -- 'data1', 'data2', and 'data5' exist, it would return {1, 2, 5}. local function getArgNums(prefix) local nums = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do local num = tostring(k):match('^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)$') if num then table.insert(nums, tonumber(num)) end end table.sort(nums) return nums end -- Adds a row to the infobox, with either a header cell -- or a label/data cell combination. local function addRow(rowArgs) if rowArgs.header and rowArgs.header ~= '_BLANK_' then has_rows = true has_list_class({ rowArgs.rowclass, rowArgs.class, args.headerclass }) root :tag('tr') :addClass(rowArgs.rowclass) :addClass( isUntitledChildBox( rowArgs.header ) and 'infobox-hiddenrow' or nil ) :cssText(rowArgs.rowstyle) :tag('th') :attr('colspan', '2') :addClass('infobox-header') :addClass(rowArgs.class) :addClass(args.headerclass) -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-header :cssText(args.headerstyle) :cssText(rowArgs.rowcellstyle) :wikitext(fixChildBoxes(rowArgs.header, 'th')) if rowArgs.data and not yesno(args.decat) then root:wikitext( '[[Category:Pages using infobox templates with ignored data cells]]' ) end elseif rowArgs.data and rowArgs.data:gsub(category_in_empty_row_pattern, ''):match('^%S') then has_rows = true has_list_class({ rowArgs.rowclass, rowArgs.class }) local row = root:tag('tr') row:addClass(rowArgs.rowclass) row:cssText(rowArgs.rowstyle) if rowArgs.label then row :tag('th') :attr('scope', 'row') :addClass('infobox-label') -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-label :cssText(args.labelstyle) :cssText(rowArgs.rowcellstyle) :wikitext(rowArgs.label) :done() else row:addClass( isUntitledChildBox( rowArgs.data ) and 'infobox-hiddenrow' or nil ) end local dataCell = row:tag('td') dataCell :attr('colspan', not rowArgs.label and '2' or nil) :addClass(not rowArgs.label and 'infobox-full-data' or 'infobox-data') :addClass(rowArgs.class) -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox(-full)-data :cssText(rowArgs.datastyle) :cssText(rowArgs.rowcellstyle) :wikitext(fixChildBoxes(rowArgs.data, 'td')) else table.insert(empty_row_categories, rowArgs.data or '') end end local function renderTitle() if not args.title then return end has_rows = true has_list_class({args.titleclass}) root :tag('caption') :addClass('infobox-title') :addClass(args.titleclass) -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-title :cssText(args.titlestyle) :wikitext(args.title) end local function renderAboveRow() if not args.above then return end has_rows = true has_list_class({ args.aboveclass }) root :tag('tr') :addClass( isUntitledChildBox( args.above ) and 'infobox-hiddenrow' or nil ) :tag('th') :attr('colspan', '2') :addClass('infobox-above') :addClass(args.aboveclass) -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-above :cssText(args.abovestyle) :wikitext(fixChildBoxes(args.above,'th')) end local function renderBelowRow() if not args.below then return end has_rows = true has_list_class({ args.belowclass }) root :tag('tr') :addClass( isUntitledChildBox( args.below ) and 'infobox-hiddenrow' or nil ) :tag('td') :attr('colspan', '2') :addClass('infobox-below') :addClass(args.belowclass) -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-below :cssText(args.belowstyle) :wikitext(fixChildBoxes(args.below,'td')) end local function addSubheaderRow(subheaderArgs) if subheaderArgs.data and subheaderArgs.data:gsub(category_in_empty_row_pattern, ''):match('^%S') then has_rows = true has_list_class({ subheaderArgs.rowclass, subheaderArgs.class }) local row = root:tag('tr') row:addClass(subheaderArgs.rowclass) row:addClass( isUntitledChildBox( subheaderArgs.data ) and 'infobox-hiddenrow' or nil ) local dataCell = row:tag('td') dataCell :attr('colspan', '2') :addClass('infobox-subheader') :addClass(subheaderArgs.class) :cssText(subheaderArgs.datastyle) :cssText(subheaderArgs.rowcellstyle) :wikitext(fixChildBoxes(subheaderArgs.data, 'td')) else table.insert(empty_row_categories, subheaderArgs.data or '') end end local function renderSubheaders() if args.subheader then args.subheader1 = args.subheader end if args.subheaderrowclass then args.subheaderrowclass1 = args.subheaderrowclass end local subheadernums = getArgNums('subheader') for k, num in ipairs(subheadernums) do addSubheaderRow({ data = args['subheader' .. tostring(num)], -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-subheader datastyle = args.subheaderstyle, rowcellstyle = args['subheaderstyle' .. tostring(num)], class = args.subheaderclass, rowclass = args['subheaderrowclass' .. tostring(num)] }) end end local function addImageRow(imageArgs) if imageArgs.data and imageArgs.data:gsub(category_in_empty_row_pattern, ''):match('^%S') then has_rows = true has_list_class({ imageArgs.rowclass, imageArgs.class }) local row = root:tag('tr') row:addClass(imageArgs.rowclass) row:addClass( isUntitledChildBox( imageArgs.data ) and 'infobox-hiddenrow' or nil ) local dataCell = row:tag('td') dataCell :attr('colspan', '2') :addClass('infobox-image') :addClass(imageArgs.class) :cssText(imageArgs.datastyle) :wikitext(fixChildBoxes(imageArgs.data, 'td')) else table.insert(empty_row_categories, imageArgs.data or '') end end local function renderImages() if args.image then args.image1 = args.image end if args.caption then args.caption1 = args.caption end local imagenums = getArgNums('image') for k, num in ipairs(imagenums) do local caption = args['caption' .. tostring(num)] local data = mw.html.create():wikitext(args['image' .. tostring(num)]) if caption then data :tag('div') :addClass('infobox-caption') -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-caption :cssText(args.captionstyle) :wikitext(caption) end addImageRow({ data = tostring(data), -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-image datastyle = args.imagestyle, class = args.imageclass, rowclass = args['imagerowclass' .. tostring(num)] }) end end -- When autoheaders are turned on, preprocesses the rows local function preprocessRows() if not args.autoheaders then return end local rownums = union(getArgNums('header'), getArgNums('data')) table.sort(rownums) local lastheader for k, num in ipairs(rownums) do if args['header' .. tostring(num)] then if lastheader then args['header' .. tostring(lastheader)] = nil end lastheader = num elseif args['data' .. tostring(num)] and args['data' .. tostring(num)]:gsub( category_in_empty_row_pattern, '' ):match('^%S') then local data = args['data' .. tostring(num)] if data:gsub(category_in_empty_row_pattern, ''):match('%S') then lastheader = nil end end end if lastheader then args['header' .. tostring(lastheader)] = nil end end -- Gets the union of the header and data argument numbers, -- and renders them all in order local function renderRows() local rownums = union(getArgNums('header'), getArgNums('data')) table.sort(rownums) for k, num in ipairs(rownums) do addRow({ header = args['header' .. tostring(num)], label = args['label' .. tostring(num)], data = args['data' .. tostring(num)], datastyle = args.datastyle, class = args['class' .. tostring(num)], rowclass = args['rowclass' .. tostring(num)], -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> rowclass rowstyle = args['rowstyle' .. tostring(num)], rowcellstyle = args['rowcellstyle' .. tostring(num)] }) end end local function renderNavBar() if not args.name then return end has_rows = true root :tag('tr') :tag('td') :attr('colspan', '2') :addClass('infobox-navbar') :wikitext(require('Module:Navbar')._navbar{ args.name, mini = 1, }) end local function renderItalicTitle() local italicTitle = args['italic title'] and mw.ustring.lower(args['italic title']) if italicTitle == '' or italicTitle == 'force' or italicTitle == 'yes' then root:wikitext(require('Module:Italic title')._main({})) end end -- Categories in otherwise empty rows are collected in empty_row_categories. -- This function adds them to the module output. It is not affected by -- args.decat because this module should not prevent module-external categories -- from rendering. local function renderEmptyRowCategories() for _, s in ipairs(empty_row_categories) do root:wikitext(s) end end -- Render tracking categories. args.decat == turns off tracking categories. local function renderTrackingCategories() if yesno(args.decat) then return end if args.child == 'yes' then if args.title then root:wikitext( '[[Category:Pages using embedded infobox templates with the title parameter]]' ) end elseif #(getArgNums('data')) == 0 and mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace == 0 then root:wikitext('[[Category:Articles using infobox templates with no data rows]]') end end --[=[ Loads the templatestyles for the infobox. TODO: FINISH loading base templatestyles here rather than in MediaWiki:Common.css. There are 4-5000 pages with 'raw' infobox tables. See [[Mediawiki_talk:Common.css/to_do#Infobox]] and/or come help :). When we do this we should clean up the inline CSS below too. Will have to do some bizarre conversion category like with sidebar. ]=] local function loadTemplateStyles() local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() local hlist_templatestyles = '' if lists.hlist_t.found then hlist_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = lists.hlist_t.styles } } end local plainlist_templatestyles = '' if lists.plainlist_t.found then plainlist_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = lists.plainlist_t.styles } } end -- See function description local base_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Module:Infobox/styles.css' } } local templatestyles = '' if args['templatestyles'] then templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = args['templatestyles'] } } end local child_templatestyles = '' if args['child templatestyles'] then child_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = args['child templatestyles'] } } end local grandchild_templatestyles = '' if args['grandchild templatestyles'] then grandchild_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = args['grandchild templatestyles'] } } end return table.concat({ -- hlist -> plainlist -> base is best-effort to preserve old Common.css ordering. -- this ordering is not a guarantee because the rows of interest invoking -- each class may not be on a specific page hlist_templatestyles, plainlist_templatestyles, base_templatestyles, templatestyles, child_templatestyles, grandchild_templatestyles }) end -- common functions between the child and non child cases local function structure_infobox_common() renderSubheaders() renderImages() preprocessRows() renderRows() renderBelowRow() renderNavBar() renderItalicTitle() renderEmptyRowCategories() renderTrackingCategories() cleanInfobox() end -- Specify the overall layout of the infobox, with special settings if the -- infobox is used as a 'child' inside another infobox. local function _infobox() if args.child ~= 'yes' then root = mw.html.create('table') root :addClass(args.subbox == 'yes' and 'infobox-subbox' or 'infobox') :addClass(args.bodyclass) -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> :cssText(args.bodystyle) has_list_class({ args.bodyclass }) renderTitle() renderAboveRow() else root = mw.html.create() root :wikitext(args.title) end structure_infobox_common() return loadTemplateStyles() .. root end -- If the argument exists and isn't blank, add it to the argument table. -- Blank arguments are treated as nil to match the behaviour of ParserFunctions. local function preprocessSingleArg(argName) if origArgs[argName] and origArgs[argName] ~= '' then args[argName] = origArgs[argName] end end -- Assign the parameters with the given prefixes to the args table, in order, in -- batches of the step size specified. This is to prevent references etc. from -- appearing in the wrong order. The prefixTable should be an array containing -- tables, each of which has two possible fields, a "prefix" string and a -- "depend" table. The function always parses parameters containing the "prefix" -- string, but only parses parameters in the "depend" table if the prefix -- parameter is present and non-blank. local function preprocessArgs(prefixTable, step) if type(prefixTable) ~= 'table' then error("Non-table value detected for the prefix table", 2) end if type(step) ~= 'number' then error("Invalid step value detected", 2) end -- Get arguments without a number suffix, and check for bad input. for i,v in ipairs(prefixTable) do if type(v) ~= 'table' or type(v.prefix) ~= "string" or (v.depend and type(v.depend) ~= 'table') then error('Invalid input detected to preprocessArgs prefix table', 2) end preprocessSingleArg(v.prefix) -- Only parse the depend parameter if the prefix parameter is present -- and not blank. if args[v.prefix] and v.depend then for j, dependValue in ipairs(v.depend) do if type(dependValue) ~= 'string' then error('Invalid "depend" parameter value detected in preprocessArgs') end preprocessSingleArg(dependValue) end end end -- Get arguments with number suffixes. local a = 1 -- Counter variable. local moreArgumentsExist = true while moreArgumentsExist == true do moreArgumentsExist = false for i = a, a + step - 1 do for j,v in ipairs(prefixTable) do local prefixArgName = v.prefix .. tostring(i) if origArgs[prefixArgName] then -- Do another loop if any arguments are found, even blank ones. moreArgumentsExist = true preprocessSingleArg(prefixArgName) end -- Process the depend table if the prefix argument is present -- and not blank, or we are processing "prefix1" and "prefix" is -- present and not blank, and if the depend table is present. if v.depend and (args[prefixArgName] or (i == 1 and args[v.prefix])) then for j,dependValue in ipairs(v.depend) do local dependArgName = dependValue .. tostring(i) preprocessSingleArg(dependArgName) end end end end a = a + step end end -- Parse the data parameters in the same order that the old {{infobox}} did, so -- that references etc. will display in the expected places. Parameters that -- depend on another parameter are only processed if that parameter is present, -- to avoid phantom references appearing in article reference lists. local function parseDataParameters() preprocessSingleArg('autoheaders') preprocessSingleArg('child') preprocessSingleArg('bodyclass') preprocessSingleArg('subbox') preprocessSingleArg('bodystyle') preprocessSingleArg('title') preprocessSingleArg('titleclass') preprocessSingleArg('titlestyle') preprocessSingleArg('above') preprocessSingleArg('aboveclass') preprocessSingleArg('abovestyle') preprocessArgs({ {prefix = 'subheader', depend = {'subheaderstyle', 'subheaderrowclass'}} }, 10) preprocessSingleArg('subheaderstyle') preprocessSingleArg('subheaderclass') preprocessArgs({ {prefix = 'image', depend = {'caption', 'imagerowclass'}} }, 10) preprocessSingleArg('captionstyle') preprocessSingleArg('imagestyle') preprocessSingleArg('imageclass') preprocessArgs({ {prefix = 'header'}, {prefix = 'data', depend = {'label'}}, {prefix = 'rowclass'}, {prefix = 'rowstyle'}, {prefix = 'rowcellstyle'}, {prefix = 'class'} }, 50) preprocessSingleArg('headerclass') preprocessSingleArg('headerstyle') preprocessSingleArg('labelstyle') preprocessSingleArg('datastyle') preprocessSingleArg('below') preprocessSingleArg('belowclass') preprocessSingleArg('belowstyle') preprocessSingleArg('name') -- different behaviour for italics if blank or absent args['italic title'] = origArgs['italic title'] preprocessSingleArg('decat') preprocessSingleArg('templatestyles') preprocessSingleArg('child templatestyles') preprocessSingleArg('grandchild templatestyles') end -- If called via #invoke, use the args passed into the invoking template. -- Otherwise, for testing purposes, assume args are being passed directly in. function p.infobox(frame) if frame == mw.getCurrentFrame() then origArgs = frame:getParent().args else origArgs = frame end parseDataParameters() return _infobox() end -- For calling via #invoke within a template function p.infoboxTemplate(frame) origArgs = {} for k,v in pairs(frame.args) do origArgs[k] = mw.text.trim(v) end parseDataParameters() return _infobox() end return p kueb5p6xeoq6x7bxu2zyyl7pmxgesrs 265964 265963 2026-07-18T15:19:44Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:Infobox]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 265963 Scribunto text/plain local p = {} local args = {} local origArgs = {} local root local empty_row_categories = {} local category_in_empty_row_pattern = '%[%[%s*[Cc][Aa][Tt][Ee][Gg][Oo][Rr][Yy]%s*:[^]]*]]' local has_rows = false local yesno = require("Module:Yesno") local lists = { plainlist_t = { patterns = { '^plainlist$', '%splainlist$', '^plainlist%s', '%splainlist%s' }, found = false, styles = 'Plainlist/styles.css' }, hlist_t = { patterns = { '^hlist$', '%shlist$', '^hlist%s', '%shlist%s' }, found = false, styles = 'Hlist/styles.css' } } local function has_list_class(args_to_check) for _, list in pairs(lists) do if not list.found then for _, arg in pairs(args_to_check) do for _, pattern in ipairs(list.patterns) do if mw.ustring.find(arg or '', pattern) then list.found = true break end end if list.found then break end end end end end local function isUntitledChildBox(sval) return sval and ( sval:match( '^%s*<%s*[Tt][Rr]' ) or sval:match( '^%s*\127[^\127]*UNIQ%-%-templatestyles%-%x+%-QINU[^\127]*\127%s*<%s*[Tt][Rr]' ) ) end local function fixChildBoxes(sval, tt) local function notempty( s ) return s and s:match( '%S' ) end if notempty(sval) then local marker = '<span class=special_infobox_marker>' local s = sval -- start moving templatestyles and categories inside of table rows local slast = '' while slast ~= s do slast = s s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(</[Tt][Rr]%s*>%s*)(%[%[%s*[Cc][Aa][Tt][Ee][Gg][Oo][Rr][Yy]%s*:[^]]*%]%])', '%2%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(</[Tt][Rr]%s*>%s*)(\127[^\127]*UNIQ%-%-templatestyles%-%x+%-QINU[^\127]*\127)', '%2%1') end -- end moving templatestyles and categories inside of table rows s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(<%s*[Tt][Rr])', marker .. '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(</[Tt][Rr]%s*>)', '%1' .. marker) if s:match(marker) then s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, marker .. '%s*' .. marker, '') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '([\r\n]|-[^\r\n]*[\r\n])%s*' .. marker, '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, marker .. '%s*([\r\n]|-)', '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(</[Cc][Aa][Pp][Tt][Ii][Oo][Nn]%s*>%s*)' .. marker, '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(<%s*[Tt][Aa][Bb][Ll][Ee][^<>]*>%s*)' .. marker, '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '^(%{|[^\r\n]*[\r\n]%s*)' .. marker, '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '([\r\n]%{|[^\r\n]*[\r\n]%s*)' .. marker, '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, marker .. '(%s*</[Tt][Aa][Bb][Ll][Ee]%s*>)', '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, marker .. '(%s*\n|%})', '%1') end if s:match(marker) then local subcells = mw.text.split(s, marker) s = '' for k = 1, #subcells do if k == 1 then s = s .. subcells[k] .. '</' .. tt .. '></tr>' elseif k == #subcells then local rowstyle = ' style="display:none"' if notempty(subcells[k]) then rowstyle = '' end s = s .. '<tr' .. rowstyle ..'><' .. tt .. ' colspan=2>\n' .. subcells[k] elseif notempty(subcells[k]) then if (k % 2) == 0 then s = s .. subcells[k] else s = s .. '<tr><' .. tt .. ' colspan=2>\n' .. subcells[k] .. '</' .. tt .. '></tr>' end end end end -- the next two lines add a newline at the end of lists for the PHP parser -- [[Special:Diff/849054481]] -- remove when [[:phab:T191516]] is fixed or OBE s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '([\r\n][%*#;:][^\r\n]*)$', '%1\n') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '^([%*#;:][^\r\n]*)$', '%1\n') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '^([%*#;:])', '\n%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '^(%{%|)', '\n%1') return s else return sval end end -- Cleans empty tables local function cleanInfobox() root = tostring(root) if has_rows == false then root = mw.ustring.gsub(root, '<table[^<>]*>%s*</table>', '') end end -- Returns the union of the values of two tables, as a sequence. local function union(t1, t2) local vals = {} for k, v in pairs(t1) do vals[v] = true end for k, v in pairs(t2) do vals[v] = true end local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(vals) do table.insert(ret, k) end return ret end -- Returns a table containing the numbers of the arguments that exist -- for the specified prefix. For example, if the prefix was 'data', and -- 'data1', 'data2', and 'data5' exist, it would return {1, 2, 5}. local function getArgNums(prefix) local nums = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do local num = tostring(k):match('^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)$') if num then table.insert(nums, tonumber(num)) end end table.sort(nums) return nums end -- Adds a row to the infobox, with either a header cell -- or a label/data cell combination. local function addRow(rowArgs) if rowArgs.header and rowArgs.header ~= '_BLANK_' then has_rows = true has_list_class({ rowArgs.rowclass, rowArgs.class, args.headerclass }) root :tag('tr') :addClass(rowArgs.rowclass) :addClass( isUntitledChildBox( rowArgs.header ) and 'infobox-hiddenrow' or nil ) :cssText(rowArgs.rowstyle) :tag('th') :attr('colspan', '2') :addClass('infobox-header') :addClass(rowArgs.class) :addClass(args.headerclass) -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-header :cssText(args.headerstyle) :cssText(rowArgs.rowcellstyle) :wikitext(fixChildBoxes(rowArgs.header, 'th')) if rowArgs.data and not yesno(args.decat) then root:wikitext( '[[Category:Pages using infobox templates with ignored data cells]]' ) end elseif rowArgs.data and rowArgs.data:gsub(category_in_empty_row_pattern, ''):match('^%S') then has_rows = true has_list_class({ rowArgs.rowclass, rowArgs.class }) local row = root:tag('tr') row:addClass(rowArgs.rowclass) row:cssText(rowArgs.rowstyle) if rowArgs.label then row :tag('th') :attr('scope', 'row') :addClass('infobox-label') -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-label :cssText(args.labelstyle) :cssText(rowArgs.rowcellstyle) :wikitext(rowArgs.label) :done() else row:addClass( isUntitledChildBox( rowArgs.data ) and 'infobox-hiddenrow' or nil ) end local dataCell = row:tag('td') dataCell :attr('colspan', not rowArgs.label and '2' or nil) :addClass(not rowArgs.label and 'infobox-full-data' or 'infobox-data') :addClass(rowArgs.class) -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox(-full)-data :cssText(rowArgs.datastyle) :cssText(rowArgs.rowcellstyle) :wikitext(fixChildBoxes(rowArgs.data, 'td')) else table.insert(empty_row_categories, rowArgs.data or '') end end local function renderTitle() if not args.title then return end has_rows = true has_list_class({args.titleclass}) root :tag('caption') :addClass('infobox-title') :addClass(args.titleclass) -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-title :cssText(args.titlestyle) :wikitext(args.title) end local function renderAboveRow() if not args.above then return end has_rows = true has_list_class({ args.aboveclass }) root :tag('tr') :addClass( isUntitledChildBox( args.above ) and 'infobox-hiddenrow' or nil ) :tag('th') :attr('colspan', '2') :addClass('infobox-above') :addClass(args.aboveclass) -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-above :cssText(args.abovestyle) :wikitext(fixChildBoxes(args.above,'th')) end local function renderBelowRow() if not args.below then return end has_rows = true has_list_class({ args.belowclass }) root :tag('tr') :addClass( isUntitledChildBox( args.below ) and 'infobox-hiddenrow' or nil ) :tag('td') :attr('colspan', '2') :addClass('infobox-below') :addClass(args.belowclass) -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-below :cssText(args.belowstyle) :wikitext(fixChildBoxes(args.below,'td')) end local function addSubheaderRow(subheaderArgs) if subheaderArgs.data and subheaderArgs.data:gsub(category_in_empty_row_pattern, ''):match('^%S') then has_rows = true has_list_class({ subheaderArgs.rowclass, subheaderArgs.class }) local row = root:tag('tr') row:addClass(subheaderArgs.rowclass) row:addClass( isUntitledChildBox( subheaderArgs.data ) and 'infobox-hiddenrow' or nil ) local dataCell = row:tag('td') dataCell :attr('colspan', '2') :addClass('infobox-subheader') :addClass(subheaderArgs.class) :cssText(subheaderArgs.datastyle) :cssText(subheaderArgs.rowcellstyle) :wikitext(fixChildBoxes(subheaderArgs.data, 'td')) else table.insert(empty_row_categories, subheaderArgs.data or '') end end local function renderSubheaders() if args.subheader then args.subheader1 = args.subheader end if args.subheaderrowclass then args.subheaderrowclass1 = args.subheaderrowclass end local subheadernums = getArgNums('subheader') for k, num in ipairs(subheadernums) do addSubheaderRow({ data = args['subheader' .. tostring(num)], -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-subheader datastyle = args.subheaderstyle, rowcellstyle = args['subheaderstyle' .. tostring(num)], class = args.subheaderclass, rowclass = args['subheaderrowclass' .. tostring(num)] }) end end local function addImageRow(imageArgs) if imageArgs.data and imageArgs.data:gsub(category_in_empty_row_pattern, ''):match('^%S') then has_rows = true has_list_class({ imageArgs.rowclass, imageArgs.class }) local row = root:tag('tr') row:addClass(imageArgs.rowclass) row:addClass( isUntitledChildBox( imageArgs.data ) and 'infobox-hiddenrow' or nil ) local dataCell = row:tag('td') dataCell :attr('colspan', '2') :addClass('infobox-image') :addClass(imageArgs.class) :cssText(imageArgs.datastyle) :wikitext(fixChildBoxes(imageArgs.data, 'td')) else table.insert(empty_row_categories, imageArgs.data or '') end end local function renderImages() if args.image then args.image1 = args.image end if args.caption then args.caption1 = args.caption end local imagenums = getArgNums('image') for k, num in ipairs(imagenums) do local caption = args['caption' .. tostring(num)] local data = mw.html.create():wikitext(args['image' .. tostring(num)]) if caption then data :tag('div') :addClass('infobox-caption') -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-caption :cssText(args.captionstyle) :wikitext(caption) end addImageRow({ data = tostring(data), -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-image datastyle = args.imagestyle, class = args.imageclass, rowclass = args['imagerowclass' .. tostring(num)] }) end end -- When autoheaders are turned on, preprocesses the rows local function preprocessRows() if not args.autoheaders then return end local rownums = union(getArgNums('header'), getArgNums('data')) table.sort(rownums) local lastheader for k, num in ipairs(rownums) do if args['header' .. tostring(num)] then if lastheader then args['header' .. tostring(lastheader)] = nil end lastheader = num elseif args['data' .. tostring(num)] and args['data' .. tostring(num)]:gsub( category_in_empty_row_pattern, '' ):match('^%S') then local data = args['data' .. tostring(num)] if data:gsub(category_in_empty_row_pattern, ''):match('%S') then lastheader = nil end end end if lastheader then args['header' .. tostring(lastheader)] = nil end end -- Gets the union of the header and data argument numbers, -- and renders them all in order local function renderRows() local rownums = union(getArgNums('header'), getArgNums('data')) table.sort(rownums) for k, num in ipairs(rownums) do addRow({ header = args['header' .. tostring(num)], label = args['label' .. tostring(num)], data = args['data' .. tostring(num)], datastyle = args.datastyle, class = args['class' .. tostring(num)], rowclass = args['rowclass' .. tostring(num)], -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> rowclass rowstyle = args['rowstyle' .. tostring(num)], rowcellstyle = args['rowcellstyle' .. tostring(num)] }) end end local function renderNavBar() if not args.name then return end has_rows = true root :tag('tr') :tag('td') :attr('colspan', '2') :addClass('infobox-navbar') :wikitext(require('Module:Navbar')._navbar{ args.name, mini = 1, }) end local function renderItalicTitle() local italicTitle = args['italic title'] and mw.ustring.lower(args['italic title']) if italicTitle == '' or italicTitle == 'force' or italicTitle == 'yes' then root:wikitext(require('Module:Italic title')._main({})) end end -- Categories in otherwise empty rows are collected in empty_row_categories. -- This function adds them to the module output. It is not affected by -- args.decat because this module should not prevent module-external categories -- from rendering. local function renderEmptyRowCategories() for _, s in ipairs(empty_row_categories) do root:wikitext(s) end end -- Render tracking categories. args.decat == turns off tracking categories. local function renderTrackingCategories() if yesno(args.decat) then return end if args.child == 'yes' then if args.title then root:wikitext( '[[Category:Pages using embedded infobox templates with the title parameter]]' ) end elseif #(getArgNums('data')) == 0 and mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace == 0 then root:wikitext('[[Category:Articles using infobox templates with no data rows]]') end end --[=[ Loads the templatestyles for the infobox. TODO: FINISH loading base templatestyles here rather than in MediaWiki:Common.css. There are 4-5000 pages with 'raw' infobox tables. See [[Mediawiki_talk:Common.css/to_do#Infobox]] and/or come help :). When we do this we should clean up the inline CSS below too. Will have to do some bizarre conversion category like with sidebar. ]=] local function loadTemplateStyles() local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() local hlist_templatestyles = '' if lists.hlist_t.found then hlist_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = lists.hlist_t.styles } } end local plainlist_templatestyles = '' if lists.plainlist_t.found then plainlist_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = lists.plainlist_t.styles } } end -- See function description local base_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Module:Infobox/styles.css' } } local templatestyles = '' if args['templatestyles'] then templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = args['templatestyles'] } } end local child_templatestyles = '' if args['child templatestyles'] then child_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = args['child templatestyles'] } } end local grandchild_templatestyles = '' if args['grandchild templatestyles'] then grandchild_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = args['grandchild templatestyles'] } } end return table.concat({ -- hlist -> plainlist -> base is best-effort to preserve old Common.css ordering. -- this ordering is not a guarantee because the rows of interest invoking -- each class may not be on a specific page hlist_templatestyles, plainlist_templatestyles, base_templatestyles, templatestyles, child_templatestyles, grandchild_templatestyles }) end -- common functions between the child and non child cases local function structure_infobox_common() renderSubheaders() renderImages() preprocessRows() renderRows() renderBelowRow() renderNavBar() renderItalicTitle() renderEmptyRowCategories() renderTrackingCategories() cleanInfobox() end -- Specify the overall layout of the infobox, with special settings if the -- infobox is used as a 'child' inside another infobox. local function _infobox() if args.child ~= 'yes' then root = mw.html.create('table') root :addClass(args.subbox == 'yes' and 'infobox-subbox' or 'infobox') :addClass(args.bodyclass) -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> :cssText(args.bodystyle) has_list_class({ args.bodyclass }) renderTitle() renderAboveRow() else root = mw.html.create() root :wikitext(args.title) end structure_infobox_common() return loadTemplateStyles() .. root end -- If the argument exists and isn't blank, add it to the argument table. -- Blank arguments are treated as nil to match the behaviour of ParserFunctions. local function preprocessSingleArg(argName) if origArgs[argName] and origArgs[argName] ~= '' then args[argName] = origArgs[argName] end end -- Assign the parameters with the given prefixes to the args table, in order, in -- batches of the step size specified. This is to prevent references etc. from -- appearing in the wrong order. The prefixTable should be an array containing -- tables, each of which has two possible fields, a "prefix" string and a -- "depend" table. The function always parses parameters containing the "prefix" -- string, but only parses parameters in the "depend" table if the prefix -- parameter is present and non-blank. local function preprocessArgs(prefixTable, step) if type(prefixTable) ~= 'table' then error("Non-table value detected for the prefix table", 2) end if type(step) ~= 'number' then error("Invalid step value detected", 2) end -- Get arguments without a number suffix, and check for bad input. for i,v in ipairs(prefixTable) do if type(v) ~= 'table' or type(v.prefix) ~= "string" or (v.depend and type(v.depend) ~= 'table') then error('Invalid input detected to preprocessArgs prefix table', 2) end preprocessSingleArg(v.prefix) -- Only parse the depend parameter if the prefix parameter is present -- and not blank. if args[v.prefix] and v.depend then for j, dependValue in ipairs(v.depend) do if type(dependValue) ~= 'string' then error('Invalid "depend" parameter value detected in preprocessArgs') end preprocessSingleArg(dependValue) end end end -- Get arguments with number suffixes. local a = 1 -- Counter variable. local moreArgumentsExist = true while moreArgumentsExist == true do moreArgumentsExist = false for i = a, a + step - 1 do for j,v in ipairs(prefixTable) do local prefixArgName = v.prefix .. tostring(i) if origArgs[prefixArgName] then -- Do another loop if any arguments are found, even blank ones. moreArgumentsExist = true preprocessSingleArg(prefixArgName) end -- Process the depend table if the prefix argument is present -- and not blank, or we are processing "prefix1" and "prefix" is -- present and not blank, and if the depend table is present. if v.depend and (args[prefixArgName] or (i == 1 and args[v.prefix])) then for j,dependValue in ipairs(v.depend) do local dependArgName = dependValue .. tostring(i) preprocessSingleArg(dependArgName) end end end end a = a + step end end -- Parse the data parameters in the same order that the old {{infobox}} did, so -- that references etc. will display in the expected places. Parameters that -- depend on another parameter are only processed if that parameter is present, -- to avoid phantom references appearing in article reference lists. local function parseDataParameters() preprocessSingleArg('autoheaders') preprocessSingleArg('child') preprocessSingleArg('bodyclass') preprocessSingleArg('subbox') preprocessSingleArg('bodystyle') preprocessSingleArg('title') preprocessSingleArg('titleclass') preprocessSingleArg('titlestyle') preprocessSingleArg('above') preprocessSingleArg('aboveclass') preprocessSingleArg('abovestyle') preprocessArgs({ {prefix = 'subheader', depend = {'subheaderstyle', 'subheaderrowclass'}} }, 10) preprocessSingleArg('subheaderstyle') preprocessSingleArg('subheaderclass') preprocessArgs({ {prefix = 'image', depend = {'caption', 'imagerowclass'}} }, 10) preprocessSingleArg('captionstyle') preprocessSingleArg('imagestyle') preprocessSingleArg('imageclass') preprocessArgs({ {prefix = 'header'}, {prefix = 'data', depend = {'label'}}, {prefix = 'rowclass'}, {prefix = 'rowstyle'}, {prefix = 'rowcellstyle'}, {prefix = 'class'} }, 50) preprocessSingleArg('headerclass') preprocessSingleArg('headerstyle') preprocessSingleArg('labelstyle') preprocessSingleArg('datastyle') preprocessSingleArg('below') preprocessSingleArg('belowclass') preprocessSingleArg('belowstyle') preprocessSingleArg('name') -- different behaviour for italics if blank or absent args['italic title'] = origArgs['italic title'] preprocessSingleArg('decat') preprocessSingleArg('templatestyles') preprocessSingleArg('child templatestyles') preprocessSingleArg('grandchild templatestyles') end -- If called via #invoke, use the args passed into the invoking template. -- Otherwise, for testing purposes, assume args are being passed directly in. function p.infobox(frame) if frame == mw.getCurrentFrame() then origArgs = frame:getParent().args else origArgs = frame end parseDataParameters() return _infobox() end -- For calling via #invoke within a template function p.infoboxTemplate(frame) origArgs = {} for k,v in pairs(frame.args) do origArgs[k] = mw.text.trim(v) end parseDataParameters() return _infobox() end return p kueb5p6xeoq6x7bxu2zyyl7pmxgesrs 828 3796 265965 264001 2025-10-18T09:45:47Z en>WOSlinker 0 make changes from sandbox requested by [[User:Hike395]] on talk page 265965 Scribunto text/plain -- Inputs: -- image - Can either be a bare filename (with or without the File:/Image: prefix) or a fully formatted image link -- page - page to display for multipage images (DjVu) -- size - size to display the image -- maxsize - maximum size for image -- sizedefault - default size to display the image if size param is blank -- alt - alt text for image -- title - title text for image -- border - set to yes if border -- center - set to yes, if the image has to be centered -- upright - upright image param -- suppressplaceholder - if yes then checks to see if image is a placeholder and suppresses it -- link - page to visit when clicking on image -- class - HTML classes to add to the image -- Outputs: -- Formatted image. -- More details available at the "Module:InfoboxImage/doc" page local i = {} -- List of placeholder images and tracking categories stored in [[Module:InfoboxImage/data]] -- Other constants: -- the system-wide default thumbnail size (in px) local defaultThumbnailSize = 250 -- If page is not a user page, return tracking category. Else return empty. local function trackingCat(cat) local ns = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().nsText:lower() local categories = mw.loadData('Module:InfoboxImage/data').categories return (ns ~= 'user' and ns ~= 'user talk' and categories[cat]) or "" end -- Determine whether image is a placeholder function i.IsPlaceholder(image) -- change underscores to spaces image = mw.ustring.gsub(image, "_", " "); assert(image ~= nil, 'mw.ustring.gsub(image, "_", " ") must not return nil') -- if image starts with [[ then remove that and anything after | if mw.ustring.sub(image,1,2) == "[[" then image = mw.ustring.sub(image,3); image = mw.ustring.gsub(image, "([^|]*)|.*", "%1"); assert(image ~= nil, 'mw.ustring.gsub(image, "([^|]*)|.*", "%1") must not return nil') end -- Trim spaces image = mw.ustring.gsub(image, '^[ ]*(.-)[ ]*$', '%1'); assert(image ~= nil, "mw.ustring.gsub(image, '^[ ]*(.-)[ ]*$', '%1') must not return nil") -- remove prefix if exists local allNames = mw.site.namespaces[6].aliases allNames[#allNames + 1] = mw.site.namespaces[6].name allNames[#allNames + 1] = mw.site.namespaces[6].canonicalName for i, name in ipairs(allNames) do if mw.ustring.lower(mw.ustring.sub(image, 1, mw.ustring.len(name) + 1)) == mw.ustring.lower(name .. ":") then image = mw.ustring.sub(image, mw.ustring.len(name) + 2); break end end -- Trim spaces image = mw.ustring.gsub(image, '^[ ]*(.-)[ ]*$', '%1'); -- capitalise first letter image = mw.ustring.upper(mw.ustring.sub(image,1,1)) .. mw.ustring.sub(image,2); local placeholder_image = mw.loadData('Module:InfoboxImage/data').placeholder_image return placeholder_image[image] end local function isempty(x) return (not x) or x == "" end -- Main entry point function i.InfoboxImage(frame) local image = frame.args["image"]; if isempty(image) then return ""; end if image == "&nbsp;" then return image; end if frame.args["suppressplaceholder"] ~= "no" then if i.IsPlaceholder(image) == true then return ""; end end if string.find(image, "^%[*https?:") then -- Error category. return trackingCat("url_image_links") end if mw.ustring.sub(image,1,2) == "[[" then -- search for thumbnail images and add to tracking cat if found local cat = ""; if mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace == 0 and (mw.ustring.find(image, "|%s*thumb%s*[|%]]") or mw.ustring.find(image, "|%s*thumbnail%s*[|%]]")) then cat = trackingCat("thumbnail_images") end return image .. cat; elseif mw.ustring.sub(image,1,2) == "{{" and mw.ustring.sub(image,1,3) ~= "{{{" then return image; elseif mw.ustring.sub(image,1,1) == "<" then return image; elseif mw.ustring.sub(image,1,8) == mw.ustring.char(127).."'\"`UNIQ" then -- Found strip marker at begining, so pass don't process at all return image; else local result = ""; local page = frame.args["page"]; local upright = frame.args["upright"] or "" local size = frame.args["size"]; local maxsize = frame.args["maxsize"]; local sizedefault = frame.args["sizedefault"]; local alt = frame.args["alt"]; local link = frame.args["link"]; local title = frame.args["title"]; local border = frame.args["border"]; local thumbtime = frame.args["thumbtime"] or ""; local center = frame.args["center"]; local class = frame.args["class"]; -- remove prefix if exists local allNames = mw.site.namespaces[6].aliases allNames[#allNames + 1] = mw.site.namespaces[6].name allNames[#allNames + 1] = mw.site.namespaces[6].canonicalName for i, name in ipairs(allNames) do if mw.ustring.lower(mw.ustring.sub(image, 1, mw.ustring.len(name) + 1)) == mw.ustring.lower(name .. ":") then image = mw.ustring.sub(image, mw.ustring.len(name) + 2); break end end if not isempty(maxsize) then -- if no sizedefault nor upright, then set to maxsize if isempty(sizedefault) and isempty(upright) then sizedefault = maxsize end -- check to see if size bigger than maxsize local maxsizenumber = tonumber(mw.ustring.match(maxsize,"%d*")) or 0; if not isempty(size) then local sizenumber = tonumber(mw.ustring.match(size,"%d*")) or 0; if sizenumber > maxsizenumber and maxsizenumber > 0 then size = maxsize; end end -- check to see if upright bigger than maxsize (at default preferred size) if not isempty(upright) then local uprightnumber = tonumber(upright) or (upright == "yes" and 0.75) or 0 if uprightnumber*defaultThumbnailSize > maxsizenumber and maxsizenumber > 0 then upright = tostring(maxsizenumber/defaultThumbnailSize) end end end -- add px to size if just a number if (tonumber(size) or 0) > 0 then size = size .. "px"; end -- add px to sizedefault if just a number if (tonumber(sizedefault) or 0) > 0 then sizedefault = sizedefault .. "px"; end result = "[[File:" .. image; if not isempty(page) then result = result .. "|page=" .. page; end if not isempty(size) then result = result .. "|" .. size; elseif not isempty(sizedefault) and isempty(upright) then result = result .. "|" .. sizedefault; else result = result .. "|frameless"; end if center == "yes" then result = result .. "|center" end if not isempty(alt) then result = result .. "|alt=" .. alt; end if not isempty(link) then result = result .. "|link=" .. link; end if border == "yes" then result = result .. "|border"; end if upright == "yes" then result = result .. "|upright"; elseif upright ~= "" then result = result .. "|upright=" .. upright; end if thumbtime ~= "" then result = result .. "|thumbtime=" .. thumbtime; end if not isempty(class) then result = result .. "|class=" .. class; end -- if alt value is a keyword then do not use as a description if alt == "thumbnail" or alt == "thumb" or alt == "frameless" or alt == "left" or alt == "center" or alt == "right" or alt == "upright" or alt == "border" or mw.ustring.match(alt or "", '^[0-9]*px$', 1) ~= nil then alt = nil; end if not isempty(title) then -- does title param contain any templatestyles? If yes then set to blank. if mw.ustring.match(frame:preprocess(title), 'UNIQ%-%-templatestyles', 1) ~= nil then title = nil; end end if not isempty(title) then result = result .. "|" .. title; end result = result .. "]]"; return result; end end return i; jhks6vfk9v2iehyrc6dp50ju1s294vf 265966 265965 2026-07-18T15:19:44Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:InfoboxImage]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 265965 Scribunto text/plain -- Inputs: -- image - Can either be a bare filename (with or without the File:/Image: prefix) or a fully formatted image link -- page - page to display for multipage images (DjVu) -- size - size to display the image -- maxsize - maximum size for image -- sizedefault - default size to display the image if size param is blank -- alt - alt text for image -- title - title text for image -- border - set to yes if border -- center - set to yes, if the image has to be centered -- upright - upright image param -- suppressplaceholder - if yes then checks to see if image is a placeholder and suppresses it -- link - page to visit when clicking on image -- class - HTML classes to add to the image -- Outputs: -- Formatted image. -- More details available at the "Module:InfoboxImage/doc" page local i = {} -- List of placeholder images and tracking categories stored in [[Module:InfoboxImage/data]] -- Other constants: -- the system-wide default thumbnail size (in px) local defaultThumbnailSize = 250 -- If page is not a user page, return tracking category. Else return empty. local function trackingCat(cat) local ns = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().nsText:lower() local categories = mw.loadData('Module:InfoboxImage/data').categories return (ns ~= 'user' and ns ~= 'user talk' and categories[cat]) or "" end -- Determine whether image is a placeholder function i.IsPlaceholder(image) -- change underscores to spaces image = mw.ustring.gsub(image, "_", " "); assert(image ~= nil, 'mw.ustring.gsub(image, "_", " ") must not return nil') -- if image starts with [[ then remove that and anything after | if mw.ustring.sub(image,1,2) == "[[" then image = mw.ustring.sub(image,3); image = mw.ustring.gsub(image, "([^|]*)|.*", "%1"); assert(image ~= nil, 'mw.ustring.gsub(image, "([^|]*)|.*", "%1") must not return nil') end -- Trim spaces image = mw.ustring.gsub(image, '^[ ]*(.-)[ ]*$', '%1'); assert(image ~= nil, "mw.ustring.gsub(image, '^[ ]*(.-)[ ]*$', '%1') must not return nil") -- remove prefix if exists local allNames = mw.site.namespaces[6].aliases allNames[#allNames + 1] = mw.site.namespaces[6].name allNames[#allNames + 1] = mw.site.namespaces[6].canonicalName for i, name in ipairs(allNames) do if mw.ustring.lower(mw.ustring.sub(image, 1, mw.ustring.len(name) + 1)) == mw.ustring.lower(name .. ":") then image = mw.ustring.sub(image, mw.ustring.len(name) + 2); break end end -- Trim spaces image = mw.ustring.gsub(image, '^[ ]*(.-)[ ]*$', '%1'); -- capitalise first letter image = mw.ustring.upper(mw.ustring.sub(image,1,1)) .. mw.ustring.sub(image,2); local placeholder_image = mw.loadData('Module:InfoboxImage/data').placeholder_image return placeholder_image[image] end local function isempty(x) return (not x) or x == "" end -- Main entry point function i.InfoboxImage(frame) local image = frame.args["image"]; if isempty(image) then return ""; end if image == "&nbsp;" then return image; end if frame.args["suppressplaceholder"] ~= "no" then if i.IsPlaceholder(image) == true then return ""; end end if string.find(image, "^%[*https?:") then -- Error category. return trackingCat("url_image_links") end if mw.ustring.sub(image,1,2) == "[[" then -- search for thumbnail images and add to tracking cat if found local cat = ""; if mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace == 0 and (mw.ustring.find(image, "|%s*thumb%s*[|%]]") or mw.ustring.find(image, "|%s*thumbnail%s*[|%]]")) then cat = trackingCat("thumbnail_images") end return image .. cat; elseif mw.ustring.sub(image,1,2) == "{{" and mw.ustring.sub(image,1,3) ~= "{{{" then return image; elseif mw.ustring.sub(image,1,1) == "<" then return image; elseif mw.ustring.sub(image,1,8) == mw.ustring.char(127).."'\"`UNIQ" then -- Found strip marker at begining, so pass don't process at all return image; else local result = ""; local page = frame.args["page"]; local upright = frame.args["upright"] or "" local size = frame.args["size"]; local maxsize = frame.args["maxsize"]; local sizedefault = frame.args["sizedefault"]; local alt = frame.args["alt"]; local link = frame.args["link"]; local title = frame.args["title"]; local border = frame.args["border"]; local thumbtime = frame.args["thumbtime"] or ""; local center = frame.args["center"]; local class = frame.args["class"]; -- remove prefix if exists local allNames = mw.site.namespaces[6].aliases allNames[#allNames + 1] = mw.site.namespaces[6].name allNames[#allNames + 1] = mw.site.namespaces[6].canonicalName for i, name in ipairs(allNames) do if mw.ustring.lower(mw.ustring.sub(image, 1, mw.ustring.len(name) + 1)) == mw.ustring.lower(name .. ":") then image = mw.ustring.sub(image, mw.ustring.len(name) + 2); break end end if not isempty(maxsize) then -- if no sizedefault nor upright, then set to maxsize if isempty(sizedefault) and isempty(upright) then sizedefault = maxsize end -- check to see if size bigger than maxsize local maxsizenumber = tonumber(mw.ustring.match(maxsize,"%d*")) or 0; if not isempty(size) then local sizenumber = tonumber(mw.ustring.match(size,"%d*")) or 0; if sizenumber > maxsizenumber and maxsizenumber > 0 then size = maxsize; end end -- check to see if upright bigger than maxsize (at default preferred size) if not isempty(upright) then local uprightnumber = tonumber(upright) or (upright == "yes" and 0.75) or 0 if uprightnumber*defaultThumbnailSize > maxsizenumber and maxsizenumber > 0 then upright = tostring(maxsizenumber/defaultThumbnailSize) end end end -- add px to size if just a number if (tonumber(size) or 0) > 0 then size = size .. "px"; end -- add px to sizedefault if just a number if (tonumber(sizedefault) or 0) > 0 then sizedefault = sizedefault .. "px"; end result = "[[File:" .. image; if not isempty(page) then result = result .. "|page=" .. page; end if not isempty(size) then result = result .. "|" .. size; elseif not isempty(sizedefault) and isempty(upright) then result = result .. "|" .. sizedefault; else result = result .. "|frameless"; end if center == "yes" then result = result .. "|center" end if not isempty(alt) then result = result .. "|alt=" .. alt; end if not isempty(link) then result = result .. "|link=" .. link; end if border == "yes" then result = result .. "|border"; end if upright == "yes" then result = result .. "|upright"; elseif upright ~= "" then result = result .. "|upright=" .. upright; end if thumbtime ~= "" then result = result .. "|thumbtime=" .. thumbtime; end if not isempty(class) then result = result .. "|class=" .. class; end -- if alt value is a keyword then do not use as a description if alt == "thumbnail" or alt == "thumb" or alt == "frameless" or alt == "left" or alt == "center" or alt == "right" or alt == "upright" or alt == "border" or mw.ustring.match(alt or "", '^[0-9]*px$', 1) ~= nil then alt = nil; end if not isempty(title) then -- does title param contain any templatestyles? If yes then set to blank. if mw.ustring.match(frame:preprocess(title), 'UNIQ%-%-templatestyles', 1) ~= nil then title = nil; end end if not isempty(title) then result = result .. "|" .. title; end result = result .. "]]"; return result; end end return i; jhks6vfk9v2iehyrc6dp50ju1s294vf 828 3800 266048 264039 2026-02-24T17:16:57Z en>Epicgenius 0 Undoing changes for now - this is causing errors, per [[Special:PermanentLink/1340234983#Navbox:American Revolutionary War...]] 266048 Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local p = {} local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Navbox/configuration') local inArray = require("Module:TableTools").inArray local getArgs -- lazily initialized local hiding_templatestyles = {} -- global passthrough variables local passthrough = { [cfg.arg.above]=true,[cfg.arg.aboveclass]=true,[cfg.arg.abovestyle]=true, [cfg.arg.basestyle]=true, [cfg.arg.below]=true,[cfg.arg.belowclass]=true,[cfg.arg.belowstyle]=true, [cfg.arg.bodyclass]=true, [cfg.arg.groupclass]=true, [cfg.arg.image]=true,[cfg.arg.imageclass]=true,[cfg.arg.imagestyle]=true, [cfg.arg.imageleft]=true,[cfg.arg.imageleftstyle]=true, [cfg.arg.listclass]=true, [cfg.arg.name]=true, [cfg.arg.navbar]=true, [cfg.arg.state]=true, [cfg.arg.title]=true,[cfg.arg.titleclass]=true,[cfg.arg.titlestyle]=true, argHash=true } -- helper functions local andnum = function(s, n) return string.format(cfg.arg[s .. '_and_num'], n) end local isblank = function(v) return (v or '') == '' end local function concatstrings(s) local r = table.concat(s, '') if r:match('^%s*$') then return nil end return r end local function concatstyles(s) local r = '' for _, v in ipairs(s) do v = mw.text.trim(v, "%s;") if not isblank(v) then r = r .. v .. ';' end end if isblank(r) then return nil end return r end local function getSubgroup(args, listnum, listText, prefix) local subArgs = { [cfg.arg.border] = cfg.keyword.border_subgroup, [cfg.arg.navbar] = cfg.keyword.navbar_plain, argHash = 0 } local hasSubArgs = false local subgroups_and_num = prefix and {prefix} or cfg.arg.subgroups_and_num for k, v in pairs(args) do k = tostring(k) for _, w in ipairs(subgroups_and_num) do w = string.format(w, listnum) .. "_" if (#k > #w) and (k:sub(1, #w) == w) then subArgs[k:sub(#w + 1)] = v hasSubArgs = true subArgs.argHash = subArgs.argHash + (v and #v or 0) end end end return hasSubArgs and p._navbox(subArgs) or listText end -- Main functions function p._navbox(args) if args.type == cfg.keyword.with_collapsible_groups then return p._withCollapsibleGroups(args) elseif args.type == cfg.keyword.with_columns then return p._withColumns(args) end local function striped(wikitext, border) -- Return wikitext with markers replaced for odd/even striping. -- Child (subgroup) navboxes are flagged with a category that is removed -- by parent navboxes. The result is that the category shows all pages -- where a child navbox is not contained in a parent navbox. local orphanCat = cfg.category.orphan if border == cfg.keyword.border_subgroup and args[cfg.arg.orphan] ~= cfg.keyword.orphan_yes then -- No change; striping occurs in outermost navbox. return wikitext .. orphanCat end local first, second = cfg.class.navbox_odd_part, cfg.class.navbox_even_part if args[cfg.arg.evenodd] then if args[cfg.arg.evenodd] == cfg.keyword.evenodd_swap then first, second = second, first else first = args[cfg.arg.evenodd] second = first end end local changer if first == second then changer = first else local index = 0 changer = function (code) if code == '0' then -- Current occurrence is for a group before a nested table. -- Set it to first as a valid although pointless class. -- The next occurrence will be the first row after a title -- in a subgroup and will also be first. index = 0 return first end index = index + 1 return index % 2 == 1 and first or second end end local regex = orphanCat:gsub('([%[%]])', '%%%1') return (wikitext:gsub(regex, ''):gsub(cfg.marker.regex, changer)) -- () omits gsub count end local function processItem(item, nowrapitems) if item:sub(1, 2) == '{|' then -- Applying nowrap to lines in a table does not make sense. -- Add newlines to compensate for trim of x in |parm=x in a template. return '\n' .. item .. '\n' end if nowrapitems == cfg.keyword.nowrapitems_yes then local lines = {} for line in (item .. '\n'):gmatch('([^\n]*)\n') do local prefix, content = line:match('^([*:;#]+)%s*(.*)') if prefix and not content:match(cfg.pattern.nowrap) then line = string.format(cfg.nowrap_item, prefix, content) end table.insert(lines, line) end item = table.concat(lines, '\n') end if item:match('^[*:;#]') then return '\n' .. item .. '\n' end return item end local function has_navbar() return args[cfg.arg.navbar] ~= cfg.keyword.navbar_off and args[cfg.arg.navbar] ~= cfg.keyword.navbar_plain and ( args[cfg.arg.name] or mw.getCurrentFrame():getParent():getTitle():gsub(cfg.pattern.sandbox, '') ~= cfg.pattern.navbox ) end -- extract text color from css, which is the only permitted inline CSS for the navbar local function extract_color(css_str) -- return nil because navbar takes its argument into mw.html which handles -- nil gracefully, removing the associated style attribute return mw.ustring.match(';' .. css_str .. ';', '.*;%s*([Cc][Oo][Ll][Oo][Rr]%s*:%s*.-)%s*;') or nil end local function renderNavBar(titleCell) if has_navbar() then local navbar = require('Module:Navbar')._navbar titleCell:wikitext(navbar{ [cfg.navbar.name] = args[cfg.arg.name], [cfg.navbar.mini] = 1, [cfg.navbar.fontstyle] = extract_color( (args[cfg.arg.basestyle] or '') .. ';' .. (args[cfg.arg.titlestyle] or '') ) }) end end local function renderTitleRow(tbl) if not args[cfg.arg.title] then return end local titleRow = tbl:tag('tr') local titleCell = titleRow:tag('th'):attr('scope', 'col') local titleColspan = 2 if args[cfg.arg.imageleft] then titleColspan = titleColspan + 1 end if args[cfg.arg.image] then titleColspan = titleColspan + 1 end titleCell :cssText(args[cfg.arg.basestyle]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.titlestyle]) :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_title) :attr('colspan', titleColspan) renderNavBar(titleCell) titleCell :tag('div') -- id for aria-labelledby attribute :attr('id', mw.uri.anchorEncode(args[cfg.arg.title]) .. args.argHash) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.titleclass]) :css('font-size', '114%') :css('margin', '0 4em') :wikitext(processItem(args[cfg.arg.title])) end local function getAboveBelowColspan() local ret = 2 if args[cfg.arg.imageleft] then ret = ret + 1 end if args[cfg.arg.image] then ret = ret + 1 end return ret end local function renderAboveRow(tbl) if not args[cfg.arg.above] then return end tbl:tag('tr') :tag('td') :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_abovebelow) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.aboveclass]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.basestyle]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.abovestyle]) :attr('colspan', getAboveBelowColspan()) :tag('div') -- id for aria-labelledby attribute, if no title :attr('id', (not args[cfg.arg.title]) and (mw.uri.anchorEncode(args[cfg.arg.above]) .. args.argHash) or nil) :wikitext(processItem(args[cfg.arg.above], args[cfg.arg.nowrapitems])) end local function renderBelowRow(tbl) if not args[cfg.arg.below] then return end tbl:tag('tr') :tag('td') :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_abovebelow) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.belowclass]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.basestyle]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.belowstyle]) :attr('colspan', getAboveBelowColspan()) :tag('div') :wikitext(processItem(args[cfg.arg.below], args[cfg.arg.nowrapitems])) end local function renderListRow(tbl, index, listnum, listnums_size) local row = tbl:tag('tr') if index == 1 and args[cfg.arg.imageleft] then row :tag('td') :addClass(cfg.class.noviewer) :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_image) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.imageclass]) :css('width', '1px') -- Minimize width :css('padding', '0 2px 0 0') :cssText(args[cfg.arg.imageleftstyle]) :attr('rowspan', listnums_size) :tag('div') :wikitext(processItem(args[cfg.arg.imageleft])) end local group_and_num = andnum('group', listnum) local groupstyle_and_num = andnum('groupstyle', listnum) if args[group_and_num] then local groupCell = row:tag('th') -- id for aria-labelledby attribute, if lone group with no title or above if listnum == 1 and not (args[cfg.arg.title] or args[cfg.arg.above] or args[cfg.arg.group2]) then groupCell :attr('id', mw.uri.anchorEncode(args[cfg.arg.group1]) .. args.argHash) end groupCell :attr('scope', 'row') :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_group) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.groupclass]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.basestyle]) -- If groupwidth not specified, minimize width :css('width', args[cfg.arg.groupwidth] or '1%') groupCell :cssText(args[cfg.arg.groupstyle]) :cssText(args[groupstyle_and_num]) :wikitext(args[group_and_num]) end local listCell = row:tag('td') if args[group_and_num] then listCell :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_list_with_group) else listCell:attr('colspan', 2) end if not args[cfg.arg.groupwidth] then listCell:css('width', '100%') end local rowstyle -- usually nil so cssText(rowstyle) usually adds nothing if index % 2 == 1 then rowstyle = args[cfg.arg.oddstyle] else rowstyle = args[cfg.arg.evenstyle] end local list_and_num = andnum('list', listnum) local listText = inArray(cfg.keyword.subgroups, args[list_and_num]) and getSubgroup(args, listnum, args[list_and_num]) or args[list_and_num] local oddEven = cfg.marker.oddeven if listText:sub(1, 12) == '</div><table' then -- Assume list text is for a subgroup navbox so no automatic striping for this row. oddEven = listText:find(cfg.pattern.navbox_title) and cfg.marker.restart or cfg.class.navbox_odd_part end local liststyle_and_num = andnum('liststyle', listnum) local listclass_and_num = andnum('listclass', listnum) listCell :css('padding', '0') :cssText(args[cfg.arg.liststyle]) :cssText(rowstyle) :cssText(args[liststyle_and_num]) :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_list) :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_part .. oddEven) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.listclass]) :addClass(args[listclass_and_num]) :tag('div') :css('padding', (index == 1 and args[cfg.arg.list1padding]) or args[cfg.arg.listpadding] or '0 0.25em' ) :wikitext(processItem(listText, args[cfg.arg.nowrapitems])) if index == 1 and args[cfg.arg.image] then row :tag('td') :addClass(cfg.class.noviewer) :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_image) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.imageclass]) :css('width', '1px') -- Minimize width :css('padding', '0 0 0 2px') :cssText(args[cfg.arg.imagestyle]) :attr('rowspan', listnums_size) :tag('div') :wikitext(processItem(args[cfg.arg.image])) end end local function has_list_class(htmlclass) local patterns = { '^' .. htmlclass .. '$', '%s' .. htmlclass .. '$', '^' .. htmlclass .. '%s', '%s' .. htmlclass .. '%s' } for arg, _ in pairs(args) do if type(arg) == 'string' and mw.ustring.find(arg, cfg.pattern.class) then for _, pattern in ipairs(patterns) do if mw.ustring.find(args[arg] or '', pattern) then return true end end end end return false end -- there are a lot of list classes in the wild, so we add their TemplateStyles local function add_list_styles() local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() local function add_list_templatestyles(htmlclass, templatestyles) if has_list_class(htmlclass) then return frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = templatestyles } } else return '' end end local hlist_styles = add_list_templatestyles('hlist', cfg.hlist_templatestyles) local plainlist_styles = add_list_templatestyles('plainlist', cfg.plainlist_templatestyles) -- a second workaround for [[phab:T303378]] -- when that issue is fixed, we can actually use has_navbar not to emit the -- tag here if we want if has_navbar() and hlist_styles == '' then hlist_styles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = cfg.hlist_templatestyles } } end -- hlist -> plainlist is best-effort to preserve old Common.css ordering. -- this ordering is not a guarantee because most navboxes will emit only -- one of these classes [hlist_note] return hlist_styles .. plainlist_styles end local function needsHorizontalLists(border) if border == cfg.keyword.border_subgroup or args[cfg.arg.tracking] == cfg.keyword.tracking_no then return false end return not has_list_class(cfg.pattern.hlist) and not has_list_class(cfg.pattern.plainlist) end local function hasBackgroundColors() for _, key in ipairs({cfg.arg.titlestyle, cfg.arg.groupstyle, cfg.arg.basestyle, cfg.arg.abovestyle, cfg.arg.belowstyle}) do if tostring(args[key]):find('background', 1, true) then return true end end return false end local function hasBorders() for _, key in ipairs({cfg.arg.groupstyle, cfg.arg.basestyle, cfg.arg.abovestyle, cfg.arg.belowstyle}) do if tostring(args[key]):find('border', 1, true) then return true end end return false end local function isIllegible() local styleratio = require('Module:Color contrast')._styleratio for key, style in pairs(args) do if tostring(key):match(cfg.pattern.style) then if styleratio{mw.text.unstripNoWiki(style)} < 4.5 then return true end end end return false end local function getTrackingCategories(border) local cats = {} if needsHorizontalLists(border) then table.insert(cats, cfg.category.horizontal_lists) end if hasBackgroundColors() then table.insert(cats, cfg.category.background_colors) end if isIllegible() then table.insert(cats, cfg.category.illegible) end if hasBorders() then table.insert(cats, cfg.category.borders) end return cats end local function renderTrackingCategories(builder, border) local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if title.namespace ~= 10 then return end -- not in template space local subpage = title.subpageText if subpage == cfg.keyword.subpage_doc or subpage == cfg.keyword.subpage_sandbox or subpage == cfg.keyword.subpage_testcases then return end for _, cat in ipairs(getTrackingCategories(border)) do builder:wikitext('[[Category:' .. cat .. ']]') end end local function renderMainTable(border, listnums) local tbl = mw.html.create('table') :addClass(cfg.class.nowraplinks) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.bodyclass]) local state = args[cfg.arg.state] if args[cfg.arg.title] and state ~= cfg.keyword.state_plain and state ~= cfg.keyword.state_off then if state == cfg.keyword.state_collapsed then state = cfg.class.collapsed end tbl :addClass(cfg.class.collapsible) :addClass(state or cfg.class.autocollapse) end tbl:css('border-spacing', 0) if border == cfg.keyword.border_subgroup or border == cfg.keyword.border_none then tbl :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_subgroup) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.bodystyle]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.style]) else -- regular navbox - bodystyle and style will be applied to the wrapper table tbl :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_inner) :css('background', 'transparent') :css('color', 'inherit') end tbl:cssText(args[cfg.arg.innerstyle]) renderTitleRow(tbl) renderAboveRow(tbl) local listnums_size = #listnums for i, listnum in ipairs(listnums) do renderListRow(tbl, i, listnum, listnums_size) end renderBelowRow(tbl) return tbl end local function add_navbox_styles(hiding_templatestyles) local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() -- This is a lambda so that it doesn't need the frame as a parameter local function add_user_styles(templatestyles) if not isblank(templatestyles) then return frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = templatestyles } } end return '' end -- get templatestyles. load base from config so that Lua only needs to do -- the work once of parser tag expansion local base_templatestyles = cfg.templatestyles local templatestyles = add_user_styles(args[cfg.arg.templatestyles]) local child_templatestyles = add_user_styles(args[cfg.arg.child_templatestyles]) -- The 'navbox-styles' div exists to wrap the styles to work around T200206 -- more elegantly. Instead of combinatorial rules, this ends up being linear -- number of CSS rules. return mw.html.create('div') :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_styles) :wikitext( add_list_styles() .. -- see [hlist_note] applied to 'before base_templatestyles' base_templatestyles .. templatestyles .. child_templatestyles .. table.concat(hiding_templatestyles) ) :done() end -- work around [[phab:T303378]] -- for each arg: find all the templatestyles strip markers, insert them into a -- table. then remove all templatestyles markers from the arg local strip_marker_pattern = '(\127[^\127]*UNIQ%-%-templatestyles%-%x+%-QINU[^\127]*\127)' local argHash = 0 for k, arg in pairs(args) do if type(arg) == 'string' then for marker in string.gfind(arg, strip_marker_pattern) do table.insert(hiding_templatestyles, marker) end argHash = argHash + #arg args[k] = string.gsub(arg, strip_marker_pattern, '') end end if not args.argHash then args.argHash = argHash end local listnums = {} for k, _ in pairs(args) do if type(k) == 'string' then local listnum = k:match(cfg.pattern.listnum) if listnum and args[andnum('list', tonumber(listnum))] then table.insert(listnums, tonumber(listnum)) end end end table.sort(listnums) local border = mw.text.trim(args[cfg.arg.border] or args[1] or '') if border == cfg.keyword.border_child then border = cfg.keyword.border_subgroup end -- render the main body of the navbox local tbl = renderMainTable(border, listnums) local res = mw.html.create() -- render the appropriate wrapper for the navbox, based on the border param if border == cfg.keyword.border_none then res:node(add_navbox_styles(hiding_templatestyles)) local nav = res:tag('div') :attr('role', 'navigation') :node(tbl) -- aria-labelledby title, otherwise above, otherwise lone group if args[cfg.arg.title] or args[cfg.arg.above] or (args[cfg.arg.group1] and not args[cfg.arg.group2]) then nav:attr( 'aria-labelledby', mw.uri.anchorEncode( args[cfg.arg.title] or args[cfg.arg.above] or args[cfg.arg.group1] ) .. args.argHash ) else nav:attr('aria-label', cfg.aria_label .. args.argHash) end elseif border == cfg.keyword.border_subgroup then -- We assume that this navbox is being rendered in a list cell of a -- parent navbox, and is therefore inside a div with padding:0em 0.25em. -- We start with a </div> to avoid the padding being applied, and at the -- end add a <div> to balance out the parent's </div> res :wikitext('</div>') :node(tbl) :wikitext('<div>') else res:node(add_navbox_styles(hiding_templatestyles)) local nav = res:tag('div') :attr('role', 'navigation') :addClass(cfg.class.navbox) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.navboxclass]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.bodystyle]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.style]) :css('padding', '3px') :node(tbl) -- aria-labelledby title, otherwise above, otherwise lone group if args[cfg.arg.title] or args[cfg.arg.above] or (args[cfg.arg.group1] and not args[cfg.arg.group2]) then nav:attr( 'aria-labelledby', mw.uri.anchorEncode( args[cfg.arg.title] or args[cfg.arg.above] or args[cfg.arg.group1] ) .. args.argHash ) else nav:attr('aria-label', cfg.aria_label .. args.argHash) end end if (args[cfg.arg.nocat] or cfg.keyword.nocat_false):lower() == cfg.keyword.nocat_false then renderTrackingCategories(res, border) end return striped(tostring(res), border) end --p._navbox function p._withCollapsibleGroups(pargs) -- table for args passed to navbox local targs = {} -- process args local passthroughLocal = { [cfg.arg.bodystyle] = true, [cfg.arg.border] = true, [cfg.arg.style] = true, } for k,v in pairs(pargs) do if k and type(k) == 'string' then if passthrough[k] or passthroughLocal[k] then targs[k] = v elseif (k:match(cfg.pattern.num)) then local n = k:match(cfg.pattern.num) local list_and_num = andnum('list', n) if ((k:match(cfg.pattern.listnum) or k:match(cfg.pattern.contentnum)) and targs[list_and_num] == nil and pargs[andnum('group', n)] == nil and pargs[andnum('sect', n)] == nil and pargs[andnum('section', n)] == nil) then targs[list_and_num] = concatstrings({ pargs[list_and_num] or '', pargs[andnum('content', n)] or '' }) if (targs[list_and_num] and inArray(cfg.keyword.subgroups, targs[list_and_num])) then targs[list_and_num] = getSubgroup(pargs, n, targs[list_and_num]) end elseif ((k:match(cfg.pattern.groupnum) or k:match(cfg.pattern.sectnum) or k:match(cfg.pattern.sectionnum)) and targs[list_and_num] == nil) then local titlestyle = concatstyles({ pargs[cfg.arg.groupstyle] or '', pargs[cfg.arg.secttitlestyle] or '', pargs[andnum('groupstyle', n)] or '', pargs[andnum('sectiontitlestyle', n)] or '' }) local liststyle = concatstyles({ pargs[cfg.arg.liststyle] or '', pargs[cfg.arg.contentstyle] or '', pargs[andnum('liststyle', n)] or '', pargs[andnum('contentstyle', n)] or '' }) local title = concatstrings({ pargs[andnum('group', n)] or '', pargs[andnum('sect', n)] or '', pargs[andnum('section', n)] or '' }) local list = concatstrings({ pargs[list_and_num] or '', pargs[andnum('content', n)] or '' }) if list and inArray(cfg.keyword.subgroups, list) then list = getSubgroup(pargs, n, list) end local abbr_and_num = andnum('abbr', n) local state = (pargs[abbr_and_num] and pargs[abbr_and_num] == pargs[cfg.arg.selected]) and cfg.keyword.state_uncollapsed or (pargs[andnum('state', n)] or cfg.keyword.state_collapsed) targs[list_and_num] =p._navbox({ cfg.keyword.border_child, [cfg.arg.navbar] = cfg.keyword.navbar_plain, [cfg.arg.state] = state, [cfg.arg.basestyle] = pargs[cfg.arg.basestyle], [cfg.arg.title] = title, [cfg.arg.titlestyle] = titlestyle, [andnum('list', 1)] = list, [cfg.arg.liststyle] = liststyle, [cfg.arg.listclass] = pargs[andnum('listclass', n)], [cfg.arg.image] = pargs[andnum('image', n)], [cfg.arg.imageleft] = pargs[andnum('imageleft', n)], [cfg.arg.listpadding] = pargs[cfg.arg.listpadding], argHash = pargs.argHash }) end end end end -- ordering of style and bodystyle targs[cfg.arg.style] = concatstyles({targs[cfg.arg.style] or '', targs[cfg.arg.bodystyle] or ''}) targs[cfg.arg.bodystyle] = nil -- child or subgroup if targs[cfg.arg.border] == nil then targs[cfg.arg.border] = pargs[1] end return p._navbox(targs) end --p._withCollapsibleGroups function p._withColumns(pargs) -- table for args passed to navbox local targs = {} -- tables of column numbers local colheadernums = {} local colnums = {} local colfooternums = {} -- process args local passthroughLocal = { [cfg.arg.evenstyle]=true, [cfg.arg.groupstyle]=true, [cfg.arg.liststyle]=true, [cfg.arg.oddstyle]=true, [cfg.arg.state]=true, } for k,v in pairs(pargs) do if passthrough[k] or passthroughLocal[k] then targs[k] = v elseif type(k) == 'string' then if k:match(cfg.pattern.listnum) then local n = k:match(cfg.pattern.listnum) targs[andnum('liststyle', n + 2)] = pargs[andnum('liststyle', n)] targs[andnum('group', n + 2)] = pargs[andnum('group', n)] targs[andnum('groupstyle', n + 2)] = pargs[andnum('groupstyle', n)] if v and inArray(cfg.keyword.subgroups, v) then targs[andnum('list', n + 2)] = getSubgroup(pargs, n, v) else targs[andnum('list', n + 2)] = v end elseif (k:match(cfg.pattern.colheadernum) and v ~= '') then table.insert(colheadernums, tonumber(k:match(cfg.pattern.colheadernum))) elseif (k:match(cfg.pattern.colnum) and v ~= '') then table.insert(colnums, tonumber(k:match(cfg.pattern.colnum))) elseif (k:match(cfg.pattern.colfooternum) and v ~= '') then table.insert(colfooternums, tonumber(k:match(cfg.pattern.colfooternum))) end end end table.sort(colheadernums) table.sort(colnums) table.sort(colfooternums) -- HTML table for list1 local coltable = mw.html.create( 'table' ):addClass('navbox-columns-table') local row, col local tablestyle = ( (#colheadernums > 0) or (not isblank(pargs[cfg.arg.fullwidth])) ) and 'width:100%' or 'width:auto; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto' coltable:cssText(concatstyles({ 'border-spacing: 0px; text-align:left', tablestyle, pargs[cfg.arg.coltablestyle] or '' })) --- Header row --- if (#colheadernums > 0) then row = coltable:tag('tr') for k, n in ipairs(colheadernums) do col = row:tag('th'):addClass('navbox-abovebelow') col:cssText(concatstyles({ (k > 1) and 'border-left:2px solid #fdfdfd' or '', 'font-weight:bold', pargs[cfg.arg.colheaderstyle] or '', pargs[andnum('colheaderstyle', n)] or '' })) col:attr('colspan', tonumber(pargs[andnum('colheadercolspan', n)])) col:wikitext(pargs[andnum('colheader', n)]) end end --- Main columns --- row = coltable:tag('tr'):css('vertical-align', 'top') for k, n in ipairs(colnums) do if k == 1 and isblank(pargs[andnum('colheader', 1)]) and isblank(pargs[andnum('colfooter', 1)]) and isblank(pargs[cfg.arg.fullwidth]) then local nopad = inArray( {'off', '0', '0em', '0px'}, mw.ustring.gsub(pargs[cfg.arg.padding] or '', '[;%%]', '')) if not nopad then row:tag('td'):wikitext('&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;') :css('width', (pargs[cfg.arg.padding] or '5em')) end end col = row:tag('td'):addClass('navbox-list') col:cssText(concatstyles({ (k > 1) and 'border-left:2px solid #fdfdfd' or '', 'padding:0px', pargs[cfg.arg.colstyle] or '', ((n%2 == 0) and pargs[cfg.arg.evencolstyle] or pargs[cfg.arg.oddcolstyle]) or '', pargs[andnum('colstyle', n)] or '', 'width:' .. (pargs[andnum('colwidth', n)] or pargs[cfg.arg.colwidth] or '10em') })) local wt = pargs[andnum('col', n)] if wt and inArray(cfg.keyword.subgroups, wt) then wt = getSubgroup(pargs, n, wt, cfg.arg.col_and_num) end col:tag('div'):newline():wikitext(wt):newline() end --- Footer row --- if (#colfooternums > 0) then row = coltable:tag('tr') for k, n in ipairs(colfooternums) do col = row:tag('td'):addClass('navbox-abovebelow') col:cssText(concatstyles({ (k > 1) and 'border-left:2px solid #fdfdfd' or '', 'font-weight:bold', pargs[cfg.arg.colfooterstyle] or '', pargs[andnum('colfooterstyle', n)] or '' })) col:attr('colspan', tonumber(pargs[andnum('colfootercolspan', n)])) col:wikitext(pargs[andnum('colfooter', n)]) end end -- assign table to list1 targs[andnum('list', 1)] = tostring(coltable) if isblank(pargs[andnum('colheader', 1)]) and isblank(pargs[andnum('col', 1)]) and isblank(pargs[andnum('colfooter', 1)]) then targs[andnum('list', 1)] = targs[andnum('list', 1)] .. cfg.category.without_first_col end -- Other parameters targs[cfg.arg.border] = pargs[cfg.arg.border] or pargs[1] targs[cfg.arg.evenodd] = (not isblank(pargs[cfg.arg.evenodd])) and pargs[cfg.arg.evenodd] or nil targs[cfg.arg.list1padding] = '0px' targs[andnum('liststyle', 1)] = 'background:transparent;color:inherit;' targs[cfg.arg.style] = concatstyles({pargs[cfg.arg.style], pargs[cfg.arg.bodystyle]}) targs[cfg.arg.tracking] = 'no' return p._navbox(targs) end --p._withColumns -- Template entry points function p.navbox (frame, boxtype) local function readArgs(args, prefix) local function readSubgroups(element, i) if inArray(cfg.keyword.subgroups, args[prefix .. andnum(element, i)]) then for _, v in ipairs(cfg.arg.subgroups_and_num) do readArgs(args, prefix .. string.format(v, i) .. "_") end readArgs(args, prefix .. andnum('col', i) .. "_") end end -- Read the arguments in the order they'll be output in, to make references -- number in the right order. local _ _ = args[prefix .. cfg.arg.title] _ = args[prefix .. cfg.arg.above] -- Limit this to 20 as covering 'most' cases (that's a SWAG) and because -- iterator approach won't work here local boxtype = args.type or cfg.keyword[boxtype] if boxtype == cfg.keyword.with_columns then for i = 1, 20 do _ = args[prefix .. andnum('colheader', i)] end for i = 1, 20 do readSubgroups('col', i) end for i = 1, 20 do _ = args[prefix .. andnum('colfooter', i)] end end for i = 1, 20 do _ = args[prefix .. andnum('group', i)] readSubgroups('list', i) end _ = args[prefix .. cfg.arg.below] end if not getArgs then getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs end local args = getArgs(frame, {wrappers = {cfg.pattern[boxtype or 'navbox']}}) readArgs(args, "") args.argHash = nil -- we shouldn't accept argHash passed from a template args.type = args.type or cfg.keyword[boxtype] return p['_navbox'](args) end p[cfg.keyword.with_collapsible_groups] = function (frame) return p.navbox(frame, 'with_collapsible_groups') end p[cfg.keyword.with_columns] = function (frame) return p.navbox(frame, 'with_columns') end return p 1s4hl193ornydh8zrrhga8nr1v6arn9 266049 266048 2026-07-18T15:28:54Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:Navbox]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266048 Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local p = {} local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Navbox/configuration') local inArray = require("Module:TableTools").inArray local getArgs -- lazily initialized local hiding_templatestyles = {} -- global passthrough variables local passthrough = { [cfg.arg.above]=true,[cfg.arg.aboveclass]=true,[cfg.arg.abovestyle]=true, [cfg.arg.basestyle]=true, [cfg.arg.below]=true,[cfg.arg.belowclass]=true,[cfg.arg.belowstyle]=true, [cfg.arg.bodyclass]=true, [cfg.arg.groupclass]=true, [cfg.arg.image]=true,[cfg.arg.imageclass]=true,[cfg.arg.imagestyle]=true, [cfg.arg.imageleft]=true,[cfg.arg.imageleftstyle]=true, [cfg.arg.listclass]=true, [cfg.arg.name]=true, [cfg.arg.navbar]=true, [cfg.arg.state]=true, [cfg.arg.title]=true,[cfg.arg.titleclass]=true,[cfg.arg.titlestyle]=true, argHash=true } -- helper functions local andnum = function(s, n) return string.format(cfg.arg[s .. '_and_num'], n) end local isblank = function(v) return (v or '') == '' end local function concatstrings(s) local r = table.concat(s, '') if r:match('^%s*$') then return nil end return r end local function concatstyles(s) local r = '' for _, v in ipairs(s) do v = mw.text.trim(v, "%s;") if not isblank(v) then r = r .. v .. ';' end end if isblank(r) then return nil end return r end local function getSubgroup(args, listnum, listText, prefix) local subArgs = { [cfg.arg.border] = cfg.keyword.border_subgroup, [cfg.arg.navbar] = cfg.keyword.navbar_plain, argHash = 0 } local hasSubArgs = false local subgroups_and_num = prefix and {prefix} or cfg.arg.subgroups_and_num for k, v in pairs(args) do k = tostring(k) for _, w in ipairs(subgroups_and_num) do w = string.format(w, listnum) .. "_" if (#k > #w) and (k:sub(1, #w) == w) then subArgs[k:sub(#w + 1)] = v hasSubArgs = true subArgs.argHash = subArgs.argHash + (v and #v or 0) end end end return hasSubArgs and p._navbox(subArgs) or listText end -- Main functions function p._navbox(args) if args.type == cfg.keyword.with_collapsible_groups then return p._withCollapsibleGroups(args) elseif args.type == cfg.keyword.with_columns then return p._withColumns(args) end local function striped(wikitext, border) -- Return wikitext with markers replaced for odd/even striping. -- Child (subgroup) navboxes are flagged with a category that is removed -- by parent navboxes. The result is that the category shows all pages -- where a child navbox is not contained in a parent navbox. local orphanCat = cfg.category.orphan if border == cfg.keyword.border_subgroup and args[cfg.arg.orphan] ~= cfg.keyword.orphan_yes then -- No change; striping occurs in outermost navbox. return wikitext .. orphanCat end local first, second = cfg.class.navbox_odd_part, cfg.class.navbox_even_part if args[cfg.arg.evenodd] then if args[cfg.arg.evenodd] == cfg.keyword.evenodd_swap then first, second = second, first else first = args[cfg.arg.evenodd] second = first end end local changer if first == second then changer = first else local index = 0 changer = function (code) if code == '0' then -- Current occurrence is for a group before a nested table. -- Set it to first as a valid although pointless class. -- The next occurrence will be the first row after a title -- in a subgroup and will also be first. index = 0 return first end index = index + 1 return index % 2 == 1 and first or second end end local regex = orphanCat:gsub('([%[%]])', '%%%1') return (wikitext:gsub(regex, ''):gsub(cfg.marker.regex, changer)) -- () omits gsub count end local function processItem(item, nowrapitems) if item:sub(1, 2) == '{|' then -- Applying nowrap to lines in a table does not make sense. -- Add newlines to compensate for trim of x in |parm=x in a template. return '\n' .. item .. '\n' end if nowrapitems == cfg.keyword.nowrapitems_yes then local lines = {} for line in (item .. '\n'):gmatch('([^\n]*)\n') do local prefix, content = line:match('^([*:;#]+)%s*(.*)') if prefix and not content:match(cfg.pattern.nowrap) then line = string.format(cfg.nowrap_item, prefix, content) end table.insert(lines, line) end item = table.concat(lines, '\n') end if item:match('^[*:;#]') then return '\n' .. item .. '\n' end return item end local function has_navbar() return args[cfg.arg.navbar] ~= cfg.keyword.navbar_off and args[cfg.arg.navbar] ~= cfg.keyword.navbar_plain and ( args[cfg.arg.name] or mw.getCurrentFrame():getParent():getTitle():gsub(cfg.pattern.sandbox, '') ~= cfg.pattern.navbox ) end -- extract text color from css, which is the only permitted inline CSS for the navbar local function extract_color(css_str) -- return nil because navbar takes its argument into mw.html which handles -- nil gracefully, removing the associated style attribute return mw.ustring.match(';' .. css_str .. ';', '.*;%s*([Cc][Oo][Ll][Oo][Rr]%s*:%s*.-)%s*;') or nil end local function renderNavBar(titleCell) if has_navbar() then local navbar = require('Module:Navbar')._navbar titleCell:wikitext(navbar{ [cfg.navbar.name] = args[cfg.arg.name], [cfg.navbar.mini] = 1, [cfg.navbar.fontstyle] = extract_color( (args[cfg.arg.basestyle] or '') .. ';' .. (args[cfg.arg.titlestyle] or '') ) }) end end local function renderTitleRow(tbl) if not args[cfg.arg.title] then return end local titleRow = tbl:tag('tr') local titleCell = titleRow:tag('th'):attr('scope', 'col') local titleColspan = 2 if args[cfg.arg.imageleft] then titleColspan = titleColspan + 1 end if args[cfg.arg.image] then titleColspan = titleColspan + 1 end titleCell :cssText(args[cfg.arg.basestyle]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.titlestyle]) :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_title) :attr('colspan', titleColspan) renderNavBar(titleCell) titleCell :tag('div') -- id for aria-labelledby attribute :attr('id', mw.uri.anchorEncode(args[cfg.arg.title]) .. args.argHash) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.titleclass]) :css('font-size', '114%') :css('margin', '0 4em') :wikitext(processItem(args[cfg.arg.title])) end local function getAboveBelowColspan() local ret = 2 if args[cfg.arg.imageleft] then ret = ret + 1 end if args[cfg.arg.image] then ret = ret + 1 end return ret end local function renderAboveRow(tbl) if not args[cfg.arg.above] then return end tbl:tag('tr') :tag('td') :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_abovebelow) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.aboveclass]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.basestyle]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.abovestyle]) :attr('colspan', getAboveBelowColspan()) :tag('div') -- id for aria-labelledby attribute, if no title :attr('id', (not args[cfg.arg.title]) and (mw.uri.anchorEncode(args[cfg.arg.above]) .. args.argHash) or nil) :wikitext(processItem(args[cfg.arg.above], args[cfg.arg.nowrapitems])) end local function renderBelowRow(tbl) if not args[cfg.arg.below] then return end tbl:tag('tr') :tag('td') :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_abovebelow) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.belowclass]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.basestyle]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.belowstyle]) :attr('colspan', getAboveBelowColspan()) :tag('div') :wikitext(processItem(args[cfg.arg.below], args[cfg.arg.nowrapitems])) end local function renderListRow(tbl, index, listnum, listnums_size) local row = tbl:tag('tr') if index == 1 and args[cfg.arg.imageleft] then row :tag('td') :addClass(cfg.class.noviewer) :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_image) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.imageclass]) :css('width', '1px') -- Minimize width :css('padding', '0 2px 0 0') :cssText(args[cfg.arg.imageleftstyle]) :attr('rowspan', listnums_size) :tag('div') :wikitext(processItem(args[cfg.arg.imageleft])) end local group_and_num = andnum('group', listnum) local groupstyle_and_num = andnum('groupstyle', listnum) if args[group_and_num] then local groupCell = row:tag('th') -- id for aria-labelledby attribute, if lone group with no title or above if listnum == 1 and not (args[cfg.arg.title] or args[cfg.arg.above] or args[cfg.arg.group2]) then groupCell :attr('id', mw.uri.anchorEncode(args[cfg.arg.group1]) .. args.argHash) end groupCell :attr('scope', 'row') :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_group) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.groupclass]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.basestyle]) -- If groupwidth not specified, minimize width :css('width', args[cfg.arg.groupwidth] or '1%') groupCell :cssText(args[cfg.arg.groupstyle]) :cssText(args[groupstyle_and_num]) :wikitext(args[group_and_num]) end local listCell = row:tag('td') if args[group_and_num] then listCell :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_list_with_group) else listCell:attr('colspan', 2) end if not args[cfg.arg.groupwidth] then listCell:css('width', '100%') end local rowstyle -- usually nil so cssText(rowstyle) usually adds nothing if index % 2 == 1 then rowstyle = args[cfg.arg.oddstyle] else rowstyle = args[cfg.arg.evenstyle] end local list_and_num = andnum('list', listnum) local listText = inArray(cfg.keyword.subgroups, args[list_and_num]) and getSubgroup(args, listnum, args[list_and_num]) or args[list_and_num] local oddEven = cfg.marker.oddeven if listText:sub(1, 12) == '</div><table' then -- Assume list text is for a subgroup navbox so no automatic striping for this row. oddEven = listText:find(cfg.pattern.navbox_title) and cfg.marker.restart or cfg.class.navbox_odd_part end local liststyle_and_num = andnum('liststyle', listnum) local listclass_and_num = andnum('listclass', listnum) listCell :css('padding', '0') :cssText(args[cfg.arg.liststyle]) :cssText(rowstyle) :cssText(args[liststyle_and_num]) :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_list) :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_part .. oddEven) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.listclass]) :addClass(args[listclass_and_num]) :tag('div') :css('padding', (index == 1 and args[cfg.arg.list1padding]) or args[cfg.arg.listpadding] or '0 0.25em' ) :wikitext(processItem(listText, args[cfg.arg.nowrapitems])) if index == 1 and args[cfg.arg.image] then row :tag('td') :addClass(cfg.class.noviewer) :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_image) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.imageclass]) :css('width', '1px') -- Minimize width :css('padding', '0 0 0 2px') :cssText(args[cfg.arg.imagestyle]) :attr('rowspan', listnums_size) :tag('div') :wikitext(processItem(args[cfg.arg.image])) end end local function has_list_class(htmlclass) local patterns = { '^' .. htmlclass .. '$', '%s' .. htmlclass .. '$', '^' .. htmlclass .. '%s', '%s' .. htmlclass .. '%s' } for arg, _ in pairs(args) do if type(arg) == 'string' and mw.ustring.find(arg, cfg.pattern.class) then for _, pattern in ipairs(patterns) do if mw.ustring.find(args[arg] or '', pattern) then return true end end end end return false end -- there are a lot of list classes in the wild, so we add their TemplateStyles local function add_list_styles() local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() local function add_list_templatestyles(htmlclass, templatestyles) if has_list_class(htmlclass) then return frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = templatestyles } } else return '' end end local hlist_styles = add_list_templatestyles('hlist', cfg.hlist_templatestyles) local plainlist_styles = add_list_templatestyles('plainlist', cfg.plainlist_templatestyles) -- a second workaround for [[phab:T303378]] -- when that issue is fixed, we can actually use has_navbar not to emit the -- tag here if we want if has_navbar() and hlist_styles == '' then hlist_styles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = cfg.hlist_templatestyles } } end -- hlist -> plainlist is best-effort to preserve old Common.css ordering. -- this ordering is not a guarantee because most navboxes will emit only -- one of these classes [hlist_note] return hlist_styles .. plainlist_styles end local function needsHorizontalLists(border) if border == cfg.keyword.border_subgroup or args[cfg.arg.tracking] == cfg.keyword.tracking_no then return false end return not has_list_class(cfg.pattern.hlist) and not has_list_class(cfg.pattern.plainlist) end local function hasBackgroundColors() for _, key in ipairs({cfg.arg.titlestyle, cfg.arg.groupstyle, cfg.arg.basestyle, cfg.arg.abovestyle, cfg.arg.belowstyle}) do if tostring(args[key]):find('background', 1, true) then return true end end return false end local function hasBorders() for _, key in ipairs({cfg.arg.groupstyle, cfg.arg.basestyle, cfg.arg.abovestyle, cfg.arg.belowstyle}) do if tostring(args[key]):find('border', 1, true) then return true end end return false end local function isIllegible() local styleratio = require('Module:Color contrast')._styleratio for key, style in pairs(args) do if tostring(key):match(cfg.pattern.style) then if styleratio{mw.text.unstripNoWiki(style)} < 4.5 then return true end end end return false end local function getTrackingCategories(border) local cats = {} if needsHorizontalLists(border) then table.insert(cats, cfg.category.horizontal_lists) end if hasBackgroundColors() then table.insert(cats, cfg.category.background_colors) end if isIllegible() then table.insert(cats, cfg.category.illegible) end if hasBorders() then table.insert(cats, cfg.category.borders) end return cats end local function renderTrackingCategories(builder, border) local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if title.namespace ~= 10 then return end -- not in template space local subpage = title.subpageText if subpage == cfg.keyword.subpage_doc or subpage == cfg.keyword.subpage_sandbox or subpage == cfg.keyword.subpage_testcases then return end for _, cat in ipairs(getTrackingCategories(border)) do builder:wikitext('[[Category:' .. cat .. ']]') end end local function renderMainTable(border, listnums) local tbl = mw.html.create('table') :addClass(cfg.class.nowraplinks) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.bodyclass]) local state = args[cfg.arg.state] if args[cfg.arg.title] and state ~= cfg.keyword.state_plain and state ~= cfg.keyword.state_off then if state == cfg.keyword.state_collapsed then state = cfg.class.collapsed end tbl :addClass(cfg.class.collapsible) :addClass(state or cfg.class.autocollapse) end tbl:css('border-spacing', 0) if border == cfg.keyword.border_subgroup or border == cfg.keyword.border_none then tbl :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_subgroup) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.bodystyle]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.style]) else -- regular navbox - bodystyle and style will be applied to the wrapper table tbl :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_inner) :css('background', 'transparent') :css('color', 'inherit') end tbl:cssText(args[cfg.arg.innerstyle]) renderTitleRow(tbl) renderAboveRow(tbl) local listnums_size = #listnums for i, listnum in ipairs(listnums) do renderListRow(tbl, i, listnum, listnums_size) end renderBelowRow(tbl) return tbl end local function add_navbox_styles(hiding_templatestyles) local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() -- This is a lambda so that it doesn't need the frame as a parameter local function add_user_styles(templatestyles) if not isblank(templatestyles) then return frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = templatestyles } } end return '' end -- get templatestyles. load base from config so that Lua only needs to do -- the work once of parser tag expansion local base_templatestyles = cfg.templatestyles local templatestyles = add_user_styles(args[cfg.arg.templatestyles]) local child_templatestyles = add_user_styles(args[cfg.arg.child_templatestyles]) -- The 'navbox-styles' div exists to wrap the styles to work around T200206 -- more elegantly. Instead of combinatorial rules, this ends up being linear -- number of CSS rules. return mw.html.create('div') :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_styles) :wikitext( add_list_styles() .. -- see [hlist_note] applied to 'before base_templatestyles' base_templatestyles .. templatestyles .. child_templatestyles .. table.concat(hiding_templatestyles) ) :done() end -- work around [[phab:T303378]] -- for each arg: find all the templatestyles strip markers, insert them into a -- table. then remove all templatestyles markers from the arg local strip_marker_pattern = '(\127[^\127]*UNIQ%-%-templatestyles%-%x+%-QINU[^\127]*\127)' local argHash = 0 for k, arg in pairs(args) do if type(arg) == 'string' then for marker in string.gfind(arg, strip_marker_pattern) do table.insert(hiding_templatestyles, marker) end argHash = argHash + #arg args[k] = string.gsub(arg, strip_marker_pattern, '') end end if not args.argHash then args.argHash = argHash end local listnums = {} for k, _ in pairs(args) do if type(k) == 'string' then local listnum = k:match(cfg.pattern.listnum) if listnum and args[andnum('list', tonumber(listnum))] then table.insert(listnums, tonumber(listnum)) end end end table.sort(listnums) local border = mw.text.trim(args[cfg.arg.border] or args[1] or '') if border == cfg.keyword.border_child then border = cfg.keyword.border_subgroup end -- render the main body of the navbox local tbl = renderMainTable(border, listnums) local res = mw.html.create() -- render the appropriate wrapper for the navbox, based on the border param if border == cfg.keyword.border_none then res:node(add_navbox_styles(hiding_templatestyles)) local nav = res:tag('div') :attr('role', 'navigation') :node(tbl) -- aria-labelledby title, otherwise above, otherwise lone group if args[cfg.arg.title] or args[cfg.arg.above] or (args[cfg.arg.group1] and not args[cfg.arg.group2]) then nav:attr( 'aria-labelledby', mw.uri.anchorEncode( args[cfg.arg.title] or args[cfg.arg.above] or args[cfg.arg.group1] ) .. args.argHash ) else nav:attr('aria-label', cfg.aria_label .. args.argHash) end elseif border == cfg.keyword.border_subgroup then -- We assume that this navbox is being rendered in a list cell of a -- parent navbox, and is therefore inside a div with padding:0em 0.25em. -- We start with a </div> to avoid the padding being applied, and at the -- end add a <div> to balance out the parent's </div> res :wikitext('</div>') :node(tbl) :wikitext('<div>') else res:node(add_navbox_styles(hiding_templatestyles)) local nav = res:tag('div') :attr('role', 'navigation') :addClass(cfg.class.navbox) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.navboxclass]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.bodystyle]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.style]) :css('padding', '3px') :node(tbl) -- aria-labelledby title, otherwise above, otherwise lone group if args[cfg.arg.title] or args[cfg.arg.above] or (args[cfg.arg.group1] and not args[cfg.arg.group2]) then nav:attr( 'aria-labelledby', mw.uri.anchorEncode( args[cfg.arg.title] or args[cfg.arg.above] or args[cfg.arg.group1] ) .. args.argHash ) else nav:attr('aria-label', cfg.aria_label .. args.argHash) end end if (args[cfg.arg.nocat] or cfg.keyword.nocat_false):lower() == cfg.keyword.nocat_false then renderTrackingCategories(res, border) end return striped(tostring(res), border) end --p._navbox function p._withCollapsibleGroups(pargs) -- table for args passed to navbox local targs = {} -- process args local passthroughLocal = { [cfg.arg.bodystyle] = true, [cfg.arg.border] = true, [cfg.arg.style] = true, } for k,v in pairs(pargs) do if k and type(k) == 'string' then if passthrough[k] or passthroughLocal[k] then targs[k] = v elseif (k:match(cfg.pattern.num)) then local n = k:match(cfg.pattern.num) local list_and_num = andnum('list', n) if ((k:match(cfg.pattern.listnum) or k:match(cfg.pattern.contentnum)) and targs[list_and_num] == nil and pargs[andnum('group', n)] == nil and pargs[andnum('sect', n)] == nil and pargs[andnum('section', n)] == nil) then targs[list_and_num] = concatstrings({ pargs[list_and_num] or '', pargs[andnum('content', n)] or '' }) if (targs[list_and_num] and inArray(cfg.keyword.subgroups, targs[list_and_num])) then targs[list_and_num] = getSubgroup(pargs, n, targs[list_and_num]) end elseif ((k:match(cfg.pattern.groupnum) or k:match(cfg.pattern.sectnum) or k:match(cfg.pattern.sectionnum)) and targs[list_and_num] == nil) then local titlestyle = concatstyles({ pargs[cfg.arg.groupstyle] or '', pargs[cfg.arg.secttitlestyle] or '', pargs[andnum('groupstyle', n)] or '', pargs[andnum('sectiontitlestyle', n)] or '' }) local liststyle = concatstyles({ pargs[cfg.arg.liststyle] or '', pargs[cfg.arg.contentstyle] or '', pargs[andnum('liststyle', n)] or '', pargs[andnum('contentstyle', n)] or '' }) local title = concatstrings({ pargs[andnum('group', n)] or '', pargs[andnum('sect', n)] or '', pargs[andnum('section', n)] or '' }) local list = concatstrings({ pargs[list_and_num] or '', pargs[andnum('content', n)] or '' }) if list and inArray(cfg.keyword.subgroups, list) then list = getSubgroup(pargs, n, list) end local abbr_and_num = andnum('abbr', n) local state = (pargs[abbr_and_num] and pargs[abbr_and_num] == pargs[cfg.arg.selected]) and cfg.keyword.state_uncollapsed or (pargs[andnum('state', n)] or cfg.keyword.state_collapsed) targs[list_and_num] =p._navbox({ cfg.keyword.border_child, [cfg.arg.navbar] = cfg.keyword.navbar_plain, [cfg.arg.state] = state, [cfg.arg.basestyle] = pargs[cfg.arg.basestyle], [cfg.arg.title] = title, [cfg.arg.titlestyle] = titlestyle, [andnum('list', 1)] = list, [cfg.arg.liststyle] = liststyle, [cfg.arg.listclass] = pargs[andnum('listclass', n)], [cfg.arg.image] = pargs[andnum('image', n)], [cfg.arg.imageleft] = pargs[andnum('imageleft', n)], [cfg.arg.listpadding] = pargs[cfg.arg.listpadding], argHash = pargs.argHash }) end end end end -- ordering of style and bodystyle targs[cfg.arg.style] = concatstyles({targs[cfg.arg.style] or '', targs[cfg.arg.bodystyle] or ''}) targs[cfg.arg.bodystyle] = nil -- child or subgroup if targs[cfg.arg.border] == nil then targs[cfg.arg.border] = pargs[1] end return p._navbox(targs) end --p._withCollapsibleGroups function p._withColumns(pargs) -- table for args passed to navbox local targs = {} -- tables of column numbers local colheadernums = {} local colnums = {} local colfooternums = {} -- process args local passthroughLocal = { [cfg.arg.evenstyle]=true, [cfg.arg.groupstyle]=true, [cfg.arg.liststyle]=true, [cfg.arg.oddstyle]=true, [cfg.arg.state]=true, } for k,v in pairs(pargs) do if passthrough[k] or passthroughLocal[k] then targs[k] = v elseif type(k) == 'string' then if k:match(cfg.pattern.listnum) then local n = k:match(cfg.pattern.listnum) targs[andnum('liststyle', n + 2)] = pargs[andnum('liststyle', n)] targs[andnum('group', n + 2)] = pargs[andnum('group', n)] targs[andnum('groupstyle', n + 2)] = pargs[andnum('groupstyle', n)] if v and inArray(cfg.keyword.subgroups, v) then targs[andnum('list', n + 2)] = getSubgroup(pargs, n, v) else targs[andnum('list', n + 2)] = v end elseif (k:match(cfg.pattern.colheadernum) and v ~= '') then table.insert(colheadernums, tonumber(k:match(cfg.pattern.colheadernum))) elseif (k:match(cfg.pattern.colnum) and v ~= '') then table.insert(colnums, tonumber(k:match(cfg.pattern.colnum))) elseif (k:match(cfg.pattern.colfooternum) and v ~= '') then table.insert(colfooternums, tonumber(k:match(cfg.pattern.colfooternum))) end end end table.sort(colheadernums) table.sort(colnums) table.sort(colfooternums) -- HTML table for list1 local coltable = mw.html.create( 'table' ):addClass('navbox-columns-table') local row, col local tablestyle = ( (#colheadernums > 0) or (not isblank(pargs[cfg.arg.fullwidth])) ) and 'width:100%' or 'width:auto; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto' coltable:cssText(concatstyles({ 'border-spacing: 0px; text-align:left', tablestyle, pargs[cfg.arg.coltablestyle] or '' })) --- Header row --- if (#colheadernums > 0) then row = coltable:tag('tr') for k, n in ipairs(colheadernums) do col = row:tag('th'):addClass('navbox-abovebelow') col:cssText(concatstyles({ (k > 1) and 'border-left:2px solid #fdfdfd' or '', 'font-weight:bold', pargs[cfg.arg.colheaderstyle] or '', pargs[andnum('colheaderstyle', n)] or '' })) col:attr('colspan', tonumber(pargs[andnum('colheadercolspan', n)])) col:wikitext(pargs[andnum('colheader', n)]) end end --- Main columns --- row = coltable:tag('tr'):css('vertical-align', 'top') for k, n in ipairs(colnums) do if k == 1 and isblank(pargs[andnum('colheader', 1)]) and isblank(pargs[andnum('colfooter', 1)]) and isblank(pargs[cfg.arg.fullwidth]) then local nopad = inArray( {'off', '0', '0em', '0px'}, mw.ustring.gsub(pargs[cfg.arg.padding] or '', '[;%%]', '')) if not nopad then row:tag('td'):wikitext('&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;') :css('width', (pargs[cfg.arg.padding] or '5em')) end end col = row:tag('td'):addClass('navbox-list') col:cssText(concatstyles({ (k > 1) and 'border-left:2px solid #fdfdfd' or '', 'padding:0px', pargs[cfg.arg.colstyle] or '', ((n%2 == 0) and pargs[cfg.arg.evencolstyle] or pargs[cfg.arg.oddcolstyle]) or '', pargs[andnum('colstyle', n)] or '', 'width:' .. (pargs[andnum('colwidth', n)] or pargs[cfg.arg.colwidth] or '10em') })) local wt = pargs[andnum('col', n)] if wt and inArray(cfg.keyword.subgroups, wt) then wt = getSubgroup(pargs, n, wt, cfg.arg.col_and_num) end col:tag('div'):newline():wikitext(wt):newline() end --- Footer row --- if (#colfooternums > 0) then row = coltable:tag('tr') for k, n in ipairs(colfooternums) do col = row:tag('td'):addClass('navbox-abovebelow') col:cssText(concatstyles({ (k > 1) and 'border-left:2px solid #fdfdfd' or '', 'font-weight:bold', pargs[cfg.arg.colfooterstyle] or '', pargs[andnum('colfooterstyle', n)] or '' })) col:attr('colspan', tonumber(pargs[andnum('colfootercolspan', n)])) col:wikitext(pargs[andnum('colfooter', n)]) end end -- assign table to list1 targs[andnum('list', 1)] = tostring(coltable) if isblank(pargs[andnum('colheader', 1)]) and isblank(pargs[andnum('col', 1)]) and isblank(pargs[andnum('colfooter', 1)]) then targs[andnum('list', 1)] = targs[andnum('list', 1)] .. cfg.category.without_first_col end -- Other parameters targs[cfg.arg.border] = pargs[cfg.arg.border] or pargs[1] targs[cfg.arg.evenodd] = (not isblank(pargs[cfg.arg.evenodd])) and pargs[cfg.arg.evenodd] or nil targs[cfg.arg.list1padding] = '0px' targs[andnum('liststyle', 1)] = 'background:transparent;color:inherit;' targs[cfg.arg.style] = concatstyles({pargs[cfg.arg.style], pargs[cfg.arg.bodystyle]}) targs[cfg.arg.tracking] = 'no' return p._navbox(targs) end --p._withColumns -- Template entry points function p.navbox (frame, boxtype) local function readArgs(args, prefix) local function readSubgroups(element, i) if inArray(cfg.keyword.subgroups, args[prefix .. andnum(element, i)]) then for _, v in ipairs(cfg.arg.subgroups_and_num) do readArgs(args, prefix .. string.format(v, i) .. "_") end readArgs(args, prefix .. andnum('col', i) .. "_") end end -- Read the arguments in the order they'll be output in, to make references -- number in the right order. local _ _ = args[prefix .. cfg.arg.title] _ = args[prefix .. cfg.arg.above] -- Limit this to 20 as covering 'most' cases (that's a SWAG) and because -- iterator approach won't work here local boxtype = args.type or cfg.keyword[boxtype] if boxtype == cfg.keyword.with_columns then for i = 1, 20 do _ = args[prefix .. andnum('colheader', i)] end for i = 1, 20 do readSubgroups('col', i) end for i = 1, 20 do _ = args[prefix .. andnum('colfooter', i)] end end for i = 1, 20 do _ = args[prefix .. andnum('group', i)] readSubgroups('list', i) end _ = args[prefix .. cfg.arg.below] end if not getArgs then getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs end local args = getArgs(frame, {wrappers = {cfg.pattern[boxtype or 'navbox']}}) readArgs(args, "") args.argHash = nil -- we shouldn't accept argHash passed from a template args.type = args.type or cfg.keyword[boxtype] return p['_navbox'](args) end p[cfg.keyword.with_collapsible_groups] = function (frame) return p.navbox(frame, 'with_collapsible_groups') end p[cfg.keyword.with_columns] = function (frame) return p.navbox(frame, 'with_columns') end return p 1s4hl193ornydh8zrrhga8nr1v6arn9 828 3804 265975 262434 2026-02-18T08:46:08Z en>Krinkle 0 265975 Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{pp-meta}} and its daughter templates such as -- {{pp-dispute}}, {{pp-vandalism}} and {{pp-sock}}. -- Initialise necessary modules. require('strict') local makeFileLink = require('Module:File link')._main local effectiveProtectionLevel = require('Module:Effective protection level')._main local effectiveProtectionExpiry = require('Module:Effective protection expiry')._main local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') -- Lazily initialise modules and objects we don't always need. local getArgs, makeMessageBox, lang -- Set constants. local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Protection banner/config' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort) if cat then return string.format( '[[%s:%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[14].name, cat, sort ) end end -- Validation function for the expiry and the protection date local function validateDate(dateString, dateType) if not lang then lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() end local success, result = pcall(lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', dateString) if success then result = tonumber(result) if result then return result end end error(string.format( 'invalid %s: %s', dateType, tostring(dateString) ), 4) end local function makeFullUrl(page, query, display) return string.format( '[%s %s]', tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl(page, query)), display ) end -- Given a directed graph formatted as node -> table of direct successors, -- get a table of all nodes reachable from a given node (though always -- including the given node). local function getReachableNodes(graph, start) local toWalk, retval = {[start] = true}, {} while true do -- Can't use pairs() since we're adding and removing things as we're iterating local k = next(toWalk) -- This always gets the "first" key if k == nil then return retval end toWalk[k] = nil retval[k] = true for _,v in ipairs(graph[k]) do if not retval[v] then toWalk[v] = true end end end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Protection = {} Protection.__index = Protection Protection.supportedActions = { edit = true, move = true, autoreview = true, upload = true } Protection.bannerConfigFields = { 'text', 'explanation', 'tooltip', 'alt', 'link', 'image' } function Protection.new(args, cfg, title) local obj = {} obj._cfg = cfg obj.title = title or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Set action if not args.action then obj.action = 'edit' elseif Protection.supportedActions[args.action] then obj.action = args.action else error(string.format( 'invalid action: %s', tostring(args.action) ), 3) end -- Set level obj.level = args.demolevel or effectiveProtectionLevel(obj.action, obj.title) if not obj.level or (obj.action == 'move' and obj.level == 'autoconfirmed') then -- Users need to be autoconfirmed to move pages anyway, so treat -- semi-move-protected pages as unprotected. obj.level = '*' end -- Set expiry local effectiveExpiry = effectiveProtectionExpiry(obj.action, obj.title) if effectiveExpiry == 'infinity' then obj.expiry = 'indef' elseif effectiveExpiry ~= 'unknown' then obj.expiry = validateDate(effectiveExpiry, 'expiry date') end -- Set reason if args[1] then obj.reason = mw.ustring.lower(args[1]) if obj.reason:find('|') then error('reasons cannot contain the pipe character ("|")', 3) end end -- Set protection date if args.date then obj.protectionDate = validateDate(args.date, 'protection date') end -- Set banner config do obj.bannerConfig = {} local configTables = {} if cfg.banners[obj.action] then configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.banners[obj.action][obj.reason] end if cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action] then configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action][obj.level] configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action].default end configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.masterBanner for i, field in ipairs(Protection.bannerConfigFields) do for j, t in ipairs(configTables) do if t[field] then obj.bannerConfig[field] = t[field] break end end end end return setmetatable(obj, Protection) end function Protection:isUserScript() -- Whether the page is a user JavaScript or CSS page. local title = self.title return title.namespace == 2 and ( title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' ) end function Protection:isProtected() return self.level ~= '*' end function Protection:shouldShowLock() -- Whether we should output a banner/padlock return self:isProtected() and not self:isUserScript() end -- Whether this page needs a protection category. Protection.shouldHaveProtectionCategory = Protection.shouldShowLock function Protection:isTemporary() return type(self.expiry) == 'number' end function Protection:makeProtectionCategory() if not self:shouldHaveProtectionCategory() then return '' end local cfg = self._cfg local title = self.title -- Get the expiry key fragment. local expiryFragment if self.expiry == 'indef' then expiryFragment = self.expiry elseif type(self.expiry) == 'number' then expiryFragment = 'temp' end -- Get the namespace key fragment. local namespaceFragment = cfg.categoryNamespaceKeys[title.namespace] if not namespaceFragment and title.namespace % 2 == 1 then namespaceFragment = 'talk' end -- Define the order that key fragments are tested in. This is done with an -- array of tables containing the value to be tested, along with its -- position in the cfg.protectionCategories table. local order = { {val = expiryFragment, keypos = 1}, {val = namespaceFragment, keypos = 2}, {val = self.reason, keypos = 3}, {val = self.level, keypos = 4}, {val = self.action, keypos = 5} } --[[ -- The old protection templates used an ad-hoc protection category system, -- with some templates prioritising namespaces in their categories, and -- others prioritising the protection reason. To emulate this in this module -- we use the config table cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority to set the -- reasons for which namespaces have priority over protection reason. -- If we are dealing with one of those reasons, move the namespace table to -- the end of the order table, i.e. give it highest priority. If not, the -- reason should have highest priority, so move that to the end of the table -- instead. --]] table.insert(order, table.remove(order, self.reason and cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority[self.reason] and 2 or 3)) --[[ -- Define the attempt order. Inactive subtables (subtables with nil "value" -- fields) are moved to the end, where they will later be given the key -- "all". This is to cut down on the number of table lookups in -- cfg.protectionCategories, which grows exponentially with the number of -- non-nil keys. We keep track of the number of active subtables with the -- noActive parameter. --]] local noActive, attemptOrder do local active, inactive = {}, {} for i, t in ipairs(order) do if t.val then active[#active + 1] = t else inactive[#inactive + 1] = t end end noActive = #active attemptOrder = active for i, t in ipairs(inactive) do attemptOrder[#attemptOrder + 1] = t end end --[[ -- Check increasingly generic key combinations until we find a match. If a -- specific category exists for the combination of key fragments we are -- given, that match will be found first. If not, we keep trying different -- key fragment combinations until we match using the key -- "all-all-all-all-all". -- -- To generate the keys, we index the key subtables using a binary matrix -- with indexes i and j. j is only calculated up to the number of active -- subtables. For example, if there were three active subtables, the matrix -- would look like this, with 0 corresponding to the key fragment "all", and -- 1 corresponding to other key fragments. -- -- j 1 2 3 -- i -- 1 1 1 1 -- 2 0 1 1 -- 3 1 0 1 -- 4 0 0 1 -- 5 1 1 0 -- 6 0 1 0 -- 7 1 0 0 -- 8 0 0 0 -- -- Values of j higher than the number of active subtables are set -- to the string "all". -- -- A key for cfg.protectionCategories is constructed for each value of i. -- The position of the value in the key is determined by the keypos field in -- each subtable. --]] local cats = cfg.protectionCategories for i = 1, 2^noActive do local key = {} for j, t in ipairs(attemptOrder) do if j > noActive then key[t.keypos] = 'all' else local quotient = i / 2 ^ (j - 1) quotient = math.ceil(quotient) if quotient % 2 == 1 then key[t.keypos] = t.val else key[t.keypos] = 'all' end end end key = table.concat(key, '|') local attempt = cats[key] if attempt then return makeCategoryLink(attempt, title.text) end end return '' end function Protection:isIncorrect() if not self:shouldHaveProtectionCategory() then return true end if type(self.expiry) ~= 'number' then return false end local expiry = os.date('*t', self.expiry) -- Avoid checking today.day or os.time(), unless close. https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T416616 local today = os.date('*t') return (expiry.year < today.year) or (expiry.year == today.year and expiry.month < today.month) or (expiry.year == today.year and expiry.month == today.month and expiry.day < today.day) or (expiry.year == today.year and expiry.month == today.month and expiry.day == today.day and self.expiry < os.time()) end function Protection:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() local action, namespace = self.action, self.title.namespace return self.level == 'templateeditor' and ( (action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move') or (namespace ~= 10 and namespace ~= 828) ) end function Protection:makeCategoryLinks() local msg = self._cfg.msg local ret = {self:makeProtectionCategory()} if self:isIncorrect() then ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink( msg['tracking-category-incorrect'], self.title.text ) end if self:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() then ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink( msg['tracking-category-template'], self.title.text ) end return table.concat(ret) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Blurb class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Blurb = {} Blurb.__index = Blurb Blurb.bannerTextFields = { text = true, explanation = true, tooltip = true, alt = true, link = true } function Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg) return setmetatable({ _cfg = cfg, _protectionObj = protectionObj, _args = args }, Blurb) end -- Private methods -- function Blurb:_formatDate(num) -- Formats a Unix timestamp into dd Month, YYYY format. lang = lang or mw.language.getContentLanguage() local success, date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, self._cfg.msg['expiry-date-format'] or 'j F Y', '@' .. tostring(num) ) if success then return date end end function Blurb:_getExpandedMessage(msgKey) return self:_substituteParameters(self._cfg.msg[msgKey]) end function Blurb:_substituteParameters(msg) if not self._params then local parameterFuncs = {} parameterFuncs.CURRENTVERSION = self._makeCurrentVersionParameter parameterFuncs.EDITREQUEST = self._makeEditRequestParameter parameterFuncs.EXPIRY = self._makeExpiryParameter parameterFuncs.EXPLANATIONBLURB = self._makeExplanationBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.IMAGELINK = self._makeImageLinkParameter parameterFuncs.INTROBLURB = self._makeIntroBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.INTROFRAGMENT = self._makeIntroFragmentParameter parameterFuncs.PAGETYPE = self._makePagetypeParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONBLURB = self._makeProtectionBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONDATE = self._makeProtectionDateParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLEVEL = self._makeProtectionLevelParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLOG = self._makeProtectionLogParameter parameterFuncs.TALKPAGE = self._makeTalkPageParameter parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPBLURB = self._makeTooltipBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPFRAGMENT = self._makeTooltipFragmentParameter parameterFuncs.VANDAL = self._makeVandalTemplateParameter self._params = setmetatable({}, { __index = function (t, k) local param if parameterFuncs[k] then param = parameterFuncs[k](self) end param = param or '' t[k] = param return param end }) end msg = msg:gsub('${(%u+)}', self._params) return msg end function Blurb:_makeCurrentVersionParameter() -- A link to the page history or the move log, depending on the kind of -- protection. local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText if self._protectionObj.action == 'move' then -- We need the move log link. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'move', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-move-display') ) else -- We need the history link. return makeFullUrl( pagename, {action = 'history'}, self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-edit-display') ) end end function Blurb:_makeEditRequestParameter() local mEditRequest = require('Module:Submit an edit request') local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level -- Get the edit request type. local requestType if action == 'edit' then if level == 'autoconfirmed' then requestType = 'semi' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then requestType = 'extended' elseif level == 'templateeditor' then requestType = 'template' end end requestType = requestType or 'full' -- Get the display value. local display = self:_getExpandedMessage('edit-request-display') return mEditRequest._link{type = requestType, display = display} end function Blurb:_makeExpiryParameter() local expiry = self._protectionObj.expiry if type(expiry) == 'number' then return self:_formatDate(expiry) else return expiry end end function Blurb:_makeExplanationBlurbParameter() -- Cover special cases first. if self._protectionObj.title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace return self:_getExpandedMessage('explanation-blurb-nounprotect') end -- Get explanation blurb table keys local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local talkKey = self._protectionObj.title.isTalkPage and 'talk' or 'subject' -- Find the message in the explanation blurb table and substitute any -- parameters. local explanations = self._cfg.explanationBlurbs local msg if explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level][talkKey] then msg = explanations[action][level][talkKey] elseif explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level].default then msg = explanations[action][level].default elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default[talkKey] then msg = explanations[action].default[talkKey] elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default.default then msg = explanations[action].default.default else error(string.format( 'could not find explanation blurb for action "%s", level "%s" and talk key "%s"', action, level, talkKey ), 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeImageLinkParameter() local imageLinks = self._cfg.imageLinks local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if imageLinks[action][level] then msg = imageLinks[action][level] elseif imageLinks[action].default then msg = imageLinks[action].default else msg = imageLinks.edit.default end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeIntroBlurbParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeIntroFragmentParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makePagetypeParameter() local pagetypes = self._cfg.pagetypes return pagetypes[self._protectionObj.title.namespace] or pagetypes.default or error('no default pagetype defined', 8) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionBlurbParameter() local protectionBlurbs = self._cfg.protectionBlurbs local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if protectionBlurbs[action][level] then msg = protectionBlurbs[action][level] elseif protectionBlurbs[action].default then msg = protectionBlurbs[action].default elseif protectionBlurbs.edit.default then msg = protectionBlurbs.edit.default else error('no protection blurb defined for protectionBlurbs.edit.default', 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionDateParameter() local protectionDate = self._protectionObj.protectionDate if type(protectionDate) == 'number' then return self:_formatDate(protectionDate) else return protectionDate end end function Blurb:_makeProtectionLevelParameter() local protectionLevels = self._cfg.protectionLevels local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if protectionLevels[action][level] then msg = protectionLevels[action][level] elseif protectionLevels[action].default then msg = protectionLevels[action].default elseif protectionLevels.edit.default then msg = protectionLevels.edit.default else error('no protection level defined for protectionLevels.edit.default', 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionLogParameter() local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText if self._protectionObj.action == 'autoreview' then -- We need the pending changes log. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'stable', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('pc-log-display') ) else -- We need the protection log. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'protect', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('protection-log-display') ) end end function Blurb:_makeTalkPageParameter() return string.format( '[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[self._protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name, self._protectionObj.title.text, self._args.section or 'top', self:_getExpandedMessage('talk-page-link-display') ) end function Blurb:_makeTooltipBlurbParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeTooltipFragmentParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeVandalTemplateParameter() return mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{ title="vandal-m", args={self._args.user or self._protectionObj.title.baseText} } end -- Public methods -- function Blurb:makeBannerText(key) -- Validate input. if not key or not Blurb.bannerTextFields[key] then error(string.format( '"%s" is not a valid banner config field', tostring(key) ), 2) end -- Generate the text. local msg = self._protectionObj.bannerConfig[key] if type(msg) == 'string' then return self:_substituteParameters(msg) elseif type(msg) == 'function' then msg = msg(self._protectionObj, self._args) if type(msg) ~= 'string' then error(string.format( 'bad output from banner config function with key "%s"' .. ' (expected string, got %s)', tostring(key), type(msg) ), 4) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- BannerTemplate class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local BannerTemplate = {} BannerTemplate.__index = BannerTemplate function BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) local obj = {} obj._cfg = cfg -- Set the image filename. local imageFilename = protectionObj.bannerConfig.image if imageFilename then obj._imageFilename = imageFilename else -- If an image filename isn't specified explicitly in the banner config, -- generate it from the protection status and the namespace. local action = protectionObj.action local level = protectionObj.level local namespace = protectionObj.title.namespace local reason = protectionObj.reason -- Deal with special cases first. if ( namespace == 10 or namespace == 828 or reason and obj._cfg.indefImageReasons[reason] ) and action == 'edit' and level == 'sysop' and not protectionObj:isTemporary() then -- Fully protected modules and templates get the special red "indef" -- padlock. obj._imageFilename = obj._cfg.msg['image-filename-indef'] else -- Deal with regular protection types. local images = obj._cfg.images if images[action] then if images[action][level] then obj._imageFilename = images[action][level] elseif images[action].default then obj._imageFilename = images[action].default end end end end return setmetatable(obj, BannerTemplate) end function BannerTemplate:renderImage() local filename = self._imageFilename or self._cfg.msg['image-filename-default'] or 'Transparent.gif' return makeFileLink{ file = filename, size = (self.imageWidth or 20) .. 'px', alt = self._imageAlt, link = self._imageLink, caption = self.imageCaption } end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Banner class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Banner = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate) Banner.__index = Banner function Banner.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb. obj.imageWidth = 40 obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt') -- Large banners use the alt text for the tooltip. obj._reasonText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('text') obj._explanationText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('explanation') obj._page = protectionObj.title.prefixedText -- Only makes a difference in testing. return setmetatable(obj, Banner) end function Banner:__tostring() -- Renders the banner. makeMessageBox = makeMessageBox or require('Module:Message box').main local reasonText = self._reasonText or error('no reason text set', 2) local explanationText = self._explanationText local mbargs = { page = self._page, type = 'protection', image = self:renderImage(), text = string.format( "'''%s'''%s", reasonText, explanationText and '<br />' .. explanationText or '' ) } return makeMessageBox('mbox', mbargs) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Padlock class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Padlock = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate) Padlock.__index = Padlock function Padlock.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb. obj.imageWidth = 20 obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('tooltip') obj._imageAlt = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt') obj._imageLink = blurbObj:makeBannerText('link') obj._indicatorName = cfg.padlockIndicatorNames[protectionObj.action] or cfg.padlockIndicatorNames.default or 'pp-default' return setmetatable(obj, Padlock) end function Padlock:__tostring() local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() -- The nowiki tag helps prevent whitespace at the top of articles. return frame:extensionTag{name = 'nowiki'} .. frame:extensionTag{ name = 'indicator', args = {name = self._indicatorName}, content = self:renderImage() } end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p = {} function p._exportClasses() -- This is used for testing purposes. return { Protection = Protection, Blurb = Blurb, BannerTemplate = BannerTemplate, Banner = Banner, Padlock = Padlock, } end function p._main(args, cfg, title) args = args or {} cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE) local protectionObj = Protection.new(args, cfg, title) local ret = {} -- If a page's edit protection is equally or more restrictive than its -- protection from some other action, then don't bother displaying anything -- for the other action (except categories). if not yesno(args.catonly) and (protectionObj.action == 'edit' or args.demolevel or not getReachableNodes( cfg.hierarchy, protectionObj.level )[effectiveProtectionLevel('edit', protectionObj.title)]) then -- Initialise the blurb object local blurbObj = Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg) -- Render the banner if protectionObj:shouldShowLock() then ret[#ret + 1] = tostring( (yesno(args.small) and Padlock or Banner) .new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) ) end end -- Render the categories if yesno(args.category) ~= false then ret[#ret + 1] = protectionObj:makeCategoryLinks() end -- For arbitration enforcement, flagging [[WP:PIA]] pages to enable [[Special:AbuseFilter/1339]] to flag edits to them if protectionObj.level == "extendedconfirmed" then if require("Module:TableTools").inArray(protectionObj.title.talkPageTitle.categories, "Wikipedia pages subject to the extended confirmed restriction related to the Arab-Israeli conflict") then ret[#ret + 1] = "<p class='PIA-flag' style='display:none; visibility:hidden;' title='This page is subject to the extended confirmed restriction related to the Arab-Israeli conflict.'></p>" end end return table.concat(ret) end function p.main(frame, cfg) cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE) -- Find default args, if any. local parent = frame.getParent and frame:getParent() local defaultArgs = parent and cfg.wrappers[parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '')] -- Find user args, and use the parent frame if we are being called from a -- wrapper template. getArgs = getArgs or require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local userArgs = getArgs(frame, { parentOnly = defaultArgs, frameOnly = not defaultArgs }) -- Build the args table. User-specified args overwrite default args. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(defaultArgs or {}) do args[k] = v end for k, v in pairs(userArgs) do args[k] = v end return p._main(args, cfg) end return p o3ocs8c50hagthmsuho5s6y44o0rimz 265976 265975 2026-07-18T15:19:45Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:Protection_banner]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 265975 Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{pp-meta}} and its daughter templates such as -- {{pp-dispute}}, {{pp-vandalism}} and {{pp-sock}}. -- Initialise necessary modules. require('strict') local makeFileLink = require('Module:File link')._main local effectiveProtectionLevel = require('Module:Effective protection level')._main local effectiveProtectionExpiry = require('Module:Effective protection expiry')._main local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') -- Lazily initialise modules and objects we don't always need. local getArgs, makeMessageBox, lang -- Set constants. local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Protection banner/config' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort) if cat then return string.format( '[[%s:%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[14].name, cat, sort ) end end -- Validation function for the expiry and the protection date local function validateDate(dateString, dateType) if not lang then lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() end local success, result = pcall(lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', dateString) if success then result = tonumber(result) if result then return result end end error(string.format( 'invalid %s: %s', dateType, tostring(dateString) ), 4) end local function makeFullUrl(page, query, display) return string.format( '[%s %s]', tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl(page, query)), display ) end -- Given a directed graph formatted as node -> table of direct successors, -- get a table of all nodes reachable from a given node (though always -- including the given node). local function getReachableNodes(graph, start) local toWalk, retval = {[start] = true}, {} while true do -- Can't use pairs() since we're adding and removing things as we're iterating local k = next(toWalk) -- This always gets the "first" key if k == nil then return retval end toWalk[k] = nil retval[k] = true for _,v in ipairs(graph[k]) do if not retval[v] then toWalk[v] = true end end end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Protection = {} Protection.__index = Protection Protection.supportedActions = { edit = true, move = true, autoreview = true, upload = true } Protection.bannerConfigFields = { 'text', 'explanation', 'tooltip', 'alt', 'link', 'image' } function Protection.new(args, cfg, title) local obj = {} obj._cfg = cfg obj.title = title or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Set action if not args.action then obj.action = 'edit' elseif Protection.supportedActions[args.action] then obj.action = args.action else error(string.format( 'invalid action: %s', tostring(args.action) ), 3) end -- Set level obj.level = args.demolevel or effectiveProtectionLevel(obj.action, obj.title) if not obj.level or (obj.action == 'move' and obj.level == 'autoconfirmed') then -- Users need to be autoconfirmed to move pages anyway, so treat -- semi-move-protected pages as unprotected. obj.level = '*' end -- Set expiry local effectiveExpiry = effectiveProtectionExpiry(obj.action, obj.title) if effectiveExpiry == 'infinity' then obj.expiry = 'indef' elseif effectiveExpiry ~= 'unknown' then obj.expiry = validateDate(effectiveExpiry, 'expiry date') end -- Set reason if args[1] then obj.reason = mw.ustring.lower(args[1]) if obj.reason:find('|') then error('reasons cannot contain the pipe character ("|")', 3) end end -- Set protection date if args.date then obj.protectionDate = validateDate(args.date, 'protection date') end -- Set banner config do obj.bannerConfig = {} local configTables = {} if cfg.banners[obj.action] then configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.banners[obj.action][obj.reason] end if cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action] then configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action][obj.level] configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action].default end configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.masterBanner for i, field in ipairs(Protection.bannerConfigFields) do for j, t in ipairs(configTables) do if t[field] then obj.bannerConfig[field] = t[field] break end end end end return setmetatable(obj, Protection) end function Protection:isUserScript() -- Whether the page is a user JavaScript or CSS page. local title = self.title return title.namespace == 2 and ( title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' ) end function Protection:isProtected() return self.level ~= '*' end function Protection:shouldShowLock() -- Whether we should output a banner/padlock return self:isProtected() and not self:isUserScript() end -- Whether this page needs a protection category. Protection.shouldHaveProtectionCategory = Protection.shouldShowLock function Protection:isTemporary() return type(self.expiry) == 'number' end function Protection:makeProtectionCategory() if not self:shouldHaveProtectionCategory() then return '' end local cfg = self._cfg local title = self.title -- Get the expiry key fragment. local expiryFragment if self.expiry == 'indef' then expiryFragment = self.expiry elseif type(self.expiry) == 'number' then expiryFragment = 'temp' end -- Get the namespace key fragment. local namespaceFragment = cfg.categoryNamespaceKeys[title.namespace] if not namespaceFragment and title.namespace % 2 == 1 then namespaceFragment = 'talk' end -- Define the order that key fragments are tested in. This is done with an -- array of tables containing the value to be tested, along with its -- position in the cfg.protectionCategories table. local order = { {val = expiryFragment, keypos = 1}, {val = namespaceFragment, keypos = 2}, {val = self.reason, keypos = 3}, {val = self.level, keypos = 4}, {val = self.action, keypos = 5} } --[[ -- The old protection templates used an ad-hoc protection category system, -- with some templates prioritising namespaces in their categories, and -- others prioritising the protection reason. To emulate this in this module -- we use the config table cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority to set the -- reasons for which namespaces have priority over protection reason. -- If we are dealing with one of those reasons, move the namespace table to -- the end of the order table, i.e. give it highest priority. If not, the -- reason should have highest priority, so move that to the end of the table -- instead. --]] table.insert(order, table.remove(order, self.reason and cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority[self.reason] and 2 or 3)) --[[ -- Define the attempt order. Inactive subtables (subtables with nil "value" -- fields) are moved to the end, where they will later be given the key -- "all". This is to cut down on the number of table lookups in -- cfg.protectionCategories, which grows exponentially with the number of -- non-nil keys. We keep track of the number of active subtables with the -- noActive parameter. --]] local noActive, attemptOrder do local active, inactive = {}, {} for i, t in ipairs(order) do if t.val then active[#active + 1] = t else inactive[#inactive + 1] = t end end noActive = #active attemptOrder = active for i, t in ipairs(inactive) do attemptOrder[#attemptOrder + 1] = t end end --[[ -- Check increasingly generic key combinations until we find a match. If a -- specific category exists for the combination of key fragments we are -- given, that match will be found first. If not, we keep trying different -- key fragment combinations until we match using the key -- "all-all-all-all-all". -- -- To generate the keys, we index the key subtables using a binary matrix -- with indexes i and j. j is only calculated up to the number of active -- subtables. For example, if there were three active subtables, the matrix -- would look like this, with 0 corresponding to the key fragment "all", and -- 1 corresponding to other key fragments. -- -- j 1 2 3 -- i -- 1 1 1 1 -- 2 0 1 1 -- 3 1 0 1 -- 4 0 0 1 -- 5 1 1 0 -- 6 0 1 0 -- 7 1 0 0 -- 8 0 0 0 -- -- Values of j higher than the number of active subtables are set -- to the string "all". -- -- A key for cfg.protectionCategories is constructed for each value of i. -- The position of the value in the key is determined by the keypos field in -- each subtable. --]] local cats = cfg.protectionCategories for i = 1, 2^noActive do local key = {} for j, t in ipairs(attemptOrder) do if j > noActive then key[t.keypos] = 'all' else local quotient = i / 2 ^ (j - 1) quotient = math.ceil(quotient) if quotient % 2 == 1 then key[t.keypos] = t.val else key[t.keypos] = 'all' end end end key = table.concat(key, '|') local attempt = cats[key] if attempt then return makeCategoryLink(attempt, title.text) end end return '' end function Protection:isIncorrect() if not self:shouldHaveProtectionCategory() then return true end if type(self.expiry) ~= 'number' then return false end local expiry = os.date('*t', self.expiry) -- Avoid checking today.day or os.time(), unless close. https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T416616 local today = os.date('*t') return (expiry.year < today.year) or (expiry.year == today.year and expiry.month < today.month) or (expiry.year == today.year and expiry.month == today.month and expiry.day < today.day) or (expiry.year == today.year and expiry.month == today.month and expiry.day == today.day and self.expiry < os.time()) end function Protection:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() local action, namespace = self.action, self.title.namespace return self.level == 'templateeditor' and ( (action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move') or (namespace ~= 10 and namespace ~= 828) ) end function Protection:makeCategoryLinks() local msg = self._cfg.msg local ret = {self:makeProtectionCategory()} if self:isIncorrect() then ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink( msg['tracking-category-incorrect'], self.title.text ) end if self:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() then ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink( msg['tracking-category-template'], self.title.text ) end return table.concat(ret) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Blurb class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Blurb = {} Blurb.__index = Blurb Blurb.bannerTextFields = { text = true, explanation = true, tooltip = true, alt = true, link = true } function Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg) return setmetatable({ _cfg = cfg, _protectionObj = protectionObj, _args = args }, Blurb) end -- Private methods -- function Blurb:_formatDate(num) -- Formats a Unix timestamp into dd Month, YYYY format. lang = lang or mw.language.getContentLanguage() local success, date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, self._cfg.msg['expiry-date-format'] or 'j F Y', '@' .. tostring(num) ) if success then return date end end function Blurb:_getExpandedMessage(msgKey) return self:_substituteParameters(self._cfg.msg[msgKey]) end function Blurb:_substituteParameters(msg) if not self._params then local parameterFuncs = {} parameterFuncs.CURRENTVERSION = self._makeCurrentVersionParameter parameterFuncs.EDITREQUEST = self._makeEditRequestParameter parameterFuncs.EXPIRY = self._makeExpiryParameter parameterFuncs.EXPLANATIONBLURB = self._makeExplanationBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.IMAGELINK = self._makeImageLinkParameter parameterFuncs.INTROBLURB = self._makeIntroBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.INTROFRAGMENT = self._makeIntroFragmentParameter parameterFuncs.PAGETYPE = self._makePagetypeParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONBLURB = self._makeProtectionBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONDATE = self._makeProtectionDateParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLEVEL = self._makeProtectionLevelParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLOG = self._makeProtectionLogParameter parameterFuncs.TALKPAGE = self._makeTalkPageParameter parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPBLURB = self._makeTooltipBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPFRAGMENT = self._makeTooltipFragmentParameter parameterFuncs.VANDAL = self._makeVandalTemplateParameter self._params = setmetatable({}, { __index = function (t, k) local param if parameterFuncs[k] then param = parameterFuncs[k](self) end param = param or '' t[k] = param return param end }) end msg = msg:gsub('${(%u+)}', self._params) return msg end function Blurb:_makeCurrentVersionParameter() -- A link to the page history or the move log, depending on the kind of -- protection. local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText if self._protectionObj.action == 'move' then -- We need the move log link. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'move', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-move-display') ) else -- We need the history link. return makeFullUrl( pagename, {action = 'history'}, self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-edit-display') ) end end function Blurb:_makeEditRequestParameter() local mEditRequest = require('Module:Submit an edit request') local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level -- Get the edit request type. local requestType if action == 'edit' then if level == 'autoconfirmed' then requestType = 'semi' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then requestType = 'extended' elseif level == 'templateeditor' then requestType = 'template' end end requestType = requestType or 'full' -- Get the display value. local display = self:_getExpandedMessage('edit-request-display') return mEditRequest._link{type = requestType, display = display} end function Blurb:_makeExpiryParameter() local expiry = self._protectionObj.expiry if type(expiry) == 'number' then return self:_formatDate(expiry) else return expiry end end function Blurb:_makeExplanationBlurbParameter() -- Cover special cases first. if self._protectionObj.title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace return self:_getExpandedMessage('explanation-blurb-nounprotect') end -- Get explanation blurb table keys local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local talkKey = self._protectionObj.title.isTalkPage and 'talk' or 'subject' -- Find the message in the explanation blurb table and substitute any -- parameters. local explanations = self._cfg.explanationBlurbs local msg if explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level][talkKey] then msg = explanations[action][level][talkKey] elseif explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level].default then msg = explanations[action][level].default elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default[talkKey] then msg = explanations[action].default[talkKey] elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default.default then msg = explanations[action].default.default else error(string.format( 'could not find explanation blurb for action "%s", level "%s" and talk key "%s"', action, level, talkKey ), 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeImageLinkParameter() local imageLinks = self._cfg.imageLinks local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if imageLinks[action][level] then msg = imageLinks[action][level] elseif imageLinks[action].default then msg = imageLinks[action].default else msg = imageLinks.edit.default end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeIntroBlurbParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeIntroFragmentParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makePagetypeParameter() local pagetypes = self._cfg.pagetypes return pagetypes[self._protectionObj.title.namespace] or pagetypes.default or error('no default pagetype defined', 8) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionBlurbParameter() local protectionBlurbs = self._cfg.protectionBlurbs local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if protectionBlurbs[action][level] then msg = protectionBlurbs[action][level] elseif protectionBlurbs[action].default then msg = protectionBlurbs[action].default elseif protectionBlurbs.edit.default then msg = protectionBlurbs.edit.default else error('no protection blurb defined for protectionBlurbs.edit.default', 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionDateParameter() local protectionDate = self._protectionObj.protectionDate if type(protectionDate) == 'number' then return self:_formatDate(protectionDate) else return protectionDate end end function Blurb:_makeProtectionLevelParameter() local protectionLevels = self._cfg.protectionLevels local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if protectionLevels[action][level] then msg = protectionLevels[action][level] elseif protectionLevels[action].default then msg = protectionLevels[action].default elseif protectionLevels.edit.default then msg = protectionLevels.edit.default else error('no protection level defined for protectionLevels.edit.default', 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionLogParameter() local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText if self._protectionObj.action == 'autoreview' then -- We need the pending changes log. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'stable', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('pc-log-display') ) else -- We need the protection log. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'protect', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('protection-log-display') ) end end function Blurb:_makeTalkPageParameter() return string.format( '[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[self._protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name, self._protectionObj.title.text, self._args.section or 'top', self:_getExpandedMessage('talk-page-link-display') ) end function Blurb:_makeTooltipBlurbParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeTooltipFragmentParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeVandalTemplateParameter() return mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{ title="vandal-m", args={self._args.user or self._protectionObj.title.baseText} } end -- Public methods -- function Blurb:makeBannerText(key) -- Validate input. if not key or not Blurb.bannerTextFields[key] then error(string.format( '"%s" is not a valid banner config field', tostring(key) ), 2) end -- Generate the text. local msg = self._protectionObj.bannerConfig[key] if type(msg) == 'string' then return self:_substituteParameters(msg) elseif type(msg) == 'function' then msg = msg(self._protectionObj, self._args) if type(msg) ~= 'string' then error(string.format( 'bad output from banner config function with key "%s"' .. ' (expected string, got %s)', tostring(key), type(msg) ), 4) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- BannerTemplate class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local BannerTemplate = {} BannerTemplate.__index = BannerTemplate function BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) local obj = {} obj._cfg = cfg -- Set the image filename. local imageFilename = protectionObj.bannerConfig.image if imageFilename then obj._imageFilename = imageFilename else -- If an image filename isn't specified explicitly in the banner config, -- generate it from the protection status and the namespace. local action = protectionObj.action local level = protectionObj.level local namespace = protectionObj.title.namespace local reason = protectionObj.reason -- Deal with special cases first. if ( namespace == 10 or namespace == 828 or reason and obj._cfg.indefImageReasons[reason] ) and action == 'edit' and level == 'sysop' and not protectionObj:isTemporary() then -- Fully protected modules and templates get the special red "indef" -- padlock. obj._imageFilename = obj._cfg.msg['image-filename-indef'] else -- Deal with regular protection types. local images = obj._cfg.images if images[action] then if images[action][level] then obj._imageFilename = images[action][level] elseif images[action].default then obj._imageFilename = images[action].default end end end end return setmetatable(obj, BannerTemplate) end function BannerTemplate:renderImage() local filename = self._imageFilename or self._cfg.msg['image-filename-default'] or 'Transparent.gif' return makeFileLink{ file = filename, size = (self.imageWidth or 20) .. 'px', alt = self._imageAlt, link = self._imageLink, caption = self.imageCaption } end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Banner class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Banner = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate) Banner.__index = Banner function Banner.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb. obj.imageWidth = 40 obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt') -- Large banners use the alt text for the tooltip. obj._reasonText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('text') obj._explanationText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('explanation') obj._page = protectionObj.title.prefixedText -- Only makes a difference in testing. return setmetatable(obj, Banner) end function Banner:__tostring() -- Renders the banner. makeMessageBox = makeMessageBox or require('Module:Message box').main local reasonText = self._reasonText or error('no reason text set', 2) local explanationText = self._explanationText local mbargs = { page = self._page, type = 'protection', image = self:renderImage(), text = string.format( "'''%s'''%s", reasonText, explanationText and '<br />' .. explanationText or '' ) } return makeMessageBox('mbox', mbargs) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Padlock class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Padlock = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate) Padlock.__index = Padlock function Padlock.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb. obj.imageWidth = 20 obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('tooltip') obj._imageAlt = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt') obj._imageLink = blurbObj:makeBannerText('link') obj._indicatorName = cfg.padlockIndicatorNames[protectionObj.action] or cfg.padlockIndicatorNames.default or 'pp-default' return setmetatable(obj, Padlock) end function Padlock:__tostring() local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() -- The nowiki tag helps prevent whitespace at the top of articles. return frame:extensionTag{name = 'nowiki'} .. frame:extensionTag{ name = 'indicator', args = {name = self._indicatorName}, content = self:renderImage() } end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p = {} function p._exportClasses() -- This is used for testing purposes. return { Protection = Protection, Blurb = Blurb, BannerTemplate = BannerTemplate, Banner = Banner, Padlock = Padlock, } end function p._main(args, cfg, title) args = args or {} cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE) local protectionObj = Protection.new(args, cfg, title) local ret = {} -- If a page's edit protection is equally or more restrictive than its -- protection from some other action, then don't bother displaying anything -- for the other action (except categories). if not yesno(args.catonly) and (protectionObj.action == 'edit' or args.demolevel or not getReachableNodes( cfg.hierarchy, protectionObj.level )[effectiveProtectionLevel('edit', protectionObj.title)]) then -- Initialise the blurb object local blurbObj = Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg) -- Render the banner if protectionObj:shouldShowLock() then ret[#ret + 1] = tostring( (yesno(args.small) and Padlock or Banner) .new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) ) end end -- Render the categories if yesno(args.category) ~= false then ret[#ret + 1] = protectionObj:makeCategoryLinks() end -- For arbitration enforcement, flagging [[WP:PIA]] pages to enable [[Special:AbuseFilter/1339]] to flag edits to them if protectionObj.level == "extendedconfirmed" then if require("Module:TableTools").inArray(protectionObj.title.talkPageTitle.categories, "Wikipedia pages subject to the extended confirmed restriction related to the Arab-Israeli conflict") then ret[#ret + 1] = "<p class='PIA-flag' style='display:none; visibility:hidden;' title='This page is subject to the extended confirmed restriction related to the Arab-Israeli conflict.'></p>" end end return table.concat(ret) end function p.main(frame, cfg) cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE) -- Find default args, if any. local parent = frame.getParent and frame:getParent() local defaultArgs = parent and cfg.wrappers[parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '')] -- Find user args, and use the parent frame if we are being called from a -- wrapper template. getArgs = getArgs or require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local userArgs = getArgs(frame, { parentOnly = defaultArgs, frameOnly = not defaultArgs }) -- Build the args table. User-specified args overwrite default args. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(defaultArgs or {}) do args[k] = v end for k, v in pairs(userArgs) do args[k] = v end return p._main(args, cfg) end return p o3ocs8c50hagthmsuho5s6y44o0rimz 828 3805 265977 262447 2026-04-18T02:24:50Z en>Santiago Claudio 0 Sync with sandbox per edit request 265977 Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides configuration data for [[Module:Protection banner]]. return { -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- BANNER DATA -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- Banner data consists of six fields: -- * text - the main protection text that appears at the top of protection -- banners. -- * explanation - the text that appears below the main protection text, used -- to explain the details of the protection. -- * tooltip - the tooltip text you see when you move the mouse over a small -- padlock icon. -- * link - the page that the small padlock icon links to. -- * alt - the alt text for the small padlock icon. This is also used as tooltip -- text for the large protection banners. -- * image - the padlock image used in both protection banners and small padlock -- icons. -- -- The module checks in three separate tables to find a value for each field. -- First it checks the banners table, which has values specific to the reason -- for the page being protected. Then the module checks the defaultBanners -- table, which has values specific to each protection level. Finally, the -- module checks the masterBanner table, which holds data for protection -- templates to use if no data has been found in the previous two tables. -- -- The values in the banner data can take parameters. These are specified -- using ${TEXTLIKETHIS} (a dollar sign preceding a parameter name -- enclosed in curly braces). -- -- Available parameters: -- -- ${CURRENTVERSION} - a link to the page history or the move log, with the -- display message "current-version-edit-display" or -- "current-version-move-display". -- -- ${EDITREQUEST} - a link to create an edit request for the current page. -- -- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} - an explanation blurb, e.g. "Please discuss any changes -- on the talk page; you may submit a request to ask an administrator to make -- an edit if it is minor or supported by consensus." -- -- ${IMAGELINK} - a link to set the image to, depending on the protection -- action and protection level. -- -- ${INTROBLURB} - the PROTECTIONBLURB parameter, plus the expiry if an expiry -- is set. E.g. "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently -- disabled until dd Month YYYY." -- -- ${INTROFRAGMENT} - the same as ${INTROBLURB}, but without final punctuation -- so that it can be used in run-on sentences. -- -- ${PAGETYPE} - the type of the page, e.g. "article" or "template". -- Defined in the cfg.pagetypes table. -- -- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} - a blurb explaining the protection level of the page, e.g. -- "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently disabled" -- -- ${PROTECTIONDATE} - the protection date, if it has been supplied to the -- template. -- -- ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} - the protection level, e.g. "fully protected" or -- "semi-protected". -- -- ${PROTECTIONLOG} - a link to the protection log or the pending changes log, -- depending on the protection action. -- -- ${TALKPAGE} - a link to the talk page. If a section is specified, links -- straight to that talk page section. -- -- ${TOOLTIPBLURB} - uses the PAGETYPE, PROTECTIONTYPE and EXPIRY parameters to -- create a blurb like "This template is semi-protected", or "This article is -- move-protected until DD Month YYYY". -- -- ${VANDAL} - links for the specified username (or the root page name) -- using Module:Vandal-m. -- -- Functions -- -- For advanced users, it is possible to use Lua functions instead of strings -- in the banner config tables. Using functions gives flexibility that is not -- possible just by using parameters. Functions take two arguments, the -- protection object and the template arguments, and they must output a string. -- -- For example: -- -- text = function (protectionObj, args) -- if protectionObj.level == 'autoconfirmed' then -- return 'foo' -- else -- return 'bar' -- end -- end -- -- Some protection object properties and methods that may be useful: -- protectionObj.action - the protection action -- protectionObj.level - the protection level -- protectionObj.reason - the protection reason -- protectionObj.expiry - the expiry. Nil if unset, the string "indef" if set -- to indefinite, and the protection time in unix time if temporary. -- protectionObj.protectionDate - the protection date in unix time, or nil if -- unspecified. -- protectionObj.bannerConfig - the banner config found by the module. Beware -- of editing the config field used by the function, as it could create an -- infinite loop. -- protectionObj:isProtected - returns a boolean showing whether the page is -- protected. -- protectionObj:isTemporary - returns a boolean showing whether the expiry is -- temporary. -- protectionObj:isIncorrect - returns a boolean showing whether the protection -- template is incorrect. --]] -- The master banner data, used if no values have been found in banners or -- defaultBanners. masterBanner = { text = '${INTROBLURB}', explanation = '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPBLURB}', link = '${IMAGELINK}', alt = 'Page ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}' }, -- The default banner data. This holds banner data for different protection -- levels. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. defaultBanners = { edit = {}, move = {}, autoreview = { default = { alt = 'Page protected with pending changes', tooltip = 'All edits by unregistered and new users are subject to review prior to becoming visible to unregistered users', image = 'Pending-protection-shackle.svg' } }, upload = {} }, -- The banner data. This holds banner data for different protection reasons. -- In fact, the reasons specified in this table control which reasons are -- valid inputs to the first positional parameter. -- -- There is also a non-standard "description" field that can be used for items -- in this table. This is a description of the protection reason for use in the -- module documentation. -- -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. banners = { edit = { blp = { description = 'For pages protected to promote compliance with the' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons' .. '|biographies of living persons]] policy', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons' .. "|Wikipedia's&nbsp;policy on&nbsp;the&nbsp;biographies" .. ' of&nbsp;living&nbsp;people]].', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with the policy on' .. ' biographies of living persons', }, deceased = { description = 'For user pages of Wikipedia users who are deceased', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent vandalism of a deceased' .. ' Wikipedian\'s user page.' .. ' A family member who wishes to edit this user page can use this' .. ' user\'s ${TALKPAGE} or submit a request to [[Wikipedia:VRT|the' .. ' Volunteer Response Team]].', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} because this Wikipedian is deceased' }, dmca = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation' .. ' due to [[Digital Millennium Copyright Act]] takedown requests', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = 'Pursuant to a rights owner notice under the Digital' .. ' Millennium Copyright Act (DMCA) regarding some content' .. ' in this article, the Wikimedia Foundation acted under' .. ' applicable law and took down and restricted the content' .. ' in question.' if args.notice then ret = ret .. ' A copy of the received notice can be found here: ' .. args.notice .. '.' end ret = ret .. ' For more information, including websites discussing' .. ' how to file a counter-notice, please see' .. " [[Wikipedia:Office actions]] and the article's ${TALKPAGE}." .. "'''Do not remove this template from the article until the" .. " restrictions are withdrawn'''." return ret end, image = 'Office-protection-shackle.svg', link = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#office', }, dispute = { description = 'For pages protected due to editing disputes', text = function (protectionObj, args) -- Find the value of "disputes". local display = 'disputes' local disputes if args.section then disputes = string.format( '[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name, protectionObj.title.text, args.section, display ) else disputes = display end -- Make the blurb, depending on the expiry. local msg if type(protectionObj.expiry) == 'number' then msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} or until editing %s have been resolved.' else msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} until editing %s have been resolved.' end return string.format(msg, disputes) end, explanation = "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to editing disputes', }, ecp = { description = 'For articles in topic areas authorized by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Arbitration Committee|ArbCom]] or' .. ' meets the criteria for community use', alt = 'Extended-protected ${PAGETYPE}', }, mainpage = { description = 'For pages protected for being displayed on the [[Main Page]]', text = 'This file is currently' .. ' [[Wikipedia:This page is protected|protected]] from' .. ' editing because it is currently or will soon be displayed' .. ' on the [[Main Page]].', explanation = 'Images on the Main Page are protected due to their high' .. ' visibility. Please discuss any necessary changes on the ${TALKPAGE}.' .. '<br /><span style="font-size:90%;">' .. "'''Administrators:''' Once this image is definitely off the Main Page," .. ' please unprotect this file, or reduce to semi-protection,' .. ' as appropriate.</span>', }, office = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation', text = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the' .. ' scrutiny of the' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]' .. ' and is protected.' if protectionObj.protectionDate then ret = ret .. ' It has been protected since ${PROTECTIONDATE}.' end return ret end, explanation = "If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and" .. " additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not remove protection from this" .. " page unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation to do" .. " so.'''", image = 'Office-protection-shackle.svg', link = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#office', }, reset = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation and' .. ' "reset" to a bare-bones version', text = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the' .. ' scrutiny of the' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]' .. ' and is protected.', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = '' if protectionObj.protectionDate then ret = ret .. 'On ${PROTECTIONDATE} this ${PAGETYPE} was' else ret = ret .. 'This ${PAGETYPE} has been' end ret = ret .. ' reduced to a' .. ' simplified, "bare bones" version so that it may be completely' .. ' rewritten to ensure it meets the policies of' .. ' [[WP:NPOV|Neutral Point of View]] and [[WP:V|Verifiability]].' .. ' Standard Wikipedia policies will apply to its rewriting—which' .. ' will eventually be open to all editors—and will be strictly' .. ' enforced. The ${PAGETYPE} has been ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} while' .. ' it is being rebuilt.\n\n' .. 'Any insertion of material directly from' .. ' pre-protection revisions of the ${PAGETYPE} will be removed, as' .. ' will any material added to the ${PAGETYPE} that is not properly' .. ' sourced. The associated talk page(s) were also cleared on the' .. " same date.\n\n" .. "If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and" .. " additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not override" .. " this action, and do not remove protection from this page," .. " unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation" .. " to do so. No editor may remove this notice.'''" return ret end, image = 'Office-protection-shackle.svg', link = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#office', }, sock = { description = 'For pages protected due to' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppetry]]', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppets]] of' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Blocking policy|blocked]] or' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Banning policy|banned users]]' .. ' from editing it.', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to prevent sock puppets of blocked or banned users from' .. ' editing it', }, template = { description = 'For [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]]' .. ' templates and Lua modules', text = 'This is a permanently [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|protected]] ${PAGETYPE},' .. ' as it is [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]].', explanation = 'Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you may' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] or' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Template editor|template editor]] to make an edit if' .. ' it is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Consensus|consensus]]. You can also' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.', tooltip = 'This high-risk ${PAGETYPE} is permanently ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}' .. ' to prevent vandalism', alt = 'Permanently protected ${PAGETYPE}', }, usertalk = { description = 'For pages protected against disruptive edits by a' .. ' particular user', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent ${VANDAL} from using it to make disruptive edits,' .. ' such as abusing the' .. ' &#123;&#123;[[Template:unblock|unblock]]&#125;&#125; template.', explanation = 'If you cannot edit this user talk page and you need to' .. ' make a change or leave a message, you can' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for edits to a protected page' .. '|request an edit]],' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]],' .. ' [[Special:Userlogin|log in]],' .. ' or [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', }, vandalism = { description = 'For pages protected against' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Vandalism|vandalism]]', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} due to [[Wikipedia:Vandalism|vandalism]].', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = '' if protectionObj.level == 'sysop' then ret = ret .. "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ' end return ret .. '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}' end, tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to vandalism', } }, move = { dispute = { description = 'For pages protected against page moves due to' .. ' disputes over the page title', explanation = "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', image = 'Move-protection-shackle.svg' }, vandalism = { description = 'For pages protected against' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Vandalism#Page-move vandalism' .. ' |page-move vandalism]]' } }, autoreview = {}, upload = {} }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- GENERAL DATA TABLES -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection blurbs -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the protection blurbs available with the -- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action and -- protection level, and is checked by the module in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. protectionBlurbs = { edit = { default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Wikipedia:Protection policy#full|' .. 'protected]] from editing', templateeditor = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Wikipedia:Protection policy#template' .. '|protected]] from editing', autoconfirmed = 'Editing of this ${PAGETYPE} by [[Wikipedia:User access' .. ' levels#New users|new]] or [[Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered' .. ' users|unregistered]] users is currently [[Wikipedia:Protection' .. ' policy#semi|disabled]]', extendedconfirmed = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under [[Wikipedia:Protection' .. ' policy#extended|extended confirmed protection]]', }, move = { default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Wikipedia:Protection policy#Move' .. ' protection|protected]] from [[Help:Moving a page|page moves]]' }, autoreview = { default = 'All edits made to this ${PAGETYPE} by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:User access levels#New users|new]] or' .. ' [[Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered users|unregistered]]' .. ' users are currently' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Pending changes|subject to review]]' }, upload = { default = 'Uploading new versions of this ${PAGETYPE} is currently disabled' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Explanation blurbs -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the explanation blurbs available with the -- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action, -- protection level, and whether the page is a talk page or not. If the page is -- a talk page it will have a talk key of "talk"; otherwise it will have a talk -- key of "subject". The table is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level, page's talk key -- 2. page's protection action, page's protection level, default talk key -- 3. page's protection action, default protection level, page's talk key -- 4. page's protection action, default protection level, default talk key -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. explanationBlurbs = { edit = { autoconfirmed = { subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you' .. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST}, discuss changes on the ${TALKPAGE},' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you' .. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', }, extendedconfirmed = { default = 'Extended confirmed protection prevents edits from all unregistered editors' .. ' and registered users with fewer than 30 days tenure and 500 edits.' .. ' The [[Wikipedia:Protection policy#extended|policy on community use]]' .. ' specifies that extended confirmed protection can be applied to combat' .. ' disruption, if semi-protection has proven to be ineffective.' .. ' Extended confirmed protection may also be applied to enforce' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Arbitration Committee|arbitration sanctions]].' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you may' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST} to ask for uncontroversial changes supported by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Consensus|consensus]].' }, default = { subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you' .. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it' .. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus' .. '|consensus]]. You may also [[Wikipedia:Requests for' .. ' page protection#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request]] that this page be unprotected.', default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' You may [[Wikipedia:Requests for page' .. ' protection#Current requests for edits to a protected page|request an' .. ' edit]] to this page, or [[Wikipedia:Requests for' .. ' page protection#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|ask]] for it to be unprotected.' } }, move = { default = { subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved' .. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves on the' .. ' ${TALKPAGE} or at [[Wikipedia:Requested moves]]. You can also' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.', default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved' .. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves at' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requested moves]]. You can also' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.' } }, autoreview = { default = { default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Edits to this ${PAGETYPE} by new and unregistered users' .. ' will not be visible to readers until they are accepted by' .. ' a reviewer. To avoid the need for your edits to be' .. ' reviewed, you may' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].' }, }, upload = { default = { default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but new versions of the file' .. ' cannot be uploaded until it is unprotected. You can' .. ' request that a new version be uploaded by using a' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Edit requests|protected edit request]], or you' .. ' can [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]]' .. ' that the file be unprotected.' } } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection levels -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the data for the ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} parameter, which -- produces a short label for different protection levels. It is sorted by -- protection action and protection level, and is checked in the following -- order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. protectionLevels = { edit = { default = 'protected', templateeditor = 'template-protected', extendedconfirmed = 'extended-confirmed-protected', autoconfirmed = 'semi-protected', }, move = { default = 'move-protected' }, autoreview = { }, upload = { default = 'upload-protected' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Images -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table lists different padlock images for each protection action and -- protection level. It is used if an image is not specified in any of the -- banner data tables, and if the page does not satisfy the conditions for using -- the ['image-filename-indef'] image. It is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level images = { edit = { default = 'Full-protection-shackle.svg', templateeditor = 'Template-protection-shackle.svg', extendedconfirmed = 'Extended-protection-shackle.svg', autoconfirmed = 'Semi-protection-shackle.svg' }, move = { default = 'Move-protection-shackle.svg', }, autoreview = { default = 'Pending-protection-shackle.svg' }, upload = { default = 'Upload-protection-shackle.svg' } }, -- Pages with a reason specified in this table will show the special "indef" -- padlock, defined in the 'image-filename-indef' message, if no expiry is set. indefImageReasons = { template = true }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Image links -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the data for the ${IMAGELINK} parameter, which gets -- the image link for small padlock icons based on the page's protection action -- and protection level. It is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. imageLinks = { edit = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#full', templateeditor = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#template', extendedconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#extended', autoconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#semi' }, move = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#move' }, autoreview = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#pending' }, upload = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#upload' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Padlock indicator names -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the "name" attribute for the <indicator> extension tag -- with which small padlock icons are generated. All indicator tags on a page -- are displayed in alphabetical order based on this attribute, and with -- indicator tags with duplicate names, the last tag on the page wins. -- The attribute is chosen based on the protection action; table keys must be a -- protection action name or the string "default". padlockIndicatorNames = { autoreview = 'pp-autoreview', default = 'pp-default' }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection categories -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- The protection categories are stored in the protectionCategories table. -- Keys to this table are made up of the following strings: -- -- 1. the expiry date -- 2. the namespace -- 3. the protection reason (e.g. "dispute" or "vandalism") -- 4. the protection level (e.g. "sysop" or "autoconfirmed") -- 5. the action (e.g. "edit" or "move") -- -- When the module looks up a category in the table, first it will will check to -- see a key exists that corresponds to all five parameters. For example, a -- user page semi-protected from vandalism for two weeks would have the key -- "temp-user-vandalism-autoconfirmed-edit". If no match is found, the module -- changes the first part of the key to "all" and checks the table again. It -- keeps checking increasingly generic key combinations until it finds the -- field, or until it reaches the key "all-all-all-all-all". -- -- The module uses a binary matrix to determine the order in which to search. -- This is best demonstrated by a table. In this table, the "0" values -- represent "all", and the "1" values represent the original data (e.g. -- "indef" or "file" or "vandalism"). -- -- expiry namespace reason level action -- order -- 1 1 1 1 1 1 -- 2 0 1 1 1 1 -- 3 1 0 1 1 1 -- 4 0 0 1 1 1 -- 5 1 1 0 1 1 -- 6 0 1 0 1 1 -- 7 1 0 0 1 1 -- 8 0 0 0 1 1 -- 9 1 1 1 0 1 -- 10 0 1 1 0 1 -- 11 1 0 1 0 1 -- 12 0 0 1 0 1 -- 13 1 1 0 0 1 -- 14 0 1 0 0 1 -- 15 1 0 0 0 1 -- 16 0 0 0 0 1 -- 17 1 1 1 1 0 -- 18 0 1 1 1 0 -- 19 1 0 1 1 0 -- 20 0 0 1 1 0 -- 21 1 1 0 1 0 -- 22 0 1 0 1 0 -- 23 1 0 0 1 0 -- 24 0 0 0 1 0 -- 25 1 1 1 0 0 -- 26 0 1 1 0 0 -- 27 1 0 1 0 0 -- 28 0 0 1 0 0 -- 29 1 1 0 0 0 -- 30 0 1 0 0 0 -- 31 1 0 0 0 0 -- 32 0 0 0 0 0 -- -- In this scheme the action has the highest priority, as it is the last -- to change, and the expiry has the least priority, as it changes the most. -- The priorities of the expiry, the protection level and the action are -- fixed, but the priorities of the reason and the namespace can be swapped -- through the use of the cfg.bannerDataNamespaceHasPriority table. --]] -- If the reason specified to the template is listed in this table, -- namespace data will take priority over reason data in the protectionCategories -- table. reasonsWithNamespacePriority = { vandalism = true, }, -- The string to use as a namespace key for the protectionCategories table for each -- namespace number. categoryNamespaceKeys = { [ 2] = 'user', [ 3] = 'user', [ 4] = 'project', [ 6] = 'file', [ 8] = 'mediawiki', [ 10] = 'template', [ 12] = 'project', [ 14] = 'category', [100] = 'portal', [828] = 'module', }, protectionCategories = { ['all|all|all|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected pages', ['all|all|office|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', ['all|all|reset|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', ['all|all|dmca|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', ['all|all|mainpage|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected main page files', ['all|all|all|extendedconfirmed|all'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected pages', ['all|all|ecp|extendedconfirmed|all'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected pages', ['all|template|all|all|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected templates', ['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected pages', ['indef|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected pages', ['all|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected biographies of living people', ['temp|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia temporarily semi-protected biographies of living people', ['all|all|dispute|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected due to dispute', ['all|all|sock|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected from banned users', ['all|all|vandalism|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected against vandalism', ['all|category|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected categories', ['all|file|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected files', ['all|portal|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected portals', ['all|project|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected templates', ['all|user|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected user and user talk pages', ['all|all|all|templateeditor|move'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected pages other than templates and modules', ['all|all|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected pages other than templates and modules', ['all|template|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected templates', ['all|template|all|templateeditor|move'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected templates', -- move-protected templates ['all|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely protected biographies of living people', ['temp|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia temporarily protected biographies of living people', ['all|all|dispute|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected due to dispute', ['all|all|sock|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected from banned users', ['all|all|vandalism|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected against vandalism', ['all|category|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected categories', ['all|file|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected files', ['all|project|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|extendedconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected templates', ['all|template|all|extendedconfirmed|move'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected templates', ['all|template|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected templates', ['all|user|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected user and user talk pages', ['all|module|all|all|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected modules', ['all|module|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected modules', ['all|module|all|extendedconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected modules', ['all|module|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected modules', ['all|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected pages', ['indef|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely move-protected pages', ['all|all|dispute|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia pages move-protected due to dispute', ['all|all|vandalism|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia pages move-protected due to vandalism', ['all|portal|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected portals', ['all|project|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected templates', ['all|user|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected user and user talk pages', ['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|autoreview'] = 'Wikipedia pending changes protected pages', ['all|file|all|all|upload'] = 'Wikipedia upload-protected files', }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Expiry category config -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table configures the expiry category behaviour for each protection -- action. -- * If set to true, setting that action will always categorise the page if -- an expiry parameter is not set. -- * If set to false, setting that action will never categorise the page. -- * If set to nil, the module will categorise the page if: -- 1) an expiry parameter is not set, and -- 2) a reason is provided, and -- 3) the specified reason is not blacklisted in the reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck -- table. expiryCheckActions = { edit = nil, move = false, autoreview = true, upload = false }, reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck = { blp = true, template = true, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Pagetypes -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the page types available with the ${PAGETYPE} parameter. -- Keys are namespace numbers, or the string "default" for the default value. pagetypes = { [0] = 'article', [6] = 'file', [10] = 'template', [14] = 'category', [828] = 'module', default = 'page' }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Strings marking indefinite protection -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table contains values passed to the expiry parameter that mean the page -- is protected indefinitely. indefStrings = { ['indef'] = true, ['indefinite'] = true, ['indefinitely'] = true, ['infinite'] = true, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Group hierarchy -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table maps each group to all groups that have a superset of the original -- group's page editing permissions. hierarchy = { sysop = {}, reviewer = {'sysop'}, filemover = {'sysop'}, templateeditor = {'sysop'}, extendedconfirmed = {'sysop'}, autoconfirmed = {'reviewer', 'filemover', 'templateeditor', 'extendedconfirmed'}, user = {'autoconfirmed'}, ['*'] = {'user'} }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Wrapper templates and their default arguments -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table contains wrapper templates used with the module, and their -- default arguments. Templates specified in this table should contain the -- following invocation, and no other template content: -- -- {{#invoke:Protection banner|main}} -- -- If other content is desired, it can be added between -- <noinclude>...</noinclude> tags. -- -- When a user calls one of these wrapper templates, they will use the -- default arguments automatically. However, users can override any of the -- arguments. wrappers = { ['Template:Pp'] = {}, ['Template:Protection padlock'] = {}, ['Template:Pp-extended'] = {'ecp'}, ['Template:Pp-blp'] = {'blp'}, -- we don't need Template:Pp-create ['Template:Pp-dispute'] = {'dispute'}, ['Template:Pp-main-page'] = {'mainpage'}, ['Template:Pp-move'] = {action = 'move', catonly = 'yes'}, ['Template:Pp-move-dispute'] = {'dispute', action = 'move', catonly = 'yes'}, -- we don't need Template:Pp-move-indef ['Template:Pp-move-vandalism'] = {'vandalism', action = 'move', catonly = 'yes'}, ['Template:Pp-office'] = {'office'}, ['Template:Pp-office-dmca'] = {'dmca'}, ['Template:Pp-pc'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-pc1'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-reset'] = {'reset'}, ['Template:Pp-semi-indef'] = {small = true}, ['Template:Pp-sock'] = {'sock'}, ['Template:Pp-template'] = {'template', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-upload'] = {action = 'upload'}, ['Template:Pp-usertalk'] = {'usertalk'}, ['Template:Pp-vandalism'] = {'vandalism'}, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- MESSAGES -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- msg = { -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Intro blurb and intro fragment -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages specify what is produced by the ${INTROBLURB} and -- ${INTROFRAGMENT} parameters. If the protection is temporary they use the -- intro-blurb-expiry or intro-fragment-expiry, and if not they use -- intro-blurb-noexpiry or intro-fragment-noexpiry. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['intro-blurb-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY}.', ['intro-blurb-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}.', ['intro-fragment-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY},', ['intro-fragment-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tooltip blurb -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages specify what is produced by the ${TOOLTIPBLURB} parameter. -- If the protection is temporary the tooltip-blurb-expiry message is used, and -- if not the tooltip-blurb-noexpiry message is used. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['tooltip-blurb-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY}.', ['tooltip-blurb-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}.', ['tooltip-fragment-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY},', ['tooltip-fragment-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Special explanation blurb -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- An explanation blurb for pages that cannot be unprotected, e.g. for pages -- in the MediaWiki namespace. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['explanation-blurb-nounprotect'] = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you' .. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it' .. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus' .. '|consensus]].', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection log display values -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine the display values for the protection log link -- or the pending changes log link produced by the ${PROTECTIONLOG} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['protection-log-display'] = 'protection log', ['pc-log-display'] = 'pending changes log', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Current version display values -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine the display values for the page history link -- or the move log link produced by the ${CURRENTVERSION} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['current-version-move-display'] = 'current title', ['current-version-edit-display'] = 'current version', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Talk page -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This message determines the display value of the talk page link produced -- with the ${TALKPAGE} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['talk-page-link-display'] = 'talk page', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Edit requests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This message determines the display value of the edit request link produced -- with the ${EDITREQUEST} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['edit-request-display'] = 'submit an edit request', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Expiry date format -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This is the format for the blurb expiry date. It should be valid input for -- the first parameter of the #time parser function. ['expiry-date-format'] = 'F j, Y "at" H:i e', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking categories -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine which tracking categories the module outputs. ['tracking-category-incorrect'] = 'Wikipedia pages with incorrect protection templates', ['tracking-category-template'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected pages other than templates and modules', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Images -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These are images that are not defined by their protection action and protection level. ['image-filename-indef'] = 'Full-protection-shackle.svg', ['image-filename-default'] = 'Transparent.gif', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End messages -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- } g4f6dkimoikv05ulbf832zu7omkf2fc 265978 265977 2026-07-18T15:19:45Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:Protection_banner/config]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 265977 Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides configuration data for [[Module:Protection banner]]. return { -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- BANNER DATA -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- Banner data consists of six fields: -- * text - the main protection text that appears at the top of protection -- banners. -- * explanation - the text that appears below the main protection text, used -- to explain the details of the protection. -- * tooltip - the tooltip text you see when you move the mouse over a small -- padlock icon. -- * link - the page that the small padlock icon links to. -- * alt - the alt text for the small padlock icon. This is also used as tooltip -- text for the large protection banners. -- * image - the padlock image used in both protection banners and small padlock -- icons. -- -- The module checks in three separate tables to find a value for each field. -- First it checks the banners table, which has values specific to the reason -- for the page being protected. Then the module checks the defaultBanners -- table, which has values specific to each protection level. Finally, the -- module checks the masterBanner table, which holds data for protection -- templates to use if no data has been found in the previous two tables. -- -- The values in the banner data can take parameters. These are specified -- using ${TEXTLIKETHIS} (a dollar sign preceding a parameter name -- enclosed in curly braces). -- -- Available parameters: -- -- ${CURRENTVERSION} - a link to the page history or the move log, with the -- display message "current-version-edit-display" or -- "current-version-move-display". -- -- ${EDITREQUEST} - a link to create an edit request for the current page. -- -- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} - an explanation blurb, e.g. "Please discuss any changes -- on the talk page; you may submit a request to ask an administrator to make -- an edit if it is minor or supported by consensus." -- -- ${IMAGELINK} - a link to set the image to, depending on the protection -- action and protection level. -- -- ${INTROBLURB} - the PROTECTIONBLURB parameter, plus the expiry if an expiry -- is set. E.g. "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently -- disabled until dd Month YYYY." -- -- ${INTROFRAGMENT} - the same as ${INTROBLURB}, but without final punctuation -- so that it can be used in run-on sentences. -- -- ${PAGETYPE} - the type of the page, e.g. "article" or "template". -- Defined in the cfg.pagetypes table. -- -- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} - a blurb explaining the protection level of the page, e.g. -- "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently disabled" -- -- ${PROTECTIONDATE} - the protection date, if it has been supplied to the -- template. -- -- ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} - the protection level, e.g. "fully protected" or -- "semi-protected". -- -- ${PROTECTIONLOG} - a link to the protection log or the pending changes log, -- depending on the protection action. -- -- ${TALKPAGE} - a link to the talk page. If a section is specified, links -- straight to that talk page section. -- -- ${TOOLTIPBLURB} - uses the PAGETYPE, PROTECTIONTYPE and EXPIRY parameters to -- create a blurb like "This template is semi-protected", or "This article is -- move-protected until DD Month YYYY". -- -- ${VANDAL} - links for the specified username (or the root page name) -- using Module:Vandal-m. -- -- Functions -- -- For advanced users, it is possible to use Lua functions instead of strings -- in the banner config tables. Using functions gives flexibility that is not -- possible just by using parameters. Functions take two arguments, the -- protection object and the template arguments, and they must output a string. -- -- For example: -- -- text = function (protectionObj, args) -- if protectionObj.level == 'autoconfirmed' then -- return 'foo' -- else -- return 'bar' -- end -- end -- -- Some protection object properties and methods that may be useful: -- protectionObj.action - the protection action -- protectionObj.level - the protection level -- protectionObj.reason - the protection reason -- protectionObj.expiry - the expiry. Nil if unset, the string "indef" if set -- to indefinite, and the protection time in unix time if temporary. -- protectionObj.protectionDate - the protection date in unix time, or nil if -- unspecified. -- protectionObj.bannerConfig - the banner config found by the module. Beware -- of editing the config field used by the function, as it could create an -- infinite loop. -- protectionObj:isProtected - returns a boolean showing whether the page is -- protected. -- protectionObj:isTemporary - returns a boolean showing whether the expiry is -- temporary. -- protectionObj:isIncorrect - returns a boolean showing whether the protection -- template is incorrect. --]] -- The master banner data, used if no values have been found in banners or -- defaultBanners. masterBanner = { text = '${INTROBLURB}', explanation = '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPBLURB}', link = '${IMAGELINK}', alt = 'Page ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}' }, -- The default banner data. This holds banner data for different protection -- levels. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. defaultBanners = { edit = {}, move = {}, autoreview = { default = { alt = 'Page protected with pending changes', tooltip = 'All edits by unregistered and new users are subject to review prior to becoming visible to unregistered users', image = 'Pending-protection-shackle.svg' } }, upload = {} }, -- The banner data. This holds banner data for different protection reasons. -- In fact, the reasons specified in this table control which reasons are -- valid inputs to the first positional parameter. -- -- There is also a non-standard "description" field that can be used for items -- in this table. This is a description of the protection reason for use in the -- module documentation. -- -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. banners = { edit = { blp = { description = 'For pages protected to promote compliance with the' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons' .. '|biographies of living persons]] policy', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons' .. "|Wikipedia's&nbsp;policy on&nbsp;the&nbsp;biographies" .. ' of&nbsp;living&nbsp;people]].', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with the policy on' .. ' biographies of living persons', }, deceased = { description = 'For user pages of Wikipedia users who are deceased', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent vandalism of a deceased' .. ' Wikipedian\'s user page.' .. ' A family member who wishes to edit this user page can use this' .. ' user\'s ${TALKPAGE} or submit a request to [[Wikipedia:VRT|the' .. ' Volunteer Response Team]].', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} because this Wikipedian is deceased' }, dmca = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation' .. ' due to [[Digital Millennium Copyright Act]] takedown requests', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = 'Pursuant to a rights owner notice under the Digital' .. ' Millennium Copyright Act (DMCA) regarding some content' .. ' in this article, the Wikimedia Foundation acted under' .. ' applicable law and took down and restricted the content' .. ' in question.' if args.notice then ret = ret .. ' A copy of the received notice can be found here: ' .. args.notice .. '.' end ret = ret .. ' For more information, including websites discussing' .. ' how to file a counter-notice, please see' .. " [[Wikipedia:Office actions]] and the article's ${TALKPAGE}." .. "'''Do not remove this template from the article until the" .. " restrictions are withdrawn'''." return ret end, image = 'Office-protection-shackle.svg', link = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#office', }, dispute = { description = 'For pages protected due to editing disputes', text = function (protectionObj, args) -- Find the value of "disputes". local display = 'disputes' local disputes if args.section then disputes = string.format( '[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name, protectionObj.title.text, args.section, display ) else disputes = display end -- Make the blurb, depending on the expiry. local msg if type(protectionObj.expiry) == 'number' then msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} or until editing %s have been resolved.' else msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} until editing %s have been resolved.' end return string.format(msg, disputes) end, explanation = "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to editing disputes', }, ecp = { description = 'For articles in topic areas authorized by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Arbitration Committee|ArbCom]] or' .. ' meets the criteria for community use', alt = 'Extended-protected ${PAGETYPE}', }, mainpage = { description = 'For pages protected for being displayed on the [[Main Page]]', text = 'This file is currently' .. ' [[Wikipedia:This page is protected|protected]] from' .. ' editing because it is currently or will soon be displayed' .. ' on the [[Main Page]].', explanation = 'Images on the Main Page are protected due to their high' .. ' visibility. Please discuss any necessary changes on the ${TALKPAGE}.' .. '<br /><span style="font-size:90%;">' .. "'''Administrators:''' Once this image is definitely off the Main Page," .. ' please unprotect this file, or reduce to semi-protection,' .. ' as appropriate.</span>', }, office = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation', text = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the' .. ' scrutiny of the' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]' .. ' and is protected.' if protectionObj.protectionDate then ret = ret .. ' It has been protected since ${PROTECTIONDATE}.' end return ret end, explanation = "If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and" .. " additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not remove protection from this" .. " page unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation to do" .. " so.'''", image = 'Office-protection-shackle.svg', link = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#office', }, reset = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation and' .. ' "reset" to a bare-bones version', text = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the' .. ' scrutiny of the' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]' .. ' and is protected.', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = '' if protectionObj.protectionDate then ret = ret .. 'On ${PROTECTIONDATE} this ${PAGETYPE} was' else ret = ret .. 'This ${PAGETYPE} has been' end ret = ret .. ' reduced to a' .. ' simplified, "bare bones" version so that it may be completely' .. ' rewritten to ensure it meets the policies of' .. ' [[WP:NPOV|Neutral Point of View]] and [[WP:V|Verifiability]].' .. ' Standard Wikipedia policies will apply to its rewriting—which' .. ' will eventually be open to all editors—and will be strictly' .. ' enforced. The ${PAGETYPE} has been ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} while' .. ' it is being rebuilt.\n\n' .. 'Any insertion of material directly from' .. ' pre-protection revisions of the ${PAGETYPE} will be removed, as' .. ' will any material added to the ${PAGETYPE} that is not properly' .. ' sourced. The associated talk page(s) were also cleared on the' .. " same date.\n\n" .. "If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and" .. " additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not override" .. " this action, and do not remove protection from this page," .. " unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation" .. " to do so. No editor may remove this notice.'''" return ret end, image = 'Office-protection-shackle.svg', link = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#office', }, sock = { description = 'For pages protected due to' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppetry]]', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppets]] of' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Blocking policy|blocked]] or' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Banning policy|banned users]]' .. ' from editing it.', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to prevent sock puppets of blocked or banned users from' .. ' editing it', }, template = { description = 'For [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]]' .. ' templates and Lua modules', text = 'This is a permanently [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|protected]] ${PAGETYPE},' .. ' as it is [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]].', explanation = 'Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you may' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] or' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Template editor|template editor]] to make an edit if' .. ' it is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Consensus|consensus]]. You can also' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.', tooltip = 'This high-risk ${PAGETYPE} is permanently ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}' .. ' to prevent vandalism', alt = 'Permanently protected ${PAGETYPE}', }, usertalk = { description = 'For pages protected against disruptive edits by a' .. ' particular user', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent ${VANDAL} from using it to make disruptive edits,' .. ' such as abusing the' .. ' &#123;&#123;[[Template:unblock|unblock]]&#125;&#125; template.', explanation = 'If you cannot edit this user talk page and you need to' .. ' make a change or leave a message, you can' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for edits to a protected page' .. '|request an edit]],' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]],' .. ' [[Special:Userlogin|log in]],' .. ' or [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', }, vandalism = { description = 'For pages protected against' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Vandalism|vandalism]]', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} due to [[Wikipedia:Vandalism|vandalism]].', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = '' if protectionObj.level == 'sysop' then ret = ret .. "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ' end return ret .. '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}' end, tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to vandalism', } }, move = { dispute = { description = 'For pages protected against page moves due to' .. ' disputes over the page title', explanation = "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', image = 'Move-protection-shackle.svg' }, vandalism = { description = 'For pages protected against' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Vandalism#Page-move vandalism' .. ' |page-move vandalism]]' } }, autoreview = {}, upload = {} }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- GENERAL DATA TABLES -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection blurbs -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the protection blurbs available with the -- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action and -- protection level, and is checked by the module in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. protectionBlurbs = { edit = { default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Wikipedia:Protection policy#full|' .. 'protected]] from editing', templateeditor = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Wikipedia:Protection policy#template' .. '|protected]] from editing', autoconfirmed = 'Editing of this ${PAGETYPE} by [[Wikipedia:User access' .. ' levels#New users|new]] or [[Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered' .. ' users|unregistered]] users is currently [[Wikipedia:Protection' .. ' policy#semi|disabled]]', extendedconfirmed = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under [[Wikipedia:Protection' .. ' policy#extended|extended confirmed protection]]', }, move = { default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Wikipedia:Protection policy#Move' .. ' protection|protected]] from [[Help:Moving a page|page moves]]' }, autoreview = { default = 'All edits made to this ${PAGETYPE} by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:User access levels#New users|new]] or' .. ' [[Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered users|unregistered]]' .. ' users are currently' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Pending changes|subject to review]]' }, upload = { default = 'Uploading new versions of this ${PAGETYPE} is currently disabled' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Explanation blurbs -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the explanation blurbs available with the -- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action, -- protection level, and whether the page is a talk page or not. If the page is -- a talk page it will have a talk key of "talk"; otherwise it will have a talk -- key of "subject". The table is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level, page's talk key -- 2. page's protection action, page's protection level, default talk key -- 3. page's protection action, default protection level, page's talk key -- 4. page's protection action, default protection level, default talk key -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. explanationBlurbs = { edit = { autoconfirmed = { subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you' .. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST}, discuss changes on the ${TALKPAGE},' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you' .. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', }, extendedconfirmed = { default = 'Extended confirmed protection prevents edits from all unregistered editors' .. ' and registered users with fewer than 30 days tenure and 500 edits.' .. ' The [[Wikipedia:Protection policy#extended|policy on community use]]' .. ' specifies that extended confirmed protection can be applied to combat' .. ' disruption, if semi-protection has proven to be ineffective.' .. ' Extended confirmed protection may also be applied to enforce' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Arbitration Committee|arbitration sanctions]].' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you may' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST} to ask for uncontroversial changes supported by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Consensus|consensus]].' }, default = { subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you' .. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it' .. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus' .. '|consensus]]. You may also [[Wikipedia:Requests for' .. ' page protection#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request]] that this page be unprotected.', default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' You may [[Wikipedia:Requests for page' .. ' protection#Current requests for edits to a protected page|request an' .. ' edit]] to this page, or [[Wikipedia:Requests for' .. ' page protection#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|ask]] for it to be unprotected.' } }, move = { default = { subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved' .. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves on the' .. ' ${TALKPAGE} or at [[Wikipedia:Requested moves]]. You can also' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.', default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved' .. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves at' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requested moves]]. You can also' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.' } }, autoreview = { default = { default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Edits to this ${PAGETYPE} by new and unregistered users' .. ' will not be visible to readers until they are accepted by' .. ' a reviewer. To avoid the need for your edits to be' .. ' reviewed, you may' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].' }, }, upload = { default = { default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but new versions of the file' .. ' cannot be uploaded until it is unprotected. You can' .. ' request that a new version be uploaded by using a' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Edit requests|protected edit request]], or you' .. ' can [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]]' .. ' that the file be unprotected.' } } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection levels -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the data for the ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} parameter, which -- produces a short label for different protection levels. It is sorted by -- protection action and protection level, and is checked in the following -- order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. protectionLevels = { edit = { default = 'protected', templateeditor = 'template-protected', extendedconfirmed = 'extended-confirmed-protected', autoconfirmed = 'semi-protected', }, move = { default = 'move-protected' }, autoreview = { }, upload = { default = 'upload-protected' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Images -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table lists different padlock images for each protection action and -- protection level. It is used if an image is not specified in any of the -- banner data tables, and if the page does not satisfy the conditions for using -- the ['image-filename-indef'] image. It is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level images = { edit = { default = 'Full-protection-shackle.svg', templateeditor = 'Template-protection-shackle.svg', extendedconfirmed = 'Extended-protection-shackle.svg', autoconfirmed = 'Semi-protection-shackle.svg' }, move = { default = 'Move-protection-shackle.svg', }, autoreview = { default = 'Pending-protection-shackle.svg' }, upload = { default = 'Upload-protection-shackle.svg' } }, -- Pages with a reason specified in this table will show the special "indef" -- padlock, defined in the 'image-filename-indef' message, if no expiry is set. indefImageReasons = { template = true }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Image links -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the data for the ${IMAGELINK} parameter, which gets -- the image link for small padlock icons based on the page's protection action -- and protection level. It is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. imageLinks = { edit = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#full', templateeditor = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#template', extendedconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#extended', autoconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#semi' }, move = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#move' }, autoreview = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#pending' }, upload = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#upload' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Padlock indicator names -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the "name" attribute for the <indicator> extension tag -- with which small padlock icons are generated. All indicator tags on a page -- are displayed in alphabetical order based on this attribute, and with -- indicator tags with duplicate names, the last tag on the page wins. -- The attribute is chosen based on the protection action; table keys must be a -- protection action name or the string "default". padlockIndicatorNames = { autoreview = 'pp-autoreview', default = 'pp-default' }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection categories -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- The protection categories are stored in the protectionCategories table. -- Keys to this table are made up of the following strings: -- -- 1. the expiry date -- 2. the namespace -- 3. the protection reason (e.g. "dispute" or "vandalism") -- 4. the protection level (e.g. "sysop" or "autoconfirmed") -- 5. the action (e.g. "edit" or "move") -- -- When the module looks up a category in the table, first it will will check to -- see a key exists that corresponds to all five parameters. For example, a -- user page semi-protected from vandalism for two weeks would have the key -- "temp-user-vandalism-autoconfirmed-edit". If no match is found, the module -- changes the first part of the key to "all" and checks the table again. It -- keeps checking increasingly generic key combinations until it finds the -- field, or until it reaches the key "all-all-all-all-all". -- -- The module uses a binary matrix to determine the order in which to search. -- This is best demonstrated by a table. In this table, the "0" values -- represent "all", and the "1" values represent the original data (e.g. -- "indef" or "file" or "vandalism"). -- -- expiry namespace reason level action -- order -- 1 1 1 1 1 1 -- 2 0 1 1 1 1 -- 3 1 0 1 1 1 -- 4 0 0 1 1 1 -- 5 1 1 0 1 1 -- 6 0 1 0 1 1 -- 7 1 0 0 1 1 -- 8 0 0 0 1 1 -- 9 1 1 1 0 1 -- 10 0 1 1 0 1 -- 11 1 0 1 0 1 -- 12 0 0 1 0 1 -- 13 1 1 0 0 1 -- 14 0 1 0 0 1 -- 15 1 0 0 0 1 -- 16 0 0 0 0 1 -- 17 1 1 1 1 0 -- 18 0 1 1 1 0 -- 19 1 0 1 1 0 -- 20 0 0 1 1 0 -- 21 1 1 0 1 0 -- 22 0 1 0 1 0 -- 23 1 0 0 1 0 -- 24 0 0 0 1 0 -- 25 1 1 1 0 0 -- 26 0 1 1 0 0 -- 27 1 0 1 0 0 -- 28 0 0 1 0 0 -- 29 1 1 0 0 0 -- 30 0 1 0 0 0 -- 31 1 0 0 0 0 -- 32 0 0 0 0 0 -- -- In this scheme the action has the highest priority, as it is the last -- to change, and the expiry has the least priority, as it changes the most. -- The priorities of the expiry, the protection level and the action are -- fixed, but the priorities of the reason and the namespace can be swapped -- through the use of the cfg.bannerDataNamespaceHasPriority table. --]] -- If the reason specified to the template is listed in this table, -- namespace data will take priority over reason data in the protectionCategories -- table. reasonsWithNamespacePriority = { vandalism = true, }, -- The string to use as a namespace key for the protectionCategories table for each -- namespace number. categoryNamespaceKeys = { [ 2] = 'user', [ 3] = 'user', [ 4] = 'project', [ 6] = 'file', [ 8] = 'mediawiki', [ 10] = 'template', [ 12] = 'project', [ 14] = 'category', [100] = 'portal', [828] = 'module', }, protectionCategories = { ['all|all|all|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected pages', ['all|all|office|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', ['all|all|reset|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', ['all|all|dmca|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', ['all|all|mainpage|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected main page files', ['all|all|all|extendedconfirmed|all'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected pages', ['all|all|ecp|extendedconfirmed|all'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected pages', ['all|template|all|all|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected templates', ['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected pages', ['indef|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected pages', ['all|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected biographies of living people', ['temp|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia temporarily semi-protected biographies of living people', ['all|all|dispute|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected due to dispute', ['all|all|sock|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected from banned users', ['all|all|vandalism|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected against vandalism', ['all|category|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected categories', ['all|file|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected files', ['all|portal|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected portals', ['all|project|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected templates', ['all|user|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected user and user talk pages', ['all|all|all|templateeditor|move'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected pages other than templates and modules', ['all|all|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected pages other than templates and modules', ['all|template|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected templates', ['all|template|all|templateeditor|move'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected templates', -- move-protected templates ['all|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely protected biographies of living people', ['temp|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia temporarily protected biographies of living people', ['all|all|dispute|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected due to dispute', ['all|all|sock|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected from banned users', ['all|all|vandalism|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected against vandalism', ['all|category|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected categories', ['all|file|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected files', ['all|project|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|extendedconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected templates', ['all|template|all|extendedconfirmed|move'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected templates', ['all|template|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected templates', ['all|user|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected user and user talk pages', ['all|module|all|all|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected modules', ['all|module|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected modules', ['all|module|all|extendedconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected modules', ['all|module|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected modules', ['all|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected pages', ['indef|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely move-protected pages', ['all|all|dispute|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia pages move-protected due to dispute', ['all|all|vandalism|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia pages move-protected due to vandalism', ['all|portal|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected portals', ['all|project|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected templates', ['all|user|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected user and user talk pages', ['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|autoreview'] = 'Wikipedia pending changes protected pages', ['all|file|all|all|upload'] = 'Wikipedia upload-protected files', }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Expiry category config -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table configures the expiry category behaviour for each protection -- action. -- * If set to true, setting that action will always categorise the page if -- an expiry parameter is not set. -- * If set to false, setting that action will never categorise the page. -- * If set to nil, the module will categorise the page if: -- 1) an expiry parameter is not set, and -- 2) a reason is provided, and -- 3) the specified reason is not blacklisted in the reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck -- table. expiryCheckActions = { edit = nil, move = false, autoreview = true, upload = false }, reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck = { blp = true, template = true, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Pagetypes -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the page types available with the ${PAGETYPE} parameter. -- Keys are namespace numbers, or the string "default" for the default value. pagetypes = { [0] = 'article', [6] = 'file', [10] = 'template', [14] = 'category', [828] = 'module', default = 'page' }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Strings marking indefinite protection -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table contains values passed to the expiry parameter that mean the page -- is protected indefinitely. indefStrings = { ['indef'] = true, ['indefinite'] = true, ['indefinitely'] = true, ['infinite'] = true, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Group hierarchy -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table maps each group to all groups that have a superset of the original -- group's page editing permissions. hierarchy = { sysop = {}, reviewer = {'sysop'}, filemover = {'sysop'}, templateeditor = {'sysop'}, extendedconfirmed = {'sysop'}, autoconfirmed = {'reviewer', 'filemover', 'templateeditor', 'extendedconfirmed'}, user = {'autoconfirmed'}, ['*'] = {'user'} }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Wrapper templates and their default arguments -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table contains wrapper templates used with the module, and their -- default arguments. Templates specified in this table should contain the -- following invocation, and no other template content: -- -- {{#invoke:Protection banner|main}} -- -- If other content is desired, it can be added between -- <noinclude>...</noinclude> tags. -- -- When a user calls one of these wrapper templates, they will use the -- default arguments automatically. However, users can override any of the -- arguments. wrappers = { ['Template:Pp'] = {}, ['Template:Protection padlock'] = {}, ['Template:Pp-extended'] = {'ecp'}, ['Template:Pp-blp'] = {'blp'}, -- we don't need Template:Pp-create ['Template:Pp-dispute'] = {'dispute'}, ['Template:Pp-main-page'] = {'mainpage'}, ['Template:Pp-move'] = {action = 'move', catonly = 'yes'}, ['Template:Pp-move-dispute'] = {'dispute', action = 'move', catonly = 'yes'}, -- we don't need Template:Pp-move-indef ['Template:Pp-move-vandalism'] = {'vandalism', action = 'move', catonly = 'yes'}, ['Template:Pp-office'] = {'office'}, ['Template:Pp-office-dmca'] = {'dmca'}, ['Template:Pp-pc'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-pc1'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-reset'] = {'reset'}, ['Template:Pp-semi-indef'] = {small = true}, ['Template:Pp-sock'] = {'sock'}, ['Template:Pp-template'] = {'template', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-upload'] = {action = 'upload'}, ['Template:Pp-usertalk'] = {'usertalk'}, ['Template:Pp-vandalism'] = {'vandalism'}, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- MESSAGES -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- msg = { -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Intro blurb and intro fragment -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages specify what is produced by the ${INTROBLURB} and -- ${INTROFRAGMENT} parameters. If the protection is temporary they use the -- intro-blurb-expiry or intro-fragment-expiry, and if not they use -- intro-blurb-noexpiry or intro-fragment-noexpiry. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['intro-blurb-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY}.', ['intro-blurb-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}.', ['intro-fragment-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY},', ['intro-fragment-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tooltip blurb -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages specify what is produced by the ${TOOLTIPBLURB} parameter. -- If the protection is temporary the tooltip-blurb-expiry message is used, and -- if not the tooltip-blurb-noexpiry message is used. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['tooltip-blurb-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY}.', ['tooltip-blurb-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}.', ['tooltip-fragment-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY},', ['tooltip-fragment-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Special explanation blurb -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- An explanation blurb for pages that cannot be unprotected, e.g. for pages -- in the MediaWiki namespace. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['explanation-blurb-nounprotect'] = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you' .. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it' .. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus' .. '|consensus]].', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection log display values -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine the display values for the protection log link -- or the pending changes log link produced by the ${PROTECTIONLOG} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['protection-log-display'] = 'protection log', ['pc-log-display'] = 'pending changes log', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Current version display values -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine the display values for the page history link -- or the move log link produced by the ${CURRENTVERSION} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['current-version-move-display'] = 'current title', ['current-version-edit-display'] = 'current version', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Talk page -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This message determines the display value of the talk page link produced -- with the ${TALKPAGE} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['talk-page-link-display'] = 'talk page', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Edit requests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This message determines the display value of the edit request link produced -- with the ${EDITREQUEST} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['edit-request-display'] = 'submit an edit request', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Expiry date format -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This is the format for the blurb expiry date. It should be valid input for -- the first parameter of the #time parser function. ['expiry-date-format'] = 'F j, Y "at" H:i e', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking categories -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine which tracking categories the module outputs. ['tracking-category-incorrect'] = 'Wikipedia pages with incorrect protection templates', ['tracking-category-template'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected pages other than templates and modules', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Images -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These are images that are not defined by their protection action and protection level. ['image-filename-indef'] = 'Full-protection-shackle.svg', ['image-filename-default'] = 'Transparent.gif', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End messages -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- } g4f6dkimoikv05ulbf832zu7omkf2fc 828 3807 266027 264005 2025-10-13T16:33:18Z en>Ahecht 0 {frameOnly = (frame.args.frameOnly or '') ~= ''} 266027 Scribunto text/plain -- This module takes positional parameters as input and concatenates them with -- an optional separator. The final separator (the "conjunction") can be -- specified independently, enabling natural-language lists like -- "foo, bar, baz and qux". The starting parameter can also be specified. local compressSparseArray = require('Module:TableTools').compressSparseArray local p = {} function p._main(args) local dataPlural = args.dataPlural local separator = args.separator -- Decode (convert to Unicode) HTML escape sequences, such as "&#32;" for space. and mw.text.decode(args.separator) or '' local conjunction = args.conjunction and mw.text.decode(args.conjunction) or separator -- Discard values before the starting parameter. local start = tonumber(args.start) if start then for i = 1, start - 1 do args[i] = nil end end -- Discard named parameters. local values = compressSparseArray(args) local result = mw.text.listToText(values, separator, conjunction) if dataPlural and #values > 0 and (#separator > 0 or #conjunction > 0) then -- flag to [[Module:Detect singular]] whether this is a list with >1 element result = result..'<span style="display:none" data-plural="'..(#values > 1 and '1' or '0')..'"></span>' end return result end local function makeInvokeFunction(separator, conjunction, first) return function (frame) local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, {frameOnly = (frame.args.frameOnly or '') ~= ''}) args.separator = separator or args.separator args.conjunction = conjunction or args.conjunction args.first = first or args.first return p._main(args) end end p.main = makeInvokeFunction() p.br = makeInvokeFunction('<br />') p.comma = makeInvokeFunction(mw.message.new('comma-separator'):plain()) return p d3q6xup28j3xpu77wa8xwjjm6j0xizq 266028 266027 2026-07-18T15:28:04Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:Separated_entries]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266027 Scribunto text/plain -- This module takes positional parameters as input and concatenates them with -- an optional separator. The final separator (the "conjunction") can be -- specified independently, enabling natural-language lists like -- "foo, bar, baz and qux". The starting parameter can also be specified. local compressSparseArray = require('Module:TableTools').compressSparseArray local p = {} function p._main(args) local dataPlural = args.dataPlural local separator = args.separator -- Decode (convert to Unicode) HTML escape sequences, such as "&#32;" for space. and mw.text.decode(args.separator) or '' local conjunction = args.conjunction and mw.text.decode(args.conjunction) or separator -- Discard values before the starting parameter. local start = tonumber(args.start) if start then for i = 1, start - 1 do args[i] = nil end end -- Discard named parameters. local values = compressSparseArray(args) local result = mw.text.listToText(values, separator, conjunction) if dataPlural and #values > 0 and (#separator > 0 or #conjunction > 0) then -- flag to [[Module:Detect singular]] whether this is a list with >1 element result = result..'<span style="display:none" data-plural="'..(#values > 1 and '1' or '0')..'"></span>' end return result end local function makeInvokeFunction(separator, conjunction, first) return function (frame) local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, {frameOnly = (frame.args.frameOnly or '') ~= ''}) args.separator = separator or args.separator args.conjunction = conjunction or args.conjunction args.first = first or args.first return p._main(args) end end p.main = makeInvokeFunction() p.br = makeInvokeFunction('<br />') p.comma = makeInvokeFunction(mw.message.new('comma-separator'):plain()) return p d3q6xup28j3xpu77wa8xwjjm6j0xizq 828 3809 266054 264306 2026-03-16T20:05:56Z en>Hike395 0 Restored revision 1335895720 by [[Special:Contributions/Nux|Nux]] ([[User talk:Nux|talk]]): Rv: see [[Template talk:Sister project]]. This isn't correct yet 266054 Scribunto text/plain local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local p = {} local function makeData(args) local data = {} -- Main table classes data.classes = {} if yesno(args.metadata) ~= false then table.insert(data.classes, 'metadata') end if args.position and args.position:lower() == 'left' then table.insert(data.classes, 'side-box-left') else table.insert(data.classes, 'side-box-right') end if args.collapsible then table.insert(data.classes, 'mw-collapsible') if args.collapsible == "collapsed" then table.insert(data.classes, 'mw-collapsed') end data.collapsible = true end table.insert(data.classes, args.class) -- Image if args.image and args.image ~= 'none' then data.image = args.image end -- we have to check to see if a downstream use has plainlist like -- Template:Sister_project. also it's the default. wikitext is :( if args.textclass == 'plainlist' or not args.textclass then data.textclass = 'plainlist' data.plainlist_templatestyles = 'Plainlist/styles.css' else data.textclass = args.textclass end -- Copy over data that does not need adjusting local argsToCopy = { -- aria qualities 'role', 'labelledby', -- Styles 'style', 'textstyle', 'templatestyles', -- Above row 'above', 'abovestyle', -- Body row 'text', 'imageright', -- Below row 'below', } for i, key in ipairs(argsToCopy) do data[key] = args[key] end return data end local function renderSidebox(data) -- Renders the sidebox HTML. -- Table root local root = mw.html.create('div') root:attr('role', data.role) :attr('aria-labelledby', data.labelledby) :addClass('side-box') for i, class in ipairs(data.classes or {}) do root:addClass(class) end if data.style then root:cssText(data.style) end local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() if data.plainlist_templatestyles then root:wikitext(frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = data.plainlist_templatestyles } }) end -- The "above" row if data.above then local above = root:newline():tag('div') above:addClass('side-box-abovebelow') :newline() :wikitext(data.above) if data.textstyle then above:cssText(data.textstyle) end if data.abovestyle then above:cssText(data.abovestyle) end end -- The body row local body = root:newline():tag('div') body:addClass('side-box-flex') :addClass(data.collapsible and 'mw-collapsible-content') :newline() if data.image then body:tag('div') :addClass('side-box-image') :wikitext(data.image) end local text = body:newline():tag('div') text:addClass('side-box-text') :addClass(data.textclass) if data.textstyle then text:cssText(data.textstyle) end text:wikitext(data.text) if data.imageright then body:newline():tag('div') :addClass('side-box-imageright') :wikitext(data.imageright) end -- The below row if data.below then local below = root:newline():tag('div') below :addClass('side-box-abovebelow') :wikitext(data.below) if data.textstyle then below:cssText(data.textstyle) end end root:newline() local templatestyles = '' if data.templatestyles then templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = data.templatestyles } } end return frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Module:Side box/styles.css' } } .. templatestyles .. tostring(root) end -- private, export for testing p._makeData = makeData p._renderSidebox = renderSidebox function p._main(args) local data = makeData(args) return renderSidebox(data) end function p.main(frame) local origArgs = frame:getParent().args local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do v = v:match('%s*(.-)%s*$') if v ~= '' then args[k] = v end end return p._main(args) end return p hu1w1vy5vzibls2pne08un5bivqwbcp 266055 266054 2026-07-18T15:28:54Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:Side_box]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266054 Scribunto text/plain local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local p = {} local function makeData(args) local data = {} -- Main table classes data.classes = {} if yesno(args.metadata) ~= false then table.insert(data.classes, 'metadata') end if args.position and args.position:lower() == 'left' then table.insert(data.classes, 'side-box-left') else table.insert(data.classes, 'side-box-right') end if args.collapsible then table.insert(data.classes, 'mw-collapsible') if args.collapsible == "collapsed" then table.insert(data.classes, 'mw-collapsed') end data.collapsible = true end table.insert(data.classes, args.class) -- Image if args.image and args.image ~= 'none' then data.image = args.image end -- we have to check to see if a downstream use has plainlist like -- Template:Sister_project. also it's the default. wikitext is :( if args.textclass == 'plainlist' or not args.textclass then data.textclass = 'plainlist' data.plainlist_templatestyles = 'Plainlist/styles.css' else data.textclass = args.textclass end -- Copy over data that does not need adjusting local argsToCopy = { -- aria qualities 'role', 'labelledby', -- Styles 'style', 'textstyle', 'templatestyles', -- Above row 'above', 'abovestyle', -- Body row 'text', 'imageright', -- Below row 'below', } for i, key in ipairs(argsToCopy) do data[key] = args[key] end return data end local function renderSidebox(data) -- Renders the sidebox HTML. -- Table root local root = mw.html.create('div') root:attr('role', data.role) :attr('aria-labelledby', data.labelledby) :addClass('side-box') for i, class in ipairs(data.classes or {}) do root:addClass(class) end if data.style then root:cssText(data.style) end local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() if data.plainlist_templatestyles then root:wikitext(frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = data.plainlist_templatestyles } }) end -- The "above" row if data.above then local above = root:newline():tag('div') above:addClass('side-box-abovebelow') :newline() :wikitext(data.above) if data.textstyle then above:cssText(data.textstyle) end if data.abovestyle then above:cssText(data.abovestyle) end end -- The body row local body = root:newline():tag('div') body:addClass('side-box-flex') :addClass(data.collapsible and 'mw-collapsible-content') :newline() if data.image then body:tag('div') :addClass('side-box-image') :wikitext(data.image) end local text = body:newline():tag('div') text:addClass('side-box-text') :addClass(data.textclass) if data.textstyle then text:cssText(data.textstyle) end text:wikitext(data.text) if data.imageright then body:newline():tag('div') :addClass('side-box-imageright') :wikitext(data.imageright) end -- The below row if data.below then local below = root:newline():tag('div') below :addClass('side-box-abovebelow') :wikitext(data.below) if data.textstyle then below:cssText(data.textstyle) end end root:newline() local templatestyles = '' if data.templatestyles then templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = data.templatestyles } } end return frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Module:Side box/styles.css' } } .. templatestyles .. tostring(root) end -- private, export for testing p._makeData = makeData p._renderSidebox = renderSidebox function p._main(args) local data = makeData(args) return renderSidebox(data) end function p.main(frame) local origArgs = frame:getParent().args local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do v = v:match('%s*(.-)%s*$') if v ~= '' then args[k] = v end end return p._main(args) end return p hu1w1vy5vzibls2pne08un5bivqwbcp 828 3820 266007 245449 2026-02-28T15:14:46Z en>Trappist the monk 0 synch from sandbox; 266007 Scribunto text/plain require ('strict'); --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- each of these counts against the Lua upvalue limit ]] local validation; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation local utilities; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local z = {}; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local identifiers; -- functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers local metadata; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist --[[------------------< P A G E S C O P E V A R I A B L E S >--------------- declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; that are created here and used here ]] local added_deprecated_cat; -- boolean flag so that the category is added only once local added_vanc_errs; -- boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category local added_generic_name_errs; -- boolean flag so we only emit one generic name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered local added_numeric_name_errs; -- boolean flag so we only emit one numeric name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered local added_numeric_name_maint; -- boolean flag so we only emit one numeric name maint category and stop testing names once a category has been emitted local is_preview_mode; -- true when article is in preview mode; false when using 'Preview page with this template' (previewing the module) local is_sandbox; -- true when using sandbox modules to render citation local url_was_archive_today; -- boolean flag set to true when has_archive_today_url() has unset |url= because it held a deprecated archive.today url --[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------ Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table, left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated. Returns nil if none are set. This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs. With the pairs version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed. With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list. ]] local function first_set (list, count) local i = 1; while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list if utilities.is_set( list[i] ) then return list[i]; -- return the first set list member end i = i + 1; -- point to next end end --[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >---------------------------------------------------- Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist. To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted. added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above ]] local function add_vanc_error (source, position) if added_vanc_errs then return end added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category utilities.set_message ('err_vancouver', {source, position}); end --[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------ does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme? The scheme is checked to see if it is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says: Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-"). returns true if it does, else false ]] local function is_scheme (scheme) return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >-------------------------------------------------- Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name? Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5 BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234 Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15; see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]] list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit. Between the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen. Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD. tld is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped here. Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal. There are several tests: the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490 single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD i and q SL domains in the .net TLD single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters) two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false ]=] local function is_domain_name (domain) if not domain then return false; -- if not set, abandon end domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once if not domain:match ('^[%w]') then -- first character must be letter or digit return false; end if domain:match ('^%a+:') then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource return false; end local patterns = { -- patterns that look like URLs '%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$', -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld '%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$', -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix '%f[%a][qxz]%.com$', -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10) '%f[%a][iq]%.net$', -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10) '%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$', -- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars) '%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$', -- two character hostname and TLD '^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?', -- IPv4 address '[%a%d]+%:?' -- IPv6 address } for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list if domain:match (pattern) then return true; -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL end end for _, d in ipairs (cfg.single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t) do -- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains if domain:match ('%f[%w][%w]%.' .. d) then return true end end return false; -- no matches, we don't know what this thing is end --[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------ returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false. This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external wikilinks. ]] local function is_url (scheme, domain) if utilities.is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain); else return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative end end --[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain. First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#). If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain. When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain. If there is an authority indicator (one or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2. Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//). TODO: are there other common schemes like news: that don't use authority indicator? Strip off any port and path; ]] local function split_url (url_str) local scheme, authority, domain; url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//') if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)') elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions if utilities.is_set (authority) then authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing; if utilities.is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message end else if not scheme:match ('^news:') then -- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test? return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message end end domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present end return scheme, domain; end --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed: # < > [ ] | { } _ except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links returns false when the value contains any of these characters. When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok). ]] local function link_param_ok (value) local scheme, domain; if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters return false; end scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL; return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL end --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value. |<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value. This function emits an error message when that condition exists check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefix. prefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language code and must begin with a colon. ]] local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig) local orig; if utilities.is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter elseif link:match ('^%a+:') then -- if the link is what looks like an interwiki local prefix = link:match ('^(%a+):'):lower(); -- get the interwiki prefix if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then -- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon orig = lorig; -- flag as error end end end if utilities.is_set (orig) then link = ''; -- unset utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', orig); -- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=; end return link; -- link if ok, empty string else end --[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid. First we test for space characters. If any are found, return false. Then split the URL into scheme and domain portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain. Use is_url() to validate the two portions of the URL. If both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false. Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here. The specification for a newsgroup name is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4 ]] local function check_url( url_str ) if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL return false; end local scheme, domain; scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL; if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$'); end return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >---------------------------- Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL. The test will also find external wikilinks that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs. The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs. The tests that find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=, and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]] is possible as might be [[en://Hus]]. ]=] local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value) local scheme, domain; if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz] scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]')); elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz] scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]')); elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)')); elseif value:match ('^//%S+') or value:match ('%s//%S+') then -- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; authority indicator (//) must be be preceded nothing or by whitespace scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain else return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL end return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL end --[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E _ T O D A Y _ U R L >-------------------------------------- archive.today (and .ph, .is, .md, .li, .fo, .vn) are deprecated. See Wikipedia:Requests_for_comment/Archive.is_RFC_5 (Special:Permalink/1339352976) <val> is a string that may or may not be a url ]] local function is_archive_today_url (val) if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (val) then -- is <val> a url? local tld = val:match ('archive%.(%l+)'); -- get the tld return tld and cfg.archive_today_tlds_t[tld]; -- return true if <tld> is one of the archive.today tlds; nil else end end --[[--------------------------< H A S _ A R C H I V E _ T O D A Y _ U R L >------------------------------------ blank any parameter that holds one of the archive.today tlds (.today, .ph, .is, .md, .li, .fo, .vn) and also blank parameters that are dependent on the offending parameter. input <cite_args_t> is a table of all of this template's parameters This function modifies <cite_args_t> when |url= or its alias |URL= hold an archive.today url, this function sets the flag <url_was_archive_today> which is used later to suppress the missing url error message from {{citation}} when it has |website=<summat> or from the templates {{cite web}}, {{cite podcast}}, {{cite mailing list}} which all require a url. returns nothing ]] local function has_archive_today_url (cite_args_t) local unset_params_t = {}; -- to hold a sequence of parameters to unset from cite_args_t for p, v in pairs (cite_args_t) do -- look at each parameter in the template if is_archive_today_url (v:lower()) then -- if it has a parameter with an archive.today url table.insert (unset_params_t, p); -- add the url-holding parameter name to our list of parameters to unset (may or may not be a legitimate url parameter) if 'url' == p:lower() then -- if this parameter is |url= or |URL= url_was_archive_today = true; -- set a flag so that cite web / podcast / mailinglist don't emit a missing url error message end if cfg.dependencies_t[p] then -- if this url-holding parameter (<p>) has dependencies for _, dependent in ipairs (cfg.dependencies_t[p]) do -- loop through the url-holding parameter's dependency sequence table.insert (unset_params_t, dependent); -- add dependent parameter to the list to be unset end end end end if 0 < #unset_params_t then -- when there are parameters to unset if not is_preview_mode then -- when in preview mode do not suppress any parameters for _, unset_param in ipairs (unset_params_t) do -- loop through the sequence cite_args_t[unset_param] = nil; -- and unset the url-holding parameter and its dependent parameters to avoid parameter-requires-other-parameter errors end end utilities.set_message ('maint_deprecated_archive'); -- add a maintenance message end end --[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >----------------------------------------------------- loop through a list of parameters and their values. Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message. ]] local function check_for_url (parameter_list, error_list) for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message table.insert (error_list, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); end end end --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------ Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions ]] local function safe_for_url( str ) if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url', {}); end return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', { ['['] = '&#91;', [']'] = '&#93;', ['\n'] = ' ' } ); end --[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >---------------------------------------------------- Format an external link with error checking ]] local function external_link (URL, label, source, access) local err_msg = ''; local domain; local path; local base_url; if not utilities.is_set (label) then label = URL; if utilities.is_set (source) then utilities.set_message ('err_bare_url_missing_title', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); else error (cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"]); -- programmer error; valid parameter name does not have matching meta-parameter end end if not check_url (URL) then utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); end domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path if path then -- if there is a path portion path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['['] = '%5b', [']'] = '%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble end base_url = table.concat ({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wiki-markup URL if utilities.is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited) base_url = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon end return base_url; end --[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >-------------------------------------- Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters. The function includes the offending parameter name to the error message. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated parameters in the citation. added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above ]] local function deprecated_parameter(name) if not added_deprecated_cat then added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category utilities.set_message ('err_deprecated_params', {name}); -- add error message end end --[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >-------------------------------------------------------- Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value. This function will positive kern either single or double quotes: "'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'" " 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example) Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned. Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter quote marks regardless of the need for kerning. Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks. Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles. ]=] local function kern_quotes (str) local cap = ''; local wl_type, label, link; wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str); str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str); elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str); elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str); end else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark) label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark) cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'][^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) if utilities.is_set (cap) then label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], cap); end cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'][\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) if utilities.is_set (cap) then label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], cap); end if 2 == wl_type then str = utilities.make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink else str = label; end end return str; end --[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >---------------------------------------- |script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should not be italicized and may be written right-to-left. The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped in italic markup. Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right. |script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon: |script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character) Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed: |script-title=ja : *** *** |script-title=ja: *** *** |script-title=ja :*** *** Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** *** The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition. Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-<periodical>= ]] local function format_script_value (script_value, script_param) local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string local name; if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script if not utilities.is_set (lang) then utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing title part']}); -- prefix without 'title'; add error message return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string end -- if we get this far we have prefix and script name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize if utilities.is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code? script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script -- is prefix one of these language codes? if utilities.in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then utilities.add_prop_cat ('script', {name, lang}) else utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['unknown language code']}); -- unknown script-language; add error message end lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute else utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['invalid language code']}); -- invalid language code; add error message lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string end else utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing prefix']}); -- no language code prefix; add error message end script_value = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is RTL return script_value; end --[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------ Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been wrapped in <bdi> tags. ]] local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param) if utilities.is_set (script) then script = format_script_value (script, script_param); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error if utilities.is_set (script) then title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title end end return title; end --[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >-------------------------------------------------------------- Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one argument. Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates. Additional text taken from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style(). ]] local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower) if not utilities.is_set ( str ) then return ""; end if true == lower then local msg; msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before return utilities.substitute ( msg, str ); -- including template text else return utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages[key], str ); end end --[[----------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >------------------- Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-link. Returns the URL and appropriate label; nil else. str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link= ]] local function wikisource_url_make (str) local wl_type, D, L; local ws_url, ws_label; local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'}); wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink) if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link= str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace if utilities.is_set (str) then ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL wikisource_prefix, -- prefix str, -- article title }); ws_label = str; -- label for the URL end elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]] str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace if utilities.is_set (str) then ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL wikisource_prefix, -- prefix str, -- article title }); ws_label = str; -- label for the URL end elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]]) str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace if utilities.is_set (str) then ws_label = D; -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL wikisource_prefix, -- prefix str, -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink }); end end if ws_url then ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI'); -- make a usable URL ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#'); -- undo percent-encoding of fragment marker end return ws_url, ws_label, L or D; -- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil end --[[----------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >----------------------- Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=, and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-parameter. ]] local function format_periodical (script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical) if not utilities.is_set (periodical) then periodical = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation else periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical); -- style end periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped if utilities.is_set (trans_periodical) then trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical); if utilities.is_set (periodical) then periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical; else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical periodical = trans_periodical; utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'periodical'}); end end return periodical; end --[[------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------- Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages). ]] local function format_chapter_title (script_chapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, chapter_source, trans_chapter, trans_chapter_source, chapter_url, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access) local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter); -- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link if ws_url then ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ' '); -- replace underscore separators with space characters chapter = ws_label; end if not utilities.is_set (chapter) then chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation else if false == no_quotes then chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter); end end chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped if utilities.is_set (chapter_url) then chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate elseif ws_url then chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in chapter'); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this? chapter = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter}); end if utilities.is_set (trans_chapter) then trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter); if utilities.is_set (chapter) then chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. trans_chapter; else -- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter chapter = trans_chapter; chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)'); -- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param> utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {chapter_source}); end end return chapter; end --[[----------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >------------------- This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters. The search stops at the first match. This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource. Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message. See also coins_cleanup(). Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value. ]] local function has_invisible_chars (param, v) local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker local stripmarker; -- boolean set true when a stripmarker is found capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true if capture == v then -- if same there are no Unicode characters return; end for _, invisible_char in ipairs (cfg.invisible_chars) do local char_name = invisible_char[1]; -- the character or group name local pattern = invisible_char[2]; -- the pattern used to find it position, _, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern); -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern if position and (cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then -- if we found a zero-width joiner character if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts position = nil; -- unset position elseif cfg.emoji_t[mw.ustring.codepoint (v, position+1)] then -- is zwj followed by a character listed in emoji{}? position = nil; -- unset position end end if position then if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition) ('templatestyles' == capture and utilities.in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters stripmarker = true; -- set a flag elseif true == stripmarker and cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker position = nil; -- unset else local err_msg; if capture and not (cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture or cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then err_msg = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.invisible_1, {capture, char_name}); -- <capture> here is stripmarker name else err_msg = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.invisible_2, char_name); end utilities.set_message ('err_invisible_char', {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}); -- add error message return; -- and done with this parameter end end end end --[[-------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >---------------------- Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable. ]] local function argument_wrapper ( args ) local origin = {}; return setmetatable({ ORIGIN = function ( self, k ) local dummy = self[k]; -- force the variable to be loaded. return origin[k]; end }, { __index = function ( tbl, k ) if origin[k] ~= nil then return nil; end local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k]; if type( list ) == 'table' then v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one ( args, list, 'err_redundant_parameters' ); if origin[k] == nil then origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil end elseif list ~= nil then v, origin[k] = args[list], list; else -- maybe let through instead of raising an error? -- v, origin[k] = args[k], k; error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] .. ': ' .. k); end -- Empty strings, not nil; if v == nil then v = ''; origin[k] = ''; end tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v ); return v; end, }); end --[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >------------------------- When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>. When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges. ]] local function nowrap_date (date) local cap = ''; local cap2 = ''; if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date); elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$"); date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2}); end return date; end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >--------------------- This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none). ]] local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type) if utilities.is_set (title_type) then if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then title_type = ''; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed end return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value end return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation end --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >----------------------------- Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters. ]] local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char ) local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character' if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions f.gsub = string.gsub f.match = string.match f.sub = string.sub else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub f.match = mw.ustring.match f.sub = mw.ustring.sub end local str = ''; -- the output string local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean? local end_chr = ''; local trim; for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do if value == nil then value = ''; end if str == '' then -- if output string is empty str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop) elseif value ~= '' then if value:sub(1, 1) == '<' then -- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup. comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove HTML markup (<span>string</span> -> string) else comp = value; end -- typically duplicate_char is sepc if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character? -- Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the -- preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.? trim = false; end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1); -- get the last character of the output string -- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")" -- debug stuff? if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator str = f.sub(str, 1, -2); -- remove it elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wiki-markup if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc'' str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back '' elseif f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous? elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' trim = true; -- same question end elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wiki-markup if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink trim = true; elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link trim = true; elseif f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link trim = true; elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title. trim = true; end elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space> str = f.sub(str, 1, -3); -- remove them both end end if trim then if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup local dup2 = duplicate_char; if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup else value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character end end end str = str .. value; -- add it to the output string end end return str; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >----------------------------- returns true if suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9. Puncutation not allowed. ]] local function is_suffix (suffix) if utilities.in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', 'Jnr', 'Snr', '1st', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then return true; end return false; end --[[--------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >------------------- For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters. When a name uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to be converted to the corresponding Latin character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. The module doesn't do this so editors may/must. This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F |lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) |firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods This original test: if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor to maintain this code. \195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls) \195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls) \195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B) \199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B) ]] local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, position) if not suffix then if first:find ('[,%s]') then -- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix first = first:match ('(.-)[,%s]+'); -- get name/initials suffix = first:match ('[,%s]+(.+)$'); -- get generational suffix end end if utilities.is_set (suffix) then if not is_suffix (suffix) then add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position); return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix end end if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143\225\184\128-\225\187\191%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143\225\184\128-\225\187\191%-%s%'%.]*$") then add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char'], position); return false; -- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization end; return true; end --[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------ Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc. Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/. Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/. This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials. This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name (). ]] local function reduce_to_initials (first, position) if first:find (',', 1, true) then return first; -- commas not allowed; abandon end local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match (first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$"); if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix name = mw.ustring.match (first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just initials? end if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials if suffix then -- if there is a suffix if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate? return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do else add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message return first; -- and return first unmolested end else return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do end end end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word local initials_t, names_t = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials names_t = mw.text.split (first, '[%s%-]+'); -- split into a sequence of names and possible suffix while names_t[i] do -- loop through the sequence if 1 < i and names_t[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot) names_t[i] = names_t[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present if is_suffix (names_t[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix table.insert (initials_t, ' ' .. names_t[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials sequence break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization end if 3 > i then table.insert (initials_t, mw.ustring.sub (names_t[i], 1, 1)); -- insert the initial at end of initials sequence end i = i + 1; -- bump the counter end return table.concat (initials_t); -- Vancouver format does not include spaces. end --[[--------------------------< I N T E R W I K I _ P R E F I X E N _ G E T >---------------------------------- extract interwiki prefixen from <value>. Returns two one or two values: false – no prefixen nil – prefix exists but not recognized project prefix, language prefix – when value has either of: :<project>:<language>:<article> :<language>:<project>:<article> project prefix, nil – when <value> has only a known single-letter prefix nil, language prefix – when <value> has only a known language prefix accepts single-letter project prefixen: 'd' (wikidata), 's' (wikisource), and 'w' (wikipedia) prefixes; at this writing, the other single-letter prefixen (b (wikibook), c (commons), m (meta), n (wikinews), q (wikiquote), and v (wikiversity)) are not supported. ]] local function interwiki_prefixen_get (value, is_link) if not value:find (':%l+:') then -- if no prefix return false; -- abandon; boolean here to distinguish from nil fail returns later end local prefix_patterns_linked_t = { -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen '^%[%[:([dsw]):(%l%l+):', -- wikilinked; project and language prefixes '^%[%[:(%l%l+):([dsw]):', -- wikilinked; language and project prefixes '^%[%[:([dsw]):', -- wikilinked; project prefix '^%[%[:(%l%l+):', -- wikilinked; language prefix } local prefix_patterns_unlinked_t = { -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen '^:([dsw]):(%l%l+):', -- project and language prefixes '^:(%l%l+):([dsw]):', -- language and project prefixes '^:([dsw]):', -- project prefix '^:(%l%l+):', -- language prefix } local cap1, cap2; for _, pattern in ipairs ((is_link and prefix_patterns_linked_t) or prefix_patterns_unlinked_t) do cap1, cap2 = value:match (pattern); if cap1 then break; -- found a match so stop looking end end if cap1 and cap2 then -- when both then :project:language: or :language:project: (both forms allowed) if 1 == #cap1 then -- length == 1 then :project:language: if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap2] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map? return cap1, cap2; -- return interwiki project and interwiki language end else -- here when :language:project: if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map? return cap2, cap1; -- return interwiki project and interwiki language end end return nil; -- unknown interwiki language elseif not (cap1 or cap2) then -- both are nil? return nil; -- we got something that looks like a project prefix but isn't; return fail elseif 1 == #cap1 then -- here when one capture return cap1, nil; -- length is 1 so return project, nil language else -- here when one capture and its length it more than 1 if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map? return nil, cap1; -- return nil project, language end end end --[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >-------------------------- Formats a list of people (authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators) names in the list will be linked when |<name>-link= has a value |<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been rendered previously so should have been linked there when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered ]] local function list_people (control, people, etal) local sep; local namesep; local format = control.format; local maximum = control.maximum; local name_list = {}; if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like name styling? sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between names is a comma namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space else sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between names is a semicolon namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space> end if sep:sub (-1, -1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end if utilities.is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names for i, person in ipairs (people) do if utilities.is_set (person.last) then local mask = person.mask; local one; local sep_one = sep; if utilities.is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then etal = true; break; end if mask then local n = tonumber (mask); -- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else if n then one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("&mdash;", n) or nil; -- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name person.link = nil; -- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil else one = mask; -- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator) sep_one = " "; -- modify name-list separator end else one = person.last; -- get surname local first = person.first -- get given name if utilities.is_set (first) then if ("vanc" == format) then -- if Vancouver format one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first, nil, i) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested first = reduce_to_initials (first, i); -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials end end one = one .. namesep .. first; end end if utilities.is_set (person.link) then one = utilities.make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor end if one then -- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement) local proj, tag = interwiki_prefixen_get (one, true); -- get the interwiki prefixen if present if 'w' == proj and ('Wikipedia' == mw.site.namespaces.Project['name']) then proj = nil; -- for stuff like :w:de:<article>, :w is unnecessary TODO: maint cat? end if proj then local proj_name = ({['d'] = cfg.messages.wikidata, ['s'] = cfg.messages.wikisource, ['w'] = cfg.messages.wikipedia})[proj]; -- :w (wikipedia) for linking from a non-wikipedia project if proj_name then one = one .. utilities.wrap_style ('interproj', proj_name); -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name utilities.add_prop_cat ('interproj-linked-name', proj); -- categorize it; <proj> is sort key tag = nil; -- unset; don't do both project and language end end if tag == cfg.this_wiki_code then tag = nil; -- stuff like :en:<article> at en.wiki is pointless TODO: maint cat? end if tag then local lang = cfg.lang_tag_remap[tag] or cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag]; if lang then -- error messaging done in extract_names() where we know parameter names one = one .. utilities.wrap_style ('interwiki', lang); -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name utilities.add_prop_cat ('interwiki-linked-name', tag); -- categorize it; <tag> is sort key end end table.insert (name_list, one); -- add it to the list of names table.insert (name_list, sep_one); -- add the proper name-list separator end end end local count = #name_list / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2 if 0 < count then if 1 < count and not etal then if 'amp' == format then name_list[#name_list-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text elseif 'and' == format then if 2 == count then name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and; -- replace last separator with 'and' text else name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end; -- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text end end end name_list[#name_list] = nil; -- erase the last separator end local result = table.concat (name_list); -- construct list if etal and utilities.is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list result = result .. sep .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al. end return result, count; -- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only) end --[[--------------------< M A K E _ C I T E R E F _ I D >----------------------- Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise returns an empty string. namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order. year is Year or anchor_year. ]] local function make_citeref_id (namelist, year) local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names names[i] = v.last if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done end table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id if utilities.is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion else return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation end end --[[--------------------------< C I T E _ C L A S S _A T T R I B U T E _M A K E >------------------------------ construct <cite> tag class attribute for this citation. <cite_class> – config.CitationClass from calling template <mode> – value from |mode= parameter ]] local function cite_class_attribute_make (cite_class, mode) local class_t = {}; table.insert (class_t, 'citation'); -- required for blue highlight if 'citation' ~= cite_class then table.insert (class_t, cite_class); -- identify this template for user css table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs1'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript else table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs2'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript end for _, prop_key in ipairs (z.prop_keys_t) do table.insert (class_t, prop_key); -- identify various properties for user css or javascript end return table.concat (class_t, ' '); -- make a big string and done end --[[---------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >-------------------------- Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on the theme of et al. If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag. This function never sets the flag to false but returns its previous state because it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the associated |display-<names>=etal parameter ]] local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param) if utilities.is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through all of the patterns if name:match (pattern) then -- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name name = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- remove the offending text etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal) if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors= utilities.set_message ('err_etal', {param}); -- and set an error if not added end end end end return name, etal; end --[[---------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >---------------------- Add an error message and category when <name> parameter value does not contain letters. Add a maintenance category when <name> parameter value has numeric characters mixed with characters that are not numeric characters; could be letters and/or punctuation characters. This function will only emit one error and one maint message for the current template. Does not emit both error and maint messages/categories for the same parameter value. returns nothing ]] local function name_is_numeric (name, name_alias, list_name) local patterns = { '^%D+%d', -- <name> must have digits preceded by other characters '^%D*%d+%D+', -- <name> must have digits followed by other characters } if not added_numeric_name_errs and mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then -- if we have not already set an error message and <name> does not have any alpha characters utilities.set_message ('err_numeric_names', name_alias); -- add an error message added_numeric_name_errs = true; -- set the flag so we emit only one error message return; -- when here no point in further testing; abandon end if not added_numeric_name_maint then -- if we have already set a maint message for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through list of patterns if mw.ustring.match (name, pattern) then -- digits preceded or followed by anything but digits; %D+ includes punctuation utilities.set_message ('maint_numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template added_numeric_name_maint = true; -- set the flag so we emit only one maint message return; -- when here no point in further testing; abandon end end end end --[[-----------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >------------------ Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names. Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma or any "unescaped" semicolons. Escaped semicolons are ones used as part of selected HTML entities. If the condition is met, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category. Same test for first except that commas should not appear in given names (MOS:JR says that the generational suffix does not take a separator character). Titles, degrees, postnominals, affiliations, all normally comma separated don't belong in a citation. <name> – name parameter value <list_name> – AuthorList, EditorList, etc <limit> – number of allowed commas; 1 (default) for surnames; 0 for given names returns nothing ]] local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name, limit) local _, commas, semicolons, nbsps; limit = limit and limit or 1; if utilities.is_set (name) then _, commas = name:gsub (',', ''); -- count the number of commas _, semicolons = name:gsub (';', ''); -- count the number of semicolons -- nbsps probably should be its own separate count rather than merged in -- some way with semicolons because Lua patterns do not support the -- grouping operator that regex does, which means there is no way to add -- more entities to escape except by adding more counts with the new -- entities _, nbsps = name:gsub ('&nbsp;',''); -- count nbsps -- There is exactly 1 semicolon per &nbsp; entity, so subtract nbsps -- from semicolons to 'escape' them. If additional entities are added, -- they also can be subtracted. if limit < commas or 0 < (semicolons - nbsps) then utilities.set_message ('maint_mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint message end end end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C >---------------------------------------------------------- Compares values assigned to various parameters according to the string provided as <item> in the function call. <item> can have on of two values: 'generic_names' – for name-holding parameters: |last=, |first=, |editor-last=, etc 'generic_titles' – for |title= There are two types of generic tests. The 'accept' tests look for a pattern that should not be rejected by the 'reject' test. For example, |author=[[John Smith (author)|Smith, John]] would be rejected by the 'author' reject test. But piped wikilinks with 'author' disambiguation should not be rejected so the 'accept' test prevents that from happening. Accept tests are always performed before reject tests. Each of the 'accept' and 'reject' sequence tables hold tables for en.wiki (['en']) and local.wiki (['local']) that each can hold a test sequence table The sequence table holds, at index [1], a test pattern, and, at index [2], a boolean control value. The control value tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true) or a pattern search (false). The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles. Returns true when a reject test finds the pattern or string false when an accept test finds the pattern or string nil else ]=] local function is_generic (item, value, wiki) local test_val; local str_lower = { -- use string.lower() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.lower() or local.wiki (['local']) ['en'] = string.lower, ['local'] = mw.ustring.lower, } local str_find = { -- use string.find() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.find() or local.wiki (['local']) ['en'] = string.find, ['local'] = mw.ustring.find, } local function test (val, test_t, wiki) -- local function to do the testing; <wiki> selects lower() and find() functions val = test_t[2] and str_lower[wiki](value) or val; -- when <test_t[2]> set to 'true', plaintext search using lowercase value return str_find[wiki] (val, test_t[1], 1, test_t[2]); -- return nil when not found or matched end local test_types_t = {'accept', 'reject'}; -- test accept patterns first, then reject patterns local wikis_t = {'en', 'local'}; -- do tests for each of these keys; en.wiki first, local.wiki second for _, test_type in ipairs (test_types_t) do -- for each test type for _, generic_value in pairs (cfg.special_case_translation[item][test_type]) do -- spin through the list of generic value fragments to accept or reject for _, wiki in ipairs (wikis_t) do if generic_value[wiki] then if test (value, generic_value[wiki], wiki) then -- go do the test return ('reject' == test_type); -- param value rejected, return true; false else end end end end end end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ I S _ G E N E R I C >------------------------------------------------ calls is_generic() to determine if <name> is a 'generic name' listed in cfg.generic_names; <name_alias> is the parameter name used in error messaging ]] local function name_is_generic (name, name_alias) if not added_generic_name_errs and is_generic ('generic_names', name) then utilities.set_message ('err_generic_name', name_alias); -- set an error message added_generic_name_errs = true; end end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >-------------------------------------------------------- This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding parameters. ]] local function name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias) local accept_name; if utilities.is_set (last) then last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (last); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last> if not accept_name then -- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter name_is_numeric (last, last_alias, list_name); -- check for names that have no letters or are a mix of digits and other characters name_is_generic (last, last_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list end end if utilities.is_set (first) then first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (first); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first> if not accept_name then -- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup name_has_mult_names (first, list_name, 0); -- check for multiple names in the parameter; 0 is number of allowed commas in a given name name_is_numeric (first, first_alias, list_name); -- check for names that have no letters or are a mix of digits and other characters name_is_generic (first, first_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list end local wl_type, D = utilities.is_wikilink (first); if 0 ~= wl_type then first = D; utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', first_alias); end end return last, first; -- done end --[[----------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >------------------------- Gets name list from the input arguments Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done. This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=. When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3= are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=. When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps 'et al.' out of the template's metadata. When this occurs, an error is emitted. ]] local function extract_names(args, list_name) local names = {}; -- table of names local last; -- individual name components local first; local link; local mask; local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer local n = 1; -- output table indexer local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors) local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias; -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging while true do last, last_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1 first, first_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); link, link_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); if last then -- error check |lastn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix; done here because this is where we have the parameter name local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get (last, true); -- true because we expect interwiki links in |lastn= to be wikilinked if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', last_alias); -- not known, emit an error message -- TODO: err_bad_interwiki? last = utilities.remove_wiki_link (last); -- remove wikilink markup; show display value only end end if link then -- error check |linkn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get (link, false); -- false because wiki links in |author-linkn= is an error if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', link_alias); -- not known, emit an error message -- TODO: err_bad_interwiki? link = nil; -- unset so we don't link link_alias = nil; end end last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al. first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al. last, first = name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn local alias = first_alias:find ('given', 1, true) and 'given' or 'first'; -- get first or given form of the alias utilities.set_message ('err_first_missing_last', { first_alias, -- param name of alias missing its mate first_alias:gsub (alias, {['first'] = 'last', ['given'] = 'surname'}), -- make param name appropriate to the alias form }); -- add this error message elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done? count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which end else -- we have last with or without a first local result; link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup if first then link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup end names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only) n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing utilities.set_message ('err_missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1}); -- add this error message end count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names end i = i + 1; -- point to next args location end return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ T A G _ G E T >------------------------------------------------------ attempt to decode |language=<lang_param> and return language name and matching tag; nil else. This function looks for: <lang_param> as a tag in cfg.lang_tag_remap{} <lang_param> as a name in cfg.lang_name_remap{} <lang_param> as a name in cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t <lang_param> as a tag in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t when those fail, presume that <lang_param> is an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki does not recognize. Strip all script, region, variant, whatever subtags from <lang_param> to leave just a two or three character language tag and look for the new <lang_param> in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t{} on success, returns name (in properly capitalized form) and matching tag (in lowercase); on failure returns nil ]] local function name_tag_get (lang_param) local lang_param_lc = mw.ustring.lower (lang_param); -- use lowercase as an index into the various tables local name; local tag; name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[lang_param_lc]; -- assume <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get remapped language name if name then -- when <name>, <lang_param> is a tag for a remapped language name if cfg.lang_name_remap[name:lower()][2] ~= lang_param_lc then utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added return name, cfg.lang_name_remap[name:lower()][2]; -- so return name and tag from lang_name_remap[name]; special case to xlate sr-ec and sr-el to sr-cyrl and sr-latn end return name, lang_param_lc; -- so return <name> from remap and <lang_param_lc> end tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*'); -- still assuming that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; strip script, region, variant subtags name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[tag]; -- attempt to get remapped language name with language subtag only if name then -- when <name>, <tag> is a tag for a remapped language name return name, tag; -- so return <name> from remap and <tag> end if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc] then -- not a remapped tag, assume <lang_param_lc> is a name; attempt to get remapped language tag return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][2]; -- for this <lang_param_lc>, return a (possibly) new name and appropriate tag end name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get its matching language name if name then return name, lang_param_lc; -- <lang_param_lc> is a tag so return it and <name> end tag = cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a language name; attempt to get its matching tag if tag then return cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag], tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is a name so return the name from the table and <tag> end tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*'); -- is <lang_param_lc> an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki doesn't recognize? <tag> gets the language subtag; nil else if tag then name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag]; -- attempt to get a language name using the shortened <tag> if name then return name, tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is an unrecognized IETF-like tag so return <name> and language subtag end end end --[[-------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------ Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code. If a code is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter. When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no). For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources. Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized. MediaWiki does not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized but code 'ara' is not. This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas with optional space characters. ]] local function language_parameter (lang) local tag; -- some form of IETF-like language tag; language subtag with optional region, sript, vatiant, etc subtags local lang_subtag; -- ve populates |language= with mostly unecessary region subtags the MediaWiki does not recognize; this is the base language subtag local name; -- the language name local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered local names_t = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language= local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name names_t = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list for _, lang in ipairs (names_t) do -- reuse lang here because we don't yet know if lang is a language name or a language tag name, tag = name_tag_get (lang); -- attempt to get name/tag pair for <lang>; <name> has proper capitalization; <tag> is lowercase if utilities.is_set (tag) then lang_subtag = tag:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- for categorization, strip any IETF-like tags from language tag if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= lang_subtag then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language if 2 == lang_subtag:len() then -- and is a two-character tag utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source', {name, tag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it; tag appended to allow for multiple language categorization else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character tag) utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source-2', {lang_subtag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character tag categories per cs1|2 template? end elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled utilities.add_prop_cat ('local-lang-source', {name, lang_subtag}); -- categorize it end else name = lang; -- return whatever <lang> has so that we show something utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added end table.insert (language_list, name); name = ''; -- so we can reuse it end name = utilities.make_sep_list (#language_list, language_list); if (1 == #language_list) and (lang_subtag == cfg.this_wiki_code) then -- when only one language, find lang name in this wiki lang name; for |language=en-us, 'English' in 'American English' return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation) end return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)' --[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format ]] end --[[-----------------------< S E T _ C S _ S T Y L E >-------------------------- Gets the default CS style configuration for the given mode. Returns default separator and either postscript as passed in or the default. In CS1, the default postscript and separator are '.'. In CS2, the default postscript is the empty string and the default separator is ','. ]] local function set_cs_style (postscript, mode) if utilities.is_set(postscript) then -- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs1 postscript -- we catch the opposite case for cs2 in set_style if mode == 'cs1' and postscript == cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode] then utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript'); end else postscript = cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode]; end return cfg.presentation['sep_' .. mode], postscript; end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >----------------------------- Sets the separator and postscript styles. Checks the |mode= first and the #invoke CitationClass second. Removes the postscript if postscript == none. ]] local function set_style (mode, postscript, cite_class) local sep; if 'cs2' == mode then sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2'); elseif 'cs1' == mode then sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1'); elseif 'citation' == cite_class then sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2'); else sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1'); end if cfg.keywords_xlate[postscript:lower()] == 'none' then -- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs2 postscript -- we catch the opposite case for cs1 in set_cs_style if 'cs2' == mode or ('cs1' ~= mode and 'citation' == cite_class) then -- {{citation |title=Title |mode=cs1 |postscript=none}} should not emit maint message utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript'); end postscript = ''; end return sep, postscript end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >----------------------------------- Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the PDF icon to external links. returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false ]=] local function is_pdf (url) return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF&#035') or url:match ('%.pdf&#035'); end --[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >----------------------- Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message if the format parameter does not have a matching URL parameter. If the format parameter is not set and the URL contains a file extension that is recognized as a PDF document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with the appropriate styling. ]] local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param) if utilities.is_set (format) then format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize if not utilities.is_set (url) then utilities.set_message ('err_format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param}); -- add an error message end elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to PDF else format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end return format; end --[[---------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >------------------ Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a Boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list. When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.'). When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.' In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag. inputs: max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors'], etc; a number or some flavor of etal count: #a or #e list_name: 'authors' or 'editors' etal: author_etal or editor_etal This function sets an error message when |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of names but not when <max> comes from {{cs1 config}} global settings. When using global settings, <param> is set to the keyword 'cs1 config' which is used to supress the normal error. Error is suppressed because it is to be expected that some citations in an article will have the same or fewer names that the limit specified in {{cs1 config}}. ]] local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal, param) if utilities.is_set (max) then if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al. etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names() elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number if (max >= count) and ('cs1 config' ~= param) then -- error when local |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of names; not an error when using global setting utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message max = nil; end else -- not a valid keyword or number utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set end end return max, etal; end --[[----------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >--------------- Adds error if |page=, |pages=, |quote-page=, |quote-pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content. check page for extraneous p, p., pp, pp., pg, pg. at start of parameter value: good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when page begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a digit bad pattern: '^[Pp][PpGg]' matches when page begins pp, pP, Pp, PP, pg, pG, Pg, PG ]] local function extra_text_in_page_check (val, name) if not val:match (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.good_ppattern) then for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.bad_ppatterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_pages', name); -- add error message return; -- and done end end end end --[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ V O L _ I S S _ C H E C K >------------------------ Adds error if |volume= or |issue= has what appears to be some form of redundant 'type' indicator. Applies to both; this function looks for issue text in both |issue= and |volume= and looks for volume-like text in |voluem= and |issue=. For |volume=: 'V.', or 'Vol.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations or 'Volume' in the first characters of the parameter content (all case insensitive). 'V' and 'v' (without the dot) are presumed to be roman numerals so are allowed. For |issue=: 'No.', 'I.', 'Iss.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations, or 'Issue' in the first characters of the parameter content (all case insensitive); numero styling: 'n°' with degree sign U+00B0, and № precomposed numero sign U+2116. Single character values ('v', 'i', 'n') allowed when not followed by separator character ('.', ':', '=', or whitespace character) – param values are trimmed of whitespace by MediaWiki before delivered to the module. <val> is |volume= or |issue= parameter value <name> is |volume= or |issue= parameter name for error message <selector> is 'v' for |volume=, 'i' for |issue= sets error message on failure; returns nothing ]] local function extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (val, name, selector) if not utilities.is_set (val) then return; end local handler = 'v' == selector and 'err_extra_text_volume' or 'err_extra_text_issue'; local accept_val; val, accept_val = utilities.has_accept_as_written (val); --if accept_val then -- if uncomment this, |volume=((vol. 1)) suppresses error -- return; --end --val = mw.text.unstripNoWiki (val); -- if uncomment this, |volume=<nowiki>vol. 1</nowiki> shows error val = val:lower(); -- force parameter value to lower case for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.vi_patterns_t) do -- spin through the sequence table of patterns if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so utilities.set_message (handler, name); -- add error message return; -- and done end end end --[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >---------------------------------------------- split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked |vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.)) ]=] local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table) local _, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written (vparam); if accept then utilities.add_prop_cat ('vanc-accept'); -- add properties category end local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a placeholder local i = 1; while name_table[i] do if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses local name = name_table[i]; i = i + 1; -- bump indexer to next segment while name_table[i] do name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses break; -- and done reassembling so end i = i + 1; -- bump indexer end table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink else wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name if 1 == wl_type then table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]] else table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string end end i = i + 1; end return output_table; end --[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >-------------------------------- This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and |xxxxor-linkn= in args. It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does. Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests. Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th. This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials. ]] local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name) local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn= local v_name_table = {}; local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter local last, first, link, mask, suffix; local corporate = false; vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period) v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor local accept_name; v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (v_name); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name> if accept_name then last = v_name; corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people() elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters; add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation, i); end local lastfirstTable = {} lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+") first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then -- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters suffix = first; -- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table end last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ') -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix if not utilities.is_set (last) then first = ''; -- unset last = v_name; -- last empty because something wrong with first add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name, i); end if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma'], i); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing end if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- matches a space between two initials end else last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name? Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this? end if utilities.is_set (first) then if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials end is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, i); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit if utilities.is_set (suffix) then first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names end else if not corporate then is_good_vanc_name (last, '', nil, i); end end link = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i]; mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list end return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names end --[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------ Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or select one of |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list. Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest; |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |veditors= lowest (support for |editors= withdrawn) When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list. There may be a better way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is. Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided. In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors as appropriate. ]] local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name) local lastfirst = false; if utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ... utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors= utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then lastfirst = true; end if (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) or (true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) then utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', utilities.substitute (cfg.special_case_translation.name_list_params, ('AuthorList' == list_name) and cfg.special_case_translation.author or cfg.special_case_translation.editor)); -- add error message end if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use if utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end; if utilities.is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end; return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------ This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val. If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value specified by ret_val. TODO: explain <invert> ]] local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val, invert) if not utilities.is_set (value) then return ret_val; -- an empty parameter is ok end if (not invert and utilities.in_array (value, possible)) then -- normal; <value> is in <possible> table return cfg.keywords_xlate[value]; -- return translation of parameter keyword elseif invert and not utilities.in_array (value, possible) then -- invert; <value> is not in <possible> table return value; -- return <value> as it is else utilities.set_message ('err_invalid_param_val', {name, value}); -- not an allowed value so add error message return ret_val; end end --[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >---------------------------------------- This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two closing square brackets (close of a wikilink). When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a single space character. ]] local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc) if (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated return name_list; -- just return the name list elseif (string.sub (name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another else return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terminate the name list end end --[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------- returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue (or journal article number) parameters as a single string; or formatted volume or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set. ]] local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, article, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower) if not utilities.is_set (volume) and not utilities.is_set (issue) and not utilities.is_set (article) then return ''; end -- same condition as in format_pages_sheets() local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin); local is_numeric_vol = volume and (volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$')); -- is only uppercase roman numerals or only digits? local is_long_vol = volume and (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)); -- is |volume= value longer than 4 characters? if volume and (not is_numeric_vol and is_long_vol) then -- when not all digits or Roman numerals, is |volume= longer than 4 characters? utilities.add_prop_cat ('long-vol'); -- yes, add properties cat end if is_journal then -- journal-style formatting local vol = ''; if utilities.is_set (volume) then if is_numeric_vol then -- |volume= value all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals? vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, volume}); -- render in bold face elseif is_long_vol then -- not all digits or Roman numerals; longer than 4 characters? vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- not bold else -- four or fewer characters vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- bold end end vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set (issue) and utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue) or '') vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set (article) and utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-article-num'], article) or '') return vol; end if 'podcast' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (issue) then return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); end if 'conference' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (article) then -- |article-number= supported only in journal and conference cites if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (article) then -- both volume and article number return wrap_msg ('vol-art', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), article}, lower); elseif utilities.is_set (article) then -- article number alone; when volume alone, handled below return wrap_msg ('art', {sepc, article}, lower); end end -- all other types of citation if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (issue) then return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), issue}, lower); elseif utilities.is_set (volume) then return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}, lower); else return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); end end --[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >----------------------------------------- adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings. The return order is: page, pages, sheet, sheets Singular has priority over plural when both are provided. ]] local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower) if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators if utilities.is_set (sheet) then if 'journal' == origin then return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), ''; else return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), ''; end elseif utilities.is_set (sheets) then if 'journal' == origin then return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower); else return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower); end end end local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin); if utilities.is_set (page) then if is_journal then return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', ''; elseif not nopp then return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; else return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; end elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then if is_journal then return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', ''; elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; elseif not nopp then return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; else return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; end end return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings end --[[--------------------------< I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T >---------------------------------------------- returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at. If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text for use in COinS. This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to an external link and add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span. TODO: should it? TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline; TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned to a new name)? ]] local function insource_loc_get (page, page_orig, pages, pages_orig, at) local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L; -- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?) if utilities.is_set (page) then if utilities.is_set (pages) or utilities.is_set (at) then pages = ''; -- unset the others at = ''; end extra_text_in_page_check (page, page_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page); -- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label if ws_url then page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in page'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? page = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page}); coins_pages = ws_label; end elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then if utilities.is_set (at) then at = ''; -- unset end extra_text_in_page_check (pages, pages_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages); -- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label if ws_url then pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in pages'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? pages = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages}); coins_pages = ws_label; end elseif utilities.is_set (at) then ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at); -- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label if ws_url then at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in at'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? at = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at}); coins_pages = ws_label; end end return page, pages, at, coins_pages; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ U N I Q U E _ A R C H I V E _ U R L >------------------------------------ add error message when |archive-url= value is same as |url= or chapter-url= (or alias...) value ]] local function is_unique_archive_url (archive, url, c_url, source, date) if utilities.is_set (archive) then if archive == url or archive == c_url then utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); -- add error message return '', ''; -- unset |archive-url= and |archive-date= because same as |url= or |chapter-url= end end return archive, date; end --[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >-------------------------------------------- Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the save snapshot URL or to calendar pages. When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...) archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL. That is something that Wikipedia should not allow unwitting readers to do. When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result. [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results. This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and |archive-date= and an error message when: |archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL |archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the correct place otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date= There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs: //web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form //web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag. There are four identified flags ('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore) we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form. This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified archive URL: for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/) for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/) A secondary function is to return an archive-url timestamp from those archive urls that have them. The timestamp is used by validation.archive_date_check() to see if the value in |archive-date= matches the timestamp in the archive url. ]=] local function archive_url_check (url, date) local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.org URL local function is_ts_date_valid (timestamp, origin_date) -- local function to validate archive url taimestamp date; time ignored local y, m, d = timestamp:match ('(%d%d%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)'); -- split into parts if y and validation.is_valid_date (y, m, d) and (tonumber (y) >= 1996) then return true, tonumber (y) >= origin_date; -- <origin_date> is 1996 for archive.org end end if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate end if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save; url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb; else path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation if not path then -- malformed in some way; pattern did not match err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp; elseif 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp; if '*' ~= flag then local replacement = timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d%d%d') or timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d'); -- get the first 6 (YYYYMM) or first 4 digits (YYYY) if replacement then -- nil if there aren't at least 4 digits (year) replacement = replacement .. string.rep ('0', 14 - replacement:len()); -- year or yearmo (4 or 6 digits) zero-fill to make 14-digit timestamp url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*)%d[^/]*', '%1' .. replacement .. '*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to 14 digits plus splat for calendar display end end elseif not is_ts_date_valid (timestamp, 1996) then -- is ymd portion of timestamp a valid date? err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp; timestamp = nil; -- unset because invalid elseif utilities.is_set (path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path; elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not utilities.is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element) err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag; elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element) err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag; else return url, date, timestamp; -- return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url= end end -- if here, something not right so utilities.set_message ('err_archive_url', {err_msg}); -- add error message and if is_preview_mode then return url, date, timestamp; -- preview mode so return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url= else return '', ''; -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate end end --[[--------------------------< P L A C E _ C H E C K >-------------------------------------------------------- check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits. This function added because many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that) returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits ]] local function place_check (param_val) if not utilities.is_set (param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted return param_val; -- return that empty state end if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value utilities.set_message ('maint_location'); -- yep, add maint cat end return param_val; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >---------------------------------------------- compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (placeholder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else ]] local function is_archived_copy (title) title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case if title:find (cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then -- if title is 'Archived copy' return true; elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'] then if mw.ustring.find (title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local']) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script return true; end end end --[[--------------------------< D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S _ S E L E C T >-------------------------------------- for any of the |display-authors=, |display-editors=, etc parameters, select either the local or global setting. When both are present, look at <local_display_names> value. When the value is some sort of 'et al.'string, special handling is required. When {{cs1 config}} has |display-<namelist>= AND this template has |display-<namelist>=etal AND: the number of names specified by <number_of_names> is: greater than the number specified in the global |display-<namelist>= parameter (<global_display_names>) use global |display-<namelist>= parameter value set overridden maint category less than or equal to the number specified in the global |display-<namelist>= parameter use local |display-<namelist>= parameter value The purpose of this function is to prevent categorizing a template that has fewer names than the global setting to keep the etal annotation specified by <local_display_names>. ]] local function display_names_select (global_display_names, local_display_names, param_name, number_of_names, test) if global_display_names and utilities.is_set (local_display_names) then -- when both if 'etal' == local_display_names:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings number_of_names = tonumber (number_of_names); -- convert these to numbers for comparison local global_display_names_num = tonumber (global_display_names); -- <global_display_names> not set when parameter value is not digits if number_of_names > global_display_names_num then -- template has more names than global config allows to be displayed? utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message because global is overriding local |display-<namelist>=etal return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names()) else return local_display_names, param_name; -- return local because fewer names so let <local_display_names> control end end -- here when <global_display_names> and <local_display_names> both numbers; <global_display_names> controls utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names()) end -- here when only one of <global_display_names> or <local_display_names> set if global_display_names then return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names()) else return local_display_names, param_name; -- return local end end --[[--------------------------< M O D E _ S E T >-------------------------------------------------------------- fetch global mode setting from {{cs1 config}} (if present) or from |mode= (if present); global setting overrides local |mode= parameter value. When both are present, emit maintenance message ]] local function mode_set (Mode, Mode_origin) local mode; if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'] then -- global setting in {{cs1 config}}; nil when empty or assigned value invalid mode = is_valid_parameter_value (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'], 'cs1 config: mode', cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], ''); -- error messaging 'param' here is a hoax else mode = is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, Mode_origin, cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], ''); end if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'] and utilities.is_set (Mode) then -- when template has |mode=<something> which global setting has overridden utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message end return mode; end --[[--------------------------< Q U O T E _ M A K E >---------------------------------------------------------- create quotation from |quote=, |trans-quote=, and/or script-quote= with or without |quote-page= or |quote-pages= when any of those three quote parameters are set, this function unsets <PostScript>. When none of those parameters are set, |quote-page= and |quote-pages= are unset to nil so that they are not included in the template's metadata ]] local function quote_make (quote, trans_quote, script_quote, quote_page, quote_pages, nopp, sepc, postscript) if utilities.is_set (quote) or utilities.is_set (trans_quote) or utilities.is_set (script_quote) then if utilities.is_set (quote) then if quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks quote = quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off end end quote = kern_quotes (quote); -- kern if needed quote = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-text', quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags if utilities.is_set (script_quote) then quote = script_concatenate (quote, script_quote, 'script-quote'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped end if utilities.is_set (trans_quote) then if trans_quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and trans_quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks trans_quote = trans_quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off end quote = quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_quote ); end if utilities.is_set (quote_page) or utilities.is_set (quote_pages) then -- add page prefix local quote_prefix = ''; if utilities.is_set (quote_page) then extra_text_in_page_check (quote_page, 'quote-page'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. if not nopp then quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, quote_page}), '', '', ''; else quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, quote_page}), '', '', ''; end elseif utilities.is_set (quote_pages) then extra_text_in_page_check (quote_pages, 'quote-pages'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-pages= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. if tonumber(quote_pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if only digits, assume single page quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, quote_pages}), '', ''; elseif not nopp then quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, quote_pages}), '', ''; else quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, quote_pages}), '', ''; end end quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. quote; else quote = sepc .. " " .. quote; end postscript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set elseif utilities.is_set (quote_page) or utilities.is_set (quote_pages) then quote_page = nil; -- unset; these require |quote=; TODO: error message? quote_pages = nil; end return quote, quote_page, quote_pages, postscript; end --[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ P U B L I S H E R _ N A M E >-------------------------------------- look for variations of '<text>: <text>' that might be '<location>: <publisher>' in |publisher= parameter value. when found, emit a maintenance message; return nil else <publisher> is the value assigned to |publisher= or |institution= ]] local function check_publisher_name (publisher) local patterns_t = { '^[%w%s]+%s*:%s*[%w%s]+$', -- plain text <location>: <publisher> '^%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+%s*:%s*[%w%s]+$', -- partially wikilinked [[<location>]]: <publisher> '^[%w%s]+%s*:%s*%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+$', -- partially wikilinked <location>: [[<publisher>]] '^%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+%s*:%s*%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+$', -- wikilinked [[<location>]]: [[<publisher>]] } for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns_t) do -- spin through the patterns_t sequence if mw.ustring.match (publisher, pattern) then -- does this pattern match? utilities.set_message ('maint_publisher_location'); -- set a maint message return; -- and done end end end --[[--------------------------< I S _ P A G E _ A R T _ N U M >------------------------------------------------ compare the trailing (rightmost) characters of the |doi= value against the whole value assigned to |page(s)=. return boolean true when: |page(s)= has exactly 8 digits and a dot between the fourth and fifth digits matches the trailing 9 characters of the |doi= value: |page=12345678 → |page=1234.5678 matches |doi=10.xxxx/yyyy1234.5678 |page(s)= is 5 or more characters and matches |doi= values's trailing characters |page(s)= begins with a lowercase 'e' and |page(s)= without the 'e' matches |doi= values's trailing characters: |page=e12345 → |page=12345 matches |doi=10.xxxx/yyyy12345 |page(s)= begins with a uppercase 'CD' followed by (typically) six digits matches |doi= values that ends with 'CDxxxxxx.pubx' (where 'x' is any single digit) return nil when |page(s)= values: are ranges separated by underscore, hyphen, emdash, endash, figure dash, or minus character are comma- or semicolon-separated lists of pages have external urls (has text 'http') are digit-only values less than 10000 do not match |doi= values's trailing characters ]] local function is_page_art_num (page, doi) if not (utilities.is_set (page) and utilities.is_set (doi)) then -- both required return; -- abandon; nothing to do end if page:match ('[,;_−–—‒%-]') then -- when |page(s)= might be a page range or a separated list of pages return; -- abandon end page = page:lower(); -- because doi names are case insensitive doi = doi:lower(); -- force these to lowercase for testing if page:match ('http') then -- when |page(s)= appears to hold a url return; -- abandon end if tonumber (page) then -- is |page(s)= digits only if 10000 > tonumber (page) then -- when |page(s)= less than 10000 return; -- abandon end if doi:match (page .. '$') then -- digits only page number match the last digits in |doi=? return true; end if 8 == page:len() then -- special case when |page(s)= is exactly 8 digits local dot_page = page:gsub ('(%d%d%d%d)(%d%d%d%d)', '%1.%2'); -- make a |page=xxxx.yyyy version commonly used in |doi= if doi:match (dot_page .. '$') then -- 8-digit dotted page number match the last characters in |doi=? return true; end end else -- here when |page(s)= is alpha-numeric if 4 < page:len() then -- when |page(s)= is five or more characters if doi:match (page .. '$') then -- alpha-numeric page match the last characters in |doi=? return true; end local epage = page:match ('^e([%w]+)$'); -- if first character of |page= is 'e', remove it if epage and doi:match (epage .. '$') then -- page number match the last characters in |doi=? return true; end local cdpage = page:match ('^cd%d+$'); -- if first characters of |page= are 'CD' and last characters are digits (typically 6 digits) if cdpage and doi:match (cdpage .. '%.pub%d$') then -- page number matches doi 'CDxxxxxx.pubx' where 'x' is a digit return true; end end end end --[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------ This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting. ]] local function citation0( config, args ) --[[ Load Input Parameters The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable. ]] local A = argument_wrapper ( args ); local i -- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates -- define different field names for the same underlying things. local author_etal; local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors= local Authors; local NameListStyle; if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'] then -- global setting in {{cs1 config}} overrides local |name-list-style= parameter value; nil when empty or assigned value invalid NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'], 'cs1 config: name-list-style', cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], ''); -- error messaging 'param' here is a hoax else NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListStyle'], A:ORIGIN('NameListStyle'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], ''); end if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'] and utilities.is_set (A['NameListStyle']) then -- when template has |name-list-style=<something> which global setting has overridden utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message end local Collaboration = A['Collaboration']; do -- to limit scope of selected local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList'); if 1 == selected then a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= elseif 2 == selected then NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, A['Vauthors'], 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= elseif 3 == selected then Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |people= or |credits=; |authors= is deprecated; TODO: constrain |people= and |credits= to cite av media, episode, serial? end if utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required end end local editor_etal; local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors= do -- to limit scope of selected local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], nil, args, 'EditorList'); -- support for |editors= withdrawn if 1 == selected then e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= elseif 2 == selected then NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= end end local Chapter = A['Chapter']; -- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= and |script-chapter= aliases local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter'); local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter']; local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter'); local Contribution; -- because contribution is required for contributor(s) if 'contribution' == Chapter_origin then -- is there a |contribution= parameter? Contribution = Chapter; -- get the name of the contribution elseif 'script-contribution' == ScriptChapter_origin then -- no, so is there a |script-contribution= parameter? Contribution = ScriptChapter; -- get the name of the contribution end local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= if 0 < #c then if not utilities.is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution= utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution'); -- add missing contribution error message c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later end if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author= utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'author'); -- add missing author error message c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later end end else -- if not a book cite if utilities.select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters? utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_ignored'); -- add contributor ignored error message end Contribution = nil; -- unset end local Title = A['Title']; local TitleLink = A['TitleLink']; local auto_select = ''; -- default is auto local accept_link; TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written (TitleLink, true); -- test for accept-this-as-written markup if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array (TitleLink, {'none', 'pmc', 'doi'}) then -- check for special keywords auto_select = TitleLink; -- remember selection for later TitleLink = ''; -- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty end TitleLink = link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set local Section = ''; -- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == Chapter_origin then Section = A['Chapter']; -- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}} Chapter = ''; -- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present end local Periodical = A['Periodical']; local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical']; local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical'); local TransPeriodical = A['TransPeriodical']; local TransPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransPeriodical'); if (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'book', 'encyclopaedia'}) and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical))) then local param; if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- get a parameter name from one of these periodical related meta-parameters Periodical = ''; -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters param = Periodical_origin -- get parameter name for error messaging elseif utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical) then TransPeriodical = ''; -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters param = TransPeriodical_origin; -- get parameter name for error messaging elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then ScriptPeriodical = ''; -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters param = ScriptPeriodical_origin; -- get parameter name for error messaging end if utilities.is_set (param) then -- if we found one utilities.set_message ('err_periodical_ignored', {param}); -- emit an error message end end if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then local i; Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin}); end end if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for {{cite mailing list}} if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (A ['MailingList']) then -- both set emit an error TODO: make a function for this and similar? utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin) .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'mailinglist')}); end Periodical = A ['MailingList']; -- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}} Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('MailingList'); end -- web and news not tested for now because of -- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors? if not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter -- local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'}; -- for error message local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'}; -- for error message if p[config.CitationClass] then utilities.set_message ('err_missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]}); end end local Volume; if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then if not utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_no_volume_t) then -- {{citation}} does not render |volume= when these parameters are used Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals' end elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website= Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals' end else Volume = A['Volume']; -- and does for non-'periodical' cites end elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings Volume = A['Volume']; end extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Volume, A:ORIGIN ('Volume'), 'v'); local Issue; if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_issue_t) then -- {{citation}} may render |issue= when these parameters are used Issue = A['Issue']; end elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then Issue = A['Issue']; end end local ArticleNumber; if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'conference'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == Periodical_origin) then ArticleNumber = A['ArticleNumber']; end extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Issue, A:ORIGIN ('Issue'), 'i'); Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (Issue); local Page; local Pages; local At; local QuotePage; local QuotePages; if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then -- TODO: rewrite to emit ignored parameter error message? Page = A['Page']; Pages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']); At = A['At']; QuotePage = A['QuotePage']; QuotePages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['QuotePages']); end local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil); local Mode = mode_set (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode')); -- separator character and postscript local sepc, PostScript = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], config.CitationClass); local Quote; Quote, QuotePage, QuotePages, PostScript = quote_make (A['Quote'], A['TransQuote'], A['ScriptQuote'], QuotePage, QuotePages, NoPP, sepc, PostScript); local Edition = A['Edition']; local PublicationPlace = place_check (A['PublicationPlace'], A:ORIGIN('PublicationPlace')); local Place = place_check (A['Place'], A:ORIGIN('Place')); local PublisherName = A['PublisherName']; local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'); if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) and (cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] ~= PublisherName) then local i = 0; PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized if i and (0 < i) then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin}); end end if ('document' == config.CitationClass) and not utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then utilities.set_message ('err_missing_publisher', {config.CitationClass, 'publisher'}); end local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup']; -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup? local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN('Newsgroup'); if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) and (cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] ~= PublisherName) then -- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin}); end PublisherName = nil; -- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS end if 'book' == config.CitationClass or 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and not utilities.is_set (Periodical)) then local accept; PublisherName, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written (PublisherName); -- check for and remove accept-as-written markup from |publisher= wrapped if not accept then -- when no accept-as-written markup check_publisher_name (PublisherName); -- emit maint message when |publisher= might be prefixed with publisher's location end end local URL = A['URL']; -- TODO: better way to do this for URL, ChapterURL, and MapURL? local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); if not utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (UrlAccess) then UrlAccess = nil; utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', 'url'); end local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL']; local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (ChapterUrlAccess) then ChapterUrlAccess = nil; utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')}); end local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); if not utilities.is_set (A['MapURL']) and utilities.is_set (MapUrlAccess) then MapUrlAccess = nil; utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'}); end local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil); -- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories if not utilities.is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page if cfg.uncategorized_namespaces[this_page.namespace] then -- is this page's namespace id one of the uncategorized namespace ids? no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats end for _, v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats break; -- bail out if one is found end end end -- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it) utilities.select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'err_redundant_parameters'); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category local coins_pages; Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, A:ORIGIN('Page'), Pages, A:ORIGIN('Pages'), At); if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different utilities.add_prop_cat ('location-test'); -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; -- unset; don't need both if they are the same end elseif not utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ... PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place end if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL -- local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter']; -- local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter'); local Format = A['Format']; local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat']; local TransChapter = A['TransChapter']; local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter'); local TransTitle = A['TransTitle']; local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle']; --[[ Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia: When the citation has these parameters: |encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering |encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering |trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped |url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified ]] local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; -- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS local ScriptEncyclopedia = A['ScriptEncyclopedia']; local TransEncyclopedia = A['TransEncyclopedia']; if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) or utilities.is_set (ScriptEncyclopedia) then -- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}} if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')}); else utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('ScriptEncyclopedia')}); end Encyclopedia = nil; -- unset these because not supported by this template ScriptEncyclopedia = nil; TransEncyclopedia = nil; end elseif utilities.is_set (TransEncyclopedia) then utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'encyclopedia'}); end if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- when both parameters set emit an error message; {{citation}} only; Periodical not allowed in {{cite encyclopedia}} utilities.set_message ('err_periodical_ignored', {Periodical_origin}); end if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) or utilities.is_set (ScriptEncyclopedia) then Periodical = Encyclopedia; -- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia for rendering; {{citation}} could (not legitimately) have both; use Encyclopedia Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia'); ScriptPeriodical = ScriptEncyclopedia; ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptEncyclopedia'); if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then if not utilities.is_set (Chapter) then Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= params to |article= params for rendering ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle') TransChapter = TransTitle; ChapterURL = URL; ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterFormat = Format; if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (TitleLink) then Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter); end Title = Periodical; -- now map |encyclopedia= params to |title= params for rendering ScriptTitle = ScriptPeriodical or ''; TransTitle = TransEncyclopedia or ''; Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset ScriptPeriodical = ''; URL = ''; Format = ''; TitleLink = ''; end elseif utilities.is_set (Chapter) or utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then -- |title= not set Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering ScriptTitle = ScriptPeriodical or ''; TransTitle = TransEncyclopedia or ''; Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset ScriptPeriodical = ''; end end end -- special case for cite techreport. local ID = A['ID']; if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport if utilities.is_set (A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue' if not utilities.is_set (ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"? ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it else -- ID has a value so emit error message utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}); end end end -- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data. local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode local Conference = A['Conference']; local BookTitle = A['BookTitle']; local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransTitle'); if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (BookTitle) then Chapter = Title; Chapter_origin = 'title'; -- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapter-link= is deprecated ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin; URL_origin = ''; ChapterFormat = Format; TransChapter = TransTitle; TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin; Title = BookTitle; Format = ''; -- TitleLink = ''; TransTitle = ''; URL = ''; end elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string end local cs2_lower = function (text) -- if mode is cs2, use lower case if (sepc ~= '.') then return text:lower(); end return text; end local use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- controls capitalization of certain static text -- cite map oddities local Cartography = ""; local Scale = ""; local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or ''; local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or ''; if config.CitationClass == "map" then if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar? utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'map') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Chapter_origin)}); -- add error message end Chapter = A['Map']; Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('Map'); ChapterURL = A['MapURL']; ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL'); TransChapter = A['TransMap']; ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap'] ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap') ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess; ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat']; Cartography = A['Cartography']; if utilities.is_set ( Cartography ) then Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase); end Scale = A['Scale']; if utilities.is_set ( Scale ) then Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale; end end -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data. local Series = A['Series']; if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink']; SeriesLink = link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set local Network = A['Network']; local Station = A['Station']; local s, n = {}, {}; -- do common parameters first if utilities.is_set (Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end if utilities.is_set (Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' '); if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}} local Season = A['Season']; local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber']; if utilities.is_set (Season) and utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set TODO: make a function for this and similar? utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}); -- add error message SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno= end -- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series if utilities.is_set (Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end if utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end if utilities.is_set (Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle'); ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias |episode-link= TransChapter = TransTitle; ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin; ChapterFormat = Format; Title = Series; -- promote series to title TitleLink = SeriesLink; Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number if utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter); elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode; Series = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series); end URL = ''; -- unset TransTitle = ''; ScriptTitle = ''; Format = ''; else -- now oddities that are cite serial Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday? if utilities.is_set (Series) and utilities.is_set (SeriesLink) then Series = utilities.make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series); end Series = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized end end -- end of {{cite episode}} stuff -- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values local TitleType = A['TitleType']; local Degree = A['Degree']; if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'AV-media-notes', 'document', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'podcast', 'pressrelease', 'report', 'speech', 'techreport', 'thesis'}) then TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType); if utilities.is_set (Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower(); end end if utilities.is_set (TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified TitleType = utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses -- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem end -- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set. local Date = A['Date']; local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate']; local Year = A['Year']; if utilities.is_set (Year) then validation.year_check (Year); -- returns nothing; emits maint message when |year= doesn't hold a 'year' value end if not utilities.is_set (Date) then Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF if not utilities.is_set (Date) and utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter else Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter end else Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date'); -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging end if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation --[[ Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where we get the date used in the metadata. Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation ]] local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], ''); if not utilities.is_set (DF) then DF = cfg.global_df; -- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template end local ArchiveURL; local ArchiveDate; local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat']; local archive_url_timestamp; -- timestamp from wayback machine url ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, archive_url_timestamp = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate']) ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url'); ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = is_unique_archive_url (ArchiveURL, URL, ChapterURL, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), ArchiveDate); -- add error message when URL or ChapterURL == ArchiveURL local AccessDate = A['AccessDate']; local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken']; local Embargo = A['Embargo']; local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch local error_message = ''; -- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it local date_parameters_list = { ['access-date'] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')}, ['archive-date'] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')}, ['date'] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin}, ['doi-broken-date'] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')}, ['pmc-embargo-date'] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')}, ['publication-date'] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')}, ['year'] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN ('Year')}, }; local error_list = {}; anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list); if utilities.is_set (Year) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; validation.year_date_check (Year, A:ORIGIN ('Year'), Date, A:ORIGIN ('Date'), error_list); end if 0 == #error_list then -- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty local modified = false; -- flag if utilities.is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates modified = validation.reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate end if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate modified = true; utilities.set_message ('maint_date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category end -- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language; not supported at en.wiki if cfg.date_name_auto_xlate_enable and validation.date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, cfg.date_digit_auto_xlate_enable ) then utilities.set_message ('maint_date_auto_xlated'); -- add maint cat modified = true; end if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val; Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val; DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val; PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val; end if archive_url_timestamp and utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then validation.archive_date_check (ArchiveDate, archive_url_timestamp, DF); -- does YYYYMMDD in archive_url_timestamp match date in ArchiveDate end else utilities.set_message ('err_bad_date', {utilities.make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}); -- add this error message end end -- end of do if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'book', 'encyclopaedia'}) or -- {{cite book}}, {{cite encyclopedia}}; TODO: {{cite conference}} and others? ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or -- {{citation}} as an encylopedia citation ('citation' == config.CitationClass and not utilities.is_set (Periodical)) then -- {{citation}} as a book citation if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then if not utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then local date = COinS_date.rftdate and tonumber (COinS_date.rftdate:match ('%d%d%d%d')); -- get year portion of COinS date (because in Arabic numerals); convert string to number if date and (1850 <= date) then -- location has no publisher; if date is 1850 or later utilities.set_message ('maint_location_no_publisher'); -- add maint cat end else -- PublisherName has a value if cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] == PublisherName then -- if that value is 'none' (only for book and encyclopedia citations) PublisherName = ''; -- unset end end end end local ID_list = {}; -- sequence table of rendered identifiers local ID_list_coins = {}; -- table of identifiers and their values from args; key is same as cfg.id_handlers's key local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier local ID_support = { {A['ASINTLD'], 'ASIN', 'err_asintld_missing_asin', A:ORIGIN ('ASINTLD')}, {DoiBroken, 'DOI', 'err_doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')}, {Embargo, 'PMC', 'err_embargo_missing_pmc', A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')}, } ID_list, ID_list_coins = identifiers.identifier_lists_get (args, { DoiBroken = DoiBroken, -- for |doi= ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'], -- for |asin= Embargo = Embargo, -- for |pmc= Class = Class, -- for |arxiv= CitationClass = config.CitationClass, -- for |arxiv= Year=anchor_year, -- for |isbn= }, ID_support); if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then -- catch ve/citoid malformed book cites in {{citation}} templates for _, id in ipairs (ID_list) do -- search through the ID_list sequence looking for an ISBN identifier string if id:find ('ISBN', 3, true) then -- plain find, start at index 3 ([[ISBN) if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- when a |work= alias is set utilities.set_message ('maint_work_isbn'); -- add maint cat end end end end -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite medrxiv}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data. if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv=, |citeseerx=, |medrxiv=, |ssrn= required for their templates if not (args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[1]] or -- can't use ID_list_coins k/v table here because invalid parameters omitted args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[2]]) then -- which causes unexpected parameter missing error message utilities.set_message ('err_' .. config.CitationClass .. '_missing'); -- add error message end Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['medrxiv'] = 'medRxiv', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass]; end -- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set (URL) and not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then -- if auto-linking not disabled if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then -- manual selection URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select]; -- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title= elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'] then -- auto-select PMC URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc']; -- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title= elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'] then -- auto-select DOI URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi']; URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1]; end end if utilities.is_set (URL) then -- set when using an identifier-created URL if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then -- |access-date= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url= utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url'); -- add an error message AccessDate = ''; -- unset end if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then -- |archive-url= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url= utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'); -- add an error message ArchiveURL = ''; -- unset end end end -- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact. -- Test if citation has no title if not utilities.is_set (Title) and not utilities.is_set (TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then -- has special case for cite episode utilities.set_message ('err_citation_missing_title', {'episode' == config.CitationClass and 'series' or 'title'}); end if utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) and utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and ('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then -- special case for journal cites Title = ''; -- set title to empty string utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat end if 'journal' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == Periodical_origin) then if is_page_art_num (((utilities.is_set (Page) and Page) or (utilities.is_set (Pages) and Pages)) or nil, ID_list_coins['DOI']) then -- does |page(s)= look like it holds an article number utilities.set_message ('maint_page_art_num'); -- add maint cat end end -- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information. -- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that -- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title -- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required local coins_title = Title; -- et tu if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and utilities.is_set (Title) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then coins_chapter = Title; -- remap coins_title = Periodical; end end local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list coins_author = c; -- use that instead end -- this is the function call to COinS() local OCinSoutput = metadata.COinS({ ['Periodical'] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata ['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, -- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS ['Chapter'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup ['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only ['Title'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup ['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace, ['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date.* has correctly formatted date values if Date is valid; ['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn, ['Quarter'] = COinS_date.rftquarter, ['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron, ['Series'] = Series, ['Volume'] = Volume, ['Issue'] = Issue, ['ArticleNumber'] = ArticleNumber, ['Pages'] = coins_pages or metadata.get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At, QuotePage, QuotePages}, 7)), -- pages stripped of external links ['Edition'] = Edition, ['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName ['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2), ['Authors'] = coins_author, ['ID_list'] = ID_list_coins, ['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText, }, config.CitationClass); -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite medrxiv}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data. if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, medRxiv, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal end -- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Newsgroup) then PublisherName = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil )); end local Editors; local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list local contributor_etal; local Translators; -- assembled translators name list local translator_etal; local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= local Interviewers; local interviewers_list = {}; interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- process preferred interviewers parameters local interviewer_etal; -- Now perform various field substitutions. -- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the -- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil. do local last_first_list; local control = { format = NameListStyle, -- empty string, '&', 'amp', 'and', or 'vanc' maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set mode = Mode }; do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayEditors'], A['DisplayEditors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayEditors'), #e); control.maximum, editor_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #e, 'editors', editor_etal, param); Editors, EditorCount = list_people (control, e, editor_etal); if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation end end do -- now do interviewers local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayInterviewers'], A['DisplayInterviewers'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayInterviewers'), #interviewers_list); control.maximum, interviewer_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal, param); Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal); end do -- now do translators local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayTranslators'], A['DisplayTranslators'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayTranslators'), #t); control.maximum, translator_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #t, 'translators', translator_etal, param); Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal); end do -- now do contributors local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayContributors'], A['DisplayContributors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayContributors'), #c); control.maximum, contributor_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal, param); Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal); end do -- now do authors local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayAuthors'], A['DisplayAuthors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayAuthors'), #a, author_etal); control.maximum, author_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #a, 'authors', author_etal, param); last_first_list = list_people (control, a, author_etal); if utilities.is_set (Authors) then Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors'); -- find and remove variations on et al. if author_etal then Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter end else Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string end end -- end of do if utilities.is_set (Authors) and utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al. end end local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat']; local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL']; ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url'); Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url'); -- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia))) then ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url'); end if not utilities.is_set (URL) then if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for {{cite web}}, {{cite podcast}}, and {{cite mailing list}} ('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website= if not url_was_archive_today then -- is <URL> empty/missing because it was a deprecated archive.today url utilities.set_message ('err_cite_web_url'); -- no; emit an error message for an empty/ missing |url= end end -- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=? if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set; utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url'); AccessDate = ''; end end local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], ''); local OriginalURL local OriginalURL_origin local OriginalFormat local OriginalAccess; UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text if utilities.is_set ( ArchiveURL ) then if utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin; -- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format= if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs end elseif utilities.is_set (URL) then OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin; -- name of URL parameter for error messages OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format= OriginalAccess = UrlAccess; if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive URL parameter for error messages Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs end end elseif utilities.is_set (UrlStatus) then -- if |url-status= is set when |archive-url= is not set utilities.set_message ('maint_url_status'); -- add maint cat end if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia ('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then local chap_param; if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') elseif utilities.is_set (TransChapter) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter') elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL') elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin; else utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat') end if utilities.is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one utilities.set_message ('err_chapter_ignored', {chap_param}); -- add error message Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation TransChapter = ''; ChapterURL = ''; ScriptChapter = ''; ChapterFormat = ''; end else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value if utilities.is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s) if utilities.in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted end end Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ; if 'map' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (TitleType) then Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title end Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. ' '; elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ... Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it end end -- Format main title local plain_title = false; local accept_title; Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written (Title, true); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title> if accept_title and ('' == Title) then -- only support forced empty for now "(())" Title = cfg.messages['notitle']; -- replace by predefined "No title" message -- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...); -- issue proper error message instead of muting ScriptTitle = ''; -- just mute for now TransTitle = ''; -- just mute for now plain_title = true; -- suppress text decoration for descriptive title utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat end if not accept_title then -- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title= Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ... not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.) Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters end if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy (Title) then utilities.set_message ('maint_archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title end if is_generic ('generic_titles', Title) then utilities.set_message ('err_generic_title'); -- set an error message end end if (not plain_title) and (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'document', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or ('map' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)))) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks Title = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title); Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); elseif plain_title or ('report' == config.CitationClass) then -- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above) Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title else Title = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Title); Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle); end if utilities.is_set (TransTitle) then if utilities.is_set (Title) then TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle; else utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'title'}); end end if utilities.is_set (Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs? if utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url'); -- set an error message because we can't have both TitleLink = ''; -- unset end if not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. Format; URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed Format = ""; elseif utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set (URL) then local ws_url; ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink); -- ignore ws_label return; not used here if ws_url then Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title-link'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this? Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title}); Title = Title .. TransTitle; else Title = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle; end else local ws_url, ws_label, L; -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink) ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('^[\'"]*(.-)[\'"]*$', '%1')); -- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label if ws_url then Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label); -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this? Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title}); Title = Title .. TransTitle; else Title = Title .. TransTitle; end end else Title = TransTitle; end if utilities.is_set (Place) then Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " "; end local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL if utilities.is_set (Conference) then if utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil ); end Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat; elseif utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil ); end local Position = ''; if not utilities.is_set (Position) then local Minutes = A['Minutes']; local Time = A['Time']; if utilities.is_set (Minutes) then if utilities.is_set (Time) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar? utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}); end Position = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.minutes, Minutes); else if utilities.is_set (Time) then local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption'] if not utilities.is_set (TimeCaption) then TimeCaption = cs2_lower(cfg.messages['event']); end Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time; end end else Position = " " .. Position; At = ''; end Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase); At = utilities.is_set (At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or ""; Position = utilities.is_set (Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or ""; if config.CitationClass == 'map' then local Sections = A['Sections']; -- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier local Inset = A['Inset']; if utilities.is_set ( Inset ) then Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase); end if utilities.is_set ( Sections ) then Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase); elseif utilities.is_set ( Section ) then Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase); end At = At .. Inset .. Section; end local Others = A['Others']; if utilities.is_set (Others) and 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor= if config.CitationClass == "AV-media-notes" or config.CitationClass == "audio-visual" then -- special maint for AV/M which has a lot of 'false' positives right now utilities.set_message ('maint_others_avm') else utilities.set_message ('maint_others'); end end Others = utilities.is_set (Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or ""; if utilities.is_set (Translators) then Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc); end if utilities.is_set (Interviewers) then Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc); end local TitleNote = A['TitleNote']; TitleNote = utilities.is_set (TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or ""; if utilities.is_set (Edition) then if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%n?%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then -- Ed, ed, Ed., ed., Edn, edn, Edn., edn. utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_edition'); -- add error message end Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition); else Edition = ''; end Series = utilities.is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or ""; -- not the same as SeriesNum local Agency = A['Agency'] or ''; -- |agency= is supported by {{cite magazine}}, {{cite news}}, {{cite press release}}, {{cite web}}, and certain {{citation}} templates if utilities.is_set (Agency) then -- this testing done here because {{citation}} supports 'news' citations if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'magazine', 'news', 'pressrelease', 'web'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {"magazine", "newspaper", "work"})) then Agency = wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}); -- format for rendering else Agency = ''; -- unset; not supported utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {'agency'}); -- add error message end end Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, ArticleNumber, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase); if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']; AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format retrv_text = cs2_lower(retrv_text); -- if mode is cs2, lower case AccessDate = utilities.substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text AccessDate = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates end if utilities.is_set (ID) then ID = sepc .. " " .. ID; end local Docket = A['Docket']; if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID; end if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set end if utilities.is_set (URL) then URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess ); end -- We check length of PostScript here because it will have been nuked by -- the quote parameters. We'd otherwise emit a message even if there wasn't -- a displayed postscript. -- TODO: Should the max size (1) be configurable? -- TODO: Should we check a specific pattern? if utilities.is_set(PostScript) and mw.ustring.len(PostScript) > 1 then utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript') end local Archived; if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then if not utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then -- ArchiveURL set but ArchiveDate not set utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_date'); -- emit an error message ArchiveURL = ''; -- empty string for concatenation ArchiveDate = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end else if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then -- ArchiveURL not set but ArchiveDate is set utilities.set_message ('err_archive_date_missing_url'); -- emit an error message ArchiveURL = ''; -- empty string for concatenation ArchiveDate = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end end if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then local arch_text; if "live" == UrlStatus then if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'], { external_link( ArchiveURL, cs2_lower(cfg.messages['archived']), A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } ); else Archived = ''; end if not utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'); Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end elseif utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown' if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. utilities.substitute ( cs2_lower(cfg.messages['archived-unfit']), ArchiveDate); if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then utilities.set_message ('maint_bot_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added else utilities.add_prop_cat ('unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added end else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead' if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. utilities.substitute ( cs2_lower(cfg.messages['archived-dead']), { external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); else Archived = ''; -- unset for concatenation end end else -- OriginalUrl not set utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'); Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end elseif utilities.is_set (ArchiveFormat) then Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message else Archived = ''; end local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat']; TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl'); local Transcript = A['Transcript']; local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL if utilities.is_set (Transcript) then if utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil ); end Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat; elseif utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil ); end local Publisher; if utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate); end if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; else Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; end elseif utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate; else Publisher = PublicationDate; end -- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last. if (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical)) then if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (TitleNote) then Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin); else Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin); end end local Language = A['Language']; if utilities.is_set (Language) then Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc. else Language=''; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string; --[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType ]] end --[[ Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided). ]] if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only TitleNote = TitleType; -- move TitleType to TitleNote so that it renders ahead of |event= TitleType = ''; -- and unset if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter if utilities.is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering end end end -- Piece all bits together at last. Here, all should be non-nil. -- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA -- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over. local tcommon; local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At; -- Volume = safe_join ({Volume, pgtext}, sepc); if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc. tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote}, sepc); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2 tcommon2 = safe_join ({TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher}, sepc); else tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher}, sepc); end elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter tcommon = safe_join ({Title, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc); elseif utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleType, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc); else -- a sheet or stand-alone map tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleType, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc); end elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc); else -- all other CS1 templates tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc); end if #ID_list > 0 then ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ", table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc ); else ID_list = ID; end local Via = A['Via']; Via = utilities.is_set (Via) and wrap_msg ('via', Via) or ''; local idcommon; if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Quote }, sepc ); else idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Quote }, sepc ); end local text; -- local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At; local OrigDate = A['OrigDate']; OrigDate = utilities.is_set (OrigDate) and wrap_msg ('origdate', OrigDate) or ''; if utilities.is_set (Date) then if utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " "; -- in parentheses else -- neither of authors and editors set if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date does not begin with sepc else Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date begins with sepc end end end if utilities.is_set (Authors) then if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if utilities.is_set (Editors) then local in_text = ''; local post_text = ''; if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and 0 == #c then in_text = cfg.messages['in'] .. ' '; in_text = cs2_lower(in_text); -- lowercase for cs2 end if EditorCount <= 1 then post_text = ' (' .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ')'; -- be consistent with no-author, no-date case else post_text = ' (' .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ')'; end Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc. local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' '; by_text = cs2_lower(by_text); -- lowercase for cs2 Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here if utilities.is_set (Editors) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); -- text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, idcommon }, sepc ); else text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); -- text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, idcommon }, sepc ); end elseif utilities.is_set (Editors) then if utilities.is_set (Date) then if EditorCount <= 1 then Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation['sep_name'] .. cfg.messages['editor']; else Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation['sep_name'] .. cfg.messages['editors']; end else if EditorCount <= 1 then Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " else Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " end end text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); -- text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, idcommon}, sepc ); else if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc ); -- text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, idcommon}, sepc ); else text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); -- text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, idcommon}, sepc ); end end if utilities.is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); -- Deals with italics, spaces, etc. if '.' == sepc then -- remove final seperator if present text = text:gsub ('%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- dot must be escaped here else text = mw.ustring.gsub (text, sepc .. '$', ''); -- using ustring for non-dot sepc (likely a non-Latin character) end end text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc ); -- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite> element local options_t = {}; options_t.class = cite_class_attribute_make (config.CitationClass, Mode); local Ref = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Ref'], A:ORIGIN('Ref'), cfg.keywords_lists['ref'], nil, true); -- nil when |ref=harv; A['Ref'] else if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[(Ref and Ref:lower()) or ''] then local namelist_t = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list namelist_t = c; -- select it elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list namelist_t = a; elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list namelist_t = e; end local citeref_id; if #namelist_t > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist_t citeref_id = make_citeref_id (namelist_t, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor if mw.uri.anchorEncode (citeref_id) == ((Ref and mw.uri.anchorEncode (Ref)) or '') then -- Ref may already be encoded (by {{sfnref}}) so citeref_id must be encoded before comparison utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_duplicates_default'); end else citeref_id = ''; -- unset end options_t.id = Ref or citeref_id; end if string.len (text:gsub('%b<>', '')) <= 2 then -- remove html and html-like tags; then get length of what remains; z.error_cats_t = {}; -- blank the categories list z.error_msgs_t = {}; -- blank the error messages list OCinSoutput = nil; -- blank the metadata string text = ''; -- blank the the citation utilities.set_message ('err_empty_citation'); -- set empty citation message and category end local render_t = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation if is_preview_mode and (0 ~= #z.error_msgs_t or 0 ~= #z.maint_cats_t) then -- when in preview mode if not utilities.is_set (options_t.id) then -- and when this template has not created an anchor ID math.randomseed (tonumber (mw.getLanguage ('en'):formatDate ('U')) * 10000 + os.clock() * 10000); options_t.id = 'CITEREF_temp_preview_id_' .. math.random (100000, 999999); -- create temporary anchor ID for preview mode end end if utilities.is_set (options_t.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags options_t.id = mw.uri.anchorEncode(options_t.id); -- do this here; also used when adding preview warning messages table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {options_t.id, mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set or when there is a namelist else table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref=none or when namelist_t empty and |ref= is missing or is empty end if OCinSoutput then -- blanked when citation is 'empty' so don't bother to add boilerplate metadata span table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], OCinSoutput)); -- format and append metadata to the citation end local template_name = cfg.citation_class_map_t[config.CitationClass]; local template_link = '[[Template:' .. template_name .. '|' .. template_name .. ']]'; local msg_prefix = '<code class="cs1-code">{{' .. template_link .. '}}</code>: '; if 0 ~= #z.error_msgs_t then mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_e, {template_link, options_t.id})); table.insert (render_t, ' '); -- insert a space between citation and its error messages table.sort (z.error_msgs_t); -- sort the error messages list; sorting includes wrapping <span> and <code> tags; hidden-error sorts ahead of visible-error local hidden = true; -- presume that the only error messages emited by this template are hidden for _, v in ipairs (z.error_msgs_t) do -- spin through the list of error messages if v:find ('cs1-visible-error', 1, true) then -- look for the visible error class name hidden = false; -- found one; so don't hide the error message prefix break; -- and done because no need to look further end end z.error_msgs_t[1] = table.concat ({utilities.error_comment (msg_prefix, hidden), z.error_msgs_t[1]}); -- add error message prefix to first error message to prevent extraneous punctuation table.insert (render_t, table.concat (z.error_msgs_t, '; ')); -- make a big string of error messages and add it to the rendering end if 0 ~= #z.maint_cats_t then mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_m, {template_link, options_t.id})); table.sort (z.maint_cats_t); -- sort the maintenance messages list local maint_msgs_t = {}; -- here we collect all of the maint messages if 0 == #z.error_msgs_t then -- if no error messages table.insert (maint_msgs_t, msg_prefix); -- insert message prefix in maint message livery end for _, v in ipairs( z.maint_cats_t ) do -- append maintenance categories table.insert (maint_msgs_t, -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs_t table table.concat ({v, ' (', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[':cat wikilink'], v), ')'}) ); end table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs_t, ' '))); -- wrap the group of maint messages with proper presentation and save end if not no_tracking_cats then local sort_key; local cat_wikilink = 'cat wikilink'; if cfg.enable_sort_keys then -- when namespace sort keys enabled local namespace_number = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace; -- get namespace number for this wikitext sort_key = (0 ~= namespace_number and (cfg.name_space_sort_keys[namespace_number] or cfg.name_space_sort_keys.other)) or nil; -- get sort key character; nil for mainspace cat_wikilink = (not sort_key and 'cat wikilink') or 'cat wikilink sk'; -- make <cfg.messages> key end for _, v in ipairs (z.error_cats_t) do -- append error categories table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[cat_wikilink], {v, sort_key})); end if cfg.id_limits_data_load_fail then -- boolean true when load failed utilities.set_message ('maint_id_limit_load_fail'); -- done here because this maint cat emits no message end for _, v in ipairs (z.maint_cats_t) do -- append maintenance categories table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[cat_wikilink], {v, sort_key})); end for _, v in ipairs (z.prop_cats_t) do -- append properties categories table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v)); -- no sort keys end end return table.concat (render_t); -- make a big string and done end --[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >-------------------------------------------------------------- Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists. Parameters in the whitelist can have three values: true - active, supported parameters false - deprecated, supported parameters nil - unsupported parameters ]] local function validate (name, cite_class, empty) local name = tostring (name); local enum_name; -- parameter name with enumerator (if any) replaced with '#' local state; local function state_test (state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then if empty then return nil; end -- empty deprecated parameters are treated as unknowns deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end if 'tracked' == state then local base_name = name:gsub ('%d', ''); -- strip enumerators from parameter names that have them to get the base name utilities.add_prop_cat ('tracked-param', {base_name}, base_name); -- add a properties category; <base_name> modifies <key> return true; end return nil; end if name:find ('#') then -- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted return nil; end -- replace enumerator digit(s) with # (|last25= becomes |last#=) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits) enum_name = mw.ustring.gsub (name, '%d+$', '#'); -- where enumerator is last charaters in parameter name (these to protect |s2cid=) enum_name = mw.ustring.gsub (enum_name, '%d+([%-l])', '#%1'); -- where enumerator is in the middle of the parameter name; |author#link= is the oddity if 'document' == cite_class then -- special case for {{cite document}} state = whitelist.document_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end return false; end if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates state = whitelist.limited_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end state = whitelist.preprint_arguments_t[cite_class][name]; -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil end -- end limited parameter-set templates if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list_t) then -- template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list state = whitelist.unique_arguments_t[cite_class][name]; -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end end -- if here, fall into general validation state = whitelist.common_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed; this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil end --[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >---------------------------------------------- check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup. <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language code. when these values have the form (without leading colon): [[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text [[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text return value as is else ]=] local function inter_wiki_check (parameter, value) local prefix = value:match ('%[%[(%a+):'); -- get an interwiki prefix if one exists local _; if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then -- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', parameter); -- emit an error message _, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink (value); -- extract label portion from wikilink end return value; end --[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------ Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters. If found, then the string is possibly a parameter that is missing its pipe. There are two tests made: {{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name {{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki) cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives XML/HTML tags are removed before the search. If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category. ]] local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value) local capture; value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc. capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name utilities.set_message ('err_missing_pipe', parameter); end end --[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >-------------------------------------- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked ]] local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value) if 'number' == type (param) then return; end param = param:gsub ('%d+', '#'); -- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize if cfg.punct_skip[param] then return; -- parameter name found in the skip table so done end if value:match ('[,;:]$') then utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat end if value:match ('^=') then -- sometimes an extraneous '=' character appears ... utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat end end --[[--------------------------< H A S _ T W L _ U R L >-------------------------------------------------------- look for The Wikipedia Library urls in url-holding parameters. TWL urls are accessible only for readers who are active extended confirmed Wikipedia editors. This function sets an error message when such urls are discovered and when appropriate, sets the |<param>-url-access=subscription. returns nothing. looks for: '.wikipedialibrary.idm.oclc.org' ]] local function has_twl_url (url_params_t, cite_args_t) local url_error_t = {}; -- sequence of url-holding parameters that have a TWL url for param, value in pairs (url_params_t) do if value:find ('%.wikipedialibrary%.idm%.oclc%.org') then -- has the TWL base url? table.insert (url_error_t, param); -- add parameter name to the error list end end if 0 ~= #url_error_t then -- non-zero when there are errors table.sort (url_error_t); -- sor for error messaging for i, param in ipairs (url_error_t) do if cfg.url_access_map_t[param] then -- if <param> has a matching -access parameter cite_args_t[cfg.url_access_map_t[param]] = cfg.keywords_xlate.subscription; -- set |<param>-url-access=subscription end url_error_t[i] = utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param); -- make the parameter pretty for error message end utilities.set_message ('err_param_has_twl_url', {utilities.make_sep_list (#url_error_t, url_error_t)}); -- add this error message end end --[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ U R L >------------------------------------------ look for extraneous url parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked ]] local function has_extraneous_url (non_url_param_t) local url_error_t = {}; check_for_url (non_url_param_t, url_error_t); -- extraneous url check if 0 ~= #url_error_t then -- non-zero when there are errors table.sort (url_error_t); utilities.set_message ('err_param_has_ext_link', {utilities.make_sep_list (#url_error_t, url_error_t)}); -- add this error message end end --[[--------------------------< _ C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------------ Module entry point frame – from template call (citation()); may be nil when called from another module args_t – table of all cs1|2 parameters in the template (the parent frame) config_t – table of template-supplied parameter (the #invoke frame) ]] local function _citation (frame, args_t, config_t) -- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode if not frame then frame = mw.getCurrentFrame(); -- if called from another module, get a frame for frame-provided functions end -- i18n: set the name that your wiki uses to identify sandbox subpages from sandbox template invoke (or can be set here) local sandbox = ((config_t.SandboxPath and '' ~= config_t.SandboxPath) and config_t.SandboxPath) or '/sandbox'; -- sandbox path from {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|citation|SandboxPath=/...}} is_sandbox = nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), sandbox, 1, true); -- is this invoke the sandbox module? sandbox = is_sandbox and sandbox or ''; -- use i18n sandbox to load sandbox modules when this module is the sandox; live modules else cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration' .. sandbox); -- load sandbox versions of support modules when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live modules else whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist' .. sandbox); utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities' .. sandbox); validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation' .. sandbox); identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers' .. sandbox); metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS' .. sandbox); utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local cite_args_t = {}; -- because args_t is the parent (template) frame args (which cannot be modified); params and their values will be placed here is_preview_mode = not utilities.is_set (frame:preprocess ('{{REVISIONID}}')); local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them local error_text; -- used as a flag local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns local empty_unknowns = {}; -- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing for k, v in pairs (args_t) do -- get parameters from the parent (template) frame v = mw.ustring.gsub (v, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1'); -- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string if v ~= '' then if cfg.enum_needs_xlation and 'string' == type (k) then -- for wikis that set date_names['local_digits'] to non-western digits k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- translate 'local' digits enumerators to Western 0-9 end if not validate( k, config_t.CitationClass ) then if type (k) ~= 'string' then -- exclude empty numbered parameters if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_text_ignored', {v}); end elseif validate (k:lower(), config_t.CitationClass) then error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter else if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it suggestions = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' .. sandbox); --load sandbox version of suggestion module when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live module else end for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match if capture then -- if the pattern matches param = utilities.substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator) if validate (param, config_t.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists) error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}); -- set the suggestion error message else error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k}); -- suggested param not supported by this template v = ''; -- unset end end end if not utilities.is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an explicit suggestion? if (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil) and validate (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ], config_t.CitationClass) then utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}); else utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k}); v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists) end end end end cite_args_t[k] = v; -- save this parameter and its value elseif not utilities.is_set (v) then -- for empty parameters if not validate (k, config_t.CitationClass, true) then -- is this empty parameter a valid parameter k = ('' == k) and cfg.err_msg_supl.empty_str or k; -- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text table.insert (empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); -- format for error message and add to the list end end end if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then -- create empty unknown error message utilities.set_message ('err_param_unknown_empty', { 1 == #empty_unknowns and '' or 's', utilities.make_sep_list (#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns) }); end local non_url_param_t = {}; -- table of parameters and values that are not url-holding parameters local url_param_t = {}; -- table of url-holding paramters and their values for k, v in pairs (cite_args_t) do if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters has_invisible_chars (k, v); -- look for invisible characters end has_extraneous_punc (k, v); -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values missing_pipe_check (k, v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe? cite_args_t[k] = inter_wiki_check (k, v); -- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label if 'string' == type (k) then -- when parameter k is not positional if not cfg.url_skip[k] then -- and not in url skip table non_url_param_t[k] = v; -- make a parameter/value list for extraneous url check else -- and is in url skip table (a url-holding parameter) url_param_t[k] = v; -- make a parameter/value list to check for values that are The Wikipedia Library url end end end if cfg.suppress_archive_today_urls then has_archive_today_url (cite_args_t); -- look for and suppress archive.today urls and dependent parameters for all templates end has_extraneous_url (non_url_param_t); -- look for url in parameter values where a url does not belong has_twl_url (url_param_t, cite_args_t); -- look for url-holding parameters that hold a The Wikipedia Library url return table.concat ({ frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src='Module:Citation/CS1' .. sandbox .. '/styles.css'}), citation0 (config_t, cite_args_t) }); end --[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N >-------------------------------------------------------------- Template entry point ]] local function citation (frame) local config_t = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}} local args_t = frame:getParent().args; -- get template's preset parameters for k, v in pairs (frame.args) do -- get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame config_t[k] = v; -- args_t[k] = v; -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}; skips parameter validation; TODO: keep? end return _citation (frame, args_t, config_t) end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------ ]] return { citation = citation, -- template entry point _citation = _citation, -- module entry point } o0mp7ygqu5bibs2dabkkkkneiickrfx 266008 266007 2026-07-18T15:28:01Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:Citation/CS1]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266007 Scribunto text/plain require ('strict'); --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- each of these counts against the Lua upvalue limit ]] local validation; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation local utilities; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local z = {}; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local identifiers; -- functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers local metadata; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist --[[------------------< P A G E S C O P E V A R I A B L E S >--------------- declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; that are created here and used here ]] local added_deprecated_cat; -- boolean flag so that the category is added only once local added_vanc_errs; -- boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category local added_generic_name_errs; -- boolean flag so we only emit one generic name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered local added_numeric_name_errs; -- boolean flag so we only emit one numeric name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered local added_numeric_name_maint; -- boolean flag so we only emit one numeric name maint category and stop testing names once a category has been emitted local is_preview_mode; -- true when article is in preview mode; false when using 'Preview page with this template' (previewing the module) local is_sandbox; -- true when using sandbox modules to render citation local url_was_archive_today; -- boolean flag set to true when has_archive_today_url() has unset |url= because it held a deprecated archive.today url --[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------ Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table, left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated. Returns nil if none are set. This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs. With the pairs version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed. With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list. ]] local function first_set (list, count) local i = 1; while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list if utilities.is_set( list[i] ) then return list[i]; -- return the first set list member end i = i + 1; -- point to next end end --[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >---------------------------------------------------- Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist. To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted. added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above ]] local function add_vanc_error (source, position) if added_vanc_errs then return end added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category utilities.set_message ('err_vancouver', {source, position}); end --[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------ does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme? The scheme is checked to see if it is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says: Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-"). returns true if it does, else false ]] local function is_scheme (scheme) return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >-------------------------------------------------- Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name? Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5 BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234 Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15; see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]] list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit. Between the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen. Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD. tld is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped here. Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal. There are several tests: the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490 single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD i and q SL domains in the .net TLD single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters) two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false ]=] local function is_domain_name (domain) if not domain then return false; -- if not set, abandon end domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once if not domain:match ('^[%w]') then -- first character must be letter or digit return false; end if domain:match ('^%a+:') then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource return false; end local patterns = { -- patterns that look like URLs '%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$', -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld '%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$', -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix '%f[%a][qxz]%.com$', -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10) '%f[%a][iq]%.net$', -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10) '%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$', -- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars) '%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$', -- two character hostname and TLD '^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?', -- IPv4 address '[%a%d]+%:?' -- IPv6 address } for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list if domain:match (pattern) then return true; -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL end end for _, d in ipairs (cfg.single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t) do -- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains if domain:match ('%f[%w][%w]%.' .. d) then return true end end return false; -- no matches, we don't know what this thing is end --[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------ returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false. This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external wikilinks. ]] local function is_url (scheme, domain) if utilities.is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain); else return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative end end --[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain. First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#). If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain. When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain. If there is an authority indicator (one or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2. Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//). TODO: are there other common schemes like news: that don't use authority indicator? Strip off any port and path; ]] local function split_url (url_str) local scheme, authority, domain; url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//') if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)') elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions if utilities.is_set (authority) then authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing; if utilities.is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message end else if not scheme:match ('^news:') then -- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test? return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message end end domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present end return scheme, domain; end --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed: # < > [ ] | { } _ except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links returns false when the value contains any of these characters. When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok). ]] local function link_param_ok (value) local scheme, domain; if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters return false; end scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL; return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL end --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value. |<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value. This function emits an error message when that condition exists check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefix. prefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language code and must begin with a colon. ]] local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig) local orig; if utilities.is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter elseif link:match ('^%a+:') then -- if the link is what looks like an interwiki local prefix = link:match ('^(%a+):'):lower(); -- get the interwiki prefix if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then -- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon orig = lorig; -- flag as error end end end if utilities.is_set (orig) then link = ''; -- unset utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', orig); -- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=; end return link; -- link if ok, empty string else end --[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid. First we test for space characters. If any are found, return false. Then split the URL into scheme and domain portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain. Use is_url() to validate the two portions of the URL. If both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false. Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here. The specification for a newsgroup name is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4 ]] local function check_url( url_str ) if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL return false; end local scheme, domain; scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL; if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$'); end return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >---------------------------- Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL. The test will also find external wikilinks that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs. The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs. The tests that find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=, and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]] is possible as might be [[en://Hus]]. ]=] local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value) local scheme, domain; if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz] scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]')); elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz] scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]')); elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)')); elseif value:match ('^//%S+') or value:match ('%s//%S+') then -- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; authority indicator (//) must be be preceded nothing or by whitespace scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain else return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL end return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL end --[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E _ T O D A Y _ U R L >-------------------------------------- archive.today (and .ph, .is, .md, .li, .fo, .vn) are deprecated. See Wikipedia:Requests_for_comment/Archive.is_RFC_5 (Special:Permalink/1339352976) <val> is a string that may or may not be a url ]] local function is_archive_today_url (val) if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (val) then -- is <val> a url? local tld = val:match ('archive%.(%l+)'); -- get the tld return tld and cfg.archive_today_tlds_t[tld]; -- return true if <tld> is one of the archive.today tlds; nil else end end --[[--------------------------< H A S _ A R C H I V E _ T O D A Y _ U R L >------------------------------------ blank any parameter that holds one of the archive.today tlds (.today, .ph, .is, .md, .li, .fo, .vn) and also blank parameters that are dependent on the offending parameter. input <cite_args_t> is a table of all of this template's parameters This function modifies <cite_args_t> when |url= or its alias |URL= hold an archive.today url, this function sets the flag <url_was_archive_today> which is used later to suppress the missing url error message from {{citation}} when it has |website=<summat> or from the templates {{cite web}}, {{cite podcast}}, {{cite mailing list}} which all require a url. returns nothing ]] local function has_archive_today_url (cite_args_t) local unset_params_t = {}; -- to hold a sequence of parameters to unset from cite_args_t for p, v in pairs (cite_args_t) do -- look at each parameter in the template if is_archive_today_url (v:lower()) then -- if it has a parameter with an archive.today url table.insert (unset_params_t, p); -- add the url-holding parameter name to our list of parameters to unset (may or may not be a legitimate url parameter) if 'url' == p:lower() then -- if this parameter is |url= or |URL= url_was_archive_today = true; -- set a flag so that cite web / podcast / mailinglist don't emit a missing url error message end if cfg.dependencies_t[p] then -- if this url-holding parameter (<p>) has dependencies for _, dependent in ipairs (cfg.dependencies_t[p]) do -- loop through the url-holding parameter's dependency sequence table.insert (unset_params_t, dependent); -- add dependent parameter to the list to be unset end end end end if 0 < #unset_params_t then -- when there are parameters to unset if not is_preview_mode then -- when in preview mode do not suppress any parameters for _, unset_param in ipairs (unset_params_t) do -- loop through the sequence cite_args_t[unset_param] = nil; -- and unset the url-holding parameter and its dependent parameters to avoid parameter-requires-other-parameter errors end end utilities.set_message ('maint_deprecated_archive'); -- add a maintenance message end end --[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >----------------------------------------------------- loop through a list of parameters and their values. Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message. ]] local function check_for_url (parameter_list, error_list) for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message table.insert (error_list, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); end end end --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------ Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions ]] local function safe_for_url( str ) if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url', {}); end return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', { ['['] = '&#91;', [']'] = '&#93;', ['\n'] = ' ' } ); end --[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >---------------------------------------------------- Format an external link with error checking ]] local function external_link (URL, label, source, access) local err_msg = ''; local domain; local path; local base_url; if not utilities.is_set (label) then label = URL; if utilities.is_set (source) then utilities.set_message ('err_bare_url_missing_title', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); else error (cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"]); -- programmer error; valid parameter name does not have matching meta-parameter end end if not check_url (URL) then utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); end domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path if path then -- if there is a path portion path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['['] = '%5b', [']'] = '%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble end base_url = table.concat ({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wiki-markup URL if utilities.is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited) base_url = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon end return base_url; end --[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >-------------------------------------- Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters. The function includes the offending parameter name to the error message. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated parameters in the citation. added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above ]] local function deprecated_parameter(name) if not added_deprecated_cat then added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category utilities.set_message ('err_deprecated_params', {name}); -- add error message end end --[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >-------------------------------------------------------- Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value. This function will positive kern either single or double quotes: "'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'" " 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example) Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned. Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter quote marks regardless of the need for kerning. Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks. Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles. ]=] local function kern_quotes (str) local cap = ''; local wl_type, label, link; wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str); str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str); elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str); elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str); end else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark) label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark) cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'][^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) if utilities.is_set (cap) then label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], cap); end cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'][\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) if utilities.is_set (cap) then label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], cap); end if 2 == wl_type then str = utilities.make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink else str = label; end end return str; end --[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >---------------------------------------- |script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should not be italicized and may be written right-to-left. The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped in italic markup. Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right. |script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon: |script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character) Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed: |script-title=ja : *** *** |script-title=ja: *** *** |script-title=ja :*** *** Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** *** The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition. Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-<periodical>= ]] local function format_script_value (script_value, script_param) local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string local name; if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script if not utilities.is_set (lang) then utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing title part']}); -- prefix without 'title'; add error message return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string end -- if we get this far we have prefix and script name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize if utilities.is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code? script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script -- is prefix one of these language codes? if utilities.in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then utilities.add_prop_cat ('script', {name, lang}) else utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['unknown language code']}); -- unknown script-language; add error message end lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute else utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['invalid language code']}); -- invalid language code; add error message lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string end else utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing prefix']}); -- no language code prefix; add error message end script_value = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is RTL return script_value; end --[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------ Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been wrapped in <bdi> tags. ]] local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param) if utilities.is_set (script) then script = format_script_value (script, script_param); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error if utilities.is_set (script) then title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title end end return title; end --[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >-------------------------------------------------------------- Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one argument. Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates. Additional text taken from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style(). ]] local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower) if not utilities.is_set ( str ) then return ""; end if true == lower then local msg; msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before return utilities.substitute ( msg, str ); -- including template text else return utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages[key], str ); end end --[[----------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >------------------- Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-link. Returns the URL and appropriate label; nil else. str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link= ]] local function wikisource_url_make (str) local wl_type, D, L; local ws_url, ws_label; local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'}); wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink) if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link= str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace if utilities.is_set (str) then ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL wikisource_prefix, -- prefix str, -- article title }); ws_label = str; -- label for the URL end elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]] str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace if utilities.is_set (str) then ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL wikisource_prefix, -- prefix str, -- article title }); ws_label = str; -- label for the URL end elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]]) str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace if utilities.is_set (str) then ws_label = D; -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL wikisource_prefix, -- prefix str, -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink }); end end if ws_url then ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI'); -- make a usable URL ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#'); -- undo percent-encoding of fragment marker end return ws_url, ws_label, L or D; -- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil end --[[----------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >----------------------- Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=, and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-parameter. ]] local function format_periodical (script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical) if not utilities.is_set (periodical) then periodical = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation else periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical); -- style end periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped if utilities.is_set (trans_periodical) then trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical); if utilities.is_set (periodical) then periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical; else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical periodical = trans_periodical; utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'periodical'}); end end return periodical; end --[[------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------- Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages). ]] local function format_chapter_title (script_chapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, chapter_source, trans_chapter, trans_chapter_source, chapter_url, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access) local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter); -- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link if ws_url then ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ' '); -- replace underscore separators with space characters chapter = ws_label; end if not utilities.is_set (chapter) then chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation else if false == no_quotes then chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter); end end chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped if utilities.is_set (chapter_url) then chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate elseif ws_url then chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in chapter'); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this? chapter = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter}); end if utilities.is_set (trans_chapter) then trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter); if utilities.is_set (chapter) then chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. trans_chapter; else -- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter chapter = trans_chapter; chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)'); -- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param> utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {chapter_source}); end end return chapter; end --[[----------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >------------------- This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters. The search stops at the first match. This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource. Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message. See also coins_cleanup(). Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value. ]] local function has_invisible_chars (param, v) local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker local stripmarker; -- boolean set true when a stripmarker is found capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true if capture == v then -- if same there are no Unicode characters return; end for _, invisible_char in ipairs (cfg.invisible_chars) do local char_name = invisible_char[1]; -- the character or group name local pattern = invisible_char[2]; -- the pattern used to find it position, _, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern); -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern if position and (cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then -- if we found a zero-width joiner character if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts position = nil; -- unset position elseif cfg.emoji_t[mw.ustring.codepoint (v, position+1)] then -- is zwj followed by a character listed in emoji{}? position = nil; -- unset position end end if position then if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition) ('templatestyles' == capture and utilities.in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters stripmarker = true; -- set a flag elseif true == stripmarker and cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker position = nil; -- unset else local err_msg; if capture and not (cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture or cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then err_msg = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.invisible_1, {capture, char_name}); -- <capture> here is stripmarker name else err_msg = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.invisible_2, char_name); end utilities.set_message ('err_invisible_char', {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}); -- add error message return; -- and done with this parameter end end end end --[[-------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >---------------------- Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable. ]] local function argument_wrapper ( args ) local origin = {}; return setmetatable({ ORIGIN = function ( self, k ) local dummy = self[k]; -- force the variable to be loaded. return origin[k]; end }, { __index = function ( tbl, k ) if origin[k] ~= nil then return nil; end local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k]; if type( list ) == 'table' then v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one ( args, list, 'err_redundant_parameters' ); if origin[k] == nil then origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil end elseif list ~= nil then v, origin[k] = args[list], list; else -- maybe let through instead of raising an error? -- v, origin[k] = args[k], k; error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] .. ': ' .. k); end -- Empty strings, not nil; if v == nil then v = ''; origin[k] = ''; end tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v ); return v; end, }); end --[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >------------------------- When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>. When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges. ]] local function nowrap_date (date) local cap = ''; local cap2 = ''; if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date); elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$"); date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2}); end return date; end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >--------------------- This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none). ]] local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type) if utilities.is_set (title_type) then if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then title_type = ''; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed end return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value end return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation end --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >----------------------------- Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters. ]] local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char ) local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character' if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions f.gsub = string.gsub f.match = string.match f.sub = string.sub else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub f.match = mw.ustring.match f.sub = mw.ustring.sub end local str = ''; -- the output string local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean? local end_chr = ''; local trim; for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do if value == nil then value = ''; end if str == '' then -- if output string is empty str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop) elseif value ~= '' then if value:sub(1, 1) == '<' then -- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup. comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove HTML markup (<span>string</span> -> string) else comp = value; end -- typically duplicate_char is sepc if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character? -- Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the -- preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.? trim = false; end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1); -- get the last character of the output string -- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")" -- debug stuff? if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator str = f.sub(str, 1, -2); -- remove it elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wiki-markup if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc'' str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back '' elseif f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous? elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' trim = true; -- same question end elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wiki-markup if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink trim = true; elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link trim = true; elseif f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link trim = true; elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title. trim = true; end elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space> str = f.sub(str, 1, -3); -- remove them both end end if trim then if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup local dup2 = duplicate_char; if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup else value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character end end end str = str .. value; -- add it to the output string end end return str; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >----------------------------- returns true if suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9. Puncutation not allowed. ]] local function is_suffix (suffix) if utilities.in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', 'Jnr', 'Snr', '1st', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then return true; end return false; end --[[--------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >------------------- For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters. When a name uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to be converted to the corresponding Latin character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. The module doesn't do this so editors may/must. This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F |lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) |firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods This original test: if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor to maintain this code. \195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls) \195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls) \195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B) \199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B) ]] local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, position) if not suffix then if first:find ('[,%s]') then -- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix first = first:match ('(.-)[,%s]+'); -- get name/initials suffix = first:match ('[,%s]+(.+)$'); -- get generational suffix end end if utilities.is_set (suffix) then if not is_suffix (suffix) then add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position); return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix end end if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143\225\184\128-\225\187\191%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143\225\184\128-\225\187\191%-%s%'%.]*$") then add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char'], position); return false; -- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization end; return true; end --[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------ Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc. Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/. Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/. This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials. This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name (). ]] local function reduce_to_initials (first, position) if first:find (',', 1, true) then return first; -- commas not allowed; abandon end local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match (first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$"); if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix name = mw.ustring.match (first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just initials? end if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials if suffix then -- if there is a suffix if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate? return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do else add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message return first; -- and return first unmolested end else return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do end end end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word local initials_t, names_t = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials names_t = mw.text.split (first, '[%s%-]+'); -- split into a sequence of names and possible suffix while names_t[i] do -- loop through the sequence if 1 < i and names_t[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot) names_t[i] = names_t[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present if is_suffix (names_t[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix table.insert (initials_t, ' ' .. names_t[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials sequence break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization end if 3 > i then table.insert (initials_t, mw.ustring.sub (names_t[i], 1, 1)); -- insert the initial at end of initials sequence end i = i + 1; -- bump the counter end return table.concat (initials_t); -- Vancouver format does not include spaces. end --[[--------------------------< I N T E R W I K I _ P R E F I X E N _ G E T >---------------------------------- extract interwiki prefixen from <value>. Returns two one or two values: false – no prefixen nil – prefix exists but not recognized project prefix, language prefix – when value has either of: :<project>:<language>:<article> :<language>:<project>:<article> project prefix, nil – when <value> has only a known single-letter prefix nil, language prefix – when <value> has only a known language prefix accepts single-letter project prefixen: 'd' (wikidata), 's' (wikisource), and 'w' (wikipedia) prefixes; at this writing, the other single-letter prefixen (b (wikibook), c (commons), m (meta), n (wikinews), q (wikiquote), and v (wikiversity)) are not supported. ]] local function interwiki_prefixen_get (value, is_link) if not value:find (':%l+:') then -- if no prefix return false; -- abandon; boolean here to distinguish from nil fail returns later end local prefix_patterns_linked_t = { -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen '^%[%[:([dsw]):(%l%l+):', -- wikilinked; project and language prefixes '^%[%[:(%l%l+):([dsw]):', -- wikilinked; language and project prefixes '^%[%[:([dsw]):', -- wikilinked; project prefix '^%[%[:(%l%l+):', -- wikilinked; language prefix } local prefix_patterns_unlinked_t = { -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen '^:([dsw]):(%l%l+):', -- project and language prefixes '^:(%l%l+):([dsw]):', -- language and project prefixes '^:([dsw]):', -- project prefix '^:(%l%l+):', -- language prefix } local cap1, cap2; for _, pattern in ipairs ((is_link and prefix_patterns_linked_t) or prefix_patterns_unlinked_t) do cap1, cap2 = value:match (pattern); if cap1 then break; -- found a match so stop looking end end if cap1 and cap2 then -- when both then :project:language: or :language:project: (both forms allowed) if 1 == #cap1 then -- length == 1 then :project:language: if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap2] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map? return cap1, cap2; -- return interwiki project and interwiki language end else -- here when :language:project: if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map? return cap2, cap1; -- return interwiki project and interwiki language end end return nil; -- unknown interwiki language elseif not (cap1 or cap2) then -- both are nil? return nil; -- we got something that looks like a project prefix but isn't; return fail elseif 1 == #cap1 then -- here when one capture return cap1, nil; -- length is 1 so return project, nil language else -- here when one capture and its length it more than 1 if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map? return nil, cap1; -- return nil project, language end end end --[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >-------------------------- Formats a list of people (authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators) names in the list will be linked when |<name>-link= has a value |<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been rendered previously so should have been linked there when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered ]] local function list_people (control, people, etal) local sep; local namesep; local format = control.format; local maximum = control.maximum; local name_list = {}; if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like name styling? sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between names is a comma namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space else sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between names is a semicolon namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space> end if sep:sub (-1, -1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end if utilities.is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names for i, person in ipairs (people) do if utilities.is_set (person.last) then local mask = person.mask; local one; local sep_one = sep; if utilities.is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then etal = true; break; end if mask then local n = tonumber (mask); -- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else if n then one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("&mdash;", n) or nil; -- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name person.link = nil; -- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil else one = mask; -- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator) sep_one = " "; -- modify name-list separator end else one = person.last; -- get surname local first = person.first -- get given name if utilities.is_set (first) then if ("vanc" == format) then -- if Vancouver format one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first, nil, i) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested first = reduce_to_initials (first, i); -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials end end one = one .. namesep .. first; end end if utilities.is_set (person.link) then one = utilities.make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor end if one then -- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement) local proj, tag = interwiki_prefixen_get (one, true); -- get the interwiki prefixen if present if 'w' == proj and ('Wikipedia' == mw.site.namespaces.Project['name']) then proj = nil; -- for stuff like :w:de:<article>, :w is unnecessary TODO: maint cat? end if proj then local proj_name = ({['d'] = cfg.messages.wikidata, ['s'] = cfg.messages.wikisource, ['w'] = cfg.messages.wikipedia})[proj]; -- :w (wikipedia) for linking from a non-wikipedia project if proj_name then one = one .. utilities.wrap_style ('interproj', proj_name); -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name utilities.add_prop_cat ('interproj-linked-name', proj); -- categorize it; <proj> is sort key tag = nil; -- unset; don't do both project and language end end if tag == cfg.this_wiki_code then tag = nil; -- stuff like :en:<article> at en.wiki is pointless TODO: maint cat? end if tag then local lang = cfg.lang_tag_remap[tag] or cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag]; if lang then -- error messaging done in extract_names() where we know parameter names one = one .. utilities.wrap_style ('interwiki', lang); -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name utilities.add_prop_cat ('interwiki-linked-name', tag); -- categorize it; <tag> is sort key end end table.insert (name_list, one); -- add it to the list of names table.insert (name_list, sep_one); -- add the proper name-list separator end end end local count = #name_list / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2 if 0 < count then if 1 < count and not etal then if 'amp' == format then name_list[#name_list-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text elseif 'and' == format then if 2 == count then name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and; -- replace last separator with 'and' text else name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end; -- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text end end end name_list[#name_list] = nil; -- erase the last separator end local result = table.concat (name_list); -- construct list if etal and utilities.is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list result = result .. sep .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al. end return result, count; -- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only) end --[[--------------------< M A K E _ C I T E R E F _ I D >----------------------- Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise returns an empty string. namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order. year is Year or anchor_year. ]] local function make_citeref_id (namelist, year) local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names names[i] = v.last if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done end table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id if utilities.is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion else return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation end end --[[--------------------------< C I T E _ C L A S S _A T T R I B U T E _M A K E >------------------------------ construct <cite> tag class attribute for this citation. <cite_class> – config.CitationClass from calling template <mode> – value from |mode= parameter ]] local function cite_class_attribute_make (cite_class, mode) local class_t = {}; table.insert (class_t, 'citation'); -- required for blue highlight if 'citation' ~= cite_class then table.insert (class_t, cite_class); -- identify this template for user css table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs1'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript else table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs2'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript end for _, prop_key in ipairs (z.prop_keys_t) do table.insert (class_t, prop_key); -- identify various properties for user css or javascript end return table.concat (class_t, ' '); -- make a big string and done end --[[---------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >-------------------------- Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on the theme of et al. If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag. This function never sets the flag to false but returns its previous state because it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the associated |display-<names>=etal parameter ]] local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param) if utilities.is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through all of the patterns if name:match (pattern) then -- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name name = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- remove the offending text etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal) if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors= utilities.set_message ('err_etal', {param}); -- and set an error if not added end end end end return name, etal; end --[[---------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >---------------------- Add an error message and category when <name> parameter value does not contain letters. Add a maintenance category when <name> parameter value has numeric characters mixed with characters that are not numeric characters; could be letters and/or punctuation characters. This function will only emit one error and one maint message for the current template. Does not emit both error and maint messages/categories for the same parameter value. returns nothing ]] local function name_is_numeric (name, name_alias, list_name) local patterns = { '^%D+%d', -- <name> must have digits preceded by other characters '^%D*%d+%D+', -- <name> must have digits followed by other characters } if not added_numeric_name_errs and mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then -- if we have not already set an error message and <name> does not have any alpha characters utilities.set_message ('err_numeric_names', name_alias); -- add an error message added_numeric_name_errs = true; -- set the flag so we emit only one error message return; -- when here no point in further testing; abandon end if not added_numeric_name_maint then -- if we have already set a maint message for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through list of patterns if mw.ustring.match (name, pattern) then -- digits preceded or followed by anything but digits; %D+ includes punctuation utilities.set_message ('maint_numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template added_numeric_name_maint = true; -- set the flag so we emit only one maint message return; -- when here no point in further testing; abandon end end end end --[[-----------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >------------------ Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names. Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma or any "unescaped" semicolons. Escaped semicolons are ones used as part of selected HTML entities. If the condition is met, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category. Same test for first except that commas should not appear in given names (MOS:JR says that the generational suffix does not take a separator character). Titles, degrees, postnominals, affiliations, all normally comma separated don't belong in a citation. <name> – name parameter value <list_name> – AuthorList, EditorList, etc <limit> – number of allowed commas; 1 (default) for surnames; 0 for given names returns nothing ]] local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name, limit) local _, commas, semicolons, nbsps; limit = limit and limit or 1; if utilities.is_set (name) then _, commas = name:gsub (',', ''); -- count the number of commas _, semicolons = name:gsub (';', ''); -- count the number of semicolons -- nbsps probably should be its own separate count rather than merged in -- some way with semicolons because Lua patterns do not support the -- grouping operator that regex does, which means there is no way to add -- more entities to escape except by adding more counts with the new -- entities _, nbsps = name:gsub ('&nbsp;',''); -- count nbsps -- There is exactly 1 semicolon per &nbsp; entity, so subtract nbsps -- from semicolons to 'escape' them. If additional entities are added, -- they also can be subtracted. if limit < commas or 0 < (semicolons - nbsps) then utilities.set_message ('maint_mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint message end end end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C >---------------------------------------------------------- Compares values assigned to various parameters according to the string provided as <item> in the function call. <item> can have on of two values: 'generic_names' – for name-holding parameters: |last=, |first=, |editor-last=, etc 'generic_titles' – for |title= There are two types of generic tests. The 'accept' tests look for a pattern that should not be rejected by the 'reject' test. For example, |author=[[John Smith (author)|Smith, John]] would be rejected by the 'author' reject test. But piped wikilinks with 'author' disambiguation should not be rejected so the 'accept' test prevents that from happening. Accept tests are always performed before reject tests. Each of the 'accept' and 'reject' sequence tables hold tables for en.wiki (['en']) and local.wiki (['local']) that each can hold a test sequence table The sequence table holds, at index [1], a test pattern, and, at index [2], a boolean control value. The control value tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true) or a pattern search (false). The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles. Returns true when a reject test finds the pattern or string false when an accept test finds the pattern or string nil else ]=] local function is_generic (item, value, wiki) local test_val; local str_lower = { -- use string.lower() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.lower() or local.wiki (['local']) ['en'] = string.lower, ['local'] = mw.ustring.lower, } local str_find = { -- use string.find() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.find() or local.wiki (['local']) ['en'] = string.find, ['local'] = mw.ustring.find, } local function test (val, test_t, wiki) -- local function to do the testing; <wiki> selects lower() and find() functions val = test_t[2] and str_lower[wiki](value) or val; -- when <test_t[2]> set to 'true', plaintext search using lowercase value return str_find[wiki] (val, test_t[1], 1, test_t[2]); -- return nil when not found or matched end local test_types_t = {'accept', 'reject'}; -- test accept patterns first, then reject patterns local wikis_t = {'en', 'local'}; -- do tests for each of these keys; en.wiki first, local.wiki second for _, test_type in ipairs (test_types_t) do -- for each test type for _, generic_value in pairs (cfg.special_case_translation[item][test_type]) do -- spin through the list of generic value fragments to accept or reject for _, wiki in ipairs (wikis_t) do if generic_value[wiki] then if test (value, generic_value[wiki], wiki) then -- go do the test return ('reject' == test_type); -- param value rejected, return true; false else end end end end end end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ I S _ G E N E R I C >------------------------------------------------ calls is_generic() to determine if <name> is a 'generic name' listed in cfg.generic_names; <name_alias> is the parameter name used in error messaging ]] local function name_is_generic (name, name_alias) if not added_generic_name_errs and is_generic ('generic_names', name) then utilities.set_message ('err_generic_name', name_alias); -- set an error message added_generic_name_errs = true; end end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >-------------------------------------------------------- This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding parameters. ]] local function name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias) local accept_name; if utilities.is_set (last) then last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (last); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last> if not accept_name then -- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter name_is_numeric (last, last_alias, list_name); -- check for names that have no letters or are a mix of digits and other characters name_is_generic (last, last_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list end end if utilities.is_set (first) then first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (first); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first> if not accept_name then -- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup name_has_mult_names (first, list_name, 0); -- check for multiple names in the parameter; 0 is number of allowed commas in a given name name_is_numeric (first, first_alias, list_name); -- check for names that have no letters or are a mix of digits and other characters name_is_generic (first, first_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list end local wl_type, D = utilities.is_wikilink (first); if 0 ~= wl_type then first = D; utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', first_alias); end end return last, first; -- done end --[[----------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >------------------------- Gets name list from the input arguments Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done. This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=. When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3= are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=. When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps 'et al.' out of the template's metadata. When this occurs, an error is emitted. ]] local function extract_names(args, list_name) local names = {}; -- table of names local last; -- individual name components local first; local link; local mask; local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer local n = 1; -- output table indexer local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors) local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias; -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging while true do last, last_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1 first, first_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); link, link_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); if last then -- error check |lastn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix; done here because this is where we have the parameter name local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get (last, true); -- true because we expect interwiki links in |lastn= to be wikilinked if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', last_alias); -- not known, emit an error message -- TODO: err_bad_interwiki? last = utilities.remove_wiki_link (last); -- remove wikilink markup; show display value only end end if link then -- error check |linkn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get (link, false); -- false because wiki links in |author-linkn= is an error if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', link_alias); -- not known, emit an error message -- TODO: err_bad_interwiki? link = nil; -- unset so we don't link link_alias = nil; end end last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al. first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al. last, first = name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn local alias = first_alias:find ('given', 1, true) and 'given' or 'first'; -- get first or given form of the alias utilities.set_message ('err_first_missing_last', { first_alias, -- param name of alias missing its mate first_alias:gsub (alias, {['first'] = 'last', ['given'] = 'surname'}), -- make param name appropriate to the alias form }); -- add this error message elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done? count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which end else -- we have last with or without a first local result; link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup if first then link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup end names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only) n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing utilities.set_message ('err_missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1}); -- add this error message end count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names end i = i + 1; -- point to next args location end return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ T A G _ G E T >------------------------------------------------------ attempt to decode |language=<lang_param> and return language name and matching tag; nil else. This function looks for: <lang_param> as a tag in cfg.lang_tag_remap{} <lang_param> as a name in cfg.lang_name_remap{} <lang_param> as a name in cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t <lang_param> as a tag in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t when those fail, presume that <lang_param> is an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki does not recognize. Strip all script, region, variant, whatever subtags from <lang_param> to leave just a two or three character language tag and look for the new <lang_param> in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t{} on success, returns name (in properly capitalized form) and matching tag (in lowercase); on failure returns nil ]] local function name_tag_get (lang_param) local lang_param_lc = mw.ustring.lower (lang_param); -- use lowercase as an index into the various tables local name; local tag; name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[lang_param_lc]; -- assume <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get remapped language name if name then -- when <name>, <lang_param> is a tag for a remapped language name if cfg.lang_name_remap[name:lower()][2] ~= lang_param_lc then utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added return name, cfg.lang_name_remap[name:lower()][2]; -- so return name and tag from lang_name_remap[name]; special case to xlate sr-ec and sr-el to sr-cyrl and sr-latn end return name, lang_param_lc; -- so return <name> from remap and <lang_param_lc> end tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*'); -- still assuming that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; strip script, region, variant subtags name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[tag]; -- attempt to get remapped language name with language subtag only if name then -- when <name>, <tag> is a tag for a remapped language name return name, tag; -- so return <name> from remap and <tag> end if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc] then -- not a remapped tag, assume <lang_param_lc> is a name; attempt to get remapped language tag return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][2]; -- for this <lang_param_lc>, return a (possibly) new name and appropriate tag end name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get its matching language name if name then return name, lang_param_lc; -- <lang_param_lc> is a tag so return it and <name> end tag = cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a language name; attempt to get its matching tag if tag then return cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag], tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is a name so return the name from the table and <tag> end tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*'); -- is <lang_param_lc> an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki doesn't recognize? <tag> gets the language subtag; nil else if tag then name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag]; -- attempt to get a language name using the shortened <tag> if name then return name, tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is an unrecognized IETF-like tag so return <name> and language subtag end end end --[[-------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------ Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code. If a code is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter. When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no). For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources. Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized. MediaWiki does not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized but code 'ara' is not. This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas with optional space characters. ]] local function language_parameter (lang) local tag; -- some form of IETF-like language tag; language subtag with optional region, sript, vatiant, etc subtags local lang_subtag; -- ve populates |language= with mostly unecessary region subtags the MediaWiki does not recognize; this is the base language subtag local name; -- the language name local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered local names_t = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language= local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name names_t = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list for _, lang in ipairs (names_t) do -- reuse lang here because we don't yet know if lang is a language name or a language tag name, tag = name_tag_get (lang); -- attempt to get name/tag pair for <lang>; <name> has proper capitalization; <tag> is lowercase if utilities.is_set (tag) then lang_subtag = tag:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- for categorization, strip any IETF-like tags from language tag if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= lang_subtag then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language if 2 == lang_subtag:len() then -- and is a two-character tag utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source', {name, tag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it; tag appended to allow for multiple language categorization else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character tag) utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source-2', {lang_subtag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character tag categories per cs1|2 template? end elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled utilities.add_prop_cat ('local-lang-source', {name, lang_subtag}); -- categorize it end else name = lang; -- return whatever <lang> has so that we show something utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added end table.insert (language_list, name); name = ''; -- so we can reuse it end name = utilities.make_sep_list (#language_list, language_list); if (1 == #language_list) and (lang_subtag == cfg.this_wiki_code) then -- when only one language, find lang name in this wiki lang name; for |language=en-us, 'English' in 'American English' return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation) end return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)' --[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format ]] end --[[-----------------------< S E T _ C S _ S T Y L E >-------------------------- Gets the default CS style configuration for the given mode. Returns default separator and either postscript as passed in or the default. In CS1, the default postscript and separator are '.'. In CS2, the default postscript is the empty string and the default separator is ','. ]] local function set_cs_style (postscript, mode) if utilities.is_set(postscript) then -- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs1 postscript -- we catch the opposite case for cs2 in set_style if mode == 'cs1' and postscript == cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode] then utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript'); end else postscript = cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode]; end return cfg.presentation['sep_' .. mode], postscript; end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >----------------------------- Sets the separator and postscript styles. Checks the |mode= first and the #invoke CitationClass second. Removes the postscript if postscript == none. ]] local function set_style (mode, postscript, cite_class) local sep; if 'cs2' == mode then sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2'); elseif 'cs1' == mode then sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1'); elseif 'citation' == cite_class then sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2'); else sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1'); end if cfg.keywords_xlate[postscript:lower()] == 'none' then -- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs2 postscript -- we catch the opposite case for cs1 in set_cs_style if 'cs2' == mode or ('cs1' ~= mode and 'citation' == cite_class) then -- {{citation |title=Title |mode=cs1 |postscript=none}} should not emit maint message utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript'); end postscript = ''; end return sep, postscript end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >----------------------------------- Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the PDF icon to external links. returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false ]=] local function is_pdf (url) return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF&#035') or url:match ('%.pdf&#035'); end --[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >----------------------- Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message if the format parameter does not have a matching URL parameter. If the format parameter is not set and the URL contains a file extension that is recognized as a PDF document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with the appropriate styling. ]] local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param) if utilities.is_set (format) then format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize if not utilities.is_set (url) then utilities.set_message ('err_format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param}); -- add an error message end elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to PDF else format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end return format; end --[[---------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >------------------ Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a Boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list. When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.'). When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.' In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag. inputs: max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors'], etc; a number or some flavor of etal count: #a or #e list_name: 'authors' or 'editors' etal: author_etal or editor_etal This function sets an error message when |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of names but not when <max> comes from {{cs1 config}} global settings. When using global settings, <param> is set to the keyword 'cs1 config' which is used to supress the normal error. Error is suppressed because it is to be expected that some citations in an article will have the same or fewer names that the limit specified in {{cs1 config}}. ]] local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal, param) if utilities.is_set (max) then if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al. etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names() elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number if (max >= count) and ('cs1 config' ~= param) then -- error when local |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of names; not an error when using global setting utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message max = nil; end else -- not a valid keyword or number utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set end end return max, etal; end --[[----------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >--------------- Adds error if |page=, |pages=, |quote-page=, |quote-pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content. check page for extraneous p, p., pp, pp., pg, pg. at start of parameter value: good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when page begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a digit bad pattern: '^[Pp][PpGg]' matches when page begins pp, pP, Pp, PP, pg, pG, Pg, PG ]] local function extra_text_in_page_check (val, name) if not val:match (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.good_ppattern) then for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.bad_ppatterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_pages', name); -- add error message return; -- and done end end end end --[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ V O L _ I S S _ C H E C K >------------------------ Adds error if |volume= or |issue= has what appears to be some form of redundant 'type' indicator. Applies to both; this function looks for issue text in both |issue= and |volume= and looks for volume-like text in |voluem= and |issue=. For |volume=: 'V.', or 'Vol.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations or 'Volume' in the first characters of the parameter content (all case insensitive). 'V' and 'v' (without the dot) are presumed to be roman numerals so are allowed. For |issue=: 'No.', 'I.', 'Iss.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations, or 'Issue' in the first characters of the parameter content (all case insensitive); numero styling: 'n°' with degree sign U+00B0, and № precomposed numero sign U+2116. Single character values ('v', 'i', 'n') allowed when not followed by separator character ('.', ':', '=', or whitespace character) – param values are trimmed of whitespace by MediaWiki before delivered to the module. <val> is |volume= or |issue= parameter value <name> is |volume= or |issue= parameter name for error message <selector> is 'v' for |volume=, 'i' for |issue= sets error message on failure; returns nothing ]] local function extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (val, name, selector) if not utilities.is_set (val) then return; end local handler = 'v' == selector and 'err_extra_text_volume' or 'err_extra_text_issue'; local accept_val; val, accept_val = utilities.has_accept_as_written (val); --if accept_val then -- if uncomment this, |volume=((vol. 1)) suppresses error -- return; --end --val = mw.text.unstripNoWiki (val); -- if uncomment this, |volume=<nowiki>vol. 1</nowiki> shows error val = val:lower(); -- force parameter value to lower case for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.vi_patterns_t) do -- spin through the sequence table of patterns if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so utilities.set_message (handler, name); -- add error message return; -- and done end end end --[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >---------------------------------------------- split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked |vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.)) ]=] local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table) local _, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written (vparam); if accept then utilities.add_prop_cat ('vanc-accept'); -- add properties category end local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a placeholder local i = 1; while name_table[i] do if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses local name = name_table[i]; i = i + 1; -- bump indexer to next segment while name_table[i] do name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses break; -- and done reassembling so end i = i + 1; -- bump indexer end table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink else wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name if 1 == wl_type then table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]] else table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string end end i = i + 1; end return output_table; end --[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >-------------------------------- This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and |xxxxor-linkn= in args. It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does. Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests. Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th. This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials. ]] local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name) local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn= local v_name_table = {}; local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter local last, first, link, mask, suffix; local corporate = false; vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period) v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor local accept_name; v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (v_name); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name> if accept_name then last = v_name; corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people() elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters; add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation, i); end local lastfirstTable = {} lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+") first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then -- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters suffix = first; -- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table end last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ') -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix if not utilities.is_set (last) then first = ''; -- unset last = v_name; -- last empty because something wrong with first add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name, i); end if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma'], i); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing end if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- matches a space between two initials end else last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name? Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this? end if utilities.is_set (first) then if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials end is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, i); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit if utilities.is_set (suffix) then first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names end else if not corporate then is_good_vanc_name (last, '', nil, i); end end link = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i]; mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list end return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names end --[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------ Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or select one of |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list. Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest; |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |veditors= lowest (support for |editors= withdrawn) When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list. There may be a better way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is. Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided. In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors as appropriate. ]] local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name) local lastfirst = false; if utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ... utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors= utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then lastfirst = true; end if (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) or (true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) then utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', utilities.substitute (cfg.special_case_translation.name_list_params, ('AuthorList' == list_name) and cfg.special_case_translation.author or cfg.special_case_translation.editor)); -- add error message end if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use if utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end; if utilities.is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end; return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------ This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val. If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value specified by ret_val. TODO: explain <invert> ]] local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val, invert) if not utilities.is_set (value) then return ret_val; -- an empty parameter is ok end if (not invert and utilities.in_array (value, possible)) then -- normal; <value> is in <possible> table return cfg.keywords_xlate[value]; -- return translation of parameter keyword elseif invert and not utilities.in_array (value, possible) then -- invert; <value> is not in <possible> table return value; -- return <value> as it is else utilities.set_message ('err_invalid_param_val', {name, value}); -- not an allowed value so add error message return ret_val; end end --[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >---------------------------------------- This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two closing square brackets (close of a wikilink). When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a single space character. ]] local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc) if (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated return name_list; -- just return the name list elseif (string.sub (name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another else return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terminate the name list end end --[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------- returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue (or journal article number) parameters as a single string; or formatted volume or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set. ]] local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, article, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower) if not utilities.is_set (volume) and not utilities.is_set (issue) and not utilities.is_set (article) then return ''; end -- same condition as in format_pages_sheets() local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin); local is_numeric_vol = volume and (volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$')); -- is only uppercase roman numerals or only digits? local is_long_vol = volume and (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)); -- is |volume= value longer than 4 characters? if volume and (not is_numeric_vol and is_long_vol) then -- when not all digits or Roman numerals, is |volume= longer than 4 characters? utilities.add_prop_cat ('long-vol'); -- yes, add properties cat end if is_journal then -- journal-style formatting local vol = ''; if utilities.is_set (volume) then if is_numeric_vol then -- |volume= value all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals? vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, volume}); -- render in bold face elseif is_long_vol then -- not all digits or Roman numerals; longer than 4 characters? vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- not bold else -- four or fewer characters vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- bold end end vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set (issue) and utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue) or '') vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set (article) and utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-article-num'], article) or '') return vol; end if 'podcast' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (issue) then return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); end if 'conference' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (article) then -- |article-number= supported only in journal and conference cites if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (article) then -- both volume and article number return wrap_msg ('vol-art', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), article}, lower); elseif utilities.is_set (article) then -- article number alone; when volume alone, handled below return wrap_msg ('art', {sepc, article}, lower); end end -- all other types of citation if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (issue) then return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), issue}, lower); elseif utilities.is_set (volume) then return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}, lower); else return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); end end --[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >----------------------------------------- adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings. The return order is: page, pages, sheet, sheets Singular has priority over plural when both are provided. ]] local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower) if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators if utilities.is_set (sheet) then if 'journal' == origin then return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), ''; else return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), ''; end elseif utilities.is_set (sheets) then if 'journal' == origin then return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower); else return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower); end end end local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin); if utilities.is_set (page) then if is_journal then return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', ''; elseif not nopp then return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; else return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; end elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then if is_journal then return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', ''; elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; elseif not nopp then return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; else return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; end end return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings end --[[--------------------------< I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T >---------------------------------------------- returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at. If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text for use in COinS. This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to an external link and add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span. TODO: should it? TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline; TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned to a new name)? ]] local function insource_loc_get (page, page_orig, pages, pages_orig, at) local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L; -- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?) if utilities.is_set (page) then if utilities.is_set (pages) or utilities.is_set (at) then pages = ''; -- unset the others at = ''; end extra_text_in_page_check (page, page_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page); -- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label if ws_url then page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in page'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? page = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page}); coins_pages = ws_label; end elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then if utilities.is_set (at) then at = ''; -- unset end extra_text_in_page_check (pages, pages_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages); -- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label if ws_url then pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in pages'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? pages = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages}); coins_pages = ws_label; end elseif utilities.is_set (at) then ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at); -- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label if ws_url then at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in at'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? at = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at}); coins_pages = ws_label; end end return page, pages, at, coins_pages; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ U N I Q U E _ A R C H I V E _ U R L >------------------------------------ add error message when |archive-url= value is same as |url= or chapter-url= (or alias...) value ]] local function is_unique_archive_url (archive, url, c_url, source, date) if utilities.is_set (archive) then if archive == url or archive == c_url then utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); -- add error message return '', ''; -- unset |archive-url= and |archive-date= because same as |url= or |chapter-url= end end return archive, date; end --[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >-------------------------------------------- Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the save snapshot URL or to calendar pages. When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...) archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL. That is something that Wikipedia should not allow unwitting readers to do. When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result. [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results. This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and |archive-date= and an error message when: |archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL |archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the correct place otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date= There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs: //web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form //web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag. There are four identified flags ('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore) we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form. This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified archive URL: for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/) for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/) A secondary function is to return an archive-url timestamp from those archive urls that have them. The timestamp is used by validation.archive_date_check() to see if the value in |archive-date= matches the timestamp in the archive url. ]=] local function archive_url_check (url, date) local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.org URL local function is_ts_date_valid (timestamp, origin_date) -- local function to validate archive url taimestamp date; time ignored local y, m, d = timestamp:match ('(%d%d%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)'); -- split into parts if y and validation.is_valid_date (y, m, d) and (tonumber (y) >= 1996) then return true, tonumber (y) >= origin_date; -- <origin_date> is 1996 for archive.org end end if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate end if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save; url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb; else path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation if not path then -- malformed in some way; pattern did not match err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp; elseif 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp; if '*' ~= flag then local replacement = timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d%d%d') or timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d'); -- get the first 6 (YYYYMM) or first 4 digits (YYYY) if replacement then -- nil if there aren't at least 4 digits (year) replacement = replacement .. string.rep ('0', 14 - replacement:len()); -- year or yearmo (4 or 6 digits) zero-fill to make 14-digit timestamp url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*)%d[^/]*', '%1' .. replacement .. '*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to 14 digits plus splat for calendar display end end elseif not is_ts_date_valid (timestamp, 1996) then -- is ymd portion of timestamp a valid date? err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp; timestamp = nil; -- unset because invalid elseif utilities.is_set (path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path; elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not utilities.is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element) err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag; elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element) err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag; else return url, date, timestamp; -- return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url= end end -- if here, something not right so utilities.set_message ('err_archive_url', {err_msg}); -- add error message and if is_preview_mode then return url, date, timestamp; -- preview mode so return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url= else return '', ''; -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate end end --[[--------------------------< P L A C E _ C H E C K >-------------------------------------------------------- check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits. This function added because many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that) returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits ]] local function place_check (param_val) if not utilities.is_set (param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted return param_val; -- return that empty state end if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value utilities.set_message ('maint_location'); -- yep, add maint cat end return param_val; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >---------------------------------------------- compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (placeholder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else ]] local function is_archived_copy (title) title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case if title:find (cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then -- if title is 'Archived copy' return true; elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'] then if mw.ustring.find (title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local']) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script return true; end end end --[[--------------------------< D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S _ S E L E C T >-------------------------------------- for any of the |display-authors=, |display-editors=, etc parameters, select either the local or global setting. When both are present, look at <local_display_names> value. When the value is some sort of 'et al.'string, special handling is required. When {{cs1 config}} has |display-<namelist>= AND this template has |display-<namelist>=etal AND: the number of names specified by <number_of_names> is: greater than the number specified in the global |display-<namelist>= parameter (<global_display_names>) use global |display-<namelist>= parameter value set overridden maint category less than or equal to the number specified in the global |display-<namelist>= parameter use local |display-<namelist>= parameter value The purpose of this function is to prevent categorizing a template that has fewer names than the global setting to keep the etal annotation specified by <local_display_names>. ]] local function display_names_select (global_display_names, local_display_names, param_name, number_of_names, test) if global_display_names and utilities.is_set (local_display_names) then -- when both if 'etal' == local_display_names:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings number_of_names = tonumber (number_of_names); -- convert these to numbers for comparison local global_display_names_num = tonumber (global_display_names); -- <global_display_names> not set when parameter value is not digits if number_of_names > global_display_names_num then -- template has more names than global config allows to be displayed? utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message because global is overriding local |display-<namelist>=etal return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names()) else return local_display_names, param_name; -- return local because fewer names so let <local_display_names> control end end -- here when <global_display_names> and <local_display_names> both numbers; <global_display_names> controls utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names()) end -- here when only one of <global_display_names> or <local_display_names> set if global_display_names then return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names()) else return local_display_names, param_name; -- return local end end --[[--------------------------< M O D E _ S E T >-------------------------------------------------------------- fetch global mode setting from {{cs1 config}} (if present) or from |mode= (if present); global setting overrides local |mode= parameter value. When both are present, emit maintenance message ]] local function mode_set (Mode, Mode_origin) local mode; if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'] then -- global setting in {{cs1 config}}; nil when empty or assigned value invalid mode = is_valid_parameter_value (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'], 'cs1 config: mode', cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], ''); -- error messaging 'param' here is a hoax else mode = is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, Mode_origin, cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], ''); end if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'] and utilities.is_set (Mode) then -- when template has |mode=<something> which global setting has overridden utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message end return mode; end --[[--------------------------< Q U O T E _ M A K E >---------------------------------------------------------- create quotation from |quote=, |trans-quote=, and/or script-quote= with or without |quote-page= or |quote-pages= when any of those three quote parameters are set, this function unsets <PostScript>. When none of those parameters are set, |quote-page= and |quote-pages= are unset to nil so that they are not included in the template's metadata ]] local function quote_make (quote, trans_quote, script_quote, quote_page, quote_pages, nopp, sepc, postscript) if utilities.is_set (quote) or utilities.is_set (trans_quote) or utilities.is_set (script_quote) then if utilities.is_set (quote) then if quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks quote = quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off end end quote = kern_quotes (quote); -- kern if needed quote = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-text', quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags if utilities.is_set (script_quote) then quote = script_concatenate (quote, script_quote, 'script-quote'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped end if utilities.is_set (trans_quote) then if trans_quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and trans_quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks trans_quote = trans_quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off end quote = quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_quote ); end if utilities.is_set (quote_page) or utilities.is_set (quote_pages) then -- add page prefix local quote_prefix = ''; if utilities.is_set (quote_page) then extra_text_in_page_check (quote_page, 'quote-page'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. if not nopp then quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, quote_page}), '', '', ''; else quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, quote_page}), '', '', ''; end elseif utilities.is_set (quote_pages) then extra_text_in_page_check (quote_pages, 'quote-pages'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-pages= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. if tonumber(quote_pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if only digits, assume single page quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, quote_pages}), '', ''; elseif not nopp then quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, quote_pages}), '', ''; else quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, quote_pages}), '', ''; end end quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. quote; else quote = sepc .. " " .. quote; end postscript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set elseif utilities.is_set (quote_page) or utilities.is_set (quote_pages) then quote_page = nil; -- unset; these require |quote=; TODO: error message? quote_pages = nil; end return quote, quote_page, quote_pages, postscript; end --[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ P U B L I S H E R _ N A M E >-------------------------------------- look for variations of '<text>: <text>' that might be '<location>: <publisher>' in |publisher= parameter value. when found, emit a maintenance message; return nil else <publisher> is the value assigned to |publisher= or |institution= ]] local function check_publisher_name (publisher) local patterns_t = { '^[%w%s]+%s*:%s*[%w%s]+$', -- plain text <location>: <publisher> '^%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+%s*:%s*[%w%s]+$', -- partially wikilinked [[<location>]]: <publisher> '^[%w%s]+%s*:%s*%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+$', -- partially wikilinked <location>: [[<publisher>]] '^%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+%s*:%s*%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+$', -- wikilinked [[<location>]]: [[<publisher>]] } for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns_t) do -- spin through the patterns_t sequence if mw.ustring.match (publisher, pattern) then -- does this pattern match? utilities.set_message ('maint_publisher_location'); -- set a maint message return; -- and done end end end --[[--------------------------< I S _ P A G E _ A R T _ N U M >------------------------------------------------ compare the trailing (rightmost) characters of the |doi= value against the whole value assigned to |page(s)=. return boolean true when: |page(s)= has exactly 8 digits and a dot between the fourth and fifth digits matches the trailing 9 characters of the |doi= value: |page=12345678 → |page=1234.5678 matches |doi=10.xxxx/yyyy1234.5678 |page(s)= is 5 or more characters and matches |doi= values's trailing characters |page(s)= begins with a lowercase 'e' and |page(s)= without the 'e' matches |doi= values's trailing characters: |page=e12345 → |page=12345 matches |doi=10.xxxx/yyyy12345 |page(s)= begins with a uppercase 'CD' followed by (typically) six digits matches |doi= values that ends with 'CDxxxxxx.pubx' (where 'x' is any single digit) return nil when |page(s)= values: are ranges separated by underscore, hyphen, emdash, endash, figure dash, or minus character are comma- or semicolon-separated lists of pages have external urls (has text 'http') are digit-only values less than 10000 do not match |doi= values's trailing characters ]] local function is_page_art_num (page, doi) if not (utilities.is_set (page) and utilities.is_set (doi)) then -- both required return; -- abandon; nothing to do end if page:match ('[,;_−–—‒%-]') then -- when |page(s)= might be a page range or a separated list of pages return; -- abandon end page = page:lower(); -- because doi names are case insensitive doi = doi:lower(); -- force these to lowercase for testing if page:match ('http') then -- when |page(s)= appears to hold a url return; -- abandon end if tonumber (page) then -- is |page(s)= digits only if 10000 > tonumber (page) then -- when |page(s)= less than 10000 return; -- abandon end if doi:match (page .. '$') then -- digits only page number match the last digits in |doi=? return true; end if 8 == page:len() then -- special case when |page(s)= is exactly 8 digits local dot_page = page:gsub ('(%d%d%d%d)(%d%d%d%d)', '%1.%2'); -- make a |page=xxxx.yyyy version commonly used in |doi= if doi:match (dot_page .. '$') then -- 8-digit dotted page number match the last characters in |doi=? return true; end end else -- here when |page(s)= is alpha-numeric if 4 < page:len() then -- when |page(s)= is five or more characters if doi:match (page .. '$') then -- alpha-numeric page match the last characters in |doi=? return true; end local epage = page:match ('^e([%w]+)$'); -- if first character of |page= is 'e', remove it if epage and doi:match (epage .. '$') then -- page number match the last characters in |doi=? return true; end local cdpage = page:match ('^cd%d+$'); -- if first characters of |page= are 'CD' and last characters are digits (typically 6 digits) if cdpage and doi:match (cdpage .. '%.pub%d$') then -- page number matches doi 'CDxxxxxx.pubx' where 'x' is a digit return true; end end end end --[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------ This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting. ]] local function citation0( config, args ) --[[ Load Input Parameters The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable. ]] local A = argument_wrapper ( args ); local i -- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates -- define different field names for the same underlying things. local author_etal; local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors= local Authors; local NameListStyle; if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'] then -- global setting in {{cs1 config}} overrides local |name-list-style= parameter value; nil when empty or assigned value invalid NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'], 'cs1 config: name-list-style', cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], ''); -- error messaging 'param' here is a hoax else NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListStyle'], A:ORIGIN('NameListStyle'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], ''); end if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'] and utilities.is_set (A['NameListStyle']) then -- when template has |name-list-style=<something> which global setting has overridden utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message end local Collaboration = A['Collaboration']; do -- to limit scope of selected local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList'); if 1 == selected then a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= elseif 2 == selected then NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, A['Vauthors'], 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= elseif 3 == selected then Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |people= or |credits=; |authors= is deprecated; TODO: constrain |people= and |credits= to cite av media, episode, serial? end if utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required end end local editor_etal; local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors= do -- to limit scope of selected local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], nil, args, 'EditorList'); -- support for |editors= withdrawn if 1 == selected then e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= elseif 2 == selected then NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= end end local Chapter = A['Chapter']; -- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= and |script-chapter= aliases local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter'); local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter']; local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter'); local Contribution; -- because contribution is required for contributor(s) if 'contribution' == Chapter_origin then -- is there a |contribution= parameter? Contribution = Chapter; -- get the name of the contribution elseif 'script-contribution' == ScriptChapter_origin then -- no, so is there a |script-contribution= parameter? Contribution = ScriptChapter; -- get the name of the contribution end local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= if 0 < #c then if not utilities.is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution= utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution'); -- add missing contribution error message c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later end if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author= utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'author'); -- add missing author error message c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later end end else -- if not a book cite if utilities.select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters? utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_ignored'); -- add contributor ignored error message end Contribution = nil; -- unset end local Title = A['Title']; local TitleLink = A['TitleLink']; local auto_select = ''; -- default is auto local accept_link; TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written (TitleLink, true); -- test for accept-this-as-written markup if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array (TitleLink, {'none', 'pmc', 'doi'}) then -- check for special keywords auto_select = TitleLink; -- remember selection for later TitleLink = ''; -- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty end TitleLink = link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set local Section = ''; -- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == Chapter_origin then Section = A['Chapter']; -- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}} Chapter = ''; -- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present end local Periodical = A['Periodical']; local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical']; local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical'); local TransPeriodical = A['TransPeriodical']; local TransPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransPeriodical'); if (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'book', 'encyclopaedia'}) and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical))) then local param; if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- get a parameter name from one of these periodical related meta-parameters Periodical = ''; -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters param = Periodical_origin -- get parameter name for error messaging elseif utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical) then TransPeriodical = ''; -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters param = TransPeriodical_origin; -- get parameter name for error messaging elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then ScriptPeriodical = ''; -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters param = ScriptPeriodical_origin; -- get parameter name for error messaging end if utilities.is_set (param) then -- if we found one utilities.set_message ('err_periodical_ignored', {param}); -- emit an error message end end if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then local i; Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin}); end end if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for {{cite mailing list}} if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (A ['MailingList']) then -- both set emit an error TODO: make a function for this and similar? utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin) .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'mailinglist')}); end Periodical = A ['MailingList']; -- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}} Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('MailingList'); end -- web and news not tested for now because of -- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors? if not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter -- local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'}; -- for error message local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'}; -- for error message if p[config.CitationClass] then utilities.set_message ('err_missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]}); end end local Volume; if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then if not utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_no_volume_t) then -- {{citation}} does not render |volume= when these parameters are used Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals' end elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website= Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals' end else Volume = A['Volume']; -- and does for non-'periodical' cites end elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings Volume = A['Volume']; end extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Volume, A:ORIGIN ('Volume'), 'v'); local Issue; if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_issue_t) then -- {{citation}} may render |issue= when these parameters are used Issue = A['Issue']; end elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then Issue = A['Issue']; end end local ArticleNumber; if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'conference'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == Periodical_origin) then ArticleNumber = A['ArticleNumber']; end extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Issue, A:ORIGIN ('Issue'), 'i'); Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (Issue); local Page; local Pages; local At; local QuotePage; local QuotePages; if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then -- TODO: rewrite to emit ignored parameter error message? Page = A['Page']; Pages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']); At = A['At']; QuotePage = A['QuotePage']; QuotePages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['QuotePages']); end local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil); local Mode = mode_set (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode')); -- separator character and postscript local sepc, PostScript = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], config.CitationClass); local Quote; Quote, QuotePage, QuotePages, PostScript = quote_make (A['Quote'], A['TransQuote'], A['ScriptQuote'], QuotePage, QuotePages, NoPP, sepc, PostScript); local Edition = A['Edition']; local PublicationPlace = place_check (A['PublicationPlace'], A:ORIGIN('PublicationPlace')); local Place = place_check (A['Place'], A:ORIGIN('Place')); local PublisherName = A['PublisherName']; local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'); if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) and (cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] ~= PublisherName) then local i = 0; PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized if i and (0 < i) then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin}); end end if ('document' == config.CitationClass) and not utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then utilities.set_message ('err_missing_publisher', {config.CitationClass, 'publisher'}); end local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup']; -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup? local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN('Newsgroup'); if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) and (cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] ~= PublisherName) then -- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin}); end PublisherName = nil; -- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS end if 'book' == config.CitationClass or 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and not utilities.is_set (Periodical)) then local accept; PublisherName, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written (PublisherName); -- check for and remove accept-as-written markup from |publisher= wrapped if not accept then -- when no accept-as-written markup check_publisher_name (PublisherName); -- emit maint message when |publisher= might be prefixed with publisher's location end end local URL = A['URL']; -- TODO: better way to do this for URL, ChapterURL, and MapURL? local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); if not utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (UrlAccess) then UrlAccess = nil; utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', 'url'); end local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL']; local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (ChapterUrlAccess) then ChapterUrlAccess = nil; utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')}); end local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); if not utilities.is_set (A['MapURL']) and utilities.is_set (MapUrlAccess) then MapUrlAccess = nil; utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'}); end local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil); -- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories if not utilities.is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page if cfg.uncategorized_namespaces[this_page.namespace] then -- is this page's namespace id one of the uncategorized namespace ids? no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats end for _, v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats break; -- bail out if one is found end end end -- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it) utilities.select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'err_redundant_parameters'); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category local coins_pages; Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, A:ORIGIN('Page'), Pages, A:ORIGIN('Pages'), At); if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different utilities.add_prop_cat ('location-test'); -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; -- unset; don't need both if they are the same end elseif not utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ... PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place end if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL -- local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter']; -- local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter'); local Format = A['Format']; local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat']; local TransChapter = A['TransChapter']; local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter'); local TransTitle = A['TransTitle']; local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle']; --[[ Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia: When the citation has these parameters: |encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering |encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering |trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped |url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified ]] local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; -- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS local ScriptEncyclopedia = A['ScriptEncyclopedia']; local TransEncyclopedia = A['TransEncyclopedia']; if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) or utilities.is_set (ScriptEncyclopedia) then -- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}} if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')}); else utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('ScriptEncyclopedia')}); end Encyclopedia = nil; -- unset these because not supported by this template ScriptEncyclopedia = nil; TransEncyclopedia = nil; end elseif utilities.is_set (TransEncyclopedia) then utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'encyclopedia'}); end if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- when both parameters set emit an error message; {{citation}} only; Periodical not allowed in {{cite encyclopedia}} utilities.set_message ('err_periodical_ignored', {Periodical_origin}); end if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) or utilities.is_set (ScriptEncyclopedia) then Periodical = Encyclopedia; -- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia for rendering; {{citation}} could (not legitimately) have both; use Encyclopedia Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia'); ScriptPeriodical = ScriptEncyclopedia; ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptEncyclopedia'); if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then if not utilities.is_set (Chapter) then Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= params to |article= params for rendering ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle') TransChapter = TransTitle; ChapterURL = URL; ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterFormat = Format; if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (TitleLink) then Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter); end Title = Periodical; -- now map |encyclopedia= params to |title= params for rendering ScriptTitle = ScriptPeriodical or ''; TransTitle = TransEncyclopedia or ''; Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset ScriptPeriodical = ''; URL = ''; Format = ''; TitleLink = ''; end elseif utilities.is_set (Chapter) or utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then -- |title= not set Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering ScriptTitle = ScriptPeriodical or ''; TransTitle = TransEncyclopedia or ''; Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset ScriptPeriodical = ''; end end end -- special case for cite techreport. local ID = A['ID']; if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport if utilities.is_set (A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue' if not utilities.is_set (ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"? ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it else -- ID has a value so emit error message utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}); end end end -- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data. local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode local Conference = A['Conference']; local BookTitle = A['BookTitle']; local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransTitle'); if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (BookTitle) then Chapter = Title; Chapter_origin = 'title'; -- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapter-link= is deprecated ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin; URL_origin = ''; ChapterFormat = Format; TransChapter = TransTitle; TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin; Title = BookTitle; Format = ''; -- TitleLink = ''; TransTitle = ''; URL = ''; end elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string end local cs2_lower = function (text) -- if mode is cs2, use lower case if (sepc ~= '.') then return text:lower(); end return text; end local use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- controls capitalization of certain static text -- cite map oddities local Cartography = ""; local Scale = ""; local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or ''; local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or ''; if config.CitationClass == "map" then if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar? utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'map') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Chapter_origin)}); -- add error message end Chapter = A['Map']; Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('Map'); ChapterURL = A['MapURL']; ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL'); TransChapter = A['TransMap']; ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap'] ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap') ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess; ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat']; Cartography = A['Cartography']; if utilities.is_set ( Cartography ) then Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase); end Scale = A['Scale']; if utilities.is_set ( Scale ) then Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale; end end -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data. local Series = A['Series']; if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink']; SeriesLink = link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set local Network = A['Network']; local Station = A['Station']; local s, n = {}, {}; -- do common parameters first if utilities.is_set (Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end if utilities.is_set (Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' '); if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}} local Season = A['Season']; local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber']; if utilities.is_set (Season) and utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set TODO: make a function for this and similar? utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}); -- add error message SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno= end -- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series if utilities.is_set (Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end if utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end if utilities.is_set (Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle'); ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias |episode-link= TransChapter = TransTitle; ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin; ChapterFormat = Format; Title = Series; -- promote series to title TitleLink = SeriesLink; Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number if utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter); elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode; Series = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series); end URL = ''; -- unset TransTitle = ''; ScriptTitle = ''; Format = ''; else -- now oddities that are cite serial Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday? if utilities.is_set (Series) and utilities.is_set (SeriesLink) then Series = utilities.make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series); end Series = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized end end -- end of {{cite episode}} stuff -- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values local TitleType = A['TitleType']; local Degree = A['Degree']; if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'AV-media-notes', 'document', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'podcast', 'pressrelease', 'report', 'speech', 'techreport', 'thesis'}) then TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType); if utilities.is_set (Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower(); end end if utilities.is_set (TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified TitleType = utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses -- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem end -- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set. local Date = A['Date']; local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate']; local Year = A['Year']; if utilities.is_set (Year) then validation.year_check (Year); -- returns nothing; emits maint message when |year= doesn't hold a 'year' value end if not utilities.is_set (Date) then Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF if not utilities.is_set (Date) and utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter else Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter end else Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date'); -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging end if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation --[[ Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where we get the date used in the metadata. Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation ]] local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], ''); if not utilities.is_set (DF) then DF = cfg.global_df; -- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template end local ArchiveURL; local ArchiveDate; local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat']; local archive_url_timestamp; -- timestamp from wayback machine url ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, archive_url_timestamp = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate']) ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url'); ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = is_unique_archive_url (ArchiveURL, URL, ChapterURL, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), ArchiveDate); -- add error message when URL or ChapterURL == ArchiveURL local AccessDate = A['AccessDate']; local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken']; local Embargo = A['Embargo']; local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch local error_message = ''; -- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it local date_parameters_list = { ['access-date'] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')}, ['archive-date'] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')}, ['date'] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin}, ['doi-broken-date'] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')}, ['pmc-embargo-date'] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')}, ['publication-date'] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')}, ['year'] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN ('Year')}, }; local error_list = {}; anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list); if utilities.is_set (Year) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; validation.year_date_check (Year, A:ORIGIN ('Year'), Date, A:ORIGIN ('Date'), error_list); end if 0 == #error_list then -- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty local modified = false; -- flag if utilities.is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates modified = validation.reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate end if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate modified = true; utilities.set_message ('maint_date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category end -- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language; not supported at en.wiki if cfg.date_name_auto_xlate_enable and validation.date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, cfg.date_digit_auto_xlate_enable ) then utilities.set_message ('maint_date_auto_xlated'); -- add maint cat modified = true; end if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val; Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val; DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val; PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val; end if archive_url_timestamp and utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then validation.archive_date_check (ArchiveDate, archive_url_timestamp, DF); -- does YYYYMMDD in archive_url_timestamp match date in ArchiveDate end else utilities.set_message ('err_bad_date', {utilities.make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}); -- add this error message end end -- end of do if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'book', 'encyclopaedia'}) or -- {{cite book}}, {{cite encyclopedia}}; TODO: {{cite conference}} and others? ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or -- {{citation}} as an encylopedia citation ('citation' == config.CitationClass and not utilities.is_set (Periodical)) then -- {{citation}} as a book citation if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then if not utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then local date = COinS_date.rftdate and tonumber (COinS_date.rftdate:match ('%d%d%d%d')); -- get year portion of COinS date (because in Arabic numerals); convert string to number if date and (1850 <= date) then -- location has no publisher; if date is 1850 or later utilities.set_message ('maint_location_no_publisher'); -- add maint cat end else -- PublisherName has a value if cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] == PublisherName then -- if that value is 'none' (only for book and encyclopedia citations) PublisherName = ''; -- unset end end end end local ID_list = {}; -- sequence table of rendered identifiers local ID_list_coins = {}; -- table of identifiers and their values from args; key is same as cfg.id_handlers's key local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier local ID_support = { {A['ASINTLD'], 'ASIN', 'err_asintld_missing_asin', A:ORIGIN ('ASINTLD')}, {DoiBroken, 'DOI', 'err_doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')}, {Embargo, 'PMC', 'err_embargo_missing_pmc', A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')}, } ID_list, ID_list_coins = identifiers.identifier_lists_get (args, { DoiBroken = DoiBroken, -- for |doi= ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'], -- for |asin= Embargo = Embargo, -- for |pmc= Class = Class, -- for |arxiv= CitationClass = config.CitationClass, -- for |arxiv= Year=anchor_year, -- for |isbn= }, ID_support); if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then -- catch ve/citoid malformed book cites in {{citation}} templates for _, id in ipairs (ID_list) do -- search through the ID_list sequence looking for an ISBN identifier string if id:find ('ISBN', 3, true) then -- plain find, start at index 3 ([[ISBN) if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- when a |work= alias is set utilities.set_message ('maint_work_isbn'); -- add maint cat end end end end -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite medrxiv}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data. if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv=, |citeseerx=, |medrxiv=, |ssrn= required for their templates if not (args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[1]] or -- can't use ID_list_coins k/v table here because invalid parameters omitted args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[2]]) then -- which causes unexpected parameter missing error message utilities.set_message ('err_' .. config.CitationClass .. '_missing'); -- add error message end Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['medrxiv'] = 'medRxiv', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass]; end -- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set (URL) and not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then -- if auto-linking not disabled if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then -- manual selection URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select]; -- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title= elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'] then -- auto-select PMC URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc']; -- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title= elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'] then -- auto-select DOI URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi']; URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1]; end end if utilities.is_set (URL) then -- set when using an identifier-created URL if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then -- |access-date= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url= utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url'); -- add an error message AccessDate = ''; -- unset end if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then -- |archive-url= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url= utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'); -- add an error message ArchiveURL = ''; -- unset end end end -- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact. -- Test if citation has no title if not utilities.is_set (Title) and not utilities.is_set (TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then -- has special case for cite episode utilities.set_message ('err_citation_missing_title', {'episode' == config.CitationClass and 'series' or 'title'}); end if utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) and utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and ('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then -- special case for journal cites Title = ''; -- set title to empty string utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat end if 'journal' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == Periodical_origin) then if is_page_art_num (((utilities.is_set (Page) and Page) or (utilities.is_set (Pages) and Pages)) or nil, ID_list_coins['DOI']) then -- does |page(s)= look like it holds an article number utilities.set_message ('maint_page_art_num'); -- add maint cat end end -- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information. -- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that -- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title -- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required local coins_title = Title; -- et tu if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and utilities.is_set (Title) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then coins_chapter = Title; -- remap coins_title = Periodical; end end local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list coins_author = c; -- use that instead end -- this is the function call to COinS() local OCinSoutput = metadata.COinS({ ['Periodical'] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata ['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, -- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS ['Chapter'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup ['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only ['Title'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup ['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace, ['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date.* has correctly formatted date values if Date is valid; ['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn, ['Quarter'] = COinS_date.rftquarter, ['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron, ['Series'] = Series, ['Volume'] = Volume, ['Issue'] = Issue, ['ArticleNumber'] = ArticleNumber, ['Pages'] = coins_pages or metadata.get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At, QuotePage, QuotePages}, 7)), -- pages stripped of external links ['Edition'] = Edition, ['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName ['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2), ['Authors'] = coins_author, ['ID_list'] = ID_list_coins, ['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText, }, config.CitationClass); -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite medrxiv}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data. if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, medRxiv, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal end -- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Newsgroup) then PublisherName = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil )); end local Editors; local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list local contributor_etal; local Translators; -- assembled translators name list local translator_etal; local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= local Interviewers; local interviewers_list = {}; interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- process preferred interviewers parameters local interviewer_etal; -- Now perform various field substitutions. -- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the -- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil. do local last_first_list; local control = { format = NameListStyle, -- empty string, '&', 'amp', 'and', or 'vanc' maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set mode = Mode }; do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayEditors'], A['DisplayEditors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayEditors'), #e); control.maximum, editor_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #e, 'editors', editor_etal, param); Editors, EditorCount = list_people (control, e, editor_etal); if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation end end do -- now do interviewers local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayInterviewers'], A['DisplayInterviewers'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayInterviewers'), #interviewers_list); control.maximum, interviewer_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal, param); Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal); end do -- now do translators local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayTranslators'], A['DisplayTranslators'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayTranslators'), #t); control.maximum, translator_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #t, 'translators', translator_etal, param); Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal); end do -- now do contributors local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayContributors'], A['DisplayContributors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayContributors'), #c); control.maximum, contributor_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal, param); Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal); end do -- now do authors local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayAuthors'], A['DisplayAuthors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayAuthors'), #a, author_etal); control.maximum, author_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #a, 'authors', author_etal, param); last_first_list = list_people (control, a, author_etal); if utilities.is_set (Authors) then Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors'); -- find and remove variations on et al. if author_etal then Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter end else Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string end end -- end of do if utilities.is_set (Authors) and utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al. end end local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat']; local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL']; ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url'); Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url'); -- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia))) then ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url'); end if not utilities.is_set (URL) then if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for {{cite web}}, {{cite podcast}}, and {{cite mailing list}} ('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website= if not url_was_archive_today then -- is <URL> empty/missing because it was a deprecated archive.today url utilities.set_message ('err_cite_web_url'); -- no; emit an error message for an empty/ missing |url= end end -- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=? if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set; utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url'); AccessDate = ''; end end local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], ''); local OriginalURL local OriginalURL_origin local OriginalFormat local OriginalAccess; UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text if utilities.is_set ( ArchiveURL ) then if utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin; -- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format= if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs end elseif utilities.is_set (URL) then OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin; -- name of URL parameter for error messages OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format= OriginalAccess = UrlAccess; if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive URL parameter for error messages Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs end end elseif utilities.is_set (UrlStatus) then -- if |url-status= is set when |archive-url= is not set utilities.set_message ('maint_url_status'); -- add maint cat end if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia ('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then local chap_param; if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') elseif utilities.is_set (TransChapter) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter') elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL') elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin; else utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat') end if utilities.is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one utilities.set_message ('err_chapter_ignored', {chap_param}); -- add error message Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation TransChapter = ''; ChapterURL = ''; ScriptChapter = ''; ChapterFormat = ''; end else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value if utilities.is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s) if utilities.in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted end end Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ; if 'map' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (TitleType) then Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title end Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. ' '; elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ... Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it end end -- Format main title local plain_title = false; local accept_title; Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written (Title, true); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title> if accept_title and ('' == Title) then -- only support forced empty for now "(())" Title = cfg.messages['notitle']; -- replace by predefined "No title" message -- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...); -- issue proper error message instead of muting ScriptTitle = ''; -- just mute for now TransTitle = ''; -- just mute for now plain_title = true; -- suppress text decoration for descriptive title utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat end if not accept_title then -- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title= Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ... not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.) Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters end if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy (Title) then utilities.set_message ('maint_archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title end if is_generic ('generic_titles', Title) then utilities.set_message ('err_generic_title'); -- set an error message end end if (not plain_title) and (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'document', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or ('map' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)))) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks Title = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title); Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); elseif plain_title or ('report' == config.CitationClass) then -- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above) Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title else Title = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Title); Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle); end if utilities.is_set (TransTitle) then if utilities.is_set (Title) then TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle; else utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'title'}); end end if utilities.is_set (Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs? if utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url'); -- set an error message because we can't have both TitleLink = ''; -- unset end if not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. Format; URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed Format = ""; elseif utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set (URL) then local ws_url; ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink); -- ignore ws_label return; not used here if ws_url then Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title-link'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this? Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title}); Title = Title .. TransTitle; else Title = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle; end else local ws_url, ws_label, L; -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink) ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('^[\'"]*(.-)[\'"]*$', '%1')); -- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label if ws_url then Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label); -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this? Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title}); Title = Title .. TransTitle; else Title = Title .. TransTitle; end end else Title = TransTitle; end if utilities.is_set (Place) then Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " "; end local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL if utilities.is_set (Conference) then if utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil ); end Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat; elseif utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil ); end local Position = ''; if not utilities.is_set (Position) then local Minutes = A['Minutes']; local Time = A['Time']; if utilities.is_set (Minutes) then if utilities.is_set (Time) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar? utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}); end Position = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.minutes, Minutes); else if utilities.is_set (Time) then local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption'] if not utilities.is_set (TimeCaption) then TimeCaption = cs2_lower(cfg.messages['event']); end Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time; end end else Position = " " .. Position; At = ''; end Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase); At = utilities.is_set (At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or ""; Position = utilities.is_set (Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or ""; if config.CitationClass == 'map' then local Sections = A['Sections']; -- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier local Inset = A['Inset']; if utilities.is_set ( Inset ) then Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase); end if utilities.is_set ( Sections ) then Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase); elseif utilities.is_set ( Section ) then Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase); end At = At .. Inset .. Section; end local Others = A['Others']; if utilities.is_set (Others) and 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor= if config.CitationClass == "AV-media-notes" or config.CitationClass == "audio-visual" then -- special maint for AV/M which has a lot of 'false' positives right now utilities.set_message ('maint_others_avm') else utilities.set_message ('maint_others'); end end Others = utilities.is_set (Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or ""; if utilities.is_set (Translators) then Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc); end if utilities.is_set (Interviewers) then Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc); end local TitleNote = A['TitleNote']; TitleNote = utilities.is_set (TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or ""; if utilities.is_set (Edition) then if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%n?%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then -- Ed, ed, Ed., ed., Edn, edn, Edn., edn. utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_edition'); -- add error message end Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition); else Edition = ''; end Series = utilities.is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or ""; -- not the same as SeriesNum local Agency = A['Agency'] or ''; -- |agency= is supported by {{cite magazine}}, {{cite news}}, {{cite press release}}, {{cite web}}, and certain {{citation}} templates if utilities.is_set (Agency) then -- this testing done here because {{citation}} supports 'news' citations if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'magazine', 'news', 'pressrelease', 'web'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {"magazine", "newspaper", "work"})) then Agency = wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}); -- format for rendering else Agency = ''; -- unset; not supported utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {'agency'}); -- add error message end end Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, ArticleNumber, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase); if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']; AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format retrv_text = cs2_lower(retrv_text); -- if mode is cs2, lower case AccessDate = utilities.substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text AccessDate = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates end if utilities.is_set (ID) then ID = sepc .. " " .. ID; end local Docket = A['Docket']; if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID; end if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set end if utilities.is_set (URL) then URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess ); end -- We check length of PostScript here because it will have been nuked by -- the quote parameters. We'd otherwise emit a message even if there wasn't -- a displayed postscript. -- TODO: Should the max size (1) be configurable? -- TODO: Should we check a specific pattern? if utilities.is_set(PostScript) and mw.ustring.len(PostScript) > 1 then utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript') end local Archived; if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then if not utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then -- ArchiveURL set but ArchiveDate not set utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_date'); -- emit an error message ArchiveURL = ''; -- empty string for concatenation ArchiveDate = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end else if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then -- ArchiveURL not set but ArchiveDate is set utilities.set_message ('err_archive_date_missing_url'); -- emit an error message ArchiveURL = ''; -- empty string for concatenation ArchiveDate = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end end if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then local arch_text; if "live" == UrlStatus then if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'], { external_link( ArchiveURL, cs2_lower(cfg.messages['archived']), A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } ); else Archived = ''; end if not utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'); Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end elseif utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown' if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. utilities.substitute ( cs2_lower(cfg.messages['archived-unfit']), ArchiveDate); if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then utilities.set_message ('maint_bot_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added else utilities.add_prop_cat ('unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added end else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead' if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. utilities.substitute ( cs2_lower(cfg.messages['archived-dead']), { external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); else Archived = ''; -- unset for concatenation end end else -- OriginalUrl not set utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'); Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end elseif utilities.is_set (ArchiveFormat) then Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message else Archived = ''; end local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat']; TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl'); local Transcript = A['Transcript']; local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL if utilities.is_set (Transcript) then if utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil ); end Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat; elseif utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil ); end local Publisher; if utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate); end if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; else Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; end elseif utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate; else Publisher = PublicationDate; end -- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last. if (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical)) then if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (TitleNote) then Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin); else Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin); end end local Language = A['Language']; if utilities.is_set (Language) then Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc. else Language=''; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string; --[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType ]] end --[[ Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided). ]] if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only TitleNote = TitleType; -- move TitleType to TitleNote so that it renders ahead of |event= TitleType = ''; -- and unset if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter if utilities.is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering end end end -- Piece all bits together at last. Here, all should be non-nil. -- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA -- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over. local tcommon; local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At; -- Volume = safe_join ({Volume, pgtext}, sepc); if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc. tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote}, sepc); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2 tcommon2 = safe_join ({TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher}, sepc); else tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher}, sepc); end elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter tcommon = safe_join ({Title, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc); elseif utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleType, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc); else -- a sheet or stand-alone map tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleType, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc); end elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc); else -- all other CS1 templates tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc); end if #ID_list > 0 then ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ", table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc ); else ID_list = ID; end local Via = A['Via']; Via = utilities.is_set (Via) and wrap_msg ('via', Via) or ''; local idcommon; if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Quote }, sepc ); else idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Quote }, sepc ); end local text; -- local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At; local OrigDate = A['OrigDate']; OrigDate = utilities.is_set (OrigDate) and wrap_msg ('origdate', OrigDate) or ''; if utilities.is_set (Date) then if utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " "; -- in parentheses else -- neither of authors and editors set if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date does not begin with sepc else Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date begins with sepc end end end if utilities.is_set (Authors) then if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if utilities.is_set (Editors) then local in_text = ''; local post_text = ''; if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and 0 == #c then in_text = cfg.messages['in'] .. ' '; in_text = cs2_lower(in_text); -- lowercase for cs2 end if EditorCount <= 1 then post_text = ' (' .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ')'; -- be consistent with no-author, no-date case else post_text = ' (' .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ')'; end Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc. local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' '; by_text = cs2_lower(by_text); -- lowercase for cs2 Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here if utilities.is_set (Editors) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); -- text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, idcommon }, sepc ); else text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); -- text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, idcommon }, sepc ); end elseif utilities.is_set (Editors) then if utilities.is_set (Date) then if EditorCount <= 1 then Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation['sep_name'] .. cfg.messages['editor']; else Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation['sep_name'] .. cfg.messages['editors']; end else if EditorCount <= 1 then Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " else Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " end end text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); -- text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, idcommon}, sepc ); else if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc ); -- text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, idcommon}, sepc ); else text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); -- text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, idcommon}, sepc ); end end if utilities.is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); -- Deals with italics, spaces, etc. if '.' == sepc then -- remove final seperator if present text = text:gsub ('%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- dot must be escaped here else text = mw.ustring.gsub (text, sepc .. '$', ''); -- using ustring for non-dot sepc (likely a non-Latin character) end end text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc ); -- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite> element local options_t = {}; options_t.class = cite_class_attribute_make (config.CitationClass, Mode); local Ref = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Ref'], A:ORIGIN('Ref'), cfg.keywords_lists['ref'], nil, true); -- nil when |ref=harv; A['Ref'] else if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[(Ref and Ref:lower()) or ''] then local namelist_t = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list namelist_t = c; -- select it elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list namelist_t = a; elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list namelist_t = e; end local citeref_id; if #namelist_t > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist_t citeref_id = make_citeref_id (namelist_t, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor if mw.uri.anchorEncode (citeref_id) == ((Ref and mw.uri.anchorEncode (Ref)) or '') then -- Ref may already be encoded (by {{sfnref}}) so citeref_id must be encoded before comparison utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_duplicates_default'); end else citeref_id = ''; -- unset end options_t.id = Ref or citeref_id; end if string.len (text:gsub('%b<>', '')) <= 2 then -- remove html and html-like tags; then get length of what remains; z.error_cats_t = {}; -- blank the categories list z.error_msgs_t = {}; -- blank the error messages list OCinSoutput = nil; -- blank the metadata string text = ''; -- blank the the citation utilities.set_message ('err_empty_citation'); -- set empty citation message and category end local render_t = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation if is_preview_mode and (0 ~= #z.error_msgs_t or 0 ~= #z.maint_cats_t) then -- when in preview mode if not utilities.is_set (options_t.id) then -- and when this template has not created an anchor ID math.randomseed (tonumber (mw.getLanguage ('en'):formatDate ('U')) * 10000 + os.clock() * 10000); options_t.id = 'CITEREF_temp_preview_id_' .. math.random (100000, 999999); -- create temporary anchor ID for preview mode end end if utilities.is_set (options_t.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags options_t.id = mw.uri.anchorEncode(options_t.id); -- do this here; also used when adding preview warning messages table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {options_t.id, mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set or when there is a namelist else table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref=none or when namelist_t empty and |ref= is missing or is empty end if OCinSoutput then -- blanked when citation is 'empty' so don't bother to add boilerplate metadata span table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], OCinSoutput)); -- format and append metadata to the citation end local template_name = cfg.citation_class_map_t[config.CitationClass]; local template_link = '[[Template:' .. template_name .. '|' .. template_name .. ']]'; local msg_prefix = '<code class="cs1-code">{{' .. template_link .. '}}</code>: '; if 0 ~= #z.error_msgs_t then mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_e, {template_link, options_t.id})); table.insert (render_t, ' '); -- insert a space between citation and its error messages table.sort (z.error_msgs_t); -- sort the error messages list; sorting includes wrapping <span> and <code> tags; hidden-error sorts ahead of visible-error local hidden = true; -- presume that the only error messages emited by this template are hidden for _, v in ipairs (z.error_msgs_t) do -- spin through the list of error messages if v:find ('cs1-visible-error', 1, true) then -- look for the visible error class name hidden = false; -- found one; so don't hide the error message prefix break; -- and done because no need to look further end end z.error_msgs_t[1] = table.concat ({utilities.error_comment (msg_prefix, hidden), z.error_msgs_t[1]}); -- add error message prefix to first error message to prevent extraneous punctuation table.insert (render_t, table.concat (z.error_msgs_t, '; ')); -- make a big string of error messages and add it to the rendering end if 0 ~= #z.maint_cats_t then mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_m, {template_link, options_t.id})); table.sort (z.maint_cats_t); -- sort the maintenance messages list local maint_msgs_t = {}; -- here we collect all of the maint messages if 0 == #z.error_msgs_t then -- if no error messages table.insert (maint_msgs_t, msg_prefix); -- insert message prefix in maint message livery end for _, v in ipairs( z.maint_cats_t ) do -- append maintenance categories table.insert (maint_msgs_t, -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs_t table table.concat ({v, ' (', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[':cat wikilink'], v), ')'}) ); end table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs_t, ' '))); -- wrap the group of maint messages with proper presentation and save end if not no_tracking_cats then local sort_key; local cat_wikilink = 'cat wikilink'; if cfg.enable_sort_keys then -- when namespace sort keys enabled local namespace_number = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace; -- get namespace number for this wikitext sort_key = (0 ~= namespace_number and (cfg.name_space_sort_keys[namespace_number] or cfg.name_space_sort_keys.other)) or nil; -- get sort key character; nil for mainspace cat_wikilink = (not sort_key and 'cat wikilink') or 'cat wikilink sk'; -- make <cfg.messages> key end for _, v in ipairs (z.error_cats_t) do -- append error categories table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[cat_wikilink], {v, sort_key})); end if cfg.id_limits_data_load_fail then -- boolean true when load failed utilities.set_message ('maint_id_limit_load_fail'); -- done here because this maint cat emits no message end for _, v in ipairs (z.maint_cats_t) do -- append maintenance categories table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[cat_wikilink], {v, sort_key})); end for _, v in ipairs (z.prop_cats_t) do -- append properties categories table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v)); -- no sort keys end end return table.concat (render_t); -- make a big string and done end --[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >-------------------------------------------------------------- Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists. Parameters in the whitelist can have three values: true - active, supported parameters false - deprecated, supported parameters nil - unsupported parameters ]] local function validate (name, cite_class, empty) local name = tostring (name); local enum_name; -- parameter name with enumerator (if any) replaced with '#' local state; local function state_test (state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then if empty then return nil; end -- empty deprecated parameters are treated as unknowns deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end if 'tracked' == state then local base_name = name:gsub ('%d', ''); -- strip enumerators from parameter names that have them to get the base name utilities.add_prop_cat ('tracked-param', {base_name}, base_name); -- add a properties category; <base_name> modifies <key> return true; end return nil; end if name:find ('#') then -- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted return nil; end -- replace enumerator digit(s) with # (|last25= becomes |last#=) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits) enum_name = mw.ustring.gsub (name, '%d+$', '#'); -- where enumerator is last charaters in parameter name (these to protect |s2cid=) enum_name = mw.ustring.gsub (enum_name, '%d+([%-l])', '#%1'); -- where enumerator is in the middle of the parameter name; |author#link= is the oddity if 'document' == cite_class then -- special case for {{cite document}} state = whitelist.document_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end return false; end if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates state = whitelist.limited_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end state = whitelist.preprint_arguments_t[cite_class][name]; -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil end -- end limited parameter-set templates if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list_t) then -- template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list state = whitelist.unique_arguments_t[cite_class][name]; -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end end -- if here, fall into general validation state = whitelist.common_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed; this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil end --[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >---------------------------------------------- check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup. <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language code. when these values have the form (without leading colon): [[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text [[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text return value as is else ]=] local function inter_wiki_check (parameter, value) local prefix = value:match ('%[%[(%a+):'); -- get an interwiki prefix if one exists local _; if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then -- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', parameter); -- emit an error message _, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink (value); -- extract label portion from wikilink end return value; end --[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------ Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters. If found, then the string is possibly a parameter that is missing its pipe. There are two tests made: {{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name {{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki) cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives XML/HTML tags are removed before the search. If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category. ]] local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value) local capture; value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc. capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name utilities.set_message ('err_missing_pipe', parameter); end end --[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >-------------------------------------- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked ]] local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value) if 'number' == type (param) then return; end param = param:gsub ('%d+', '#'); -- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize if cfg.punct_skip[param] then return; -- parameter name found in the skip table so done end if value:match ('[,;:]$') then utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat end if value:match ('^=') then -- sometimes an extraneous '=' character appears ... utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat end end --[[--------------------------< H A S _ T W L _ U R L >-------------------------------------------------------- look for The Wikipedia Library urls in url-holding parameters. TWL urls are accessible only for readers who are active extended confirmed Wikipedia editors. This function sets an error message when such urls are discovered and when appropriate, sets the |<param>-url-access=subscription. returns nothing. looks for: '.wikipedialibrary.idm.oclc.org' ]] local function has_twl_url (url_params_t, cite_args_t) local url_error_t = {}; -- sequence of url-holding parameters that have a TWL url for param, value in pairs (url_params_t) do if value:find ('%.wikipedialibrary%.idm%.oclc%.org') then -- has the TWL base url? table.insert (url_error_t, param); -- add parameter name to the error list end end if 0 ~= #url_error_t then -- non-zero when there are errors table.sort (url_error_t); -- sor for error messaging for i, param in ipairs (url_error_t) do if cfg.url_access_map_t[param] then -- if <param> has a matching -access parameter cite_args_t[cfg.url_access_map_t[param]] = cfg.keywords_xlate.subscription; -- set |<param>-url-access=subscription end url_error_t[i] = utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param); -- make the parameter pretty for error message end utilities.set_message ('err_param_has_twl_url', {utilities.make_sep_list (#url_error_t, url_error_t)}); -- add this error message end end --[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ U R L >------------------------------------------ look for extraneous url parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked ]] local function has_extraneous_url (non_url_param_t) local url_error_t = {}; check_for_url (non_url_param_t, url_error_t); -- extraneous url check if 0 ~= #url_error_t then -- non-zero when there are errors table.sort (url_error_t); utilities.set_message ('err_param_has_ext_link', {utilities.make_sep_list (#url_error_t, url_error_t)}); -- add this error message end end --[[--------------------------< _ C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------------ Module entry point frame – from template call (citation()); may be nil when called from another module args_t – table of all cs1|2 parameters in the template (the parent frame) config_t – table of template-supplied parameter (the #invoke frame) ]] local function _citation (frame, args_t, config_t) -- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode if not frame then frame = mw.getCurrentFrame(); -- if called from another module, get a frame for frame-provided functions end -- i18n: set the name that your wiki uses to identify sandbox subpages from sandbox template invoke (or can be set here) local sandbox = ((config_t.SandboxPath and '' ~= config_t.SandboxPath) and config_t.SandboxPath) or '/sandbox'; -- sandbox path from {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|citation|SandboxPath=/...}} is_sandbox = nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), sandbox, 1, true); -- is this invoke the sandbox module? sandbox = is_sandbox and sandbox or ''; -- use i18n sandbox to load sandbox modules when this module is the sandox; live modules else cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration' .. sandbox); -- load sandbox versions of support modules when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live modules else whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist' .. sandbox); utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities' .. sandbox); validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation' .. sandbox); identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers' .. sandbox); metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS' .. sandbox); utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local cite_args_t = {}; -- because args_t is the parent (template) frame args (which cannot be modified); params and their values will be placed here is_preview_mode = not utilities.is_set (frame:preprocess ('{{REVISIONID}}')); local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them local error_text; -- used as a flag local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns local empty_unknowns = {}; -- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing for k, v in pairs (args_t) do -- get parameters from the parent (template) frame v = mw.ustring.gsub (v, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1'); -- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string if v ~= '' then if cfg.enum_needs_xlation and 'string' == type (k) then -- for wikis that set date_names['local_digits'] to non-western digits k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- translate 'local' digits enumerators to Western 0-9 end if not validate( k, config_t.CitationClass ) then if type (k) ~= 'string' then -- exclude empty numbered parameters if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_text_ignored', {v}); end elseif validate (k:lower(), config_t.CitationClass) then error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter else if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it suggestions = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' .. sandbox); --load sandbox version of suggestion module when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live module else end for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match if capture then -- if the pattern matches param = utilities.substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator) if validate (param, config_t.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists) error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}); -- set the suggestion error message else error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k}); -- suggested param not supported by this template v = ''; -- unset end end end if not utilities.is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an explicit suggestion? if (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil) and validate (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ], config_t.CitationClass) then utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}); else utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k}); v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists) end end end end cite_args_t[k] = v; -- save this parameter and its value elseif not utilities.is_set (v) then -- for empty parameters if not validate (k, config_t.CitationClass, true) then -- is this empty parameter a valid parameter k = ('' == k) and cfg.err_msg_supl.empty_str or k; -- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text table.insert (empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); -- format for error message and add to the list end end end if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then -- create empty unknown error message utilities.set_message ('err_param_unknown_empty', { 1 == #empty_unknowns and '' or 's', utilities.make_sep_list (#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns) }); end local non_url_param_t = {}; -- table of parameters and values that are not url-holding parameters local url_param_t = {}; -- table of url-holding paramters and their values for k, v in pairs (cite_args_t) do if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters has_invisible_chars (k, v); -- look for invisible characters end has_extraneous_punc (k, v); -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values missing_pipe_check (k, v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe? cite_args_t[k] = inter_wiki_check (k, v); -- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label if 'string' == type (k) then -- when parameter k is not positional if not cfg.url_skip[k] then -- and not in url skip table non_url_param_t[k] = v; -- make a parameter/value list for extraneous url check else -- and is in url skip table (a url-holding parameter) url_param_t[k] = v; -- make a parameter/value list to check for values that are The Wikipedia Library url end end end if cfg.suppress_archive_today_urls then has_archive_today_url (cite_args_t); -- look for and suppress archive.today urls and dependent parameters for all templates end has_extraneous_url (non_url_param_t); -- look for url in parameter values where a url does not belong has_twl_url (url_param_t, cite_args_t); -- look for url-holding parameters that hold a The Wikipedia Library url return table.concat ({ frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src='Module:Citation/CS1' .. sandbox .. '/styles.css'}), citation0 (config_t, cite_args_t) }); end --[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N >-------------------------------------------------------------- Template entry point ]] local function citation (frame) local config_t = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}} local args_t = frame:getParent().args; -- get template's preset parameters for k, v in pairs (frame.args) do -- get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame config_t[k] = v; -- args_t[k] = v; -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}; skips parameter validation; TODO: keep? end return _citation (frame, args_t, config_t) end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------ ]] return { citation = citation, -- template entry point _citation = _citation, -- module entry point } o0mp7ygqu5bibs2dabkkkkneiickrfx 828 3826 265979 262559 2026-06-18T22:38:35Z en>Stjn 0 as a hotfix for [[phab:T268900]] issue, feel free to replace with some solution restoring separate [] at a later point if needed 265979 Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{documentation}}. -- Get required modules. local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs -- Get the config table. local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Documentation/config') local p = {} -- Often-used functions. local ugsub = mw.ustring.gsub local format = mw.ustring.format ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -- -- These are defined as local functions, but are made available in the p -- table for testing purposes. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function message(cfgKey, valArray, expectType) --[[ -- Gets a message from the cfg table and formats it if appropriate. -- The function raises an error if the value from the cfg table is not -- of the type expectType. The default type for expectType is 'string'. -- If the table valArray is present, strings such as $1, $2 etc. in the -- message are substituted with values from the table keys [1], [2] etc. -- For example, if the message "foo-message" had the value 'Foo $2 bar $1.', -- message('foo-message', {'baz', 'qux'}) would return "Foo qux bar baz." --]] local msg = cfg[cfgKey] expectType = expectType or 'string' if type(msg) ~= expectType then error('message: type error in message cfg.' .. cfgKey .. ' (' .. expectType .. ' expected, got ' .. type(msg) .. ')', 2) end if not valArray then return msg end local function getMessageVal(match) match = tonumber(match) return valArray[match] or error('message: no value found for key $' .. match .. ' in message cfg.' .. cfgKey, 4) end return ugsub(msg, '$([1-9][0-9]*)', getMessageVal) end p.message = message local function makeWikilink(page, display) if display then return format('[[%s|%s]]', page, display) else return format('[[%s]]', page) end end p.makeWikilink = makeWikilink local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort) local catns = mw.site.namespaces[14].name return makeWikilink(catns .. ':' .. cat, sort) end p.makeCategoryLink = makeCategoryLink local function makeUrlLink(url, display) return format('[%s %s]', url, display) end p.makeUrlLink = makeUrlLink local function makeToolbar(...) local ret = {} local lim = select('#', ...) if lim < 1 then return nil end for i = 1, lim do ret[#ret + 1] = select(i, ...) end -- 'documentation-toolbar' return format( '<span class="%s">(%s)</span>', message('toolbar-class'), table.concat(ret, ' &#124; ') ) end p.makeToolbar = makeToolbar ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Argument processing ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function makeInvokeFunc(funcName) return function (frame) local args = getArgs(frame, { valueFunc = function (key, value) if type(value) == 'string' then value = value:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') -- Remove whitespace. if key == 'heading' or value ~= '' then return value else return nil end else return value end end }) return p[funcName](args) end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Entry points ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.nonexistent(frame) if mw.title.getCurrentTitle().subpageText == 'testcases' then return frame:expandTemplate{title = 'module test cases notice'} else return p.main(frame) end end p.main = makeInvokeFunc('_main') function p._main(args) --[[ -- This function defines logic flow for the module. -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user --]] local env = p.getEnvironment(args) local root = mw.html.create() root :wikitext(p._getModuleWikitext(args, env)) :wikitext(p.protectionTemplate(env)) :wikitext(p.sandboxNotice(args, env)) :tag('div') -- 'documentation-container' :addClass(message('container')) :attr('role', 'complementary') :attr('aria-labelledby', args.heading ~= '' and 'documentation-heading' or nil) :attr('aria-label', args.heading == '' and 'Documentation' or nil) :newline() :tag('div') -- 'documentation' :addClass(message('main-div-classes')) :newline() :wikitext(p._startBox(args, env)) :wikitext(p._content(args, env)) :tag('div') -- 'documentation-clear' :addClass(message('clear')) :done() :newline() :done() :wikitext(p._endBox(args, env)) :done() :wikitext(p.addTrackingCategories(env)) -- 'Module:Documentation/styles.css' return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag ( 'templatestyles', '', {src=cfg['templatestyles'] }) .. tostring(root) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Environment settings ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.getEnvironment(args) --[[ -- Returns a table with information about the environment, including title -- objects and other namespace- or path-related data. -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user -- -- Title objects include: -- env.title - the page we are making documentation for (usually the current title) -- env.templateTitle - the template (or module, file, etc.) -- env.docTitle - the /doc subpage. -- env.sandboxTitle - the /sandbox subpage. -- env.testcasesTitle - the /testcases subpage. -- -- Data includes: -- env.protectionLevels - the protection levels table of the title object. -- env.subjectSpace - the number of the title's subject namespace. -- env.docSpace - the number of the namespace the title puts its documentation in. -- env.docpageBase - the text of the base page of the /doc, /sandbox and /testcases pages, with namespace. -- env.compareUrl - URL of the Special:ComparePages page comparing the sandbox with the template. -- -- All table lookups are passed through pcall so that errors are caught. If an error occurs, the value -- returned will be nil. --]] local env, envFuncs = {}, {} -- Set up the metatable. If triggered we call the corresponding function in the envFuncs table. The value -- returned by that function is memoized in the env table so that we don't call any of the functions -- more than once. (Nils won't be memoized.) setmetatable(env, { __index = function (t, key) local envFunc = envFuncs[key] if envFunc then local success, val = pcall(envFunc) if success then env[key] = val -- Memoise the value. return val end end return nil end }) function envFuncs.title() -- The title object for the current page, or a test page passed with args.page. local title local titleArg = args.page if titleArg then title = mw.title.new(titleArg) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end return title end function envFuncs.templateTitle() --[[ -- The template (or module, etc.) title object. -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox' -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local title = env.title local subpage = title.subpageText if subpage == message('sandbox-subpage') or subpage == message('testcases-subpage') or (subpage == message('doc-subpage') and mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace == env.docSpace) then return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.baseText) else return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.text) end end function envFuncs.docTitle() --[[ -- Title object of the /doc subpage. -- Messages: -- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc' --]] local title = env.title local docname = args[1] -- User-specified doc page. local docpage if docname then docpage = docname else docpage = env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('doc-subpage') end return mw.title.new(docpage) end function envFuncs.sandboxTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /sandbox subpage. -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox' --]] return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('sandbox-subpage')) end function envFuncs.testcasesTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /testcases subpage. -- Messages: -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' --]] return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('testcases-subpage')) end function envFuncs.protectionLevels() -- The protection levels table of the title object. return env.title.protectionLevels end function envFuncs.subjectSpace() -- The subject namespace number. return mw.site.namespaces[env.title.namespace].subject.id end function envFuncs.docSpace() -- The documentation namespace number. For most namespaces this is the -- same as the subject namespace. However, pages in the Article, File, -- MediaWiki or Category namespaces must have their /doc, /sandbox and -- /testcases pages in talk space. local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if subjectSpace == 0 or subjectSpace == 6 or subjectSpace == 8 or subjectSpace == 14 then return subjectSpace + 1 else return subjectSpace end end function envFuncs.docpageBase() -- The base page of the /doc, /sandbox, and /testcases subpages. -- For some namespaces this is the talk page, rather than the template page. local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local docSpace = env.docSpace local docSpaceText = mw.site.namespaces[docSpace].name -- Assemble the link. docSpace is never the main namespace, so we can hardcode the colon. return docSpaceText .. ':' .. templateTitle.text end function envFuncs.compareUrl() -- Diff link between the sandbox and the main template using [[Special:ComparePages]]. local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle if templateTitle.exists and sandboxTitle.exists then local compareUrl = mw.uri.canonicalUrl( 'Special:ComparePages', { page1 = templateTitle.prefixedText, page2 = sandboxTitle.prefixedText} ) return tostring(compareUrl) else return nil end end return env end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Auxiliary templates ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getModuleWikitext = makeInvokeFunc('_getModuleWikitext') function p._getModuleWikitext(args, env) local currentTitle = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if currentTitle.contentModel ~= 'Scribunto' then return end pcall(require, currentTitle.prefixedText) -- if it fails, we don't care local moduleWikitext = package.loaded["Module:Module wikitext"] if moduleWikitext then return moduleWikitext.main() end end function p.sandboxNotice(args, env) --[=[ -- Generates a sandbox notice for display above sandbox pages. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-notice-image' --> '[[File:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]' -- 'sandbox-notice-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2.' -- 'sandbox-notice-diff-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-template' --> '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-module' --> '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-other' --> 'sandbox page' -- 'sandbox-notice-compare-link-display' --> 'diff' -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb' --> 'See also the companion subpage for $1.' -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display' --> 'test cases' -- 'sandbox-category' --> 'Template sandboxes' -- 'module-sandbox-category' --> 'Module sandboxes' -- 'other-sandbox-category' --> 'Sandboxes outside of template or module namespace' --]=] local title = env.title local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not (subjectSpace and title and sandboxTitle and templateTitle and mw.title.equals(title, sandboxTitle)) then return nil end -- Build the table of arguments to pass to {{ombox}}. We need just two fields, "image" and "text". local omargs = {} omargs.image = message('sandbox-notice-image') -- Get the text. We start with the opening blurb, which is something like -- "This is the template sandbox for [[Template:Foo]] (diff)." local text = '__EXPECTUNUSEDTEMPLATE__' local pagetype, sandboxCat if subjectSpace == 10 then pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-template') sandboxCat = message('sandbox-category') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-module') sandboxCat = message('module-sandbox-category') else pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-other') sandboxCat = message('other-sandbox-category') end local templateLink = makeWikilink(templateTitle.prefixedText) local compareUrl = env.compareUrl if compareUrl then local compareDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-compare-link-display') local compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay) text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-diff-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink, compareLink}) else text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink}) end -- Get the test cases page blurb if the page exists. This is something like -- "See also the companion subpage for [[Template:Foo/testcases|test cases]]." local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle if testcasesTitle and testcasesTitle.exists then if testcasesTitle.contentModel == "Scribunto" then local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay) local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay) text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb', {testcasesLink, testcasesRunLink}) else local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay) text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb', {testcasesLink}) end end -- Add the sandbox to the sandbox category. omargs.text = text .. makeCategoryLink(sandboxCat) -- 'documentation-clear' return '<div class="' .. message('clear') .. '"></div>' .. require('Module:Message box').main('ombox', omargs) end function p.protectionTemplate(env) -- Generates the padlock icon in the top right. -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'protection-template' --> 'pp-template' -- 'protection-template-args' --> {docusage = 'yes'} local protectionLevels = env.protectionLevels if not protectionLevels then return nil end local editProt = protectionLevels.edit and protectionLevels.edit[1] local moveProt = protectionLevels.move and protectionLevels.move[1] if editProt then -- The page is edit-protected. return require('Module:Protection banner')._main{ message('protection-reason-edit'), small = true } elseif moveProt and moveProt ~= 'autoconfirmed' then -- The page is move-protected but not edit-protected. Exclude move -- protection with the level "autoconfirmed", as this is equivalent to -- no move protection at all. return require('Module:Protection banner')._main{ action = 'move', small = true } else return nil end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start box ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.startBox = makeInvokeFunc('_startBox') function p._startBox(args, env) --[[ -- This function generates the start box. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- The actual work is done by p.makeStartBoxLinksData and p.renderStartBoxLinks which make -- the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links, and by p.makeStartBoxData and p.renderStartBox -- which generate the box HTML. --]] env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local links local content = args.content if not content or args[1] then -- No need to include the links if the documentation is on the template page itself. local linksData = p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env) if linksData then links = p.renderStartBoxLinks(linksData) end end -- Generate the start box html. local data = p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links) if data then return p.renderStartBox(data) else -- User specified no heading. return nil end end function p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env) --[[ -- Does initial processing of data to make the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'view-link-display' --> 'view' -- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'history-link-display' --> 'history' -- 'purge-link-display' --> 'purge' -- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' -- 'docpage-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload' -- 'create-link-display' --> 'create' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local title = env.title local docTitle = env.docTitle if not title or not docTitle then return nil end if docTitle.isRedirect then docTitle = docTitle.redirectTarget end -- Create link if /doc doesn't exist. local preload = args.preload if not preload then if subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace preload = message('module-preload') else preload = message('docpage-preload') end end return { title = title, docTitle = docTitle, -- View, display, edit, and purge links if /doc exists. viewLinkDisplay = message('view-link-display'), editLinkDisplay = message('edit-link-display'), historyLinkDisplay = message('history-link-display'), purgeLinkDisplay = message('purge-link-display'), preload = preload, createLinkDisplay = message('create-link-display') } end function p.renderStartBoxLinks(data) --[[ -- Generates the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create][purge] links from the data table. -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxLinksData --]] local docTitle = data.docTitle -- yes, we do intend to purge the template page on which the documentation appears local purgeLink = makeWikilink("Special:Purge/" .. data.title.prefixedText, data.purgeLinkDisplay) if docTitle.exists then local viewLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, data.viewLinkDisplay) local editLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, data.editLinkDisplay) local historyLink = makeWikilink("Special:PageHistory/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, data.historyLinkDisplay) return viewLink .. editLink .. historyLink .. purgeLink else local createLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = data.preload}, data.createLinkDisplay) return createLink .. purgeLink end return ret end function p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links) --[=[ -- Does initial processing of data to pass to the start-box render function, p.renderStartBox. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- @links - a string containing the [view][edit][history][purge] links - could be nil if there's an error. -- -- Messages: -- 'documentation-icon-wikitext' --> '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=]]' -- 'template-namespace-heading' --> 'Template documentation' -- 'module-namespace-heading' --> 'Module documentation' -- 'file-namespace-heading' --> 'Summary' -- 'other-namespaces-heading' --> 'Documentation' -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create' --]=] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not subjectSpace then -- Default to an "other namespaces" namespace, so that we get at least some output -- if an error occurs. subjectSpace = 2 end local data = {} -- Heading local heading = args.heading -- Blank values are not removed. if heading == '' then -- Don't display the start box if the heading arg is defined but blank. return nil end if heading then data.heading = heading elseif subjectSpace == 10 then -- Template namespace data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('template-namespace-heading') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('module-namespace-heading') elseif subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace data.heading = message('file-namespace-heading') else data.heading = message('other-namespaces-heading') end -- Heading CSS local headingStyle = args['heading-style'] if headingStyle then data.headingStyleText = headingStyle else -- 'documentation-heading' data.headingClass = message('main-div-heading-class') end -- Data for the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links. if links then -- 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks' data.linksClass = message('start-box-link-classes') data.links = links end return data end function p.renderStartBox(data) -- Renders the start box html. -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxData. local sbox = mw.html.create('div') sbox -- 'documentation-startbox' :addClass(message('start-box-class')) :newline() :tag('span') :addClass(data.headingClass) :attr('id', 'documentation-heading') :cssText(data.headingStyleText) :wikitext(data.heading) local links = data.links if links then sbox:tag('span') :addClass(data.linksClass) :attr('id', data.linksId) :wikitext(links) end return tostring(sbox) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Documentation content ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.content = makeInvokeFunc('_content') function p._content(args, env) -- Displays the documentation contents -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local docTitle = env.docTitle local content = args.content if not content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then content = args._content or mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = docTitle.prefixedText} end -- The line breaks below are necessary so that "=== Headings ===" at the start and end -- of docs are interpreted correctly. return '\n' .. (content or '') .. '\n' end p.contentTitle = makeInvokeFunc('_contentTitle') function p._contentTitle(args, env) env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local docTitle = env.docTitle if not args.content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then return docTitle.prefixedText else return '' end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End box ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.endBox = makeInvokeFunc('_endBox') function p._endBox(args, env) --[=[ -- This function generates the end box (also known as the link box). -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- --]=] -- Get environment data. env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local docTitle = env.docTitle if not subjectSpace or not docTitle then return nil end -- Check whether we should output the end box at all. Add the end -- box by default if the documentation exists or if we are in the -- user, module or template namespaces. local linkBox = args['link box'] if linkBox == 'off' or not ( docTitle.exists or subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 828 or subjectSpace == 10 ) then return nil end -- Assemble the link box. local text = '' if linkBox then text = text .. linkBox else text = text .. (p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) or '') -- "This documentation is transcluded from [[Foo]]." if subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 10 or subjectSpace == 828 then -- We are in the user, template or module namespaces. -- Add sandbox and testcases links. -- "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox and testcases pages." text = text .. (p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) or '') .. '<br />' if not args.content and not args[1] then -- "Please add categories to the /doc subpage." -- Don't show this message with inline docs or with an explicitly specified doc page, -- as then it is unclear where to add the categories. text = text .. (p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) or '') end text = text .. ' ' .. (p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) or '') --"Subpages of this template" end end local box = mw.html.create('div') -- 'documentation-metadata' box:attr('role', 'note') :addClass(message('end-box-class')) -- 'plainlinks' :addClass(message('end-box-plainlinks')) :wikitext(text) :done() return '\n' .. tostring(box) end function p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) --[=[ -- Makes the blurb "This documentation is transcluded from [[Template:Foo]] (edit, history)". -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'history-link-display' --> 'history' -- 'transcluded-from-blurb' --> -- 'The above [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] -- is [[Help:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.' -- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' -- 'create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'create-module-doc-blurb' --> -- 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].' --]=] local docTitle = env.docTitle if not docTitle then return nil end if docTitle.exists then -- /doc exists; link to it. local docLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText) local editDisplay = message('edit-link-display') local editLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, editDisplay) local historyDisplay = message('history-link-display') local historyLink = makeWikilink("Special:PageHistory/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, historyDisplay) return message('transcluded-from-blurb', {docLink}) .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(editLink, historyLink) .. '<br />' elseif env.subjectSpace == 828 then -- /doc does not exist; ask to create it. local createUrl = docTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = message('module-preload')} local createDisplay = message('create-link-display') local createLink = makeUrlLink(createUrl, createDisplay) return message('create-module-doc-blurb', {createLink}) .. '<br />' end end function p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Renders the text "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages." -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox' -- 'sandbox-edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'compare-link-display' --> 'diff' -- 'module-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox' -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- 'sandbox-create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'mirror-edit-summary' --> 'Create sandbox version of $1' -- 'mirror-link-display' --> 'mirror' -- 'mirror-link-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/mirror' -- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox' -- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases' -- 'testcases-edit-link-display'--> 'edit' -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases' -- 'testcases-edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'module-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases' -- 'template-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases' -- 'experiment-blurb-module' --> 'Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages.' -- 'experiment-blurb-template' --> 'Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages.' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle local templatePage = templateTitle.prefixedText if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle or not sandboxTitle or not testcasesTitle then return nil end -- Make links. local sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks if sandboxTitle.exists then local sandboxPage = sandboxTitle.prefixedText local sandboxDisplay = message('sandbox-link-display') local sandboxLink = makeWikilink(sandboxPage, sandboxDisplay) local sandboxEditDisplay = message('sandbox-edit-link-display') local sandboxEditLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. sandboxPage, sandboxEditDisplay) local compareUrl = env.compareUrl local compareLink if compareUrl then local compareDisplay = message('compare-link-display') compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay) end sandboxLinks = sandboxLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxEditLink, compareLink) else local sandboxPreload if subjectSpace == 828 then sandboxPreload = message('module-sandbox-preload') else sandboxPreload = message('template-sandbox-preload') end local sandboxCreateUrl = sandboxTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = sandboxPreload} local sandboxCreateDisplay = message('sandbox-create-link-display') local sandboxCreateLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxCreateUrl, sandboxCreateDisplay) local mirrorSummary = message('mirror-edit-summary', {makeWikilink(templatePage)}) local mirrorPreload = message('mirror-link-preload') local mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = mirrorPreload, summary = mirrorSummary} if subjectSpace == 828 then mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = templateTitle.prefixedText, summary = mirrorSummary} end local mirrorDisplay = message('mirror-link-display') local mirrorLink = makeUrlLink(mirrorUrl, mirrorDisplay) sandboxLinks = message('sandbox-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxCreateLink, mirrorLink) end if testcasesTitle.exists then local testcasesPage = testcasesTitle.prefixedText local testcasesDisplay = message('testcases-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesPage, testcasesDisplay) local testcasesEditUrl = testcasesTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit'} local testcasesEditDisplay = message('testcases-edit-link-display') local testcasesEditLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. testcasesPage, testcasesEditDisplay) -- for Modules, add testcases run link if exists if testcasesTitle.contentModel == "Scribunto" and testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle and testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.exists then local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('testcases-run-link-display') local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay) testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink, testcasesRunLink) else testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink) end else local testcasesPreload if subjectSpace == 828 then testcasesPreload = message('module-testcases-preload') else testcasesPreload = message('template-testcases-preload') end local testcasesCreateUrl = testcasesTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = testcasesPreload} local testcasesCreateDisplay = message('testcases-create-link-display') local testcasesCreateLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesCreateUrl, testcasesCreateDisplay) testcasesLinks = message('testcases-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesCreateLink) end local messageName if subjectSpace == 828 then messageName = 'experiment-blurb-module' else messageName = 'experiment-blurb-template' end return message(messageName, {sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks}) end function p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Generates the text "Please add categories to the /doc subpage." -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'doc-link-display' --> '/doc' -- 'add-categories-blurb' --> 'Please add categories to the $1 subpage.' --]] local docTitle = env.docTitle if not docTitle then return nil end local docPathLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, message('doc-link-display')) return message('add-categories-blurb', {docPathLink}) end function p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Generates the "Subpages of this template" link. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'template-pagetype' --> 'template' -- 'module-pagetype' --> 'module' -- 'default-pagetype' --> 'page' -- 'subpages-link-display' --> 'Subpages of this $1' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local templateTitle = env.templateTitle if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle then return nil end local pagetype if subjectSpace == 10 then pagetype = message('template-pagetype') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then pagetype = message('module-pagetype') else pagetype = message('default-pagetype') end local subpagesLink = makeWikilink( 'Special:PrefixIndex/' .. templateTitle.prefixedText .. '/', message('subpages-link-display', {pagetype}) ) return message('subpages-blurb', {subpagesLink}) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking categories ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.addTrackingCategories(env) --[[ -- Check if {{documentation}} is transcluded on a /doc or /testcases page. -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'display-strange-usage-category' --> true -- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc' -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' -- 'strange-usage-category' --> 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage' -- -- /testcases pages in the module namespace are not categorised, as they may have -- {{documentation}} transcluded automatically. --]] local title = env.title local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not title or not subjectSpace then return nil end local subpage = title.subpageText if message('display-strange-usage-category', nil, 'boolean') and ( subpage == message('doc-subpage') or subjectSpace ~= 828 and subpage == message('testcases-subpage') ) then return makeCategoryLink(message('strange-usage-category')) end return '' end return p bo74oekmmsj1xtpw7dlzkvkhc0k05g6 265980 265979 2026-07-18T15:19:45Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:Documentation]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 265979 Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{documentation}}. -- Get required modules. local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs -- Get the config table. local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Documentation/config') local p = {} -- Often-used functions. local ugsub = mw.ustring.gsub local format = mw.ustring.format ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -- -- These are defined as local functions, but are made available in the p -- table for testing purposes. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function message(cfgKey, valArray, expectType) --[[ -- Gets a message from the cfg table and formats it if appropriate. -- The function raises an error if the value from the cfg table is not -- of the type expectType. The default type for expectType is 'string'. -- If the table valArray is present, strings such as $1, $2 etc. in the -- message are substituted with values from the table keys [1], [2] etc. -- For example, if the message "foo-message" had the value 'Foo $2 bar $1.', -- message('foo-message', {'baz', 'qux'}) would return "Foo qux bar baz." --]] local msg = cfg[cfgKey] expectType = expectType or 'string' if type(msg) ~= expectType then error('message: type error in message cfg.' .. cfgKey .. ' (' .. expectType .. ' expected, got ' .. type(msg) .. ')', 2) end if not valArray then return msg end local function getMessageVal(match) match = tonumber(match) return valArray[match] or error('message: no value found for key $' .. match .. ' in message cfg.' .. cfgKey, 4) end return ugsub(msg, '$([1-9][0-9]*)', getMessageVal) end p.message = message local function makeWikilink(page, display) if display then return format('[[%s|%s]]', page, display) else return format('[[%s]]', page) end end p.makeWikilink = makeWikilink local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort) local catns = mw.site.namespaces[14].name return makeWikilink(catns .. ':' .. cat, sort) end p.makeCategoryLink = makeCategoryLink local function makeUrlLink(url, display) return format('[%s %s]', url, display) end p.makeUrlLink = makeUrlLink local function makeToolbar(...) local ret = {} local lim = select('#', ...) if lim < 1 then return nil end for i = 1, lim do ret[#ret + 1] = select(i, ...) end -- 'documentation-toolbar' return format( '<span class="%s">(%s)</span>', message('toolbar-class'), table.concat(ret, ' &#124; ') ) end p.makeToolbar = makeToolbar ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Argument processing ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function makeInvokeFunc(funcName) return function (frame) local args = getArgs(frame, { valueFunc = function (key, value) if type(value) == 'string' then value = value:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') -- Remove whitespace. if key == 'heading' or value ~= '' then return value else return nil end else return value end end }) return p[funcName](args) end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Entry points ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.nonexistent(frame) if mw.title.getCurrentTitle().subpageText == 'testcases' then return frame:expandTemplate{title = 'module test cases notice'} else return p.main(frame) end end p.main = makeInvokeFunc('_main') function p._main(args) --[[ -- This function defines logic flow for the module. -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user --]] local env = p.getEnvironment(args) local root = mw.html.create() root :wikitext(p._getModuleWikitext(args, env)) :wikitext(p.protectionTemplate(env)) :wikitext(p.sandboxNotice(args, env)) :tag('div') -- 'documentation-container' :addClass(message('container')) :attr('role', 'complementary') :attr('aria-labelledby', args.heading ~= '' and 'documentation-heading' or nil) :attr('aria-label', args.heading == '' and 'Documentation' or nil) :newline() :tag('div') -- 'documentation' :addClass(message('main-div-classes')) :newline() :wikitext(p._startBox(args, env)) :wikitext(p._content(args, env)) :tag('div') -- 'documentation-clear' :addClass(message('clear')) :done() :newline() :done() :wikitext(p._endBox(args, env)) :done() :wikitext(p.addTrackingCategories(env)) -- 'Module:Documentation/styles.css' return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag ( 'templatestyles', '', {src=cfg['templatestyles'] }) .. tostring(root) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Environment settings ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.getEnvironment(args) --[[ -- Returns a table with information about the environment, including title -- objects and other namespace- or path-related data. -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user -- -- Title objects include: -- env.title - the page we are making documentation for (usually the current title) -- env.templateTitle - the template (or module, file, etc.) -- env.docTitle - the /doc subpage. -- env.sandboxTitle - the /sandbox subpage. -- env.testcasesTitle - the /testcases subpage. -- -- Data includes: -- env.protectionLevels - the protection levels table of the title object. -- env.subjectSpace - the number of the title's subject namespace. -- env.docSpace - the number of the namespace the title puts its documentation in. -- env.docpageBase - the text of the base page of the /doc, /sandbox and /testcases pages, with namespace. -- env.compareUrl - URL of the Special:ComparePages page comparing the sandbox with the template. -- -- All table lookups are passed through pcall so that errors are caught. If an error occurs, the value -- returned will be nil. --]] local env, envFuncs = {}, {} -- Set up the metatable. If triggered we call the corresponding function in the envFuncs table. The value -- returned by that function is memoized in the env table so that we don't call any of the functions -- more than once. (Nils won't be memoized.) setmetatable(env, { __index = function (t, key) local envFunc = envFuncs[key] if envFunc then local success, val = pcall(envFunc) if success then env[key] = val -- Memoise the value. return val end end return nil end }) function envFuncs.title() -- The title object for the current page, or a test page passed with args.page. local title local titleArg = args.page if titleArg then title = mw.title.new(titleArg) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end return title end function envFuncs.templateTitle() --[[ -- The template (or module, etc.) title object. -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox' -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local title = env.title local subpage = title.subpageText if subpage == message('sandbox-subpage') or subpage == message('testcases-subpage') or (subpage == message('doc-subpage') and mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace == env.docSpace) then return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.baseText) else return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.text) end end function envFuncs.docTitle() --[[ -- Title object of the /doc subpage. -- Messages: -- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc' --]] local title = env.title local docname = args[1] -- User-specified doc page. local docpage if docname then docpage = docname else docpage = env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('doc-subpage') end return mw.title.new(docpage) end function envFuncs.sandboxTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /sandbox subpage. -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox' --]] return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('sandbox-subpage')) end function envFuncs.testcasesTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /testcases subpage. -- Messages: -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' --]] return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('testcases-subpage')) end function envFuncs.protectionLevels() -- The protection levels table of the title object. return env.title.protectionLevels end function envFuncs.subjectSpace() -- The subject namespace number. return mw.site.namespaces[env.title.namespace].subject.id end function envFuncs.docSpace() -- The documentation namespace number. For most namespaces this is the -- same as the subject namespace. However, pages in the Article, File, -- MediaWiki or Category namespaces must have their /doc, /sandbox and -- /testcases pages in talk space. local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if subjectSpace == 0 or subjectSpace == 6 or subjectSpace == 8 or subjectSpace == 14 then return subjectSpace + 1 else return subjectSpace end end function envFuncs.docpageBase() -- The base page of the /doc, /sandbox, and /testcases subpages. -- For some namespaces this is the talk page, rather than the template page. local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local docSpace = env.docSpace local docSpaceText = mw.site.namespaces[docSpace].name -- Assemble the link. docSpace is never the main namespace, so we can hardcode the colon. return docSpaceText .. ':' .. templateTitle.text end function envFuncs.compareUrl() -- Diff link between the sandbox and the main template using [[Special:ComparePages]]. local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle if templateTitle.exists and sandboxTitle.exists then local compareUrl = mw.uri.canonicalUrl( 'Special:ComparePages', { page1 = templateTitle.prefixedText, page2 = sandboxTitle.prefixedText} ) return tostring(compareUrl) else return nil end end return env end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Auxiliary templates ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getModuleWikitext = makeInvokeFunc('_getModuleWikitext') function p._getModuleWikitext(args, env) local currentTitle = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if currentTitle.contentModel ~= 'Scribunto' then return end pcall(require, currentTitle.prefixedText) -- if it fails, we don't care local moduleWikitext = package.loaded["Module:Module wikitext"] if moduleWikitext then return moduleWikitext.main() end end function p.sandboxNotice(args, env) --[=[ -- Generates a sandbox notice for display above sandbox pages. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-notice-image' --> '[[File:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]' -- 'sandbox-notice-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2.' -- 'sandbox-notice-diff-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-template' --> '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-module' --> '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-other' --> 'sandbox page' -- 'sandbox-notice-compare-link-display' --> 'diff' -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb' --> 'See also the companion subpage for $1.' -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display' --> 'test cases' -- 'sandbox-category' --> 'Template sandboxes' -- 'module-sandbox-category' --> 'Module sandboxes' -- 'other-sandbox-category' --> 'Sandboxes outside of template or module namespace' --]=] local title = env.title local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not (subjectSpace and title and sandboxTitle and templateTitle and mw.title.equals(title, sandboxTitle)) then return nil end -- Build the table of arguments to pass to {{ombox}}. We need just two fields, "image" and "text". local omargs = {} omargs.image = message('sandbox-notice-image') -- Get the text. We start with the opening blurb, which is something like -- "This is the template sandbox for [[Template:Foo]] (diff)." local text = '__EXPECTUNUSEDTEMPLATE__' local pagetype, sandboxCat if subjectSpace == 10 then pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-template') sandboxCat = message('sandbox-category') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-module') sandboxCat = message('module-sandbox-category') else pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-other') sandboxCat = message('other-sandbox-category') end local templateLink = makeWikilink(templateTitle.prefixedText) local compareUrl = env.compareUrl if compareUrl then local compareDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-compare-link-display') local compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay) text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-diff-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink, compareLink}) else text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink}) end -- Get the test cases page blurb if the page exists. This is something like -- "See also the companion subpage for [[Template:Foo/testcases|test cases]]." local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle if testcasesTitle and testcasesTitle.exists then if testcasesTitle.contentModel == "Scribunto" then local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay) local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay) text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb', {testcasesLink, testcasesRunLink}) else local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay) text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb', {testcasesLink}) end end -- Add the sandbox to the sandbox category. omargs.text = text .. makeCategoryLink(sandboxCat) -- 'documentation-clear' return '<div class="' .. message('clear') .. '"></div>' .. require('Module:Message box').main('ombox', omargs) end function p.protectionTemplate(env) -- Generates the padlock icon in the top right. -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'protection-template' --> 'pp-template' -- 'protection-template-args' --> {docusage = 'yes'} local protectionLevels = env.protectionLevels if not protectionLevels then return nil end local editProt = protectionLevels.edit and protectionLevels.edit[1] local moveProt = protectionLevels.move and protectionLevels.move[1] if editProt then -- The page is edit-protected. return require('Module:Protection banner')._main{ message('protection-reason-edit'), small = true } elseif moveProt and moveProt ~= 'autoconfirmed' then -- The page is move-protected but not edit-protected. Exclude move -- protection with the level "autoconfirmed", as this is equivalent to -- no move protection at all. return require('Module:Protection banner')._main{ action = 'move', small = true } else return nil end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start box ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.startBox = makeInvokeFunc('_startBox') function p._startBox(args, env) --[[ -- This function generates the start box. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- The actual work is done by p.makeStartBoxLinksData and p.renderStartBoxLinks which make -- the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links, and by p.makeStartBoxData and p.renderStartBox -- which generate the box HTML. --]] env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local links local content = args.content if not content or args[1] then -- No need to include the links if the documentation is on the template page itself. local linksData = p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env) if linksData then links = p.renderStartBoxLinks(linksData) end end -- Generate the start box html. local data = p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links) if data then return p.renderStartBox(data) else -- User specified no heading. return nil end end function p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env) --[[ -- Does initial processing of data to make the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'view-link-display' --> 'view' -- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'history-link-display' --> 'history' -- 'purge-link-display' --> 'purge' -- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' -- 'docpage-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload' -- 'create-link-display' --> 'create' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local title = env.title local docTitle = env.docTitle if not title or not docTitle then return nil end if docTitle.isRedirect then docTitle = docTitle.redirectTarget end -- Create link if /doc doesn't exist. local preload = args.preload if not preload then if subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace preload = message('module-preload') else preload = message('docpage-preload') end end return { title = title, docTitle = docTitle, -- View, display, edit, and purge links if /doc exists. viewLinkDisplay = message('view-link-display'), editLinkDisplay = message('edit-link-display'), historyLinkDisplay = message('history-link-display'), purgeLinkDisplay = message('purge-link-display'), preload = preload, createLinkDisplay = message('create-link-display') } end function p.renderStartBoxLinks(data) --[[ -- Generates the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create][purge] links from the data table. -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxLinksData --]] local docTitle = data.docTitle -- yes, we do intend to purge the template page on which the documentation appears local purgeLink = makeWikilink("Special:Purge/" .. data.title.prefixedText, data.purgeLinkDisplay) if docTitle.exists then local viewLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, data.viewLinkDisplay) local editLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, data.editLinkDisplay) local historyLink = makeWikilink("Special:PageHistory/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, data.historyLinkDisplay) return viewLink .. editLink .. historyLink .. purgeLink else local createLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = data.preload}, data.createLinkDisplay) return createLink .. purgeLink end return ret end function p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links) --[=[ -- Does initial processing of data to pass to the start-box render function, p.renderStartBox. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- @links - a string containing the [view][edit][history][purge] links - could be nil if there's an error. -- -- Messages: -- 'documentation-icon-wikitext' --> '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=]]' -- 'template-namespace-heading' --> 'Template documentation' -- 'module-namespace-heading' --> 'Module documentation' -- 'file-namespace-heading' --> 'Summary' -- 'other-namespaces-heading' --> 'Documentation' -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create' --]=] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not subjectSpace then -- Default to an "other namespaces" namespace, so that we get at least some output -- if an error occurs. subjectSpace = 2 end local data = {} -- Heading local heading = args.heading -- Blank values are not removed. if heading == '' then -- Don't display the start box if the heading arg is defined but blank. return nil end if heading then data.heading = heading elseif subjectSpace == 10 then -- Template namespace data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('template-namespace-heading') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('module-namespace-heading') elseif subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace data.heading = message('file-namespace-heading') else data.heading = message('other-namespaces-heading') end -- Heading CSS local headingStyle = args['heading-style'] if headingStyle then data.headingStyleText = headingStyle else -- 'documentation-heading' data.headingClass = message('main-div-heading-class') end -- Data for the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links. if links then -- 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks' data.linksClass = message('start-box-link-classes') data.links = links end return data end function p.renderStartBox(data) -- Renders the start box html. -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxData. local sbox = mw.html.create('div') sbox -- 'documentation-startbox' :addClass(message('start-box-class')) :newline() :tag('span') :addClass(data.headingClass) :attr('id', 'documentation-heading') :cssText(data.headingStyleText) :wikitext(data.heading) local links = data.links if links then sbox:tag('span') :addClass(data.linksClass) :attr('id', data.linksId) :wikitext(links) end return tostring(sbox) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Documentation content ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.content = makeInvokeFunc('_content') function p._content(args, env) -- Displays the documentation contents -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local docTitle = env.docTitle local content = args.content if not content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then content = args._content or mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = docTitle.prefixedText} end -- The line breaks below are necessary so that "=== Headings ===" at the start and end -- of docs are interpreted correctly. return '\n' .. (content or '') .. '\n' end p.contentTitle = makeInvokeFunc('_contentTitle') function p._contentTitle(args, env) env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local docTitle = env.docTitle if not args.content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then return docTitle.prefixedText else return '' end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End box ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.endBox = makeInvokeFunc('_endBox') function p._endBox(args, env) --[=[ -- This function generates the end box (also known as the link box). -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- --]=] -- Get environment data. env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local docTitle = env.docTitle if not subjectSpace or not docTitle then return nil end -- Check whether we should output the end box at all. Add the end -- box by default if the documentation exists or if we are in the -- user, module or template namespaces. local linkBox = args['link box'] if linkBox == 'off' or not ( docTitle.exists or subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 828 or subjectSpace == 10 ) then return nil end -- Assemble the link box. local text = '' if linkBox then text = text .. linkBox else text = text .. (p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) or '') -- "This documentation is transcluded from [[Foo]]." if subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 10 or subjectSpace == 828 then -- We are in the user, template or module namespaces. -- Add sandbox and testcases links. -- "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox and testcases pages." text = text .. (p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) or '') .. '<br />' if not args.content and not args[1] then -- "Please add categories to the /doc subpage." -- Don't show this message with inline docs or with an explicitly specified doc page, -- as then it is unclear where to add the categories. text = text .. (p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) or '') end text = text .. ' ' .. (p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) or '') --"Subpages of this template" end end local box = mw.html.create('div') -- 'documentation-metadata' box:attr('role', 'note') :addClass(message('end-box-class')) -- 'plainlinks' :addClass(message('end-box-plainlinks')) :wikitext(text) :done() return '\n' .. tostring(box) end function p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) --[=[ -- Makes the blurb "This documentation is transcluded from [[Template:Foo]] (edit, history)". -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'history-link-display' --> 'history' -- 'transcluded-from-blurb' --> -- 'The above [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] -- is [[Help:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.' -- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' -- 'create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'create-module-doc-blurb' --> -- 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].' --]=] local docTitle = env.docTitle if not docTitle then return nil end if docTitle.exists then -- /doc exists; link to it. local docLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText) local editDisplay = message('edit-link-display') local editLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, editDisplay) local historyDisplay = message('history-link-display') local historyLink = makeWikilink("Special:PageHistory/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, historyDisplay) return message('transcluded-from-blurb', {docLink}) .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(editLink, historyLink) .. '<br />' elseif env.subjectSpace == 828 then -- /doc does not exist; ask to create it. local createUrl = docTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = message('module-preload')} local createDisplay = message('create-link-display') local createLink = makeUrlLink(createUrl, createDisplay) return message('create-module-doc-blurb', {createLink}) .. '<br />' end end function p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Renders the text "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages." -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox' -- 'sandbox-edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'compare-link-display' --> 'diff' -- 'module-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox' -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- 'sandbox-create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'mirror-edit-summary' --> 'Create sandbox version of $1' -- 'mirror-link-display' --> 'mirror' -- 'mirror-link-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/mirror' -- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox' -- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases' -- 'testcases-edit-link-display'--> 'edit' -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases' -- 'testcases-edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'module-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases' -- 'template-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases' -- 'experiment-blurb-module' --> 'Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages.' -- 'experiment-blurb-template' --> 'Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages.' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle local templatePage = templateTitle.prefixedText if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle or not sandboxTitle or not testcasesTitle then return nil end -- Make links. local sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks if sandboxTitle.exists then local sandboxPage = sandboxTitle.prefixedText local sandboxDisplay = message('sandbox-link-display') local sandboxLink = makeWikilink(sandboxPage, sandboxDisplay) local sandboxEditDisplay = message('sandbox-edit-link-display') local sandboxEditLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. sandboxPage, sandboxEditDisplay) local compareUrl = env.compareUrl local compareLink if compareUrl then local compareDisplay = message('compare-link-display') compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay) end sandboxLinks = sandboxLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxEditLink, compareLink) else local sandboxPreload if subjectSpace == 828 then sandboxPreload = message('module-sandbox-preload') else sandboxPreload = message('template-sandbox-preload') end local sandboxCreateUrl = sandboxTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = sandboxPreload} local sandboxCreateDisplay = message('sandbox-create-link-display') local sandboxCreateLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxCreateUrl, sandboxCreateDisplay) local mirrorSummary = message('mirror-edit-summary', {makeWikilink(templatePage)}) local mirrorPreload = message('mirror-link-preload') local mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = mirrorPreload, summary = mirrorSummary} if subjectSpace == 828 then mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = templateTitle.prefixedText, summary = mirrorSummary} end local mirrorDisplay = message('mirror-link-display') local mirrorLink = makeUrlLink(mirrorUrl, mirrorDisplay) sandboxLinks = message('sandbox-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxCreateLink, mirrorLink) end if testcasesTitle.exists then local testcasesPage = testcasesTitle.prefixedText local testcasesDisplay = message('testcases-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesPage, testcasesDisplay) local testcasesEditUrl = testcasesTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit'} local testcasesEditDisplay = message('testcases-edit-link-display') local testcasesEditLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. testcasesPage, testcasesEditDisplay) -- for Modules, add testcases run link if exists if testcasesTitle.contentModel == "Scribunto" and testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle and testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.exists then local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('testcases-run-link-display') local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay) testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink, testcasesRunLink) else testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink) end else local testcasesPreload if subjectSpace == 828 then testcasesPreload = message('module-testcases-preload') else testcasesPreload = message('template-testcases-preload') end local testcasesCreateUrl = testcasesTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = testcasesPreload} local testcasesCreateDisplay = message('testcases-create-link-display') local testcasesCreateLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesCreateUrl, testcasesCreateDisplay) testcasesLinks = message('testcases-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesCreateLink) end local messageName if subjectSpace == 828 then messageName = 'experiment-blurb-module' else messageName = 'experiment-blurb-template' end return message(messageName, {sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks}) end function p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Generates the text "Please add categories to the /doc subpage." -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'doc-link-display' --> '/doc' -- 'add-categories-blurb' --> 'Please add categories to the $1 subpage.' --]] local docTitle = env.docTitle if not docTitle then return nil end local docPathLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, message('doc-link-display')) return message('add-categories-blurb', {docPathLink}) end function p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Generates the "Subpages of this template" link. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'template-pagetype' --> 'template' -- 'module-pagetype' --> 'module' -- 'default-pagetype' --> 'page' -- 'subpages-link-display' --> 'Subpages of this $1' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local templateTitle = env.templateTitle if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle then return nil end local pagetype if subjectSpace == 10 then pagetype = message('template-pagetype') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then pagetype = message('module-pagetype') else pagetype = message('default-pagetype') end local subpagesLink = makeWikilink( 'Special:PrefixIndex/' .. templateTitle.prefixedText .. '/', message('subpages-link-display', {pagetype}) ) return message('subpages-blurb', {subpagesLink}) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking categories ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.addTrackingCategories(env) --[[ -- Check if {{documentation}} is transcluded on a /doc or /testcases page. -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'display-strange-usage-category' --> true -- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc' -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' -- 'strange-usage-category' --> 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage' -- -- /testcases pages in the module namespace are not categorised, as they may have -- {{documentation}} transcluded automatically. --]] local title = env.title local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not title or not subjectSpace then return nil end local subpage = title.subpageText if message('display-strange-usage-category', nil, 'boolean') and ( subpage == message('doc-subpage') or subjectSpace ~= 828 and subpage == message('testcases-subpage') ) then return makeCategoryLink(message('strange-usage-category')) end return '' end return p bo74oekmmsj1xtpw7dlzkvkhc0k05g6 828 3835 265981 262566 2025-10-13T18:10:40Z en>Paine Ellsworth 0 per edit request at [[Template talk:Documentation#Update sandbox icon to match all other templates]] - update sandbox notice image 265981 Scribunto text/plain ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- Configuration for Module:Documentation -- -- Here you can set the values of the parameters and messages used in Module:Documentation to -- localise it to your wiki and your language. Unless specified otherwise, values given here -- should be string values. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = {} -- Do not edit this line. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection template configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['protection-reason-edit'] -- The protection reason for edit-protected templates to pass to -- [[Module:Protection banner]]. cfg['protection-reason-edit'] = 'template' --[[ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Sandbox notice configuration -- -- On sandbox pages the module can display a template notifying users that the current page is a -- sandbox, and the location of test cases pages, etc. The module decides whether the page is a -- sandbox or not based on the value of cfg['sandbox-subpage']. The following settings configure the -- messages that the notices contains. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --]] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-image'] -- The image displayed in the sandbox notice. cfg['sandbox-notice-image'] = '[[File:Edit In Sandbox Icon - Color.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] -- The page type of the sandbox page. The message that is displayed depends on the current subject -- namespace. This message is used in either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb']. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'] = '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page' cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] = '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page' cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] = 'sandbox page' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-display'] -- Either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] is the opening sentence -- of the sandbox notice. The latter has a diff link, but the former does not. $1 is the page -- type, which is either cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'], -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] depending what -- namespace we are in. $2 is a link to the main template page, and $3 is a diff link between -- the sandbox and the main template. The display value of the diff link is set by -- cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display']. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] = 'This is the $1 for $2.' cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] = 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).' cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display'] = 'diff' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page -- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit. $1 is a link to the test cases page. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] is the display value for that link. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page -- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit, along with a link to run it. $1 is a link to the test -- cases page, and $2 is a link to the page to run it. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] is the display value for the link to run the test -- cases. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] = 'See also the companion subpage for $1.' cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] = 'test cases' cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] = 'See also the companion subpage for $1 ($2).' cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] = 'run' -- cfg['sandbox-category'] - A category to add to all template sandboxes. -- cfg['module-sandbox-category'] - A category to add to all module sandboxes. -- cfg['module-sandbox-category'] - A category to add to all sandboxe not in templates or modules. cfg['sandbox-category'] = 'Template sandboxes' cfg['module-sandbox-category'] = 'Module sandboxes' cfg['other-sandbox-category'] = 'Sandboxes outside of template or module namespace' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start box configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext'] -- The wikitext for the icon shown at the top of the template. cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext'] = '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=]]' -- cfg['template-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the template namespace. cfg['template-namespace-heading'] = 'Template documentation' -- cfg['module-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the module namespace. cfg['module-namespace-heading'] = 'Module documentation' -- cfg['file-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the file namespace. cfg['file-namespace-heading'] = 'Summary' -- cfg['other-namespaces-heading'] -- The heading shown in other namespaces. cfg['other-namespaces-heading'] = 'Documentation' -- cfg['view-link-display'] -- The text to display for "view" links. cfg['view-link-display'] = 'view' -- cfg['edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for "edit" links. cfg['edit-link-display'] = 'edit' -- cfg['history-link-display'] -- The text to display for "history" links. cfg['history-link-display'] = 'history' -- cfg['purge-link-display'] -- The text to display for "purge" links. cfg['purge-link-display'] = 'purge' -- cfg['create-link-display'] -- The text to display for "create" links. cfg['create-link-display'] = 'create' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Link box (end box) configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['transcluded-from-blurb'] -- Notice displayed when the docs are transcluded from another page. $1 is a wikilink to that page. cfg['transcluded-from-blurb'] = 'The above [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] is [[Help:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.' --[[ -- cfg['create-module-doc-blurb'] -- Notice displayed in the module namespace when the documentation subpage does not exist. -- $1 is a link to create the documentation page with the preload cfg['module-preload'] and the -- display cfg['create-link-display']. --]] cfg['create-module-doc-blurb'] = 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Experiment blurb configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] -- cfg['experiment-blurb-module'] -- The experiment blurb is the text inviting editors to experiment in sandbox and test cases pages. -- It is only shown in the template and module namespaces. With the default English settings, it -- might look like this: -- -- Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages. -- -- In this example, "sandbox", "edit", "diff", "testcases", and "edit" would all be links. -- -- There are two versions, cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] and cfg['experiment-blurb-module'], depending -- on what namespace we are in. -- -- Parameters: -- -- $1 is a link to the sandbox page. If the sandbox exists, it is in the following format: -- -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] | cfg['compare-link-display']) -- -- If the sandbox doesn't exist, it is in the format: -- -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] | cfg['mirror-link-display']) -- -- The link for cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] link preloads the page with cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] -- or cfg['module-sandbox-preload'], depending on the current namespace. The link for cfg['mirror-link-display'] -- loads a default edit summary of cfg['mirror-edit-summary']. -- -- $2 is a link to the test cases page. If the test cases page exists, it is in the following format: -- -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] | cfg['testcases-run-link-display']) -- -- If the test cases page doesn't exist, it is in the format: -- -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-create-link-display']) -- -- If the test cases page doesn't exist, the link for cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] preloads the -- page with cfg['template-testcases-preload'] or cfg['module-testcases-preload'], depending on the current -- namespace. --]] cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] = "Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages." cfg['experiment-blurb-module'] = "Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages." ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Sandbox link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['sandbox-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage typically used for sandboxes. cfg['sandbox-subpage'] = 'sandbox' -- cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] -- Preload file for template sandbox pages. cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- cfg['module-sandbox-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module sandbox pages. cfg['module-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox' -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] -- The text to display for "sandbox" links. cfg['sandbox-link-display'] = 'sandbox' -- cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for sandbox "edit" links. cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] = 'edit' -- cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] -- The text to display for sandbox "create" links. cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] = 'create' -- cfg['compare-link-display'] -- The text to display for "compare" links. cfg['compare-link-display'] = 'diff' -- cfg['mirror-edit-summary'] -- The default edit summary to use when a user clicks the "mirror" link. $1 is a wikilink to the -- template page. cfg['mirror-edit-summary'] = 'Create sandbox version of $1' -- cfg['mirror-link-display'] -- The text to display for "mirror" links. cfg['mirror-link-display'] = 'mirror' -- cfg['mirror-link-preload'] -- The page to preload when a user clicks the "mirror" link. cfg['mirror-link-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/mirror' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Test cases link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['testcases-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage typically used for test cases. cfg['testcases-subpage'] = 'testcases' -- cfg['template-testcases-preload'] -- Preload file for template test cases pages. cfg['template-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases' -- cfg['module-testcases-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module test cases pages. cfg['module-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases' -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] -- The text to display for "testcases" links. cfg['testcases-link-display'] = 'testcases' -- cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "edit" links. cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] = 'edit' -- cfg['testcases-run-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "run" links. cfg['testcases-run-link-display'] = 'run' -- cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "create" links. cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] = 'create' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Add categories blurb configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['add-categories-blurb'] -- Text to direct users to add categories to the /doc subpage. Not used if the "content" or -- "docname fed" arguments are set, as then it is not clear where to add the categories. $1 is a -- link to the /doc subpage with a display value of cfg['doc-link-display']. --]] cfg['add-categories-blurb'] = 'Add categories to the $1 subpage.' -- cfg['doc-link-display'] -- The text to display when linking to the /doc subpage. cfg['doc-link-display'] = '/doc' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Subpages link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['subpages-blurb'] -- The "Subpages of this template" blurb. $1 is a link to the main template's subpages with a -- display value of cfg['subpages-link-display']. In the English version this blurb is simply -- the link followed by a period, and the link display provides the actual text. --]] cfg['subpages-blurb'] = '$1.' --[[ -- cfg['subpages-link-display'] -- The text to display for the "subpages of this page" link. $1 is cfg['template-pagetype'], -- cfg['module-pagetype'] or cfg['default-pagetype'], depending on whether the current page is in -- the template namespace, the module namespace, or another namespace. --]] cfg['subpages-link-display'] = 'Subpages of this $1' -- cfg['template-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for template pages. cfg['template-pagetype'] = 'template' -- cfg['module-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for Lua module pages. cfg['module-pagetype'] = 'module' -- cfg['default-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for pages other than templates or Lua modules. cfg['default-pagetype'] = 'page' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Doc link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['doc-subpage'] -- The name of the subpage typically used for documentation pages. cfg['doc-subpage'] = 'doc' -- cfg['docpage-preload'] -- Preload file for template documentation pages in all namespaces. cfg['docpage-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload' -- cfg['module-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module documentation pages. cfg['module-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- HTML and CSS configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['templatestyles'] -- The name of the TemplateStyles page where CSS is kept. -- Sandbox CSS will be at Module:Documentation/sandbox/styles.css when needed. cfg['templatestyles'] = 'Module:Documentation/styles.css' -- cfg['container'] -- Class which can be used to set flex or grid CSS on the -- two child divs documentation and documentation-metadata cfg['container'] = 'documentation-container' -- cfg['main-div-classes'] -- Classes added to the main HTML "div" tag. cfg['main-div-classes'] = 'documentation' -- cfg['main-div-heading-class'] -- Class for the main heading for templates and modules and assoc. talk spaces cfg['main-div-heading-class'] = 'documentation-heading' -- cfg['start-box-class'] -- Class for the start box cfg['start-box-class'] = 'documentation-startbox' -- cfg['start-box-link-classes'] -- Classes used for the [view][edit][history] or [create] links in the start box. -- mw-editsection-like is per [[Wikipedia:Village pump (technical)/Archive 117]] cfg['start-box-link-classes'] = 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks' -- cfg['end-box-class'] -- Class for the end box. cfg['end-box-class'] = 'documentation-metadata' -- cfg['end-box-plainlinks'] -- Plainlinks cfg['end-box-plainlinks'] = 'plainlinks' -- cfg['toolbar-class'] -- Class added for toolbar links. cfg['toolbar-class'] = 'documentation-toolbar' -- cfg['clear'] -- Just used to clear things. cfg['clear'] = 'documentation-clear' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking category configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] -- Set to true to enable output of cfg['strange-usage-category'] if the module is used on a /doc subpage -- or a /testcases subpage. This should be a boolean value (either true or false). cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] = true -- cfg['strange-usage-category'] -- Category to output if cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] is set to true and the module is used on a -- /doc subpage or a /testcases subpage. cfg['strange-usage-category'] = 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage' --[[ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration -- -- Don't edit anything below this line. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --]] return cfg 2z4v6f5nkabra0nulgb7sxch1cktfsn 265982 265981 2026-07-18T15:19:45Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:Documentation/config]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 265981 Scribunto text/plain ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- Configuration for Module:Documentation -- -- Here you can set the values of the parameters and messages used in Module:Documentation to -- localise it to your wiki and your language. Unless specified otherwise, values given here -- should be string values. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = {} -- Do not edit this line. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection template configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['protection-reason-edit'] -- The protection reason for edit-protected templates to pass to -- [[Module:Protection banner]]. cfg['protection-reason-edit'] = 'template' --[[ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Sandbox notice configuration -- -- On sandbox pages the module can display a template notifying users that the current page is a -- sandbox, and the location of test cases pages, etc. The module decides whether the page is a -- sandbox or not based on the value of cfg['sandbox-subpage']. The following settings configure the -- messages that the notices contains. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --]] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-image'] -- The image displayed in the sandbox notice. cfg['sandbox-notice-image'] = '[[File:Edit In Sandbox Icon - Color.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] -- The page type of the sandbox page. The message that is displayed depends on the current subject -- namespace. This message is used in either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb']. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'] = '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page' cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] = '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page' cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] = 'sandbox page' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-display'] -- Either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] is the opening sentence -- of the sandbox notice. The latter has a diff link, but the former does not. $1 is the page -- type, which is either cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'], -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] depending what -- namespace we are in. $2 is a link to the main template page, and $3 is a diff link between -- the sandbox and the main template. The display value of the diff link is set by -- cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display']. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] = 'This is the $1 for $2.' cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] = 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).' cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display'] = 'diff' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page -- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit. $1 is a link to the test cases page. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] is the display value for that link. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page -- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit, along with a link to run it. $1 is a link to the test -- cases page, and $2 is a link to the page to run it. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] is the display value for the link to run the test -- cases. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] = 'See also the companion subpage for $1.' cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] = 'test cases' cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] = 'See also the companion subpage for $1 ($2).' cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] = 'run' -- cfg['sandbox-category'] - A category to add to all template sandboxes. -- cfg['module-sandbox-category'] - A category to add to all module sandboxes. -- cfg['module-sandbox-category'] - A category to add to all sandboxe not in templates or modules. cfg['sandbox-category'] = 'Template sandboxes' cfg['module-sandbox-category'] = 'Module sandboxes' cfg['other-sandbox-category'] = 'Sandboxes outside of template or module namespace' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start box configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext'] -- The wikitext for the icon shown at the top of the template. cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext'] = '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=]]' -- cfg['template-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the template namespace. cfg['template-namespace-heading'] = 'Template documentation' -- cfg['module-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the module namespace. cfg['module-namespace-heading'] = 'Module documentation' -- cfg['file-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the file namespace. cfg['file-namespace-heading'] = 'Summary' -- cfg['other-namespaces-heading'] -- The heading shown in other namespaces. cfg['other-namespaces-heading'] = 'Documentation' -- cfg['view-link-display'] -- The text to display for "view" links. cfg['view-link-display'] = 'view' -- cfg['edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for "edit" links. cfg['edit-link-display'] = 'edit' -- cfg['history-link-display'] -- The text to display for "history" links. cfg['history-link-display'] = 'history' -- cfg['purge-link-display'] -- The text to display for "purge" links. cfg['purge-link-display'] = 'purge' -- cfg['create-link-display'] -- The text to display for "create" links. cfg['create-link-display'] = 'create' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Link box (end box) configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['transcluded-from-blurb'] -- Notice displayed when the docs are transcluded from another page. $1 is a wikilink to that page. cfg['transcluded-from-blurb'] = 'The above [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] is [[Help:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.' --[[ -- cfg['create-module-doc-blurb'] -- Notice displayed in the module namespace when the documentation subpage does not exist. -- $1 is a link to create the documentation page with the preload cfg['module-preload'] and the -- display cfg['create-link-display']. --]] cfg['create-module-doc-blurb'] = 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Experiment blurb configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] -- cfg['experiment-blurb-module'] -- The experiment blurb is the text inviting editors to experiment in sandbox and test cases pages. -- It is only shown in the template and module namespaces. With the default English settings, it -- might look like this: -- -- Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages. -- -- In this example, "sandbox", "edit", "diff", "testcases", and "edit" would all be links. -- -- There are two versions, cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] and cfg['experiment-blurb-module'], depending -- on what namespace we are in. -- -- Parameters: -- -- $1 is a link to the sandbox page. If the sandbox exists, it is in the following format: -- -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] | cfg['compare-link-display']) -- -- If the sandbox doesn't exist, it is in the format: -- -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] | cfg['mirror-link-display']) -- -- The link for cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] link preloads the page with cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] -- or cfg['module-sandbox-preload'], depending on the current namespace. The link for cfg['mirror-link-display'] -- loads a default edit summary of cfg['mirror-edit-summary']. -- -- $2 is a link to the test cases page. If the test cases page exists, it is in the following format: -- -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] | cfg['testcases-run-link-display']) -- -- If the test cases page doesn't exist, it is in the format: -- -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-create-link-display']) -- -- If the test cases page doesn't exist, the link for cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] preloads the -- page with cfg['template-testcases-preload'] or cfg['module-testcases-preload'], depending on the current -- namespace. --]] cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] = "Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages." cfg['experiment-blurb-module'] = "Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages." ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Sandbox link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['sandbox-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage typically used for sandboxes. cfg['sandbox-subpage'] = 'sandbox' -- cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] -- Preload file for template sandbox pages. cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- cfg['module-sandbox-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module sandbox pages. cfg['module-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox' -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] -- The text to display for "sandbox" links. cfg['sandbox-link-display'] = 'sandbox' -- cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for sandbox "edit" links. cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] = 'edit' -- cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] -- The text to display for sandbox "create" links. cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] = 'create' -- cfg['compare-link-display'] -- The text to display for "compare" links. cfg['compare-link-display'] = 'diff' -- cfg['mirror-edit-summary'] -- The default edit summary to use when a user clicks the "mirror" link. $1 is a wikilink to the -- template page. cfg['mirror-edit-summary'] = 'Create sandbox version of $1' -- cfg['mirror-link-display'] -- The text to display for "mirror" links. cfg['mirror-link-display'] = 'mirror' -- cfg['mirror-link-preload'] -- The page to preload when a user clicks the "mirror" link. cfg['mirror-link-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/mirror' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Test cases link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['testcases-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage typically used for test cases. cfg['testcases-subpage'] = 'testcases' -- cfg['template-testcases-preload'] -- Preload file for template test cases pages. cfg['template-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases' -- cfg['module-testcases-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module test cases pages. cfg['module-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases' -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] -- The text to display for "testcases" links. cfg['testcases-link-display'] = 'testcases' -- cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "edit" links. cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] = 'edit' -- cfg['testcases-run-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "run" links. cfg['testcases-run-link-display'] = 'run' -- cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "create" links. cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] = 'create' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Add categories blurb configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['add-categories-blurb'] -- Text to direct users to add categories to the /doc subpage. Not used if the "content" or -- "docname fed" arguments are set, as then it is not clear where to add the categories. $1 is a -- link to the /doc subpage with a display value of cfg['doc-link-display']. --]] cfg['add-categories-blurb'] = 'Add categories to the $1 subpage.' -- cfg['doc-link-display'] -- The text to display when linking to the /doc subpage. cfg['doc-link-display'] = '/doc' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Subpages link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['subpages-blurb'] -- The "Subpages of this template" blurb. $1 is a link to the main template's subpages with a -- display value of cfg['subpages-link-display']. In the English version this blurb is simply -- the link followed by a period, and the link display provides the actual text. --]] cfg['subpages-blurb'] = '$1.' --[[ -- cfg['subpages-link-display'] -- The text to display for the "subpages of this page" link. $1 is cfg['template-pagetype'], -- cfg['module-pagetype'] or cfg['default-pagetype'], depending on whether the current page is in -- the template namespace, the module namespace, or another namespace. --]] cfg['subpages-link-display'] = 'Subpages of this $1' -- cfg['template-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for template pages. cfg['template-pagetype'] = 'template' -- cfg['module-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for Lua module pages. cfg['module-pagetype'] = 'module' -- cfg['default-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for pages other than templates or Lua modules. cfg['default-pagetype'] = 'page' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Doc link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['doc-subpage'] -- The name of the subpage typically used for documentation pages. cfg['doc-subpage'] = 'doc' -- cfg['docpage-preload'] -- Preload file for template documentation pages in all namespaces. cfg['docpage-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload' -- cfg['module-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module documentation pages. cfg['module-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- HTML and CSS configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['templatestyles'] -- The name of the TemplateStyles page where CSS is kept. -- Sandbox CSS will be at Module:Documentation/sandbox/styles.css when needed. cfg['templatestyles'] = 'Module:Documentation/styles.css' -- cfg['container'] -- Class which can be used to set flex or grid CSS on the -- two child divs documentation and documentation-metadata cfg['container'] = 'documentation-container' -- cfg['main-div-classes'] -- Classes added to the main HTML "div" tag. cfg['main-div-classes'] = 'documentation' -- cfg['main-div-heading-class'] -- Class for the main heading for templates and modules and assoc. talk spaces cfg['main-div-heading-class'] = 'documentation-heading' -- cfg['start-box-class'] -- Class for the start box cfg['start-box-class'] = 'documentation-startbox' -- cfg['start-box-link-classes'] -- Classes used for the [view][edit][history] or [create] links in the start box. -- mw-editsection-like is per [[Wikipedia:Village pump (technical)/Archive 117]] cfg['start-box-link-classes'] = 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks' -- cfg['end-box-class'] -- Class for the end box. cfg['end-box-class'] = 'documentation-metadata' -- cfg['end-box-plainlinks'] -- Plainlinks cfg['end-box-plainlinks'] = 'plainlinks' -- cfg['toolbar-class'] -- Class added for toolbar links. cfg['toolbar-class'] = 'documentation-toolbar' -- cfg['clear'] -- Just used to clear things. cfg['clear'] = 'documentation-clear' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking category configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] -- Set to true to enable output of cfg['strange-usage-category'] if the module is used on a /doc subpage -- or a /testcases subpage. This should be a boolean value (either true or false). cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] = true -- cfg['strange-usage-category'] -- Category to output if cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] is set to true and the module is used on a -- /doc subpage or a /testcases subpage. cfg['strange-usage-category'] = 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage' --[[ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration -- -- Don't edit anything below this line. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --]] return cfg 2z4v6f5nkabra0nulgb7sxch1cktfsn 10 4000 266023 253424 2025-12-06T20:28:33Z en>Pppery 0 Copy from sandbox per request 266023 wikitext text/x-wiki {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#switch: {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>lc: {{{1|¬}}} }} |no |n |f |false |off |0 = {{{no|}}} | = {{{blank|{{{no|}}}}}} |¬ = {{{¬|}}} |yes |y |t |true |on |1 = {{{yes|yes}}} |#default = {{{def|{{{yes|yes}}}}}} }}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> ap97tktff18ii0muqd5f4eezydumg5v 266024 266023 2026-07-18T15:28:03Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Template:Yesno]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266023 wikitext text/x-wiki {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#switch: {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>lc: {{{1|¬}}} }} |no |n |f |false |off |0 = {{{no|}}} | = {{{blank|{{{no|}}}}}} |¬ = {{{¬|}}} |yes |y |t |true |on |1 = {{{yes|yes}}} |#default = {{{def|{{{yes|yes}}}}}} }}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> ap97tktff18ii0muqd5f4eezydumg5v 828 4025 266062 264055 2026-07-01T16:40:59Z en>Ahecht 0 Copy from sandbox. Implement parsing of coordinates from a single parameter. Feel free to roll back if there are unintended consequences. 266062 Scribunto text/plain --[[ This module is intended to replace the functionality of {{Coord}} and related templates. It provides several methods, including {{#invoke:Coordinates | coord }} : General function formatting and displaying coordinate values. {{#invoke:Coordinates | dec2dms }} : Simple function for converting decimal degree values to DMS format. {{#invoke:Coordinates | dms2dec }} : Simple function for converting DMS format to decimal degree format. {{#invoke:Coordinates | link }} : Export the link used to reach the tools ]] require('strict') local math_mod = require("Module:Math") local coordinates = {}; local isSandbox = mw.getCurrentFrame():getTitle():find('sandbox', 1, true); local current_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() local page_name = mw.uri.encode( current_page.prefixedText, 'WIKI' ); local coord_link = 'https://geohack.toolforge.org/geohack.php?pagename=' .. page_name .. '&params=' --[[ Helper function, replacement for {{coord/display/title}} ]] local function displaytitle(coords) return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = 'indicator', args = { name = 'coordinates' }, content = '<span id="coordinates">[[Geographic coordinate system|Coordinates]]: ' .. coords .. '</span>' } end --[[ Helper function, used in detecting DMS formatting ]] local function dmsTest(first, second) if type(first) ~= 'string' or type(second) ~= 'string' then return nil end local s = (first .. second):upper() return s:find('^[NS][EW]$') or s:find('^[EW][NS]$') end --[[ Wrapper function to grab args, see Module:Arguments for this function's documentation. ]] local function makeInvokeFunc(funcName) return function (frame) local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, { wrappers = 'Template:Coord' }) return coordinates[funcName](args, frame) end end --[[ Helper function, handle optional args. ]] local function optionalArg(arg, supplement) return arg and arg .. supplement or '' end --[[ Formats any error messages generated for display ]] local function errorPrinter(errors) local result = "" for i,v in ipairs(errors) do result = result .. '<strong class="error">Coordinates: ' .. v[2] .. '</strong><br />' end return result end --[[ Determine the required CSS class to display coordinates Usually geo-nondefault is hidden by CSS, unless a user has overridden this for himself default is the mode as specificied by the user when calling the {{coord}} template mode is the display mode (dec or dms) that we will need to determine the css class for ]] local function displayDefault(default, mode) if default == "" then default = "dec" end if default == mode then return "geo-default" else return "geo-nondefault" end end --[[ specPrinter Output formatter. Takes the structure generated by either parseDec or parseDMS and formats it for inclusion on Wikipedia. ]] local function specPrinter(args, coordinateSpec) local uriComponents = coordinateSpec["param"] if uriComponents == "" then -- RETURN error, should never be empty or nil return "ERROR param was empty" end if args["name"] then uriComponents = uriComponents .. "&title=" .. mw.uri.encode(coordinateSpec["name"]) end local geodmshtml = '<span class="geo-dms" title="Maps, aerial photos, and other data for this location">' .. '<span class="latitude">' .. coordinateSpec["dms-lat"] .. '</span> ' .. '<span class="longitude">' ..coordinateSpec["dms-long"] .. '</span>' .. '</span>' local lat = tonumber( coordinateSpec["dec-lat"] ) or 0 local geodeclat if lat < 0 then -- FIXME this breaks the pre-existing precision geodeclat = tostring(coordinateSpec["dec-lat"]):sub(2) .. "°S" else geodeclat = (coordinateSpec["dec-lat"] or 0) .. "°N" end local long = tonumber( coordinateSpec["dec-long"] ) or 0 local geodeclong if long < 0 then -- FIXME does not handle unicode minus geodeclong = tostring(coordinateSpec["dec-long"]):sub(2) .. "°W" else geodeclong = (coordinateSpec["dec-long"] or 0) .. "°E" end local geodechtml = '<span class="geo-dec" title="Maps, aerial photos, and other data for this location">' .. geodeclat .. ' ' .. geodeclong .. '</span>' local geonumhtml = '<span class="geo">' .. coordinateSpec["dec-lat"] .. '; ' .. coordinateSpec["dec-long"] .. '</span>' local inner = '<span class="' .. displayDefault(coordinateSpec["default"], "dms" ) .. '">' .. geodmshtml .. '</span>' .. '<span class="geo-multi-punct">&#xfeff; / &#xfeff;</span>' .. '<span class="' .. displayDefault(coordinateSpec["default"], "dec" ) .. '">'; if not args["name"] then inner = inner .. geodechtml .. '<span style="display:none">&#xfeff; / ' .. geonumhtml .. '</span></span>' else inner = inner .. '<span class="vcard">' .. geodechtml .. '<span style="display:none">&#xfeff; / ' .. geonumhtml .. '</span>' .. '<span style="display:none">&#xfeff; (<span class="fn org">' .. args["name"] .. '</span>)</span></span></span>' end local stylesheetLink = 'Module:Coordinates' .. ( isSandbox and '/sandbox' or '' ) .. '/styles.css' return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = stylesheetLink } } .. '<span class="plainlinks nourlexpansion">[' .. coord_link .. uriComponents .. ' ' .. inner .. ']</span>' .. '[[Category:Pages using gadget WikiMiniAtlas]]' end --[[ Helper function, convert decimal to degrees ]] local function convert_dec2dms_d(coordinate) local d = math_mod._round( coordinate, 0 ) .. "°" return d .. "" end --[[ Helper function, convert decimal to degrees and minutes ]] local function convert_dec2dms_dm(coordinate) coordinate = math_mod._round( coordinate * 60, 0 ); local m = coordinate % 60; coordinate = math.floor( (coordinate - m) / 60 ); local d = coordinate % 360 .."°" return d .. string.format( "%02d′", m ) end --[[ Helper function, convert decimal to degrees, minutes, and seconds ]] local function convert_dec2dms_dms(coordinate) coordinate = math_mod._round( coordinate * 60 * 60, 0 ); local s = coordinate % 60 coordinate = math.floor( (coordinate - s) / 60 ); local m = coordinate % 60 coordinate = math.floor( (coordinate - m) / 60 ); local d = coordinate % 360 .."°" return d .. string.format( "%02d′", m ) .. string.format( "%02d″", s ) end --[[ Helper function, convert decimal latitude or longitude to degrees, minutes, and seconds format based on the specified precision. ]] local function convert_dec2dms(coordinate, firstPostfix, secondPostfix, precision) local coord = tonumber(coordinate) local postfix if coord >= 0 then postfix = firstPostfix else postfix = secondPostfix end precision = precision:lower(); if precision == "dms" then return convert_dec2dms_dms( math.abs( coord ) ) .. postfix; elseif precision == "dm" then return convert_dec2dms_dm( math.abs( coord ) ) .. postfix; elseif precision == "d" then return convert_dec2dms_d( math.abs( coord ) ) .. postfix; end end --[[ Convert DMS format into a N or E decimal coordinate ]] local function convert_dms2dec(direction, degrees_str, minutes_str, seconds_str) local degrees = tonumber(degrees_str) local minutes = tonumber(minutes_str) or 0 local seconds = tonumber(seconds_str) or 0 local factor = 1 if direction == "S" or direction == "W" then factor = -1 end local precision = 0 if seconds_str then precision = 5 + math.max( math_mod._precision(seconds_str), 0 ); elseif minutes_str and minutes_str ~= '' then precision = 3 + math.max( math_mod._precision(minutes_str), 0 ); else precision = math.max( math_mod._precision(degrees_str), 0 ); end local decimal = factor * (degrees+(minutes+seconds/60)/60) return string.format( "%." .. precision .. "f", decimal ) -- not tonumber since this whole thing is string based. end --[[ Checks input values to for out of range errors. ]] local function validate( lat_d, lat_m, lat_s, long_d, long_m, long_s, source, strong ) local errors = {}; lat_d = tonumber( lat_d ) or 0; lat_m = tonumber( lat_m ) or 0; lat_s = tonumber( lat_s ) or 0; long_d = tonumber( long_d ) or 0; long_m = tonumber( long_m ) or 0; long_s = tonumber( long_s ) or 0; if strong then if lat_d < 0 then table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude degrees < 0 with hemisphere flag"}) end if long_d < 0 then table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude degrees < 0 with hemisphere flag"}) end --[[ #coordinates is inconsistent about whether this is an error. If globe: is specified, it won't error on this condition, but otherwise it will. For not simply disable this check. if long_d > 180 then table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude degrees > 180 with hemisphere flag"}) end ]] end if lat_d > 90 then table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude degrees > 90"}) end if lat_d < -90 then table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude degrees < -90"}) end if lat_m >= 60 then table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude minutes >= 60"}) end if lat_m < 0 then table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude minutes < 0"}) end if lat_s >= 60 then table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude seconds >= 60"}) end if lat_s < 0 then table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude seconds < 0"}) end if long_d >= 360 then table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude degrees >= 360"}) end if long_d <= -360 then table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude degrees <= -360"}) end if long_m >= 60 then table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude minutes >= 60"}) end if long_m < 0 then table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude minutes < 0"}) end if long_s >= 60 then table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude seconds >= 60"}) end if long_s < 0 then table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude seconds < 0"}) end return errors; end --[[ parseDec Transforms decimal format latitude and longitude into the structure to be used in displaying coordinates ]] local function parseDec( lat, long, format ) local coordinateSpec = {} local errors = {} if not long then return nil, {{"parseDec", "Missing longitude"}} elseif not tonumber(long) then return nil, {{"parseDec", "Longitude could not be parsed as a number: " .. long}} end errors = validate( lat, nil, nil, long, nil, nil, 'parseDec', false ); coordinateSpec["dec-lat"] = lat; coordinateSpec["dec-long"] = long; local mode = coordinates.determineMode( lat, long ); coordinateSpec["dms-lat"] = convert_dec2dms( lat, "N", "S", mode) -- {{coord/dec2dms|{{{1}}}|N|S|{{coord/prec dec|{{{1}}}|{{{2}}}}}}} coordinateSpec["dms-long"] = convert_dec2dms( long, "E", "W", mode) -- {{coord/dec2dms|{{{2}}}|E|W|{{coord/prec dec|{{{1}}}|{{{2}}}}}}} if format then coordinateSpec.default = format else coordinateSpec.default = "dec" end return coordinateSpec, errors end --[[ parseDMS Transforms degrees, minutes, seconds format latitude and longitude into the a structure to be used in displaying coordinates ]] local function parseDMS( lat_d, lat_m, lat_s, lat_f, long_d, long_m, long_s, long_f, format ) local coordinateSpec, errors, backward = {}, {} lat_f = lat_f:upper(); long_f = long_f:upper(); -- Check if specified backward if lat_f == 'E' or lat_f == 'W' then lat_d, long_d, lat_m, long_m, lat_s, long_s, lat_f, long_f, backward = long_d, lat_d, long_m, lat_m, long_s, lat_s, long_f, lat_f, true; end errors = validate( lat_d, lat_m, lat_s, long_d, long_m, long_s, 'parseDMS', true ); if not long_d then return nil, {{"parseDMS", "Missing longitude" }} elseif not tonumber(long_d) then return nil, {{"parseDMS", "Longitude could not be parsed as a number:" .. long_d }} end if not lat_m and not lat_s and not long_m and not long_s and #errors == 0 then if math_mod._precision( lat_d ) > 0 or math_mod._precision( long_d ) > 0 then if lat_f:upper() == 'S' then lat_d = '-' .. lat_d; end if long_f:upper() == 'W' then long_d = '-' .. long_d; end return parseDec( lat_d, long_d, format ); end end coordinateSpec["dms-lat"] = lat_d.."°"..optionalArg(lat_m,"′") .. optionalArg(lat_s,"″") .. lat_f coordinateSpec["dms-long"] = long_d.."°"..optionalArg(long_m,"′") .. optionalArg(long_s,"″") .. long_f coordinateSpec["dec-lat"] = convert_dms2dec(lat_f, lat_d, lat_m, lat_s) -- {{coord/dms2dec|{{{4}}}|{{{1}}}|0{{{2}}}|0{{{3}}}}} coordinateSpec["dec-long"] = convert_dms2dec(long_f, long_d, long_m, long_s) -- {{coord/dms2dec|{{{8}}}|{{{5}}}|0{{{6}}}|0{{{7}}}}} if format then coordinateSpec.default = format else coordinateSpec.default = "dms" end return coordinateSpec, errors, backward end --[[ Check the input arguments for coord to determine the kind of data being provided and then make the necessary processing. ]] local function formatTest(args) local result, errors local backward, primary = false, false local function getParam(args, lim) local ret = {} for i = 1, lim do ret[i] = args[i] or '' end return table.concat(ret, '_') end if not args[1] then -- no lat logic return errorPrinter( {{"formatTest", "Missing latitude"}} ) elseif not tonumber(args[1]) then -- bad lat logic return errorPrinter( {{"formatTest", "Unable to parse latitude as a number:" .. args[1]}} ) elseif not args[4] and not args[5] and not args[6] then -- dec logic result, errors = parseDec(args[1], args[2], args.format) if not result then return errorPrinter(errors); end -- formatting for geohack: geohack expects D_N_D_E notation or D;D notation -- wikiminiatlas doesn't support D;D notation -- #coordinates parserfunction doesn't support negative decimals with NSWE result.param = table.concat({ math.abs(tonumber(args[1])), ((tonumber(args[1]) or 0) < 0) and 'S' or 'N', math.abs(tonumber(args[2])), ((tonumber(args[2]) or 0) < 0) and 'W' or 'E', args[3] or ''}, '_') elseif dmsTest(args[4], args[8]) then -- dms logic result, errors, backward = parseDMS(args[1], args[2], args[3], args[4], args[5], args[6], args[7], args[8], args.format) if args[10] then table.insert(errors, {'formatTest', 'Extra unexpected parameters'}) end if not result then return errorPrinter(errors) end result.param = getParam(args, 9) elseif dmsTest(args[3], args[6]) then -- dm logic result, errors, backward = parseDMS(args[1], args[2], nil, args[3], args[4], args[5], nil, args[6], args['format']) if args[8] then table.insert(errors, {'formatTest', 'Extra unexpected parameters'}) end if not result then return errorPrinter(errors) end result.param = getParam(args, 7) elseif dmsTest(args[2], args[4]) then -- d logic result, errors, backward = parseDMS(args[1], nil, nil, args[2], args[3], nil, nil, args[4], args.format) if args[6] then table.insert(errors, {'formatTest', 'Extra unexpected parameters'}) end if not result then return errorPrinter(errors) end result.param = getParam(args, 5) else -- Error return errorPrinter({{"formatTest", "Unknown argument format"}}) .. '[[Category:Pages with malformed coordinate tags]]' end result.name = args.name local extra_param = {'dim', 'globe', 'scale', 'region', 'source', 'type'} for _, v in ipairs(extra_param) do if args[v] then table.insert(errors, {'formatTest', 'Parameter: "' .. v .. '=" should be "' .. v .. ':"' }) end end local ret = specPrinter(args, result) if #errors > 0 then ret = ret .. ' ' .. errorPrinter(errors) .. '[[Category:Pages with malformed coordinate tags]]' end return ret, backward end --[[ Generate Wikidata tracking categories. ]] local function makeWikidataCategories(qid) local ret local qid = qid or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if mw.wikibase and current_page.namespace == 0 then if qid and mw.wikibase.entityExists(qid) and mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P625") and mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P625")[1] then local snaktype = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P625")[1].mainsnak.snaktype if snaktype == 'value' then -- coordinates exist both here and on Wikidata, and can be compared. ret = 'Coordinates on Wikidata' elseif snaktype == 'somevalue' then ret = 'Coordinates on Wikidata set to unknown value' elseif snaktype == 'novalue' then ret = 'Coordinates on Wikidata set to no value' end else -- We have to either import the coordinates to Wikidata or remove them here. ret = 'Coordinates not on Wikidata' end end if ret then return string.format('[[Category:%s]]', ret) else return '' end end --[[ Parse coordinates entered as a single string ]] local function text2coord(text) if type(text) ~= 'string' then return end local coords = {} local numTerms = 0 local parts local function assign(k, number, start, pos) if number then coords[start + pos - 1] = number if k == 1 then numTerms = pos elseif numTerms < pos then -- more terms in long than lat return false end elseif numTerms >= pos then -- more terms in lat than long return false end return true end text = mw.ustring.gsub(mw.text.trim(text:uupper()), "[*′″]", {['*'] = '°', ['′'] = "'", ['″'] = '"'}) for _, regex in ipairs({ "^([+%-%d.°'\"NS%s]+),%s*([+%-%d.°'\"EW%s]+)$", --split by commas "^([+%-%d.°'\"%s]+[NS])%s*([+%-%d.°'\"%s]+[EW])$", --split by N/S "^([+%-%d.°'%s]+\")%s*([+%-%d.°'%s]+\")$", --split by " "^([+%-%d.°%s]+')%s*([+%-%d.°%s]+')$", --split by ' "^([+%-%d.%s]+°)%s*([+%-%d.%s]+°)$", --split by ° "^([+%-%d.]+)%s+([+%-%d.]+)$" --split by space }) do local lat, long = string.match(text, regex) if lat and long then parts = {mw.text.trim(lat), mw.text.trim(long)} break end end if not parts then return end local SW = {"S", "W"} local NE = {"N", "E"} for k, v in ipairs(parts) do local number local start = k + numTerms -- Find or create N, S, E, and W local dir = v:match("([NSEW])$") if dir then v = v:sub(1,-2) elseif v:sub(1,1) == '-' then v = v:sub(2) dir = SW[k] else dir = NE[k] end -- attempt to convert text to number number = tonumber(v) if number then -- Single number, assign it to the position "start" in the "coords" array if not assign(k, number, start, 1) then return end -- attempt to convert dms to decimal elseif string.match(v, "°") then for pos, regex in ipairs({ "^%s*([+%-%d.]+)%s*°[^°]*$", --degrees "^[^°']+°%s*([%d.]+)%s*'[^°']*$", --minutes "^[^'\"]+'%s*([%d.]+)%s*\"[^'\"]*$" --seconds }) do -- Assign component to a position in the "coords" array determined -- by "start" and "pos", and increment "numTerms" if this is latitude if not assign(k, tonumber(string.match(v, regex)), start, pos) then return end end end if coords[start] == nil then return end coords[start + numTerms] = dir end return coords end --[[ link Simple function to export the coordinates link for other uses. Usage: {{#invoke:Coordinates | link }} ]] function coordinates.link(frame) return coord_link; end --[[ dec2dms Wrapper to allow templates to call dec2dms directly. Usage: {{#invoke:Coordinates | dec2dms | decimal_coordinate | positive_suffix | negative_suffix | precision }} decimal_coordinate is converted to DMS format. If positive, the positive_suffix is appended (typical N or E), if negative, the negative suffix is appended. The specified precision is one of 'D', 'DM', or 'DMS' to specify the level of detail to use. ]] coordinates.dec2dms = makeInvokeFunc('_dec2dms') function coordinates._dec2dms(args) local coordinate = args[1] local firstPostfix = args[2] or '' local secondPostfix = args[3] or '' local precision = args[4] or '' return convert_dec2dms(coordinate, firstPostfix, secondPostfix, precision) end --[[ Helper function to determine whether to use D, DM, or DMS format depending on the precision of the decimal input. ]] function coordinates.determineMode( value1, value2 ) local precision = math.max( math_mod._precision( value1 ), math_mod._precision( value2 ) ); if precision <= 0 then return 'd' elseif precision <= 2 then return 'dm'; else return 'dms'; end end --[[ dms2dec Wrapper to allow templates to call dms2dec directly. Usage: {{#invoke:Coordinates | dms2dec | direction_flag | degrees | minutes | seconds }} Converts DMS values specified as degrees, minutes, seconds too decimal format. direction_flag is one of N, S, E, W, and determines whether the output is positive (i.e. N and E) or negative (i.e. S and W). ]] coordinates.dms2dec = makeInvokeFunc('_dms2dec') function coordinates._dms2dec(args) local direction = args[1] local degrees = args[2] local minutes = args[3] local seconds = args[4] return convert_dms2dec(direction, degrees, minutes, seconds) end --[[ coord Main entry point for Lua function to replace {{coord}} Usage: {{#invoke:Coordinates | coord }} {{#invoke:Coordinates | coord | lat | long }} {{#invoke:Coordinates | coord | lat | lat_flag | long | long_flag }} ... Refer to {{coord}} documentation page for many additional parameters and configuration options. Note: This function provides the visual display elements of {{coord}}. In order to load coordinates into the database, the {{#coordinates:}} parser function must also be called, this is done automatically in the Lua version of {{coord}}. ]] coordinates.coord = makeInvokeFunc('_coord') function coordinates._coord(args) if not tonumber(args[1]) then local parsed = text2coord(args[1]) if parsed then -- full lat/long entered as a single string for i = 2, #args do args[#parsed + i - 1] = args[i] end for i, v in ipairs(parsed) do args[i] = v end elseif not args[2] then -- look for coordinates from wikidata args[3] = args[1]; args[1] = nil local entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityObject(args.qid) if entity and entity.claims and entity.claims.P625 and entity.claims.P625[1].mainsnak.snaktype == 'value' then local precision = entity.claims.P625[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value.precision args[1] = entity.claims.P625[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value.latitude args[2] = entity.claims.P625[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value.longitude if precision then precision = -math_mod._round(math.log(precision)/math.log(10),0) args[1] = math_mod._round(args[1],precision) args[2] = math_mod._round(args[2],precision) end end end end local contents, backward = formatTest(args) local Notes = args.notes or '' local Display = args.display and args.display:lower() or 'inline' -- it and ti are short for inline,title and title,inline local function isInline(s) -- Finds whether coordinates are displayed inline. return s:find('inline') ~= nil or s == 'i' or s == 'it' or s == 'ti' end local function isInTitle(s) -- Finds whether coordinates are displayed in the title. return s:find('title') ~= nil or s == 't' or s == 'it' or s == 'ti' end local function coord_wrapper(in_args) -- Calls the parser function {{#coordinates:}}. return mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('#coordinates', in_args) or '' end local text = '' if isInline(Display) then text = text .. '<span class="geo-inline">' .. contents .. Notes .. '</span>' end if isInTitle(Display) then -- Add to output since indicator content is invisible to Lua later on if not isInline(Display) then text = text .. '<span class="geo-inline-hidden noexcerpt">' .. contents .. Notes .. '</span>' end text = text .. displaytitle(contents .. Notes) .. makeWikidataCategories(args.qid) end if not args.nosave then local page_title, count = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(), 1 if backward then local tmp = {} while not string.find((args[count-1] or ''), '[EW]') do tmp[count] = (args[count] or ''); count = count+1 end tmp.count = count; count = 2*(count-1) while count >= tmp.count do table.insert(tmp, 1, (args[count] or '')); count = count-1 end for i, v in ipairs(tmp) do args[i] = v end else while count <= 9 do args[count] = (args[count] or ''); count = count+1 end end if isInTitle(Display) and not page_title.isTalkPage and page_title.subpageText ~= 'doc' and page_title.subpageText ~= 'testcases' then args[10] = 'primary' end args.notes, args.format, args.display = nil text = text .. coord_wrapper(args) end return text end --[[ coord2text Extracts a single value from a transclusion of {{Coord}}. IF THE GEOHACK LINK SYNTAX CHANGES THIS FUNCTION MUST BE MODIFIED. Usage: {{#invoke:Coordinates | coord2text | {{Coord}} | parameter }} Valid values for the second parameter are: lat (signed integer), long (signed integer), type, scale, dim, region, globe, source ]] function coordinates._coord2text(coord,type) if coord == '' or type == '' or not type then return nil end type = mw.text.trim(type) if type == 'lat' or type == 'long' then local coordString = mw.ustring.match(coord,'[%.%d]+°[NS] [%.%d]+°[EW]') if not coordString then return nil end local result = mw.text.split(coordString, ' ') local negative if type == 'lat' then result, negative = result[1], 'S' else result, negative = result[2], 'W' end if not result then return nil end result = mw.text.split(result, '°') if not result[1] then return nil end if result[2] == negative then result[1] = '-'..result[1] end return result[1] else return mw.ustring.match(coord, 'params=.-_' .. type .. ':(.-)[ _]') end end function coordinates.coord2text(frame) return coordinates._coord2text(frame.args[1],frame.args[2]) or '' end --[[ coordinsert Injects some text into the Geohack link of a transclusion of {{Coord}} (if that text isn't already in the transclusion). Outputs the modified transclusion of {{Coord}}. IF THE GEOHACK LINK SYNTAX CHANGES THIS FUNCTION MUST BE MODIFIED. Usage: {{#invoke:Coordinates | coordinsert | {{Coord}} | parameter:value | parameter:value | … }} Do not make Geohack unhappy by inserting something which isn't mentioned in the {{Coord}} documentation. ]] function coordinates.coordinsert(frame) -- for the 2nd or later integer parameter (the first is the coord template, as above) for i, v in ipairs(frame.args) do if i ~= 1 then -- if we cannot find in the coord_template the i_th coordinsert parameter e.g. region if not mw.ustring.find(frame.args[1], (mw.ustring.match(frame.args[i], '^(.-:)') or '')) then -- find from the params= up to the first possibly-present underscore -- and append the i_th coordinsert parameter and a space -- IDK why we're adding a space but it does seem somewhat convenient frame.args[1] = mw.ustring.gsub(frame.args[1], '(params=.-)_? ', '%1_'..frame.args[i]..' ') end end end if frame.args.name then -- if we can't find the vcard class if not mw.ustring.find(frame.args[1], '<span class="vcard">') then -- take something that looks like a coord template and add the vcard span with class and fn org class local namestr = frame.args.name frame.args[1] = mw.ustring.gsub( frame.args[1], '(<span class="geo%-default">)(<span[^<>]*>[^<>]*</span><span[^<>]*>[^<>]*<span[^<>]*>[^<>]*</span></span>)(</span>)', '%1<span class="vcard">%2<span style="display:none">&#xfeff; (<span class="fn org">' .. namestr .. '</span>)</span></span>%3' ) -- then find anything from coordinates parameters to the 'end' and attach the title parameter frame.args[1] = mw.ustring.gsub( frame.args[1], '(&params=[^&"<>%[%] ]*) ', '%1&title=' .. mw.uri.encode(namestr) .. ' ' ) end end -- replace the existing indicator with a new indicator using the modified content frame.args[1] = mw.ustring.gsub( frame.args[1], '(<span class="geo%-inline[^"]*">(.+)</span>)\127[^\127]*UNIQ%-%-indicator%-%x+%-%-?QINU[^\127]*\127', function (inline, coord) return inline .. displaytitle(coord) end ) return frame.args[1] end return coordinates mgr040y9bhe26jrkzioi6ulvlqhvehy 266063 266062 2026-07-18T15:28:57Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:Coordinates]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266062 Scribunto text/plain --[[ This module is intended to replace the functionality of {{Coord}} and related templates. It provides several methods, including {{#invoke:Coordinates | coord }} : General function formatting and displaying coordinate values. {{#invoke:Coordinates | dec2dms }} : Simple function for converting decimal degree values to DMS format. {{#invoke:Coordinates | dms2dec }} : Simple function for converting DMS format to decimal degree format. {{#invoke:Coordinates | link }} : Export the link used to reach the tools ]] require('strict') local math_mod = require("Module:Math") local coordinates = {}; local isSandbox = mw.getCurrentFrame():getTitle():find('sandbox', 1, true); local current_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() local page_name = mw.uri.encode( current_page.prefixedText, 'WIKI' ); local coord_link = 'https://geohack.toolforge.org/geohack.php?pagename=' .. page_name .. '&params=' --[[ Helper function, replacement for {{coord/display/title}} ]] local function displaytitle(coords) return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = 'indicator', args = { name = 'coordinates' }, content = '<span id="coordinates">[[Geographic coordinate system|Coordinates]]: ' .. coords .. '</span>' } end --[[ Helper function, used in detecting DMS formatting ]] local function dmsTest(first, second) if type(first) ~= 'string' or type(second) ~= 'string' then return nil end local s = (first .. second):upper() return s:find('^[NS][EW]$') or s:find('^[EW][NS]$') end --[[ Wrapper function to grab args, see Module:Arguments for this function's documentation. ]] local function makeInvokeFunc(funcName) return function (frame) local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, { wrappers = 'Template:Coord' }) return coordinates[funcName](args, frame) end end --[[ Helper function, handle optional args. ]] local function optionalArg(arg, supplement) return arg and arg .. supplement or '' end --[[ Formats any error messages generated for display ]] local function errorPrinter(errors) local result = "" for i,v in ipairs(errors) do result = result .. '<strong class="error">Coordinates: ' .. v[2] .. '</strong><br />' end return result end --[[ Determine the required CSS class to display coordinates Usually geo-nondefault is hidden by CSS, unless a user has overridden this for himself default is the mode as specificied by the user when calling the {{coord}} template mode is the display mode (dec or dms) that we will need to determine the css class for ]] local function displayDefault(default, mode) if default == "" then default = "dec" end if default == mode then return "geo-default" else return "geo-nondefault" end end --[[ specPrinter Output formatter. Takes the structure generated by either parseDec or parseDMS and formats it for inclusion on Wikipedia. ]] local function specPrinter(args, coordinateSpec) local uriComponents = coordinateSpec["param"] if uriComponents == "" then -- RETURN error, should never be empty or nil return "ERROR param was empty" end if args["name"] then uriComponents = uriComponents .. "&title=" .. mw.uri.encode(coordinateSpec["name"]) end local geodmshtml = '<span class="geo-dms" title="Maps, aerial photos, and other data for this location">' .. '<span class="latitude">' .. coordinateSpec["dms-lat"] .. '</span> ' .. '<span class="longitude">' ..coordinateSpec["dms-long"] .. '</span>' .. '</span>' local lat = tonumber( coordinateSpec["dec-lat"] ) or 0 local geodeclat if lat < 0 then -- FIXME this breaks the pre-existing precision geodeclat = tostring(coordinateSpec["dec-lat"]):sub(2) .. "°S" else geodeclat = (coordinateSpec["dec-lat"] or 0) .. "°N" end local long = tonumber( coordinateSpec["dec-long"] ) or 0 local geodeclong if long < 0 then -- FIXME does not handle unicode minus geodeclong = tostring(coordinateSpec["dec-long"]):sub(2) .. "°W" else geodeclong = (coordinateSpec["dec-long"] or 0) .. "°E" end local geodechtml = '<span class="geo-dec" title="Maps, aerial photos, and other data for this location">' .. geodeclat .. ' ' .. geodeclong .. '</span>' local geonumhtml = '<span class="geo">' .. coordinateSpec["dec-lat"] .. '; ' .. coordinateSpec["dec-long"] .. '</span>' local inner = '<span class="' .. displayDefault(coordinateSpec["default"], "dms" ) .. '">' .. geodmshtml .. '</span>' .. '<span class="geo-multi-punct">&#xfeff; / &#xfeff;</span>' .. '<span class="' .. displayDefault(coordinateSpec["default"], "dec" ) .. '">'; if not args["name"] then inner = inner .. geodechtml .. '<span style="display:none">&#xfeff; / ' .. geonumhtml .. '</span></span>' else inner = inner .. '<span class="vcard">' .. geodechtml .. '<span style="display:none">&#xfeff; / ' .. geonumhtml .. '</span>' .. '<span style="display:none">&#xfeff; (<span class="fn org">' .. args["name"] .. '</span>)</span></span></span>' end local stylesheetLink = 'Module:Coordinates' .. ( isSandbox and '/sandbox' or '' ) .. '/styles.css' return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = stylesheetLink } } .. '<span class="plainlinks nourlexpansion">[' .. coord_link .. uriComponents .. ' ' .. inner .. ']</span>' .. '[[Category:Pages using gadget WikiMiniAtlas]]' end --[[ Helper function, convert decimal to degrees ]] local function convert_dec2dms_d(coordinate) local d = math_mod._round( coordinate, 0 ) .. "°" return d .. "" end --[[ Helper function, convert decimal to degrees and minutes ]] local function convert_dec2dms_dm(coordinate) coordinate = math_mod._round( coordinate * 60, 0 ); local m = coordinate % 60; coordinate = math.floor( (coordinate - m) / 60 ); local d = coordinate % 360 .."°" return d .. string.format( "%02d′", m ) end --[[ Helper function, convert decimal to degrees, minutes, and seconds ]] local function convert_dec2dms_dms(coordinate) coordinate = math_mod._round( coordinate * 60 * 60, 0 ); local s = coordinate % 60 coordinate = math.floor( (coordinate - s) / 60 ); local m = coordinate % 60 coordinate = math.floor( (coordinate - m) / 60 ); local d = coordinate % 360 .."°" return d .. string.format( "%02d′", m ) .. string.format( "%02d″", s ) end --[[ Helper function, convert decimal latitude or longitude to degrees, minutes, and seconds format based on the specified precision. ]] local function convert_dec2dms(coordinate, firstPostfix, secondPostfix, precision) local coord = tonumber(coordinate) local postfix if coord >= 0 then postfix = firstPostfix else postfix = secondPostfix end precision = precision:lower(); if precision == "dms" then return convert_dec2dms_dms( math.abs( coord ) ) .. postfix; elseif precision == "dm" then return convert_dec2dms_dm( math.abs( coord ) ) .. postfix; elseif precision == "d" then return convert_dec2dms_d( math.abs( coord ) ) .. postfix; end end --[[ Convert DMS format into a N or E decimal coordinate ]] local function convert_dms2dec(direction, degrees_str, minutes_str, seconds_str) local degrees = tonumber(degrees_str) local minutes = tonumber(minutes_str) or 0 local seconds = tonumber(seconds_str) or 0 local factor = 1 if direction == "S" or direction == "W" then factor = -1 end local precision = 0 if seconds_str then precision = 5 + math.max( math_mod._precision(seconds_str), 0 ); elseif minutes_str and minutes_str ~= '' then precision = 3 + math.max( math_mod._precision(minutes_str), 0 ); else precision = math.max( math_mod._precision(degrees_str), 0 ); end local decimal = factor * (degrees+(minutes+seconds/60)/60) return string.format( "%." .. precision .. "f", decimal ) -- not tonumber since this whole thing is string based. end --[[ Checks input values to for out of range errors. ]] local function validate( lat_d, lat_m, lat_s, long_d, long_m, long_s, source, strong ) local errors = {}; lat_d = tonumber( lat_d ) or 0; lat_m = tonumber( lat_m ) or 0; lat_s = tonumber( lat_s ) or 0; long_d = tonumber( long_d ) or 0; long_m = tonumber( long_m ) or 0; long_s = tonumber( long_s ) or 0; if strong then if lat_d < 0 then table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude degrees < 0 with hemisphere flag"}) end if long_d < 0 then table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude degrees < 0 with hemisphere flag"}) end --[[ #coordinates is inconsistent about whether this is an error. If globe: is specified, it won't error on this condition, but otherwise it will. For not simply disable this check. if long_d > 180 then table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude degrees > 180 with hemisphere flag"}) end ]] end if lat_d > 90 then table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude degrees > 90"}) end if lat_d < -90 then table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude degrees < -90"}) end if lat_m >= 60 then table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude minutes >= 60"}) end if lat_m < 0 then table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude minutes < 0"}) end if lat_s >= 60 then table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude seconds >= 60"}) end if lat_s < 0 then table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude seconds < 0"}) end if long_d >= 360 then table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude degrees >= 360"}) end if long_d <= -360 then table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude degrees <= -360"}) end if long_m >= 60 then table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude minutes >= 60"}) end if long_m < 0 then table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude minutes < 0"}) end if long_s >= 60 then table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude seconds >= 60"}) end if long_s < 0 then table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude seconds < 0"}) end return errors; end --[[ parseDec Transforms decimal format latitude and longitude into the structure to be used in displaying coordinates ]] local function parseDec( lat, long, format ) local coordinateSpec = {} local errors = {} if not long then return nil, {{"parseDec", "Missing longitude"}} elseif not tonumber(long) then return nil, {{"parseDec", "Longitude could not be parsed as a number: " .. long}} end errors = validate( lat, nil, nil, long, nil, nil, 'parseDec', false ); coordinateSpec["dec-lat"] = lat; coordinateSpec["dec-long"] = long; local mode = coordinates.determineMode( lat, long ); coordinateSpec["dms-lat"] = convert_dec2dms( lat, "N", "S", mode) -- {{coord/dec2dms|{{{1}}}|N|S|{{coord/prec dec|{{{1}}}|{{{2}}}}}}} coordinateSpec["dms-long"] = convert_dec2dms( long, "E", "W", mode) -- {{coord/dec2dms|{{{2}}}|E|W|{{coord/prec dec|{{{1}}}|{{{2}}}}}}} if format then coordinateSpec.default = format else coordinateSpec.default = "dec" end return coordinateSpec, errors end --[[ parseDMS Transforms degrees, minutes, seconds format latitude and longitude into the a structure to be used in displaying coordinates ]] local function parseDMS( lat_d, lat_m, lat_s, lat_f, long_d, long_m, long_s, long_f, format ) local coordinateSpec, errors, backward = {}, {} lat_f = lat_f:upper(); long_f = long_f:upper(); -- Check if specified backward if lat_f == 'E' or lat_f == 'W' then lat_d, long_d, lat_m, long_m, lat_s, long_s, lat_f, long_f, backward = long_d, lat_d, long_m, lat_m, long_s, lat_s, long_f, lat_f, true; end errors = validate( lat_d, lat_m, lat_s, long_d, long_m, long_s, 'parseDMS', true ); if not long_d then return nil, {{"parseDMS", "Missing longitude" }} elseif not tonumber(long_d) then return nil, {{"parseDMS", "Longitude could not be parsed as a number:" .. long_d }} end if not lat_m and not lat_s and not long_m and not long_s and #errors == 0 then if math_mod._precision( lat_d ) > 0 or math_mod._precision( long_d ) > 0 then if lat_f:upper() == 'S' then lat_d = '-' .. lat_d; end if long_f:upper() == 'W' then long_d = '-' .. long_d; end return parseDec( lat_d, long_d, format ); end end coordinateSpec["dms-lat"] = lat_d.."°"..optionalArg(lat_m,"′") .. optionalArg(lat_s,"″") .. lat_f coordinateSpec["dms-long"] = long_d.."°"..optionalArg(long_m,"′") .. optionalArg(long_s,"″") .. long_f coordinateSpec["dec-lat"] = convert_dms2dec(lat_f, lat_d, lat_m, lat_s) -- {{coord/dms2dec|{{{4}}}|{{{1}}}|0{{{2}}}|0{{{3}}}}} coordinateSpec["dec-long"] = convert_dms2dec(long_f, long_d, long_m, long_s) -- {{coord/dms2dec|{{{8}}}|{{{5}}}|0{{{6}}}|0{{{7}}}}} if format then coordinateSpec.default = format else coordinateSpec.default = "dms" end return coordinateSpec, errors, backward end --[[ Check the input arguments for coord to determine the kind of data being provided and then make the necessary processing. ]] local function formatTest(args) local result, errors local backward, primary = false, false local function getParam(args, lim) local ret = {} for i = 1, lim do ret[i] = args[i] or '' end return table.concat(ret, '_') end if not args[1] then -- no lat logic return errorPrinter( {{"formatTest", "Missing latitude"}} ) elseif not tonumber(args[1]) then -- bad lat logic return errorPrinter( {{"formatTest", "Unable to parse latitude as a number:" .. args[1]}} ) elseif not args[4] and not args[5] and not args[6] then -- dec logic result, errors = parseDec(args[1], args[2], args.format) if not result then return errorPrinter(errors); end -- formatting for geohack: geohack expects D_N_D_E notation or D;D notation -- wikiminiatlas doesn't support D;D notation -- #coordinates parserfunction doesn't support negative decimals with NSWE result.param = table.concat({ math.abs(tonumber(args[1])), ((tonumber(args[1]) or 0) < 0) and 'S' or 'N', math.abs(tonumber(args[2])), ((tonumber(args[2]) or 0) < 0) and 'W' or 'E', args[3] or ''}, '_') elseif dmsTest(args[4], args[8]) then -- dms logic result, errors, backward = parseDMS(args[1], args[2], args[3], args[4], args[5], args[6], args[7], args[8], args.format) if args[10] then table.insert(errors, {'formatTest', 'Extra unexpected parameters'}) end if not result then return errorPrinter(errors) end result.param = getParam(args, 9) elseif dmsTest(args[3], args[6]) then -- dm logic result, errors, backward = parseDMS(args[1], args[2], nil, args[3], args[4], args[5], nil, args[6], args['format']) if args[8] then table.insert(errors, {'formatTest', 'Extra unexpected parameters'}) end if not result then return errorPrinter(errors) end result.param = getParam(args, 7) elseif dmsTest(args[2], args[4]) then -- d logic result, errors, backward = parseDMS(args[1], nil, nil, args[2], args[3], nil, nil, args[4], args.format) if args[6] then table.insert(errors, {'formatTest', 'Extra unexpected parameters'}) end if not result then return errorPrinter(errors) end result.param = getParam(args, 5) else -- Error return errorPrinter({{"formatTest", "Unknown argument format"}}) .. '[[Category:Pages with malformed coordinate tags]]' end result.name = args.name local extra_param = {'dim', 'globe', 'scale', 'region', 'source', 'type'} for _, v in ipairs(extra_param) do if args[v] then table.insert(errors, {'formatTest', 'Parameter: "' .. v .. '=" should be "' .. v .. ':"' }) end end local ret = specPrinter(args, result) if #errors > 0 then ret = ret .. ' ' .. errorPrinter(errors) .. '[[Category:Pages with malformed coordinate tags]]' end return ret, backward end --[[ Generate Wikidata tracking categories. ]] local function makeWikidataCategories(qid) local ret local qid = qid or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if mw.wikibase and current_page.namespace == 0 then if qid and mw.wikibase.entityExists(qid) and mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P625") and mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P625")[1] then local snaktype = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P625")[1].mainsnak.snaktype if snaktype == 'value' then -- coordinates exist both here and on Wikidata, and can be compared. ret = 'Coordinates on Wikidata' elseif snaktype == 'somevalue' then ret = 'Coordinates on Wikidata set to unknown value' elseif snaktype == 'novalue' then ret = 'Coordinates on Wikidata set to no value' end else -- We have to either import the coordinates to Wikidata or remove them here. ret = 'Coordinates not on Wikidata' end end if ret then return string.format('[[Category:%s]]', ret) else return '' end end --[[ Parse coordinates entered as a single string ]] local function text2coord(text) if type(text) ~= 'string' then return end local coords = {} local numTerms = 0 local parts local function assign(k, number, start, pos) if number then coords[start + pos - 1] = number if k == 1 then numTerms = pos elseif numTerms < pos then -- more terms in long than lat return false end elseif numTerms >= pos then -- more terms in lat than long return false end return true end text = mw.ustring.gsub(mw.text.trim(text:uupper()), "[*′″]", {['*'] = '°', ['′'] = "'", ['″'] = '"'}) for _, regex in ipairs({ "^([+%-%d.°'\"NS%s]+),%s*([+%-%d.°'\"EW%s]+)$", --split by commas "^([+%-%d.°'\"%s]+[NS])%s*([+%-%d.°'\"%s]+[EW])$", --split by N/S "^([+%-%d.°'%s]+\")%s*([+%-%d.°'%s]+\")$", --split by " "^([+%-%d.°%s]+')%s*([+%-%d.°%s]+')$", --split by ' "^([+%-%d.%s]+°)%s*([+%-%d.%s]+°)$", --split by ° "^([+%-%d.]+)%s+([+%-%d.]+)$" --split by space }) do local lat, long = string.match(text, regex) if lat and long then parts = {mw.text.trim(lat), mw.text.trim(long)} break end end if not parts then return end local SW = {"S", "W"} local NE = {"N", "E"} for k, v in ipairs(parts) do local number local start = k + numTerms -- Find or create N, S, E, and W local dir = v:match("([NSEW])$") if dir then v = v:sub(1,-2) elseif v:sub(1,1) == '-' then v = v:sub(2) dir = SW[k] else dir = NE[k] end -- attempt to convert text to number number = tonumber(v) if number then -- Single number, assign it to the position "start" in the "coords" array if not assign(k, number, start, 1) then return end -- attempt to convert dms to decimal elseif string.match(v, "°") then for pos, regex in ipairs({ "^%s*([+%-%d.]+)%s*°[^°]*$", --degrees "^[^°']+°%s*([%d.]+)%s*'[^°']*$", --minutes "^[^'\"]+'%s*([%d.]+)%s*\"[^'\"]*$" --seconds }) do -- Assign component to a position in the "coords" array determined -- by "start" and "pos", and increment "numTerms" if this is latitude if not assign(k, tonumber(string.match(v, regex)), start, pos) then return end end end if coords[start] == nil then return end coords[start + numTerms] = dir end return coords end --[[ link Simple function to export the coordinates link for other uses. Usage: {{#invoke:Coordinates | link }} ]] function coordinates.link(frame) return coord_link; end --[[ dec2dms Wrapper to allow templates to call dec2dms directly. Usage: {{#invoke:Coordinates | dec2dms | decimal_coordinate | positive_suffix | negative_suffix | precision }} decimal_coordinate is converted to DMS format. If positive, the positive_suffix is appended (typical N or E), if negative, the negative suffix is appended. The specified precision is one of 'D', 'DM', or 'DMS' to specify the level of detail to use. ]] coordinates.dec2dms = makeInvokeFunc('_dec2dms') function coordinates._dec2dms(args) local coordinate = args[1] local firstPostfix = args[2] or '' local secondPostfix = args[3] or '' local precision = args[4] or '' return convert_dec2dms(coordinate, firstPostfix, secondPostfix, precision) end --[[ Helper function to determine whether to use D, DM, or DMS format depending on the precision of the decimal input. ]] function coordinates.determineMode( value1, value2 ) local precision = math.max( math_mod._precision( value1 ), math_mod._precision( value2 ) ); if precision <= 0 then return 'd' elseif precision <= 2 then return 'dm'; else return 'dms'; end end --[[ dms2dec Wrapper to allow templates to call dms2dec directly. Usage: {{#invoke:Coordinates | dms2dec | direction_flag | degrees | minutes | seconds }} Converts DMS values specified as degrees, minutes, seconds too decimal format. direction_flag is one of N, S, E, W, and determines whether the output is positive (i.e. N and E) or negative (i.e. S and W). ]] coordinates.dms2dec = makeInvokeFunc('_dms2dec') function coordinates._dms2dec(args) local direction = args[1] local degrees = args[2] local minutes = args[3] local seconds = args[4] return convert_dms2dec(direction, degrees, minutes, seconds) end --[[ coord Main entry point for Lua function to replace {{coord}} Usage: {{#invoke:Coordinates | coord }} {{#invoke:Coordinates | coord | lat | long }} {{#invoke:Coordinates | coord | lat | lat_flag | long | long_flag }} ... Refer to {{coord}} documentation page for many additional parameters and configuration options. Note: This function provides the visual display elements of {{coord}}. In order to load coordinates into the database, the {{#coordinates:}} parser function must also be called, this is done automatically in the Lua version of {{coord}}. ]] coordinates.coord = makeInvokeFunc('_coord') function coordinates._coord(args) if not tonumber(args[1]) then local parsed = text2coord(args[1]) if parsed then -- full lat/long entered as a single string for i = 2, #args do args[#parsed + i - 1] = args[i] end for i, v in ipairs(parsed) do args[i] = v end elseif not args[2] then -- look for coordinates from wikidata args[3] = args[1]; args[1] = nil local entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityObject(args.qid) if entity and entity.claims and entity.claims.P625 and entity.claims.P625[1].mainsnak.snaktype == 'value' then local precision = entity.claims.P625[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value.precision args[1] = entity.claims.P625[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value.latitude args[2] = entity.claims.P625[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value.longitude if precision then precision = -math_mod._round(math.log(precision)/math.log(10),0) args[1] = math_mod._round(args[1],precision) args[2] = math_mod._round(args[2],precision) end end end end local contents, backward = formatTest(args) local Notes = args.notes or '' local Display = args.display and args.display:lower() or 'inline' -- it and ti are short for inline,title and title,inline local function isInline(s) -- Finds whether coordinates are displayed inline. return s:find('inline') ~= nil or s == 'i' or s == 'it' or s == 'ti' end local function isInTitle(s) -- Finds whether coordinates are displayed in the title. return s:find('title') ~= nil or s == 't' or s == 'it' or s == 'ti' end local function coord_wrapper(in_args) -- Calls the parser function {{#coordinates:}}. return mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('#coordinates', in_args) or '' end local text = '' if isInline(Display) then text = text .. '<span class="geo-inline">' .. contents .. Notes .. '</span>' end if isInTitle(Display) then -- Add to output since indicator content is invisible to Lua later on if not isInline(Display) then text = text .. '<span class="geo-inline-hidden noexcerpt">' .. contents .. Notes .. '</span>' end text = text .. displaytitle(contents .. Notes) .. makeWikidataCategories(args.qid) end if not args.nosave then local page_title, count = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(), 1 if backward then local tmp = {} while not string.find((args[count-1] or ''), '[EW]') do tmp[count] = (args[count] or ''); count = count+1 end tmp.count = count; count = 2*(count-1) while count >= tmp.count do table.insert(tmp, 1, (args[count] or '')); count = count-1 end for i, v in ipairs(tmp) do args[i] = v end else while count <= 9 do args[count] = (args[count] or ''); count = count+1 end end if isInTitle(Display) and not page_title.isTalkPage and page_title.subpageText ~= 'doc' and page_title.subpageText ~= 'testcases' then args[10] = 'primary' end args.notes, args.format, args.display = nil text = text .. coord_wrapper(args) end return text end --[[ coord2text Extracts a single value from a transclusion of {{Coord}}. IF THE GEOHACK LINK SYNTAX CHANGES THIS FUNCTION MUST BE MODIFIED. Usage: {{#invoke:Coordinates | coord2text | {{Coord}} | parameter }} Valid values for the second parameter are: lat (signed integer), long (signed integer), type, scale, dim, region, globe, source ]] function coordinates._coord2text(coord,type) if coord == '' or type == '' or not type then return nil end type = mw.text.trim(type) if type == 'lat' or type == 'long' then local coordString = mw.ustring.match(coord,'[%.%d]+°[NS] [%.%d]+°[EW]') if not coordString then return nil end local result = mw.text.split(coordString, ' ') local negative if type == 'lat' then result, negative = result[1], 'S' else result, negative = result[2], 'W' end if not result then return nil end result = mw.text.split(result, '°') if not result[1] then return nil end if result[2] == negative then result[1] = '-'..result[1] end return result[1] else return mw.ustring.match(coord, 'params=.-_' .. type .. ':(.-)[ _]') end end function coordinates.coord2text(frame) return coordinates._coord2text(frame.args[1],frame.args[2]) or '' end --[[ coordinsert Injects some text into the Geohack link of a transclusion of {{Coord}} (if that text isn't already in the transclusion). Outputs the modified transclusion of {{Coord}}. IF THE GEOHACK LINK SYNTAX CHANGES THIS FUNCTION MUST BE MODIFIED. Usage: {{#invoke:Coordinates | coordinsert | {{Coord}} | parameter:value | parameter:value | … }} Do not make Geohack unhappy by inserting something which isn't mentioned in the {{Coord}} documentation. ]] function coordinates.coordinsert(frame) -- for the 2nd or later integer parameter (the first is the coord template, as above) for i, v in ipairs(frame.args) do if i ~= 1 then -- if we cannot find in the coord_template the i_th coordinsert parameter e.g. region if not mw.ustring.find(frame.args[1], (mw.ustring.match(frame.args[i], '^(.-:)') or '')) then -- find from the params= up to the first possibly-present underscore -- and append the i_th coordinsert parameter and a space -- IDK why we're adding a space but it does seem somewhat convenient frame.args[1] = mw.ustring.gsub(frame.args[1], '(params=.-)_? ', '%1_'..frame.args[i]..' ') end end end if frame.args.name then -- if we can't find the vcard class if not mw.ustring.find(frame.args[1], '<span class="vcard">') then -- take something that looks like a coord template and add the vcard span with class and fn org class local namestr = frame.args.name frame.args[1] = mw.ustring.gsub( frame.args[1], '(<span class="geo%-default">)(<span[^<>]*>[^<>]*</span><span[^<>]*>[^<>]*<span[^<>]*>[^<>]*</span></span>)(</span>)', '%1<span class="vcard">%2<span style="display:none">&#xfeff; (<span class="fn org">' .. namestr .. '</span>)</span></span>%3' ) -- then find anything from coordinates parameters to the 'end' and attach the title parameter frame.args[1] = mw.ustring.gsub( frame.args[1], '(&params=[^&"<>%[%] ]*) ', '%1&title=' .. mw.uri.encode(namestr) .. ' ' ) end end -- replace the existing indicator with a new indicator using the modified content frame.args[1] = mw.ustring.gsub( frame.args[1], '(<span class="geo%-inline[^"]*">(.+)</span>)\127[^\127]*UNIQ%-%-indicator%-%x+%-%-?QINU[^\127]*\127', function (inline, coord) return inline .. displaytitle(coord) end ) return frame.args[1] end return coordinates mgr040y9bhe26jrkzioi6ulvlqhvehy 828 4026 266066 264063 2026-04-10T14:26:08Z en>Ahecht 0 Rewrite rounding and precision code to run faster, other code cleanup including removing unused variables. Please revert if this causes any unexpected side effects 266066 Scribunto text/plain --[[ This module provides a number of basic mathematical operations. ]] local yesno, getArgs -- lazily initialized local p = {} -- Holds functions to be returned from #invoke, and functions to make available to other Lua modules. local wrap = {} -- Holds wrapper functions that process arguments from #invoke. These act as intemediary between functions meant for #invoke and functions meant for Lua. --[[ Helper functions used to avoid redundant code. ]] local function err(msg) -- Generates wikitext error messages. return mw.ustring.format('<strong class="error">Formatting error: %s</strong>', msg) end local function unpackNumberArgs(args) -- Returns an unpacked list of arguments specified with numerical keys. local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if type(k) == 'number' then table.insert(ret, v) end end return unpack(ret) end local function makeArgArray(...) -- Makes an array of arguments from a list of arguments that might include nils. local args = {...} -- Table of arguments. It might contain nils or non-number values, so we can't use ipairs. local nums = {} -- Stores the numbers of valid numerical arguments. local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do v = p._cleanNumber(v) if v then nums[#nums + 1] = k args[k] = v end end table.sort(nums) for i, num in ipairs(nums) do ret[#ret + 1] = args[num] end return ret end local function fold(func, ...) -- Use a function on all supplied arguments, and return the result. The function must accept two numbers as parameters, -- and must return a number as an output. This number is then supplied as input to the next function call. local vals = makeArgArray(...) local count = #vals -- The number of valid arguments if count == 0 then return -- Exit if we have no valid args, otherwise removing the first arg would cause an error. nil, 0 end local ret = table.remove(vals, 1) for _, val in ipairs(vals) do ret = func(ret, val) end return ret, count end --[[ Fold arguments by selectively choosing values (func should return when to choose the current "dominant" value). ]] local function binary_fold(func, ...) local value = fold((function(a, b) if func(a, b) then return a else return b end end), ...) return value end --[[ random Generate a random number Usage: {{#invoke: Math | random }} {{#invoke: Math | random | maximum value }} {{#invoke: Math | random | minimum value | maximum value }} ]] function wrap.random(args) local first = p._cleanNumber(args[1]) local second = p._cleanNumber(args[2]) return p._random(first, second) end function p._random(first, second) math.randomseed(mw.site.stats.edits + mw.site.stats.pages + os.time() + math.floor(os.clock() * 1000000000)) -- math.random will throw an error if given an explicit nil parameter, so we need to use if statements to check the params. if first and second then if first <= second then -- math.random doesn't allow the first number to be greater than the second. return math.random(first, second) end elseif first then return math.random(first) else return math.random() end end --[[ order Determine order of magnitude of a number Usage: {{#invoke: Math | order | value }} ]] function wrap.order(args) local input_string = (args[1] or args.x or '0'); local input_number = p._cleanNumber(input_string); if input_number == nil then return err('order of magnitude input appears non-numeric') else return p._order(input_number) end end function p._order(x) if x == 0 then return 0 end return math.floor(math.log10(math.abs(x))) end --[[ precision Detemines the precision of a number using the string representation Usage: {{ #invoke: Math | precision | value }} ]] function wrap.precision(args) local input_string = (args[1] or args.x or '0'); local trap_fraction = args.check_fraction; if not yesno then yesno = require('Module:Yesno') end if yesno(trap_fraction, true) then -- Returns true for all input except nil, false, "no", "n", "0" and a few others. See [[Module:Yesno]]. local pos = string.find(input_string, '/', 1, true); if pos ~= nil then if string.find(input_string, '/', pos + 1, true) == nil then local denominator = string.sub(input_string, pos+1, -1); local denom_value = tonumber(denominator); if denom_value ~= nil then return math.log10(denom_value); end end end end local _, clean_string = p._cleanNumber(input_string); if clean_string == nil then return err('precision input appears non-numeric') else return p._precision(clean_string) end end function p._precision(x) if type(x) == 'number' then x = tostring(x) end local result = 0; --subtract exponent local _, _, coefficient, exponent = x:find("^(.*)[eE](.*)$") if coefficient then result = result - (tonumber(exponent) or 0) x = coefficient end --add decimal places local i, j = x:find('%..*$') if i then result = result + (j - i) return result end --subtract trailing zeroes i, j = x:find('[^0]0+$') if i then result = result - (j - i) end return result end --[[ max Finds the maximum argument Usage: {{#invoke:Math| max | value1 | value2 | ... }} Note, any values that do not evaluate to numbers are ignored. ]] function wrap.max(args) return p._max(unpackNumberArgs(args)) end function p._max(...) local max_value = binary_fold((function(a, b) return a > b end), ...) if max_value then return max_value end end --[[ median Find the median of set of numbers Usage: {{#invoke:Math | median | number1 | number2 | ...}} OR {{#invoke:Math | median }} ]] function wrap.median(args) return p._median(unpackNumberArgs(args)) end function p._median(...) local vals = makeArgArray(...) local count = #vals table.sort(vals) if count == 0 then return 0 end if p._mod(count, 2) == 0 then return (vals[count/2] + vals[count/2+1])/2 else return vals[math.ceil(count/2)] end end --[[ min Finds the minimum argument Usage: {{#invoke:Math| min | value1 | value2 | ... }} OR {{#invoke:Math| min }} When used with no arguments, it takes its input from the parent frame. Note, any values that do not evaluate to numbers are ignored. ]] function wrap.min(args) return p._min(unpackNumberArgs(args)) end function p._min(...) local min_value = binary_fold((function(a, b) return a < b end), ...) if min_value then return min_value end end --[[ sum Finds the sum Usage: {{#invoke:Math| sum | value1 | value2 | ... }} OR {{#invoke:Math| sum }} Note, any values that do not evaluate to numbers are ignored. ]] function wrap.sum(args) return p._sum(unpackNumberArgs(args)) end function p._sum(...) local sums = fold((function(a, b) return a + b end), ...) if not sums then return 0 else return sums end end --[[ average Finds the average Usage: {{#invoke:Math| average | value1 | value2 | ... }} OR {{#invoke:Math| average }} Note, any values that do not evaluate to numbers are ignored. ]] function wrap.average(args) return p._average(unpackNumberArgs(args)) end function p._average(...) local sum, count = fold((function(a, b) return a + b end), ...) if not sum then return 0 else return sum / count end end --[[ round Rounds a number to specified precision Usage: {{#invoke:Math | round | value | precision }} --]] function wrap.round(args) local value = p._cleanNumber(args[1] or args.value or 0) local precision = p._cleanNumber(args[2] or args.precision or 0) if value == nil or precision == nil then return err('round input appears non-numeric') else return p._round(value, precision) end end function p._round(value, precision) local rescale = math.pow(10, precision or 0); return math.floor(value * rescale + 0.5) / rescale; end --[[ log10 returns the log (base 10) of a number Usage: {{#invoke:Math | log10 | x }} ]] function wrap.log10(args) return math.log10(args[1]) end --[[ mod Implements the modulo operator Usage: {{#invoke:Math | mod | x | y }} --]] function wrap.mod(args) local x = p._cleanNumber(args[1]) local y = p._cleanNumber(args[2]) if not x then return err('first argument to mod appears non-numeric') elseif not y then return err('second argument to mod appears non-numeric') else return p._mod(x, y) end end function p._mod(x, y) local ret = x % y if not (0 <= ret and ret < y) then ret = 0 end return ret end --[[ gcd Calculates the greatest common divisor of multiple numbers Usage: {{#invoke:Math | gcd | value 1 | value 2 | value 3 | ... }} --]] function wrap.gcd(args) return p._gcd(unpackNumberArgs(args)) end function p._gcd(...) local function findGcd(a, b) local r = b local oldr = a while r ~= 0 do local quotient = math.floor(oldr / r) oldr, r = r, oldr - quotient * r end if oldr < 0 then oldr = oldr * -1 end return oldr end local result = fold(findGcd, ...) return result end --[[ precision_format Rounds a number to the specified precision and formats according to rules originally used for {{template:Rnd}}. Output is a string. Usage: {{#invoke: Math | precision_format | number | precision }} ]] function wrap.precision_format(args) local value_string = args[1] or 0 local precision = args[2] or 0 return p._precision_format(value_string, precision) end function p._precision_format(value_string, precision) -- For access to Mediawiki built-in formatter. local lang = mw.getContentLanguage(); local value value, value_string = p._cleanNumber(value_string) precision = p._cleanNumber(precision) -- Check for non-numeric input if value == nil or precision == nil then return err('invalid input when rounding') end local abs_value = math.abs(value) local current_precision = p._precision(value) local order = p._order(value) -- Due to round-off effects it is neccesary to limit the returned precision under -- some circumstances because the terminal digits will be inaccurately reported. if order + precision >= 14 then if order + p._precision(value_string) >= 14 then precision = 13 - order; end end -- If rounding off, truncate extra digits if precision < current_precision then value = p._round(value, precision) abs_value = math.abs(value) current_precision = p._precision(value) end local formatted_num = lang:formatNum(abs_value) -- Handle cases requiring scientific notation if math.abs(order) >= 9 or string.find(formatted_num, 'E', 1, true) then value = value * (10 ^ (-order)) abs_value = math.abs(value) current_precision = current_precision + order precision = precision + order formatted_num = lang:formatNum(abs_value) else order = 0; end -- Use proper unary minus sign rather than ASCII default formatted_num = ((value < 0) and '−' or '') .. formatted_num -- Pad with zeros, if needed if current_precision < precision then local padding if current_precision <= 0 then if precision > 0 then local zero_sep = lang:formatNum(1.1) formatted_num = formatted_num .. zero_sep:sub(2,2) padding = precision if padding > 20 then padding = 20 end formatted_num = formatted_num .. string.rep('0', padding) end else padding = precision - current_precision if padding > 20 then padding = 20 end formatted_num = formatted_num .. string.rep('0', padding) end end -- Add exponential notation, if necessary. if order ~= 0 then -- Use proper unary minus sign rather than ASCII default if order < 0 then order = '−' .. lang:formatNum(math.abs(order)) else order = lang:formatNum(order) end formatted_num = formatted_num .. '<span style="margin:0 .15em 0 .25em">×</span>10^{' .. order .. '}' end return formatted_num end --[[ divide Implements the division operator Usage: {{#invoke:Math | divide | x | y | round= | precision= }} --]] function wrap.divide(args) local x = args[1] local y = args[2] local round = args.round local precision = args.precision if not yesno then yesno = require('Module:Yesno') end return p._divide(x, y, yesno(round), precision) end function p._divide(x, y, round, precision) if y == nil or y == "" then return err("Empty divisor") elseif not tonumber(y) then if type(y) == 'string' and string.sub(y, 1, 1) == '<' then return y else return err("Not a number: " .. y) end elseif x == nil or x == "" then return err("Empty dividend") elseif not tonumber(x) then if type(x) == 'string' and string.sub(x, 1, 1) == '<' then return x else return err("Not a number: " .. x) end else local z = x / y if round then return p._round(z, 0) elseif precision then return p._round(z, precision) else return z end end end --[[ Helper function that interprets the input numerically. If the input does not appear to be a number, attempts evaluating it as a parser functions expression. ]] function p._cleanNumber(number_string, unformat) if type(number_string) == 'number' then -- We were passed a number, so we don't need to do any processing. return number_string, tostring(number_string) elseif type(number_string) ~= 'string' or not number_string:find('%S') then -- We were passed a non-string or a blank string, so exit. return nil, nil; end -- Attempt basic conversion local number = tonumber(number_string) -- If failed, try unformatting the number_string if unformat and number == nil then -- Cannot use mw.language.getContentLanguage():parseFormattedNumber() -- because, unlike {{formatnum:|R}}, it won't ignore operators (it -- would return an error on "1,234+1,234" instead of "1234+1234") number_string = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction("formatnum", {number_string, "R"}) number = tonumber(number_string) end -- If failed, attempt to evaluate input as an expression if number == nil then local success, result = pcall(mw.ext.ParserFunctions.expr, number_string) if success then number = tonumber(result) number_string = tostring(number) else number = nil number_string = nil end else number_string = number_string:match("^%s*(.-)%s*$") -- String is valid but may contain padding, clean it. number_string = number_string:match("^%+(.*)$") or number_string -- Trim any leading + signs. if number_string:find('^%-?0[xX]') then -- Number is using 0xnnn notation to indicate base 16; use the number that Lua detected instead. number_string = tostring(number) end end return number, number_string end --[[ Wrapper function that does basic argument processing. This ensures that all functions from #invoke can use either the current frame or the parent frame, and it also trims whitespace for all arguments and removes blank arguments. ]] local mt = { __index = function(_, k) return function(frame) if not getArgs then getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs end return wrap[k](getArgs(frame)) -- Argument processing is left to Module:Arguments. Whitespace is trimmed and blank arguments are removed. end end } return setmetatable(p, mt) f4r823qxvpkct3eikmvj99wyjq9cjkm 266067 266066 2026-07-18T15:28:58Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:Math]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266066 Scribunto text/plain --[[ This module provides a number of basic mathematical operations. ]] local yesno, getArgs -- lazily initialized local p = {} -- Holds functions to be returned from #invoke, and functions to make available to other Lua modules. local wrap = {} -- Holds wrapper functions that process arguments from #invoke. These act as intemediary between functions meant for #invoke and functions meant for Lua. --[[ Helper functions used to avoid redundant code. ]] local function err(msg) -- Generates wikitext error messages. return mw.ustring.format('<strong class="error">Formatting error: %s</strong>', msg) end local function unpackNumberArgs(args) -- Returns an unpacked list of arguments specified with numerical keys. local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if type(k) == 'number' then table.insert(ret, v) end end return unpack(ret) end local function makeArgArray(...) -- Makes an array of arguments from a list of arguments that might include nils. local args = {...} -- Table of arguments. It might contain nils or non-number values, so we can't use ipairs. local nums = {} -- Stores the numbers of valid numerical arguments. local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do v = p._cleanNumber(v) if v then nums[#nums + 1] = k args[k] = v end end table.sort(nums) for i, num in ipairs(nums) do ret[#ret + 1] = args[num] end return ret end local function fold(func, ...) -- Use a function on all supplied arguments, and return the result. The function must accept two numbers as parameters, -- and must return a number as an output. This number is then supplied as input to the next function call. local vals = makeArgArray(...) local count = #vals -- The number of valid arguments if count == 0 then return -- Exit if we have no valid args, otherwise removing the first arg would cause an error. nil, 0 end local ret = table.remove(vals, 1) for _, val in ipairs(vals) do ret = func(ret, val) end return ret, count end --[[ Fold arguments by selectively choosing values (func should return when to choose the current "dominant" value). ]] local function binary_fold(func, ...) local value = fold((function(a, b) if func(a, b) then return a else return b end end), ...) return value end --[[ random Generate a random number Usage: {{#invoke: Math | random }} {{#invoke: Math | random | maximum value }} {{#invoke: Math | random | minimum value | maximum value }} ]] function wrap.random(args) local first = p._cleanNumber(args[1]) local second = p._cleanNumber(args[2]) return p._random(first, second) end function p._random(first, second) math.randomseed(mw.site.stats.edits + mw.site.stats.pages + os.time() + math.floor(os.clock() * 1000000000)) -- math.random will throw an error if given an explicit nil parameter, so we need to use if statements to check the params. if first and second then if first <= second then -- math.random doesn't allow the first number to be greater than the second. return math.random(first, second) end elseif first then return math.random(first) else return math.random() end end --[[ order Determine order of magnitude of a number Usage: {{#invoke: Math | order | value }} ]] function wrap.order(args) local input_string = (args[1] or args.x or '0'); local input_number = p._cleanNumber(input_string); if input_number == nil then return err('order of magnitude input appears non-numeric') else return p._order(input_number) end end function p._order(x) if x == 0 then return 0 end return math.floor(math.log10(math.abs(x))) end --[[ precision Detemines the precision of a number using the string representation Usage: {{ #invoke: Math | precision | value }} ]] function wrap.precision(args) local input_string = (args[1] or args.x or '0'); local trap_fraction = args.check_fraction; if not yesno then yesno = require('Module:Yesno') end if yesno(trap_fraction, true) then -- Returns true for all input except nil, false, "no", "n", "0" and a few others. See [[Module:Yesno]]. local pos = string.find(input_string, '/', 1, true); if pos ~= nil then if string.find(input_string, '/', pos + 1, true) == nil then local denominator = string.sub(input_string, pos+1, -1); local denom_value = tonumber(denominator); if denom_value ~= nil then return math.log10(denom_value); end end end end local _, clean_string = p._cleanNumber(input_string); if clean_string == nil then return err('precision input appears non-numeric') else return p._precision(clean_string) end end function p._precision(x) if type(x) == 'number' then x = tostring(x) end local result = 0; --subtract exponent local _, _, coefficient, exponent = x:find("^(.*)[eE](.*)$") if coefficient then result = result - (tonumber(exponent) or 0) x = coefficient end --add decimal places local i, j = x:find('%..*$') if i then result = result + (j - i) return result end --subtract trailing zeroes i, j = x:find('[^0]0+$') if i then result = result - (j - i) end return result end --[[ max Finds the maximum argument Usage: {{#invoke:Math| max | value1 | value2 | ... }} Note, any values that do not evaluate to numbers are ignored. ]] function wrap.max(args) return p._max(unpackNumberArgs(args)) end function p._max(...) local max_value = binary_fold((function(a, b) return a > b end), ...) if max_value then return max_value end end --[[ median Find the median of set of numbers Usage: {{#invoke:Math | median | number1 | number2 | ...}} OR {{#invoke:Math | median }} ]] function wrap.median(args) return p._median(unpackNumberArgs(args)) end function p._median(...) local vals = makeArgArray(...) local count = #vals table.sort(vals) if count == 0 then return 0 end if p._mod(count, 2) == 0 then return (vals[count/2] + vals[count/2+1])/2 else return vals[math.ceil(count/2)] end end --[[ min Finds the minimum argument Usage: {{#invoke:Math| min | value1 | value2 | ... }} OR {{#invoke:Math| min }} When used with no arguments, it takes its input from the parent frame. Note, any values that do not evaluate to numbers are ignored. ]] function wrap.min(args) return p._min(unpackNumberArgs(args)) end function p._min(...) local min_value = binary_fold((function(a, b) return a < b end), ...) if min_value then return min_value end end --[[ sum Finds the sum Usage: {{#invoke:Math| sum | value1 | value2 | ... }} OR {{#invoke:Math| sum }} Note, any values that do not evaluate to numbers are ignored. ]] function wrap.sum(args) return p._sum(unpackNumberArgs(args)) end function p._sum(...) local sums = fold((function(a, b) return a + b end), ...) if not sums then return 0 else return sums end end --[[ average Finds the average Usage: {{#invoke:Math| average | value1 | value2 | ... }} OR {{#invoke:Math| average }} Note, any values that do not evaluate to numbers are ignored. ]] function wrap.average(args) return p._average(unpackNumberArgs(args)) end function p._average(...) local sum, count = fold((function(a, b) return a + b end), ...) if not sum then return 0 else return sum / count end end --[[ round Rounds a number to specified precision Usage: {{#invoke:Math | round | value | precision }} --]] function wrap.round(args) local value = p._cleanNumber(args[1] or args.value or 0) local precision = p._cleanNumber(args[2] or args.precision or 0) if value == nil or precision == nil then return err('round input appears non-numeric') else return p._round(value, precision) end end function p._round(value, precision) local rescale = math.pow(10, precision or 0); return math.floor(value * rescale + 0.5) / rescale; end --[[ log10 returns the log (base 10) of a number Usage: {{#invoke:Math | log10 | x }} ]] function wrap.log10(args) return math.log10(args[1]) end --[[ mod Implements the modulo operator Usage: {{#invoke:Math | mod | x | y }} --]] function wrap.mod(args) local x = p._cleanNumber(args[1]) local y = p._cleanNumber(args[2]) if not x then return err('first argument to mod appears non-numeric') elseif not y then return err('second argument to mod appears non-numeric') else return p._mod(x, y) end end function p._mod(x, y) local ret = x % y if not (0 <= ret and ret < y) then ret = 0 end return ret end --[[ gcd Calculates the greatest common divisor of multiple numbers Usage: {{#invoke:Math | gcd | value 1 | value 2 | value 3 | ... }} --]] function wrap.gcd(args) return p._gcd(unpackNumberArgs(args)) end function p._gcd(...) local function findGcd(a, b) local r = b local oldr = a while r ~= 0 do local quotient = math.floor(oldr / r) oldr, r = r, oldr - quotient * r end if oldr < 0 then oldr = oldr * -1 end return oldr end local result = fold(findGcd, ...) return result end --[[ precision_format Rounds a number to the specified precision and formats according to rules originally used for {{template:Rnd}}. Output is a string. Usage: {{#invoke: Math | precision_format | number | precision }} ]] function wrap.precision_format(args) local value_string = args[1] or 0 local precision = args[2] or 0 return p._precision_format(value_string, precision) end function p._precision_format(value_string, precision) -- For access to Mediawiki built-in formatter. local lang = mw.getContentLanguage(); local value value, value_string = p._cleanNumber(value_string) precision = p._cleanNumber(precision) -- Check for non-numeric input if value == nil or precision == nil then return err('invalid input when rounding') end local abs_value = math.abs(value) local current_precision = p._precision(value) local order = p._order(value) -- Due to round-off effects it is neccesary to limit the returned precision under -- some circumstances because the terminal digits will be inaccurately reported. if order + precision >= 14 then if order + p._precision(value_string) >= 14 then precision = 13 - order; end end -- If rounding off, truncate extra digits if precision < current_precision then value = p._round(value, precision) abs_value = math.abs(value) current_precision = p._precision(value) end local formatted_num = lang:formatNum(abs_value) -- Handle cases requiring scientific notation if math.abs(order) >= 9 or string.find(formatted_num, 'E', 1, true) then value = value * (10 ^ (-order)) abs_value = math.abs(value) current_precision = current_precision + order precision = precision + order formatted_num = lang:formatNum(abs_value) else order = 0; end -- Use proper unary minus sign rather than ASCII default formatted_num = ((value < 0) and '−' or '') .. formatted_num -- Pad with zeros, if needed if current_precision < precision then local padding if current_precision <= 0 then if precision > 0 then local zero_sep = lang:formatNum(1.1) formatted_num = formatted_num .. zero_sep:sub(2,2) padding = precision if padding > 20 then padding = 20 end formatted_num = formatted_num .. string.rep('0', padding) end else padding = precision - current_precision if padding > 20 then padding = 20 end formatted_num = formatted_num .. string.rep('0', padding) end end -- Add exponential notation, if necessary. if order ~= 0 then -- Use proper unary minus sign rather than ASCII default if order < 0 then order = '−' .. lang:formatNum(math.abs(order)) else order = lang:formatNum(order) end formatted_num = formatted_num .. '<span style="margin:0 .15em 0 .25em">×</span>10^{' .. order .. '}' end return formatted_num end --[[ divide Implements the division operator Usage: {{#invoke:Math | divide | x | y | round= | precision= }} --]] function wrap.divide(args) local x = args[1] local y = args[2] local round = args.round local precision = args.precision if not yesno then yesno = require('Module:Yesno') end return p._divide(x, y, yesno(round), precision) end function p._divide(x, y, round, precision) if y == nil or y == "" then return err("Empty divisor") elseif not tonumber(y) then if type(y) == 'string' and string.sub(y, 1, 1) == '<' then return y else return err("Not a number: " .. y) end elseif x == nil or x == "" then return err("Empty dividend") elseif not tonumber(x) then if type(x) == 'string' and string.sub(x, 1, 1) == '<' then return x else return err("Not a number: " .. x) end else local z = x / y if round then return p._round(z, 0) elseif precision then return p._round(z, precision) else return z end end end --[[ Helper function that interprets the input numerically. If the input does not appear to be a number, attempts evaluating it as a parser functions expression. ]] function p._cleanNumber(number_string, unformat) if type(number_string) == 'number' then -- We were passed a number, so we don't need to do any processing. return number_string, tostring(number_string) elseif type(number_string) ~= 'string' or not number_string:find('%S') then -- We were passed a non-string or a blank string, so exit. return nil, nil; end -- Attempt basic conversion local number = tonumber(number_string) -- If failed, try unformatting the number_string if unformat and number == nil then -- Cannot use mw.language.getContentLanguage():parseFormattedNumber() -- because, unlike {{formatnum:|R}}, it won't ignore operators (it -- would return an error on "1,234+1,234" instead of "1234+1234") number_string = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction("formatnum", {number_string, "R"}) number = tonumber(number_string) end -- If failed, attempt to evaluate input as an expression if number == nil then local success, result = pcall(mw.ext.ParserFunctions.expr, number_string) if success then number = tonumber(result) number_string = tostring(number) else number = nil number_string = nil end else number_string = number_string:match("^%s*(.-)%s*$") -- String is valid but may contain padding, clean it. number_string = number_string:match("^%+(.*)$") or number_string -- Trim any leading + signs. if number_string:find('^%-?0[xX]') then -- Number is using 0xnnn notation to indicate base 16; use the number that Lua detected instead. number_string = tostring(number) end end return number, number_string end --[[ Wrapper function that does basic argument processing. This ensures that all functions from #invoke can use either the current frame or the parent frame, and it also trims whitespace for all arguments and removes blank arguments. ]] local mt = { __index = function(_, k) return function(frame) if not getArgs then getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs end return wrap[k](getArgs(frame)) -- Argument processing is left to Module:Arguments. Whitespace is trimmed and blank arguments are removed. end end } return setmetatable(p, mt) f4r823qxvpkct3eikmvj99wyjq9cjkm 10 4086 266058 264049 2025-12-25T18:30:20Z en>Primefac 0 [[Wikipedia:Templates for discussion/Log/2025 December 13#Template:WikidataCoord]] closed as merge ([[WP:XFDC#4.0.16|XFDcloser]]) 264048 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Coordinates|coord}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage, interwikis to Wikidata, not here --> </noinclude> 0o7lasvhdxe29mlczlsmvzkvka0kscy 266059 266058 2026-07-18T15:28:56Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Template:Coord]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 264048 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Coordinates|coord}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage, interwikis to Wikidata, not here --> </noinclude> 0o7lasvhdxe29mlczlsmvzkvka0kscy 828 4107 265969 262337 2026-03-02T05:52:06Z en>HouseBlaster 0 implement [[Wikipedia:Categories for discussion/Log/2026 February 13#Category:List templates with deprecated parameters]] 265969 Scribunto text/plain local libUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libUtil.checkType local mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local p = {} local listTypes = { ['bulleted'] = true, ['unbulleted'] = true, ['horizontal'] = true, ['ordered'] = true, ['horizontal_ordered'] = true } function p.makeListData(listType, args) -- Constructs a data table to be passed to p.renderList. local data = {} -- Classes and TemplateStyles data.classes = {} data.templatestyles = '' if listType == 'horizontal' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then table.insert(data.classes, 'hlist') data.templatestyles = mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Hlist/styles.css' } } elseif listType == 'unbulleted' then table.insert(data.classes, 'plainlist') data.templatestyles = mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Plainlist/styles.css' } } end table.insert(data.classes, args.class) -- Main div style data.style = args.style -- Indent for horizontal lists if listType == 'horizontal' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then local indent = tonumber(args.indent) indent = indent and indent * 1.6 or 0 if indent > 0 then data.marginLeft = indent .. 'em' end end -- List style types for ordered lists -- This could be "1, 2, 3", "a, b, c", or a number of others. The list style -- type is either set by the "type" attribute or the "list-style-type" CSS -- property. if listType == 'ordered' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then data.listStyleType = args.list_style_type or args['list-style-type'] data.type = args['type'] -- Detect invalid type attributes and attempt to convert them to -- list-style-type CSS properties. if data.type and not data.listStyleType and not tostring(data.type):find('^%s*[1AaIi]%s*$') then data.listStyleType = data.type data.type = nil end end -- List tag type if listType == 'ordered' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then data.listTag = 'ol' else data.listTag = 'ul' end -- Start number for ordered lists data.start = args.start if listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then -- Apply fix to get start numbers working with horizontal ordered lists. local startNum = tonumber(data.start) if startNum then data.counterReset = 'listitem ' .. tostring(startNum - 1) end end -- List style -- ul_style and ol_style are included for backwards compatibility. No -- distinction is made for ordered or unordered lists. data.listStyle = args.list_style -- List items -- li_style is included for backwards compatibility. item_style was included -- to be easier to understand for non-coders. data.itemStyle = args.item_style or args.li_style data.items = {} for _, num in ipairs(mTableTools.numKeys(args)) do local item = {} item.content = args[num] item.style = args['item' .. tostring(num) .. '_style'] or args['item_style' .. tostring(num)] item.value = args['item' .. tostring(num) .. '_value'] or args['item_value' .. tostring(num)] table.insert(data.items, item) end return data end function p.renderList(data) -- Renders the list HTML. -- Return the blank string if there are no list items. if type(data.items) ~= 'table' or #data.items < 1 then return '' end -- Render the main div tag. local root = mw.html.create('div') for _, class in ipairs(data.classes or {}) do root:addClass(class) end root:css{['margin-left'] = data.marginLeft} if data.style then root:cssText(data.style) end -- Render the list tag. local list = root:tag(data.listTag or 'ul') list :attr{start = data.start, type = data.type} :css{ ['counter-reset'] = data.counterReset, ['list-style-type'] = data.listStyleType } if data.listStyle then list:cssText(data.listStyle) end -- Render the list items for _, t in ipairs(data.items or {}) do local item = list:tag('li') if data.itemStyle then item:cssText(data.itemStyle) end if t.style then item:cssText(t.style) end item :attr{value = t.value} :wikitext(t.content) end return data.templatestyles .. tostring(root) end function p.renderTrackingCategories(args) local isDeprecated = false -- Tracks deprecated parameters. for k, v in pairs(args) do k = tostring(k) if k:find('^item_style%d+$') or k:find('^item_value%d+$') then isDeprecated = true break end end local ret = '' if isDeprecated then ret = ret .. '[[Category:Pages using module:list with deprecated parameters]]' end return ret end function p.makeList(listType, args) if not listType or not listTypes[listType] then error(string.format( "bad argument #1 to 'makeList' ('%s' is not a valid list type)", tostring(listType) ), 2) end checkType('makeList', 2, args, 'table') local data = p.makeListData(listType, args) local list = p.renderList(data) local trackingCategories = p.renderTrackingCategories(args) return list .. trackingCategories end for listType in pairs(listTypes) do p[listType] = function (frame) local mArguments = require('Module:Arguments') local origArgs = mArguments.getArgs(frame, { frameOnly = ((frame and frame.args and frame.args.frameonly or '') ~= ''), valueFunc = function (key, value) if not value or not mw.ustring.find(value, '%S') then return nil end if mw.ustring.find(value, '^%s*[%*#;:]') then return value else return value:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') end return nil end }) -- Copy all the arguments to a new table, for faster indexing. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do args[k] = v end return p.makeList(listType, args) end end return p 3zyv4n9325mfv0ujl80r445q2241il3 265970 265969 2026-07-18T15:19:44Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:List]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 265969 Scribunto text/plain local libUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libUtil.checkType local mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local p = {} local listTypes = { ['bulleted'] = true, ['unbulleted'] = true, ['horizontal'] = true, ['ordered'] = true, ['horizontal_ordered'] = true } function p.makeListData(listType, args) -- Constructs a data table to be passed to p.renderList. local data = {} -- Classes and TemplateStyles data.classes = {} data.templatestyles = '' if listType == 'horizontal' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then table.insert(data.classes, 'hlist') data.templatestyles = mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Hlist/styles.css' } } elseif listType == 'unbulleted' then table.insert(data.classes, 'plainlist') data.templatestyles = mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Plainlist/styles.css' } } end table.insert(data.classes, args.class) -- Main div style data.style = args.style -- Indent for horizontal lists if listType == 'horizontal' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then local indent = tonumber(args.indent) indent = indent and indent * 1.6 or 0 if indent > 0 then data.marginLeft = indent .. 'em' end end -- List style types for ordered lists -- This could be "1, 2, 3", "a, b, c", or a number of others. The list style -- type is either set by the "type" attribute or the "list-style-type" CSS -- property. if listType == 'ordered' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then data.listStyleType = args.list_style_type or args['list-style-type'] data.type = args['type'] -- Detect invalid type attributes and attempt to convert them to -- list-style-type CSS properties. if data.type and not data.listStyleType and not tostring(data.type):find('^%s*[1AaIi]%s*$') then data.listStyleType = data.type data.type = nil end end -- List tag type if listType == 'ordered' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then data.listTag = 'ol' else data.listTag = 'ul' end -- Start number for ordered lists data.start = args.start if listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then -- Apply fix to get start numbers working with horizontal ordered lists. local startNum = tonumber(data.start) if startNum then data.counterReset = 'listitem ' .. tostring(startNum - 1) end end -- List style -- ul_style and ol_style are included for backwards compatibility. No -- distinction is made for ordered or unordered lists. data.listStyle = args.list_style -- List items -- li_style is included for backwards compatibility. item_style was included -- to be easier to understand for non-coders. data.itemStyle = args.item_style or args.li_style data.items = {} for _, num in ipairs(mTableTools.numKeys(args)) do local item = {} item.content = args[num] item.style = args['item' .. tostring(num) .. '_style'] or args['item_style' .. tostring(num)] item.value = args['item' .. tostring(num) .. '_value'] or args['item_value' .. tostring(num)] table.insert(data.items, item) end return data end function p.renderList(data) -- Renders the list HTML. -- Return the blank string if there are no list items. if type(data.items) ~= 'table' or #data.items < 1 then return '' end -- Render the main div tag. local root = mw.html.create('div') for _, class in ipairs(data.classes or {}) do root:addClass(class) end root:css{['margin-left'] = data.marginLeft} if data.style then root:cssText(data.style) end -- Render the list tag. local list = root:tag(data.listTag or 'ul') list :attr{start = data.start, type = data.type} :css{ ['counter-reset'] = data.counterReset, ['list-style-type'] = data.listStyleType } if data.listStyle then list:cssText(data.listStyle) end -- Render the list items for _, t in ipairs(data.items or {}) do local item = list:tag('li') if data.itemStyle then item:cssText(data.itemStyle) end if t.style then item:cssText(t.style) end item :attr{value = t.value} :wikitext(t.content) end return data.templatestyles .. tostring(root) end function p.renderTrackingCategories(args) local isDeprecated = false -- Tracks deprecated parameters. for k, v in pairs(args) do k = tostring(k) if k:find('^item_style%d+$') or k:find('^item_value%d+$') then isDeprecated = true break end end local ret = '' if isDeprecated then ret = ret .. '[[Category:Pages using module:list with deprecated parameters]]' end return ret end function p.makeList(listType, args) if not listType or not listTypes[listType] then error(string.format( "bad argument #1 to 'makeList' ('%s' is not a valid list type)", tostring(listType) ), 2) end checkType('makeList', 2, args, 'table') local data = p.makeListData(listType, args) local list = p.renderList(data) local trackingCategories = p.renderTrackingCategories(args) return list .. trackingCategories end for listType in pairs(listTypes) do p[listType] = function (frame) local mArguments = require('Module:Arguments') local origArgs = mArguments.getArgs(frame, { frameOnly = ((frame and frame.args and frame.args.frameonly or '') ~= ''), valueFunc = function (key, value) if not value or not mw.ustring.find(value, '%S') then return nil end if mw.ustring.find(value, '^%s*[%*#;:]') then return value else return value:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') end return nil end }) -- Copy all the arguments to a new table, for faster indexing. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do args[k] = v end return p.makeList(listType, args) end end return p 3zyv4n9325mfv0ujl80r445q2241il3 10 4416 266076 136546 2025-01-24T01:48:13Z en>Ahecht 0 Use consolidated [[Module:Navbox]] 266076 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Navbox|with columns}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!---Please add metadata to the <includeonly> section at the bottom of the /doc subpage---> </noinclude> anzhsxs1564jffpwk18im0qyq9l0icw 266077 266076 2026-07-18T15:28:59Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Template:Navbox_with_columns]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266076 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Navbox|with columns}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!---Please add metadata to the <includeonly> section at the bottom of the /doc subpage---> </noinclude> anzhsxs1564jffpwk18im0qyq9l0icw 10 4445 265999 184921 2026-07-13T13:27:25Z en>Jonesey95 0 Undid revision [[Special:Diff/1363604175|1363604175]] by [[Special:Contributions/2600 etc|2600 etc]] ([[User talk:2600 etc|talk]]). no discussion, no edit summary. The 1= is a useful placeholder to show that the empty first parameter is intentional 265999 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:High-use|main|1=|2={{{2|}}}|system={{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}|in system messages}}<noinclude>|nocat=true</noinclude>}}<noinclude> {{documentation}}<!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> 196bkrax8m9r9spo90sxgyczdyxm0j6 266000 265999 2026-07-18T15:20:33Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Template:Used_in_system]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 265999 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:High-use|main|1=|2={{{2|}}}|system={{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}|in system messages}}<noinclude>|nocat=true</noinclude>}}<noinclude> {{documentation}}<!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> 196bkrax8m9r9spo90sxgyczdyxm0j6 10 4489 266074 264069 2026-04-20T13:31:32Z en>Paine Ellsworth 0 follow up to page move - retarget and add [[WP:RCAT|rcat template]]s 266074 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Parameter]] {{Rcat shell| {{R from move}} {{R from template shortcut}} }} 7s8mokgsoussxh3gkyodvsagezu2kca 266075 266074 2026-07-18T15:28:59Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Template:Para]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266074 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Parameter]] {{Rcat shell| {{R from move}} {{R from template shortcut}} }} 7s8mokgsoussxh3gkyodvsagezu2kca 828 4512 265961 262323 2026-06-28T22:16:03Z en>MSGJ 0 +pushpin_map 265961 Scribunto text/plain -- This module may be used to compare the arguments passed to the parent -- with a list of arguments, returning a specified result if an argument is -- not on the list require ('strict'); local p = {} local pushpin_map_params = { 'coordinates', 'pushpin_caption', 'pushpin_relief', 'pushpin_label', 'pushpin_label_position', 'pushpin_label_size', 'pushpin_map', 'pushpin_mark', 'pushpin_mark_size', 'pushpin_alt', 'pushpin_background', 'pushpin_map_size' } local mapframe_params = { 'coord', 'coordinates', 'id', 'qid', 'mapframe', 'mapframe-area_km2', 'mapframe-area_mi2', 'mapframe-caption', 'mapframe-coord', 'mapframe-coordinates', 'mapframe-custom', 'mapframe-frame-coord', 'mapframe-frame-coordinates', 'mapframe-frame-height', 'mapframe-frame-width', 'mapframe-geomask', 'mapframe-geomask-fill', 'mapframe-geomask-fill-opacity', 'mapframe-geomask-stroke-color', 'mapframe-geomask-stroke-colour', 'mapframe-geomask-stroke-width', 'mapframe-height', 'mapframe-id', 'mapframe-length_km', 'mapframe-length_mi', 'mapframe-line', 'mapframe-line-stroke-color', 'mapframe-line-stroke-colour', 'mapframe-marker', 'mapframe-marker-color', 'mapframe-marker-colour', 'mapframe-point', 'mapframe-population', 'mapframe-shape', 'mapframe-shape-fill', 'mapframe-shape-fill-opacity', 'mapframe-shape-stroke-color', 'mapframe-shape-stroke-colour', 'mapframe-stroke-color', 'mapframe-stroke-colour', 'mapframe-stroke-width', 'mapframe-switcher', 'mapframe-type', 'mapframe-width', 'mapframe-wikidata', 'mapframe-zoom' } local function trim(s) return s:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') end local function isnotempty(s) return s and s:match('%S') end local function clean(text) -- Return text cleaned for display and truncated if too long. -- Strip markers are replaced with dummy text representing the original wikitext. local pos, truncated local function truncate(text) if truncated then return '' end if mw.ustring.len(text) > 25 then truncated = true text = mw.ustring.sub(text, 1, 25) .. '...' end return mw.text.nowiki(text) end local parts = {} for before, tag, remainder in text:gmatch('([^\127]*)\127[^\127]*%-(%l+)%-[^\127]*\127()') do pos = remainder table.insert(parts, truncate(before) .. '&lt;' .. tag .. '&gt;...&lt;/' .. tag .. '&gt;') end table.insert(parts, truncate(text:sub(pos or 1))) return table.concat(parts) end function p._check(args, pargs) if type(args) ~= "table" or type(pargs) ~= "table" then -- TODO: error handling return end -- create the list of known args, regular expressions, and the return string local knownargs = {} if isnotempty(args['mapframe_args']) then for _, v in ipairs(mapframe_params) do knownargs[v] = 1 end end if isnotempty(args['pushpin_map_args']) then for _, v in ipairs(pushpin_map_params) do knownargs[v] = 1 end end local regexps = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if type(k) == 'number' then v = trim(v) knownargs[v] = 1 elseif k:find('^regexp[1-9][0-9]*$') then table.insert(regexps, '^' .. v .. '$') end end -- loop over the parent args, and make sure they are on the list local ignoreblank = isnotempty(args['ignoreblank']) local showblankpos = isnotempty(args['showblankpositional']) local values = {} for k, v in pairs(pargs) do if type(k) == 'string' and knownargs[k] == nil then local knownflag = false for _, regexp in ipairs(regexps) do if mw.ustring.match(k, regexp) then knownflag = true break end end if not knownflag and ( not ignoreblank or isnotempty(v) ) then table.insert(values, clean(k)) end elseif type(k) == 'number' and knownargs[tostring(k)] == nil then local knownflag = false for _, regexp in ipairs(regexps) do if mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), regexp) then knownflag = true break end end if not knownflag and ( showblankpos or isnotempty(v) ) then table.insert(values, k .. ' = ' .. clean(v)) end end end -- add results to the output tables local res = {} if #values > 0 then local unknown_text = args['unknown'] or 'Found _VALUE_, ' if mw.getCurrentFrame():preprocess( "{{REVISIONID}}" ) == "" then local preview_text = args['preview'] if isnotempty(preview_text) then preview_text = require('Module:If preview')._warning({preview_text}) elseif preview_text == nil then preview_text = unknown_text end unknown_text = preview_text end for _, v in pairs(values) do -- Fix odd bug for | = which gets stripped to the empty string and -- breaks category links if v == '' then v = ' ' end -- avoid error with v = 'example%2' ("invalid capture index") local r = unknown_text:gsub('_VALUE_', {_VALUE_ = v}) table.insert(res, r) end end return table.concat(res) end function p.check(frame) local args = frame.args local pargs = frame:getParent().args return p._check(args, pargs) end return p kohqf9fxewyce9gq1kljbz0180u8sl1 265962 265961 2026-07-18T15:19:44Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:Check_for_unknown_parameters]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 265961 Scribunto text/plain -- This module may be used to compare the arguments passed to the parent -- with a list of arguments, returning a specified result if an argument is -- not on the list require ('strict'); local p = {} local pushpin_map_params = { 'coordinates', 'pushpin_caption', 'pushpin_relief', 'pushpin_label', 'pushpin_label_position', 'pushpin_label_size', 'pushpin_map', 'pushpin_mark', 'pushpin_mark_size', 'pushpin_alt', 'pushpin_background', 'pushpin_map_size' } local mapframe_params = { 'coord', 'coordinates', 'id', 'qid', 'mapframe', 'mapframe-area_km2', 'mapframe-area_mi2', 'mapframe-caption', 'mapframe-coord', 'mapframe-coordinates', 'mapframe-custom', 'mapframe-frame-coord', 'mapframe-frame-coordinates', 'mapframe-frame-height', 'mapframe-frame-width', 'mapframe-geomask', 'mapframe-geomask-fill', 'mapframe-geomask-fill-opacity', 'mapframe-geomask-stroke-color', 'mapframe-geomask-stroke-colour', 'mapframe-geomask-stroke-width', 'mapframe-height', 'mapframe-id', 'mapframe-length_km', 'mapframe-length_mi', 'mapframe-line', 'mapframe-line-stroke-color', 'mapframe-line-stroke-colour', 'mapframe-marker', 'mapframe-marker-color', 'mapframe-marker-colour', 'mapframe-point', 'mapframe-population', 'mapframe-shape', 'mapframe-shape-fill', 'mapframe-shape-fill-opacity', 'mapframe-shape-stroke-color', 'mapframe-shape-stroke-colour', 'mapframe-stroke-color', 'mapframe-stroke-colour', 'mapframe-stroke-width', 'mapframe-switcher', 'mapframe-type', 'mapframe-width', 'mapframe-wikidata', 'mapframe-zoom' } local function trim(s) return s:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') end local function isnotempty(s) return s and s:match('%S') end local function clean(text) -- Return text cleaned for display and truncated if too long. -- Strip markers are replaced with dummy text representing the original wikitext. local pos, truncated local function truncate(text) if truncated then return '' end if mw.ustring.len(text) > 25 then truncated = true text = mw.ustring.sub(text, 1, 25) .. '...' end return mw.text.nowiki(text) end local parts = {} for before, tag, remainder in text:gmatch('([^\127]*)\127[^\127]*%-(%l+)%-[^\127]*\127()') do pos = remainder table.insert(parts, truncate(before) .. '&lt;' .. tag .. '&gt;...&lt;/' .. tag .. '&gt;') end table.insert(parts, truncate(text:sub(pos or 1))) return table.concat(parts) end function p._check(args, pargs) if type(args) ~= "table" or type(pargs) ~= "table" then -- TODO: error handling return end -- create the list of known args, regular expressions, and the return string local knownargs = {} if isnotempty(args['mapframe_args']) then for _, v in ipairs(mapframe_params) do knownargs[v] = 1 end end if isnotempty(args['pushpin_map_args']) then for _, v in ipairs(pushpin_map_params) do knownargs[v] = 1 end end local regexps = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if type(k) == 'number' then v = trim(v) knownargs[v] = 1 elseif k:find('^regexp[1-9][0-9]*$') then table.insert(regexps, '^' .. v .. '$') end end -- loop over the parent args, and make sure they are on the list local ignoreblank = isnotempty(args['ignoreblank']) local showblankpos = isnotempty(args['showblankpositional']) local values = {} for k, v in pairs(pargs) do if type(k) == 'string' and knownargs[k] == nil then local knownflag = false for _, regexp in ipairs(regexps) do if mw.ustring.match(k, regexp) then knownflag = true break end end if not knownflag and ( not ignoreblank or isnotempty(v) ) then table.insert(values, clean(k)) end elseif type(k) == 'number' and knownargs[tostring(k)] == nil then local knownflag = false for _, regexp in ipairs(regexps) do if mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), regexp) then knownflag = true break end end if not knownflag and ( showblankpos or isnotempty(v) ) then table.insert(values, k .. ' = ' .. clean(v)) end end end -- add results to the output tables local res = {} if #values > 0 then local unknown_text = args['unknown'] or 'Found _VALUE_, ' if mw.getCurrentFrame():preprocess( "{{REVISIONID}}" ) == "" then local preview_text = args['preview'] if isnotempty(preview_text) then preview_text = require('Module:If preview')._warning({preview_text}) elseif preview_text == nil then preview_text = unknown_text end unknown_text = preview_text end for _, v in pairs(values) do -- Fix odd bug for | = which gets stripped to the empty string and -- breaks category links if v == '' then v = ' ' end -- avoid error with v = 'example%2' ("invalid capture index") local r = unknown_text:gsub('_VALUE_', {_VALUE_ = v}) table.insert(res, r) end end return table.concat(res) end function p.check(frame) local args = frame.args local pargs = frame:getParent().args return p._check(args, pargs) end return p kohqf9fxewyce9gq1kljbz0180u8sl1 10 4761 266005 74033 2026-06-28T15:13:20Z en>Zackmann08 0 better word wrap 266005 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{Infobox | autoheaders = yes | headerstyle = border-top: 1px solid #aaa | above = {{br separated entries<!-- -->|{{if empty|{{{name|}}}|{{{music_festival_name|}}}|{{PAGENAMEBASE}}}}<!-- -->|{{#if:{{{native_name|}}}|<div style="display:inline;" class="nickname" {{#if:{{{native_name_lang|}}}|lang="{{{native_name_lang}}}"}}>{{{native_name}}}</div>}}<!-- -->}} | image = {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image={{{logo|}}}|size={{if empty|{{{logo_size|}}}|{{{logosize|}}}}}|sizedefault=frameless|alt={{{logo_alt|}}}}} | caption = {{{logo_caption|}}} | image2 = {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image={{{image|}}}|size={{if empty|{{{image_size|}}}|{{{imagesize|}}}}}|upright={{if empty|{{{image_upright|}}}|1}}|sizedefault=|maxsize=|alt={{{alt|}}}}} | caption2 = {{{caption|}}} | label1 = Nickname | data1 = {{{nickname|}}} | label2 = Status | data2 = {{{status|}}} | label3 = Genre | data3 = {{{genre|}}} | label4 = {{#if:{{{dates|}}}|Dates|Date{{pluralize from text|{{{date|}}}|plural=s}}}} | data4 = {{if empty|{{{dates|}}}|{{{date|}}}}} | label5 = Begins | data5 = {{{begins|}}} | label6 = Ends | data6 = {{{ends|}}} | label7 = Frequency | data7 = {{{frequency|}}} | label8 = Venue | data8 = {{{venue|}}} | label9 = Location{{pluralize from text|{{{location|}}}|plural=s}} | data9 = {{{location|}}} | label10 = Coordinates | data10 = {{{coordinates|}}} | label11 = {{#if:{{{countries|}}}|Countries|Country}} | data11 = {{if empty|{{{country|}}}|{{{countries|}}}}} | label12 = Years&nbsp;active | data12 = {{{years_active|}}} | label13 = {{#if:{{{established|}}}|Established|{{#if:{{{founded|}}}|Founded|Inaugurated}}}} | data13 = {{if empty|{{{established|}}}|{{{founded|}}}|{{{first|}}}}} | label14 = {{#if:{{{founders|}}}|Founders|{{if empty|{{{founder_title|}}}|Founder}}}} | data14 = {{if empty|{{{founders|}}}|{{{founder_name|}}}|{{{founder|}}}}} | label15 = {{longitem|Most recent}} | data15 = {{{last|}}} | label16 = {{longitem|Previous event}} | data16 = {{{prev|}}} | label17 = {{longitem|Next event}} | data17 = {{{next|}}} | label18 = {{if empty|{{{participants_title|}}}|Participants}} | data18 = {{{participants|}}} | label19 = Attendance | data19 = {{{attendance|}}} | label20 = Capacity | data20 = {{{capacity|}}} | label21 = Area | data21 = {{{area|}}} | label22 = Budget | data22 = {{{budget|}}} | label23 = {{longitem|{{#if:{{{events|}}}|Major events|Activity}}}} | data23 = {{if empty|{{{events|}}}|{{{activity|}}}}} | label24 = {{longitem|{{if empty|{{{leader_title|}}}|Leader}}}} | data24 = {{{leader_name|}}} | label25 = {{#if:{{{patrons|}}}|Patrons|Patron{{pluralize from text|{{{patron|}}}|plural=s}}}} | data25 = {{if empty|{{{patrons|}}}|{{{patron|}}}}} | label26 = {{#if:{{{organizer|}}}{{{organized|}}}|Organized|Organised}}&nbsp;by | data26 = {{if empty|{{{organizer|}}}|{{{organized|}}}|{{{organiser|}}}|{{{organised|}}}}} | label27 = Filing&nbsp;status | data27 = {{{filing|}}} | label28 = People | data28 = {{{people|}}} | label29 = {{#if:{{{members|}}}|Members|Member}} | data29 = {{if empty|{{{members|}}}|{{{member|}}}}} | label30 = {{#if:{{{sponsors|}}}|Sponsors|Sponsor}} | data30 = {{if empty|{{{sponsors|}}}|{{{sponsor|}}}}} | label31 = {{longitem|Prize money}} | data31 = {{{prize_money|}}} | label32 = {{longitem|{{{free_label}}}}} | data32 = {{#if:{{{free_label|}}}|{{{free_text|}}}}} | label33 = Website | data33 = {{if empty|{{{homepage|}}}|{{{URL|}}}|{{{website|}}}}} | header34 = Games | data35 = {{#if:{{{list_years|}}}|{{#switch:{{if empty|{{{name|}}}|{{PAGENAMEBASE}}}} | Summer Olympic Games = {{games year list|competition=Summer Olympics}} | Winter Olympic Games = {{games year list|competition=Winter Olympics}} | Summer Paralympic Games = {{games year list|competition=Summer Paralympics}} | Winter Paralympic Games = {{games year list|competition=Winter Paralympics}} | #default = {{games year list|competition={{if empty|{{{name|}}}|{{PAGENAMEBASE}}}}}} }}}} | header36 = {{#switch:{{if empty|{{{name|}}}|{{PAGENAMEBASE}}}}| | Summer Olympic Games | Winter Olympic Games = [[Olympic sports|Sports]] | Summer Paralympic Games | Winter Paralympic Games = [[Paralympic sports|Sports]] | #default = {{#ifexist:{{if empty|{{{name|}}}|{{PAGENAMEBASE}}}} sports|[[{{if empty|{{{name|}}}|{{PAGENAMEBASE}}}} sports|Sports]] | Sports}} }} | data37 = {{#if:{{{list_sports|}}}|{{flatlist|{{Infobox recurring event/sports|{{if empty|{{{name|}}}|{{PAGENAMEBASE}}}}}}}}}} | header38 = Organisations | data39 = {{#if:{{{organisations|}}}{{{organizations|}}}|{{flatlist|{{if empty|{{{organisations|}}}|{{{organizations|}}}}}}}}} | header40 = _BLANK_ | data41 = {{#if:{{{current|}}}{{{current_season|}}}|[[File:Current event clock.svg|15px|alt=|link=]] ''{{#if:{{{current|}}}|{{{current}}}|[[{{{current_season}}}]]}}''}} | below = {{{footnotes|}}} }}{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check|unknown={{main other|[[Category:Pages using infobox recurring event with unknown parameters|_VALUE_{{PAGENAME}}]]}}|preview=Page using [[Template:Infobox recurring event]] with unknown parameter "_VALUE_"|ignoreblank=y| activity | alt | area | attendance | begins | budget | capacity | caption | coordinates | countries | country | current | current_season | date | dates | ends | established | events | filing | first | footnotes | founded | founder_name | founder_title | founders | founder | free_label | free_text | frequency | genre | homepage | image | image_size | imagesize | last | leader_name | leader_title | list_sports | list_years | location | logo | logo_alt | logo_caption | logo_size | logosize | member | members | music_festival_name | name | native_name | native_name_lang | next | nickname | organised | organiser | organized | organizer | organisations | organizations | participants | participants_title | patron | patrons | people | prev | prize_money | sponsor | sponsors | status | URL | venue | website | years_active }}</includeonly>{{#invoke:Check for conflicting parameters|check | template = [[Template:Infobox recurring event]] | cat = {{main other|Category:Pages using infobox recurring event with conflicting parameters}} | logo_size; logosize | image_size; imagesize | dates; date | country; countries | established; founded; first | founders; founder_name; founder | events; activity | patrons; patron | organizer; organized; organiser; organised | members; member | sponsors; sponsor | homepage; URL; website | organisations; organizations }}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 7jvoszjf9wsce7yd7z537yeb58nnrcy 266006 266005 2026-07-18T15:28:01Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Template:Infobox_recurring_event]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266005 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{Infobox | autoheaders = yes | headerstyle = border-top: 1px solid #aaa | above = {{br separated entries<!-- -->|{{if empty|{{{name|}}}|{{{music_festival_name|}}}|{{PAGENAMEBASE}}}}<!-- -->|{{#if:{{{native_name|}}}|<div style="display:inline;" class="nickname" {{#if:{{{native_name_lang|}}}|lang="{{{native_name_lang}}}"}}>{{{native_name}}}</div>}}<!-- -->}} | image = {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image={{{logo|}}}|size={{if empty|{{{logo_size|}}}|{{{logosize|}}}}}|sizedefault=frameless|alt={{{logo_alt|}}}}} | caption = {{{logo_caption|}}} | image2 = {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image={{{image|}}}|size={{if empty|{{{image_size|}}}|{{{imagesize|}}}}}|upright={{if empty|{{{image_upright|}}}|1}}|sizedefault=|maxsize=|alt={{{alt|}}}}} | caption2 = {{{caption|}}} | label1 = Nickname | data1 = {{{nickname|}}} | label2 = Status | data2 = {{{status|}}} | label3 = Genre | data3 = {{{genre|}}} | label4 = {{#if:{{{dates|}}}|Dates|Date{{pluralize from text|{{{date|}}}|plural=s}}}} | data4 = {{if empty|{{{dates|}}}|{{{date|}}}}} | label5 = Begins | data5 = {{{begins|}}} | label6 = Ends | data6 = {{{ends|}}} | label7 = Frequency | data7 = {{{frequency|}}} | label8 = Venue | data8 = {{{venue|}}} | label9 = Location{{pluralize from text|{{{location|}}}|plural=s}} | data9 = {{{location|}}} | label10 = Coordinates | data10 = {{{coordinates|}}} | label11 = {{#if:{{{countries|}}}|Countries|Country}} | data11 = {{if empty|{{{country|}}}|{{{countries|}}}}} | label12 = Years&nbsp;active | data12 = {{{years_active|}}} | label13 = {{#if:{{{established|}}}|Established|{{#if:{{{founded|}}}|Founded|Inaugurated}}}} | data13 = {{if empty|{{{established|}}}|{{{founded|}}}|{{{first|}}}}} | label14 = {{#if:{{{founders|}}}|Founders|{{if empty|{{{founder_title|}}}|Founder}}}} | data14 = {{if empty|{{{founders|}}}|{{{founder_name|}}}|{{{founder|}}}}} | label15 = {{longitem|Most recent}} | data15 = {{{last|}}} | label16 = {{longitem|Previous event}} | data16 = {{{prev|}}} | label17 = {{longitem|Next event}} | data17 = {{{next|}}} | label18 = {{if empty|{{{participants_title|}}}|Participants}} | data18 = {{{participants|}}} | label19 = Attendance | data19 = {{{attendance|}}} | label20 = Capacity | data20 = {{{capacity|}}} | label21 = Area | data21 = {{{area|}}} | label22 = Budget | data22 = {{{budget|}}} | label23 = {{longitem|{{#if:{{{events|}}}|Major events|Activity}}}} | data23 = {{if empty|{{{events|}}}|{{{activity|}}}}} | label24 = {{longitem|{{if empty|{{{leader_title|}}}|Leader}}}} | data24 = {{{leader_name|}}} | label25 = {{#if:{{{patrons|}}}|Patrons|Patron{{pluralize from text|{{{patron|}}}|plural=s}}}} | data25 = {{if empty|{{{patrons|}}}|{{{patron|}}}}} | label26 = {{#if:{{{organizer|}}}{{{organized|}}}|Organized|Organised}}&nbsp;by | data26 = {{if empty|{{{organizer|}}}|{{{organized|}}}|{{{organiser|}}}|{{{organised|}}}}} | label27 = Filing&nbsp;status | data27 = {{{filing|}}} | label28 = People | data28 = {{{people|}}} | label29 = {{#if:{{{members|}}}|Members|Member}} | data29 = {{if empty|{{{members|}}}|{{{member|}}}}} | label30 = {{#if:{{{sponsors|}}}|Sponsors|Sponsor}} | data30 = {{if empty|{{{sponsors|}}}|{{{sponsor|}}}}} | label31 = {{longitem|Prize money}} | data31 = {{{prize_money|}}} | label32 = {{longitem|{{{free_label}}}}} | data32 = {{#if:{{{free_label|}}}|{{{free_text|}}}}} | label33 = Website | data33 = {{if empty|{{{homepage|}}}|{{{URL|}}}|{{{website|}}}}} | header34 = Games | data35 = {{#if:{{{list_years|}}}|{{#switch:{{if empty|{{{name|}}}|{{PAGENAMEBASE}}}} | Summer Olympic Games = {{games year list|competition=Summer Olympics}} | Winter Olympic Games = {{games year list|competition=Winter Olympics}} | Summer Paralympic Games = {{games year list|competition=Summer Paralympics}} | Winter Paralympic Games = {{games year list|competition=Winter Paralympics}} | #default = {{games year list|competition={{if empty|{{{name|}}}|{{PAGENAMEBASE}}}}}} }}}} | header36 = {{#switch:{{if empty|{{{name|}}}|{{PAGENAMEBASE}}}}| | Summer Olympic Games | Winter Olympic Games = [[Olympic sports|Sports]] | Summer Paralympic Games | Winter Paralympic Games = [[Paralympic sports|Sports]] | #default = {{#ifexist:{{if empty|{{{name|}}}|{{PAGENAMEBASE}}}} sports|[[{{if empty|{{{name|}}}|{{PAGENAMEBASE}}}} sports|Sports]] | Sports}} }} | data37 = {{#if:{{{list_sports|}}}|{{flatlist|{{Infobox recurring event/sports|{{if empty|{{{name|}}}|{{PAGENAMEBASE}}}}}}}}}} | header38 = Organisations | data39 = {{#if:{{{organisations|}}}{{{organizations|}}}|{{flatlist|{{if empty|{{{organisations|}}}|{{{organizations|}}}}}}}}} | header40 = _BLANK_ | data41 = {{#if:{{{current|}}}{{{current_season|}}}|[[File:Current event clock.svg|15px|alt=|link=]] ''{{#if:{{{current|}}}|{{{current}}}|[[{{{current_season}}}]]}}''}} | below = {{{footnotes|}}} }}{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check|unknown={{main other|[[Category:Pages using infobox recurring event with unknown parameters|_VALUE_{{PAGENAME}}]]}}|preview=Page using [[Template:Infobox recurring event]] with unknown parameter "_VALUE_"|ignoreblank=y| activity | alt | area | attendance | begins | budget | capacity | caption | coordinates | countries | country | current | current_season | date | dates | ends | established | events | filing | first | footnotes | founded | founder_name | founder_title | founders | founder | free_label | free_text | frequency | genre | homepage | image | image_size | imagesize | last | leader_name | leader_title | list_sports | list_years | location | logo | logo_alt | logo_caption | logo_size | logosize | member | members | music_festival_name | name | native_name | native_name_lang | next | nickname | organised | organiser | organized | organizer | organisations | organizations | participants | participants_title | patron | patrons | people | prev | prize_money | sponsor | sponsors | status | URL | venue | website | years_active }}</includeonly>{{#invoke:Check for conflicting parameters|check | template = [[Template:Infobox recurring event]] | cat = {{main other|Category:Pages using infobox recurring event with conflicting parameters}} | logo_size; logosize | image_size; imagesize | dates; date | country; countries | established; founded; first | founders; founder_name; founder | events; activity | patrons; patron | organizer; organized; organiser; organised | members; member | sponsors; sponsor | homepage; URL; website | organisations; organizations }}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 7jvoszjf9wsce7yd7z537yeb58nnrcy 10 4763 266090 19919 2025-09-06T06:30:42Z en>Zackmann08 0 266090 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Documentation subpage}} <!-- Please place categories where indicated at the bottom of this page and interwikis at Wikidata (see [[Wikipedia:Wikidata]]) --> {{High-use}} {{Lua|Module:Infobox|Module:InfoboxImage|Module:Check for unknown parameters}} {{Tracks Wikidata|P18}} This infobox is used to generalize the information in recurring events of various kinds (e.g. as natural phenomena, fairs, festivals, conferences, exhibitions, ...), though not all terms may be applicable to all event types. {{tlx|Infobox recurring event}} may be used to summarize information about a particular recurring event, usually at the top of an article. For one-off events, use {{tlx|Infobox event}}. The infobox may be added by pasting the template as shown below into an article and then filling in the desired fields. Any parameters left blank or omitted will not be displayed. == Usage == {{Parameter names example |name |native_name |native_name_lang=en |nickname |logo |logo_alt |logo_caption |logo_size |image |image_size |alt |caption |status |genre |date |begins |ends |frequency |venue |location |coordinates |country |years_active |first |founder_name |last |prev |next |participants |attendance |capacity |area |budget |activity |leader_name |patron |organised |filing |people |member |sponsor |website |current |footnotes }} <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow: auto"> {{Infobox recurring event |name = <!--Uses page name if omitted--> |native_name = |native_name_lang = |nickname = |logo = |logo_alt = |logo_caption = |logo_size = |image = |image_size = |alt = |caption = |status = <!-- e.g. defunct, active, inactive ... --> |genre = <!-- e.g. natural phenomena, fairs, festivals, conferences, exhibitions ... --> |date = <!-- {{start date|YYYY|mm|dd}} "dates=" also works, but do not use both --> |begins = <!-- {{start date|YYYY|mm|dd}} --> |ends = <!-- {{end date|YYYY|mm|dd}} --> |frequency = <!-- Weekly, Monthly, Quarterly, Semi-annually, Annually, Bi-annually, 2nd Tuesday of November, etc. --> |venue = |location = |coordinates = <!-- {{coord|LAT|LON|type:event|display=inline,title}} --> |country = <!-- or "countries" if more than one --> |years_active = <!-- {{age|YYYY|mm|dd}} Date of the first occurrence --> |first = <!-- {{start date|YYYY|mm|dd}} "founded=" and "established=" also work --> |founder_name = <!-- or | founders = --> |last = <!-- Date of most recent event; if the event will not be held again, use {{End date|YYYY|MM|DD|df=y}} --> |prev = |next = |participants = |attendance = |capacity = |area = |budget = |activity = |leader_name = |patron = |organised = <!-- "organized=" also works --> |filing = |people = |member = |sponsor = <!-- | or sponsors = --> |website = <!-- {{URL|example.com}} --> |current = |footnotes = }}</syntaxhighlight> === Parameters === * {{para|name}} – name of the event, if omitted, the page name will be used * {{para|native_name}} – the native name of the event, if different * {{para|native_name_lang}} – [[List of ISO 639-1 codes|ISO 639-1]] code for the native name e.g. 'fr' for French. * {{para|nickname}} – optional nickname of the event * {{para|logo}} – logo file name * {{para|logo_size}} – size of the logo, default is <code>frameless</code> * {{para|logo_caption}} – optional caption to the logo * {{para|image}} – name of the image of the event * {{para|imagesize}} – size of the image, default is <code>frameless</code> * {{para|caption}} – optional caption of the image * {{para|status}} – * {{para|genre}} – * {{para|date}} or {{para|dates}} – (required for single-day events) the date of a single-day event * {{para|begins}} – (required for multi-day events) the starting date for multi-day events * {{para|ends}} – (required for multi-day events) the ending date for multi-day events * {{para|frequency}} – how often the event occurs (e.g. monthly, annually) * {{para|venue}} – name of the particular venue (alternative to location) * {{para|location}} – the location of the event * {{para|coordinates}} – Use {{tl|Coord}}, with <code>display=inline,title</code> * {{para|country}} or {{para|countries}} – the country or countries in which the event is held (alternative to location) * {{para|years_active}} – years the event is/was active * {{para|first}} or {{para|founded}} – date of the first event; use {{Tl|Start date}} * {{para|founder_name}} – person or organization responsible for the first event; if there is more than one, use {{para|founders}} * {{para|last}} – date of the most recent event; use {{Tl|End date}} * {{para|prev}} – Name (or link) to previous event * {{para|next}} – Name (or link) to next event * {{para|participants}} – the typical number of participants * {{para|attendance}} – the number of spectators at the event * {{para|area}} – the area that participants are drawn from * {{para|budget}} – the larger of budgeted income or expense * {{para|activity}} – significant things done at the event; separate multiple values using {{tl|Plainlist}} or {{tl|Flatlist}} * {{para|patron}} or {{para|patrons}} – patronage * {{para|organised}} or {{para|organized}} – organised by * {{para|filing}} – Federal tax filing status. Some possible values are: 501(c)(3), Private Enterprise, For Profit Corporation, etc. * {{para|people}} – notable people * {{para|member}} – larger organisation * {{para|sponsor}} – Sponsor of the event, if applicable. If there is more than one, use {{para|sponsors}}. * {{para|website}} – Use {{tl|URL}} * {{para|current}} – a wikilink to the name of the article on the current season * {{para|footnotes}} – === Short version for conventions === {{parameter names example |name |image |alt |caption |status |genre |venue |location |coordinates |country |first |last |organizer |filing |attendance |website |footnotes }} <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow:auto"> {{Infobox convention |name = |image = |alt = |caption = |status = |genre = |venue = |location = |coordinates = |country = |first = |last = |attendance = |organizer = |filing = |website = |footnotes = }} </syntaxhighlight> ==Example== {{Infobox Convention | name = San Diego Comic-Con International | image = | caption = | status = Active | genre = Multigenre | venue = [[San Diego Convention Center]] (main)<br />[[Downtown San Diego]] (various) | location = [[San Diego, California]], U.S. | country = United States | coordinates = {{Coord|32|42|23|N|117|09|41|W|region:US-CA_type:event|display=title,inline}} | first = {{Start date and age|1970|3|21}} (as Golden State Comic Book Convention) | last = {{Start date and age|2022|7|21}} | next = {{Start date and age|2023|07|20}} | organizer = Comic-Con International | filing = [[Nonprofit]] | attendance = >135,000 (2022) <ref name="San Diego Comic-Con 2022 Confirms Dates for Return">{{cite web |title=San Diego Comic-Con 2022 Confirms Dates for Return |url=https://comicbook.com/irl/news/san-diego-comic-con-sdcc-2022-dates-revealed/|access-date=April 2, 2022 }}</ref> | website = {{Official URL}} }} <syntaxhighlight lang="moin" style="overflow:auto;"> {{Infobox Convention | name = San Diego Comic-Con International | image = | caption = | status = Active | genre = Multigenre | venue = [[San Diego Convention Center]] (main)<br />[[Downtown San Diego]] (various) | location = [[San Diego, California]], U.S. | country = United States | coordinates = {{Coord|32|42|23|N|117|09|41|W|region:US-CA_type:event|display=title,inline}} | first = {{Start date and age|1970|3|21}} (as Golden State Comic Book Convention) | last = {{Start date and age|2022|7|21}} | next = {{Start date and age|2023|07|20}} | organizer = Comic-Con International | filing = [[Nonprofit]] | attendance = >135,000 (2022) <ref name="San Diego Comic-Con 2022 Confirms Dates for Return">{{cite web |title=San Diego Comic-Con 2022 Confirms Dates for Return |url=https://comicbook.com/irl/news/san-diego-comic-con-sdcc-2022-dates-revealed/|access-date=April 2, 2022 }}</ref> | website = {{Official URL}} }} </syntaxhighlight> {{-}} == TemplateData == {{TemplateData header}} <templatedata> { "params": { "name": { "label": "Event name", "description": "Name of the event. If omitted, the page name will be used.", "type": "string", "suggested": true }, "native_name": { "label": "Native name", "description": "The native name of the event, if different.", "type": "string" }, "native_name_lang": { "label": "Native name language code", "description": "ISO 639-1 code for the native name.", "example": "fr", "type": "string" }, "nickname": { "label": "Nickname", "description": "Nickname of the event.", "type": "string" }, "logo": { "label": "Logo", "description": "An image of the event's logo.", "type": "wiki-file-name" }, "logo_size": { "aliases": [ "logosize" ], "label": "Logo size", "description": "Size of the logo. The default is \"frameless\".", "type": "string" }, "logo_alt": { "label": "Logo alt text", "description": "Alt text of the logo.", "type": "string" }, "logo_caption": { "label": "Logo caption", "description": "Caption of the logo.", "type": "string" }, "image": { "label": "Image", "description": "An image of the event.", "type": "wiki-file-name" }, "image_size": { "aliases": [ "imagesize" ], "label": "Image size", "description": "The size of the image. The default is \"frameless\".", "type": "string" }, "alt": { "label": "Image alt text", "description": "Alt text of the image.", "type": "string" }, "caption": { "label": "Image caption", "description": "Caption of the image.", "type": "string" }, "status": { "label": "Status", "type": "content" }, "genre": { "label": "Genre", "type": "content" }, "date": { "aliases": [ "dates" ], "label": "Date or dates", "description": "For single-day events, the date of the event.", "type": "date" }, "begins": { "label": "Start date", "description": "For multi-day events, the starting date for the event.", "type": "date" }, "ends": { "label": "End date", "description": "For multi-day events, the ending date for the event.", "type": "date" }, "frequency": { "label": "Frequency of event", "description": "How often the event occurs.", "example": "annually", "type": "string" }, "venue": { "label": "Venue", "description": "Name of the particular venue (alternative to location).", "type": "string" }, "location": { "label": "Location", "description": "The location of the event.", "type": "string" }, "coordinates": { "label": "Coordinates", "description": "The coordinates of the location. Use {{Coord}} with a Display value of \"inline,title\".", "type": "string" }, "country": { "label": "Country", "description": "The country in which the event is held (alternative to location).", "type": "string" }, "countries": { "label": "Countries", "description": "The countries in which the event is held (alternative to location).", "type": "string" }, "years_active": { "label": "Years active", "description": "The years the event is/was active.", "type": "string" }, "first": { "aliases": [ "founded", "established" ], "label": "First event date", "description": "Date of the first event; use {{Start date}}.", "type": "string" }, "founders": { "label": "Founders", "description": "Use in place of \"founder\" for multiple founders.", "type": "content", "aliases": [ "founder", "founder_name" ] }, "founder_name": { "label": "Founder", "description": "Person or organization responsible for the first event; if there is more than one, use \"founders\".", "type": "string" }, "last": { "label": "Most recent event date", "description": "Date of the most recent event; use {{End date}}.", "type": "string" }, "prev": { "label": "Previous event", "description": "Name (or link) to previous event.", "type": "string" }, "next": { "label": "Next event", "description": "Name (or link) to next event.", "type": "string" }, "participants": { "label": "Participants", "description": "The typical number of participants.", "type": "number" }, "attendance": { "label": "Attendance", "description": "The number of spectators at the event.", "type": "number" }, "capacity": { "label": "Capacity", "type": "string" }, "area": { "label": "Area", "description": "The area that participants are drawn from.", "type": "string" }, "budget": { "label": "Budget", "description": "Budgeted income or expense, whichever is larger.", "type": "string" }, "activity": { "aliases": [ "events" ], "label": "Activities", "description": "Significant things done at the event; separate multiple values using {{Plainlist}} or {{Flatlist}}.", "type": "content" }, "leader_title": { "label": "Leader's title", "type": "string" }, "leader_name": { "label": "Leader's name", "type": "string" }, "patrons": { "aliases": [ "patron" ], "label": "Patrons", "description": "The patronage of the event.", "type": "content" }, "organised": { "aliases": [ "organiser", "organizer", "organized" ], "label": "Organisers", "description": "Organisers of the event.", "type": "content" }, "filing": { "label": "Tax status", "description": "Federal tax filing status.", "example": "501(c)(3)", "type": "string" }, "people": { "label": "People", "description": "Notable people.", "type": "content" }, "members": { "aliases": [ "member" ], "label": "Member of?", "description": "Parent organisation.", "type": "string" }, "sponsors": { "aliases": [ "sponsor" ], "label": "Sponsors", "description": "Sponsors of the event", "type": "content" }, "prize_money": { "label": "Prize money", "type": "string" }, "free_label": { "label": "Free label", "type": "content" }, "free_text": { "label": "Free text", "type": "content" }, "URL": { "aliases": [ "homepage", "website" ], "label": "Official website", "description": "Use {{URL}}.", "type": "string" }, "current_season": { "aliases": [ "current" ], "label": "Current season", "type": "number" }, "footnotes": { "label": "Footnotes", "type": "content" }, "participants_title": { "label": "Participants' title", "type": "string" } }, "format": "{{_\n| __________________ = _\n}}\n", "paramOrder": [ "name", "native_name", "native_name_lang", "nickname", "logo", "logo_size", "logo_alt", "logo_caption", "image", "image_size", "alt", "caption", "status", "genre", "date", "begins", "ends", "frequency", "venue", "location", "coordinates", "country", "countries", "years_active", "first", "founders", "founder_name", "last", "prev", "next", "participants_title", "participants", "attendance", "capacity", "area", "budget", "activity", "leader_title", "leader_name", "patrons", "organised", "filing", "people", "members", "sponsors", "URL", "prize_money", "free_label", "free_text", "current_season", "footnotes" ], "description": "This infobox is used to generalize the information in recurring events of various kinds (e.g. as natural phenomena, fairs, festivals, conferences, exhibitions, ...), though not all terms may be applicable to all event types." } </templatedata> == Tracking category == * {{clc|Pages using infobox recurring event with unknown parameters}} == See also == * [[:Category:Events infobox templates]] == Notes == {{reflist}} {{WikiProject Amusement Park templates}} <includeonly>{{Sandbox other|| <!-- Categories below this line, please; interwikis at Wikidata --> [[Category:Arts and culture infobox templates|Recurring Event]] [[Category:Events infobox templates|Recurring Event]] [[Category:Templates with coordinates fields]] [[Category:Templates that add a tracking category|{{PAGENAME}}]] }}</includeonly> ba4tub75ty4lkpt22gyhv66s8jvo5cy 266091 266090 2026-07-18T15:29:02Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Template:Infobox_recurring_event/doc]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266090 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Documentation subpage}} <!-- Please place categories where indicated at the bottom of this page and interwikis at Wikidata (see [[Wikipedia:Wikidata]]) --> {{High-use}} {{Lua|Module:Infobox|Module:InfoboxImage|Module:Check for unknown parameters}} {{Tracks Wikidata|P18}} This infobox is used to generalize the information in recurring events of various kinds (e.g. as natural phenomena, fairs, festivals, conferences, exhibitions, ...), though not all terms may be applicable to all event types. {{tlx|Infobox recurring event}} may be used to summarize information about a particular recurring event, usually at the top of an article. For one-off events, use {{tlx|Infobox event}}. The infobox may be added by pasting the template as shown below into an article and then filling in the desired fields. Any parameters left blank or omitted will not be displayed. == Usage == {{Parameter names example |name |native_name |native_name_lang=en |nickname |logo |logo_alt |logo_caption |logo_size |image |image_size |alt |caption |status |genre |date |begins |ends |frequency |venue |location |coordinates |country |years_active |first |founder_name |last |prev |next |participants |attendance |capacity |area |budget |activity |leader_name |patron |organised |filing |people |member |sponsor |website |current |footnotes }} <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow: auto"> {{Infobox recurring event |name = <!--Uses page name if omitted--> |native_name = |native_name_lang = |nickname = |logo = |logo_alt = |logo_caption = |logo_size = |image = |image_size = |alt = |caption = |status = <!-- e.g. defunct, active, inactive ... --> |genre = <!-- e.g. natural phenomena, fairs, festivals, conferences, exhibitions ... --> |date = <!-- {{start date|YYYY|mm|dd}} "dates=" also works, but do not use both --> |begins = <!-- {{start date|YYYY|mm|dd}} --> |ends = <!-- {{end date|YYYY|mm|dd}} --> |frequency = <!-- Weekly, Monthly, Quarterly, Semi-annually, Annually, Bi-annually, 2nd Tuesday of November, etc. --> |venue = |location = |coordinates = <!-- {{coord|LAT|LON|type:event|display=inline,title}} --> |country = <!-- or "countries" if more than one --> |years_active = <!-- {{age|YYYY|mm|dd}} Date of the first occurrence --> |first = <!-- {{start date|YYYY|mm|dd}} "founded=" and "established=" also work --> |founder_name = <!-- or | founders = --> |last = <!-- Date of most recent event; if the event will not be held again, use {{End date|YYYY|MM|DD|df=y}} --> |prev = |next = |participants = |attendance = |capacity = |area = |budget = |activity = |leader_name = |patron = |organised = <!-- "organized=" also works --> |filing = |people = |member = |sponsor = <!-- | or sponsors = --> |website = <!-- {{URL|example.com}} --> |current = |footnotes = }}</syntaxhighlight> === Parameters === * {{para|name}} – name of the event, if omitted, the page name will be used * {{para|native_name}} – the native name of the event, if different * {{para|native_name_lang}} – [[List of ISO 639-1 codes|ISO 639-1]] code for the native name e.g. 'fr' for French. * {{para|nickname}} – optional nickname of the event * {{para|logo}} – logo file name * {{para|logo_size}} – size of the logo, default is <code>frameless</code> * {{para|logo_caption}} – optional caption to the logo * {{para|image}} – name of the image of the event * {{para|imagesize}} – size of the image, default is <code>frameless</code> * {{para|caption}} – optional caption of the image * {{para|status}} – * {{para|genre}} – * {{para|date}} or {{para|dates}} – (required for single-day events) the date of a single-day event * {{para|begins}} – (required for multi-day events) the starting date for multi-day events * {{para|ends}} – (required for multi-day events) the ending date for multi-day events * {{para|frequency}} – how often the event occurs (e.g. monthly, annually) * {{para|venue}} – name of the particular venue (alternative to location) * {{para|location}} – the location of the event * {{para|coordinates}} – Use {{tl|Coord}}, with <code>display=inline,title</code> * {{para|country}} or {{para|countries}} – the country or countries in which the event is held (alternative to location) * {{para|years_active}} – years the event is/was active * {{para|first}} or {{para|founded}} – date of the first event; use {{Tl|Start date}} * {{para|founder_name}} – person or organization responsible for the first event; if there is more than one, use {{para|founders}} * {{para|last}} – date of the most recent event; use {{Tl|End date}} * {{para|prev}} – Name (or link) to previous event * {{para|next}} – Name (or link) to next event * {{para|participants}} – the typical number of participants * {{para|attendance}} – the number of spectators at the event * {{para|area}} – the area that participants are drawn from * {{para|budget}} – the larger of budgeted income or expense * {{para|activity}} – significant things done at the event; separate multiple values using {{tl|Plainlist}} or {{tl|Flatlist}} * {{para|patron}} or {{para|patrons}} – patronage * {{para|organised}} or {{para|organized}} – organised by * {{para|filing}} – Federal tax filing status. Some possible values are: 501(c)(3), Private Enterprise, For Profit Corporation, etc. * {{para|people}} – notable people * {{para|member}} – larger organisation * {{para|sponsor}} – Sponsor of the event, if applicable. If there is more than one, use {{para|sponsors}}. * {{para|website}} – Use {{tl|URL}} * {{para|current}} – a wikilink to the name of the article on the current season * {{para|footnotes}} – === Short version for conventions === {{parameter names example |name |image |alt |caption |status |genre |venue |location |coordinates |country |first |last |organizer |filing |attendance |website |footnotes }} <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow:auto"> {{Infobox convention |name = |image = |alt = |caption = |status = |genre = |venue = |location = |coordinates = |country = |first = |last = |attendance = |organizer = |filing = |website = |footnotes = }} </syntaxhighlight> ==Example== {{Infobox Convention | name = San Diego Comic-Con International | image = | caption = | status = Active | genre = Multigenre | venue = [[San Diego Convention Center]] (main)<br />[[Downtown San Diego]] (various) | location = [[San Diego, California]], U.S. | country = United States | coordinates = {{Coord|32|42|23|N|117|09|41|W|region:US-CA_type:event|display=title,inline}} | first = {{Start date and age|1970|3|21}} (as Golden State Comic Book Convention) | last = {{Start date and age|2022|7|21}} | next = {{Start date and age|2023|07|20}} | organizer = Comic-Con International | filing = [[Nonprofit]] | attendance = >135,000 (2022) <ref name="San Diego Comic-Con 2022 Confirms Dates for Return">{{cite web |title=San Diego Comic-Con 2022 Confirms Dates for Return |url=https://comicbook.com/irl/news/san-diego-comic-con-sdcc-2022-dates-revealed/|access-date=April 2, 2022 }}</ref> | website = {{Official URL}} }} <syntaxhighlight lang="moin" style="overflow:auto;"> {{Infobox Convention | name = San Diego Comic-Con International | image = | caption = | status = Active | genre = Multigenre | venue = [[San Diego Convention Center]] (main)<br />[[Downtown San Diego]] (various) | location = [[San Diego, California]], U.S. | country = United States | coordinates = {{Coord|32|42|23|N|117|09|41|W|region:US-CA_type:event|display=title,inline}} | first = {{Start date and age|1970|3|21}} (as Golden State Comic Book Convention) | last = {{Start date and age|2022|7|21}} | next = {{Start date and age|2023|07|20}} | organizer = Comic-Con International | filing = [[Nonprofit]] | attendance = >135,000 (2022) <ref name="San Diego Comic-Con 2022 Confirms Dates for Return">{{cite web |title=San Diego Comic-Con 2022 Confirms Dates for Return |url=https://comicbook.com/irl/news/san-diego-comic-con-sdcc-2022-dates-revealed/|access-date=April 2, 2022 }}</ref> | website = {{Official URL}} }} </syntaxhighlight> {{-}} == TemplateData == {{TemplateData header}} <templatedata> { "params": { "name": { "label": "Event name", "description": "Name of the event. If omitted, the page name will be used.", "type": "string", "suggested": true }, "native_name": { "label": "Native name", "description": "The native name of the event, if different.", "type": "string" }, "native_name_lang": { "label": "Native name language code", "description": "ISO 639-1 code for the native name.", "example": "fr", "type": "string" }, "nickname": { "label": "Nickname", "description": "Nickname of the event.", "type": "string" }, "logo": { "label": "Logo", "description": "An image of the event's logo.", "type": "wiki-file-name" }, "logo_size": { "aliases": [ "logosize" ], "label": "Logo size", "description": "Size of the logo. The default is \"frameless\".", "type": "string" }, "logo_alt": { "label": "Logo alt text", "description": "Alt text of the logo.", "type": "string" }, "logo_caption": { "label": "Logo caption", "description": "Caption of the logo.", "type": "string" }, "image": { "label": "Image", "description": "An image of the event.", "type": "wiki-file-name" }, "image_size": { "aliases": [ "imagesize" ], "label": "Image size", "description": "The size of the image. The default is \"frameless\".", "type": "string" }, "alt": { "label": "Image alt text", "description": "Alt text of the image.", "type": "string" }, "caption": { "label": "Image caption", "description": "Caption of the image.", "type": "string" }, "status": { "label": "Status", "type": "content" }, "genre": { "label": "Genre", "type": "content" }, "date": { "aliases": [ "dates" ], "label": "Date or dates", "description": "For single-day events, the date of the event.", "type": "date" }, "begins": { "label": "Start date", "description": "For multi-day events, the starting date for the event.", "type": "date" }, "ends": { "label": "End date", "description": "For multi-day events, the ending date for the event.", "type": "date" }, "frequency": { "label": "Frequency of event", "description": "How often the event occurs.", "example": "annually", "type": "string" }, "venue": { "label": "Venue", "description": "Name of the particular venue (alternative to location).", "type": "string" }, "location": { "label": "Location", "description": "The location of the event.", "type": "string" }, "coordinates": { "label": "Coordinates", "description": "The coordinates of the location. Use {{Coord}} with a Display value of \"inline,title\".", "type": "string" }, "country": { "label": "Country", "description": "The country in which the event is held (alternative to location).", "type": "string" }, "countries": { "label": "Countries", "description": "The countries in which the event is held (alternative to location).", "type": "string" }, "years_active": { "label": "Years active", "description": "The years the event is/was active.", "type": "string" }, "first": { "aliases": [ "founded", "established" ], "label": "First event date", "description": "Date of the first event; use {{Start date}}.", "type": "string" }, "founders": { "label": "Founders", "description": "Use in place of \"founder\" for multiple founders.", "type": "content", "aliases": [ "founder", "founder_name" ] }, "founder_name": { "label": "Founder", "description": "Person or organization responsible for the first event; if there is more than one, use \"founders\".", "type": "string" }, "last": { "label": "Most recent event date", "description": "Date of the most recent event; use {{End date}}.", "type": "string" }, "prev": { "label": "Previous event", "description": "Name (or link) to previous event.", "type": "string" }, "next": { "label": "Next event", "description": "Name (or link) to next event.", "type": "string" }, "participants": { "label": "Participants", "description": "The typical number of participants.", "type": "number" }, "attendance": { "label": "Attendance", "description": "The number of spectators at the event.", "type": "number" }, "capacity": { "label": "Capacity", "type": "string" }, "area": { "label": "Area", "description": "The area that participants are drawn from.", "type": "string" }, "budget": { "label": "Budget", "description": "Budgeted income or expense, whichever is larger.", "type": "string" }, "activity": { "aliases": [ "events" ], "label": "Activities", "description": "Significant things done at the event; separate multiple values using {{Plainlist}} or {{Flatlist}}.", "type": "content" }, "leader_title": { "label": "Leader's title", "type": "string" }, "leader_name": { "label": "Leader's name", "type": "string" }, "patrons": { "aliases": [ "patron" ], "label": "Patrons", "description": "The patronage of the event.", "type": "content" }, "organised": { "aliases": [ "organiser", "organizer", "organized" ], "label": "Organisers", "description": "Organisers of the event.", "type": "content" }, "filing": { "label": "Tax status", "description": "Federal tax filing status.", "example": "501(c)(3)", "type": "string" }, "people": { "label": "People", "description": "Notable people.", "type": "content" }, "members": { "aliases": [ "member" ], "label": "Member of?", "description": "Parent organisation.", "type": "string" }, "sponsors": { "aliases": [ "sponsor" ], "label": "Sponsors", "description": "Sponsors of the event", "type": "content" }, "prize_money": { "label": "Prize money", "type": "string" }, "free_label": { "label": "Free label", "type": "content" }, "free_text": { "label": "Free text", "type": "content" }, "URL": { "aliases": [ "homepage", "website" ], "label": "Official website", "description": "Use {{URL}}.", "type": "string" }, "current_season": { "aliases": [ "current" ], "label": "Current season", "type": "number" }, "footnotes": { "label": "Footnotes", "type": "content" }, "participants_title": { "label": "Participants' title", "type": "string" } }, "format": "{{_\n| __________________ = _\n}}\n", "paramOrder": [ "name", "native_name", "native_name_lang", "nickname", "logo", "logo_size", "logo_alt", "logo_caption", "image", "image_size", "alt", "caption", "status", "genre", "date", "begins", "ends", "frequency", "venue", "location", "coordinates", "country", "countries", "years_active", "first", "founders", "founder_name", "last", "prev", "next", "participants_title", "participants", "attendance", "capacity", "area", "budget", "activity", "leader_title", "leader_name", "patrons", "organised", "filing", "people", "members", "sponsors", "URL", "prize_money", "free_label", "free_text", "current_season", "footnotes" ], "description": "This infobox is used to generalize the information in recurring events of various kinds (e.g. as natural phenomena, fairs, festivals, conferences, exhibitions, ...), though not all terms may be applicable to all event types." } </templatedata> == Tracking category == * {{clc|Pages using infobox recurring event with unknown parameters}} == See also == * [[:Category:Events infobox templates]] == Notes == {{reflist}} {{WikiProject Amusement Park templates}} <includeonly>{{Sandbox other|| <!-- Categories below this line, please; interwikis at Wikidata --> [[Category:Arts and culture infobox templates|Recurring Event]] [[Category:Events infobox templates|Recurring Event]] [[Category:Templates with coordinates fields]] [[Category:Templates that add a tracking category|{{PAGENAME}}]] }}</includeonly> ba4tub75ty4lkpt22gyhv66s8jvo5cy 10 5040 266029 161931 2025-03-17T11:55:16Z en>Gonnym 0 Undid revision [[Special:Diff/1280936933|1280936933]] by [[Special:Contributions/Gonnym|Gonnym]] ([[User talk:Gonnym|talk]]) revert for now as my manually fixing the pages isn't up to speed with the amount of complaints 266029 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><!-- IMPLEMENTATION OF DATE -->{{#if: {{{1|}}}<!-- -->|{{#if: {{{2|}}}<!-- -->|{{#if: {{{3|}}}<!-- -->|{{#ifeq:{{yesno|{{{df|no}}}}}|yes<!-- -->|{{#expr:{{{3}}}}}&nbsp;{{MONTHNAME|{{{2}}}}}<!-- -->|{{MONTHNAME|{{{2}}}}}&nbsp;{{#expr:{{{3}}}}},<!-- -->}} {{{1}}}<!-- -->|{{MONTHNAME|{{{2}}}}}&nbsp;{{{1}}}<!-- -->}}<!-- -->|{{{1}}}<!-- -->}}<!-- --><span class="noprint">{{#ifeq:{{yesno|{{{paren|{{{p|no}}}}}}}}|yes||&#059;}}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{yesno|{{{br|no}}}}}|yes|<br/>|&#032;}}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{yesno|{{{paren|{{{p|no}}}}}}}}|yes|(}}<!-- -->{{#if: {{{2|}}}<!-- -->|{{#if: {{{3|}}}<!-- -->|{{time ago|{{{1}}}-{{{2}}}-{{{3}}}|min_magnitude=days}}<!-- -->|{{years or months ago|{{{1}}}|{{#time:n|1-{{trim|{{{2}}}}}-1}}}}<!-- -->}}<!-- -->|{{#iferror:{{#expr:{{{1}}}}}<!-- -->|{{time ago|{{{1}}}|min_magnitude=days}}<!-- -->|{{years or months ago|{{{1}}}}}<!-- -->}}<!-- -->}}<!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{yesno|{{{paren|{{{p|no}}}}}}}}|yes|)}}</span><!-- -->|<!--first parameter is missing.-->{{#if: {{{2|}}}|{{Error|Error: first parameter is missing.|tag=span}}<!-- -->|{{#if: {{{3|}}}|{{Error|Error: first parameter is missing.|tag=span}} }} }}<!-- -->}}<!-- IMPLEMENTATION OF microformat date classes --><span style="display:none">&#160;(<span class="{{#ifeq:{{yesno|{{{end|no}}}}}|yes|dtend|bday dtstart published updated}}"><!-- -->{{#if: {{{1|}}}<!-- -->|{{{1}}}<!-- -->{{#if: {{{2|}}}<!-- -->| -{{#time:m|1-{{trim|{{{2}}}}}-1}}<!-- -->{{#if: {{{3|}}}<!-- -->| -{{padleft:{{{3}}}|2|0}}<!-- -->}}<!-- -->}}<!-- -->}}<!-- --></span>)</span><!-- Tracking categories -->{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check|unknown=[[Category:Pages using start date and age with unknown parameters|_VALUE_]]|preview=Page using [[Template:Start date and age]] with unknown parameter "_VALUE_"|showblankpositional=1| 1 | 2 | 3 | br | df | end | p | paren }}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> icfdg4ac6yx9tdex3zgz6t5omu1jb71 10 5304 266082 176855 2023-10-06T19:37:14Z en>SWinxy 0 {{Section link}} 266082 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Sister project | image = [[File:Wikidata-logo-with-magnifying-glass-icon.svg|40px|link=Wikipedia:Wikidata]] | position = {{{position|}}} | text = This {{template other | template | {{module other | module | {{category other | category | page <!-- not template, module, or category --> }} }} }} [[:Category:{{{cat|Wikidata tracking categories}}}|tracks]] {{#if:{{{section|}}} | one or more [[Wikidata]] properties; see {{Section link||{{{section}}}}} for details. | the [[Wikidata]] propert{{#if:{{{2|}}}|ies:|y:}} {{#invoke:Uses Wikidata|usesProperty}} }} }}<includeonly>{{#switch:{{SUBPAGENAME}} |sandbox |testcases |doc= <!--no category--> |#default = {{template other | [[Category:Templates tracking Wikidata]] | {{module other | [[Category:Modules tracking Wikidata]] | {{category other | <!-- if used in a category, don't automatically add parent category --> | <!-- not template, module, or category --> }} }} }} }}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}}<!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc sub-page --> </noinclude> 7tc9ffs0uh5p7zhqdmtv1esq6o76x8s 266083 266082 2026-07-18T15:29:01Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Template:Tracks_Wikidata]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266082 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Sister project | image = [[File:Wikidata-logo-with-magnifying-glass-icon.svg|40px|link=Wikipedia:Wikidata]] | position = {{{position|}}} | text = This {{template other | template | {{module other | module | {{category other | category | page <!-- not template, module, or category --> }} }} }} [[:Category:{{{cat|Wikidata tracking categories}}}|tracks]] {{#if:{{{section|}}} | one or more [[Wikidata]] properties; see {{Section link||{{{section}}}}} for details. | the [[Wikidata]] propert{{#if:{{{2|}}}|ies:|y:}} {{#invoke:Uses Wikidata|usesProperty}} }} }}<includeonly>{{#switch:{{SUBPAGENAME}} |sandbox |testcases |doc= <!--no category--> |#default = {{template other | [[Category:Templates tracking Wikidata]] | {{module other | [[Category:Modules tracking Wikidata]] | {{category other | <!-- if used in a category, don't automatically add parent category --> | <!-- not template, module, or category --> }} }} }} }}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}}<!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc sub-page --> </noinclude> 7tc9ffs0uh5p7zhqdmtv1esq6o76x8s 10 5321 266100 54486 2021-09-28T03:41:05Z en>MusikBot II 0 Protected "[[Template:Tlb]]": [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|High-risk template or module]]: 463 transclusions ([[User:MusikBot II/TemplateProtector|more info]]) ([Edit=Require autoconfirmed or confirmed access] (indefinite)) 266100 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Template link with bold]] {{Redirect category shell| {{R from move}} }} 914a40dvcixa43myb6gpqzvhlc5mk8g 266101 266100 2026-07-18T15:29:37Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Template:Tlb]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266100 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Template link with bold]] {{Redirect category shell| {{R from move}} }} 914a40dvcixa43myb6gpqzvhlc5mk8g 10 6048 265989 34028 2020-04-13T14:54:11Z en>Primefac 0 Primefac moved page [[Template:Tla]] to [[Template:Template link with alternate text]]: full name for clarity 265989 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Template link with alternate text]] {{Redirect category shell| {{R from move}} }} a5y15g6h6c42e4kt2bvqk2c2vejgg6y 265990 265989 2026-07-18T15:19:46Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Template:Tla]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 265989 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Template link with alternate text]] {{Redirect category shell| {{R from move}} }} a5y15g6h6c42e4kt2bvqk2c2vejgg6y 828 6049 266072 264067 2025-11-12T22:08:00Z en>Zackmann08 0 Check for nested calls. See [[Template_talk:URL]] for more details. 266072 Scribunto text/plain -- -- This module implements {{URL}} -- -- See unit tests at [[Module:URL/testcases]] local p = {} local function safeUri(s) local success, uri = pcall(function() return mw.uri.new(s) end) if success then return uri end end local function extractUrl(args) for name, val in pairs(args) do if name ~= 2 and name ~= "msg" then local url = name .. "=" .. val; url = mw.ustring.gsub(url, '^[Hh][Tt][Tt][Pp]([Ss]?):(/?)([^/])', 'http%1://%3') local uri = safeUri(url); if uri and uri.host then return url end end end end function p._url(url, text, msg) url = mw.text.trim(url or '') text = mw.text.trim(text or '') -- Check for pre-formatted url. Catches '{{url|{{url|google.com}}}}' that can occur via template if (mw.ustring.match(url, '^<span class="url">')) then return url, text, msg end local nomsg = (msg or ''):sub(1,1):lower() == "n" or msg == 'false' -- boolean: true if msg is "false" or starts with n or N if url == '' then if text == '' then if nomsg then return nil else return mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{ title = 'tlx', args = { 'URL', "''example.com''", "''optional display text''" } } end else return text end end -- If the URL contains any unencoded spaces, encode them, because MediaWiki will otherwise interpret a space as the end of the URL. url = mw.ustring.gsub(url, '%s', function(s) return mw.uri.encode(s, 'PATH') end) -- If there is an empty query string or fragment id, remove it as it will cause mw.uri.new to throw an error url = mw.ustring.gsub(url, '#$', '') url = mw.ustring.gsub(url, '%?$', '') -- If it's an HTTP[S] URL without the double slash, fix it. url = mw.ustring.gsub(url, '^[Hh][Tt][Tt][Pp]([Ss]?):(/?)([^/])', 'http%1://%3') local uri = safeUri(url) -- Handle URL's without a protocol and URL's that are protocol-relative, -- e.g. www.example.com/foo or www.example.com:8080/foo, and //www.example.com/foo if uri and (not uri.protocol or (uri.protocol and not uri.host)) and url:sub(1, 2) ~= '//' then url = 'http://' .. url uri = safeUri(url) end if text == '' then if uri then if uri.path == '/' then uri.path = '' end local port = '' if uri.port then port = ':' .. uri.port end text = mw.ustring.lower(uri.host or '') .. port .. (uri.relativePath or '') -- Add <wbr> before _/.-# sequences text = mw.ustring.gsub(text,"(/+)","<wbr/>%1") -- This entry MUST be the first. "<wbr/>" has a "/" in it, you know. text = mw.ustring.gsub(text,"(%.+)","<wbr/>%1") -- text = mw.ustring.gsub(text,"(%-+)","<wbr/>%1") -- DISABLED for now text = mw.ustring.gsub(text,"(%#+)","<wbr/>%1") text = mw.ustring.gsub(text,"(_+)","<wbr/>%1") else -- URL is badly-formed, so just display whatever was passed in text = url end end return mw.ustring.format('<span class="url">[%s %s]</span>', url, text) end --[[ The main entry point for calling from Template:URL. --]] function p.url(frame) local templateArgs = frame.args local parentArgs = frame:getParent().args local url = templateArgs[1] or parentArgs[1] local text = templateArgs[2] or parentArgs[2] or '' local msg = templateArgs.msg or parentArgs.msg or '' url = url or extractUrl(templateArgs) or extractUrl(parentArgs) or '' return p._url(url, text, msg) end --[[ The entry point for calling from the forked Template:URL2. This function returns no message by default. It strips out wiki-link markup, html tags, and everything after a space. --]] function p.url2(frame) local templateArgs = frame.args local parentArgs = frame:getParent().args local url = templateArgs[1] or parentArgs[1] local text = templateArgs[2] or parentArgs[2] or '' -- default to no message local msg = templateArgs.msg or parentArgs.msg or 'no' url = url or extractUrl(templateArgs) or extractUrl(parentArgs) or '' -- if the url came from a Wikidata call, it might have a pen icon appended -- we want to keep that and add it back at the end. local u1, penicon = mw.ustring.match( url, "(.*)(&nbsp;<span class='penicon.*)" ) if penicon then url = u1 end -- strip out html tags and [ ] from url url = (url or ''):gsub("<[^>]*>", ""):gsub("[%[%]]", "") -- truncate anything after a space url = url:gsub("%%20", " "):gsub(" .*", "") return (p._url(url, text, msg) or "") .. (penicon or "") end return p rc4hltyh23z2og5tb2epk1nszo4pvtx 266073 266072 2026-07-18T15:28:59Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:URL]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266072 Scribunto text/plain -- -- This module implements {{URL}} -- -- See unit tests at [[Module:URL/testcases]] local p = {} local function safeUri(s) local success, uri = pcall(function() return mw.uri.new(s) end) if success then return uri end end local function extractUrl(args) for name, val in pairs(args) do if name ~= 2 and name ~= "msg" then local url = name .. "=" .. val; url = mw.ustring.gsub(url, '^[Hh][Tt][Tt][Pp]([Ss]?):(/?)([^/])', 'http%1://%3') local uri = safeUri(url); if uri and uri.host then return url end end end end function p._url(url, text, msg) url = mw.text.trim(url or '') text = mw.text.trim(text or '') -- Check for pre-formatted url. Catches '{{url|{{url|google.com}}}}' that can occur via template if (mw.ustring.match(url, '^<span class="url">')) then return url, text, msg end local nomsg = (msg or ''):sub(1,1):lower() == "n" or msg == 'false' -- boolean: true if msg is "false" or starts with n or N if url == '' then if text == '' then if nomsg then return nil else return mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{ title = 'tlx', args = { 'URL', "''example.com''", "''optional display text''" } } end else return text end end -- If the URL contains any unencoded spaces, encode them, because MediaWiki will otherwise interpret a space as the end of the URL. url = mw.ustring.gsub(url, '%s', function(s) return mw.uri.encode(s, 'PATH') end) -- If there is an empty query string or fragment id, remove it as it will cause mw.uri.new to throw an error url = mw.ustring.gsub(url, '#$', '') url = mw.ustring.gsub(url, '%?$', '') -- If it's an HTTP[S] URL without the double slash, fix it. url = mw.ustring.gsub(url, '^[Hh][Tt][Tt][Pp]([Ss]?):(/?)([^/])', 'http%1://%3') local uri = safeUri(url) -- Handle URL's without a protocol and URL's that are protocol-relative, -- e.g. www.example.com/foo or www.example.com:8080/foo, and //www.example.com/foo if uri and (not uri.protocol or (uri.protocol and not uri.host)) and url:sub(1, 2) ~= '//' then url = 'http://' .. url uri = safeUri(url) end if text == '' then if uri then if uri.path == '/' then uri.path = '' end local port = '' if uri.port then port = ':' .. uri.port end text = mw.ustring.lower(uri.host or '') .. port .. (uri.relativePath or '') -- Add <wbr> before _/.-# sequences text = mw.ustring.gsub(text,"(/+)","<wbr/>%1") -- This entry MUST be the first. "<wbr/>" has a "/" in it, you know. text = mw.ustring.gsub(text,"(%.+)","<wbr/>%1") -- text = mw.ustring.gsub(text,"(%-+)","<wbr/>%1") -- DISABLED for now text = mw.ustring.gsub(text,"(%#+)","<wbr/>%1") text = mw.ustring.gsub(text,"(_+)","<wbr/>%1") else -- URL is badly-formed, so just display whatever was passed in text = url end end return mw.ustring.format('<span class="url">[%s %s]</span>', url, text) end --[[ The main entry point for calling from Template:URL. --]] function p.url(frame) local templateArgs = frame.args local parentArgs = frame:getParent().args local url = templateArgs[1] or parentArgs[1] local text = templateArgs[2] or parentArgs[2] or '' local msg = templateArgs.msg or parentArgs.msg or '' url = url or extractUrl(templateArgs) or extractUrl(parentArgs) or '' return p._url(url, text, msg) end --[[ The entry point for calling from the forked Template:URL2. This function returns no message by default. It strips out wiki-link markup, html tags, and everything after a space. --]] function p.url2(frame) local templateArgs = frame.args local parentArgs = frame:getParent().args local url = templateArgs[1] or parentArgs[1] local text = templateArgs[2] or parentArgs[2] or '' -- default to no message local msg = templateArgs.msg or parentArgs.msg or 'no' url = url or extractUrl(templateArgs) or extractUrl(parentArgs) or '' -- if the url came from a Wikidata call, it might have a pen icon appended -- we want to keep that and add it back at the end. local u1, penicon = mw.ustring.match( url, "(.*)(&nbsp;<span class='penicon.*)" ) if penicon then url = u1 end -- strip out html tags and [ ] from url url = (url or ''):gsub("<[^>]*>", ""):gsub("[%[%]]", "") -- truncate anything after a space url = url:gsub("%%20", " "):gsub(" .*", "") return (p._url(url, text, msg) or "") .. (penicon or "") end return p rc4hltyh23z2og5tb2epk1nszo4pvtx 10 10863 266086 90957 2026-07-18T09:04:22Z en>Primefac 0 TFM closed 266086 wikitext text/x-wiki <code class="tpl-para" style="word-break:break-word;{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{plain|}}}|border: none; background-color: inherit;}} {{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{plain|}}}{{{mxt|}}}{{{green|}}}{{{!mxt|}}}{{{red|}}}|color: {{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{mxt|}}}{{{green|}}}|#006400|{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{!mxt|}}}{{{red|}}}|#8B0000|inherit}}}};}} {{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{style|}}}|{{{style}}}}}">&#124;{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}&#61;}}{{{2|}}}</code><noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!-- Categories go near the bottom of the /doc subpage – interwikis go to Wikidata, thank you! --> </noinclude> 9bs2ftecq9eid2hliyadkmm2ks00w8w 266087 266086 2026-07-18T15:29:01Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Template:Parameter]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266086 wikitext text/x-wiki <code class="tpl-para" style="word-break:break-word;{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{plain|}}}|border: none; background-color: inherit;}} {{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{plain|}}}{{{mxt|}}}{{{green|}}}{{{!mxt|}}}{{{red|}}}|color: {{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{mxt|}}}{{{green|}}}|#006400|{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{!mxt|}}}{{{red|}}}|#8B0000|inherit}}}};}} {{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{style|}}}|{{{style}}}}}">&#124;{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}&#61;}}{{{2|}}}</code><noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!-- Categories go near the bottom of the /doc subpage – interwikis go to Wikidata, thank you! --> </noinclude> 9bs2ftecq9eid2hliyadkmm2ks00w8w 10 11243 266102 249045 2021-10-05T19:23:32Z en>MusikBot II 0 Protected "[[Template:Format TemplateData]]": [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|High-risk template or module]]: 305 transclusions ([[User:MusikBot II/TemplateProtector|more info]]) ([Edit=Require autoconfirmed or confirmed access] (indefinite)) 249044 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#ifeq:{{yesno-yes|{{{header}}}}}|yes|{{TemplateData header}} }}{{#invoke:Format TemplateData| f |classNoNumTOC=nonumtoc |cssParams=border:#B3B7FF 1px solid;|docpageCreate=%s/doc |docpageDetect=/doc$ |msgDescMiss=Missing description |cat=Templates with TemplateData errors}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> in0weol9sija4upagvbgx1pbjtrzw7q 266103 266102 2026-07-18T15:29:38Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Template:Format_TemplateData]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 249044 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#ifeq:{{yesno-yes|{{{header}}}}}|yes|{{TemplateData header}} }}{{#invoke:Format TemplateData| f |classNoNumTOC=nonumtoc |cssParams=border:#B3B7FF 1px solid;|docpageCreate=%s/doc |docpageDetect=/doc$ |msgDescMiss=Missing description |cat=Templates with TemplateData errors}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> in0weol9sija4upagvbgx1pbjtrzw7q 828 13491 266021 245464 2026-01-17T19:25:08Z en>Trappist the monk 0 synch from sandbox; 266021 sanitized-css text/css /* Protection icon the following line controls the page-protection icon in the upper right corner it must remain within this comment {{sandbox other||{{pp-template}}}} */ /* Overrides Some wikis do not override user agent default styles for HTML <cite> and <q>, unlike en.wp. On en.wp, keep these the same as [[MediaWiki:Common.css]]. The word-wrap and :target styles were moved here from Common.css. On en.wp, keep these the same as [[Template:Citation/styles.css]]. */ cite.citation { font-style: inherit; /* Remove italics for <cite> */ /* Break long urls, etc., rather than overflowing box */ word-wrap: break-word; } .citation q { quotes: '"' '"' "'" "'"; /* Straight quote marks for <q> */ } /* Highlight linked elements (such as clicked references) in blue */ .citation:target { /* ignore the linter - all browsers of interest implement this */ background-color: rgba(0, 127, 255, 0.133); } /* ID and URL access Both core and Common.css have selector .mw-parser-output a[href$=".pdf"].external for PDF pages. All TemplateStyles pages are hoisted to .mw-parser-output. We need to have specificity equal to a[href$=".pdf"].external for locks to override PDF icon. That's essentially 2 classes and 1 element. the .id-lock-... selectors are for use by non-citation templates like {{Catalog lookup link}} bg-size `contain` in Minerva and Timeless is too large, so we set a size for them and then exclude them later */ .id-lock-free.id-lock-free a { background: url(//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/6/65/Lock-green.svg) right 0.1em center/9px no-repeat; } .id-lock-limited.id-lock-limited a, .id-lock-registration.id-lock-registration a { background: url(//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/d/d6/Lock-gray-alt-2.svg) right 0.1em center/9px no-repeat; } .id-lock-subscription.id-lock-subscription a { background: url(//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/a/aa/Lock-red-alt-2.svg) right 0.1em center/9px no-repeat; } /* Wikisource Wikisource icon when |chapter= or |title= is wikilinked to Wikisource as in cite wikisource */ .cs1-ws-icon a { background: url(//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/4/4c/Wikisource-logo.svg) right 0.1em center/12px no-repeat; } body:not(.skin-timeless):not(.skin-minerva) .id-lock-free a, body:not(.skin-timeless):not(.skin-minerva) .id-lock-limited a, body:not(.skin-timeless):not(.skin-minerva) .id-lock-registration a, body:not(.skin-timeless):not(.skin-minerva) .id-lock-subscription a, body:not(.skin-timeless):not(.skin-minerva) .cs1-ws-icon a { background-size: contain; /* Common.css has a padding set for PDF URLs. bg-contain expands to the * size of the padding which makes the icons very large. we "reset" the * padding here. 1em picked out of a hat based on console having a similar * rule from elsewhere */ padding: 0 1em 0 0; } /* Errors and maintenance */ .cs1-code { /* <code>...</code> style override: mediawiki's css definition is specified here: https://git.wikimedia.org/blob/mediawiki%2Fcore.git/ 69cd73811f7aadd093050dbf20ed70ef0b42a713/skins%2Fcommon%2FcommonElements.css#L199 */ color: inherit; background: inherit; border: none; padding: inherit; } .cs1-hidden-error { display: none; color: var(--color-error, #bf3c2c); } .cs1-visible-error { color: var(--color-error, #bf3c2c); } .cs1-maint { display: none; color: #085; margin-left: 0.3em; } /* kerning */ .cs1-kern-left { padding-left: 0.2em; } .cs1-kern-right { padding-right: 0.2em; } /* selflinks – avoid bold font style when cs1|2 template links to the current page */ .citation .mw-selflink { font-weight: inherit; } @media screen { /* Small text size Set small text size in one place. 0.95 (here) * 0.9 (from references list) is ~0.85, which is the lower bound for size for accessibility. Old styling for this was just 0.85. We could write the rule so that when this template is inside references/reflist, only then does it multiply by 0.95; else multiply by 0.85 */ .cs1-format { font-size: 95%; } html.skin-theme-clientpref-night .cs1-maint { color: #18911f; } } @media screen and (prefers-color-scheme: dark) { html.skin-theme-clientpref-os .cs1-maint { color: #18911f; } } 2wrho6o1q12cvwhaslan5n9g140q3wl 266022 266021 2026-07-18T15:28:03Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266021 sanitized-css text/css /* Protection icon the following line controls the page-protection icon in the upper right corner it must remain within this comment {{sandbox other||{{pp-template}}}} */ /* Overrides Some wikis do not override user agent default styles for HTML <cite> and <q>, unlike en.wp. On en.wp, keep these the same as [[MediaWiki:Common.css]]. The word-wrap and :target styles were moved here from Common.css. On en.wp, keep these the same as [[Template:Citation/styles.css]]. */ cite.citation { font-style: inherit; /* Remove italics for <cite> */ /* Break long urls, etc., rather than overflowing box */ word-wrap: break-word; } .citation q { quotes: '"' '"' "'" "'"; /* Straight quote marks for <q> */ } /* Highlight linked elements (such as clicked references) in blue */ .citation:target { /* ignore the linter - all browsers of interest implement this */ background-color: rgba(0, 127, 255, 0.133); } /* ID and URL access Both core and Common.css have selector .mw-parser-output a[href$=".pdf"].external for PDF pages. All TemplateStyles pages are hoisted to .mw-parser-output. We need to have specificity equal to a[href$=".pdf"].external for locks to override PDF icon. That's essentially 2 classes and 1 element. the .id-lock-... selectors are for use by non-citation templates like {{Catalog lookup link}} bg-size `contain` in Minerva and Timeless is too large, so we set a size for them and then exclude them later */ .id-lock-free.id-lock-free a { background: url(//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/6/65/Lock-green.svg) right 0.1em center/9px no-repeat; } .id-lock-limited.id-lock-limited a, .id-lock-registration.id-lock-registration a { background: url(//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/d/d6/Lock-gray-alt-2.svg) right 0.1em center/9px no-repeat; } .id-lock-subscription.id-lock-subscription a { background: url(//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/a/aa/Lock-red-alt-2.svg) right 0.1em center/9px no-repeat; } /* Wikisource Wikisource icon when |chapter= or |title= is wikilinked to Wikisource as in cite wikisource */ .cs1-ws-icon a { background: url(//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/4/4c/Wikisource-logo.svg) right 0.1em center/12px no-repeat; } body:not(.skin-timeless):not(.skin-minerva) .id-lock-free a, body:not(.skin-timeless):not(.skin-minerva) .id-lock-limited a, body:not(.skin-timeless):not(.skin-minerva) .id-lock-registration a, body:not(.skin-timeless):not(.skin-minerva) .id-lock-subscription a, body:not(.skin-timeless):not(.skin-minerva) .cs1-ws-icon a { background-size: contain; /* Common.css has a padding set for PDF URLs. bg-contain expands to the * size of the padding which makes the icons very large. we "reset" the * padding here. 1em picked out of a hat based on console having a similar * rule from elsewhere */ padding: 0 1em 0 0; } /* Errors and maintenance */ .cs1-code { /* <code>...</code> style override: mediawiki's css definition is specified here: https://git.wikimedia.org/blob/mediawiki%2Fcore.git/ 69cd73811f7aadd093050dbf20ed70ef0b42a713/skins%2Fcommon%2FcommonElements.css#L199 */ color: inherit; background: inherit; border: none; padding: inherit; } .cs1-hidden-error { display: none; color: var(--color-error, #bf3c2c); } .cs1-visible-error { color: var(--color-error, #bf3c2c); } .cs1-maint { display: none; color: #085; margin-left: 0.3em; } /* kerning */ .cs1-kern-left { padding-left: 0.2em; } .cs1-kern-right { padding-right: 0.2em; } /* selflinks – avoid bold font style when cs1|2 template links to the current page */ .citation .mw-selflink { font-weight: inherit; } @media screen { /* Small text size Set small text size in one place. 0.95 (here) * 0.9 (from references list) is ~0.85, which is the lower bound for size for accessibility. Old styling for this was just 0.85. We could write the rule so that when this template is inside references/reflist, only then does it multiply by 0.95; else multiply by 0.85 */ .cs1-format { font-size: 95%; } html.skin-theme-clientpref-night .cs1-maint { color: #18911f; } } @media screen and (prefers-color-scheme: dark) { html.skin-theme-clientpref-os .cs1-maint { color: #18911f; } } 2wrho6o1q12cvwhaslan5n9g140q3wl 828 13775 266068 183164 2025-11-28T06:13:53Z en>Zackmann08 0 Refactor to allow for supplying a qid and a new entry point for [[Template:Official URL]] 266068 Scribunto text/plain local makeUrl = require('Module:URL')._url local p = {} -- Wrapper for pcall which returns nil on failure. local function quickPcall(func) local success, result = pcall(func) if success then return result end end -- Gets the rank for a Wikidata property table. Returns 1, 0 or -1, in -- order of rank. local function getRank(prop) local rank = prop.rank if rank == 'preferred' then return 1 elseif rank == 'normal' then return 0 elseif rank == 'deprecated' then return -1 else -- No rank or undefined rank is treated as "normal". return 0 end end -- Finds whether a Wikidata property is qualified as being in English. local function isEnglish(prop) local ret = quickPcall(function () for i, lang in ipairs(prop.qualifiers.P407) do if lang.datavalue.value['numeric-id'] == 1860 then return true end end return false end) return ret == true end -- Fetches the official website URL from Wikidata. local fetchWikidataUrl fetchWikidataUrl = function(qid) -- Get objects for all official sites on Wikidata. local websites = quickPcall(function () local id = qid or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() return mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(id, 'P856') end) -- Clone the objects in case other code needs them in their original order. websites = websites and mw.clone(websites) or {} -- Add the table index to the objects in case it is needed in the sort. for i, website in ipairs(websites) do website._index = i end -- Sort the websites, first by highest rank, and then by websites in the -- English language, then by the website's original position in the -- property list. When we are done, get the URL from the highest-sorted -- object. table.sort(websites, function(ws1, ws2) local r1 = getRank(ws1) local r2 = getRank(ws2) if r1 ~= r2 then return r1 > r2 end local e1 = isEnglish(ws1) local e2 = isEnglish(ws2) if e1 ~= e2 then return e1 end return ws1._index < ws2._index end) local url = quickPcall(function () return websites[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value end) -- Cache the result so that we only do the heavy lifting once per #invoke. fetchWikidataUrl = function () return url end return url end -- Render the URL link, plus other visible output. local function renderUrl(options) if not options.url and not options.wikidataurl then if options.suppress_error then return '' end local qid = options.qid or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() local result = '<strong class="error">' .. 'No URL found. Please specify a URL here or add one to Wikidata.' .. '</strong>' if qid then result = result.. ' [[File:OOjs UI icon edit-ltr-progressive.svg |frameless |text-top |10px |alt=Edit this at Wikidata |link=https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/' .. qid .. '#P856|Edit this at Wikidata]]' end return result end local ret = {} ret[#ret + 1] = string.format( '<span class="official-website">%s</span>', makeUrl(options.url or options.wikidataurl, options.display) ) if options.wikidataurl and not options.url then local qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if qid then ret[#ret + 1] = '[[File:OOjs UI icon edit-ltr-progressive.svg |frameless |text-top |10px |alt=Edit this at Wikidata |link=https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/' .. qid .. '#P856|Edit this at Wikidata]]' end end return table.concat(ret, ' ') end -- Render the tracking category. local function renderTrackingCategory(url, wikidataurl) if mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace ~= 0 then return '' end local category if not url and not wikidataurl then category = 'Official website missing URL' elseif not url and wikidataurl then return '' elseif url and wikidataurl then if url:gsub('/%s*$', '') ~= wikidataurl:gsub('/%s*$', '') then category = 'Official website different in Wikidata and Wikipedia' end else category = 'Official website not in Wikidata' end return category and string.format('[[Category:%s]]', category) or '' end function p._main(args) local url = args[1] or args.URL or args.url local wikidataurl = fetchWikidataUrl(args.qid) local formattedUrl = renderUrl{ url = url, wikidataurl = wikidataurl, display = args[2] or args.name or 'Official website', qid = qid } return formattedUrl .. renderTrackingCategory(url, wikidataurl) end function p._url(args) local qid = args.qid local wikidataurl = fetchWikidataUrl(qid) local formattedUrl = renderUrl{ suppress_error = 1, wikidataurl = wikidataurl, qid = qid } local warning = "" if wikidataurl == nil then local generateWarning = require('Module:If preview')._warning warning = generateWarning({ "No official website ([[wikidata:Property:P856|P856]]) found in wikidata. Nothing will be displayed." }) end return formattedUrl .. warning end function p.main(frame) local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, { wrappers = 'Template:Official website' }) return p._main(args) end -- New entrypoint for Template:Official URL function p.url(frame) local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, { wrappers = 'Template:Official URL' }) return p._url(args) end return p 8swla2zmjh9yfkteo35cdgfff9ui6ba 266069 266068 2026-07-18T15:28:58Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:Official_website]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266068 Scribunto text/plain local makeUrl = require('Module:URL')._url local p = {} -- Wrapper for pcall which returns nil on failure. local function quickPcall(func) local success, result = pcall(func) if success then return result end end -- Gets the rank for a Wikidata property table. Returns 1, 0 or -1, in -- order of rank. local function getRank(prop) local rank = prop.rank if rank == 'preferred' then return 1 elseif rank == 'normal' then return 0 elseif rank == 'deprecated' then return -1 else -- No rank or undefined rank is treated as "normal". return 0 end end -- Finds whether a Wikidata property is qualified as being in English. local function isEnglish(prop) local ret = quickPcall(function () for i, lang in ipairs(prop.qualifiers.P407) do if lang.datavalue.value['numeric-id'] == 1860 then return true end end return false end) return ret == true end -- Fetches the official website URL from Wikidata. local fetchWikidataUrl fetchWikidataUrl = function(qid) -- Get objects for all official sites on Wikidata. local websites = quickPcall(function () local id = qid or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() return mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(id, 'P856') end) -- Clone the objects in case other code needs them in their original order. websites = websites and mw.clone(websites) or {} -- Add the table index to the objects in case it is needed in the sort. for i, website in ipairs(websites) do website._index = i end -- Sort the websites, first by highest rank, and then by websites in the -- English language, then by the website's original position in the -- property list. When we are done, get the URL from the highest-sorted -- object. table.sort(websites, function(ws1, ws2) local r1 = getRank(ws1) local r2 = getRank(ws2) if r1 ~= r2 then return r1 > r2 end local e1 = isEnglish(ws1) local e2 = isEnglish(ws2) if e1 ~= e2 then return e1 end return ws1._index < ws2._index end) local url = quickPcall(function () return websites[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value end) -- Cache the result so that we only do the heavy lifting once per #invoke. fetchWikidataUrl = function () return url end return url end -- Render the URL link, plus other visible output. local function renderUrl(options) if not options.url and not options.wikidataurl then if options.suppress_error then return '' end local qid = options.qid or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() local result = '<strong class="error">' .. 'No URL found. Please specify a URL here or add one to Wikidata.' .. '</strong>' if qid then result = result.. ' [[File:OOjs UI icon edit-ltr-progressive.svg |frameless |text-top |10px |alt=Edit this at Wikidata |link=https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/' .. qid .. '#P856|Edit this at Wikidata]]' end return result end local ret = {} ret[#ret + 1] = string.format( '<span class="official-website">%s</span>', makeUrl(options.url or options.wikidataurl, options.display) ) if options.wikidataurl and not options.url then local qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if qid then ret[#ret + 1] = '[[File:OOjs UI icon edit-ltr-progressive.svg |frameless |text-top |10px |alt=Edit this at Wikidata |link=https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/' .. qid .. '#P856|Edit this at Wikidata]]' end end return table.concat(ret, ' ') end -- Render the tracking category. local function renderTrackingCategory(url, wikidataurl) if mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace ~= 0 then return '' end local category if not url and not wikidataurl then category = 'Official website missing URL' elseif not url and wikidataurl then return '' elseif url and wikidataurl then if url:gsub('/%s*$', '') ~= wikidataurl:gsub('/%s*$', '') then category = 'Official website different in Wikidata and Wikipedia' end else category = 'Official website not in Wikidata' end return category and string.format('[[Category:%s]]', category) or '' end function p._main(args) local url = args[1] or args.URL or args.url local wikidataurl = fetchWikidataUrl(args.qid) local formattedUrl = renderUrl{ url = url, wikidataurl = wikidataurl, display = args[2] or args.name or 'Official website', qid = qid } return formattedUrl .. renderTrackingCategory(url, wikidataurl) end function p._url(args) local qid = args.qid local wikidataurl = fetchWikidataUrl(qid) local formattedUrl = renderUrl{ suppress_error = 1, wikidataurl = wikidataurl, qid = qid } local warning = "" if wikidataurl == nil then local generateWarning = require('Module:If preview')._warning warning = generateWarning({ "No official website ([[wikidata:Property:P856|P856]]) found in wikidata. Nothing will be displayed." }) end return formattedUrl .. warning end function p.main(frame) local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, { wrappers = 'Template:Official website' }) return p._main(args) end -- New entrypoint for Template:Official URL function p.url(frame) local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, { wrappers = 'Template:Official URL' }) return p._url(args) end return p 8swla2zmjh9yfkteo35cdgfff9ui6ba 828 15064 266046 265076 2026-02-18T03:21:21Z en>Krinkle 0 Fix nil minute/minute. While not covered by [[Module:Date/testcases]], I probably caused a bug, as observed when running `=require('Module:Date')._Date('currentdatetime')` which works fine against sandbox and previous revisions. 266046 Scribunto text/plain -- Date functions for use by other modules. -- I18N and time zones are not supported. local MINUS = '−' -- Unicode U+2212 MINUS SIGN local floor = math.floor local Date, DateDiff, diffmt -- forward declarations local uniq = { 'unique identifier' } local function is_date(t) -- The system used to make a date read-only means there is no unique -- metatable that is conveniently accessible to check. return type(t) == 'table' and t._id == uniq end local function is_diff(t) return type(t) == 'table' and getmetatable(t) == diffmt end local function _list_join(list, sep) return table.concat(list, sep) end local function collection() -- Return a table to hold items. return { n = 0, add = function (self, item) self.n = self.n + 1 self[self.n] = item end, join = _list_join, } end local function strip_to_nil(text) -- If text is a string, return its trimmed content, or nil if empty. -- Otherwise return text (convenient when Date fields are provided from -- another module which may pass a string, a number, or another type). if type(text) == 'string' then text = text:match('(%S.-)%s*$') end return text end local function is_leap_year(year, calname) -- Return true if year is a leap year. if calname == 'Julian' then return year % 4 == 0 end return (year % 4 == 0 and year % 100 ~= 0) or year % 400 == 0 end local function days_in_month(year, month, calname) -- Return number of days (1..31) in given month (1..12). if month == 2 and is_leap_year(year, calname) then return 29 end return ({ 31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31 })[month] end local function h_m_s(time) -- Return hour, minute, second extracted from fraction of a day. time = floor(time * 24 * 3600 + 0.5) -- number of seconds local second = time % 60 time = floor(time / 60) return floor(time / 60), time % 60, second end local function hms(date) -- Return fraction of a day from date's time, where (0 <= fraction < 1) -- if the values are valid, but could be anything if outside range. return (date.hour + (date.minute + date.second / 60) / 60) / 24 end local function julian_date(date) -- Return jd, jdz from a Julian or Gregorian calendar date where -- jd = Julian date and its fractional part is zero at noon -- jdz = same, but assume time is 00:00:00 if no time given -- http://www.tondering.dk/claus/cal/julperiod.php#formula -- Testing shows this works for all dates from year -9999 to 9999! -- JDN 0 is the 24-hour period starting at noon UTC on Monday -- 1 January 4713 BC = (-4712, 1, 1) Julian calendar -- 24 November 4714 BC = (-4713, 11, 24) Gregorian calendar local offset local a = floor((14 - date.month)/12) local y = date.year + 4800 - a if date.calendar == 'Julian' then offset = floor(y/4) - 32083 else offset = floor(y/4) - floor(y/100) + floor(y/400) - 32045 end local m = date.month + 12*a - 3 local jd = date.day + floor((153*m + 2)/5) + 365*y + offset if date.hastime then jd = jd + hms(date) - 0.5 return jd, jd end return jd, jd - 0.5 end local function set_date_from_jd(date) -- Set the fields of table date from its Julian date field. -- Return true if date is valid. -- http://www.tondering.dk/claus/cal/julperiod.php#formula -- This handles the proleptic Julian and Gregorian calendars. -- Negative Julian dates are not defined but they work. local calname = date.calendar local low, high -- min/max limits for date ranges −9999-01-01 to 9999-12-31 if calname == 'Gregorian' then low, high = -1930999.5, 5373484.49999 elseif calname == 'Julian' then low, high = -1931076.5, 5373557.49999 else return end local jd = date.jd if not (type(jd) == 'number' and low <= jd and jd <= high) then return end local jdn = floor(jd) if date.hastime then local time = jd - jdn -- 0 <= time < 1 if time >= 0.5 then -- if at or after midnight of next day jdn = jdn + 1 time = time - 0.5 else time = time + 0.5 end date.hour, date.minute, date.second = h_m_s(time) else date.second = 0 date.minute = 0 date.hour = 0 end local b, c if calname == 'Julian' then b = 0 c = jdn + 32082 else -- Gregorian local a = jdn + 32044 b = floor((4*a + 3)/146097) c = a - floor(146097*b/4) end local d = floor((4*c + 3)/1461) local e = c - floor(1461*d/4) local m = floor((5*e + 2)/153) date.day = e - floor((153*m + 2)/5) + 1 date.month = m + 3 - 12*floor(m/10) date.year = 100*b + d - 4800 + floor(m/10) return true end local function fix_numbers(numbers, y, m, d, H, M, S, partial, hastime, calendar) -- Put the result of normalizing the given values in table numbers. -- The result will have valid m, d values if y is valid; caller checks y. -- The logic of PHP mktime is followed where m or d can be zero to mean -- the previous unit, and -1 is the one before that, etc. -- Positive values carry forward. local date if not (1 <= m and m <= 12) then date = Date(y, 1, 1) if not date then return end date = date + ((m - 1) .. 'm') y, m = date.year, date.month end local days_hms if not partial then if hastime and H and M and S then if not (0 <= H and H <= 23 and 0 <= M and M <= 59 and 0 <= S and S <= 59) then days_hms = hms({ hour = H, minute = M, second = S }) end end if days_hms or not (1 <= d and d <= days_in_month(y, m, calendar)) then date = date or Date(y, m, 1) if not date then return end date = date + (d - 1 + (days_hms or 0)) y, m, d = date.year, date.month, date.day if days_hms then H, M, S = date.hour, date.minute, date.second end end end numbers.year = y numbers.month = m numbers.day = d if days_hms then -- Don't set H unless it was valid because a valid H will set hastime. numbers.hour = H numbers.minute = M numbers.second = S end end local function set_date_from_numbers(date, numbers, options) -- Set the fields of table date from numeric values. -- Return true if date is valid. if type(numbers) ~= 'table' then return end local y = numbers.year or date.year local m = numbers.month or date.month local d = numbers.day or date.day local H = numbers.hour local M = numbers.minute or date.minute or 0 local S = numbers.second or date.second or 0 local need_fix if y and m and d then date.partial = nil if not (-9999 <= y and y <= 9999 and 1 <= m and m <= 12 and 1 <= d and d <= days_in_month(y, m, date.calendar)) then if not date.want_fix then return end need_fix = true end elseif y and date.partial then if d or not (-9999 <= y and y <= 9999) then return end if m and not (1 <= m and m <= 12) then if not date.want_fix then return end need_fix = true end else return end if date.partial then H = nil -- ignore any time M = nil S = nil else if H then -- It is not possible to set M or S without also setting H. date.hastime = true else H = 0 end if not (0 <= H and H <= 23 and 0 <= M and M <= 59 and 0 <= S and S <= 59) then if date.want_fix then need_fix = true else return end end end date.want_fix = nil if need_fix then fix_numbers(numbers, y, m, d, H, M, S, date.partial, date.hastime, date.calendar) return set_date_from_numbers(date, numbers, options) end date.year = y -- -9999 to 9999 ('n BC' → year = 1 - n) date.month = m -- 1 to 12 (may be nil if partial) date.day = d -- 1 to 31 (* = nil if partial) date.hour = H -- 0 to 59 (*) date.minute = M -- 0 to 59 (*) date.second = S -- 0 to 59 (*) if type(options) == 'table' then for _, k in ipairs({ 'am', 'era', 'format' }) do if options[k] then date.options[k] = options[k] end end end return true end local function make_option_table(options1, options2) -- If options1 is a string, return a table with its settings, or -- if it is a table, use its settings. -- Missing options are set from table options2 or defaults. -- If a default is used, a flag is set so caller knows the value was not intentionally set. -- Valid option settings are: -- am: 'am', 'a.m.', 'AM', 'A.M.' -- 'pm', 'p.m.', 'PM', 'P.M.' (each has same meaning as corresponding item above) -- era: 'BCMINUS', 'BCNEGATIVE', 'BC', 'B.C.', 'BCE', 'B.C.E.', 'AD', 'A.D.', 'CE', 'C.E.' -- Option am = 'am' does not mean the hour is AM; it means 'am' or 'pm' is used, depending on the hour, -- and am = 'pm' has the same meaning. -- Similarly, era = 'BC' means 'BC' is used if year <= 0. -- BCMINUS displays a MINUS if year < 0 and the display format does not include %{era}. -- BCNEGATIVE is similar but displays a hyphen. local result = { bydefault = {} } if type(options1) == 'table' then result.am = options1.am result.era = options1.era elseif type(options1) == 'string' then -- Example: 'am:AM era:BC' or 'am=AM era=BC'. for item in options1:gmatch('%S+') do local lhs, rhs = item:match('^(%w+)[:=](.+)$') if lhs then result[lhs] = rhs end end end options2 = type(options2) == 'table' and options2 or {} local defaults = { am = 'am', era = 'BC' } for k, v in pairs(defaults) do if not result[k] then if options2[k] then result[k] = options2[k] else result[k] = v result.bydefault[k] = true end end end return result end local ampm_options = { -- lhs = input text accepted as an am/pm option -- rhs = code used internally ['am'] = 'am', ['AM'] = 'AM', ['a.m.'] = 'a.m.', ['A.M.'] = 'A.M.', ['pm'] = 'am', -- same as am ['PM'] = 'AM', ['p.m.'] = 'a.m.', ['P.M.'] = 'A.M.', } local era_text = { -- Text for displaying an era with a positive year (after adjusting -- by replacing year with 1 - year if date.year <= 0). -- options.era = { year<=0 , year>0 } ['BCMINUS'] = { 'BC' , '' , isbc = true, sign = MINUS }, ['BCNEGATIVE'] = { 'BC' , '' , isbc = true, sign = '-' }, ['BC'] = { 'BC' , '' , isbc = true }, ['B.C.'] = { 'B.C.' , '' , isbc = true }, ['BCE'] = { 'BCE' , '' , isbc = true }, ['B.C.E.'] = { 'B.C.E.', '' , isbc = true }, ['AD'] = { 'BC' , 'AD' }, ['A.D.'] = { 'B.C.' , 'A.D.' }, ['CE'] = { 'BCE' , 'CE' }, ['C.E.'] = { 'B.C.E.', 'C.E.' }, } local function get_era_for_year(era, year) return (era_text[era] or era_text['BC'])[year > 0 and 2 or 1] or '' end local function strftime(date, format, options) -- Return date formatted as a string using codes similar to those -- in the C strftime library function. local sformat = string.format local shortcuts = { ['%c'] = '%-I:%M %p %-d %B %-Y %{era}', -- date and time: 2:30 pm 1 April 2016 ['%x'] = '%-d %B %-Y %{era}', -- date: 1 April 2016 ['%X'] = '%-I:%M %p', -- time: 2:30 pm } if shortcuts[format] then format = shortcuts[format] end local codes = { a = { field = 'dayabbr' }, A = { field = 'dayname' }, b = { field = 'monthabbr' }, B = { field = 'monthname' }, u = { fmt = '%d' , field = 'dowiso' }, w = { fmt = '%d' , field = 'dow' }, d = { fmt = '%02d', fmt2 = '%d', field = 'day' }, m = { fmt = '%02d', fmt2 = '%d', field = 'month' }, Y = { fmt = '%04d', fmt2 = '%d', field = 'year' }, H = { fmt = '%02d', fmt2 = '%d', field = 'hour' }, M = { fmt = '%02d', fmt2 = '%d', field = 'minute' }, S = { fmt = '%02d', fmt2 = '%d', field = 'second' }, j = { fmt = '%03d', fmt2 = '%d', field = 'dayofyear' }, I = { fmt = '%02d', fmt2 = '%d', field = 'hour', special = 'hour12' }, p = { field = 'hour', special = 'am' }, } options = make_option_table(options, date.options) local amopt = options.am local eraopt = options.era local function replace_code(spaces, modifier, id) local code = codes[id] if code then local fmt = code.fmt if modifier == '-' and code.fmt2 then fmt = code.fmt2 end local value = date[code.field] if not value then return nil -- an undefined field in a partial date end local special = code.special if special then if special == 'hour12' then value = value % 12 value = value == 0 and 12 or value elseif special == 'am' then local ap = ({ ['a.m.'] = { 'a.m.', 'p.m.' }, ['AM'] = { 'AM', 'PM' }, ['A.M.'] = { 'A.M.', 'P.M.' }, })[ampm_options[amopt]] or { 'am', 'pm' } return (spaces == '' and '' or '&nbsp;') .. (value < 12 and ap[1] or ap[2]) end end if code.field == 'year' then local sign = (era_text[eraopt] or {}).sign if not sign or format:find('%{era}', 1, true) then sign = '' if value <= 0 then value = 1 - value end else if value >= 0 then sign = '' else value = -value end end return spaces .. sign .. sformat(fmt, value) end return spaces .. (fmt and sformat(fmt, value) or value) end end local function replace_property(spaces, id) if id == 'era' then -- Special case so can use local era option. local result = get_era_for_year(eraopt, date.year) if result == '' then return '' end return (spaces == '' and '' or '&nbsp;') .. result end local result = date[id] if type(result) == 'string' then return spaces .. result end if type(result) == 'number' then return spaces .. tostring(result) end if type(result) == 'boolean' then return spaces .. (result and '1' or '0') end -- This occurs if id is an undefined field in a partial date, or is the name of a function. return nil end local PERCENT = '\127PERCENT\127' return (format :gsub('%%%%', PERCENT) :gsub('(%s*)%%{(%w+)}', replace_property) :gsub('(%s*)%%(%-?)(%a)', replace_code) :gsub(PERCENT, '%%') ) end local function _date_text(date, fmt, options) -- Return a formatted string representing the given date. if not is_date(date) then error('date:text: need a date (use "date:text()" with a colon)', 2) end if type(fmt) == 'string' and fmt:match('%S') then if fmt:find('%', 1, true) then return strftime(date, fmt, options) end elseif date.partial then fmt = date.month and 'my' or 'y' else fmt = 'dmy' if date.hastime then fmt = (date.second > 0 and 'hms ' or 'hm ') .. fmt end end local function bad_format() -- For consistency with other format processing, return given format -- (or cleaned format if original was not a string) if invalid. return mw.text.nowiki(fmt) end if date.partial then -- Ignore days in standard formats like 'ymd'. if fmt == 'ym' or fmt == 'ymd' then fmt = date.month and '%Y-%m %{era}' or '%Y %{era}' elseif fmt == 'my' or fmt == 'dmy' or fmt == 'mdy' then fmt = date.month and '%B %-Y %{era}' or '%-Y %{era}' elseif fmt == 'y' then fmt = date.month and '%-Y %{era}' or '%-Y %{era}' else return bad_format() end return strftime(date, fmt, options) end local function hm_fmt() local plain = make_option_table(options, date.options).bydefault.am return plain and '%H:%M' or '%-I:%M %p' end local need_time = date.hastime local t = collection() for item in fmt:gmatch('%S+') do local f if item == 'hm' then f = hm_fmt() need_time = false elseif item == 'hms' then f = '%H:%M:%S' need_time = false elseif item == 'ymd' then f = '%Y-%m-%d %{era}' elseif item == 'mdy' then f = '%B %-d, %-Y %{era}' elseif item == 'dmy' then f = '%-d %B %-Y %{era}' else return bad_format() end t:add(f) end fmt = t:join(' ') if need_time then fmt = hm_fmt() .. ' ' .. fmt end return strftime(date, fmt, options) end local day_info = { -- 0=Sun to 6=Sat [0] = { 'Sun', 'Sunday' }, { 'Mon', 'Monday' }, { 'Tue', 'Tuesday' }, { 'Wed', 'Wednesday' }, { 'Thu', 'Thursday' }, { 'Fri', 'Friday' }, { 'Sat', 'Saturday' }, } local month_info = { -- 1=Jan to 12=Dec { 'Jan', 'January' }, { 'Feb', 'February' }, { 'Mar', 'March' }, { 'Apr', 'April' }, { 'May', 'May' }, { 'Jun', 'June' }, { 'Jul', 'July' }, { 'Aug', 'August' }, { 'Sep', 'September' }, { 'Oct', 'October' }, { 'Nov', 'November' }, { 'Dec', 'December' }, } local function name_to_number(text, translate) if type(text) == 'string' then return translate[text:lower()] end end local function day_number(text) return name_to_number(text, { sun = 0, sunday = 0, mon = 1, monday = 1, tue = 2, tuesday = 2, wed = 3, wednesday = 3, thu = 4, thursday = 4, fri = 5, friday = 5, sat = 6, saturday = 6, }) end local function month_number(text) return name_to_number(text:gsub('%.', ''), { jan = 1, january = 1, feb = 2, february = 2, mar = 3, march = 3, apr = 4, april = 4, may = 5, jun = 6, june = 6, jul = 7, july = 7, aug = 8, august = 8, sep = 9, september = 9, sept = 9, oct = 10, october = 10, nov = 11, november = 11, dec = 12, december = 12, }) end local function _list_text(list, fmt) -- Return a list of formatted strings from a list of dates. if not type(list) == 'table' then error('date:list:text: need "list:text()" with a colon', 2) end local result = { join = _list_join } for i, date in ipairs(list) do result[i] = date:text(fmt) end return result end local function _date_list(date, spec) -- Return a possibly empty numbered table of dates meeting the specification. -- Dates in the list are in ascending order (oldest date first). -- The spec should be a string of form "<count> <day> <op>" -- where each item is optional and -- count = number of items wanted in list -- day = abbreviation or name such as Mon or Monday -- op = >, >=, <, <= (default is > meaning after date) -- If no count is given, the list is for the specified days in date's month. -- The default day is date's day. -- The spec can also be a positive or negative number: -- -5 is equivalent to '5 <' -- 5 is equivalent to '5' which is '5 >' if not is_date(date) then error('date:list: need a date (use "date:list()" with a colon)', 2) end local list = { text = _list_text } if date.partial then return list end local count, offset, operation local ops = { ['>='] = { before = false, include = true }, ['>'] = { before = false, include = false }, ['<='] = { before = true , include = true }, ['<'] = { before = true , include = false }, } if spec then if type(spec) == 'number' then count = floor(spec + 0.5) if count < 0 then count = -count operation = ops['<'] end elseif type(spec) == 'string' then local num, day, op = spec:match('^%s*(%d*)%s*(%a*)%s*([<>=]*)%s*$') if not num then return list end if num ~= '' then count = tonumber(num) end if day ~= '' then local dow = day_number(day:gsub('[sS]$', '')) -- accept plural days if not dow then return list end offset = dow - date.dow end operation = ops[op] else return list end end offset = offset or 0 operation = operation or ops['>'] local datefrom, dayfirst, daylast if operation.before then if offset > 0 or (offset == 0 and not operation.include) then offset = offset - 7 end if count then if count > 1 then offset = offset - 7*(count - 1) end datefrom = date + offset else daylast = date.day + offset dayfirst = daylast % 7 if dayfirst == 0 then dayfirst = 7 end end else if offset < 0 or (offset == 0 and not operation.include) then offset = offset + 7 end if count then datefrom = date + offset else dayfirst = date.day + offset daylast = date.monthdays end end if not count then if daylast < dayfirst then return list end count = floor((daylast - dayfirst)/7) + 1 datefrom = Date(date, {day = dayfirst}) end for i = 1, count do if not datefrom then break end -- exceeds date limits list[i] = datefrom datefrom = datefrom + 7 end return list end -- Cache the current date/time (UTC). -- -- Note that os.date() returns an empty object with optimized lazy getters for each field. -- Avoid current.min or current.sec in articles! https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T416616 -- -- Beware that while os.date() uses 'min' and 'sec', our Date() uses 'minute' and 'second'. local current = os.date('!*t') local function extract_date(newdate, text) -- Parse the date/time in text and return n, o where -- n = table of numbers with date/time fields -- o = table of options for AM/PM or AD/BC or format, if any -- or return nothing if date is known to be invalid. -- Caller determines if the values in n are valid. -- A year must be positive ('1' to '9999'); use 'BC' for BC. -- In a y-m-d string, the year must be four digits to avoid ambiguity -- ('0001' to '9999'). The only way to enter year <= 0 is by specifying -- the date as three numeric parameters like ymd Date(-1, 1, 1). -- Dates of form d/m/y, m/d/y, y/m/d are rejected as potentially ambiguous. local date, options = {}, {} if text:sub(-1) == 'Z' then -- Extract date/time from a Wikidata timestamp. -- The year can be 1 to 16 digits but this module handles 1 to 4 digits only. -- Examples: '+2016-06-21T14:30:00Z', '-0000000180-00-00T00:00:00Z'. local sign, y, m, d, H, M, S = text:match('^([+%-])(%d+)%-(%d%d)%-(%d%d)T(%d%d):(%d%d):(%d%d)Z$') if sign then y = tonumber(y) if sign == '-' and y > 0 then y = -y end if y <= 0 then options.era = 'BCE' end date.year = y m = tonumber(m) d = tonumber(d) H = tonumber(H) M = tonumber(M) S = tonumber(S) if m == 0 then newdate.partial = true return date, options end date.month = m if d == 0 then newdate.partial = true return date, options end date.day = d if H > 0 or M > 0 or S > 0 then date.hour = H date.minute = M date.second = S end return date, options end return end local function extract_ymd(item) -- Called when no day or month has been set. local y, m, d = item:match('^(%d%d%d%d)%-(%w+)%-(%d%d?)$') if y then if date.year then return end if m:match('^%d%d?$') then m = tonumber(m) else m = month_number(m) end if m then date.year = tonumber(y) date.month = m date.day = tonumber(d) return true end end end local function extract_day_or_year(item) -- Called when a day would be valid, or -- when a year would be valid if no year has been set and partial is set. local number, suffix = item:match('^(%d%d?%d?%d?)(.*)$') if number then local n = tonumber(number) if #number <= 2 and n <= 31 then suffix = suffix:lower() if suffix == '' or suffix == 'st' or suffix == 'nd' or suffix == 'rd' or suffix == 'th' then date.day = n return true end elseif suffix == '' and newdate.partial and not date.year then date.year = n return true end end end local function extract_month(item) -- A month must be given as a name or abbreviation; a number could be ambiguous. local m = month_number(item) if m then date.month = m return true end end local function extract_time(item) local h, m, s = item:match('^(%d%d?):(%d%d)(:?%d*)$') if date.hour or not h then return end if s ~= '' then s = s:match('^:(%d%d)$') if not s then return end end date.hour = tonumber(h) date.minute = tonumber(m) date.second = tonumber(s) -- nil if empty string return true end local item_count = 0 local index_time local function set_ampm(item) local H = date.hour if H and not options.am and index_time + 1 == item_count then options.am = ampm_options[item] -- caller checked this is not nil if item:match('^[Aa]') then if not (1 <= H and H <= 12) then return end if H == 12 then date.hour = 0 end else if not (1 <= H and H <= 23) then return end if H <= 11 then date.hour = H + 12 end end return true end end for item in text:gsub(',', ' '):gsub('&nbsp;', ' '):gmatch('%S+') do item_count = item_count + 1 if era_text[item] then -- Era is accepted in peculiar places. if options.era then return end options.era = item elseif ampm_options[item] then if not set_ampm(item) then return end elseif item:find(':', 1, true) then if not extract_time(item) then return end index_time = item_count elseif date.day and date.month then if date.year then return -- should be nothing more so item is invalid end if not item:match('^(%d%d?%d?%d?)$') then return end date.year = tonumber(item) elseif date.day then if not extract_month(item) then return end elseif date.month then if not extract_day_or_year(item) then return end elseif extract_month(item) then options.format = 'mdy' elseif extract_ymd(item) then options.format = 'ymd' elseif extract_day_or_year(item) then if date.day then options.format = 'dmy' end else return end end if not date.year or date.year == 0 then return end local era = era_text[options.era] if era and era.isbc then date.year = 1 - date.year end return date, options end local function autofill(date1, date2) -- Fill any missing month or day in each date using the -- corresponding component from the other date, if present, -- or with 1 if both dates are missing the month or day. -- This gives a good result for calculating the difference -- between two partial dates when no range is wanted. -- Return filled date1, date2 (two full dates). local function filled(a, b) -- Return date a filled, if necessary, with month and/or day from date b. -- The filled day is truncated to fit the number of days in the month. local fillmonth, fillday if not a.month then fillmonth = b.month or 1 end if not a.day then fillday = b.day or 1 end if fillmonth or fillday then -- need to create a new date a = Date(a, { month = fillmonth, day = math.min(fillday or a.day, days_in_month(a.year, fillmonth or a.month, a.calendar)) }) end return a end return filled(date1, date2), filled(date2, date1) end local function date_add_sub(lhs, rhs, is_sub) -- Return a new date from calculating (lhs + rhs) or (lhs - rhs), -- or return nothing if invalid. -- The result is nil if the calculated date exceeds allowable limits. -- Caller ensures that lhs is a date; its properties are copied for the new date. if lhs.partial then -- Adding to a partial is not supported. -- Can subtract a date or partial from a partial, but this is not called for that. return end local function is_prefix(text, word, minlen) local n = #text return (minlen or 1) <= n and n <= #word and text == word:sub(1, n) end local function do_days(n) local forcetime, jd if floor(n) == n then jd = lhs.jd else forcetime = not lhs.hastime jd = lhs.jdz end jd = jd + (is_sub and -n or n) if forcetime then jd = tostring(jd) if not jd:find('.', 1, true) then jd = jd .. '.0' end end return Date(lhs, 'juliandate', jd) end if type(rhs) == 'number' then -- Add/subtract days, including fractional days. return do_days(rhs) end if type(rhs) == 'string' then -- rhs is a single component like '26m' or '26 months' (with optional sign). -- Fractions like '3.25d' are accepted for the units which are handled as days. local sign, numstr, id = rhs:match('^%s*([+-]?)([%d%.]+)%s*(%a+)$') if sign then if sign == '-' then is_sub = not (is_sub and true or false) end local y, m, days local num = tonumber(numstr) if not num then return end id = id:lower() if is_prefix(id, 'years') then y = num m = 0 elseif is_prefix(id, 'months') then y = floor(num / 12) m = num % 12 elseif is_prefix(id, 'weeks') then days = num * 7 elseif is_prefix(id, 'days') then days = num elseif is_prefix(id, 'hours') then days = num / 24 elseif is_prefix(id, 'minutes', 3) then days = num / (24 * 60) elseif is_prefix(id, 'seconds') then days = num / (24 * 3600) else return end if days then return do_days(days) end if numstr:find('.', 1, true) then return end if is_sub then y = -y m = -m end assert(-11 <= m and m <= 11) y = lhs.year + y m = lhs.month + m if m > 12 then y = y + 1 m = m - 12 elseif m < 1 then y = y - 1 m = m + 12 end local d = math.min(lhs.day, days_in_month(y, m, lhs.calendar)) return Date(lhs, y, m, d) end end if is_diff(rhs) then local days = rhs.age_days if (is_sub or false) ~= (rhs.isnegative or false) then days = -days end return lhs + days end end local full_date_only = { dayabbr = true, dayname = true, dow = true, dayofweek = true, dowiso = true, dayofweekiso = true, dayofyear = true, gsd = true, juliandate = true, jd = true, jdz = true, jdnoon = true, } -- Metatable for a date's calculated fields. local datemt = { __index = function (self, key) if rawget(self, 'partial') then if full_date_only[key] then return end if key == 'monthabbr' or key == 'monthdays' or key == 'monthname' then if not self.month then return end end end local value if key == 'dayabbr' then value = day_info[self.dow][1] elseif key == 'dayname' then value = day_info[self.dow][2] elseif key == 'dow' then value = (self.jdnoon + 1) % 7 -- day-of-week 0=Sun to 6=Sat elseif key == 'dayofweek' then value = self.dow elseif key == 'dowiso' then value = (self.jdnoon % 7) + 1 -- ISO day-of-week 1=Mon to 7=Sun elseif key == 'dayofweekiso' then value = self.dowiso elseif key == 'dayofyear' then local first = Date(self.year, 1, 1, self.calendar).jdnoon value = self.jdnoon - first + 1 -- day-of-year 1 to 366 elseif key == 'era' then -- Era text (never a negative sign) from year and options. value = get_era_for_year(self.options.era, self.year) elseif key == 'format' then value = self.options.format or 'dmy' elseif key == 'gsd' then -- GSD = 1 from 00:00:00 to 23:59:59 on 1 January 1 AD Gregorian calendar, -- which is from jd 1721425.5 to 1721426.49999. value = floor(self.jd - 1721424.5) elseif key == 'juliandate' or key == 'jd' or key == 'jdz' then local jd, jdz = julian_date(self) rawset(self, 'juliandate', jd) rawset(self, 'jd', jd) rawset(self, 'jdz', jdz) return key == 'jdz' and jdz or jd elseif key == 'jdnoon' then -- Julian date at noon (an integer) on the calendar day when jd occurs. value = floor(self.jd + 0.5) elseif key == 'isleapyear' then value = is_leap_year(self.year, self.calendar) elseif key == 'monthabbr' then value = month_info[self.month][1] elseif key == 'monthdays' then value = days_in_month(self.year, self.month, self.calendar) elseif key == 'monthname' then value = month_info[self.month][2] end if value ~= nil then rawset(self, key, value) return value end end, } -- Date operators. local function mt_date_add(lhs, rhs) if not is_date(lhs) then lhs, rhs = rhs, lhs -- put date on left (it must be a date for this to have been called) end return date_add_sub(lhs, rhs) end local function mt_date_sub(lhs, rhs) if is_date(lhs) then if is_date(rhs) then return DateDiff(lhs, rhs) end return date_add_sub(lhs, rhs, true) end end local function mt_date_concat(lhs, rhs) return tostring(lhs) .. tostring(rhs) end local function mt_date_tostring(self) return self:text() end local function mt_date_eq(lhs, rhs) -- Return true if dates identify same date/time where, for example, -- Date(-4712, 1, 1, 'Julian') == Date(-4713, 11, 24, 'Gregorian') is true. -- This is called only if lhs and rhs have the same type and the same metamethod. if lhs.partial or rhs.partial then -- One date is partial; the other is a partial or a full date. -- The months may both be nil, but must be the same. return lhs.year == rhs.year and lhs.month == rhs.month and lhs.calendar == rhs.calendar end return lhs.jdz == rhs.jdz end local function mt_date_lt(lhs, rhs) -- Return true if lhs < rhs, for example, -- Date('1 Jan 2016') < Date('06:00 1 Jan 2016') is true. -- This is called only if lhs and rhs have the same type and the same metamethod. if lhs.partial or rhs.partial then -- One date is partial; the other is a partial or a full date. if lhs.calendar ~= rhs.calendar then return lhs.calendar == 'Julian' end if lhs.partial then lhs = lhs.partial.first end if rhs.partial then rhs = rhs.partial.first end end return lhs.jdz < rhs.jdz end --[[ Examples of syntax to construct a date: Date(y, m, d, 'julian') default calendar is 'gregorian' Date(y, m, d, H, M, S, 'julian') Date('juliandate', jd, 'julian') if jd contains "." text output includes H:M:S Date('currentdate') Date('currentdatetime') Date('1 April 1995', 'julian') parse date from text Date('1 April 1995 AD', 'julian') using an era sets a flag to do the same for output Date('04:30:59 1 April 1995', 'julian') Date(date) copy of an existing date Date(date, t) same, updated with y,m,d,H,M,S fields from table t Date(t) date with y,m,d,H,M,S fields from table t ]] function Date(...) -- for forward declaration above -- Return a table holding a date assuming a uniform calendar always applies -- (proleptic Gregorian calendar or proleptic Julian calendar), or -- return nothing if date is invalid. -- A partial date has a valid year, however its month may be nil, and -- its day and time fields are nil. -- Field partial is set to false (if a full date) or a table (if a partial date). local calendars = { julian = 'Julian', gregorian = 'Gregorian' } local newdate = { _id = uniq, calendar = 'Gregorian', -- default is Gregorian calendar hastime = false, -- true if input sets a time hour = 0, -- always set hour/minute/second so don't have to handle nil minute = 0, second = 0, options = {}, list = _date_list, subtract = function (self, rhs, options) return DateDiff(self, rhs, options) end, text = _date_text, } local argtype, datetext, is_copy, jd_number, tnums local numindex = 0 local numfields = { 'year', 'month', 'day', 'hour', 'minute', 'second' } local numbers = {} for _, v in ipairs({...}) do v = strip_to_nil(v) local vlower = type(v) == 'string' and v:lower() or nil if v == nil then -- Ignore empty arguments after stripping so modules can directly pass template parameters. elseif calendars[vlower] then newdate.calendar = calendars[vlower] elseif vlower == 'partial' then newdate.partial = true elseif vlower == 'fix' then newdate.want_fix = true elseif is_date(v) then -- Copy existing date (items can be overridden by other arguments). if is_copy or tnums then return end is_copy = true newdate.calendar = v.calendar newdate.partial = v.partial newdate.hastime = v.hastime newdate.options = v.options newdate.year = v.year newdate.month = v.month newdate.day = v.day newdate.hour = v.hour newdate.minute = v.minute newdate.second = v.second elseif type(v) == 'table' then if tnums then return end tnums = {} local tfields = { year=1, month=1, day=1, hour=2, minute=2, second=2 } for tk, tv in pairs(v) do if tfields[tk] then tnums[tk] = tonumber(tv) end if tfields[tk] == 2 then newdate.hastime = true end end else local num = tonumber(v) if not num and argtype == 'setdate' and numindex == 1 then num = month_number(v) end if num then if not argtype then argtype = 'setdate' end if argtype == 'setdate' and numindex < 6 then numindex = numindex + 1 numbers[numfields[numindex]] = num elseif argtype == 'juliandate' and not jd_number then jd_number = num if type(v) == 'string' then if v:find('.', 1, true) then newdate.hastime = true end elseif num ~= floor(num) then -- The given value was a number. The time will be used -- if the fractional part is nonzero. newdate.hastime = true end else return end elseif argtype then return elseif type(v) == 'string' then if v == 'currentdate' or v == 'currentdatetime' or v == 'juliandate' then argtype = v else argtype = 'datetext' datetext = v end else return end end end if argtype == 'datetext' then if tnums or not set_date_from_numbers(newdate, extract_date(newdate, datetext)) then return end elseif argtype == 'juliandate' then newdate.partial = nil newdate.jd = jd_number if not set_date_from_jd(newdate) then return end elseif argtype == 'currentdate' or argtype == 'currentdatetime' then newdate.partial = nil newdate.year = current.year newdate.month = current.month newdate.day = current.day if argtype == 'currentdatetime' then newdate.hour = current.hour newdate.minute = current.min newdate.second = current.sec newdate.hastime = true end newdate.calendar = 'Gregorian' -- ignore any given calendar name elseif argtype == 'setdate' then if tnums or not set_date_from_numbers(newdate, numbers) then return end elseif not (is_copy or tnums) then return end if tnums then newdate.jd = nil -- force recalculation in case jd was set before changes from tnums if not set_date_from_numbers(newdate, tnums) then return end end if newdate.partial then local year = newdate.year local month = newdate.month local first = Date(year, month or 1, 1, newdate.calendar) month = month or 12 local last = Date(year, month, days_in_month(year, month), newdate.calendar) newdate.partial = { first = first, last = last } else newdate.partial = false -- avoid index lookup end setmetatable(newdate, datemt) local readonly = {} local mt = { __index = newdate, __newindex = function(t, k, v) error('date.' .. tostring(k) .. ' is read-only', 2) end, __add = mt_date_add, __sub = mt_date_sub, __concat = mt_date_concat, __tostring = mt_date_tostring, __eq = mt_date_eq, __lt = mt_date_lt, } return setmetatable(readonly, mt) end local function _diff_age(diff, code, options) -- Return a tuple of integer values from diff as specified by code, except that -- each integer may be a list of two integers for a diff with a partial date, or -- return nil if the code is not supported. -- If want round, the least significant unit is rounded to nearest whole unit. -- For a duration, an extra day is added. local wantround, wantduration, wantrange if type(options) == 'table' then wantround = options.round wantduration = options.duration wantrange = options.range else wantround = options end if not is_diff(diff) then local f = wantduration and 'duration' or 'age' error(f .. ': need a date difference (use "diff:' .. f .. '()" with a colon)', 2) end if diff.partial then -- Ignore wantround, wantduration. local function choose(v) if type(v) == 'table' then if not wantrange or v[1] == v[2] then -- Example: Date('partial', 2005) - Date('partial', 2001) gives -- diff.years = { 3, 4 } to show the range of possible results. -- If do not want a range, choose the second value as more expected. return v[2] end end return v end if code == 'ym' or code == 'ymd' then if not wantrange and diff.iszero then -- This avoids an unexpected result such as -- Date('partial', 2001) - Date('partial', 2001) -- giving diff = { years = 0, months = { 0, 11 } } -- which would be reported as 0 years and 11 months. return 0, 0 end return choose(diff.partial.years), choose(diff.partial.months) end if code == 'y' then return choose(diff.partial.years) end if code == 'm' or code == 'w' or code == 'd' then return choose({ diff.partial.mindiff:age(code), diff.partial.maxdiff:age(code) }) end return nil end local extra_days = wantduration and 1 or 0 if code == 'wd' or code == 'w' or code == 'd' then local offset = wantround and 0.5 or 0 local days = diff.age_days + extra_days if code == 'wd' or code == 'd' then days = floor(days + offset) if code == 'd' then return days end return floor(days/7), days % 7 end return floor(days/7 + offset) end local H, M, S = diff.hours, diff.minutes, diff.seconds if code == 'dh' or code == 'dhm' or code == 'dhms' or code == 'h' or code == 'hm' or code == 'hms' or code == 'M' or code == 's' then local days = floor(diff.age_days + extra_days) local inc_hour if wantround then if code == 'dh' or code == 'h' then if M >= 30 then inc_hour = true end elseif code == 'dhm' or code == 'hm' then if S >= 30 then M = M + 1 if M >= 60 then M = 0 inc_hour = true end end elseif code == 'M' then if S >= 30 then M = M + 1 end else -- Nothing needed because S is an integer. end if inc_hour then H = H + 1 if H >= 24 then H = 0 days = days + 1 end end end if code == 'dh' or code == 'dhm' or code == 'dhms' then if code == 'dh' then return days, H elseif code == 'dhm' then return days, H, M else return days, H, M, S end end local hours = days * 24 + H if code == 'h' then return hours elseif code == 'hm' then return hours, M elseif code == 'M' or code == 's' then M = hours * 60 + M if code == 'M' then return M end return M * 60 + S end return hours, M, S end if wantround then local inc_hour if code == 'ymdh' or code == 'ymwdh' then if M >= 30 then inc_hour = true end elseif code == 'ymdhm' or code == 'ymwdhm' then if S >= 30 then M = M + 1 if M >= 60 then M = 0 inc_hour = true end end elseif code == 'ymd' or code == 'ymwd' or code == 'yd' or code == 'md' then if H >= 12 then extra_days = extra_days + 1 end end if inc_hour then H = H + 1 if H >= 24 then H = 0 extra_days = extra_days + 1 end end end local y, m, d = diff.years, diff.months, diff.days if extra_days > 0 then d = d + extra_days if d > 28 or code == 'yd' then -- Recalculate in case have passed a month. diff = diff.date1 + extra_days - diff.date2 y, m, d = diff.years, diff.months, diff.days end end if code == 'ymd' then return y, m, d elseif code == 'yd' then if y > 0 then -- It is known that diff.date1 > diff.date2. diff = diff.date1 - (diff.date2 + (y .. 'y')) end return y, floor(diff.age_days) elseif code == 'md' then return y * 12 + m, d elseif code == 'ym' or code == 'm' then if wantround then if d >= 16 then m = m + 1 if m >= 12 then m = 0 y = y + 1 end end end if code == 'ym' then return y, m end return y * 12 + m elseif code == 'ymw' then local weeks = floor(d/7) if wantround then local days = d % 7 if days > 3 or (days == 3 and H >= 12) then weeks = weeks + 1 end end return y, m, weeks elseif code == 'ymwd' then return y, m, floor(d/7), d % 7 elseif code == 'ymdh' then return y, m, d, H elseif code == 'ymwdh' then return y, m, floor(d/7), d % 7, H elseif code == 'ymdhm' then return y, m, d, H, M elseif code == 'ymwdhm' then return y, m, floor(d/7), d % 7, H, M end if code == 'y' then if wantround and m >= 6 then y = y + 1 end return y end return nil end local function _diff_duration(diff, code, options) if type(options) ~= 'table' then options = { round = options } end options.duration = true return _diff_age(diff, code, options) end -- Metatable for some operations on date differences. diffmt = { -- for forward declaration above __concat = function (lhs, rhs) return tostring(lhs) .. tostring(rhs) end, __tostring = function (self) return tostring(self.age_days) end, __index = function (self, key) local value if key == 'age_days' then if rawget(self, 'partial') then local function jdz(date) return (date.partial and date.partial.first or date).jdz end value = jdz(self.date1) - jdz(self.date2) else value = self.date1.jdz - self.date2.jdz end end if value ~= nil then rawset(self, key, value) return value end end, } function DateDiff(date1, date2, options) -- for forward declaration above -- Return a table with the difference between two dates (date1 - date2). -- The difference is negative if date1 is older than date2. -- Return nothing if invalid. -- If d = date1 - date2 then -- date1 = date2 + d -- If date1 >= date2 and the dates have no H:M:S time specified then -- date1 = date2 + (d.years..'y') + (d.months..'m') + d.days -- where the larger time units are added first. -- The result of Date(2015,1,x) + '1m' is Date(2015,2,28) for -- x = 28, 29, 30, 31. That means, for example, -- d = Date(2015,3,3) - Date(2015,1,31) -- gives d.years, d.months, d.days = 0, 1, 3 (excluding date1). if not (is_date(date1) and is_date(date2) and date1.calendar == date2.calendar) then return end local wantfill if type(options) == 'table' then wantfill = options.fill end local isnegative = false local iszero = false if date1 < date2 then isnegative = true date1, date2 = date2, date1 elseif date1 == date2 then iszero = true end -- It is known that date1 >= date2 (period is from date2 to date1). if date1.partial or date2.partial then -- Two partial dates might have timelines: ---------------------A=================B--- date1 is from A to B inclusive --------C=======D-------------------------- date2 is from C to D inclusive -- date1 > date2 iff A > C (date1.partial.first > date2.partial.first) -- The periods can overlap ('April 2001' - '2001'): -------------A===B------------------------- A=2001-04-01 B=2001-04-30 --------C=====================D------------ C=2001-01-01 D=2001-12-31 if wantfill then date1, date2 = autofill(date1, date2) else local function zdiff(date1, date2) local diff = date1 - date2 if diff.isnegative then return date1 - date1 -- a valid diff in case we call its methods end return diff end local function getdate(date, which) return date.partial and date.partial[which] or date end local maxdiff = zdiff(getdate(date1, 'last'), getdate(date2, 'first')) local mindiff = zdiff(getdate(date1, 'first'), getdate(date2, 'last')) local years, months if maxdiff.years == mindiff.years then years = maxdiff.years if maxdiff.months == mindiff.months then months = maxdiff.months else months = { mindiff.months, maxdiff.months } end else years = { mindiff.years, maxdiff.years } end return setmetatable({ date1 = date1, date2 = date2, partial = { years = years, months = months, maxdiff = maxdiff, mindiff = mindiff, }, isnegative = isnegative, iszero = iszero, age = _diff_age, duration = _diff_duration, }, diffmt) end end local y1, m1 = date1.year, date1.month local y2, m2 = date2.year, date2.month local years = y1 - y2 local months = m1 - m2 local d1 = date1.day + hms(date1) local d2 = date2.day + hms(date2) local days, time if d1 >= d2 then days = d1 - d2 else months = months - 1 -- Get days in previous month (before the "to" date) given December has 31 days. local dpm = m1 > 1 and days_in_month(y1, m1 - 1, date1.calendar) or 31 if d2 >= dpm then days = d1 - hms(date2) else days = dpm - d2 + d1 end end if months < 0 then years = years - 1 months = months + 12 end days, time = math.modf(days) local H, M, S = h_m_s(time) return setmetatable({ date1 = date1, date2 = date2, partial = false, -- avoid index lookup years = years, months = months, days = days, hours = H, minutes = M, seconds = S, isnegative = isnegative, iszero = iszero, age = _diff_age, duration = _diff_duration, }, diffmt) end return { _current = current, _Date = Date, _days_in_month = days_in_month, } p4lffcwq8w4s1hro04tf52ddm3itw32 266047 265078 2026-07-18T15:28:53Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:Date]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 265078 Scribunto text/plain -- Date functions for use by other modules. -- I18N and time zones are not supported. local MINUS = '−' -- Unicode U+2212 MINUS SIGN local floor = math.floor local Date, DateDiff, diffmt -- forward declarations local uniq = { 'unique identifier' } local function is_date(t) -- The system used to make a date read-only means there is no unique -- metatable that is conveniently accessible to check. return type(t) == 'table' and t._id == uniq end local function is_diff(t) return type(t) == 'table' and getmetatable(t) == diffmt end local function _list_join(list, sep) return table.concat(list, sep) end local function collection() -- Return a table to hold items. return { n = 0, add = function (self, item) self.n = self.n + 1 self[self.n] = item end, join = _list_join, } end local function strip_to_nil(text) -- If text is a string, return its trimmed content, or nil if empty. -- Otherwise return text (convenient when Date fields are provided from -- another module which may pass a string, a number, or another type). if type(text) == 'string' then text = text:match('(%S.-)%s*$') end return text end local function is_leap_year(year, calname) -- Return true if year is a leap year. if calname == 'Julian' then return year % 4 == 0 end return (year % 4 == 0 and year % 100 ~= 0) or year % 400 == 0 end local function days_in_month(year, month, calname) -- Return number of days (1..31) in given month (1..12). if month == 2 and is_leap_year(year, calname) then return 29 end return ({ 31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31 })[month] end local function h_m_s(time) -- Return hour, minute, second extracted from fraction of a day. time = floor(time * 24 * 3600 + 0.5) -- number of seconds local second = time % 60 time = floor(time / 60) return floor(time / 60), time % 60, second end local function hms(date) -- Return fraction of a day from date's time, where (0 <= fraction < 1) -- if the values are valid, but could be anything if outside range. return (date.hour + (date.minute + date.second / 60) / 60) / 24 end local function julian_date(date) -- Return jd, jdz from a Julian or Gregorian calendar date where -- jd = Julian date and its fractional part is zero at noon -- jdz = same, but assume time is 00:00:00 if no time given -- http://www.tondering.dk/claus/cal/julperiod.php#formula -- Testing shows this works for all dates from year -9999 to 9999! -- JDN 0 is the 24-hour period starting at noon UTC on Monday -- 1 January 4713 BC = (-4712, 1, 1) Julian calendar -- 24 November 4714 BC = (-4713, 11, 24) Gregorian calendar local offset local a = floor((14 - date.month)/12) local y = date.year + 4800 - a if date.calendar == 'Julian' then offset = floor(y/4) - 32083 else offset = floor(y/4) - floor(y/100) + floor(y/400) - 32045 end local m = date.month + 12*a - 3 local jd = date.day + floor((153*m + 2)/5) + 365*y + offset if date.hastime then jd = jd + hms(date) - 0.5 return jd, jd end return jd, jd - 0.5 end local function set_date_from_jd(date) -- Set the fields of table date from its Julian date field. -- Return true if date is valid. -- http://www.tondering.dk/claus/cal/julperiod.php#formula -- This handles the proleptic Julian and Gregorian calendars. -- Negative Julian dates are not defined but they work. local calname = date.calendar local low, high -- min/max limits for date ranges −9999-01-01 to 9999-12-31 if calname == 'Gregorian' then low, high = -1930999.5, 5373484.49999 elseif calname == 'Julian' then low, high = -1931076.5, 5373557.49999 else return end local jd = date.jd if not (type(jd) == 'number' and low <= jd and jd <= high) then return end local jdn = floor(jd) if date.hastime then local time = jd - jdn -- 0 <= time < 1 if time >= 0.5 then -- if at or after midnight of next day jdn = jdn + 1 time = time - 0.5 else time = time + 0.5 end date.hour, date.minute, date.second = h_m_s(time) else date.second = 0 date.minute = 0 date.hour = 0 end local b, c if calname == 'Julian' then b = 0 c = jdn + 32082 else -- Gregorian local a = jdn + 32044 b = floor((4*a + 3)/146097) c = a - floor(146097*b/4) end local d = floor((4*c + 3)/1461) local e = c - floor(1461*d/4) local m = floor((5*e + 2)/153) date.day = e - floor((153*m + 2)/5) + 1 date.month = m + 3 - 12*floor(m/10) date.year = 100*b + d - 4800 + floor(m/10) return true end local function fix_numbers(numbers, y, m, d, H, M, S, partial, hastime, calendar) -- Put the result of normalizing the given values in table numbers. -- The result will have valid m, d values if y is valid; caller checks y. -- The logic of PHP mktime is followed where m or d can be zero to mean -- the previous unit, and -1 is the one before that, etc. -- Positive values carry forward. local date if not (1 <= m and m <= 12) then date = Date(y, 1, 1) if not date then return end date = date + ((m - 1) .. 'm') y, m = date.year, date.month end local days_hms if not partial then if hastime and H and M and S then if not (0 <= H and H <= 23 and 0 <= M and M <= 59 and 0 <= S and S <= 59) then days_hms = hms({ hour = H, minute = M, second = S }) end end if days_hms or not (1 <= d and d <= days_in_month(y, m, calendar)) then date = date or Date(y, m, 1) if not date then return end date = date + (d - 1 + (days_hms or 0)) y, m, d = date.year, date.month, date.day if days_hms then H, M, S = date.hour, date.minute, date.second end end end numbers.year = y numbers.month = m numbers.day = d if days_hms then -- Don't set H unless it was valid because a valid H will set hastime. numbers.hour = H numbers.minute = M numbers.second = S end end local function set_date_from_numbers(date, numbers, options) -- Set the fields of table date from numeric values. -- Return true if date is valid. if type(numbers) ~= 'table' then return end local y = numbers.year or date.year local m = numbers.month or date.month local d = numbers.day or date.day local H = numbers.hour local M = numbers.minute or date.minute or 0 local S = numbers.second or date.second or 0 local need_fix if y and m and d then date.partial = nil if not (-9999 <= y and y <= 9999 and 1 <= m and m <= 12 and 1 <= d and d <= days_in_month(y, m, date.calendar)) then if not date.want_fix then return end need_fix = true end elseif y and date.partial then if d or not (-9999 <= y and y <= 9999) then return end if m and not (1 <= m and m <= 12) then if not date.want_fix then return end need_fix = true end else return end if date.partial then H = nil -- ignore any time M = nil S = nil else if H then -- It is not possible to set M or S without also setting H. date.hastime = true else H = 0 end if not (0 <= H and H <= 23 and 0 <= M and M <= 59 and 0 <= S and S <= 59) then if date.want_fix then need_fix = true else return end end end date.want_fix = nil if need_fix then fix_numbers(numbers, y, m, d, H, M, S, date.partial, date.hastime, date.calendar) return set_date_from_numbers(date, numbers, options) end date.year = y -- -9999 to 9999 ('n BC' → year = 1 - n) date.month = m -- 1 to 12 (may be nil if partial) date.day = d -- 1 to 31 (* = nil if partial) date.hour = H -- 0 to 59 (*) date.minute = M -- 0 to 59 (*) date.second = S -- 0 to 59 (*) if type(options) == 'table' then for _, k in ipairs({ 'am', 'era', 'format' }) do if options[k] then date.options[k] = options[k] end end end return true end local function make_option_table(options1, options2) -- If options1 is a string, return a table with its settings, or -- if it is a table, use its settings. -- Missing options are set from table options2 or defaults. -- If a default is used, a flag is set so caller knows the value was not intentionally set. -- Valid option settings are: -- am: 'am', 'a.m.', 'AM', 'A.M.' -- 'pm', 'p.m.', 'PM', 'P.M.' (each has same meaning as corresponding item above) -- era: 'BCMINUS', 'BCNEGATIVE', 'BC', 'B.C.', 'BCE', 'B.C.E.', 'AD', 'A.D.', 'CE', 'C.E.' -- Option am = 'am' does not mean the hour is AM; it means 'am' or 'pm' is used, depending on the hour, -- and am = 'pm' has the same meaning. -- Similarly, era = 'BC' means 'BC' is used if year <= 0. -- BCMINUS displays a MINUS if year < 0 and the display format does not include %{era}. -- BCNEGATIVE is similar but displays a hyphen. local result = { bydefault = {} } if type(options1) == 'table' then result.am = options1.am result.era = options1.era elseif type(options1) == 'string' then -- Example: 'am:AM era:BC' or 'am=AM era=BC'. for item in options1:gmatch('%S+') do local lhs, rhs = item:match('^(%w+)[:=](.+)$') if lhs then result[lhs] = rhs end end end options2 = type(options2) == 'table' and options2 or {} local defaults = { am = 'am', era = 'BC' } for k, v in pairs(defaults) do if not result[k] then if options2[k] then result[k] = options2[k] else result[k] = v result.bydefault[k] = true end end end return result end local ampm_options = { -- lhs = input text accepted as an am/pm option -- rhs = code used internally ['am'] = 'am', ['AM'] = 'AM', ['a.m.'] = 'a.m.', ['A.M.'] = 'A.M.', ['pm'] = 'am', -- same as am ['PM'] = 'AM', ['p.m.'] = 'a.m.', ['P.M.'] = 'A.M.', } local era_text = { -- Text for displaying an era with a positive year (after adjusting -- by replacing year with 1 - year if date.year <= 0). -- options.era = { year<=0 , year>0 } ['BCMINUS'] = { 'BC' , '' , isbc = true, sign = MINUS }, ['BCNEGATIVE'] = { 'BC' , '' , isbc = true, sign = '-' }, ['BC'] = { 'BC' , '' , isbc = true }, ['B.C.'] = { 'B.C.' , '' , isbc = true }, ['BCE'] = { 'BCE' , '' , isbc = true }, ['B.C.E.'] = { 'B.C.E.', '' , isbc = true }, ['AD'] = { 'BC' , 'AD' }, ['A.D.'] = { 'B.C.' , 'A.D.' }, ['CE'] = { 'BCE' , 'CE' }, ['C.E.'] = { 'B.C.E.', 'C.E.' }, } local function get_era_for_year(era, year) return (era_text[era] or era_text['BC'])[year > 0 and 2 or 1] or '' end local function strftime(date, format, options) -- Return date formatted as a string using codes similar to those -- in the C strftime library function. local sformat = string.format local shortcuts = { ['%c'] = '%-I:%M %p %-d %B %-Y %{era}', -- date and time: 2:30 pm 1 April 2016 ['%x'] = '%-d %B %-Y %{era}', -- date: 1 April 2016 ['%X'] = '%-I:%M %p', -- time: 2:30 pm } if shortcuts[format] then format = shortcuts[format] end local codes = { a = { field = 'dayabbr' }, A = { field = 'dayname' }, b = { field = 'monthabbr' }, B = { field = 'monthname' }, u = { fmt = '%d' , field = 'dowiso' }, w = { fmt = '%d' , field = 'dow' }, d = { fmt = '%02d', fmt2 = '%d', field = 'day' }, m = { fmt = '%02d', fmt2 = '%d', field = 'month' }, Y = { fmt = '%04d', fmt2 = '%d', field = 'year' }, H = { fmt = '%02d', fmt2 = '%d', field = 'hour' }, M = { fmt = '%02d', fmt2 = '%d', field = 'minute' }, S = { fmt = '%02d', fmt2 = '%d', field = 'second' }, j = { fmt = '%03d', fmt2 = '%d', field = 'dayofyear' }, I = { fmt = '%02d', fmt2 = '%d', field = 'hour', special = 'hour12' }, p = { field = 'hour', special = 'am' }, } options = make_option_table(options, date.options) local amopt = options.am local eraopt = options.era local function replace_code(spaces, modifier, id) local code = codes[id] if code then local fmt = code.fmt if modifier == '-' and code.fmt2 then fmt = code.fmt2 end local value = date[code.field] if not value then return nil -- an undefined field in a partial date end local special = code.special if special then if special == 'hour12' then value = value % 12 value = value == 0 and 12 or value elseif special == 'am' then local ap = ({ ['a.m.'] = { 'a.m.', 'p.m.' }, ['AM'] = { 'AM', 'PM' }, ['A.M.'] = { 'A.M.', 'P.M.' }, })[ampm_options[amopt]] or { 'am', 'pm' } return (spaces == '' and '' or '&nbsp;') .. (value < 12 and ap[1] or ap[2]) end end if code.field == 'year' then local sign = (era_text[eraopt] or {}).sign if not sign or format:find('%{era}', 1, true) then sign = '' if value <= 0 then value = 1 - value end else if value >= 0 then sign = '' else value = -value end end return spaces .. sign .. sformat(fmt, value) end return spaces .. (fmt and sformat(fmt, value) or value) end end local function replace_property(spaces, id) if id == 'era' then -- Special case so can use local era option. local result = get_era_for_year(eraopt, date.year) if result == '' then return '' end return (spaces == '' and '' or '&nbsp;') .. result end local result = date[id] if type(result) == 'string' then return spaces .. result end if type(result) == 'number' then return spaces .. tostring(result) end if type(result) == 'boolean' then return spaces .. (result and '1' or '0') end -- This occurs if id is an undefined field in a partial date, or is the name of a function. return nil end local PERCENT = '\127PERCENT\127' return (format :gsub('%%%%', PERCENT) :gsub('(%s*)%%{(%w+)}', replace_property) :gsub('(%s*)%%(%-?)(%a)', replace_code) :gsub(PERCENT, '%%') ) end local function _date_text(date, fmt, options) -- Return a formatted string representing the given date. if not is_date(date) then error('date:text: need a date (use "date:text()" with a colon)', 2) end if type(fmt) == 'string' and fmt:match('%S') then if fmt:find('%', 1, true) then return strftime(date, fmt, options) end elseif date.partial then fmt = date.month and 'my' or 'y' else fmt = 'dmy' if date.hastime then fmt = (date.second > 0 and 'hms ' or 'hm ') .. fmt end end local function bad_format() -- For consistency with other format processing, return given format -- (or cleaned format if original was not a string) if invalid. return mw.text.nowiki(fmt) end if date.partial then -- Ignore days in standard formats like 'ymd'. if fmt == 'ym' or fmt == 'ymd' then fmt = date.month and '%Y-%m %{era}' or '%Y %{era}' elseif fmt == 'my' or fmt == 'dmy' or fmt == 'mdy' then fmt = date.month and '%B %-Y %{era}' or '%-Y %{era}' elseif fmt == 'y' then fmt = date.month and '%-Y %{era}' or '%-Y %{era}' else return bad_format() end return strftime(date, fmt, options) end local function hm_fmt() local plain = make_option_table(options, date.options).bydefault.am return plain and '%H:%M' or '%-I:%M %p' end local need_time = date.hastime local t = collection() for item in fmt:gmatch('%S+') do local f if item == 'hm' then f = hm_fmt() need_time = false elseif item == 'hms' then f = '%H:%M:%S' need_time = false elseif item == 'ymd' then f = '%Y-%m-%d %{era}' elseif item == 'mdy' then f = '%B %-d, %-Y %{era}' elseif item == 'dmy' then f = '%-d %B %-Y %{era}' else return bad_format() end t:add(f) end fmt = t:join(' ') if need_time then fmt = hm_fmt() .. ' ' .. fmt end return strftime(date, fmt, options) end local day_info = { -- 0=Sun to 6=Sat [0] = { 'Sun', 'Sunday' }, { 'Mon', 'Monday' }, { 'Tue', 'Tuesday' }, { 'Wed', 'Wednesday' }, { 'Thu', 'Thursday' }, { 'Fri', 'Friday' }, { 'Sat', 'Saturday' }, } local month_info = { -- 1=Jan to 12=Dec { 'Jan', 'January' }, { 'Feb', 'February' }, { 'Mar', 'March' }, { 'Apr', 'April' }, { 'May', 'May' }, { 'Jun', 'June' }, { 'Jul', 'July' }, { 'Aug', 'August' }, { 'Sep', 'September' }, { 'Oct', 'October' }, { 'Nov', 'November' }, { 'Dec', 'December' }, } local function name_to_number(text, translate) if type(text) == 'string' then return translate[text:lower()] end end local function day_number(text) return name_to_number(text, { sun = 0, sunday = 0, mon = 1, monday = 1, tue = 2, tuesday = 2, wed = 3, wednesday = 3, thu = 4, thursday = 4, fri = 5, friday = 5, sat = 6, saturday = 6, }) end local function month_number(text) return name_to_number(text, { jan = 1, january = 1, feb = 2, february = 2, mar = 3, march = 3, apr = 4, april = 4, may = 5, jun = 6, june = 6, jul = 7, july = 7, aug = 8, august = 8, sep = 9, september = 9, sept = 9, oct = 10, october = 10, nov = 11, november = 11, dec = 12, december = 12, }) end local function _list_text(list, fmt) -- Return a list of formatted strings from a list of dates. if not type(list) == 'table' then error('date:list:text: need "list:text()" with a colon', 2) end local result = { join = _list_join } for i, date in ipairs(list) do result[i] = date:text(fmt) end return result end local function _date_list(date, spec) -- Return a possibly empty numbered table of dates meeting the specification. -- Dates in the list are in ascending order (oldest date first). -- The spec should be a string of form "<count> <day> <op>" -- where each item is optional and -- count = number of items wanted in list -- day = abbreviation or name such as Mon or Monday -- op = >, >=, <, <= (default is > meaning after date) -- If no count is given, the list is for the specified days in date's month. -- The default day is date's day. -- The spec can also be a positive or negative number: -- -5 is equivalent to '5 <' -- 5 is equivalent to '5' which is '5 >' if not is_date(date) then error('date:list: need a date (use "date:list()" with a colon)', 2) end local list = { text = _list_text } if date.partial then return list end local count, offset, operation local ops = { ['>='] = { before = false, include = true }, ['>'] = { before = false, include = false }, ['<='] = { before = true , include = true }, ['<'] = { before = true , include = false }, } if spec then if type(spec) == 'number' then count = floor(spec + 0.5) if count < 0 then count = -count operation = ops['<'] end elseif type(spec) == 'string' then local num, day, op = spec:match('^%s*(%d*)%s*(%a*)%s*([<>=]*)%s*$') if not num then return list end if num ~= '' then count = tonumber(num) end if day ~= '' then local dow = day_number(day:gsub('[sS]$', '')) -- accept plural days if not dow then return list end offset = dow - date.dow end operation = ops[op] else return list end end offset = offset or 0 operation = operation or ops['>'] local datefrom, dayfirst, daylast if operation.before then if offset > 0 or (offset == 0 and not operation.include) then offset = offset - 7 end if count then if count > 1 then offset = offset - 7*(count - 1) end datefrom = date + offset else daylast = date.day + offset dayfirst = daylast % 7 if dayfirst == 0 then dayfirst = 7 end end else if offset < 0 or (offset == 0 and not operation.include) then offset = offset + 7 end if count then datefrom = date + offset else dayfirst = date.day + offset daylast = date.monthdays end end if not count then if daylast < dayfirst then return list end count = floor((daylast - dayfirst)/7) + 1 datefrom = Date(date, {day = dayfirst}) end for i = 1, count do if not datefrom then break end -- exceeds date limits list[i] = datefrom datefrom = datefrom + 7 end return list end -- Cache the current date/time (UTC). Avoid `current.min` or `current.sec` in articles! -- This returns an empty object with a per-field lazy getter optimization. https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T416616 local current = os.date('!*t') local function extract_date(newdate, text) -- Parse the date/time in text and return n, o where -- n = table of numbers with date/time fields -- o = table of options for AM/PM or AD/BC or format, if any -- or return nothing if date is known to be invalid. -- Caller determines if the values in n are valid. -- A year must be positive ('1' to '9999'); use 'BC' for BC. -- In a y-m-d string, the year must be four digits to avoid ambiguity -- ('0001' to '9999'). The only way to enter year <= 0 is by specifying -- the date as three numeric parameters like ymd Date(-1, 1, 1). -- Dates of form d/m/y, m/d/y, y/m/d are rejected as potentially ambiguous. local date, options = {}, {} if text:sub(-1) == 'Z' then -- Extract date/time from a Wikidata timestamp. -- The year can be 1 to 16 digits but this module handles 1 to 4 digits only. -- Examples: '+2016-06-21T14:30:00Z', '-0000000180-00-00T00:00:00Z'. local sign, y, m, d, H, M, S = text:match('^([+%-])(%d+)%-(%d%d)%-(%d%d)T(%d%d):(%d%d):(%d%d)Z$') if sign then y = tonumber(y) if sign == '-' and y > 0 then y = -y end if y <= 0 then options.era = 'BCE' end date.year = y m = tonumber(m) d = tonumber(d) H = tonumber(H) M = tonumber(M) S = tonumber(S) if m == 0 then newdate.partial = true return date, options end date.month = m if d == 0 then newdate.partial = true return date, options end date.day = d if H > 0 or M > 0 or S > 0 then date.hour = H date.minute = M date.second = S end return date, options end return end local function extract_ymd(item) -- Called when no day or month has been set. local y, m, d = item:match('^(%d%d%d%d)%-(%w+)%-(%d%d?)$') if y then if date.year then return end if m:match('^%d%d?$') then m = tonumber(m) else m = month_number(m) end if m then date.year = tonumber(y) date.month = m date.day = tonumber(d) return true end end end local function extract_day_or_year(item) -- Called when a day would be valid, or -- when a year would be valid if no year has been set and partial is set. local number, suffix = item:match('^(%d%d?%d?%d?)(.*)$') if number then local n = tonumber(number) if #number <= 2 and n <= 31 then suffix = suffix:lower() if suffix == '' or suffix == 'st' or suffix == 'nd' or suffix == 'rd' or suffix == 'th' then date.day = n return true end elseif suffix == '' and newdate.partial and not date.year then date.year = n return true end end end local function extract_month(item) -- A month must be given as a name or abbreviation; a number could be ambiguous. local m = month_number(item) if m then date.month = m return true end end local function extract_time(item) local h, m, s = item:match('^(%d%d?):(%d%d)(:?%d*)$') if date.hour or not h then return end if s ~= '' then s = s:match('^:(%d%d)$') if not s then return end end date.hour = tonumber(h) date.minute = tonumber(m) date.second = tonumber(s) -- nil if empty string return true end local item_count = 0 local index_time local function set_ampm(item) local H = date.hour if H and not options.am and index_time + 1 == item_count then options.am = ampm_options[item] -- caller checked this is not nil if item:match('^[Aa]') then if not (1 <= H and H <= 12) then return end if H == 12 then date.hour = 0 end else if not (1 <= H and H <= 23) then return end if H <= 11 then date.hour = H + 12 end end return true end end for item in text:gsub(',', ' '):gsub('&nbsp;', ' '):gmatch('%S+') do item_count = item_count + 1 if era_text[item] then -- Era is accepted in peculiar places. if options.era then return end options.era = item elseif ampm_options[item] then if not set_ampm(item) then return end elseif item:find(':', 1, true) then if not extract_time(item) then return end index_time = item_count elseif date.day and date.month then if date.year then return -- should be nothing more so item is invalid end if not item:match('^(%d%d?%d?%d?)$') then return end date.year = tonumber(item) elseif date.day then if not extract_month(item) then return end elseif date.month then if not extract_day_or_year(item) then return end elseif extract_month(item) then options.format = 'mdy' elseif extract_ymd(item) then options.format = 'ymd' elseif extract_day_or_year(item) then if date.day then options.format = 'dmy' end else return end end if not date.year or date.year == 0 then return end local era = era_text[options.era] if era and era.isbc then date.year = 1 - date.year end return date, options end local function autofill(date1, date2) -- Fill any missing month or day in each date using the -- corresponding component from the other date, if present, -- or with 1 if both dates are missing the month or day. -- This gives a good result for calculating the difference -- between two partial dates when no range is wanted. -- Return filled date1, date2 (two full dates). local function filled(a, b) local fillmonth, fillday if not a.month then fillmonth = b.month or 1 end if not a.day then fillday = b.day or 1 end if fillmonth or fillday then -- need to create a new date if (fillmonth or a.month) == 2 and (fillday or a.day) == 29 then -- Avoid invalid date, for example with {{age|2013|29 Feb 2016}} or {{age|Feb 2013|29 Jan 2015}}. if not is_leap_year(a.year, a.calendar) then fillday = 28 end end a = Date(a, { month = fillmonth, day = fillday }) end return a end return filled(date1, date2), filled(date2, date1) end local function date_add_sub(lhs, rhs, is_sub) -- Return a new date from calculating (lhs + rhs) or (lhs - rhs), -- or return nothing if invalid. -- The result is nil if the calculated date exceeds allowable limits. -- Caller ensures that lhs is a date; its properties are copied for the new date. if lhs.partial then -- Adding to a partial is not supported. -- Can subtract a date or partial from a partial, but this is not called for that. return end local function is_prefix(text, word, minlen) local n = #text return (minlen or 1) <= n and n <= #word and text == word:sub(1, n) end local function do_days(n) local forcetime, jd if floor(n) == n then jd = lhs.jd else forcetime = not lhs.hastime jd = lhs.jdz end jd = jd + (is_sub and -n or n) if forcetime then jd = tostring(jd) if not jd:find('.', 1, true) then jd = jd .. '.0' end end return Date(lhs, 'juliandate', jd) end if type(rhs) == 'number' then -- Add/subtract days, including fractional days. return do_days(rhs) end if type(rhs) == 'string' then -- rhs is a single component like '26m' or '26 months' (with optional sign). -- Fractions like '3.25d' are accepted for the units which are handled as days. local sign, numstr, id = rhs:match('^%s*([+-]?)([%d%.]+)%s*(%a+)$') if sign then if sign == '-' then is_sub = not (is_sub and true or false) end local y, m, days local num = tonumber(numstr) if not num then return end id = id:lower() if is_prefix(id, 'years') then y = num m = 0 elseif is_prefix(id, 'months') then y = floor(num / 12) m = num % 12 elseif is_prefix(id, 'weeks') then days = num * 7 elseif is_prefix(id, 'days') then days = num elseif is_prefix(id, 'hours') then days = num / 24 elseif is_prefix(id, 'minutes', 3) then days = num / (24 * 60) elseif is_prefix(id, 'seconds') then days = num / (24 * 3600) else return end if days then return do_days(days) end if numstr:find('.', 1, true) then return end if is_sub then y = -y m = -m end assert(-11 <= m and m <= 11) y = lhs.year + y m = lhs.month + m if m > 12 then y = y + 1 m = m - 12 elseif m < 1 then y = y - 1 m = m + 12 end local d = math.min(lhs.day, days_in_month(y, m, lhs.calendar)) return Date(lhs, y, m, d) end end if is_diff(rhs) then local days = rhs.age_days if (is_sub or false) ~= (rhs.isnegative or false) then days = -days end return lhs + days end end local full_date_only = { dayabbr = true, dayname = true, dow = true, dayofweek = true, dowiso = true, dayofweekiso = true, dayofyear = true, gsd = true, juliandate = true, jd = true, jdz = true, jdnoon = true, } -- Metatable for a date's calculated fields. local datemt = { __index = function (self, key) if rawget(self, 'partial') then if full_date_only[key] then return end if key == 'monthabbr' or key == 'monthdays' or key == 'monthname' then if not self.month then return end end end local value if key == 'dayabbr' then value = day_info[self.dow][1] elseif key == 'dayname' then value = day_info[self.dow][2] elseif key == 'dow' then value = (self.jdnoon + 1) % 7 -- day-of-week 0=Sun to 6=Sat elseif key == 'dayofweek' then value = self.dow elseif key == 'dowiso' then value = (self.jdnoon % 7) + 1 -- ISO day-of-week 1=Mon to 7=Sun elseif key == 'dayofweekiso' then value = self.dowiso elseif key == 'dayofyear' then local first = Date(self.year, 1, 1, self.calendar).jdnoon value = self.jdnoon - first + 1 -- day-of-year 1 to 366 elseif key == 'era' then -- Era text (never a negative sign) from year and options. value = get_era_for_year(self.options.era, self.year) elseif key == 'format' then value = self.options.format or 'dmy' elseif key == 'gsd' then -- GSD = 1 from 00:00:00 to 23:59:59 on 1 January 1 AD Gregorian calendar, -- which is from jd 1721425.5 to 1721426.49999. value = floor(self.jd - 1721424.5) elseif key == 'juliandate' or key == 'jd' or key == 'jdz' then local jd, jdz = julian_date(self) rawset(self, 'juliandate', jd) rawset(self, 'jd', jd) rawset(self, 'jdz', jdz) return key == 'jdz' and jdz or jd elseif key == 'jdnoon' then -- Julian date at noon (an integer) on the calendar day when jd occurs. value = floor(self.jd + 0.5) elseif key == 'isleapyear' then value = is_leap_year(self.year, self.calendar) elseif key == 'monthabbr' then value = month_info[self.month][1] elseif key == 'monthdays' then value = days_in_month(self.year, self.month, self.calendar) elseif key == 'monthname' then value = month_info[self.month][2] end if value ~= nil then rawset(self, key, value) return value end end, } -- Date operators. local function mt_date_add(lhs, rhs) if not is_date(lhs) then lhs, rhs = rhs, lhs -- put date on left (it must be a date for this to have been called) end return date_add_sub(lhs, rhs) end local function mt_date_sub(lhs, rhs) if is_date(lhs) then if is_date(rhs) then return DateDiff(lhs, rhs) end return date_add_sub(lhs, rhs, true) end end local function mt_date_concat(lhs, rhs) return tostring(lhs) .. tostring(rhs) end local function mt_date_tostring(self) return self:text() end local function mt_date_eq(lhs, rhs) -- Return true if dates identify same date/time where, for example, -- Date(-4712, 1, 1, 'Julian') == Date(-4713, 11, 24, 'Gregorian') is true. -- This is called only if lhs and rhs have the same type and the same metamethod. if lhs.partial or rhs.partial then -- One date is partial; the other is a partial or a full date. -- The months may both be nil, but must be the same. return lhs.year == rhs.year and lhs.month == rhs.month and lhs.calendar == rhs.calendar end return lhs.jdz == rhs.jdz end local function mt_date_lt(lhs, rhs) -- Return true if lhs < rhs, for example, -- Date('1 Jan 2016') < Date('06:00 1 Jan 2016') is true. -- This is called only if lhs and rhs have the same type and the same metamethod. if lhs.partial or rhs.partial then -- One date is partial; the other is a partial or a full date. if lhs.calendar ~= rhs.calendar then return lhs.calendar == 'Julian' end if lhs.partial then lhs = lhs.partial.first end if rhs.partial then rhs = rhs.partial.first end end return lhs.jdz < rhs.jdz end --[[ Examples of syntax to construct a date: Date(y, m, d, 'julian') default calendar is 'gregorian' Date(y, m, d, H, M, S, 'julian') Date('juliandate', jd, 'julian') if jd contains "." text output includes H:M:S Date('currentdate') Date('currentdatetime') Date('1 April 1995', 'julian') parse date from text Date('1 April 1995 AD', 'julian') using an era sets a flag to do the same for output Date('04:30:59 1 April 1995', 'julian') Date(date) copy of an existing date Date(date, t) same, updated with y,m,d,H,M,S fields from table t Date(t) date with y,m,d,H,M,S fields from table t ]] function Date(...) -- for forward declaration above -- Return a table holding a date assuming a uniform calendar always applies -- (proleptic Gregorian calendar or proleptic Julian calendar), or -- return nothing if date is invalid. -- A partial date has a valid year, however its month may be nil, and -- its day and time fields are nil. -- Field partial is set to false (if a full date) or a table (if a partial date). local calendars = { julian = 'Julian', gregorian = 'Gregorian' } local newdate = { _id = uniq, calendar = 'Gregorian', -- default is Gregorian calendar hastime = false, -- true if input sets a time hour = 0, -- always set hour/minute/second so don't have to handle nil minute = 0, second = 0, options = {}, list = _date_list, subtract = function (self, rhs, options) return DateDiff(self, rhs, options) end, text = _date_text, } local argtype, datetext, is_copy, jd_number, tnums local numindex = 0 local numfields = { 'year', 'month', 'day', 'hour', 'minute', 'second' } local numbers = {} for _, v in ipairs({...}) do v = strip_to_nil(v) local vlower = type(v) == 'string' and v:lower() or nil if v == nil then -- Ignore empty arguments after stripping so modules can directly pass template parameters. elseif calendars[vlower] then newdate.calendar = calendars[vlower] elseif vlower == 'partial' then newdate.partial = true elseif vlower == 'fix' then newdate.want_fix = true elseif is_date(v) then -- Copy existing date (items can be overridden by other arguments). if is_copy or tnums then return end is_copy = true newdate.calendar = v.calendar newdate.partial = v.partial newdate.hastime = v.hastime newdate.options = v.options newdate.year = v.year newdate.month = v.month newdate.day = v.day newdate.hour = v.hour newdate.minute = v.minute newdate.second = v.second elseif type(v) == 'table' then if tnums then return end tnums = {} local tfields = { year=1, month=1, day=1, hour=2, minute=2, second=2 } for tk, tv in pairs(v) do if tfields[tk] then tnums[tk] = tonumber(tv) end if tfields[tk] == 2 then newdate.hastime = true end end else local num = tonumber(v) if not num and argtype == 'setdate' and numindex == 1 then num = month_number(v) end if num then if not argtype then argtype = 'setdate' end if argtype == 'setdate' and numindex < 6 then numindex = numindex + 1 numbers[numfields[numindex]] = num elseif argtype == 'juliandate' and not jd_number then jd_number = num if type(v) == 'string' then if v:find('.', 1, true) then newdate.hastime = true end elseif num ~= floor(num) then -- The given value was a number. The time will be used -- if the fractional part is nonzero. newdate.hastime = true end else return end elseif argtype then return elseif type(v) == 'string' then if v == 'currentdate' or v == 'currentdatetime' or v == 'juliandate' then argtype = v else argtype = 'datetext' datetext = v end else return end end end if argtype == 'datetext' then if tnums or not set_date_from_numbers(newdate, extract_date(newdate, datetext)) then return end elseif argtype == 'juliandate' then newdate.partial = nil newdate.jd = jd_number if not set_date_from_jd(newdate) then return end elseif argtype == 'currentdate' or argtype == 'currentdatetime' then newdate.partial = nil newdate.year = current.year newdate.month = current.month newdate.day = current.day if argtype == 'currentdatetime' then newdate.hour = current.hour newdate.minute = current.min newdate.second = current.sec newdate.hastime = true end newdate.calendar = 'Gregorian' -- ignore any given calendar name elseif argtype == 'setdate' then if tnums or not set_date_from_numbers(newdate, numbers) then return end elseif not (is_copy or tnums) then return end if tnums then newdate.jd = nil -- force recalculation in case jd was set before changes from tnums if not set_date_from_numbers(newdate, tnums) then return end end if newdate.partial then local year = newdate.year local month = newdate.month local first = Date(year, month or 1, 1, newdate.calendar) month = month or 12 local last = Date(year, month, days_in_month(year, month), newdate.calendar) newdate.partial = { first = first, last = last } else newdate.partial = false -- avoid index lookup end setmetatable(newdate, datemt) local readonly = {} local mt = { __index = newdate, __newindex = function(t, k, v) error('date.' .. tostring(k) .. ' is read-only', 2) end, __add = mt_date_add, __sub = mt_date_sub, __concat = mt_date_concat, __tostring = mt_date_tostring, __eq = mt_date_eq, __lt = mt_date_lt, } return setmetatable(readonly, mt) end local function _diff_age(diff, code, options) -- Return a tuple of integer values from diff as specified by code, except that -- each integer may be a list of two integers for a diff with a partial date, or -- return nil if the code is not supported. -- If want round, the least significant unit is rounded to nearest whole unit. -- For a duration, an extra day is added. local wantround, wantduration, wantrange if type(options) == 'table' then wantround = options.round wantduration = options.duration wantrange = options.range else wantround = options end if not is_diff(diff) then local f = wantduration and 'duration' or 'age' error(f .. ': need a date difference (use "diff:' .. f .. '()" with a colon)', 2) end if diff.partial then -- Ignore wantround, wantduration. local function choose(v) if type(v) == 'table' then if not wantrange or v[1] == v[2] then -- Example: Date('partial', 2005) - Date('partial', 2001) gives -- diff.years = { 3, 4 } to show the range of possible results. -- If do not want a range, choose the second value as more expected. return v[2] end end return v end if code == 'ym' or code == 'ymd' then if not wantrange and diff.iszero then -- This avoids an unexpected result such as -- Date('partial', 2001) - Date('partial', 2001) -- giving diff = { years = 0, months = { 0, 11 } } -- which would be reported as 0 years and 11 months. return 0, 0 end return choose(diff.partial.years), choose(diff.partial.months) end if code == 'y' then return choose(diff.partial.years) end if code == 'm' or code == 'w' or code == 'd' then return choose({ diff.partial.mindiff:age(code), diff.partial.maxdiff:age(code) }) end return nil end local extra_days = wantduration and 1 or 0 if code == 'wd' or code == 'w' or code == 'd' then local offset = wantround and 0.5 or 0 local days = diff.age_days + extra_days if code == 'wd' or code == 'd' then days = floor(days + offset) if code == 'd' then return days end return floor(days/7), days % 7 end return floor(days/7 + offset) end local H, M, S = diff.hours, diff.minutes, diff.seconds if code == 'dh' or code == 'dhm' or code == 'dhms' or code == 'h' or code == 'hm' or code == 'hms' then local days = floor(diff.age_days + extra_days) local inc_hour if wantround then if code == 'dh' or code == 'h' then if M >= 30 then inc_hour = true end elseif code == 'dhm' or code == 'hm' then if S >= 30 then M = M + 1 if M >= 60 then M = 0 inc_hour = true end end else -- Nothing needed because S is an integer. end if inc_hour then H = H + 1 if H >= 24 then H = 0 days = days + 1 end end end if code == 'dh' or code == 'dhm' or code == 'dhms' then if code == 'dh' then return days, H elseif code == 'dhm' then return days, H, M else return days, H, M, S end end local hours = days * 24 + H if code == 'h' then return hours elseif code == 'hm' then return hours, M end return hours, M, S end if wantround then local inc_hour if code == 'ymdh' or code == 'ymwdh' then if M >= 30 then inc_hour = true end elseif code == 'ymdhm' or code == 'ymwdhm' then if S >= 30 then M = M + 1 if M >= 60 then M = 0 inc_hour = true end end elseif code == 'ymd' or code == 'ymwd' or code == 'yd' or code == 'md' then if H >= 12 then extra_days = extra_days + 1 end end if inc_hour then H = H + 1 if H >= 24 then H = 0 extra_days = extra_days + 1 end end end local y, m, d = diff.years, diff.months, diff.days if extra_days > 0 then d = d + extra_days if d > 28 or code == 'yd' then -- Recalculate in case have passed a month. diff = diff.date1 + extra_days - diff.date2 y, m, d = diff.years, diff.months, diff.days end end if code == 'ymd' then return y, m, d elseif code == 'yd' then if y > 0 then -- It is known that diff.date1 > diff.date2. diff = diff.date1 - (diff.date2 + (y .. 'y')) end return y, floor(diff.age_days) elseif code == 'md' then return y * 12 + m, d elseif code == 'ym' or code == 'm' then if wantround then if d >= 16 then m = m + 1 if m >= 12 then m = 0 y = y + 1 end end end if code == 'ym' then return y, m end return y * 12 + m elseif code == 'ymw' then local weeks = floor(d/7) if wantround then local days = d % 7 if days > 3 or (days == 3 and H >= 12) then weeks = weeks + 1 end end return y, m, weeks elseif code == 'ymwd' then return y, m, floor(d/7), d % 7 elseif code == 'ymdh' then return y, m, d, H elseif code == 'ymwdh' then return y, m, floor(d/7), d % 7, H elseif code == 'ymdhm' then return y, m, d, H, M elseif code == 'ymwdhm' then return y, m, floor(d/7), d % 7, H, M end if code == 'y' then if wantround and m >= 6 then y = y + 1 end return y end return nil end local function _diff_duration(diff, code, options) if type(options) ~= 'table' then options = { round = options } end options.duration = true return _diff_age(diff, code, options) end -- Metatable for some operations on date differences. diffmt = { -- for forward declaration above __concat = function (lhs, rhs) return tostring(lhs) .. tostring(rhs) end, __tostring = function (self) return tostring(self.age_days) end, __index = function (self, key) local value if key == 'age_days' then if rawget(self, 'partial') then local function jdz(date) return (date.partial and date.partial.first or date).jdz end value = jdz(self.date1) - jdz(self.date2) else value = self.date1.jdz - self.date2.jdz end end if value ~= nil then rawset(self, key, value) return value end end, } function DateDiff(date1, date2, options) -- for forward declaration above -- Return a table with the difference between two dates (date1 - date2). -- The difference is negative if date1 is older than date2. -- Return nothing if invalid. -- If d = date1 - date2 then -- date1 = date2 + d -- If date1 >= date2 and the dates have no H:M:S time specified then -- date1 = date2 + (d.years..'y') + (d.months..'m') + d.days -- where the larger time units are added first. -- The result of Date(2015,1,x) + '1m' is Date(2015,2,28) for -- x = 28, 29, 30, 31. That means, for example, -- d = Date(2015,3,3) - Date(2015,1,31) -- gives d.years, d.months, d.days = 0, 1, 3 (excluding date1). if not (is_date(date1) and is_date(date2) and date1.calendar == date2.calendar) then return end local wantfill if type(options) == 'table' then wantfill = options.fill end local isnegative = false local iszero = false if date1 < date2 then isnegative = true date1, date2 = date2, date1 elseif date1 == date2 then iszero = true end -- It is known that date1 >= date2 (period is from date2 to date1). if date1.partial or date2.partial then -- Two partial dates might have timelines: ---------------------A=================B--- date1 is from A to B inclusive --------C=======D-------------------------- date2 is from C to D inclusive -- date1 > date2 iff A > C (date1.partial.first > date2.partial.first) -- The periods can overlap ('April 2001' - '2001'): -------------A===B------------------------- A=2001-04-01 B=2001-04-30 --------C=====================D------------ C=2001-01-01 D=2001-12-31 if wantfill then date1, date2 = autofill(date1, date2) else local function zdiff(date1, date2) local diff = date1 - date2 if diff.isnegative then return date1 - date1 -- a valid diff in case we call its methods end return diff end local function getdate(date, which) return date.partial and date.partial[which] or date end local maxdiff = zdiff(getdate(date1, 'last'), getdate(date2, 'first')) local mindiff = zdiff(getdate(date1, 'first'), getdate(date2, 'last')) local years, months if maxdiff.years == mindiff.years then years = maxdiff.years if maxdiff.months == mindiff.months then months = maxdiff.months else months = { mindiff.months, maxdiff.months } end else years = { mindiff.years, maxdiff.years } end return setmetatable({ date1 = date1, date2 = date2, partial = { years = years, months = months, maxdiff = maxdiff, mindiff = mindiff, }, isnegative = isnegative, iszero = iszero, age = _diff_age, duration = _diff_duration, }, diffmt) end end local y1, m1 = date1.year, date1.month local y2, m2 = date2.year, date2.month local years = y1 - y2 local months = m1 - m2 local d1 = date1.day + hms(date1) local d2 = date2.day + hms(date2) local days, time if d1 >= d2 then days = d1 - d2 else months = months - 1 -- Get days in previous month (before the "to" date) given December has 31 days. local dpm = m1 > 1 and days_in_month(y1, m1 - 1, date1.calendar) or 31 if d2 >= dpm then days = d1 - hms(date2) else days = dpm - d2 + d1 end end if months < 0 then years = years - 1 months = months + 12 end days, time = math.modf(days) local H, M, S = h_m_s(time) return setmetatable({ date1 = date1, date2 = date2, partial = false, -- avoid index lookup years = years, months = months, days = days, hours = H, minutes = M, seconds = S, isnegative = isnegative, iszero = iszero, age = _diff_age, duration = _diff_duration, }, diffmt) end return { _current = current, _Date = Date, _days_in_month = days_in_month, } 03h7c2m62rkd51ux8d98r041yh7aafi 828 18386 266001 264107 2026-07-12T05:10:42Z en>Ahechtbot 0 [[Wikipedia:BOT|Bot]]: Updated page. 266001 Scribunto text/plain return { ["IAST"] = 6300, ["IA_SCOTUS_URL"] = 3300, ["IBDB_name"] = 9800, ["ICD10"] = 5000, ["ICD9"] = 4400, ["ICS"] = 3500, ["ICS_flag"] = 3500, ["IDN"] = 3800, ["IMDb_episode"] = 11000, ["IMDb_episodes"] = 4100, ["IMDb_name"] = 172000, ["IMDb_title"] = 210000, ["IMO_Number"] = 4400, ["IMSLP"] = 9100, ["INA"] = 2400, ["IND"] = 8600, ["INR"] = 6500, ["INRConvert"] = 6700, ["INRConvert/CurrentRate"] = 6600, ["INRConvert/USD"] = 6600, ["INRConvert/out"] = 6600, ["IOBDB_name"] = 2100, ["IP"] = 2800, ["IPA"] = 181000, ["IPA_audio_link"] = 5000, ["IPA_link"] = 5000, ["IPAblink"] = 2600, ["IPAc-cmn"] = 2800, ["IPAc-en"] = 55000, ["IPAc-pl"] = 51000, ["IPSummary"] = 82000, ["IP_summary"] = 83000, ["IPtalk"] = 18000, ["IPuser"] = 7600, ["IPvandal"] = 2800, ["IRC"] = 7100, ["IRI"] = 2500, ["IRL"] = 6000, ["IRN"] = 4000, ["ISBN"] = 474000, ["ISBN?"] = 2500, ["ISBNT"] = 46000, ["ISBN_missing"] = 3200, ["ISFDB_name"] = 4300, ["ISFDB_title"] = 5100, ["ISL"] = 2300, ["ISO_15924/script-example-character"] = 3100, ["ISO_15924/wp-article"] = 3100, ["ISO_15924/wp-article/format"] = 3100, ["ISO_15924/wp-article/label"] = 3000, ["ISO_3166_code"] = 240000, ["ISO_3166_name"] = 16000, ["ISO_639_name"] = 28000, ["ISP"] = 3700, ["ISR"] = 5400, ["ISSN"] = 12000, ["ISSN_link"] = 32000, ["ISTAT"] = 8100, ["ISU_figure_skater"] = 2300, ["ITA"] = 20000, ["ITF"] = 6800, ["ITF_profile"] = 2600, ["ITIS"] = 5800, ["ITN_talk"] = 13000, ["ITN_talk/date"] = 13000, ["IUCN_banner"] = 15000, ["I_sup"] = 4900, ["Ice_hockey_box"] = 2000, ["Ice_hockey_stats"] = 20000, ["Icehockeystats"] = 11000, ["Icelandic_name"] = 2100, ["Icon"] = 662000, ["If"] = 429000, ["If_all"] = 7700, ["If_autoconfirmed"] = 2200, ["If_between"] = 4800, ["If_both"] = 206000, ["If_dark"] = 4000, ["If_dark/styles.css"] = 4000, ["If_either"] = 41000, ["If_empty"] = 6680000, ["If_first_display_both"] = 122000, ["If_in_category"] = 163000, ["If_in_page"] = 21000, ["If_last_display_both"] = 38000, ["If_mobile"] = 2100, ["If_mobile/styles.css"] = 2300, ["If_preview"] = 65000, ["If_then_show"] = 438000, ["Ifempty"] = 938000, ["Ifeq"] = 83000, ["Iferror_then_show"] = 4000, ["Ifexist_not_redirect"] = 1880000, ["Ifnotempty"] = 18000, ["Ifnoteq_then_show"] = 2300, ["Ifnumber"] = 74000, ["Ifsubst"] = 1020000, ["Ih"] = 8100, ["Ill"] = 215000, ["Illm"] = 6000, ["Image_frame"] = 6200, ["Image_label"] = 4700, ["Image_label_begin"] = 4100, ["Image_label_end"] = 4100, ["Image_label_small"] = 2600, ["Image_needed"] = 4500, ["Image_other"] = 190000, ["Image_requested"] = 137000, ["Image_requested/Category_helper"] = 126000, ["Imbox"] = 995000, ["Imdb_name"] = 5400, ["Imdb_title"] = 2900, ["Importance"] = 15000, ["Importance/colour"] = 30000, ["Importance_mask"] = 618000, ["Improve_categories"] = 7700, ["Improve_documentation"] = 4200, ["Improve_plot"] = 4100, ["In_class"] = 5600, ["In_lang"] = 387000, ["In_progress"] = 3800, ["In_string"] = 304000, ["In_title"] = 29000, ["Inactive_userpage_blanked"] = 4100, ["Inaturalist_taxon"] = 3800, ["Include-USGov"] = 25000, ["Incomplete_list"] = 24000, ["Inconclusive"] = 2300, ["Increase"] = 60000, ["Incumbent_pope"] = 4700, ["Indent"] = 2300, ["Indented_plainlist"] = 2600, ["Independent_sources"] = 10000, ["IndexFungorum"] = 2100, ["Indian_English"] = 4900, ["Indian_railway_code"] = 3500, ["Indian_rupee"] = 12000, ["Inflation"] = 27000, ["Inflation-fn"] = 5800, ["Inflation-year"] = 4300, ["Inflation/IN/startyear"] = 6600, ["Inflation/UK"] = 5500, ["Inflation/UK/dataset"] = 5500, ["Inflation/UK/startyear"] = 5500, ["Inflation/US"] = 16000, ["Inflation/US-GDP"] = 3000, ["Inflation/US-GDP/dataset"] = 3000, ["Inflation/US-GDP/startyear"] = 3000, ["Inflation/US/dataset"] = 16000, ["Inflation/US/startyear"] = 16000, ["Inflation/fn"] = 7500, ["Inflation/year"] = 33000, ["Info"] = 5600, ["Infobox"] = 3420000, ["Infobox/Columns"] = 3200, ["Infobox/mobileviewfix.css"] = 173000, ["Infobox/styles-images.css"] = 20000, ["Infobox3cols"] = 28000, ["Infobox_AFL_biography"] = 15000, ["Infobox_Athletics_Championships"] = 3400, ["Infobox_Australian_place"] = 15000, ["Infobox_Australian_place/styles.css"] = 15000, ["Infobox_Australian_place/table"] = 11000, ["Infobox_COA_wide"] = 3700, ["Infobox_Canada_electoral_district"] = 2600, ["Infobox_Chinese"] = 23000, ["Infobox_Chinese/Chinese"] = 3200, ["Infobox_Chinese/Footer"] = 7200, ["Infobox_Chinese/Header"] = 7200, ["Infobox_Christian_leader"] = 22000, ["Infobox_French_commune"] = 38000, ["Infobox_French_subdivision"] = 2200, ["Infobox_Gaelic_games_biography"] = 5500, ["Infobox_Gaelic_games_player"] = 3300, ["Infobox_German_location"] = 11000, ["Infobox_German_place"] = 14000, ["Infobox_Grand_Prix_race_report"] = 2200, ["Infobox_Greece_place"] = 3600, ["Infobox_Greek_Dimos"] = 3000, ["Infobox_Hindu_temple"] = 2900, ["Infobox_Indian_constituency"] = 5800, ["Infobox_Indian_constituency/defaultdata"] = 5800, ["Infobox_Italian_comune"] = 8100, ["Infobox_Korean"] = 2300, ["Infobox_Korean/auto"] = 14000, ["Infobox_Korean/auto/categories"] = 14000, ["Infobox_Korean/base"] = 2300, ["Infobox_Korean/base/auto"] = 17000, ["Infobox_Korean/categories"] = 2300, ["Infobox_Korean_name"] = 2300, ["Infobox_Korean_name/auto"] = 13000, ["Infobox_Korean_television_name"] = 3400, ["Infobox_NASCAR_driver"] = 2300, ["Infobox_NASCAR_race_report"] = 2700, ["Infobox_NCAA_basketball_conference_tournament"] = 2100, ["Infobox_NCAA_team_season"] = 10000, ["Infobox_NFL_biography"] = 27000, ["Infobox_NFL_team_season"] = 2300, ["Infobox_NRHP"] = 74000, ["Infobox_NRHP/conv"] = 19000, ["Infobox_NRHP/locmapin2region"] = 68000, ["Infobox_Olympic_event"] = 8000, ["Infobox_Olympic_event/event_link"] = 8000, ["Infobox_Olympic_event/games_text"] = 8000, ["Infobox_Pan_American_Games_event"] = 2900, ["Infobox_Paralympic_event"] = 2900, ["Infobox_Paralympic_event/games_text"] = 2900, ["Infobox_Romanian_subdivision"] = 3200, ["Infobox_Russian_district"] = 2100, ["Infobox_Russian_inhabited_locality"] = 4700, ["Infobox_Russian_inhabited_locality/PosMapFS"] = 4200, ["Infobox_Russian_inhabited_locality/federal_subject"] = 4600, ["Infobox_SCOTUS_case"] = 4600, ["Infobox_SSSI"] = 2000, ["Infobox_Site_of_Special_Scientific_Interest"] = 2100, ["Infobox_Slovak_place"] = 3000, ["Infobox_Swiss_town"] = 2900, ["Infobox_Switzerland_municipality"] = 2900, ["Infobox_Turkey_place"] = 20000, ["Infobox_U.S._county"] = 3000, ["Infobox_U.S._county/district"] = 3000, ["Infobox_U.S._legislation"] = 2000, ["Infobox_UK_constituency"] = 2200, ["Infobox_UK_constituency/year"] = 2200, ["Infobox_UK_legislation"] = 6300, ["Infobox_UK_place"] = 27000, ["Infobox_UK_place/NoDialCode"] = 8200, ["Infobox_UK_place/NoPostCode"] = 3600, ["Infobox_UK_place/area"] = 2700, ["Infobox_UK_place/dens"] = 2300, ["Infobox_UK_place/dist"] = 2800, ["Infobox_UK_place/local"] = 27000, ["Infobox_UK_place/styles.css"] = 27000, ["Infobox_UNESCO_World_Heritage_Site"] = 2100, ["Infobox_UN_resolution"] = 2300, ["Infobox_US_Supreme_Court_case"] = 4800, ["Infobox_US_Supreme_Court_case/courts"] = 4800, ["Infobox_United_States_legislative_district"] = 2700, ["Infobox_United_States_legislative_district/representative"] = 2700, ["Infobox_Wikipedia_user"] = 12000, ["Infobox_academic"] = 27000, ["Infobox_aircraft"] = 13000, ["Infobox_aircraft/styles.css"] = 14000, ["Infobox_aircraft_occurrence"] = 2900, ["Infobox_airline"] = 4800, ["Infobox_airline/styles.css"] = 4800, ["Infobox_airport"] = 14000, ["Infobox_airport/datatable"] = 13000, ["Infobox_airport/styles.css"] = 14000, ["Infobox_album"] = 168000, ["Infobox_album/color"] = 208000, ["Infobox_album/link"] = 168000, ["Infobox_anatomy"] = 4500, ["Infobox_animanga/Footer"] = 7800, ["Infobox_animanga/Header"] = 7800, ["Infobox_animanga/Print"] = 6600, ["Infobox_animanga/Video"] = 5100, ["Infobox_architect"] = 4400, ["Infobox_artist"] = 34000, ["Infobox_artist_discography"] = 6500, ["Infobox_artwork"] = 15000, ["Infobox_automobile"] = 9300, ["Infobox_award"] = 16000, ["Infobox_badminton_player"] = 3300, ["Infobox_baseball_biography"] = 30000, ["Infobox_baseball_biography/style"] = 30000, ["Infobox_baseball_biography/styles.css"] = 30000, ["Infobox_baseball_team_season"] = 3300, ["Infobox_baseball_team_season/leagueseason"] = 3300, ["Infobox_baseball_team_season/season"] = 3300, ["Infobox_baseball_team_season/styles.css"] = 3300, ["Infobox_basketball_biography"] = 23000, ["Infobox_basketball_biography/style"] = 23000, ["Infobox_basketball_club"] = 3300, ["Infobox_basketball_club/styles.css"] = 3300, ["Infobox_beauty_pageant"] = 2200, ["Infobox_bilateral_relations"] = 5000, ["Infobox_bishop_styles"] = 2500, ["Infobox_body_of_water"] = 19000, ["Infobox_book"] = 62000, ["Infobox_book/styles.css"] = 62000, ["Infobox_boxer"] = 6500, ["Infobox_brand"] = 2200, ["Infobox_brand/styles.css"] = 2200, ["Infobox_bridge"] = 6700, ["Infobox_building"] = 34000, ["Infobox_bus_company"] = 2000, ["Infobox_cemetery"] = 2100, ["Infobox_character"] = 8400, ["Infobox_character/styles.css"] = 8400, ["Infobox_chess_biography"] = 4700, ["Infobox_chess_player"] = 3800, ["Infobox_church"] = 17000, ["Infobox_church/denomination"] = 17000, ["Infobox_church/font_color"] = 17000, ["Infobox_civil_conflict"] = 3200, ["Infobox_civilian_attack"] = 7600, ["Infobox_college_coach"] = 13000, ["Infobox_college_football_game"] = 2300, ["Infobox_college_football_player"] = 2600, ["Infobox_college_sports_team_season"] = 45000, ["Infobox_college_sports_team_season/link"] = 45000, ["Infobox_college_sports_team_season/name"] = 45000, ["Infobox_college_sports_team_season/succession"] = 45000, ["Infobox_college_sports_team_season/team"] = 45000, ["Infobox_comedian"] = 2200, ["Infobox_comic_book_title"] = 3200, ["Infobox_comics_character"] = 3500, ["Infobox_comics_creator"] = 3600, ["Infobox_comics_creator/styles.css"] = 3600, ["Infobox_company"] = 92000, ["Infobox_company/styles.css"] = 92000, ["Infobox_computing_device"] = 2600, ["Infobox_concert"] = 3900, ["Infobox_constituency"] = 7700, ["Infobox_country"] = 7100, ["Infobox_country/formernext"] = 6700, ["Infobox_country/imagetable"] = 5600, ["Infobox_country/multirow"] = 9300, ["Infobox_country/status_text"] = 3100, ["Infobox_country/styles.css"] = 7200, ["Infobox_country_at_games"] = 17000, ["Infobox_country_at_games/core"] = 17000, ["Infobox_country_at_games/see_also"] = 14000, ["Infobox_court_case"] = 5300, ["Infobox_court_case/images"] = 2900, ["Infobox_court_case/styles.css"] = 5300, ["Infobox_cricket_tournament"] = 2800, ["Infobox_cricketer"] = 32000, ["Infobox_cricketer/career"] = 32000, ["Infobox_cricketer/national_side"] = 7700, ["Infobox_criminal"] = 7700, ["Infobox_curler"] = 2800, ["Infobox_cycling_race_report"] = 5000, ["Infobox_cyclist"] = 17000, ["Infobox_dam"] = 5900, ["Infobox_deity"] = 2300, ["Infobox_deity/color"] = 2300, ["Infobox_designation_list"] = 31000, ["Infobox_designation_list/entry"] = 22000, ["Infobox_dim"] = 6400, ["Infobox_diocese"] = 4100, ["Infobox_drug"] = 12000, ["Infobox_drug/chemical_formula"] = 12000, ["Infobox_drug/data_page_link"] = 12000, ["Infobox_drug/formatATC"] = 11000, ["Infobox_drug/formatCASnumber"] = 12000, ["Infobox_drug/formatChEBI"] = 12000, ["Infobox_drug/formatChEMBL"] = 12000, ["Infobox_drug/formatChemDBNIAID"] = 12000, ["Infobox_drug/formatChemSpider"] = 12000, ["Infobox_drug/formatCompTox"] = 12000, ["Infobox_drug/formatDrugBank"] = 12000, ["Infobox_drug/formatIUPHARBPS"] = 12000, ["Infobox_drug/formatJmol"] = 12000, ["Infobox_drug/formatKEGG"] = 12000, ["Infobox_drug/formatPDBligand"] = 11000, ["Infobox_drug/formatPubChemCID"] = 12000, ["Infobox_drug/formatPubChemSID"] = 12000, ["Infobox_drug/formatUNII"] = 12000, ["Infobox_drug/legal_status"] = 12000, ["Infobox_drug/licence"] = 12000, ["Infobox_drug/maintenance_categories"] = 12000, ["Infobox_drug/non-ref-space"] = 3900, ["Infobox_drug/pregnancy_category"] = 12000, ["Infobox_drug/styles.css"] = 12000, ["Infobox_drug/title"] = 12000, ["Infobox_economist"] = 2000, ["Infobox_election"] = 40000, ["Infobox_election/shortname"] = 2500, ["Infobox_election/styles.css"] = 40000, ["Infobox_enzyme"] = 5100, ["Infobox_ethnic_group"] = 8100, ["Infobox_event"] = 7700, ["Infobox_family"] = 2800, ["Infobox_field_hockey_player"] = 2500, ["Infobox_figure_skater"] = 4000, ["Infobox_film"] = 170000, ["Infobox_film/short_description"] = 165000, ["Infobox_film_awards"] = 3200, ["Infobox_film_awards/link"] = 3200, ["Infobox_film_awards/style"] = 3200, ["Infobox_film_or_theatre_festival"] = 2100, ["Infobox_food"] = 7800, ["Infobox_football_biography"] = 218000, ["Infobox_football_club"] = 29000, ["Infobox_football_club_season"] = 24000, ["Infobox_football_league"] = 2800, ["Infobox_football_league_season"] = 22000, ["Infobox_football_match"] = 6700, ["Infobox_football_tournament"] = 2200, ["Infobox_football_tournament_season"] = 9300, ["Infobox_former_subdivision"] = 3700, ["Infobox_former_subdivision/styles.css"] = 3700, ["Infobox_galaxy"] = 3400, ["Infobox_game"] = 3100, ["Infobox_game_score"] = 3800, ["Infobox_games"] = 2100, ["Infobox_gene"] = 13000, ["Infobox_given_name"] = 4100, ["Infobox_golfer"] = 4800, ["Infobox_golfer/highest_ranking"] = 4800, ["Infobox_government_agency"] = 13000, ["Infobox_government_cabinet"] = 3500, ["Infobox_gridiron_football_biography"] = 40000, ["Infobox_gridiron_football_biography/position"] = 39000, ["Infobox_gridiron_football_team_season"] = 4100, ["Infobox_gymnast"] = 5900, ["Infobox_handball_biography"] = 5500, ["Infobox_historic_site"] = 21000, ["Infobox_holiday"] = 2200, ["Infobox_holiday/date"] = 2200, ["Infobox_horseraces"] = 2700, ["Infobox_hospital"] = 7000, ["Infobox_hospital/care_system"] = 7000, ["Infobox_hospital/lists"] = 7000, ["Infobox_hurling_championship"] = 2700, ["Infobox_ice_hockey_biography"] = 21000, ["Infobox_ice_hockey_player"] = 18000, ["Infobox_ice_hockey_team"] = 3300, ["Infobox_ice_hockey_team_season"] = 2200, ["Infobox_international_football_competition"] = 6700, ["Infobox_islands"] = 9700, ["Infobox_islands/area"] = 10000, ["Infobox_islands/density"] = 10000, ["Infobox_islands/length"] = 9700, ["Infobox_islands/styles.css"] = 9700, ["Infobox_journal"] = 10000, ["Infobox_journal/Abbreviation_search"] = 10000, ["Infobox_journal/Bluebook_check"] = 9900, ["Infobox_journal/Former_check"] = 9900, ["Infobox_journal/ISO_4_check"] = 9900, ["Infobox_journal/ISSN-eISSN"] = 9900, ["Infobox_journal/Indexing_search"] = 10000, ["Infobox_journal/MathSciNet_check"] = 9900, ["Infobox_journal/NLM_check"] = 9900, ["Infobox_journal/frequency"] = 9000, ["Infobox_journal/openaccess"] = 2700, ["Infobox_judoka"] = 2800, ["Infobox_lake"] = 3900, ["Infobox_language"] = 10000, ["Infobox_language/family-color"] = 12000, ["Infobox_language/genetic"] = 7000, ["Infobox_language/lingualist"] = 10000, ["Infobox_language/linguistlist"] = 10000, ["Infobox_language/ref"] = 7400, ["Infobox_law_enforcement_agency"] = 2200, ["Infobox_legislation"] = 2800, ["Infobox_legislative_district"] = 2300, ["Infobox_legislative_election"] = 2600, ["Infobox_legislative_election/row"] = 2500, ["Infobox_legislative_election/styles.css"] = 2600, ["Infobox_legislative_term"] = 2100, ["Infobox_legislature"] = 4400, ["Infobox_library"] = 2500, ["Infobox_lighthouse"] = 2600, ["Infobox_lighthouse/light"] = 2600, ["Infobox_locomotive"] = 5000, ["Infobox_magazine"] = 8300, ["Infobox_manner_of_address"] = 4200, ["Infobox_martial_artist"] = 6300, ["Infobox_martial_artist/record"] = 6300, ["Infobox_medal_templates"] = 476000, ["Infobox_medical_condition"] = 9900, ["Infobox_medical_condition_(new)"] = 6400, ["Infobox_medical_details"] = 2500, ["Infobox_medical_person"] = 2400, ["Infobox_militant_organization"] = 2200, ["Infobox_military_conflict"] = 28000, ["Infobox_military_installation"] = 11000, ["Infobox_military_person"] = 54000, ["Infobox_military_unit"] = 29000, ["Infobox_mine"] = 2300, ["Infobox_mineral"] = 2000, ["Infobox_mobile_phone"] = 2400, ["Infobox_mobile_phone/size"] = 2000, ["Infobox_mobile_phone/weight"] = 2100, ["Infobox_model"] = 2400, ["Infobox_monument"] = 2800, ["Infobox_mountain"] = 30000, ["Infobox_multi-sport_competition_event"] = 2700, ["Infobox_museum"] = 12000, ["Infobox_musical_artist"] = 131000, ["Infobox_musical_artist/hCard_class"] = 122000, ["Infobox_musical_composition"] = 3600, ["Infobox_name"] = 8800, ["Infobox_name_module"] = 9300, ["Infobox_newspaper"] = 11000, ["Infobox_newspaper/styles.css"] = 11000, ["Infobox_noble"] = 7800, ["Infobox_officeholder"] = 278000, ["Infobox_officeholder/office"] = 285000, ["Infobox_official_post"] = 9800, ["Infobox_organization"] = 43000, ["Infobox_pageant_titleholder"] = 3000, ["Infobox_park"] = 9900, ["Infobox_person"] = 571000, ["Infobox_person/Wikidata"] = 4900, ["Infobox_person/height"] = 115000, ["Infobox_person/length"] = 7700, ["Infobox_person/weight"] = 74000, ["Infobox_philosopher"] = 3700, ["Infobox_planet"] = 4800, ["Infobox_play"] = 4600, ["Infobox_political_party"] = 16000, ["Infobox_power_station"] = 3300, ["Infobox_prepared_food"] = 2500, ["Infobox_professional_wrestler"] = 4800, ["Infobox_professional_wrestling_event"] = 3300, ["Infobox_protected_area"] = 15000, ["Infobox_protein_family"] = 2200, ["Infobox_publisher"] = 2600, ["Infobox_racehorse"] = 5900, ["Infobox_racing_driver"] = 5800, ["Infobox_racing_driver_series_section"] = 2900, ["Infobox_radio_station"] = 22000, ["Infobox_radio_station/styles.css"] = 22000, ["Infobox_rail"] = 3200, ["Infobox_rail_line"] = 8000, ["Infobox_rail_service"] = 3300, ["Infobox_reality_competition_season"] = 4300, ["Infobox_record_label"] = 4200, ["Infobox_recurring_event"] = 8000, ["Infobox_religious_biography"] = 7200, ["Infobox_religious_building"] = 15000, ["Infobox_religious_building/color"] = 21000, ["Infobox_restaurant"] = 4600, ["Infobox_river"] = 32000, ["Infobox_river/calcunit"] = 32000, ["Infobox_river/discharge"] = 32000, ["Infobox_river/row-style"] = 32000, ["Infobox_river/source"] = 32000, ["Infobox_road"] = 25000, ["Infobox_road/meta/mask/category"] = 24000, ["Infobox_road/meta/mask/country"] = 25000, ["Infobox_road/styles.css"] = 26000, ["Infobox_road_small"] = 2500, ["Infobox_rockunit"] = 6500, ["Infobox_royalty"] = 25000, ["Infobox_royalty/short_description"] = 8900, ["Infobox_rugby_biography"] = 19000, ["Infobox_rugby_biography/correct_date"] = 19000, ["Infobox_rugby_biography/depcheck"] = 19000, ["Infobox_rugby_league_biography"] = 11000, ["Infobox_rugby_league_biography/PLAYER"] = 11000, ["Infobox_rugby_team"] = 2700, ["Infobox_sailboat_specifications"] = 2300, ["Infobox_saint"] = 5500, ["Infobox_school"] = 40000, ["Infobox_school/short_description"] = 40000, ["Infobox_school/styles.css"] = 40000, ["Infobox_school_district"] = 6500, ["Infobox_school_district/styles.css"] = 6500, ["Infobox_scientist"] = 57000, ["Infobox_settlement"] = 597000, ["Infobox_settlement/areadisp"] = 259000, ["Infobox_settlement/columns"] = 107000, ["Infobox_settlement/columns/styles.css"] = 107000, ["Infobox_settlement/densdisp"] = 457000, ["Infobox_settlement/lengthdisp"] = 182000, ["Infobox_settlement/link"] = 107000, ["Infobox_settlement/styles.css"] = 597000, ["Infobox_ship"] = 43000, ["Infobox_ship/career"] = 39000, ["Infobox_ship/characteristics"] = 42000, ["Infobox_ship/class_overview"] = 4400, ["Infobox_ship/image"] = 42000, ["Infobox_ship/service_record"] = 2500, ["Infobox_shopping_mall"] = 3800, ["Infobox_short_story"] = 2700, ["Infobox_skier"] = 2700, ["Infobox_soap_character"] = 3100, ["Infobox_social_media_personality"] = 4400, ["Infobox_software"] = 14000, ["Infobox_software/simple"] = 15000, ["Infobox_song"] = 83000, ["Infobox_song/color"] = 83000, ["Infobox_song/link"] = 83000, ["Infobox_song_contest_national_year/Year"] = 2100, ["Infobox_spaceflight"] = 4000, ["Infobox_spaceflight/styles.css"] = 4000, ["Infobox_speed_skater"] = 2000, ["Infobox_sport_event"] = 2800, ["Infobox_sports_competition_event"] = 23000, ["Infobox_sports_competition_event/medalrow"] = 15000, ["Infobox_sports_league"] = 5600, ["Infobox_sports_season"] = 6900, ["Infobox_sports_team"] = 2300, ["Infobox_sportsperson"] = 159000, ["Infobox_stadium"] = 2600, ["Infobox_station"] = 57000, ["Infobox_station/services"] = 57000, ["Infobox_station/styles.css"] = 57000, ["Infobox_street"] = 4400, ["Infobox_swimmer"] = 11000, ["Infobox_television"] = 64000, ["Infobox_television/Short_description"] = 61000, ["Infobox_television/styles.css"] = 64000, ["Infobox_television_channel"] = 6700, ["Infobox_television_channel/styles.css"] = 6700, ["Infobox_television_episode"] = 13000, ["Infobox_television_episode/styles.css"] = 14000, ["Infobox_television_season"] = 11000, ["Infobox_television_station"] = 3200, ["Infobox_television_station/styles.css"] = 3300, ["Infobox_tennis_biography"] = 11000, ["Infobox_tennis_event"] = 3300, ["Infobox_tennis_tournament"] = 2000, ["Infobox_tennis_tournament/heading"] = 2000, ["Infobox_tennis_tournament/style"] = 2000, ["Infobox_tennis_tournament_event"] = 22000, ["Infobox_tennis_tournament_year"] = 11000, ["Infobox_tennis_tournament_year/color"] = 33000, ["Infobox_tennis_tournament_year/footer"] = 33000, ["Infobox_tournament_season"] = 13000, ["Infobox_train"] = 2600, ["Infobox_university"] = 26000, ["Infobox_user"] = 3000, ["Infobox_venue"] = 20000, ["Infobox_video_game"] = 30000, ["Infobox_video_game/styles.css"] = 30000, ["Infobox_volleyball_biography"] = 5800, ["Infobox_weapon"] = 8100, ["Infobox_weather_event"] = 3500, ["Infobox_weather_event/Effects"] = 3300, ["Infobox_weather_event/Footer"] = 3300, ["Infobox_weather_event/History"] = 3200, ["Infobox_weather_event/SSHWS"] = 2000, ["Infobox_weather_event/meteorology"] = 3200, ["Infobox_weather_event/scale"] = 2100, ["Infobox_weather_event/styles.css"] = 3500, ["Infobox_website"] = 8300, ["Infobox_writer"] = 45000, ["Information"] = 98000, ["Information/styles.css"] = 98000, ["Inlang"] = 2400, ["Inline"] = 3800, ["Inline_block"] = 5400, ["Inprogress"] = 2600, ["Input_link"] = 32000, ["Instagram"] = 20000, ["InterSportStats"] = 5200, ["Interlanguage_link"] = 261000, ["Interlanguage_link_multi"] = 9600, ["International_Paralympic_Committee"] = 4200, ["Internet_Archive"] = 2100, ["Internet_Archive_SCOTUS_URL"] = 3300, ["Internet_Archive_author"] = 19000, ["Internet_Archive_film"] = 2800, ["Intitle"] = 21000, ["Ip"] = 2100, ["Iptalk"] = 18000, ["IranCensus2006"] = 31000, ["IranNCSGN"] = 3100, ["Iran_Census_2006"] = 31000, ["Irish_place_name"] = 3000, ["IsIPAddress"] = 45000, ["IsValidPageName"] = 3400, ["Is_MLB_league"] = 3300, ["Is_NPB_league"] = 3300, ["Is_continent"] = 13000, ["Is_country_in_Central_America"] = 17000, ["Is_country_in_the_Caribbean"] = 17000, ["Is_interwiki_link"] = 6500, ["Is_italic_taxon"] = 651000, ["Is_redirect"] = 381000, ["Is_time"] = 6700, ["Is_valid_page_name"] = 3400, ["Isbn"] = 10000, ["Isnum"] = 3000, ["Isnumeric"] = 119000, ["Iso2continent"] = 84000, ["Iso2country"] = 25000, ["Iso2country/article"] = 25000, ["Iso2country/data"] = 25000, ["Issubst"] = 64000, ["Italic_dab2"] = 5800, ["Italic_disambiguation"] = 2300, ["Italic_title"] = 257000, ["Italic_title_prefixed"] = 8800, ["Italictitle"] = 3000, ["Ivmbox"] = 142000, ["Ivory_messagebox"] = 187000, ["Ivory_messagebox/styles.css"] = 187000, ["Module:I18n/complex_date"] = 47000, ["Module:IP"] = 148000, ["Module:IPA"] = 183000, ["Module:IPA/data"] = 166000, ["Module:IPA/styles.css"] = 151000, ["Module:IPA_symbol"] = 6800, ["Module:IPA_symbol/data"] = 6800, ["Module:IPAc-en"] = 55000, ["Module:IPAc-en/data"] = 55000, ["Module:IPAc-en/phonemes"] = 55000, ["Module:IPAc-en/pronunciation"] = 55000, ["Module:IPAddress"] = 213000, ["Module:ISO_3166"] = 909000, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/AT"] = 2500, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/BA"] = 3400, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/CA"] = 2600, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/CH"] = 4200, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/CN"] = 2700, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/DE"] = 15000, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/ES"] = 3700, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/FR"] = 38000, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/GB"] = 7100, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/GR"] = 3500, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/IN"] = 29000, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/IR"] = 22000, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/IT"] = 2500, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/National"] = 909000, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/PL"] = 7600, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/RS"] = 3200, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/RU"] = 27000, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/UA"] = 2200, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/US"] = 87000, ["Module:ISO_639_name"] = 34000, ["Module:ISO_639_name/ISO_639-1"] = 29000, ["Module:ISO_639_name/ISO_639-2"] = 21000, ["Module:ISO_639_name/ISO_639-2B"] = 20000, ["Module:ISO_639_name/ISO_639-3"] = 20000, ["Module:ISO_639_name/ISO_639-3_(dep)"] = 34000, ["Module:ISO_639_name/ISO_639-5"] = 19000, ["Module:ISO_639_name/ISO_639_deprecated"] = 34000, ["Module:ISO_639_name/ISO_639_name_to_code"] = 4500, ["Module:ISO_639_name/ISO_639_override"] = 34000, ["Module:ISOdate"] = 47000, ["Module:Ice_hockey_box"] = 2000, ["Module:Icon"] = 675000, ["Module:Icon/data"] = 675000, ["Module:Icon_box"] = 260000, ["Module:Icon_box/data"] = 260000, ["Module:If_any_equal"] = 251000, ["Module:If_empty"] = 6720000, ["Module:If_in_category"] = 163000, ["Module:If_in_page"] = 21000, ["Module:If_not_given_or_empty"] = 80000, ["Module:If_preview"] = 935000, ["Module:If_preview/configuration"] = 935000, ["Module:If_preview/styles.css"] = 935000, ["Module:In_lang"] = 387000, ["Module:Indent"] = 2300, ["Module:Infobox"] = 4670000, ["Module:Infobox/dates"] = 77000, ["Module:Infobox/styles.css"] = 4940000, ["Module:Infobox/utilities"] = 2600, ["Module:Infobox3cols"] = 320000, ["Module:InfoboxBuilder"] = 2700, ["Module:InfoboxImage"] = 5600000, ["Module:InfoboxImage/data"] = 3340000, ["Module:Infobox_body_of_water_tracking"] = 19000, ["Module:Infobox_cyclist_tracking"] = 16000, ["Module:Infobox_dim"] = 380000, ["Module:Infobox_dim/data"] = 234000, ["Module:Infobox_election"] = 42000, ["Module:Infobox_gene"] = 13000, ["Module:Infobox_mapframe"] = 1670000, ["Module:Infobox_military_conflict"] = 28000, ["Module:Infobox_military_conflict/styles.css"] = 28000, ["Module:Infobox_multi-lingual_name"] = 23000, ["Module:Infobox_multi-lingual_name/data"] = 23000, ["Module:Infobox_power_station"] = 3400, ["Module:Infobox_road"] = 26000, ["Module:Infobox_road/browselinks"] = 26000, ["Module:Infobox_road/errors"] = 25000, ["Module:Infobox_road/length"] = 26000, ["Module:Infobox_road/locations"] = 25000, ["Module:Infobox_road/map"] = 25000, ["Module:Infobox_road/route"] = 26000, ["Module:Infobox_road/sections"] = 25000, ["Module:Infobox_ship"] = 43000, ["Module:Infobox_ship/data"] = 43000, ["Module:Infobox_ship/styles.css"] = 43000, ["Module:Infobox_television"] = 64000, ["Module:Infobox_television_disambiguation_check"] = 71000, ["Module:Infobox_television_episode"] = 13000, ["Module:Infobox_television_season_disambiguation_check"] = 10000, ["Module:Infobox_television_season_name"] = 11000, ["Module:Internet_Archive"] = 22000, ["Module:Is_article"] = 2400, ["Module:Is_infobox_in_lead"] = 461000, ["Module:Is_instance"] = 353000, ["Module:Iso2nationality"] = 95000, ["Module:Italic_title"] = 1250000, ["Module:Italic_title2"] = 5800, } c1e2nr1kfvurwrrolk0y8lrdtjzauzn 266002 266001 2026-07-18T15:20:33Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:Transclusion_count/data/I]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266001 Scribunto text/plain return { ["IAST"] = 6300, ["IA_SCOTUS_URL"] = 3300, ["IBDB_name"] = 9800, ["ICD10"] = 5000, ["ICD9"] = 4400, ["ICS"] = 3500, ["ICS_flag"] = 3500, ["IDN"] = 3800, ["IMDb_episode"] = 11000, ["IMDb_episodes"] = 4100, ["IMDb_name"] = 172000, ["IMDb_title"] = 210000, ["IMO_Number"] = 4400, ["IMSLP"] = 9100, ["INA"] = 2400, ["IND"] = 8600, ["INR"] = 6500, ["INRConvert"] = 6700, ["INRConvert/CurrentRate"] = 6600, ["INRConvert/USD"] = 6600, ["INRConvert/out"] = 6600, ["IOBDB_name"] = 2100, ["IP"] = 2800, ["IPA"] = 181000, ["IPA_audio_link"] = 5000, ["IPA_link"] = 5000, ["IPAblink"] = 2600, ["IPAc-cmn"] = 2800, ["IPAc-en"] = 55000, ["IPAc-pl"] = 51000, ["IPSummary"] = 82000, ["IP_summary"] = 83000, ["IPtalk"] = 18000, ["IPuser"] = 7600, ["IPvandal"] = 2800, ["IRC"] = 7100, ["IRI"] = 2500, ["IRL"] = 6000, ["IRN"] = 4000, ["ISBN"] = 474000, ["ISBN?"] = 2500, ["ISBNT"] = 46000, ["ISBN_missing"] = 3200, ["ISFDB_name"] = 4300, ["ISFDB_title"] = 5100, ["ISL"] = 2300, ["ISO_15924/script-example-character"] = 3100, ["ISO_15924/wp-article"] = 3100, ["ISO_15924/wp-article/format"] = 3100, ["ISO_15924/wp-article/label"] = 3000, ["ISO_3166_code"] = 240000, ["ISO_3166_name"] = 16000, ["ISO_639_name"] = 28000, ["ISP"] = 3700, ["ISR"] = 5400, ["ISSN"] = 12000, ["ISSN_link"] = 32000, ["ISTAT"] = 8100, ["ISU_figure_skater"] = 2300, ["ITA"] = 20000, ["ITF"] = 6800, ["ITF_profile"] = 2600, ["ITIS"] = 5800, ["ITN_talk"] = 13000, ["ITN_talk/date"] = 13000, ["IUCN_banner"] = 15000, ["I_sup"] = 4900, ["Ice_hockey_box"] = 2000, ["Ice_hockey_stats"] = 20000, ["Icehockeystats"] = 11000, ["Icelandic_name"] = 2100, ["Icon"] = 662000, ["If"] = 429000, ["If_all"] = 7700, ["If_autoconfirmed"] = 2200, ["If_between"] = 4800, ["If_both"] = 206000, ["If_dark"] = 4000, ["If_dark/styles.css"] = 4000, ["If_either"] = 41000, ["If_empty"] = 6680000, ["If_first_display_both"] = 122000, ["If_in_category"] = 163000, ["If_in_page"] = 21000, ["If_last_display_both"] = 38000, ["If_mobile"] = 2100, ["If_mobile/styles.css"] = 2300, ["If_preview"] = 65000, ["If_then_show"] = 438000, ["Ifempty"] = 938000, ["Ifeq"] = 83000, ["Iferror_then_show"] = 4000, ["Ifexist_not_redirect"] = 1880000, ["Ifnotempty"] = 18000, ["Ifnoteq_then_show"] = 2300, ["Ifnumber"] = 74000, ["Ifsubst"] = 1020000, ["Ih"] = 8100, ["Ill"] = 215000, ["Illm"] = 6000, ["Image_frame"] = 6200, ["Image_label"] = 4700, ["Image_label_begin"] = 4100, ["Image_label_end"] = 4100, ["Image_label_small"] = 2600, ["Image_needed"] = 4500, ["Image_other"] = 190000, ["Image_requested"] = 137000, ["Image_requested/Category_helper"] = 126000, ["Imbox"] = 995000, ["Imdb_name"] = 5400, ["Imdb_title"] = 2900, ["Importance"] = 15000, ["Importance/colour"] = 30000, ["Importance_mask"] = 618000, ["Improve_categories"] = 7700, ["Improve_documentation"] = 4200, ["Improve_plot"] = 4100, ["In_class"] = 5600, ["In_lang"] = 387000, ["In_progress"] = 3800, ["In_string"] = 304000, ["In_title"] = 29000, ["Inactive_userpage_blanked"] = 4100, ["Inaturalist_taxon"] = 3800, ["Include-USGov"] = 25000, ["Incomplete_list"] = 24000, ["Inconclusive"] = 2300, ["Increase"] = 60000, ["Incumbent_pope"] = 4700, ["Indent"] = 2300, ["Indented_plainlist"] = 2600, ["Independent_sources"] = 10000, ["IndexFungorum"] = 2100, ["Indian_English"] = 4900, ["Indian_railway_code"] = 3500, ["Indian_rupee"] = 12000, ["Inflation"] = 27000, ["Inflation-fn"] = 5800, ["Inflation-year"] = 4300, ["Inflation/IN/startyear"] = 6600, ["Inflation/UK"] = 5500, ["Inflation/UK/dataset"] = 5500, ["Inflation/UK/startyear"] = 5500, ["Inflation/US"] = 16000, ["Inflation/US-GDP"] = 3000, ["Inflation/US-GDP/dataset"] = 3000, ["Inflation/US-GDP/startyear"] = 3000, ["Inflation/US/dataset"] = 16000, ["Inflation/US/startyear"] = 16000, ["Inflation/fn"] = 7500, ["Inflation/year"] = 33000, ["Info"] = 5600, ["Infobox"] = 3420000, ["Infobox/Columns"] = 3200, ["Infobox/mobileviewfix.css"] = 173000, ["Infobox/styles-images.css"] = 20000, ["Infobox3cols"] = 28000, ["Infobox_AFL_biography"] = 15000, ["Infobox_Athletics_Championships"] = 3400, ["Infobox_Australian_place"] = 15000, ["Infobox_Australian_place/styles.css"] = 15000, ["Infobox_Australian_place/table"] = 11000, ["Infobox_COA_wide"] = 3700, ["Infobox_Canada_electoral_district"] = 2600, ["Infobox_Chinese"] = 23000, ["Infobox_Chinese/Chinese"] = 3200, ["Infobox_Chinese/Footer"] = 7200, ["Infobox_Chinese/Header"] = 7200, ["Infobox_Christian_leader"] = 22000, ["Infobox_French_commune"] = 38000, ["Infobox_French_subdivision"] = 2200, ["Infobox_Gaelic_games_biography"] = 5500, ["Infobox_Gaelic_games_player"] = 3300, ["Infobox_German_location"] = 11000, ["Infobox_German_place"] = 14000, ["Infobox_Grand_Prix_race_report"] = 2200, ["Infobox_Greece_place"] = 3600, ["Infobox_Greek_Dimos"] = 3000, ["Infobox_Hindu_temple"] = 2900, ["Infobox_Indian_constituency"] = 5800, ["Infobox_Indian_constituency/defaultdata"] = 5800, ["Infobox_Italian_comune"] = 8100, ["Infobox_Korean"] = 2300, ["Infobox_Korean/auto"] = 14000, ["Infobox_Korean/auto/categories"] = 14000, ["Infobox_Korean/base"] = 2300, ["Infobox_Korean/base/auto"] = 17000, ["Infobox_Korean/categories"] = 2300, ["Infobox_Korean_name"] = 2300, ["Infobox_Korean_name/auto"] = 13000, ["Infobox_Korean_television_name"] = 3400, ["Infobox_NASCAR_driver"] = 2300, ["Infobox_NASCAR_race_report"] = 2700, ["Infobox_NCAA_basketball_conference_tournament"] = 2100, ["Infobox_NCAA_team_season"] = 10000, ["Infobox_NFL_biography"] = 27000, ["Infobox_NFL_team_season"] = 2300, ["Infobox_NRHP"] = 74000, ["Infobox_NRHP/conv"] = 19000, ["Infobox_NRHP/locmapin2region"] = 68000, ["Infobox_Olympic_event"] = 8000, ["Infobox_Olympic_event/event_link"] = 8000, ["Infobox_Olympic_event/games_text"] = 8000, ["Infobox_Pan_American_Games_event"] = 2900, ["Infobox_Paralympic_event"] = 2900, ["Infobox_Paralympic_event/games_text"] = 2900, ["Infobox_Romanian_subdivision"] = 3200, ["Infobox_Russian_district"] = 2100, ["Infobox_Russian_inhabited_locality"] = 4700, ["Infobox_Russian_inhabited_locality/PosMapFS"] = 4200, ["Infobox_Russian_inhabited_locality/federal_subject"] = 4600, ["Infobox_SCOTUS_case"] = 4600, ["Infobox_SSSI"] = 2000, ["Infobox_Site_of_Special_Scientific_Interest"] = 2100, ["Infobox_Slovak_place"] = 3000, ["Infobox_Swiss_town"] = 2900, ["Infobox_Switzerland_municipality"] = 2900, ["Infobox_Turkey_place"] = 20000, ["Infobox_U.S._county"] = 3000, ["Infobox_U.S._county/district"] = 3000, ["Infobox_U.S._legislation"] = 2000, ["Infobox_UK_constituency"] = 2200, ["Infobox_UK_constituency/year"] = 2200, ["Infobox_UK_legislation"] = 6300, ["Infobox_UK_place"] = 27000, ["Infobox_UK_place/NoDialCode"] = 8200, ["Infobox_UK_place/NoPostCode"] = 3600, ["Infobox_UK_place/area"] = 2700, ["Infobox_UK_place/dens"] = 2300, ["Infobox_UK_place/dist"] = 2800, ["Infobox_UK_place/local"] = 27000, ["Infobox_UK_place/styles.css"] = 27000, ["Infobox_UNESCO_World_Heritage_Site"] = 2100, ["Infobox_UN_resolution"] = 2300, ["Infobox_US_Supreme_Court_case"] = 4800, ["Infobox_US_Supreme_Court_case/courts"] = 4800, ["Infobox_United_States_legislative_district"] = 2700, ["Infobox_United_States_legislative_district/representative"] = 2700, ["Infobox_Wikipedia_user"] = 12000, ["Infobox_academic"] = 27000, ["Infobox_aircraft"] = 13000, ["Infobox_aircraft/styles.css"] = 14000, ["Infobox_aircraft_occurrence"] = 2900, ["Infobox_airline"] = 4800, ["Infobox_airline/styles.css"] = 4800, ["Infobox_airport"] = 14000, ["Infobox_airport/datatable"] = 13000, ["Infobox_airport/styles.css"] = 14000, ["Infobox_album"] = 168000, ["Infobox_album/color"] = 208000, ["Infobox_album/link"] = 168000, ["Infobox_anatomy"] = 4500, ["Infobox_animanga/Footer"] = 7800, ["Infobox_animanga/Header"] = 7800, ["Infobox_animanga/Print"] = 6600, ["Infobox_animanga/Video"] = 5100, ["Infobox_architect"] = 4400, ["Infobox_artist"] = 34000, ["Infobox_artist_discography"] = 6500, ["Infobox_artwork"] = 15000, ["Infobox_automobile"] = 9300, ["Infobox_award"] = 16000, ["Infobox_badminton_player"] = 3300, ["Infobox_baseball_biography"] = 30000, ["Infobox_baseball_biography/style"] = 30000, ["Infobox_baseball_biography/styles.css"] = 30000, ["Infobox_baseball_team_season"] = 3300, ["Infobox_baseball_team_season/leagueseason"] = 3300, ["Infobox_baseball_team_season/season"] = 3300, ["Infobox_baseball_team_season/styles.css"] = 3300, ["Infobox_basketball_biography"] = 23000, ["Infobox_basketball_biography/style"] = 23000, ["Infobox_basketball_club"] = 3300, ["Infobox_basketball_club/styles.css"] = 3300, ["Infobox_beauty_pageant"] = 2200, ["Infobox_bilateral_relations"] = 5000, ["Infobox_bishop_styles"] = 2500, ["Infobox_body_of_water"] = 19000, ["Infobox_book"] = 62000, ["Infobox_book/styles.css"] = 62000, ["Infobox_boxer"] = 6500, ["Infobox_brand"] = 2200, ["Infobox_brand/styles.css"] = 2200, ["Infobox_bridge"] = 6700, ["Infobox_building"] = 34000, ["Infobox_bus_company"] = 2000, ["Infobox_cemetery"] = 2100, ["Infobox_character"] = 8400, ["Infobox_character/styles.css"] = 8400, ["Infobox_chess_biography"] = 4700, ["Infobox_chess_player"] = 3800, ["Infobox_church"] = 17000, ["Infobox_church/denomination"] = 17000, ["Infobox_church/font_color"] = 17000, ["Infobox_civil_conflict"] = 3200, ["Infobox_civilian_attack"] = 7600, ["Infobox_college_coach"] = 13000, ["Infobox_college_football_game"] = 2300, ["Infobox_college_football_player"] = 2600, ["Infobox_college_sports_team_season"] = 45000, ["Infobox_college_sports_team_season/link"] = 45000, ["Infobox_college_sports_team_season/name"] = 45000, ["Infobox_college_sports_team_season/succession"] = 45000, ["Infobox_college_sports_team_season/team"] = 45000, ["Infobox_comedian"] = 2200, ["Infobox_comic_book_title"] = 3200, ["Infobox_comics_character"] = 3500, ["Infobox_comics_creator"] = 3600, ["Infobox_comics_creator/styles.css"] = 3600, ["Infobox_company"] = 92000, ["Infobox_company/styles.css"] = 92000, ["Infobox_computing_device"] = 2600, ["Infobox_concert"] = 3900, ["Infobox_constituency"] = 7700, ["Infobox_country"] = 7100, ["Infobox_country/formernext"] = 6700, ["Infobox_country/imagetable"] = 5600, ["Infobox_country/multirow"] = 9300, ["Infobox_country/status_text"] = 3100, ["Infobox_country/styles.css"] = 7200, ["Infobox_country_at_games"] = 17000, ["Infobox_country_at_games/core"] = 17000, ["Infobox_country_at_games/see_also"] = 14000, ["Infobox_court_case"] = 5300, ["Infobox_court_case/images"] = 2900, ["Infobox_court_case/styles.css"] = 5300, ["Infobox_cricket_tournament"] = 2800, ["Infobox_cricketer"] = 32000, ["Infobox_cricketer/career"] = 32000, ["Infobox_cricketer/national_side"] = 7700, ["Infobox_criminal"] = 7700, ["Infobox_curler"] = 2800, ["Infobox_cycling_race_report"] = 5000, ["Infobox_cyclist"] = 17000, ["Infobox_dam"] = 5900, ["Infobox_deity"] = 2300, ["Infobox_deity/color"] = 2300, ["Infobox_designation_list"] = 31000, ["Infobox_designation_list/entry"] = 22000, ["Infobox_dim"] = 6400, ["Infobox_diocese"] = 4100, ["Infobox_drug"] = 12000, ["Infobox_drug/chemical_formula"] = 12000, ["Infobox_drug/data_page_link"] = 12000, ["Infobox_drug/formatATC"] = 11000, ["Infobox_drug/formatCASnumber"] = 12000, ["Infobox_drug/formatChEBI"] = 12000, ["Infobox_drug/formatChEMBL"] = 12000, ["Infobox_drug/formatChemDBNIAID"] = 12000, ["Infobox_drug/formatChemSpider"] = 12000, ["Infobox_drug/formatCompTox"] = 12000, ["Infobox_drug/formatDrugBank"] = 12000, ["Infobox_drug/formatIUPHARBPS"] = 12000, ["Infobox_drug/formatJmol"] = 12000, ["Infobox_drug/formatKEGG"] = 12000, ["Infobox_drug/formatPDBligand"] = 11000, ["Infobox_drug/formatPubChemCID"] = 12000, ["Infobox_drug/formatPubChemSID"] = 12000, ["Infobox_drug/formatUNII"] = 12000, ["Infobox_drug/legal_status"] = 12000, ["Infobox_drug/licence"] = 12000, ["Infobox_drug/maintenance_categories"] = 12000, ["Infobox_drug/non-ref-space"] = 3900, ["Infobox_drug/pregnancy_category"] = 12000, ["Infobox_drug/styles.css"] = 12000, ["Infobox_drug/title"] = 12000, ["Infobox_economist"] = 2000, ["Infobox_election"] = 40000, ["Infobox_election/shortname"] = 2500, ["Infobox_election/styles.css"] = 40000, ["Infobox_enzyme"] = 5100, ["Infobox_ethnic_group"] = 8100, ["Infobox_event"] = 7700, ["Infobox_family"] = 2800, ["Infobox_field_hockey_player"] = 2500, ["Infobox_figure_skater"] = 4000, ["Infobox_film"] = 170000, ["Infobox_film/short_description"] = 165000, ["Infobox_film_awards"] = 3200, ["Infobox_film_awards/link"] = 3200, ["Infobox_film_awards/style"] = 3200, ["Infobox_film_or_theatre_festival"] = 2100, ["Infobox_food"] = 7800, ["Infobox_football_biography"] = 218000, ["Infobox_football_club"] = 29000, ["Infobox_football_club_season"] = 24000, ["Infobox_football_league"] = 2800, ["Infobox_football_league_season"] = 22000, ["Infobox_football_match"] = 6700, ["Infobox_football_tournament"] = 2200, ["Infobox_football_tournament_season"] = 9300, ["Infobox_former_subdivision"] = 3700, ["Infobox_former_subdivision/styles.css"] = 3700, ["Infobox_galaxy"] = 3400, ["Infobox_game"] = 3100, ["Infobox_game_score"] = 3800, ["Infobox_games"] = 2100, ["Infobox_gene"] = 13000, ["Infobox_given_name"] = 4100, ["Infobox_golfer"] = 4800, ["Infobox_golfer/highest_ranking"] = 4800, ["Infobox_government_agency"] = 13000, ["Infobox_government_cabinet"] = 3500, ["Infobox_gridiron_football_biography"] = 40000, ["Infobox_gridiron_football_biography/position"] = 39000, ["Infobox_gridiron_football_team_season"] = 4100, ["Infobox_gymnast"] = 5900, ["Infobox_handball_biography"] = 5500, ["Infobox_historic_site"] = 21000, ["Infobox_holiday"] = 2200, ["Infobox_holiday/date"] = 2200, ["Infobox_horseraces"] = 2700, ["Infobox_hospital"] = 7000, ["Infobox_hospital/care_system"] = 7000, ["Infobox_hospital/lists"] = 7000, ["Infobox_hurling_championship"] = 2700, ["Infobox_ice_hockey_biography"] = 21000, ["Infobox_ice_hockey_player"] = 18000, ["Infobox_ice_hockey_team"] = 3300, ["Infobox_ice_hockey_team_season"] = 2200, ["Infobox_international_football_competition"] = 6700, ["Infobox_islands"] = 9700, ["Infobox_islands/area"] = 10000, ["Infobox_islands/density"] = 10000, ["Infobox_islands/length"] = 9700, ["Infobox_islands/styles.css"] = 9700, ["Infobox_journal"] = 10000, ["Infobox_journal/Abbreviation_search"] = 10000, ["Infobox_journal/Bluebook_check"] = 9900, ["Infobox_journal/Former_check"] = 9900, ["Infobox_journal/ISO_4_check"] = 9900, ["Infobox_journal/ISSN-eISSN"] = 9900, ["Infobox_journal/Indexing_search"] = 10000, ["Infobox_journal/MathSciNet_check"] = 9900, ["Infobox_journal/NLM_check"] = 9900, ["Infobox_journal/frequency"] = 9000, ["Infobox_journal/openaccess"] = 2700, ["Infobox_judoka"] = 2800, ["Infobox_lake"] = 3900, ["Infobox_language"] = 10000, ["Infobox_language/family-color"] = 12000, ["Infobox_language/genetic"] = 7000, ["Infobox_language/lingualist"] = 10000, ["Infobox_language/linguistlist"] = 10000, ["Infobox_language/ref"] = 7400, ["Infobox_law_enforcement_agency"] = 2200, ["Infobox_legislation"] = 2800, ["Infobox_legislative_district"] = 2300, ["Infobox_legislative_election"] = 2600, ["Infobox_legislative_election/row"] = 2500, ["Infobox_legislative_election/styles.css"] = 2600, ["Infobox_legislative_term"] = 2100, ["Infobox_legislature"] = 4400, ["Infobox_library"] = 2500, ["Infobox_lighthouse"] = 2600, ["Infobox_lighthouse/light"] = 2600, ["Infobox_locomotive"] = 5000, ["Infobox_magazine"] = 8300, ["Infobox_manner_of_address"] = 4200, ["Infobox_martial_artist"] = 6300, ["Infobox_martial_artist/record"] = 6300, ["Infobox_medal_templates"] = 476000, ["Infobox_medical_condition"] = 9900, ["Infobox_medical_condition_(new)"] = 6400, ["Infobox_medical_details"] = 2500, ["Infobox_medical_person"] = 2400, ["Infobox_militant_organization"] = 2200, ["Infobox_military_conflict"] = 28000, ["Infobox_military_installation"] = 11000, ["Infobox_military_person"] = 54000, ["Infobox_military_unit"] = 29000, ["Infobox_mine"] = 2300, ["Infobox_mineral"] = 2000, ["Infobox_mobile_phone"] = 2400, ["Infobox_mobile_phone/size"] = 2000, ["Infobox_mobile_phone/weight"] = 2100, ["Infobox_model"] = 2400, ["Infobox_monument"] = 2800, ["Infobox_mountain"] = 30000, ["Infobox_multi-sport_competition_event"] = 2700, ["Infobox_museum"] = 12000, ["Infobox_musical_artist"] = 131000, ["Infobox_musical_artist/hCard_class"] = 122000, ["Infobox_musical_composition"] = 3600, ["Infobox_name"] = 8800, ["Infobox_name_module"] = 9300, ["Infobox_newspaper"] = 11000, ["Infobox_newspaper/styles.css"] = 11000, ["Infobox_noble"] = 7800, ["Infobox_officeholder"] = 278000, ["Infobox_officeholder/office"] = 285000, ["Infobox_official_post"] = 9800, ["Infobox_organization"] = 43000, ["Infobox_pageant_titleholder"] = 3000, ["Infobox_park"] = 9900, ["Infobox_person"] = 571000, ["Infobox_person/Wikidata"] = 4900, ["Infobox_person/height"] = 115000, ["Infobox_person/length"] = 7700, ["Infobox_person/weight"] = 74000, ["Infobox_philosopher"] = 3700, ["Infobox_planet"] = 4800, ["Infobox_play"] = 4600, ["Infobox_political_party"] = 16000, ["Infobox_power_station"] = 3300, ["Infobox_prepared_food"] = 2500, ["Infobox_professional_wrestler"] = 4800, ["Infobox_professional_wrestling_event"] = 3300, ["Infobox_protected_area"] = 15000, ["Infobox_protein_family"] = 2200, ["Infobox_publisher"] = 2600, ["Infobox_racehorse"] = 5900, ["Infobox_racing_driver"] = 5800, ["Infobox_racing_driver_series_section"] = 2900, ["Infobox_radio_station"] = 22000, ["Infobox_radio_station/styles.css"] = 22000, ["Infobox_rail"] = 3200, ["Infobox_rail_line"] = 8000, ["Infobox_rail_service"] = 3300, ["Infobox_reality_competition_season"] = 4300, ["Infobox_record_label"] = 4200, ["Infobox_recurring_event"] = 8000, ["Infobox_religious_biography"] = 7200, ["Infobox_religious_building"] = 15000, ["Infobox_religious_building/color"] = 21000, ["Infobox_restaurant"] = 4600, ["Infobox_river"] = 32000, ["Infobox_river/calcunit"] = 32000, ["Infobox_river/discharge"] = 32000, ["Infobox_river/row-style"] = 32000, ["Infobox_river/source"] = 32000, ["Infobox_road"] = 25000, ["Infobox_road/meta/mask/category"] = 24000, ["Infobox_road/meta/mask/country"] = 25000, ["Infobox_road/styles.css"] = 26000, ["Infobox_road_small"] = 2500, ["Infobox_rockunit"] = 6500, ["Infobox_royalty"] = 25000, ["Infobox_royalty/short_description"] = 8900, ["Infobox_rugby_biography"] = 19000, ["Infobox_rugby_biography/correct_date"] = 19000, ["Infobox_rugby_biography/depcheck"] = 19000, ["Infobox_rugby_league_biography"] = 11000, ["Infobox_rugby_league_biography/PLAYER"] = 11000, ["Infobox_rugby_team"] = 2700, ["Infobox_sailboat_specifications"] = 2300, ["Infobox_saint"] = 5500, ["Infobox_school"] = 40000, ["Infobox_school/short_description"] = 40000, ["Infobox_school/styles.css"] = 40000, ["Infobox_school_district"] = 6500, ["Infobox_school_district/styles.css"] = 6500, ["Infobox_scientist"] = 57000, ["Infobox_settlement"] = 597000, ["Infobox_settlement/areadisp"] = 259000, ["Infobox_settlement/columns"] = 107000, ["Infobox_settlement/columns/styles.css"] = 107000, ["Infobox_settlement/densdisp"] = 457000, ["Infobox_settlement/lengthdisp"] = 182000, ["Infobox_settlement/link"] = 107000, ["Infobox_settlement/styles.css"] = 597000, ["Infobox_ship"] = 43000, ["Infobox_ship/career"] = 39000, ["Infobox_ship/characteristics"] = 42000, ["Infobox_ship/class_overview"] = 4400, ["Infobox_ship/image"] = 42000, ["Infobox_ship/service_record"] = 2500, ["Infobox_shopping_mall"] = 3800, ["Infobox_short_story"] = 2700, ["Infobox_skier"] = 2700, ["Infobox_soap_character"] = 3100, ["Infobox_social_media_personality"] = 4400, ["Infobox_software"] = 14000, ["Infobox_software/simple"] = 15000, ["Infobox_song"] = 83000, ["Infobox_song/color"] = 83000, ["Infobox_song/link"] = 83000, ["Infobox_song_contest_national_year/Year"] = 2100, ["Infobox_spaceflight"] = 4000, ["Infobox_spaceflight/styles.css"] = 4000, ["Infobox_speed_skater"] = 2000, ["Infobox_sport_event"] = 2800, ["Infobox_sports_competition_event"] = 23000, ["Infobox_sports_competition_event/medalrow"] = 15000, ["Infobox_sports_league"] = 5600, ["Infobox_sports_season"] = 6900, ["Infobox_sports_team"] = 2300, ["Infobox_sportsperson"] = 159000, ["Infobox_stadium"] = 2600, ["Infobox_station"] = 57000, ["Infobox_station/services"] = 57000, ["Infobox_station/styles.css"] = 57000, ["Infobox_street"] = 4400, ["Infobox_swimmer"] = 11000, ["Infobox_television"] = 64000, ["Infobox_television/Short_description"] = 61000, ["Infobox_television/styles.css"] = 64000, ["Infobox_television_channel"] = 6700, ["Infobox_television_channel/styles.css"] = 6700, ["Infobox_television_episode"] = 13000, ["Infobox_television_episode/styles.css"] = 14000, ["Infobox_television_season"] = 11000, ["Infobox_television_station"] = 3200, ["Infobox_television_station/styles.css"] = 3300, ["Infobox_tennis_biography"] = 11000, ["Infobox_tennis_event"] = 3300, ["Infobox_tennis_tournament"] = 2000, ["Infobox_tennis_tournament/heading"] = 2000, ["Infobox_tennis_tournament/style"] = 2000, ["Infobox_tennis_tournament_event"] = 22000, ["Infobox_tennis_tournament_year"] = 11000, ["Infobox_tennis_tournament_year/color"] = 33000, ["Infobox_tennis_tournament_year/footer"] = 33000, ["Infobox_tournament_season"] = 13000, ["Infobox_train"] = 2600, ["Infobox_university"] = 26000, ["Infobox_user"] = 3000, ["Infobox_venue"] = 20000, ["Infobox_video_game"] = 30000, ["Infobox_video_game/styles.css"] = 30000, ["Infobox_volleyball_biography"] = 5800, ["Infobox_weapon"] = 8100, ["Infobox_weather_event"] = 3500, ["Infobox_weather_event/Effects"] = 3300, ["Infobox_weather_event/Footer"] = 3300, ["Infobox_weather_event/History"] = 3200, ["Infobox_weather_event/SSHWS"] = 2000, ["Infobox_weather_event/meteorology"] = 3200, ["Infobox_weather_event/scale"] = 2100, ["Infobox_weather_event/styles.css"] = 3500, ["Infobox_website"] = 8300, ["Infobox_writer"] = 45000, ["Information"] = 98000, ["Information/styles.css"] = 98000, ["Inlang"] = 2400, ["Inline"] = 3800, ["Inline_block"] = 5400, ["Inprogress"] = 2600, ["Input_link"] = 32000, ["Instagram"] = 20000, ["InterSportStats"] = 5200, ["Interlanguage_link"] = 261000, ["Interlanguage_link_multi"] = 9600, ["International_Paralympic_Committee"] = 4200, ["Internet_Archive"] = 2100, ["Internet_Archive_SCOTUS_URL"] = 3300, ["Internet_Archive_author"] = 19000, ["Internet_Archive_film"] = 2800, ["Intitle"] = 21000, ["Ip"] = 2100, ["Iptalk"] = 18000, ["IranCensus2006"] = 31000, ["IranNCSGN"] = 3100, ["Iran_Census_2006"] = 31000, ["Irish_place_name"] = 3000, ["IsIPAddress"] = 45000, ["IsValidPageName"] = 3400, ["Is_MLB_league"] = 3300, ["Is_NPB_league"] = 3300, ["Is_continent"] = 13000, ["Is_country_in_Central_America"] = 17000, ["Is_country_in_the_Caribbean"] = 17000, ["Is_interwiki_link"] = 6500, ["Is_italic_taxon"] = 651000, ["Is_redirect"] = 381000, ["Is_time"] = 6700, ["Is_valid_page_name"] = 3400, ["Isbn"] = 10000, ["Isnum"] = 3000, ["Isnumeric"] = 119000, ["Iso2continent"] = 84000, ["Iso2country"] = 25000, ["Iso2country/article"] = 25000, ["Iso2country/data"] = 25000, ["Issubst"] = 64000, ["Italic_dab2"] = 5800, ["Italic_disambiguation"] = 2300, ["Italic_title"] = 257000, ["Italic_title_prefixed"] = 8800, ["Italictitle"] = 3000, ["Ivmbox"] = 142000, ["Ivory_messagebox"] = 187000, ["Ivory_messagebox/styles.css"] = 187000, ["Module:I18n/complex_date"] = 47000, ["Module:IP"] = 148000, ["Module:IPA"] = 183000, ["Module:IPA/data"] = 166000, ["Module:IPA/styles.css"] = 151000, ["Module:IPA_symbol"] = 6800, ["Module:IPA_symbol/data"] = 6800, ["Module:IPAc-en"] = 55000, ["Module:IPAc-en/data"] = 55000, ["Module:IPAc-en/phonemes"] = 55000, ["Module:IPAc-en/pronunciation"] = 55000, ["Module:IPAddress"] = 213000, ["Module:ISO_3166"] = 909000, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/AT"] = 2500, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/BA"] = 3400, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/CA"] = 2600, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/CH"] = 4200, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/CN"] = 2700, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/DE"] = 15000, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/ES"] = 3700, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/FR"] = 38000, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/GB"] = 7100, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/GR"] = 3500, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/IN"] = 29000, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/IR"] = 22000, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/IT"] = 2500, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/National"] = 909000, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/PL"] = 7600, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/RS"] = 3200, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/RU"] = 27000, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/UA"] = 2200, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/US"] = 87000, ["Module:ISO_639_name"] = 34000, ["Module:ISO_639_name/ISO_639-1"] = 29000, ["Module:ISO_639_name/ISO_639-2"] = 21000, ["Module:ISO_639_name/ISO_639-2B"] = 20000, ["Module:ISO_639_name/ISO_639-3"] = 20000, ["Module:ISO_639_name/ISO_639-3_(dep)"] = 34000, ["Module:ISO_639_name/ISO_639-5"] = 19000, ["Module:ISO_639_name/ISO_639_deprecated"] = 34000, ["Module:ISO_639_name/ISO_639_name_to_code"] = 4500, ["Module:ISO_639_name/ISO_639_override"] = 34000, ["Module:ISOdate"] = 47000, ["Module:Ice_hockey_box"] = 2000, ["Module:Icon"] = 675000, ["Module:Icon/data"] = 675000, ["Module:Icon_box"] = 260000, ["Module:Icon_box/data"] = 260000, ["Module:If_any_equal"] = 251000, ["Module:If_empty"] = 6720000, ["Module:If_in_category"] = 163000, ["Module:If_in_page"] = 21000, ["Module:If_not_given_or_empty"] = 80000, ["Module:If_preview"] = 935000, ["Module:If_preview/configuration"] = 935000, ["Module:If_preview/styles.css"] = 935000, ["Module:In_lang"] = 387000, ["Module:Indent"] = 2300, ["Module:Infobox"] = 4670000, ["Module:Infobox/dates"] = 77000, ["Module:Infobox/styles.css"] = 4940000, ["Module:Infobox/utilities"] = 2600, ["Module:Infobox3cols"] = 320000, ["Module:InfoboxBuilder"] = 2700, ["Module:InfoboxImage"] = 5600000, ["Module:InfoboxImage/data"] = 3340000, ["Module:Infobox_body_of_water_tracking"] = 19000, ["Module:Infobox_cyclist_tracking"] = 16000, ["Module:Infobox_dim"] = 380000, ["Module:Infobox_dim/data"] = 234000, ["Module:Infobox_election"] = 42000, ["Module:Infobox_gene"] = 13000, ["Module:Infobox_mapframe"] = 1670000, ["Module:Infobox_military_conflict"] = 28000, ["Module:Infobox_military_conflict/styles.css"] = 28000, ["Module:Infobox_multi-lingual_name"] = 23000, ["Module:Infobox_multi-lingual_name/data"] = 23000, ["Module:Infobox_power_station"] = 3400, ["Module:Infobox_road"] = 26000, ["Module:Infobox_road/browselinks"] = 26000, ["Module:Infobox_road/errors"] = 25000, ["Module:Infobox_road/length"] = 26000, ["Module:Infobox_road/locations"] = 25000, ["Module:Infobox_road/map"] = 25000, ["Module:Infobox_road/route"] = 26000, ["Module:Infobox_road/sections"] = 25000, ["Module:Infobox_ship"] = 43000, ["Module:Infobox_ship/data"] = 43000, ["Module:Infobox_ship/styles.css"] = 43000, ["Module:Infobox_television"] = 64000, ["Module:Infobox_television_disambiguation_check"] = 71000, ["Module:Infobox_television_episode"] = 13000, ["Module:Infobox_television_season_disambiguation_check"] = 10000, ["Module:Infobox_television_season_name"] = 11000, ["Module:Internet_Archive"] = 22000, ["Module:Is_article"] = 2400, ["Module:Is_infobox_in_lead"] = 461000, ["Module:Is_instance"] = 353000, ["Module:Iso2nationality"] = 95000, ["Module:Italic_title"] = 1250000, ["Module:Italic_title2"] = 5800, } c1e2nr1kfvurwrrolk0y8lrdtjzauzn 828 20523 266106 263975 2026-07-12T05:11:52Z en>Ahechtbot 0 [[Wikipedia:BOT|Bot]]: Updated page. 266106 Scribunto text/plain return { ["P"] = 6400, ["P-1"] = 4800, ["P-phrases"] = 4200, ["P."] = 4000, ["P1"] = 232000, ["P2"] = 508000, ["PAGENAMEBASE"] = 1890000, ["PAGENAMEU"] = 55000, ["PAK"] = 3400, ["PD-US"] = 8600, ["PD-US-1923-abroad"] = 5400, ["PD-US-expired"] = 5000, ["PD-US-expired-abroad"] = 8700, ["PD-US-no_notice"] = 2300, ["PD-art"] = 3200, ["PD-ineligible-USonly"] = 7600, ["PD-notice"] = 26000, ["PD-old-100"] = 3300, ["PD-self"] = 31000, ["PD-textlogo"] = 6100, ["PDB_Gallery"] = 2900, ["PDanube"] = 3300, ["PER"] = 3500, ["PHI"] = 2700, ["PHL"] = 3700, ["PH_census"] = 2000, ["PLANTS"] = 4300, ["PM20"] = 3300, ["PMID"] = 6500, ["PNsign"] = 2000, ["POL"] = 68000, ["POR"] = 5500, ["POTD/Day"] = 2800, ["POTD_archive"] = 2500, ["POTD_archive/footer"] = 2500, ["POTD_default"] = 12000, ["POTD_image"] = 3800, ["POTD_image1"] = 2500, ["POTD_image2"] = 2500, ["POTD_navigation"] = 7800, ["POTD_texttitle"] = 2500, ["POTDlink"] = 8200, ["POV"] = 3100, ["POW"] = 2500, ["PR/header"] = 3100, ["PR/heading"] = 7200, ["PRI"] = 2200, ["PRT"] = 6300, ["PR_link"] = 118000, ["PS"] = 3100, ["Pad"] = 50000, ["Paddle_Steamer"] = 3100, ["Page"] = 4300, ["Page_name_sub"] = 51000, ["Page_needed"] = 23000, ["Page_tabs"] = 4100, ["Page_tabs/styles.css"] = 4100, ["Pagelinks"] = 74000, ["Pagelist"] = 15000, ["Pagetype"] = 11200000, ["Paid"] = 16000, ["Pakistani_English"] = 3900, ["Para"] = 2820000, ["Parabr"] = 3800, ["Paragraph_break"] = 2140000, ["Param_value"] = 151000, ["Param_value/styles.css"] = 151000, ["Parameter"] = 2820000, ["Parameter_names_example"] = 2700, ["ParmPart"] = 15000, ["Partial"] = 5700, ["Partial_minor_planet_designation"] = 5700, ["Partly_done"] = 4300, ["Party_color"] = 81000, ["Party_color_cell"] = 6500, ["Party_index_link"] = 3300, ["Party_name_with_color"] = 7100, ["Party_name_with_colour"] = 4100, ["Party_shading/Democratic"] = 19000, ["Party_shading/Independent"] = 3400, ["Party_shading/Republican"] = 18000, ["Party_stripe"] = 17000, ["Pass"] = 3300, ["Pb"] = 2100000, ["Pd-notice"] = 2200, ["Pedigree"] = 4300, ["Peer_review/heading"] = 10000, ["Peer_review_links"] = 3100, ["Peer_review_tools"] = 9600, ["Penalty_shoot-out"] = 5900, ["Pending"] = 6100, ["Pending_DYK_American_hooks"] = 4900, ["Pending_DYK_biographies"] = 11000, ["Pending_film"] = 2700, ["Pending_films_key"] = 2500, ["Pengoal"] = 12000, ["Penmiss"] = 14000, ["Percentage"] = 18000, ["Performance_key"] = 2800, ["Performance_key/styles.css"] = 2800, ["Period_color"] = 28000, ["Period_end"] = 26000, ["Period_id"] = 29000, ["Period_start"] = 28000, ["Personal_attack_removed"] = 2100, ["PeruTasks"] = 19000, ["Phab"] = 8100, ["Phabricator"] = 8300, ["Phanerozoic_250px"] = 25000, ["PharmNavFootnote"] = 5600, ["Philippine_census_reference"] = 2000, ["Philippine_name"] = 4200, ["Photo"] = 2200, ["Photo_montage"] = 4900, ["Photo_requested"] = 108000, ["Photograph_requested"] = 4600, ["Photomontage"] = 4400, ["Photoreq"] = 2900, ["Picture_of_the_day"] = 8200, ["Pie_chart"] = 8100, ["Pie_chart/styles.css"] = 8100, ["Ping"] = 283000, ["Pipe"] = 96000, ["Place_name_disambiguation"] = 40000, ["Plain_link"] = 119000, ["Plain_list"] = 15000, ["Plain_text"] = 108000, ["Plainlink"] = 30000, ["Plainlist"] = 388000, ["Plainlist/styles.css"] = 3100000, ["Player"] = 3800, ["Player2"] = 2900, ["Please_check_ISSN"] = 16000, ["Plural"] = 107000, ["Pluralize_from_text"] = 2600000, ["Pn"] = 2800, ["Poem_quote"] = 3900, ["Poemquote"] = 2700, ["Politician_icon"] = 34000, ["Politician_icon2"] = 34000, ["Politics_sidebar_below"] = 19000, ["Politics_sidebar_title"] = 19000, ["Polluted_category"] = 2500, ["Polparty"] = 31000, ["Pop_density"] = 10000, ["Population_Germany"] = 14000, ["Portal"] = 10700000, ["Portal-Class"] = 8000, ["Portal-inline"] = 243000, ["Portal_and_project"] = 259000, ["Portal_bar"] = 184000, ["Portal_box"] = 2300, ["Portalbar"] = 10000, ["Portuguese_name"] = 10000, ["Possible"] = 4000, ["Possibly_empty_category"] = 71000, ["Post-nominals"] = 63000, ["Post-nominals/AUS"] = 8500, ["Post-nominals/CAN"] = 10000, ["Post-nominals/GBR"] = 32000, ["Post-nominals/NZL"] = 4400, ["Postnominals"] = 11000, ["Pp"] = 8900, ["Pp-book-cover"] = 52000, ["Pp-extended"] = 9800, ["Pp-move"] = 11000, ["Pp-pc"] = 4400, ["Pp-protected"] = 13000, ["Pp-semi"] = 6800, ["Pp-semi-indef"] = 4900, ["Pp-template"] = 4300, ["Pp-vandalism"] = 2900, ["Precision"] = 6000, ["Preferences"] = 17000, ["Preferences/section"] = 2600, ["PresFoot"] = 3300, ["PresHead"] = 3900, ["PresRow"] = 3900, ["Press"] = 5700, ["Preview_warning"] = 399000, ["Primary_source_inline"] = 8000, ["Primary_sources"] = 33000, ["Principal_rank"] = 650000, ["Prl"] = 118000, ["ProCyclingStats"] = 2400, ["ProQuest"] = 35000, ["Professional_wrestling_profiles"] = 3100, ["Professional_wrestling_results_table"] = 3200, ["Profit"] = 3600, ["Progress_box"] = 19000, ["Project-Class"] = 13000, ["Project_other"] = 18000, ["Promotional"] = 18000, ["Proper_name"] = 2800, ["Prose"] = 3400, ["Protected_page_maintenance_message"] = 42000, ["Protection_padlock"] = 25000, ["Proxy_block"] = 2200, ["Pso"] = 4900, ["Purge"] = 562000, ["Purge_button"] = 19000, ["Purge_button/styles.css"] = 19000, ["Module:POTD_titletext"] = 2500, ["Module:Page"] = 122000, ["Module:PageLinks"] = 74000, ["Module:Page_tabs"] = 4100, ["Module:Pagelist"] = 15000, ["Module:Pagetype"] = 18900000, ["Module:Pagetype/config"] = 18900000, ["Module:Pagetype/disambiguation"] = 13200000, ["Module:Pagetype/rfd"] = 17100000, ["Module:Pagetype/setindex"] = 13500000, ["Module:Pagetype/softredirect"] = 17700000, ["Module:ParameterCount"] = 1650000, ["Module:Parameter_names_example"] = 2700, ["Module:Parameter_validation"] = 164000, ["Module:Parameter_validation/default_config"] = 164000, ["Module:Party_name_with_color"] = 13000, ["Module:Percentage"] = 18000, ["Module:Person_date"] = 1770000, ["Module:Person_height"] = 282000, ["Module:Person_length"] = 7700, ["Module:Person_weight"] = 85000, ["Module:Phone_size"] = 2000, ["Module:Photo_montage"] = 4900, ["Module:Piechart"] = 8100, ["Module:Piechart/cuts.json"] = 8100, ["Module:Plain_text"] = 1870000, ["Module:Pn"] = 4800, ["Module:Political_party"] = 149000, ["Module:Political_party/A"] = 26000, ["Module:Political_party/B"] = 20000, ["Module:Political_party/C"] = 49000, ["Module:Political_party/D"] = 58000, ["Module:Political_party/E"] = 6900, ["Module:Political_party/F"] = 15000, ["Module:Political_party/G"] = 22000, ["Module:Political_party/H"] = 7400, ["Module:Political_party/I"] = 62000, ["Module:Political_party/J"] = 10000, ["Module:Political_party/K"] = 6100, ["Module:Political_party/L"] = 47000, ["Module:Political_party/M"] = 15000, ["Module:Political_party/N"] = 38000, ["Module:Political_party/O"] = 7000, ["Module:Political_party/P"] = 34000, ["Module:Political_party/R"] = 57000, ["Module:Political_party/S"] = 37000, ["Module:Political_party/T"] = 14000, ["Module:Political_party/U"] = 22000, ["Module:Political_party/V"] = 8000, ["Module:Political_party/W"] = 15000, ["Module:Political_party/Y"] = 2400, ["Module:Pop_density"] = 10000, ["Module:PopulationFromWikidata"] = 15000, ["Module:Portal"] = 11200000, ["Module:Portal-inline"] = 248000, ["Module:Portal/images/a"] = 2030000, ["Module:Portal/images/aliases"] = 340000, ["Module:Portal/images/b"] = 3540000, ["Module:Portal/images/c"] = 2210000, ["Module:Portal/images/d"] = 120000, ["Module:Portal/images/e"] = 584000, ["Module:Portal/images/f"] = 1010000, ["Module:Portal/images/g"] = 694000, ["Module:Portal/images/h"] = 545000, ["Module:Portal/images/i"] = 1290000, ["Module:Portal/images/j"] = 341000, ["Module:Portal/images/k"] = 88000, ["Module:Portal/images/l"] = 518000, ["Module:Portal/images/m"] = 760000, ["Module:Portal/images/n"] = 837000, ["Module:Portal/images/o"] = 458000, ["Module:Portal/images/other"] = 269000, ["Module:Portal/images/p"] = 970000, ["Module:Portal/images/q"] = 3300, ["Module:Portal/images/r"] = 436000, ["Module:Portal/images/s"] = 1990000, ["Module:Portal/images/t"] = 845000, ["Module:Portal/images/u"] = 1360000, ["Module:Portal/images/v"] = 343000, ["Module:Portal/images/w"] = 212000, ["Module:Portal/images/y"] = 38000, ["Module:Portal/images/z"] = 6300, ["Module:Portal/styles.css"] = 10700000, ["Module:Portal_bar"] = 204000, ["Module:Portal_bar/styles.css"] = 204000, ["Module:PrevalenceData"] = 8300, ["Module:Professional_wrestling_profiles"] = 3100, ["Module:Professional_wrestling_results_table"] = 3200, ["Module:Progress_box"] = 19000, ["Module:Progress_box/config"] = 19000, ["Module:Progress_box/styles.css"] = 19000, ["Module:Protect"] = 125000, ["Module:Protected_edit_request"] = 59000, ["Module:Protection_banner"] = 73000, ["Module:Protection_banner/config"] = 73000, ["Module:Purge"] = 585000, } n4a964dxgegkf7kf5r7p2uif0q56xz9 266107 266106 2026-07-18T15:29:38Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:Transclusion_count/data/P]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266106 Scribunto text/plain return { ["P"] = 6400, ["P-1"] = 4800, ["P-phrases"] = 4200, ["P."] = 4000, ["P1"] = 232000, ["P2"] = 508000, ["PAGENAMEBASE"] = 1890000, ["PAGENAMEU"] = 55000, ["PAK"] = 3400, ["PD-US"] = 8600, ["PD-US-1923-abroad"] = 5400, ["PD-US-expired"] = 5000, ["PD-US-expired-abroad"] = 8700, ["PD-US-no_notice"] = 2300, ["PD-art"] = 3200, ["PD-ineligible-USonly"] = 7600, ["PD-notice"] = 26000, ["PD-old-100"] = 3300, ["PD-self"] = 31000, ["PD-textlogo"] = 6100, ["PDB_Gallery"] = 2900, ["PDanube"] = 3300, ["PER"] = 3500, ["PHI"] = 2700, ["PHL"] = 3700, ["PH_census"] = 2000, ["PLANTS"] = 4300, ["PM20"] = 3300, ["PMID"] = 6500, ["PNsign"] = 2000, ["POL"] = 68000, ["POR"] = 5500, ["POTD/Day"] = 2800, ["POTD_archive"] = 2500, ["POTD_archive/footer"] = 2500, ["POTD_default"] = 12000, ["POTD_image"] = 3800, ["POTD_image1"] = 2500, ["POTD_image2"] = 2500, ["POTD_navigation"] = 7800, ["POTD_texttitle"] = 2500, ["POTDlink"] = 8200, ["POV"] = 3100, ["POW"] = 2500, ["PR/header"] = 3100, ["PR/heading"] = 7200, ["PRI"] = 2200, ["PRT"] = 6300, ["PR_link"] = 118000, ["PS"] = 3100, ["Pad"] = 50000, ["Paddle_Steamer"] = 3100, ["Page"] = 4300, ["Page_name_sub"] = 51000, ["Page_needed"] = 23000, ["Page_tabs"] = 4100, ["Page_tabs/styles.css"] = 4100, ["Pagelinks"] = 74000, ["Pagelist"] = 15000, ["Pagetype"] = 11200000, ["Paid"] = 16000, ["Pakistani_English"] = 3900, ["Para"] = 2820000, ["Parabr"] = 3800, ["Paragraph_break"] = 2140000, ["Param_value"] = 151000, ["Param_value/styles.css"] = 151000, ["Parameter"] = 2820000, ["Parameter_names_example"] = 2700, ["ParmPart"] = 15000, ["Partial"] = 5700, ["Partial_minor_planet_designation"] = 5700, ["Partly_done"] = 4300, ["Party_color"] = 81000, ["Party_color_cell"] = 6500, ["Party_index_link"] = 3300, ["Party_name_with_color"] = 7100, ["Party_name_with_colour"] = 4100, ["Party_shading/Democratic"] = 19000, ["Party_shading/Independent"] = 3400, ["Party_shading/Republican"] = 18000, ["Party_stripe"] = 17000, ["Pass"] = 3300, ["Pb"] = 2100000, ["Pd-notice"] = 2200, ["Pedigree"] = 4300, ["Peer_review/heading"] = 10000, ["Peer_review_links"] = 3100, ["Peer_review_tools"] = 9600, ["Penalty_shoot-out"] = 5900, ["Pending"] = 6100, ["Pending_DYK_American_hooks"] = 4900, ["Pending_DYK_biographies"] = 11000, ["Pending_film"] = 2700, ["Pending_films_key"] = 2500, ["Pengoal"] = 12000, ["Penmiss"] = 14000, ["Percentage"] = 18000, ["Performance_key"] = 2800, ["Performance_key/styles.css"] = 2800, ["Period_color"] = 28000, ["Period_end"] = 26000, ["Period_id"] = 29000, ["Period_start"] = 28000, ["Personal_attack_removed"] = 2100, ["PeruTasks"] = 19000, ["Phab"] = 8100, ["Phabricator"] = 8300, ["Phanerozoic_250px"] = 25000, ["PharmNavFootnote"] = 5600, ["Philippine_census_reference"] = 2000, ["Philippine_name"] = 4200, ["Photo"] = 2200, ["Photo_montage"] = 4900, ["Photo_requested"] = 108000, ["Photograph_requested"] = 4600, ["Photomontage"] = 4400, ["Photoreq"] = 2900, ["Picture_of_the_day"] = 8200, ["Pie_chart"] = 8100, ["Pie_chart/styles.css"] = 8100, ["Ping"] = 283000, ["Pipe"] = 96000, ["Place_name_disambiguation"] = 40000, ["Plain_link"] = 119000, ["Plain_list"] = 15000, ["Plain_text"] = 108000, ["Plainlink"] = 30000, ["Plainlist"] = 388000, ["Plainlist/styles.css"] = 3100000, ["Player"] = 3800, ["Player2"] = 2900, ["Please_check_ISSN"] = 16000, ["Plural"] = 107000, ["Pluralize_from_text"] = 2600000, ["Pn"] = 2800, ["Poem_quote"] = 3900, ["Poemquote"] = 2700, ["Politician_icon"] = 34000, ["Politician_icon2"] = 34000, ["Politics_sidebar_below"] = 19000, ["Politics_sidebar_title"] = 19000, ["Polluted_category"] = 2500, ["Polparty"] = 31000, ["Pop_density"] = 10000, ["Population_Germany"] = 14000, ["Portal"] = 10700000, ["Portal-Class"] = 8000, ["Portal-inline"] = 243000, ["Portal_and_project"] = 259000, ["Portal_bar"] = 184000, ["Portal_box"] = 2300, ["Portalbar"] = 10000, ["Portuguese_name"] = 10000, ["Possible"] = 4000, ["Possibly_empty_category"] = 71000, ["Post-nominals"] = 63000, ["Post-nominals/AUS"] = 8500, ["Post-nominals/CAN"] = 10000, ["Post-nominals/GBR"] = 32000, ["Post-nominals/NZL"] = 4400, ["Postnominals"] = 11000, ["Pp"] = 8900, ["Pp-book-cover"] = 52000, ["Pp-extended"] = 9800, ["Pp-move"] = 11000, ["Pp-pc"] = 4400, ["Pp-protected"] = 13000, ["Pp-semi"] = 6800, ["Pp-semi-indef"] = 4900, ["Pp-template"] = 4300, ["Pp-vandalism"] = 2900, ["Precision"] = 6000, ["Preferences"] = 17000, ["Preferences/section"] = 2600, ["PresFoot"] = 3300, ["PresHead"] = 3900, ["PresRow"] = 3900, ["Press"] = 5700, ["Preview_warning"] = 399000, ["Primary_source_inline"] = 8000, ["Primary_sources"] = 33000, ["Principal_rank"] = 650000, ["Prl"] = 118000, ["ProCyclingStats"] = 2400, ["ProQuest"] = 35000, ["Professional_wrestling_profiles"] = 3100, ["Professional_wrestling_results_table"] = 3200, ["Profit"] = 3600, ["Progress_box"] = 19000, ["Project-Class"] = 13000, ["Project_other"] = 18000, ["Promotional"] = 18000, ["Proper_name"] = 2800, ["Prose"] = 3400, ["Protected_page_maintenance_message"] = 42000, ["Protection_padlock"] = 25000, ["Proxy_block"] = 2200, ["Pso"] = 4900, ["Purge"] = 562000, ["Purge_button"] = 19000, ["Purge_button/styles.css"] = 19000, ["Module:POTD_titletext"] = 2500, ["Module:Page"] = 122000, ["Module:PageLinks"] = 74000, ["Module:Page_tabs"] = 4100, ["Module:Pagelist"] = 15000, ["Module:Pagetype"] = 18900000, ["Module:Pagetype/config"] = 18900000, ["Module:Pagetype/disambiguation"] = 13200000, ["Module:Pagetype/rfd"] = 17100000, ["Module:Pagetype/setindex"] = 13500000, ["Module:Pagetype/softredirect"] = 17700000, ["Module:ParameterCount"] = 1650000, ["Module:Parameter_names_example"] = 2700, ["Module:Parameter_validation"] = 164000, ["Module:Parameter_validation/default_config"] = 164000, ["Module:Party_name_with_color"] = 13000, ["Module:Percentage"] = 18000, ["Module:Person_date"] = 1770000, ["Module:Person_height"] = 282000, ["Module:Person_length"] = 7700, ["Module:Person_weight"] = 85000, ["Module:Phone_size"] = 2000, ["Module:Photo_montage"] = 4900, ["Module:Piechart"] = 8100, ["Module:Piechart/cuts.json"] = 8100, ["Module:Plain_text"] = 1870000, ["Module:Pn"] = 4800, ["Module:Political_party"] = 149000, ["Module:Political_party/A"] = 26000, ["Module:Political_party/B"] = 20000, ["Module:Political_party/C"] = 49000, ["Module:Political_party/D"] = 58000, ["Module:Political_party/E"] = 6900, ["Module:Political_party/F"] = 15000, ["Module:Political_party/G"] = 22000, ["Module:Political_party/H"] = 7400, ["Module:Political_party/I"] = 62000, ["Module:Political_party/J"] = 10000, ["Module:Political_party/K"] = 6100, ["Module:Political_party/L"] = 47000, ["Module:Political_party/M"] = 15000, ["Module:Political_party/N"] = 38000, ["Module:Political_party/O"] = 7000, ["Module:Political_party/P"] = 34000, ["Module:Political_party/R"] = 57000, ["Module:Political_party/S"] = 37000, ["Module:Political_party/T"] = 14000, ["Module:Political_party/U"] = 22000, ["Module:Political_party/V"] = 8000, ["Module:Political_party/W"] = 15000, ["Module:Political_party/Y"] = 2400, ["Module:Pop_density"] = 10000, ["Module:PopulationFromWikidata"] = 15000, ["Module:Portal"] = 11200000, ["Module:Portal-inline"] = 248000, ["Module:Portal/images/a"] = 2030000, ["Module:Portal/images/aliases"] = 340000, ["Module:Portal/images/b"] = 3540000, ["Module:Portal/images/c"] = 2210000, ["Module:Portal/images/d"] = 120000, ["Module:Portal/images/e"] = 584000, ["Module:Portal/images/f"] = 1010000, ["Module:Portal/images/g"] = 694000, ["Module:Portal/images/h"] = 545000, ["Module:Portal/images/i"] = 1290000, ["Module:Portal/images/j"] = 341000, ["Module:Portal/images/k"] = 88000, ["Module:Portal/images/l"] = 518000, ["Module:Portal/images/m"] = 760000, ["Module:Portal/images/n"] = 837000, ["Module:Portal/images/o"] = 458000, ["Module:Portal/images/other"] = 269000, ["Module:Portal/images/p"] = 970000, ["Module:Portal/images/q"] = 3300, ["Module:Portal/images/r"] = 436000, ["Module:Portal/images/s"] = 1990000, ["Module:Portal/images/t"] = 845000, ["Module:Portal/images/u"] = 1360000, ["Module:Portal/images/v"] = 343000, ["Module:Portal/images/w"] = 212000, ["Module:Portal/images/y"] = 38000, ["Module:Portal/images/z"] = 6300, ["Module:Portal/styles.css"] = 10700000, ["Module:Portal_bar"] = 204000, ["Module:Portal_bar/styles.css"] = 204000, ["Module:PrevalenceData"] = 8300, ["Module:Professional_wrestling_profiles"] = 3100, ["Module:Professional_wrestling_results_table"] = 3200, ["Module:Progress_box"] = 19000, ["Module:Progress_box/config"] = 19000, ["Module:Progress_box/styles.css"] = 19000, ["Module:Protect"] = 125000, ["Module:Protected_edit_request"] = 59000, ["Module:Protection_banner"] = 73000, ["Module:Protection_banner/config"] = 73000, ["Module:Purge"] = 585000, } n4a964dxgegkf7kf5r7p2uif0q56xz9 828 20849 266030 245652 2021-02-02T18:35:13Z en>GreenC 0 add new feature "|numeric" to print number only 266030 Scribunto text/plain -- Implement [[Template:Time ago]] local numberSpell, yesno -- lazy load function numberSpell(arg) numberSpell = require('Module:NumberSpell')._main return numberSpell(arg) end function yesno(arg) yesno = require('Module:Yesno') return yesno(arg) end local p = {} -- Table to convert entered text values to numeric values. local timeText = { ['seconds'] = 1, ['minutes'] = 60, ['hours'] = 3600, ['days'] = 86400, ['weeks'] = 604800, ['months'] = 2629800, -- 365.25 * 24 * 60 * 60 / 12 ['years'] = 31557600 } -- Table containing tables of possible units to use in output. local timeUnits = { [1] = { 'second', 'seconds', "second's", "seconds'" }, [60] = { 'minute', 'minutes', "minutes'", "minutes'" }, [3600] = { 'hour', 'hours', "hour's", "hours'" }, [86400] = { 'day', 'days', "day's", "days'" }, [604800] = { 'week', 'weeks', "week's", "weeks'", unit = 'w' }, [2629800] = { 'month', 'months', "month's", "months'", unit = 'm' }, [31557600] = { 'year', 'years', "year's", "years'", unit = 'y' } } function p._main( args ) -- Initialize variables local lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() local auto_magnitude_num local min_magnitude_num local magnitude = args.magnitude local min_magnitude = args.min_magnitude local purge = args.purge -- Add a purge link if something (usually "yes") is entered into the purge parameter if purge then purge = ' <span class="plainlinks">([' .. mw.title.getCurrentTitle():fullUrl('action=purge') .. ' purge])</span>' else purge = '' end -- Check that the entered timestamp is valid. If it isn't, then give an error message. local success, inputTime = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'xnU', args[1] ) if not success then return '<strong class="error">Error: first parameter cannot be parsed as a date or time.</strong>' end -- Store the difference between the current time and the inputted time, as well as its absolute value. local timeDiff = lang:formatDate( 'xnU' ) - inputTime local absTimeDiff = math.abs( timeDiff ) if magnitude then auto_magnitude_num = 0 min_magnitude_num = timeText[magnitude] else -- Calculate the appropriate unit of time if it was not specified as an argument. local autoMagnitudeData = { { factor = 2, amn = 31557600 }, { factor = 2, amn = 2629800 }, { factor = 2, amn = 86400 }, { factor = 2, amn = 3600 }, { factor = 2, amn = 60 } } for _, t in ipairs( autoMagnitudeData ) do if absTimeDiff / t.amn >= t.factor then auto_magnitude_num = t.amn break end end auto_magnitude_num = auto_magnitude_num or 1 if min_magnitude then min_magnitude_num = timeText[min_magnitude] else min_magnitude_num = -1 end end if not min_magnitude_num then -- Default to seconds if an invalid magnitude is entered. min_magnitude_num = 1 end local result_num local magnitude_num = math.max( min_magnitude_num, auto_magnitude_num ) local unit = timeUnits[magnitude_num].unit if unit and absTimeDiff >= 864000 then local Date = require('Module:Date')._Date local input = lang:formatDate('Y-m-d H:i:s', args[1]) -- Date needs a clean date input = Date(input) if input then local id if input.hour == 0 and input.minute == 0 then id = 'currentdate' else id = 'currentdatetime' end result_num = (Date(id) - input):age(unit) end end result_num = result_num or math.floor ( absTimeDiff / magnitude_num ) local punctuation_key, suffix if timeDiff >= 0 then -- Past if result_num == 1 then punctuation_key = 1 else punctuation_key = 2 end if args.ago == '' then suffix = '' else suffix = ' ' .. (args.ago or 'ago') end else -- Future if args.ago == '' then suffix = '' if result_num == 1 then punctuation_key = 1 else punctuation_key = 2 end else suffix = ' time' if result_num == 1 then punctuation_key = 3 else punctuation_key = 4 end end end local result_unit = timeUnits[ magnitude_num ][ punctuation_key ] -- Convert numerals to words if appropriate. local spell_out = args.spellout local spell_out_max = tonumber(args.spelloutmax) local result_num_text if spell_out and ( ( spell_out == 'auto' and 1 <= result_num and result_num <= 9 and result_num <= ( spell_out_max or 9 ) ) or ( yesno( spell_out ) and 1 <= result_num and result_num <= 100 and result_num <= ( spell_out_max or 100 ) ) ) then result_num_text = numberSpell( result_num ) else result_num_text = tostring( result_num ) end -- numeric or string local numeric_out = args.numeric local result = "" if numeric_out then result = tostring( result_num ) else result = result_num_text .. ' ' .. result_unit .. suffix -- Spaces for suffix have been added in earlier. end return result .. purge end function p.main( frame ) local args = require( 'Module:Arguments' ).getArgs( frame, { valueFunc = function( k, v ) if v then v = v:match( '^%s*(.-)%s*$' ) -- Trim whitespace. if k == 'ago' or v ~= '' then return v end end return nil end, wrappers = 'Template:Time ago' }) return p._main( args ) end return p owi7m6sdgrso49bzrq9mha9ire8l3cs 266031 266030 2026-07-18T15:28:48Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:Time_ago]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266030 Scribunto text/plain -- Implement [[Template:Time ago]] local numberSpell, yesno -- lazy load function numberSpell(arg) numberSpell = require('Module:NumberSpell')._main return numberSpell(arg) end function yesno(arg) yesno = require('Module:Yesno') return yesno(arg) end local p = {} -- Table to convert entered text values to numeric values. local timeText = { ['seconds'] = 1, ['minutes'] = 60, ['hours'] = 3600, ['days'] = 86400, ['weeks'] = 604800, ['months'] = 2629800, -- 365.25 * 24 * 60 * 60 / 12 ['years'] = 31557600 } -- Table containing tables of possible units to use in output. local timeUnits = { [1] = { 'second', 'seconds', "second's", "seconds'" }, [60] = { 'minute', 'minutes', "minutes'", "minutes'" }, [3600] = { 'hour', 'hours', "hour's", "hours'" }, [86400] = { 'day', 'days', "day's", "days'" }, [604800] = { 'week', 'weeks', "week's", "weeks'", unit = 'w' }, [2629800] = { 'month', 'months', "month's", "months'", unit = 'm' }, [31557600] = { 'year', 'years', "year's", "years'", unit = 'y' } } function p._main( args ) -- Initialize variables local lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() local auto_magnitude_num local min_magnitude_num local magnitude = args.magnitude local min_magnitude = args.min_magnitude local purge = args.purge -- Add a purge link if something (usually "yes") is entered into the purge parameter if purge then purge = ' <span class="plainlinks">([' .. mw.title.getCurrentTitle():fullUrl('action=purge') .. ' purge])</span>' else purge = '' end -- Check that the entered timestamp is valid. If it isn't, then give an error message. local success, inputTime = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'xnU', args[1] ) if not success then return '<strong class="error">Error: first parameter cannot be parsed as a date or time.</strong>' end -- Store the difference between the current time and the inputted time, as well as its absolute value. local timeDiff = lang:formatDate( 'xnU' ) - inputTime local absTimeDiff = math.abs( timeDiff ) if magnitude then auto_magnitude_num = 0 min_magnitude_num = timeText[magnitude] else -- Calculate the appropriate unit of time if it was not specified as an argument. local autoMagnitudeData = { { factor = 2, amn = 31557600 }, { factor = 2, amn = 2629800 }, { factor = 2, amn = 86400 }, { factor = 2, amn = 3600 }, { factor = 2, amn = 60 } } for _, t in ipairs( autoMagnitudeData ) do if absTimeDiff / t.amn >= t.factor then auto_magnitude_num = t.amn break end end auto_magnitude_num = auto_magnitude_num or 1 if min_magnitude then min_magnitude_num = timeText[min_magnitude] else min_magnitude_num = -1 end end if not min_magnitude_num then -- Default to seconds if an invalid magnitude is entered. min_magnitude_num = 1 end local result_num local magnitude_num = math.max( min_magnitude_num, auto_magnitude_num ) local unit = timeUnits[magnitude_num].unit if unit and absTimeDiff >= 864000 then local Date = require('Module:Date')._Date local input = lang:formatDate('Y-m-d H:i:s', args[1]) -- Date needs a clean date input = Date(input) if input then local id if input.hour == 0 and input.minute == 0 then id = 'currentdate' else id = 'currentdatetime' end result_num = (Date(id) - input):age(unit) end end result_num = result_num or math.floor ( absTimeDiff / magnitude_num ) local punctuation_key, suffix if timeDiff >= 0 then -- Past if result_num == 1 then punctuation_key = 1 else punctuation_key = 2 end if args.ago == '' then suffix = '' else suffix = ' ' .. (args.ago or 'ago') end else -- Future if args.ago == '' then suffix = '' if result_num == 1 then punctuation_key = 1 else punctuation_key = 2 end else suffix = ' time' if result_num == 1 then punctuation_key = 3 else punctuation_key = 4 end end end local result_unit = timeUnits[ magnitude_num ][ punctuation_key ] -- Convert numerals to words if appropriate. local spell_out = args.spellout local spell_out_max = tonumber(args.spelloutmax) local result_num_text if spell_out and ( ( spell_out == 'auto' and 1 <= result_num and result_num <= 9 and result_num <= ( spell_out_max or 9 ) ) or ( yesno( spell_out ) and 1 <= result_num and result_num <= 100 and result_num <= ( spell_out_max or 100 ) ) ) then result_num_text = numberSpell( result_num ) else result_num_text = tostring( result_num ) end -- numeric or string local numeric_out = args.numeric local result = "" if numeric_out then result = tostring( result_num ) else result = result_num_text .. ' ' .. result_unit .. suffix -- Spaces for suffix have been added in earlier. end return result .. purge end function p.main( frame ) local args = require( 'Module:Arguments' ).getArgs( frame, { valueFunc = function( k, v ) if v then v = v:match( '^%s*(.-)%s*$' ) -- Trim whitespace. if k == 'ago' or v ~= '' then return v end end return nil end, wrappers = 'Template:Time ago' }) return p._main( args ) end return p owi7m6sdgrso49bzrq9mha9ire8l3cs 828 21045 266104 250223 2026-02-08T02:48:03Z en>Andrybak 0 tweak CSS var 266104 Scribunto text/plain local TemplateData = { item = 46997995, serial = "2025-02-07", suite = "TemplateData" } local Failsafe = TemplateData local Config = { -- Multiple option names mapped into unique internal fields. basicCnf = { catProblem = "strange", classMultiColumns = "selMultClm", classNoNumTOC = "suppressTOCnum", classTable = "classTable", cssParWrap = "cssTabWrap", cssParams = "cssTable", docpageCreate = "suffix", docpageDetect = "subpage", helpAliases = "supportAliases", helpBoolean = "support4boolean", helpContent = "support4content", helpDate = "support4date", helpDefault = "support4default", helpFile = "support4wiki-file-name", helpFormat = "supportFormat", helpLine = "support4line", helpNumber = "support4number", helpPage = "support4wiki-page-name", helpString = "support4string", helpTemplate = "support4wiki-template-name", helpURL = "support4url", helpUser = "support4wiki-user-name", msgDescMiss = "solo", tStylesMultiColumns = "stylesMultClm", tStylesTOCnum = "stylesTOCnum" }, classTable = { "wikitable" }, -- Classes for params table cssTable = false, -- Styles for params table cssTabWrap = false, -- Styles for params table wrapper debug = false, debugmultilang = "#c0c0c0", jsonDebug = "json-code-lint", -- Class for jsonDebug tool loudly = false, -- Show exported element, etc. solo = false, -- Complaint on missing description strange = false, -- Title of maintenance category subpage = false, -- Pattern to identify subpage suffix = false, -- Subpage creation scheme suppressTOCnum = false -- Class for TOC number suppression } local Data = { div = false, -- <div class="mw-templatedata-doc-wrap"> got = false, -- table, initial templatedata object heirs = false, -- table, params that are inherited jump = false, -- source position at end of "params" less = false, -- main description missing lasting = false, -- old syntax encountered lazy = false, -- doc mode; do not generate effective <templatedata> leading = false, -- show TOC -- low = false, -- 1= mode order = false, -- parameter sequence params = false, -- table, exported parameters scream = false, -- error messages sibling = false, -- TOC juxtaposed slang = nil, -- project/user language code slim = false, -- JSON reduced to plain source = false, -- JSON input strip = false, -- <templatedata> evaluation tag = false, -- table, exported root element title = false, -- page tree = false -- table, rewritten templatedata object } local Permit = { builder = { after = "block", align = "block", block = "block", compressed = "block", dense = "block", grouped = "inline", half = "inline", indent = "block", inline = "inline", last = "block", lead = "block", newlines = "*", spaced = "inline" }, colors = { bg = "var(--background-color-base, #fff)", deprecated = "#ffcbcb", fg = "var(--color-base, #000)", optional = "#eaecf0", required = "#eaf3ff", suggested = "#fff", tableheadbg = "var(--background-color-progressive-subtle, #b3b7ff)" }, params = { aliases = "table", autovalue = "string", default = "string table I18N nowiki", deprecated = "boolean string I18N", description = "string table I18N", example = "string table I18N nowiki", inherits = "string", label = "string table I18N", required = "boolean", style = "string table", suggested = "boolean", suggestedvalues = "string table number boolean", type = "string" }, root = { description = "string table I18N", format = "string", maps = "table", paramOrder = "table", params = "table", sets = "table" }, search = "[{,]%%s*(['\"])%s%%1%%s*:%%s*%%{", types = { boolean = true, content = true, date = true, line = true, number = true, string = true, unknown = true, url = true, ["string/line"] = "line", ["string/wiki-page-name"] = "wiki-page-name", ["string/wiki-user-name"] = "wiki-user-name", ["unbalanced-wikitext"] = true, ["wiki-file-name"] = true, ["wiki-page-name"] = true, ["wiki-template-name"] = true, ["wiki-user-name"] = true } } local function Fault(alert) -- Memorize error message. -- Parameter: -- alert -- string, error message if Data.scream then Data.scream = string.format("%s *** %s", Data.scream, alert) else Data.scream = alert end end -- Fault() local function Fetch(ask, allow) -- Fetch module. -- Parameter: -- ask -- string, with name -- "/global" -- "JSONutil" -- "Multilingual" -- "Text" -- "WLink" -- allow -- true: no error if unavailable -- Returns table of module -- Error: Module not available local sign = ask local r, stem if sign:sub(1, 1) == "/" then sign = TemplateData.frame:getTitle() .. sign else stem = sign sign = "Module:" .. stem end if TemplateData.extern then r = TemplateData.extern[sign] else TemplateData.extern = {} end if not r then local lucky, g = pcall(require, sign) if type(g) == "table" then if stem and type(g[stem]) == "function" then r = g[stem]() else r = g end TemplateData.extern[sign] = r elseif not allow then error(string.format("Fetch(%s) %s", sign, g), 0) end end return r end -- Fetch() local function Foreign() -- Guess human language, returns slang or not. if type(Data.slang) == "nil" then local Multilingual = Fetch("Multilingual", true) if Multilingual and type(Multilingual.userLangCode) == "function" then Data.slang = Multilingual.userLangCode() else Data.slang = mw.language.getContentLanguage():getCode():lower() end end if Data.slang and mw.ustring.codepoint(Data.slang, 1, 1) > 122 then Data.slang = false end return Data.slang end -- Foreign() local function facet(ask, at) -- Find physical position of parameter definition in JSON. -- Parameter: -- ask -- string, parameter name -- at -- number, physical position within definition -- Returns number or nil. local seek = string.format(Permit.search, ask:gsub("%%", "%%%%"):gsub("([%-.()+*?^$%[%]])", "%%%1")) local i, k, r, slice, source if not Data.jump then Data.jump = Data.source:find("params", 2) if Data.jump then Data.jump = Data.jump + 7 else Data.jump = 1 end end i, k = Data.source:find(seek, at + Data.jump) while i and not r do source = Data.source:sub(k + 1) slice = source:match('^%s*"([^"]+)"s*:') if not slice then slice = source:match("^%s*'([^']+)'%s*:") end if (slice and Permit.params[slice]) or source:match("^%s*%}") then r = k else i, k = Data.source:find(seek, k) end end -- while i return r end -- facet() local function facilities(apply) -- Retrieve details of suggestedvalues. -- Parameter: -- apply -- table, with plain or enhanced values -- .suggestedvalues -- table|string|number, or more -- Returns -- 1 -- table, with suggestedvalues -- 2 -- table, with CSS map, or not -- 3 -- string, with class, or not -- 4 -- string, with templatestyles, or not local elements = apply.suggestedvalues local s = type(elements) local r1, r2, r3, r4 if s == "table" then local values = elements.values if type(values) == "table" then r1 = values if type(elements.scroll) == "string" then r2 = r2 or {} r2.height = apply.scroll r2.overflow = "auto" end if type(elements.minwidth) == "string" then local s = type(elements.maxcolumns) r2 = r2 or {} r2["column-width"] = elements.minwidth if s == "string" or s == "number" then s = tostring(elements.maxcolumns) r2["column-count"] = s end if type(Config.selMultClm) == "string" then r3 = Config.selMultClm end if type(Config.stylesMultClm) == "string" then local src = Config.stylesMultClm .. "/styles.css" r4 = TemplateData.frame:extensionTag("templatestyles", nil, { src = src }) end end elseif elements and elements ~= "" then r1 = elements end elseif s == "string" then s = mw.text.trim(about) if s ~= "" then r1 = {} table.insert(r1, { code = s }) end elseif s == "number" then r1 = {} table.insert(r1, { code = tostring(elements) }) end return r1, r2, r3, r4 end -- facilities() local function factory(adapt) -- Retrieve localized text from system message. -- Parameter: -- adapt -- string, message ID after "templatedata-" -- Returns string, with localized text local o = mw.message.new("templatedata-" .. adapt) if Foreign() then o:inLanguage(Data.slang) end return o:plain() end -- factory() local function faculty(adjust) -- Test template argument for Boolean. -- adjust -- string or nil -- Returns boolean. local s = type(adjust) local r if s == "string" then r = mw.text.trim(adjust) r = (r ~= "" and r ~= "0") elseif s == "boolean" then r = adjust else r = false end return r end -- faculty() local function failures() -- Retrieve error collection and category, returns string. local r if Data.scream then local e = mw.html.create("span"):addClass("error"):wikitext(Data.scream) r = tostring(e) mw.addWarning("'''TemplateData'''<br />" .. Data.scream) if Config.strange then r = string.format("%s[[category:%s]]", r, Config.strange) end else r = "" end return r end -- failures() local function fair(adjust) -- Reduce text to one line of plain text, or noexport wikitext blocks. -- adjust -- string -- Returns string with adjusted text. local f = function(a) return a:gsub("%s*\n%s*", " "):gsub("%s%s+", " ") end local tags = { { start = "<noexport>", stop = "</noexport>", }, { start = "<exportonly>", stop = "</exportonly>", l = false, }, } local r = adjust local i, j, k, s, tag for m = 1, 2 do tag = tags[m] if r:find(tag.start, 1, true) then s = r r = "" i = 1 tag.l = true j, k = s:find(tag.start, i, true) while j do if j > 1 then r = r .. f(s:sub(i, j - 1)) end i = k + 1 j, k = s:find(tag.stop, i, true) if j then if m == 1 then r = r .. s:sub(i, j - 1) end i = k + 1 j, k = s:find(tag.start, i, true) else Fault("missing " .. tag.stop) end end -- while j r = r .. s:sub(i) elseif m == 1 then r = f(r) end end -- for m if tags[2].l then r = r:gsub("<exportonly>.*</exportonly>", "") end return r end -- fair() local function fancy(advance, alert) -- Present JSON source. -- Parameter: -- advance -- true, for nice -- alert -- true, for visible -- Returns string. local r if Data.source then local support = Config.jsonDebug local css if advance then css = { height = "6em", resize = "vertical", } r = { [1] = "syntaxhighlight", [2] = Data.source, lang = "json", style = table.concat(css, ";"), } if alert then r.class(support) end r = TemplateData.frame:callParserFunction("#tag", r) else css = { ["font-size"] = "0.77em", ["line-height"] = "1.35", } if alert then css.resize = "vertical" else css.display = "none" end r = mw.html.create("pre"):addClass(support):css(css):wikitext(mw.text.encode(Data.source)) r = tostring(r) end r = "\n" .. r else r = "" end return r end -- fancy() local function faraway(alternatives) -- Retrieve best language version from multilingual text. -- Parameter: -- alternatives -- table, to be evaluated -- Returns -- 1 -- string, with best match -- 2 -- table of other versions, if any local n = 0 local variants = {} local r1, r2 for k, v in pairs(alternatives) do if type(v) == "string" then v = mw.text.trim(v) if v ~= "" and type(k) == "string" then k = k:lower() variants[k] = v n = n + 1 end end end -- for k, v if n > 0 then local Multilingual = Fetch("Multilingual", true) if Multilingual and type(Multilingual.i18n) == "function" then local show, slang = Multilingual.i18n(variants) if show then r1 = show variants[slang] = nil r2 = variants end end if not r1 then Foreign() for k, v in pairs(variants) do if n == 1 then r1 = v elseif Data.slang == k then variants[k] = nil r1 = v r2 = variants end end -- for k, v end if r2 and Multilingual then for k, v in pairs(r2) do if v and not Multilingual.isLang(k, true) then Fault(string.format("%s <code>lang=%s</code>", "Invalid", k)) end end -- for k, v end end return r1, r2 end -- faraway() local function fashioned(about, asked, assign) -- Create description head. -- Parameter: -- about -- table, supposed to contain description -- asked -- true, if mandatory description -- assign -- <block>, if to be equipped -- Returns <block> with head, or nil. local para = assign or mw.html.create("div") local plus, r if about and about.description then if type(about.description) == "string" then para:wikitext(about.description) else para:wikitext(about.description[1]) plus = mw.html.create("ul") plus:css("text-align", "left") for k, v in pairs(about.description[2]) do plus:node( mw.html .create("li") :node(mw.html.create("code"):wikitext(k)) :node(mw.html.create("br")) :wikitext(fair(v)) ) end -- for k, v if Config.loudly then plus = mw.html .create("div") :css("background-color", Config.debugmultilang) :css("color", "inherit") :node(plus) else plus:addClass("templatedata-maintain"):css("display", "none") end end elseif Config.solo and asked then para:addClass("error"):wikitext(Config.solo) Data.less = true else para = false end if para then if plus then r = mw.html.create("div"):node(para):node(plus) else r = para end end return r end -- fashioned() local function fatten(access) -- Create table row for subheadline. -- Parameter: -- access -- string, with name -- Returns <tr>. local param = Data.tree.params[access] local sub, sort = access:match("(=+)%s*(%S.*)$") local headline = mw.html.create(string.format("h%d", #sub)) local r = mw.html.create("tr") local td = mw.html.create("td"):attr("colspan", "5"):attr("data-sort-value", "!" .. sort) local s if param.style then s = type(param.style) if s == "table" then td:css(param.style) elseif s == "string" then td:cssText(param.style) end end s = fashioned(param, false, headline) if s then headline = s else headline:wikitext(sort) end td:node(headline) r:node(td) return r end -- fatten() local function fathers() -- Merge parameters with inherited values. local n = 0 local p = Data.params local t = Data.tree.params local p2, t2 for k, v in pairs(Data.heirs) do n = n + 1 end -- for k, v for i = 1, n do if Data.heirs then for k, v in pairs(Data.heirs) do if v and not Data.heirs[v] then n = n - 1 t[k].inherits = nil Data.heirs[k] = nil p2 = {} t2 = {} if p[v] then for k2, v2 in pairs(p[v]) do p2[k2] = v2 end -- for k2, v2 if p[k] then for k2, v2 in pairs(p[k]) do if type(v2) ~= "nil" then p2[k2] = v2 end end -- for k2, v2 end p[k] = p2 for k2, v2 in pairs(t[v]) do t2[k2] = v2 end -- for k2, v2 for k2, v2 in pairs(t[k]) do if type(v2) ~= "nil" then t2[k2] = v2 end end -- for k2, v2 t[k] = t2 else Fault("No params[] inherits " .. v) end end end -- for k, v end end -- i = 1, n if n > 0 then local s for k, v in pairs(Data.heirs) do if v then if s then s = string.format("%s &#124; %s", s, k) else s = "Circular inherits: " .. k end end end -- for k, v Fault(s) end end -- fathers() local function favorize() -- Local customization issues. local boole = { ["font-size"] = "1.25em" } local l, cx = pcall(mw.loadData, TemplateData.frame:getTitle() .. "/config") local scripting, style TemplateData.ltr = not mw.language.getContentLanguage():isRTL() if TemplateData.ltr then scripting = "left" else scripting = "right" end boole["margin-" .. scripting] = "3em" Permit.boole = { [false] = { css = boole, lead = true, show = "&#x2610;", }, [true] = { css = boole, lead = true, show = "&#x2611;", }, } Permit.css = {} for k, v in pairs(Permit.colors) do if k == "tableheadbg" then k = "tablehead" end if k == "fg" then style = "color" else style = "background-color" end Permit.css[k] = {} Permit.css[k][style] = v end -- for k, v if type(cx) == "table" then local c, s if type(cx.permit) == "table" then if type(cx.permit.boole) == "table" then if type(cx.permit.boole[true]) == "table" then Permit.boole[false] = cx.permit.boole[false] end if type(cx.permit.boole[true]) == "table" then Permit.boole[true] = cx.permit.boole[true] end end if type(cx.permit.css) == "table" then for k, v in pairs(cx.permit.css) do if type(v) == "table" then Permit.css[k] = v end end -- for k, v end end for k, v in pairs(Config.basicCnf) do s = type(cx[k]) if s == "string" or s == "table" then Config[v] = cx[k] end end -- for k, v end if type(Config.subpage) ~= "string" or type(Config.suffix) ~= "string" then local got = mw.message.new("templatedata-doc-subpage") local suffix if got:isDisabled() then suffix = "doc" else suffix = got:plain() end if type(Config.subpage) ~= "string" then Config.subpage = string.format("/%s$", suffix) end if type(Config.suffix) ~= "string" then Config.suffix = string.format("%%s/%s", suffix) end end end -- favorize() local function feasible(all, at, about) -- Deal with suggestedvalues within parameter. -- Parameter: -- all -- parameter details -- .default -- .type -- at -- string, with parameter name -- about -- suggestedvalues -- table, -- value and possibly description -- table may have elements: -- .code -- mandatory -- .label -- table|string -- .support -- table|string -- .icon -- string -- .class -- table|string -- .css -- table -- .style -- string -- .less -- true: suppress code -- Returns -- 1: mw.html object <ul> -- 2: sequence table with values, or nil local h = {} local e, r1, r2, s, v if #about > 0 then for i = 1, #about do e = about[i] s = type(e) if s == "table" then if type(e.code) == "string" then s = mw.text.trim(e.code) if s == "" then e = nil else e.code = s end else e = nil s = string.format("params.%s.%s[%d] %s", at, "suggestedvalues", i, "MISSING 'code:'") end elseif s == "string" then s = mw.text.trim(e) if s == "" then e = nil s = string.format("params.%s.%s[%d] EMPTY", at, "suggestedvalues", i) Fault(s) else e = { code = s } end elseif s == "number" then e = { code = tostring(e) } else s = string.format("params.%s.%s[%d] INVALID", at, "suggestedvalues", i) Fault(s) e = false end if e then v = v or {} table.insert(v, e) if h[e.code] then s = string.format("params.%s.%s REPEATED %s", at, "suggestedvalues", e.code) Fault(s) else h[e.code] = true end end end -- for i else Fault(string.format("params.%s.suggestedvalues %s", at, "NOT AN ARRAY")) end if v then local code, d, k, less, story, swift, t, u r1 = mw.html.create("ul") r2 = {} for i = 1, #v do u = mw.html.create("li") e = v[i] table.insert(r2, e.code) story = false less = (e.less == true) if not less then swift = e.code if e.support then local scream, support s = type(e.support) if s == "string" then support = e.support elseif s == "table" then support = faraway(e.support) else scream = "INVALID" end if support then s = mw.text.trim(support) if s == "" then scream = "EMPTY" elseif s:find("[%[%]|%<%>]") then scream = "BAD PAGE" else support = s end end if scream then s = string.format("params.%s.%s[%d].support %s", at, "suggestedvalues", i, scream) Fault(s) else swift = string.format("[[:%s|%s]]", support, swift) end end if all.type:sub(1, 5) == "wiki-" and swift == e.code then local rooms = { file = 6, temp = 10, user = 2, } local ns = rooms[all.type:sub(6, 9)] or 0 t = mw.title.makeTitle(ns, swift) if t and t.exists then swift = string.format("[[:%s|%s]]", t.prefixedText, swift) end end if e.code == all.default then k = 800 else k = 300 end code = mw.html.create("code"):css("font-weight", tostring(k)):css("white-space", "nowrap"):wikitext(swift) u:node(code) end if e.class then s = type(e.class) if s == "string" then u:addClass(e.class) elseif s == "table" then for k, s in pairs(e.class) do u:addClass(s) end -- for k, s else s = string.format("params.%s.%s[%d].class INVALID", at, "suggestedvalues", i) Fault(s) end end if e.css then if type(e.css) == "table" then u:css(e.css) else s = string.format("params.%s.%s[%d].css INVALID", at, "suggestedvalues", i) Fault(s) end end if e.style then if type(e.style) == "string" then u:cssText(e.style) else s = string.format("params.%s.%s[%d].style INVALID", at, "suggestedvalues", i) Fault(s) end end if all.type == "wiki-file-name" and not e.icon then e.icon = e.code end if e.label then s = type(e.label) if s == "string" then s = mw.text.trim(e.label) if s == "" then s = string.format("params.%s.%s[%d].label %s", at, "suggestedvalues", i, "EMPTY") Fault(s) else story = s end elseif s == "table" then story = faraway(e.label) else s = string.format("params.%s.%s[%d].label INVALID", at, "suggestedvalues", i) Fault(s) end end s = false if type(e.icon) == "string" then t = mw.title.makeTitle(6, e.icon) if t and t.file.exists then local g = mw.html.create("span") s = string.format("[[%s|16px]]", t.prefixedText) g:attr("role", "presentation"):wikitext(s) s = tostring(g) end end if not s and not less and e.label then s = mw.ustring.char(0x2013) end if s then d = mw.html.create("span"):wikitext(s) if TemplateData.ltr then if not less then d:css("margin-left", "0.5em") end if story then d:css("margin-right", "0.5em") end else if not less then d:css("margin-right", "0.5em") end if story then d:css("margin-left", "0.5em") end end u:node(d) end if story then u:wikitext(story) end r1:newline():node(u) end -- for i end if not r1 and v ~= false then Fault(string.format("params.%s.suggestedvalues INVALID", at)) r1 = mw.html.create("code"):addClass("error"):wikitext("INVALID") end return r1, r2 end -- feasible() local function feat() -- Check and store parameter sequence. if Data.source then local i = 0 local s for k, v in pairs(Data.tree.params) do if i == 0 then Data.order = {} i = 1 s = k else i = 2 break -- for k, v end end -- for k, v if i > 1 then local pointers = {} local points = {} local given = {} for k, v in pairs(Data.tree.params) do i = facet(k, 1) if type(v) == "table" then if type(v.label) == "string" then s = mw.text.trim(v.label) if s == "" then s = k end else s = k end if given[s] then if given[s] == 1 then local scream = "Parameter label '%s' detected multiple times" Fault(string.format(scream, s)) given[s] = 2 end else given[s] = 1 end end if i then table.insert(points, i) pointers[i] = k i = facet(k, i) if i then s = "Parameter '%s' detected twice" Fault(string.format(s, k)) end else s = "Parameter '%s' not detected" Fault(string.format(s, k)) end end -- for k, v table.sort(points) for i = 1, #points do table.insert(Data.order, pointers[points[i]]) end -- i = 1, #points elseif s then table.insert(Data.order, s) end end end -- feat() local function feature(access) -- Create table row for parameter, check and display violations. -- Parameter: -- access -- string, with name -- Returns <tr>. local mode, s, status local fine = function(a) s = mw.text.trim(a) return a == s and a ~= "" and not a:find("%|=\n") and not a:find("%s%s") end local begin = mw.html.create("td") local code = mw.html.create("code") local desc = mw.html.create("td") local eager = mw.html.create("td") local legal = true local param = Data.tree.params[access] local ranking = { "required", "suggested", "optional", "deprecated" } local r = mw.html.create("tr") local styles = "mw-templatedata-doc-param-" local sort, typed for k, v in pairs(param) do if v == "" then param[k] = false end end -- for k, v -- label sort = param.label or access if sort:match("^%d+$") then begin:attr("data-sort-value", string.format("%05d", tonumber(sort))) end begin:css("font-weight", "700"):wikitext(sort) -- name and aliases code:css("font-size", "0.92em"):css("white-space", "nowrap"):wikitext(access) if not fine(access) then code:addClass("error") Fault(string.format("Bad ID params.<code>%s</code>", access)) legal = false begin:attr("data-sort-value", " " .. sort) end code = mw.html.create("td"):addClass(styles .. "name"):node(code) if access:match("^%d+$") then code:attr("data-sort-value", string.format("%05d", tonumber(access))) end if type(param.aliases) == "table" then local lapsus, syn for k, v in pairs(param.aliases) do code:tag("br") if type(v) == "string" then if not fine(v) then lapsus = true code:node(mw.html.create("span"):addClass("error"):css("font-style", "italic"):wikitext("string")) :wikitext(s) else if Config.supportAliases then s = string.format("[[%s|%s]]", Config.supportAliases, mw.text.nowiki(s)) end syn = mw.html.create("span"):addClass(styles .. "alias"):css("white-space", "nowrap"):wikitext(s) code:node(syn) end else lapsus = true code:node(mw.html.create("code"):addClass("error"):wikitext(type(v))) end end -- for k, v if lapsus then s = string.format("params.<code>%s</code>.aliases", access) Fault(factory("invalid-value"):gsub("$1", s)) legal = false end end -- description etc. s = fashioned(param) if s then desc:node(s) end if param.style then s = type(param.style) if s == "table" then desc:css(param.style) elseif s == "string" then desc:cssText(param.style) end end if param.suggestedvalues or param.default or param.example or param.autovalue then local details = { "suggestedvalues", "default", "example", "autovalue", } local dl = mw.html.create("dl") local dd, section, show for i = 1, #details do s = details[i] show = param[s] if show then dd = mw.html.create("dd") section = factory("doc-param-" .. s) if s == "default" and Config.support4default then section = string.format("[[%s|%s]]", Config.support4default, mw.text.nowiki(section)) end if param.type == "boolean" and (show == "0" or show == "1") then local boole = Permit.boole[(show == "1")] if boole.lead == true then dd:node(mw.html.create("code"):wikitext(show)):wikitext(" ") end if type(boole.show) == "string" then local v = mw.html.create("span"):attr("aria-hidden", "true"):wikitext(boole.show) if boole.css then v:css(boole.css) end dd:node(v) end if type(boole.suffix) == "string" then dd:wikitext(boole.suffix) end if boole.lead == false then dd:wikitext(" "):node(mw.html.create("code"):wikitext(show)) end elseif s == "suggestedvalues" then local v, css, class, ts = facilities(param) if v then local ul ul, v = feasible(param, access, v) if v then dd:newline():node(ul) if css then dd:css(css) if class then dd:addClass(class) end if ts then dd:newline() dd:node(ts) end end Data.params[access].suggestedvalues = v end end else dd:wikitext(show) end dl:node(mw.html.create("dt"):wikitext(section)):node(dd) end end -- i = 1, #details desc:node(dl) end -- type if type(param.type) == "string" then param.type = mw.text.trim(param.type) if param.type == "" then param.type = false end end if param.type then s = Permit.types[param.type] typed = mw.html.create("td"):addClass(styles .. "type") if s then if s == "string" then Data.params[access].type = s typed:wikitext(factory("doc-param-type-" .. s)):tag("br") typed:node(mw.html.create("span"):addClass("error"):wikitext(param.type)) Data.lasting = true else local support = Config["support4" .. param.type] s = factory("doc-param-type-" .. param.type) if support then s = string.format("[[%s|%s]]", support, s) end typed:wikitext(s) end else Data.params[access].type = "unknown" typed:addClass("error"):wikitext("INVALID") s = string.format("params.<code>%s</code>.type", access) Fault(factory("invalid-value"):gsub("$1", s)) legal = false end else typed = mw.html.create("td"):wikitext(factory("doc-param-type-unknown")) Data.params[access].type = "unknown" if param.default then Data.params[access].default = nil Fault("Default value requires <code>type</code>") legal = false end end typed:addClass("navigation-not-searchable") -- status if param.required then mode = 1 if param.autovalue then Fault(string.format("autovalued <code>%s</code> required", access)) legal = false end if param.default then Fault(string.format("Defaulted <code>%s</code> required", access)) legal = false end if param.deprecated then Fault(string.format("Required deprecated <code>%s</code>", access)) legal = false end elseif param.deprecated then mode = 4 elseif param.suggested then mode = 2 else mode = 3 end status = ranking[mode] ranking = factory("doc-param-status-" .. status) if mode == 1 or mode == 4 then ranking = mw.html.create("span"):css("font-weight", "700"):wikitext(ranking) if type(param.deprecated) == "string" then ranking:tag("br") ranking:wikitext(param.deprecated) end if param.suggested and mode == 4 then s = string.format("Suggesting deprecated <code>%s</code>", access) Fault(s) legal = false end end eager :attr("data-sort-value", tostring(mode)) :node(ranking) :addClass(string.format("%sstatus-%s %s", styles, status, "navigation-not-searchable")) -- <tr> r:attr("id", "templatedata:" .. mw.uri.anchorEncode(access)) :css(Permit.css[status]) :addClass(styles .. status) :node(begin) :node(code) :node(desc) :node(typed) :node(eager) :newline() if not legal then r:css("border", "3px solid #f00") end return r end -- feature() local function features() -- Create <table> for parameters. -- Returns <table>, or nil. local r if Data.tree and Data.tree.params then local tbl = mw.html.create("table") local tr = mw.html.create("tr") feat() if Data.order and #Data.order > 1 then tbl:addClass("sortable") end if type(Config.classTable) == "table" then for k, v in pairs(Config.classTable) do tbl:addClass(v) end -- for k, v end if type(Config.cssTable) == "table" then tbl:css(Config.cssTable) end tr:addClass("navigation-not-searchable") :node( mw.html.create("th"):attr("colspan", "2"):css(Permit.css.tablehead):wikitext(factory("doc-param-name")) ) :node(mw.html.create("th"):css(Permit.css.tablehead):wikitext(factory("doc-param-desc"))) :node(mw.html.create("th"):css(Permit.css.tablehead):wikitext(factory("doc-param-type"))) :node(mw.html.create("th"):css(Permit.css.tablehead):wikitext(factory("doc-param-status"))) tbl :newline() -- :node( mw.html.create( "thead" ) :node(tr) -- ) :newline() if Data.order then local leave, s for i = 1, #Data.order do s = Data.order[i] if s:sub(1, 1) == "=" then leave = true tbl:node(fatten(s)) Data.order[i] = false elseif s:match("[=|]") then Fault(string.format("Bad param <code>%s</code>", s)) else tbl:node(feature(s)) end end -- for i = 1, #Data.order if leave then for i = #Data.order, 1, -1 do if not Data.order[i] then table.remove(Data.order, i) end end -- for i = #Data.order, 1, -1 end Data.tag.paramOrder = Data.order end if Config.cssTabWrap or Data.scroll then r = mw.html.create("div") if type(Config.cssTabWrap) == "table" then r:css(Config.cssTabWrap) elseif type(Config.cssTabWrap) == "string" then -- deprecated r:cssText(Config.cssTabWrap) end if Data.scroll then r:css("height", Data.scroll):css("overflow", "auto") end r:node(tbl) else r = tbl end end return r end -- features() local function fellow(any, assigned, at) -- Check sets[] parameter and issue error message, if necessary. -- Parameter: -- any -- should be number -- assigned -- parameter name -- at -- number, of set local s if type(any) ~= "number" then s = "<code>sets[%d].params[%s]</code>??" Fault(string.format(s, at, mw.text.nowiki(tostring(any)))) elseif type(assigned) == "string" then if not Data.got.params[assigned] then s = "<code>sets[%d].params %s</code> is undefined" Fault(string.format(s, at, assigned)) end else s = "<code>sets[%d].params[%d] = %s</code>??" Fault(string.format(s, k, type(assigned))) end end -- fellow() local function fellows() -- Check sets[] and issue error message, if necessary. local s if type(Data.got.sets) == "table" then if type(Data.got.params) == "table" then for k, v in pairs(Data.got.sets) do if type(k) == "number" then if type(v) == "table" then for ek, ev in pairs(v) do if ek == "label" then s = type(ev) if s ~= "string" and s ~= "table" then s = "<code>sets[%d].label</code>??" Fault(string.format(s, k)) end elseif ek == "params" and type(ev) == "table" then for pk, pv in pairs(ev) do fellow(pk, pv, k) end -- for pk, pv else ek = mw.text.nowiki(tostring(ek)) s = "<code>sets[%d][%s]</code>??" Fault(string.format(s, k, ek)) end end -- for ek, ev else k = mw.text.nowiki(tostring(k)) v = mw.text.nowiki(tostring(v)) s = string.format("<code>sets[%s][%s]</code>??", k, v) Fault(s) end else k = mw.text.nowiki(tostring(k)) s = string.format("<code>sets[%s]</code> ?????", k) Fault(s) end end -- for k, v else s = "<code>params</code> required for <code>sets</code>" Fault(s) end else s = "<code>sets</code> needs to be of <code>object</code> type" Fault(s) end end -- fellows() local function finalize(advance) -- Wrap presentation into frame. -- Parameter: -- advance -- true, for nice -- Returns string. local r, lapsus if Data.div then r = tostring(Data.div) elseif Data.strip then r = Data.strip else lapsus = true r = "" end r = r .. failures() if Data.source then local live = (advance or lapsus) if not live then live = TemplateData.frame:preprocess("{{REVISIONID}}") live = (live == "") end if live then r = r .. fancy(advance, lapsus) end end return r end -- finalize() local function find() -- Find JSON data within page source (title). -- Returns string, or nil. local s = Data.title:getContent() local i, j = s:find("<templatedata>", 1, true) local r if i then local k = s:find("</templatedata>", j, true) if k then r = mw.text.trim(s:sub(j + 1, k - 1)) end end return r end -- find() local function flat(adjust) -- Remove formatting from text string for VisualEditor. -- Parameter: -- arglist -- string, to be stripped, or nil -- Returns string, or nil. local r if adjust then r = adjust:gsub("\n", " ") if r:find("<noexport>", 1, true) then r = r:gsub("<noexport>.*</noexport>", "") end if r:find("<exportonly>", 1, true) then r = r:gsub("</?exportonly>", "") end if r:find("''", 1, true) then r = r:gsub("'''", ""):gsub("''", "") end if r:find("<", 1, true) then local Text = Fetch("Text") r = r:gsub("<br */?>", "\r\n"):gsub("²", "&sup2;"):gsub("³", "&sup3;") r = Text.getPlain(r) end if r:find("[", 1, true) then local WLink = Fetch("WLink") if WLink.isBracketedURL(r) then r = r:gsub("%[([hf]tt?ps?://%S+) [^%]]+%]", "%1") end r = WLink.getPlain(r) end if r:find("&", 1, true) then r = mw.text.decode(r) if r:find("&shy;", 1, true) then r = r:gsub("&shy;", "") end end end return r end -- flat() local function flush() -- JSON encode narrowed input; obey unnamed (numerical) parameters. -- Returns <templatedata> JSON string. local r if Data.tag then r = mw.text.jsonEncode(Data.tag):gsub("%}$", ",") else r = "{" end r = r .. '\n"params":{' if Data.order then local sep = "" local s for i = 1, #Data.order do s = Data.order[i] r = string.format("%s%s\n%s:%s", r, sep, mw.text.jsonEncode(s), mw.text.jsonEncode(Data.params[s])) sep = ",\n" end -- for i = 1, #Data.order end r = r .. "\n}\n}" return r end -- flush() local function focus(access) -- Check components; focus multilingual description, build trees. -- Parameter: -- access -- string, name of parameter, nil for root local f = function(a, at) local r if at then r = string.format("<code>params.%s</code>", at) else r = "''root''" end if a then r = string.format("%s<code>.%s</code>", r, a) end return r end local parent if access then parent = Data.got.params[access] else parent = Data.got end if type(parent) == "table" then local elem, permit, s, scope, slot, tag, target if access then permit = Permit.params if type(access) == "number" then slot = tostring(access) else slot = access end else permit = Permit.root end for k, v in pairs(parent) do scope = permit[k] if scope then s = type(v) if s == "string" and k ~= "format" then v = mw.text.trim(v) end if scope:find(s, 1, true) then if scope:find("I18N", 1, true) then if s == "string" then elem = fair(v) elseif s == "table" then local translated v, translated = faraway(v) if v then if translated and k == "description" then elem = { [1] = fair(v), [2] = translated, } else elem = fair(v) end else elem = false end end if type(v) == "string" then if k == "deprecated" then if v == "1" then v = true elseif v == "0" then v = false end elem = v elseif scope:find("nowiki", 1, true) then elem = mw.text.nowiki(v) elem = elem:gsub("&#13;" .. string.char(10), "<br>") v = v:gsub(string.char(13), "") else v = flat(v) end elseif s == "boolean" then if scope:find("boolean", 1, true) then elem = v else s = "Type <code>boolean</code> bad for " .. f(k, slot) Fault(s) end end else if k == "params" and not access then v = nil elem = nil elseif k == "format" and not access then elem = mw.text.decode(v) v = nil elseif k == "inherits" then elem = v if not Data.heirs then Data.heirs = {} end Data.heirs[slot] = v v = nil elseif k == "style" then elem = v v = nil elseif s == "string" then v = mw.text.nowiki(v) elem = v else elem = v end end if type(elem) ~= "nil" then if not target then if access then if not Data.tree.params then Data.tree.params = {} end Data.tree.params[slot] = {} target = Data.tree.params[slot] else Data.tree = {} target = Data.tree end end target[k] = elem elem = false end if type(v) ~= "nil" then if not tag then if access then if type(v) == "string" and v.sub(1, 1) == "=" then v = nil else if not Data.params then Data.params = {} end Data.params[slot] = {} tag = Data.params[slot] end else Data.tag = {} tag = Data.tag end end if type(v) ~= "nil" and k ~= "suggestedvalues" then tag[k] = v end end else s = string.format("Type <code>%s</code> bad for %s", scope, f(k, slot)) Fault(s) end else Fault("Unknown component " .. f(k, slot)) end end -- for k, v if not access and Data.got.sets then fellows() end else Fault(f() .. " needs to be of <code>object</code> type") end end -- focus() local function format() -- Build formatted element. -- Returns <inline>. local source = Data.tree.format:lower() local r, s if source == "inline" or source == "block" then r = mw.html.create("i"):wikitext(source) else local code if source:find("|", 1, true) then local scan = "^[\n ]*%{%{[\n _]*|[\n _]*=[\n _]*%}%}[\n ]*$" if source:match(scan) then code = source:gsub("\n", "N") else s = mw.text.nowiki(source):gsub("\n", "&#92;n") s = tostring(mw.html.create("code"):wikitext(s)) Fault("Invalid format " .. s) source = false end else local words = mw.text.split(source, "%s+") local show, start, support, unknown for i = 1, #words do s = words[i] if i == 1 then start = s end support = Permit.builder[s] if support == start or support == "*" then Permit.builder[s] = true elseif s:match("^[1-9]%d?") and Permit.builder.align then Permit.builder.align = tonumber(s) else if unknown then unknown = string.format("%s %s", unknown, s) else unknown = s end end end -- i = 1, #words if unknown then s = tostring(mw.html.create("code"):css("white-space", "nowrap"):wikitext(s)) Fault("Unknown/misplaced format keyword " .. s) source = false start = false end if start == "inline" then if Permit.builder.half == true then show = "inline half" code = "{{_ |_=_}}" elseif Permit.builder.grouped == true then show = "inline grouped" code = "{{_ | _=_}}" elseif Permit.builder.spaced == true then show = "inline spaced" code = "{{_ | _ = _ }}" end if Permit.builder.newlines == true then show = show or "inline" code = code or "{{_|_=_}}" show = show .. " newlines" code = string.format("N%sN", code) end elseif start == "block" then local space = "" -- amid "|" and name local spaced = " " -- preceding "=" local spacer = " " -- following "=" local suffix = "N" -- closing "}}" on new line show = "block" if Permit.builder.indent == true then start = " " show = "block indent" else start = "" end if Permit.builder.compressed == true then spaced = "" spacer = "" show = show .. " compressed" if Permit.builder.last == true then show = show .. " last" else suffix = "" end else if Permit.builder.lead == true then show = show .. " lead" space = " " end if type(Permit.builder.align) ~= "string" then local n s = " align" if Permit.builder.align == true then n = 0 if type(Data.got) == "table" and type(Data.got.params) == "table" then for k, v in pairs(Data.got.params) do if type(v) == "table" and not v.deprecated and type(k) == "string" then k = mw.ustring.len(k) if k > n then n = k end end end -- for k, v end else n = Permit.builder.align if type(n) == "number" and n > 1 then s = string.format("%s %d", s, n) else n = 0 -- How come? end end if n > 1 then spaced = string.rep("_", n - 1) .. " " end show = show .. s elseif Permit.builder.after == true then spaced = "" show = show .. " after" elseif Permit.builder.dense == true then spaced = "" spacer = "" show = show .. " dense" end if Permit.builder.last == true then suffix = spacer show = show .. " last" end end code = string.format("N{{_N%s|%s_%s=%s_%s}}N", start, space, spaced, spacer, suffix) if show == "block" then show = "block newlines" end end if show then r = mw.html.create("span"):wikitext(show) end end if code then source = code:gsub("N", "\n") code = mw.text.nowiki(code):gsub("N", "&#92;n") code = mw.html.create("code"):css("margin-left", "1em"):css("margin-right", "1em"):wikitext(code) if r then r = mw.html.create("span"):node(r):node(code) else r = code end end end if source and Data.tag then Data.tag.format = source end return r end -- format() local function formatter() -- Build presented documentation. -- Returns <div>. local r = mw.html.create("div") local x = fashioned(Data.tree, true, r) local s if x then r = x end if Data.leading then local toc = mw.html.create("div") local shift if Config.suppressTOCnum then toc:addClass(Config.suppressTOCnum) if type(Config.stylesTOCnum) == "string" then local src = Config.stylesTOCnum .. "/styles.css" s = TemplateData.frame:extensionTag("templatestyles", nil, { src = src }) r:newline():node(s) end end toc:addClass("navigation-not-searchable"):css("margin-top", "0.5em"):wikitext("__TOC__") if Data.sibling then local block = mw.html.create("div") if TemplateData.ltr then shift = "right" else shift = "left" end block:css("float", shift):wikitext(Data.sibling) r:newline():node(block):newline() end r:newline():node(toc):newline() if shift then r:node(mw.html.create("div"):css("clear", shift)):newline() end end s = features() if s then if Data.leading then r:node(mw.html.create("h" .. Config.nested):wikitext(factory("doc-params"))):newline() end r:node(s) end if Data.shared then local global = mw.html.create("div"):attr("id", "templatedata-global") local shift if TemplateData.ltr then shift = "right" else shift = "left" end global:css("float", shift):wikitext(string.format("[[%s|%s]]", Data.shared, "Global")) r:newline():node(global) end if Data.tree and Data.tree.format then local e = format() if e then local show = "Format" if Config.supportFormat then show = string.format("[[%s|%s]]", Config.supportFormat, show) end r:node(mw.html.create("p"):addClass("navigation-not-searchable"):wikitext(show .. ": "):node(e)) end end return r end -- formatter() local function free() -- Remove JSON comment lines. if Data.source:find("//", 1, true) then Data.source:gsub("([{,\"'])(%s*\n%s*//.*\n%s*)([{},\"'])", "%1%3") end end -- free() local function full() -- Build survey table from JSON data, append invisible <templatedata>. Data.div = mw.html.create("div"):addClass("mw-templatedata-doc-wrap") if Permit.css.bg then Data.div:css(Permit.css.bg) end if Permit.css.fg then Data.div:css(Permit.css.fg) end focus() if Data.tag then if type(Data.got.params) == "table" then for k, v in pairs(Data.got.params) do focus(k) end -- for k, v if Data.heirs then fathers() end end end Data.div:node(formatter()) if not Data.lazy then Data.slim = flush() if TemplateData.frame then local div = mw.html.create("div") local tdata = { [1] = "templatedata", [2] = Data.slim, } Data.strip = TemplateData.frame:callParserFunction("#tag", tdata) div:wikitext(Data.strip) if Config.loudly then Data.div:node(mw.html.create("hr"):css({ height = "7ex" })) else div:css("display", "none") end Data.div:node(div) end end if Data.lasting then Fault("deprecated type syntax") end if Data.less then Fault(Config.solo) end end -- full() local function furnish(adapt, arglist) -- Analyze transclusion. -- Parameter: -- adapt -- table, #invoke parameters -- arglist -- table, template parameters -- Returns string. local source favorize() -- deprecated: for k, v in pairs(Config.basicCnf) do if adapt[k] and adapt[k] ~= "" then Config[v] = adapt[k] end end -- for k, v if arglist.heading and arglist.heading:match("^[3-6]$") then Config.nested = arglist.heading else Config.nested = "2" end Config.loudly = faculty(arglist.debug or adapt.debug) Data.lazy = faculty(arglist.lazy) and not Config.loudly Data.leading = faculty(arglist.TOC) if Data.leading and arglist.TOCsibling then Data.sibling = mw.text.trim(arglist.TOCsibling) end if arglist.lang then Data.slang = arglist.lang:lower() elseif adapt.lang then Data.slang = adapt.lang:lower() end if arglist.JSON then source = arglist.JSON elseif arglist.Global then source = TemplateData.getGlobalJSON(arglist.Global, arglist.Local) elseif arglist[1] then local s = mw.text.trim(arglist[1]) local start = s:sub(1, 1) if start == "<" then Data.strip = s elseif start == "{" then source = s elseif mw.ustring.sub(s, 1, 8) == mw.ustring.char(127, 39, 34, 96, 85, 78, 73, 81) then Data.strip = s end end if type(arglist.vertical) == "string" and arglist.vertical:match("^%d*%.?%d+[emprx]+$") then Data.scroll = arglist.vertical end if not source then Data.title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() source = find() if not source and not Data.title.text:match(Config.subpage) then local s = string.format(Config.suffix, Data.title.prefixedText) Data.title = mw.title.new(s) if Data.title.exists then source = find() end end end if not Data.lazy then if not Data.title then Data.title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end Data.lazy = Data.title.text:match(Config.subpage) end if type(source) == "string" then TemplateData.getPlainJSON(source) end return finalize(faculty(arglist.source)) end -- furnish() Failsafe.failsafe = function(atleast) -- Retrieve versioning and check for compliance. -- Precondition: -- atleast -- string, with required version -- or wikidata|item|~|@ or false -- Postcondition: -- Returns string -- with queried version/item, also if problem -- false -- if appropriate -- 2024-03-01 local since = atleast local last = (since == "~") local linked = (since == "@") local link = (since == "item") local r if last or link or linked or since == "wikidata" then local item = Failsafe.item since = false if type(item) == "number" and item > 0 then local suited = string.format("Q%d", item) if link then r = suited else local entity = mw.wikibase.getEntity(suited) if type(entity) == "table" then local seek = Failsafe.serialProperty or "P348" local vsn = entity:formatPropertyValues(seek) if type(vsn) == "table" and type(vsn.value) == "string" and vsn.value ~= "" then if last and vsn.value == Failsafe.serial then r = false elseif linked then if mw.title.getCurrentTitle().prefixedText == mw.wikibase.getSitelink(suited) then r = false else r = suited end else r = vsn.value end end end end elseif link then r = false end end if type(r) == "nil" then if not since or since <= Failsafe.serial then r = Failsafe.serial else r = false end end return r end -- Failsafe.failsafe() TemplateData.getGlobalJSON = function(access, adapt) -- Retrieve TemplateData from a global repository (JSON). -- Parameter: -- access -- string, with page specifier (on WikiMedia Commons) -- adapt -- JSON string or table with local overrides -- Returns true, if succeeded. local plugin = Fetch("/global") local r if type(plugin) == "table" and type(plugin.fetch) == "function" then local s, got = plugin.fetch(access, adapt) if got then Data.got = got Data.order = got.paramOrder Data.shared = s r = true full() else Fault(s) end end return r end -- TemplateData.getGlobalJSON() TemplateData.getPlainJSON = function(adapt) -- Reduce enhanced JSON data to plain text localized JSON. -- Parameter: -- adapt -- string, with enhanced JSON -- Returns string, or not. if type(adapt) == "string" then local JSONutil = Fetch("JSONutil", true) Data.source = adapt free() if JSONutil then local Multilingual = Fetch("Multilingual", true) local f if Multilingual then f = Multilingual.i18n end Data.got = JSONutil.fetch(Data.source, true, f) else local lucky lucky, Data.got = pcall(mw.text.jsonDecode, Data.source) end if type(Data.got) == "table" then full() elseif not Data.strip then local scream = type(Data.got) if scream == "string" then scream = Data.got else scream = "Data.got: " .. scream end Fault("fatal JSON error: " .. scream) end end return Data.slim end -- TemplateData.getPlainJSON() TemplateData.test = function(adapt, arglist) TemplateData.frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() return furnish(adapt, arglist) end -- TemplateData.test() -- Export. local p = {} p.f = function(frame) -- Template call. local lucky, r TemplateData.frame = frame lucky, r = pcall(furnish, frame.args, frame:getParent().args) if not lucky then Fault("INTERNAL: " .. r) r = failures() end return r end -- p.f p.failsafe = function(frame) -- Versioning interface. local s = type(frame) local since if s == "table" then since = frame.args[1] elseif s == "string" then since = frame end if since then since = mw.text.trim(since) if since == "" then since = false end end return Failsafe.failsafe(since) or "" end -- p.failsafe p.TemplateData = function() -- Module interface. return TemplateData end setmetatable(p, { __call = function(func, ...) setmetatable(p, nil) return Failsafe end, }) return p gq8e9ue777rz14xixllqvc778bxk2t4 266105 266104 2026-07-18T15:29:38Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:Format_TemplateData]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266104 Scribunto text/plain local TemplateData = { item = 46997995, serial = "2025-02-07", suite = "TemplateData" } local Failsafe = TemplateData local Config = { -- Multiple option names mapped into unique internal fields. basicCnf = { catProblem = "strange", classMultiColumns = "selMultClm", classNoNumTOC = "suppressTOCnum", classTable = "classTable", cssParWrap = "cssTabWrap", cssParams = "cssTable", docpageCreate = "suffix", docpageDetect = "subpage", helpAliases = "supportAliases", helpBoolean = "support4boolean", helpContent = "support4content", helpDate = "support4date", helpDefault = "support4default", helpFile = "support4wiki-file-name", helpFormat = "supportFormat", helpLine = "support4line", helpNumber = "support4number", helpPage = "support4wiki-page-name", helpString = "support4string", helpTemplate = "support4wiki-template-name", helpURL = "support4url", helpUser = "support4wiki-user-name", msgDescMiss = "solo", tStylesMultiColumns = "stylesMultClm", tStylesTOCnum = "stylesTOCnum" }, classTable = { "wikitable" }, -- Classes for params table cssTable = false, -- Styles for params table cssTabWrap = false, -- Styles for params table wrapper debug = false, debugmultilang = "#c0c0c0", jsonDebug = "json-code-lint", -- Class for jsonDebug tool loudly = false, -- Show exported element, etc. solo = false, -- Complaint on missing description strange = false, -- Title of maintenance category subpage = false, -- Pattern to identify subpage suffix = false, -- Subpage creation scheme suppressTOCnum = false -- Class for TOC number suppression } local Data = { div = false, -- <div class="mw-templatedata-doc-wrap"> got = false, -- table, initial templatedata object heirs = false, -- table, params that are inherited jump = false, -- source position at end of "params" less = false, -- main description missing lasting = false, -- old syntax encountered lazy = false, -- doc mode; do not generate effective <templatedata> leading = false, -- show TOC -- low = false, -- 1= mode order = false, -- parameter sequence params = false, -- table, exported parameters scream = false, -- error messages sibling = false, -- TOC juxtaposed slang = nil, -- project/user language code slim = false, -- JSON reduced to plain source = false, -- JSON input strip = false, -- <templatedata> evaluation tag = false, -- table, exported root element title = false, -- page tree = false -- table, rewritten templatedata object } local Permit = { builder = { after = "block", align = "block", block = "block", compressed = "block", dense = "block", grouped = "inline", half = "inline", indent = "block", inline = "inline", last = "block", lead = "block", newlines = "*", spaced = "inline" }, colors = { bg = "var(--background-color-base, #fff)", deprecated = "#ffcbcb", fg = "var(--color-base, #000)", optional = "#eaecf0", required = "#eaf3ff", suggested = "#fff", tableheadbg = "var(--background-color-progressive-subtle, #b3b7ff)" }, params = { aliases = "table", autovalue = "string", default = "string table I18N nowiki", deprecated = "boolean string I18N", description = "string table I18N", example = "string table I18N nowiki", inherits = "string", label = "string table I18N", required = "boolean", style = "string table", suggested = "boolean", suggestedvalues = "string table number boolean", type = "string" }, root = { description = "string table I18N", format = "string", maps = "table", paramOrder = "table", params = "table", sets = "table" }, search = "[{,]%%s*(['\"])%s%%1%%s*:%%s*%%{", types = { boolean = true, content = true, date = true, line = true, number = true, string = true, unknown = true, url = true, ["string/line"] = "line", ["string/wiki-page-name"] = "wiki-page-name", ["string/wiki-user-name"] = "wiki-user-name", ["unbalanced-wikitext"] = true, ["wiki-file-name"] = true, ["wiki-page-name"] = true, ["wiki-template-name"] = true, ["wiki-user-name"] = true } } local function Fault(alert) -- Memorize error message. -- Parameter: -- alert -- string, error message if Data.scream then Data.scream = string.format("%s *** %s", Data.scream, alert) else Data.scream = alert end end -- Fault() local function Fetch(ask, allow) -- Fetch module. -- Parameter: -- ask -- string, with name -- "/global" -- "JSONutil" -- "Multilingual" -- "Text" -- "WLink" -- allow -- true: no error if unavailable -- Returns table of module -- Error: Module not available local sign = ask local r, stem if sign:sub(1, 1) == "/" then sign = TemplateData.frame:getTitle() .. sign else stem = sign sign = "Module:" .. stem end if TemplateData.extern then r = TemplateData.extern[sign] else TemplateData.extern = {} end if not r then local lucky, g = pcall(require, sign) if type(g) == "table" then if stem and type(g[stem]) == "function" then r = g[stem]() else r = g end TemplateData.extern[sign] = r elseif not allow then error(string.format("Fetch(%s) %s", sign, g), 0) end end return r end -- Fetch() local function Foreign() -- Guess human language, returns slang or not. if type(Data.slang) == "nil" then local Multilingual = Fetch("Multilingual", true) if Multilingual and type(Multilingual.userLangCode) == "function" then Data.slang = Multilingual.userLangCode() else Data.slang = mw.language.getContentLanguage():getCode():lower() end end if Data.slang and mw.ustring.codepoint(Data.slang, 1, 1) > 122 then Data.slang = false end return Data.slang end -- Foreign() local function facet(ask, at) -- Find physical position of parameter definition in JSON. -- Parameter: -- ask -- string, parameter name -- at -- number, physical position within definition -- Returns number or nil. local seek = string.format(Permit.search, ask:gsub("%%", "%%%%"):gsub("([%-.()+*?^$%[%]])", "%%%1")) local i, k, r, slice, source if not Data.jump then Data.jump = Data.source:find("params", 2) if Data.jump then Data.jump = Data.jump + 7 else Data.jump = 1 end end i, k = Data.source:find(seek, at + Data.jump) while i and not r do source = Data.source:sub(k + 1) slice = source:match('^%s*"([^"]+)"s*:') if not slice then slice = source:match("^%s*'([^']+)'%s*:") end if (slice and Permit.params[slice]) or source:match("^%s*%}") then r = k else i, k = Data.source:find(seek, k) end end -- while i return r end -- facet() local function facilities(apply) -- Retrieve details of suggestedvalues. -- Parameter: -- apply -- table, with plain or enhanced values -- .suggestedvalues -- table|string|number, or more -- Returns -- 1 -- table, with suggestedvalues -- 2 -- table, with CSS map, or not -- 3 -- string, with class, or not -- 4 -- string, with templatestyles, or not local elements = apply.suggestedvalues local s = type(elements) local r1, r2, r3, r4 if s == "table" then local values = elements.values if type(values) == "table" then r1 = values if type(elements.scroll) == "string" then r2 = r2 or {} r2.height = apply.scroll r2.overflow = "auto" end if type(elements.minwidth) == "string" then local s = type(elements.maxcolumns) r2 = r2 or {} r2["column-width"] = elements.minwidth if s == "string" or s == "number" then s = tostring(elements.maxcolumns) r2["column-count"] = s end if type(Config.selMultClm) == "string" then r3 = Config.selMultClm end if type(Config.stylesMultClm) == "string" then local src = Config.stylesMultClm .. "/styles.css" r4 = TemplateData.frame:extensionTag("templatestyles", nil, { src = src }) end end elseif elements and elements ~= "" then r1 = elements end elseif s == "string" then s = mw.text.trim(about) if s ~= "" then r1 = {} table.insert(r1, { code = s }) end elseif s == "number" then r1 = {} table.insert(r1, { code = tostring(elements) }) end return r1, r2, r3, r4 end -- facilities() local function factory(adapt) -- Retrieve localized text from system message. -- Parameter: -- adapt -- string, message ID after "templatedata-" -- Returns string, with localized text local o = mw.message.new("templatedata-" .. adapt) if Foreign() then o:inLanguage(Data.slang) end return o:plain() end -- factory() local function faculty(adjust) -- Test template argument for Boolean. -- adjust -- string or nil -- Returns boolean. local s = type(adjust) local r if s == "string" then r = mw.text.trim(adjust) r = (r ~= "" and r ~= "0") elseif s == "boolean" then r = adjust else r = false end return r end -- faculty() local function failures() -- Retrieve error collection and category, returns string. local r if Data.scream then local e = mw.html.create("span"):addClass("error"):wikitext(Data.scream) r = tostring(e) mw.addWarning("'''TemplateData'''<br />" .. Data.scream) if Config.strange then r = string.format("%s[[category:%s]]", r, Config.strange) end else r = "" end return r end -- failures() local function fair(adjust) -- Reduce text to one line of plain text, or noexport wikitext blocks. -- adjust -- string -- Returns string with adjusted text. local f = function(a) return a:gsub("%s*\n%s*", " "):gsub("%s%s+", " ") end local tags = { { start = "<noexport>", stop = "</noexport>", }, { start = "<exportonly>", stop = "</exportonly>", l = false, }, } local r = adjust local i, j, k, s, tag for m = 1, 2 do tag = tags[m] if r:find(tag.start, 1, true) then s = r r = "" i = 1 tag.l = true j, k = s:find(tag.start, i, true) while j do if j > 1 then r = r .. f(s:sub(i, j - 1)) end i = k + 1 j, k = s:find(tag.stop, i, true) if j then if m == 1 then r = r .. s:sub(i, j - 1) end i = k + 1 j, k = s:find(tag.start, i, true) else Fault("missing " .. tag.stop) end end -- while j r = r .. s:sub(i) elseif m == 1 then r = f(r) end end -- for m if tags[2].l then r = r:gsub("<exportonly>.*</exportonly>", "") end return r end -- fair() local function fancy(advance, alert) -- Present JSON source. -- Parameter: -- advance -- true, for nice -- alert -- true, for visible -- Returns string. local r if Data.source then local support = Config.jsonDebug local css if advance then css = { height = "6em", resize = "vertical", } r = { [1] = "syntaxhighlight", [2] = Data.source, lang = "json", style = table.concat(css, ";"), } if alert then r.class(support) end r = TemplateData.frame:callParserFunction("#tag", r) else css = { ["font-size"] = "0.77em", ["line-height"] = "1.35", } if alert then css.resize = "vertical" else css.display = "none" end r = mw.html.create("pre"):addClass(support):css(css):wikitext(mw.text.encode(Data.source)) r = tostring(r) end r = "\n" .. r else r = "" end return r end -- fancy() local function faraway(alternatives) -- Retrieve best language version from multilingual text. -- Parameter: -- alternatives -- table, to be evaluated -- Returns -- 1 -- string, with best match -- 2 -- table of other versions, if any local n = 0 local variants = {} local r1, r2 for k, v in pairs(alternatives) do if type(v) == "string" then v = mw.text.trim(v) if v ~= "" and type(k) == "string" then k = k:lower() variants[k] = v n = n + 1 end end end -- for k, v if n > 0 then local Multilingual = Fetch("Multilingual", true) if Multilingual and type(Multilingual.i18n) == "function" then local show, slang = Multilingual.i18n(variants) if show then r1 = show variants[slang] = nil r2 = variants end end if not r1 then Foreign() for k, v in pairs(variants) do if n == 1 then r1 = v elseif Data.slang == k then variants[k] = nil r1 = v r2 = variants end end -- for k, v end if r2 and Multilingual then for k, v in pairs(r2) do if v and not Multilingual.isLang(k, true) then Fault(string.format("%s <code>lang=%s</code>", "Invalid", k)) end end -- for k, v end end return r1, r2 end -- faraway() local function fashioned(about, asked, assign) -- Create description head. -- Parameter: -- about -- table, supposed to contain description -- asked -- true, if mandatory description -- assign -- <block>, if to be equipped -- Returns <block> with head, or nil. local para = assign or mw.html.create("div") local plus, r if about and about.description then if type(about.description) == "string" then para:wikitext(about.description) else para:wikitext(about.description[1]) plus = mw.html.create("ul") plus:css("text-align", "left") for k, v in pairs(about.description[2]) do plus:node( mw.html .create("li") :node(mw.html.create("code"):wikitext(k)) :node(mw.html.create("br")) :wikitext(fair(v)) ) end -- for k, v if Config.loudly then plus = mw.html .create("div") :css("background-color", Config.debugmultilang) :css("color", "inherit") :node(plus) else plus:addClass("templatedata-maintain"):css("display", "none") end end elseif Config.solo and asked then para:addClass("error"):wikitext(Config.solo) Data.less = true else para = false end if para then if plus then r = mw.html.create("div"):node(para):node(plus) else r = para end end return r end -- fashioned() local function fatten(access) -- Create table row for subheadline. -- Parameter: -- access -- string, with name -- Returns <tr>. local param = Data.tree.params[access] local sub, sort = access:match("(=+)%s*(%S.*)$") local headline = mw.html.create(string.format("h%d", #sub)) local r = mw.html.create("tr") local td = mw.html.create("td"):attr("colspan", "5"):attr("data-sort-value", "!" .. sort) local s if param.style then s = type(param.style) if s == "table" then td:css(param.style) elseif s == "string" then td:cssText(param.style) end end s = fashioned(param, false, headline) if s then headline = s else headline:wikitext(sort) end td:node(headline) r:node(td) return r end -- fatten() local function fathers() -- Merge parameters with inherited values. local n = 0 local p = Data.params local t = Data.tree.params local p2, t2 for k, v in pairs(Data.heirs) do n = n + 1 end -- for k, v for i = 1, n do if Data.heirs then for k, v in pairs(Data.heirs) do if v and not Data.heirs[v] then n = n - 1 t[k].inherits = nil Data.heirs[k] = nil p2 = {} t2 = {} if p[v] then for k2, v2 in pairs(p[v]) do p2[k2] = v2 end -- for k2, v2 if p[k] then for k2, v2 in pairs(p[k]) do if type(v2) ~= "nil" then p2[k2] = v2 end end -- for k2, v2 end p[k] = p2 for k2, v2 in pairs(t[v]) do t2[k2] = v2 end -- for k2, v2 for k2, v2 in pairs(t[k]) do if type(v2) ~= "nil" then t2[k2] = v2 end end -- for k2, v2 t[k] = t2 else Fault("No params[] inherits " .. v) end end end -- for k, v end end -- i = 1, n if n > 0 then local s for k, v in pairs(Data.heirs) do if v then if s then s = string.format("%s &#124; %s", s, k) else s = "Circular inherits: " .. k end end end -- for k, v Fault(s) end end -- fathers() local function favorize() -- Local customization issues. local boole = { ["font-size"] = "1.25em" } local l, cx = pcall(mw.loadData, TemplateData.frame:getTitle() .. "/config") local scripting, style TemplateData.ltr = not mw.language.getContentLanguage():isRTL() if TemplateData.ltr then scripting = "left" else scripting = "right" end boole["margin-" .. scripting] = "3em" Permit.boole = { [false] = { css = boole, lead = true, show = "&#x2610;", }, [true] = { css = boole, lead = true, show = "&#x2611;", }, } Permit.css = {} for k, v in pairs(Permit.colors) do if k == "tableheadbg" then k = "tablehead" end if k == "fg" then style = "color" else style = "background-color" end Permit.css[k] = {} Permit.css[k][style] = v end -- for k, v if type(cx) == "table" then local c, s if type(cx.permit) == "table" then if type(cx.permit.boole) == "table" then if type(cx.permit.boole[true]) == "table" then Permit.boole[false] = cx.permit.boole[false] end if type(cx.permit.boole[true]) == "table" then Permit.boole[true] = cx.permit.boole[true] end end if type(cx.permit.css) == "table" then for k, v in pairs(cx.permit.css) do if type(v) == "table" then Permit.css[k] = v end end -- for k, v end end for k, v in pairs(Config.basicCnf) do s = type(cx[k]) if s == "string" or s == "table" then Config[v] = cx[k] end end -- for k, v end if type(Config.subpage) ~= "string" or type(Config.suffix) ~= "string" then local got = mw.message.new("templatedata-doc-subpage") local suffix if got:isDisabled() then suffix = "doc" else suffix = got:plain() end if type(Config.subpage) ~= "string" then Config.subpage = string.format("/%s$", suffix) end if type(Config.suffix) ~= "string" then Config.suffix = string.format("%%s/%s", suffix) end end end -- favorize() local function feasible(all, at, about) -- Deal with suggestedvalues within parameter. -- Parameter: -- all -- parameter details -- .default -- .type -- at -- string, with parameter name -- about -- suggestedvalues -- table, -- value and possibly description -- table may have elements: -- .code -- mandatory -- .label -- table|string -- .support -- table|string -- .icon -- string -- .class -- table|string -- .css -- table -- .style -- string -- .less -- true: suppress code -- Returns -- 1: mw.html object <ul> -- 2: sequence table with values, or nil local h = {} local e, r1, r2, s, v if #about > 0 then for i = 1, #about do e = about[i] s = type(e) if s == "table" then if type(e.code) == "string" then s = mw.text.trim(e.code) if s == "" then e = nil else e.code = s end else e = nil s = string.format("params.%s.%s[%d] %s", at, "suggestedvalues", i, "MISSING 'code:'") end elseif s == "string" then s = mw.text.trim(e) if s == "" then e = nil s = string.format("params.%s.%s[%d] EMPTY", at, "suggestedvalues", i) Fault(s) else e = { code = s } end elseif s == "number" then e = { code = tostring(e) } else s = string.format("params.%s.%s[%d] INVALID", at, "suggestedvalues", i) Fault(s) e = false end if e then v = v or {} table.insert(v, e) if h[e.code] then s = string.format("params.%s.%s REPEATED %s", at, "suggestedvalues", e.code) Fault(s) else h[e.code] = true end end end -- for i else Fault(string.format("params.%s.suggestedvalues %s", at, "NOT AN ARRAY")) end if v then local code, d, k, less, story, swift, t, u r1 = mw.html.create("ul") r2 = {} for i = 1, #v do u = mw.html.create("li") e = v[i] table.insert(r2, e.code) story = false less = (e.less == true) if not less then swift = e.code if e.support then local scream, support s = type(e.support) if s == "string" then support = e.support elseif s == "table" then support = faraway(e.support) else scream = "INVALID" end if support then s = mw.text.trim(support) if s == "" then scream = "EMPTY" elseif s:find("[%[%]|%<%>]") then scream = "BAD PAGE" else support = s end end if scream then s = string.format("params.%s.%s[%d].support %s", at, "suggestedvalues", i, scream) Fault(s) else swift = string.format("[[:%s|%s]]", support, swift) end end if all.type:sub(1, 5) == "wiki-" and swift == e.code then local rooms = { file = 6, temp = 10, user = 2, } local ns = rooms[all.type:sub(6, 9)] or 0 t = mw.title.makeTitle(ns, swift) if t and t.exists then swift = string.format("[[:%s|%s]]", t.prefixedText, swift) end end if e.code == all.default then k = 800 else k = 300 end code = mw.html.create("code"):css("font-weight", tostring(k)):css("white-space", "nowrap"):wikitext(swift) u:node(code) end if e.class then s = type(e.class) if s == "string" then u:addClass(e.class) elseif s == "table" then for k, s in pairs(e.class) do u:addClass(s) end -- for k, s else s = string.format("params.%s.%s[%d].class INVALID", at, "suggestedvalues", i) Fault(s) end end if e.css then if type(e.css) == "table" then u:css(e.css) else s = string.format("params.%s.%s[%d].css INVALID", at, "suggestedvalues", i) Fault(s) end end if e.style then if type(e.style) == "string" then u:cssText(e.style) else s = string.format("params.%s.%s[%d].style INVALID", at, "suggestedvalues", i) Fault(s) end end if all.type == "wiki-file-name" and not e.icon then e.icon = e.code end if e.label then s = type(e.label) if s == "string" then s = mw.text.trim(e.label) if s == "" then s = string.format("params.%s.%s[%d].label %s", at, "suggestedvalues", i, "EMPTY") Fault(s) else story = s end elseif s == "table" then story = faraway(e.label) else s = string.format("params.%s.%s[%d].label INVALID", at, "suggestedvalues", i) Fault(s) end end s = false if type(e.icon) == "string" then t = mw.title.makeTitle(6, e.icon) if t and t.file.exists then local g = mw.html.create("span") s = string.format("[[%s|16px]]", t.prefixedText) g:attr("role", "presentation"):wikitext(s) s = tostring(g) end end if not s and not less and e.label then s = mw.ustring.char(0x2013) end if s then d = mw.html.create("span"):wikitext(s) if TemplateData.ltr then if not less then d:css("margin-left", "0.5em") end if story then d:css("margin-right", "0.5em") end else if not less then d:css("margin-right", "0.5em") end if story then d:css("margin-left", "0.5em") end end u:node(d) end if story then u:wikitext(story) end r1:newline():node(u) end -- for i end if not r1 and v ~= false then Fault(string.format("params.%s.suggestedvalues INVALID", at)) r1 = mw.html.create("code"):addClass("error"):wikitext("INVALID") end return r1, r2 end -- feasible() local function feat() -- Check and store parameter sequence. if Data.source then local i = 0 local s for k, v in pairs(Data.tree.params) do if i == 0 then Data.order = {} i = 1 s = k else i = 2 break -- for k, v end end -- for k, v if i > 1 then local pointers = {} local points = {} local given = {} for k, v in pairs(Data.tree.params) do i = facet(k, 1) if type(v) == "table" then if type(v.label) == "string" then s = mw.text.trim(v.label) if s == "" then s = k end else s = k end if given[s] then if given[s] == 1 then local scream = "Parameter label '%s' detected multiple times" Fault(string.format(scream, s)) given[s] = 2 end else given[s] = 1 end end if i then table.insert(points, i) pointers[i] = k i = facet(k, i) if i then s = "Parameter '%s' detected twice" Fault(string.format(s, k)) end else s = "Parameter '%s' not detected" Fault(string.format(s, k)) end end -- for k, v table.sort(points) for i = 1, #points do table.insert(Data.order, pointers[points[i]]) end -- i = 1, #points elseif s then table.insert(Data.order, s) end end end -- feat() local function feature(access) -- Create table row for parameter, check and display violations. -- Parameter: -- access -- string, with name -- Returns <tr>. local mode, s, status local fine = function(a) s = mw.text.trim(a) return a == s and a ~= "" and not a:find("%|=\n") and not a:find("%s%s") end local begin = mw.html.create("td") local code = mw.html.create("code") local desc = mw.html.create("td") local eager = mw.html.create("td") local legal = true local param = Data.tree.params[access] local ranking = { "required", "suggested", "optional", "deprecated" } local r = mw.html.create("tr") local styles = "mw-templatedata-doc-param-" local sort, typed for k, v in pairs(param) do if v == "" then param[k] = false end end -- for k, v -- label sort = param.label or access if sort:match("^%d+$") then begin:attr("data-sort-value", string.format("%05d", tonumber(sort))) end begin:css("font-weight", "700"):wikitext(sort) -- name and aliases code:css("font-size", "0.92em"):css("white-space", "nowrap"):wikitext(access) if not fine(access) then code:addClass("error") Fault(string.format("Bad ID params.<code>%s</code>", access)) legal = false begin:attr("data-sort-value", " " .. sort) end code = mw.html.create("td"):addClass(styles .. "name"):node(code) if access:match("^%d+$") then code:attr("data-sort-value", string.format("%05d", tonumber(access))) end if type(param.aliases) == "table" then local lapsus, syn for k, v in pairs(param.aliases) do code:tag("br") if type(v) == "string" then if not fine(v) then lapsus = true code:node(mw.html.create("span"):addClass("error"):css("font-style", "italic"):wikitext("string")) :wikitext(s) else if Config.supportAliases then s = string.format("[[%s|%s]]", Config.supportAliases, mw.text.nowiki(s)) end syn = mw.html.create("span"):addClass(styles .. "alias"):css("white-space", "nowrap"):wikitext(s) code:node(syn) end else lapsus = true code:node(mw.html.create("code"):addClass("error"):wikitext(type(v))) end end -- for k, v if lapsus then s = string.format("params.<code>%s</code>.aliases", access) Fault(factory("invalid-value"):gsub("$1", s)) legal = false end end -- description etc. s = fashioned(param) if s then desc:node(s) end if param.style then s = type(param.style) if s == "table" then desc:css(param.style) elseif s == "string" then desc:cssText(param.style) end end if param.suggestedvalues or param.default or param.example or param.autovalue then local details = { "suggestedvalues", "default", "example", "autovalue", } local dl = mw.html.create("dl") local dd, section, show for i = 1, #details do s = details[i] show = param[s] if show then dd = mw.html.create("dd") section = factory("doc-param-" .. s) if s == "default" and Config.support4default then section = string.format("[[%s|%s]]", Config.support4default, mw.text.nowiki(section)) end if param.type == "boolean" and (show == "0" or show == "1") then local boole = Permit.boole[(show == "1")] if boole.lead == true then dd:node(mw.html.create("code"):wikitext(show)):wikitext(" ") end if type(boole.show) == "string" then local v = mw.html.create("span"):attr("aria-hidden", "true"):wikitext(boole.show) if boole.css then v:css(boole.css) end dd:node(v) end if type(boole.suffix) == "string" then dd:wikitext(boole.suffix) end if boole.lead == false then dd:wikitext(" "):node(mw.html.create("code"):wikitext(show)) end elseif s == "suggestedvalues" then local v, css, class, ts = facilities(param) if v then local ul ul, v = feasible(param, access, v) if v then dd:newline():node(ul) if css then dd:css(css) if class then dd:addClass(class) end if ts then dd:newline() dd:node(ts) end end Data.params[access].suggestedvalues = v end end else dd:wikitext(show) end dl:node(mw.html.create("dt"):wikitext(section)):node(dd) end end -- i = 1, #details desc:node(dl) end -- type if type(param.type) == "string" then param.type = mw.text.trim(param.type) if param.type == "" then param.type = false end end if param.type then s = Permit.types[param.type] typed = mw.html.create("td"):addClass(styles .. "type") if s then if s == "string" then Data.params[access].type = s typed:wikitext(factory("doc-param-type-" .. s)):tag("br") typed:node(mw.html.create("span"):addClass("error"):wikitext(param.type)) Data.lasting = true else local support = Config["support4" .. param.type] s = factory("doc-param-type-" .. param.type) if support then s = string.format("[[%s|%s]]", support, s) end typed:wikitext(s) end else Data.params[access].type = "unknown" typed:addClass("error"):wikitext("INVALID") s = string.format("params.<code>%s</code>.type", access) Fault(factory("invalid-value"):gsub("$1", s)) legal = false end else typed = mw.html.create("td"):wikitext(factory("doc-param-type-unknown")) Data.params[access].type = "unknown" if param.default then Data.params[access].default = nil Fault("Default value requires <code>type</code>") legal = false end end typed:addClass("navigation-not-searchable") -- status if param.required then mode = 1 if param.autovalue then Fault(string.format("autovalued <code>%s</code> required", access)) legal = false end if param.default then Fault(string.format("Defaulted <code>%s</code> required", access)) legal = false end if param.deprecated then Fault(string.format("Required deprecated <code>%s</code>", access)) legal = false end elseif param.deprecated then mode = 4 elseif param.suggested then mode = 2 else mode = 3 end status = ranking[mode] ranking = factory("doc-param-status-" .. status) if mode == 1 or mode == 4 then ranking = mw.html.create("span"):css("font-weight", "700"):wikitext(ranking) if type(param.deprecated) == "string" then ranking:tag("br") ranking:wikitext(param.deprecated) end if param.suggested and mode == 4 then s = string.format("Suggesting deprecated <code>%s</code>", access) Fault(s) legal = false end end eager :attr("data-sort-value", tostring(mode)) :node(ranking) :addClass(string.format("%sstatus-%s %s", styles, status, "navigation-not-searchable")) -- <tr> r:attr("id", "templatedata:" .. mw.uri.anchorEncode(access)) :css(Permit.css[status]) :addClass(styles .. status) :node(begin) :node(code) :node(desc) :node(typed) :node(eager) :newline() if not legal then r:css("border", "3px solid #f00") end return r end -- feature() local function features() -- Create <table> for parameters. -- Returns <table>, or nil. local r if Data.tree and Data.tree.params then local tbl = mw.html.create("table") local tr = mw.html.create("tr") feat() if Data.order and #Data.order > 1 then tbl:addClass("sortable") end if type(Config.classTable) == "table" then for k, v in pairs(Config.classTable) do tbl:addClass(v) end -- for k, v end if type(Config.cssTable) == "table" then tbl:css(Config.cssTable) end tr:addClass("navigation-not-searchable") :node( mw.html.create("th"):attr("colspan", "2"):css(Permit.css.tablehead):wikitext(factory("doc-param-name")) ) :node(mw.html.create("th"):css(Permit.css.tablehead):wikitext(factory("doc-param-desc"))) :node(mw.html.create("th"):css(Permit.css.tablehead):wikitext(factory("doc-param-type"))) :node(mw.html.create("th"):css(Permit.css.tablehead):wikitext(factory("doc-param-status"))) tbl :newline() -- :node( mw.html.create( "thead" ) :node(tr) -- ) :newline() if Data.order then local leave, s for i = 1, #Data.order do s = Data.order[i] if s:sub(1, 1) == "=" then leave = true tbl:node(fatten(s)) Data.order[i] = false elseif s:match("[=|]") then Fault(string.format("Bad param <code>%s</code>", s)) else tbl:node(feature(s)) end end -- for i = 1, #Data.order if leave then for i = #Data.order, 1, -1 do if not Data.order[i] then table.remove(Data.order, i) end end -- for i = #Data.order, 1, -1 end Data.tag.paramOrder = Data.order end if Config.cssTabWrap or Data.scroll then r = mw.html.create("div") if type(Config.cssTabWrap) == "table" then r:css(Config.cssTabWrap) elseif type(Config.cssTabWrap) == "string" then -- deprecated r:cssText(Config.cssTabWrap) end if Data.scroll then r:css("height", Data.scroll):css("overflow", "auto") end r:node(tbl) else r = tbl end end return r end -- features() local function fellow(any, assigned, at) -- Check sets[] parameter and issue error message, if necessary. -- Parameter: -- any -- should be number -- assigned -- parameter name -- at -- number, of set local s if type(any) ~= "number" then s = "<code>sets[%d].params[%s]</code>??" Fault(string.format(s, at, mw.text.nowiki(tostring(any)))) elseif type(assigned) == "string" then if not Data.got.params[assigned] then s = "<code>sets[%d].params %s</code> is undefined" Fault(string.format(s, at, assigned)) end else s = "<code>sets[%d].params[%d] = %s</code>??" Fault(string.format(s, k, type(assigned))) end end -- fellow() local function fellows() -- Check sets[] and issue error message, if necessary. local s if type(Data.got.sets) == "table" then if type(Data.got.params) == "table" then for k, v in pairs(Data.got.sets) do if type(k) == "number" then if type(v) == "table" then for ek, ev in pairs(v) do if ek == "label" then s = type(ev) if s ~= "string" and s ~= "table" then s = "<code>sets[%d].label</code>??" Fault(string.format(s, k)) end elseif ek == "params" and type(ev) == "table" then for pk, pv in pairs(ev) do fellow(pk, pv, k) end -- for pk, pv else ek = mw.text.nowiki(tostring(ek)) s = "<code>sets[%d][%s]</code>??" Fault(string.format(s, k, ek)) end end -- for ek, ev else k = mw.text.nowiki(tostring(k)) v = mw.text.nowiki(tostring(v)) s = string.format("<code>sets[%s][%s]</code>??", k, v) Fault(s) end else k = mw.text.nowiki(tostring(k)) s = string.format("<code>sets[%s]</code> ?????", k) Fault(s) end end -- for k, v else s = "<code>params</code> required for <code>sets</code>" Fault(s) end else s = "<code>sets</code> needs to be of <code>object</code> type" Fault(s) end end -- fellows() local function finalize(advance) -- Wrap presentation into frame. -- Parameter: -- advance -- true, for nice -- Returns string. local r, lapsus if Data.div then r = tostring(Data.div) elseif Data.strip then r = Data.strip else lapsus = true r = "" end r = r .. failures() if Data.source then local live = (advance or lapsus) if not live then live = TemplateData.frame:preprocess("{{REVISIONID}}") live = (live == "") end if live then r = r .. fancy(advance, lapsus) end end return r end -- finalize() local function find() -- Find JSON data within page source (title). -- Returns string, or nil. local s = Data.title:getContent() local i, j = s:find("<templatedata>", 1, true) local r if i then local k = s:find("</templatedata>", j, true) if k then r = mw.text.trim(s:sub(j + 1, k - 1)) end end return r end -- find() local function flat(adjust) -- Remove formatting from text string for VisualEditor. -- Parameter: -- arglist -- string, to be stripped, or nil -- Returns string, or nil. local r if adjust then r = adjust:gsub("\n", " ") if r:find("<noexport>", 1, true) then r = r:gsub("<noexport>.*</noexport>", "") end if r:find("<exportonly>", 1, true) then r = r:gsub("</?exportonly>", "") end if r:find("''", 1, true) then r = r:gsub("'''", ""):gsub("''", "") end if r:find("<", 1, true) then local Text = Fetch("Text") r = r:gsub("<br */?>", "\r\n"):gsub("²", "&sup2;"):gsub("³", "&sup3;") r = Text.getPlain(r) end if r:find("[", 1, true) then local WLink = Fetch("WLink") if WLink.isBracketedURL(r) then r = r:gsub("%[([hf]tt?ps?://%S+) [^%]]+%]", "%1") end r = WLink.getPlain(r) end if r:find("&", 1, true) then r = mw.text.decode(r) if r:find("&shy;", 1, true) then r = r:gsub("&shy;", "") end end end return r end -- flat() local function flush() -- JSON encode narrowed input; obey unnamed (numerical) parameters. -- Returns <templatedata> JSON string. local r if Data.tag then r = mw.text.jsonEncode(Data.tag):gsub("%}$", ",") else r = "{" end r = r .. '\n"params":{' if Data.order then local sep = "" local s for i = 1, #Data.order do s = Data.order[i] r = string.format("%s%s\n%s:%s", r, sep, mw.text.jsonEncode(s), mw.text.jsonEncode(Data.params[s])) sep = ",\n" end -- for i = 1, #Data.order end r = r .. "\n}\n}" return r end -- flush() local function focus(access) -- Check components; focus multilingual description, build trees. -- Parameter: -- access -- string, name of parameter, nil for root local f = function(a, at) local r if at then r = string.format("<code>params.%s</code>", at) else r = "''root''" end if a then r = string.format("%s<code>.%s</code>", r, a) end return r end local parent if access then parent = Data.got.params[access] else parent = Data.got end if type(parent) == "table" then local elem, permit, s, scope, slot, tag, target if access then permit = Permit.params if type(access) == "number" then slot = tostring(access) else slot = access end else permit = Permit.root end for k, v in pairs(parent) do scope = permit[k] if scope then s = type(v) if s == "string" and k ~= "format" then v = mw.text.trim(v) end if scope:find(s, 1, true) then if scope:find("I18N", 1, true) then if s == "string" then elem = fair(v) elseif s == "table" then local translated v, translated = faraway(v) if v then if translated and k == "description" then elem = { [1] = fair(v), [2] = translated, } else elem = fair(v) end else elem = false end end if type(v) == "string" then if k == "deprecated" then if v == "1" then v = true elseif v == "0" then v = false end elem = v elseif scope:find("nowiki", 1, true) then elem = mw.text.nowiki(v) elem = elem:gsub("&#13;" .. string.char(10), "<br>") v = v:gsub(string.char(13), "") else v = flat(v) end elseif s == "boolean" then if scope:find("boolean", 1, true) then elem = v else s = "Type <code>boolean</code> bad for " .. f(k, slot) Fault(s) end end else if k == "params" and not access then v = nil elem = nil elseif k == "format" and not access then elem = mw.text.decode(v) v = nil elseif k == "inherits" then elem = v if not Data.heirs then Data.heirs = {} end Data.heirs[slot] = v v = nil elseif k == "style" then elem = v v = nil elseif s == "string" then v = mw.text.nowiki(v) elem = v else elem = v end end if type(elem) ~= "nil" then if not target then if access then if not Data.tree.params then Data.tree.params = {} end Data.tree.params[slot] = {} target = Data.tree.params[slot] else Data.tree = {} target = Data.tree end end target[k] = elem elem = false end if type(v) ~= "nil" then if not tag then if access then if type(v) == "string" and v.sub(1, 1) == "=" then v = nil else if not Data.params then Data.params = {} end Data.params[slot] = {} tag = Data.params[slot] end else Data.tag = {} tag = Data.tag end end if type(v) ~= "nil" and k ~= "suggestedvalues" then tag[k] = v end end else s = string.format("Type <code>%s</code> bad for %s", scope, f(k, slot)) Fault(s) end else Fault("Unknown component " .. f(k, slot)) end end -- for k, v if not access and Data.got.sets then fellows() end else Fault(f() .. " needs to be of <code>object</code> type") end end -- focus() local function format() -- Build formatted element. -- Returns <inline>. local source = Data.tree.format:lower() local r, s if source == "inline" or source == "block" then r = mw.html.create("i"):wikitext(source) else local code if source:find("|", 1, true) then local scan = "^[\n ]*%{%{[\n _]*|[\n _]*=[\n _]*%}%}[\n ]*$" if source:match(scan) then code = source:gsub("\n", "N") else s = mw.text.nowiki(source):gsub("\n", "&#92;n") s = tostring(mw.html.create("code"):wikitext(s)) Fault("Invalid format " .. s) source = false end else local words = mw.text.split(source, "%s+") local show, start, support, unknown for i = 1, #words do s = words[i] if i == 1 then start = s end support = Permit.builder[s] if support == start or support == "*" then Permit.builder[s] = true elseif s:match("^[1-9]%d?") and Permit.builder.align then Permit.builder.align = tonumber(s) else if unknown then unknown = string.format("%s %s", unknown, s) else unknown = s end end end -- i = 1, #words if unknown then s = tostring(mw.html.create("code"):css("white-space", "nowrap"):wikitext(s)) Fault("Unknown/misplaced format keyword " .. s) source = false start = false end if start == "inline" then if Permit.builder.half == true then show = "inline half" code = "{{_ |_=_}}" elseif Permit.builder.grouped == true then show = "inline grouped" code = "{{_ | _=_}}" elseif Permit.builder.spaced == true then show = "inline spaced" code = "{{_ | _ = _ }}" end if Permit.builder.newlines == true then show = show or "inline" code = code or "{{_|_=_}}" show = show .. " newlines" code = string.format("N%sN", code) end elseif start == "block" then local space = "" -- amid "|" and name local spaced = " " -- preceding "=" local spacer = " " -- following "=" local suffix = "N" -- closing "}}" on new line show = "block" if Permit.builder.indent == true then start = " " show = "block indent" else start = "" end if Permit.builder.compressed == true then spaced = "" spacer = "" show = show .. " compressed" if Permit.builder.last == true then show = show .. " last" else suffix = "" end else if Permit.builder.lead == true then show = show .. " lead" space = " " end if type(Permit.builder.align) ~= "string" then local n s = " align" if Permit.builder.align == true then n = 0 if type(Data.got) == "table" and type(Data.got.params) == "table" then for k, v in pairs(Data.got.params) do if type(v) == "table" and not v.deprecated and type(k) == "string" then k = mw.ustring.len(k) if k > n then n = k end end end -- for k, v end else n = Permit.builder.align if type(n) == "number" and n > 1 then s = string.format("%s %d", s, n) else n = 0 -- How come? end end if n > 1 then spaced = string.rep("_", n - 1) .. " " end show = show .. s elseif Permit.builder.after == true then spaced = "" show = show .. " after" elseif Permit.builder.dense == true then spaced = "" spacer = "" show = show .. " dense" end if Permit.builder.last == true then suffix = spacer show = show .. " last" end end code = string.format("N{{_N%s|%s_%s=%s_%s}}N", start, space, spaced, spacer, suffix) if show == "block" then show = "block newlines" end end if show then r = mw.html.create("span"):wikitext(show) end end if code then source = code:gsub("N", "\n") code = mw.text.nowiki(code):gsub("N", "&#92;n") code = mw.html.create("code"):css("margin-left", "1em"):css("margin-right", "1em"):wikitext(code) if r then r = mw.html.create("span"):node(r):node(code) else r = code end end end if source and Data.tag then Data.tag.format = source end return r end -- format() local function formatter() -- Build presented documentation. -- Returns <div>. local r = mw.html.create("div") local x = fashioned(Data.tree, true, r) local s if x then r = x end if Data.leading then local toc = mw.html.create("div") local shift if Config.suppressTOCnum then toc:addClass(Config.suppressTOCnum) if type(Config.stylesTOCnum) == "string" then local src = Config.stylesTOCnum .. "/styles.css" s = TemplateData.frame:extensionTag("templatestyles", nil, { src = src }) r:newline():node(s) end end toc:addClass("navigation-not-searchable"):css("margin-top", "0.5em"):wikitext("__TOC__") if Data.sibling then local block = mw.html.create("div") if TemplateData.ltr then shift = "right" else shift = "left" end block:css("float", shift):wikitext(Data.sibling) r:newline():node(block):newline() end r:newline():node(toc):newline() if shift then r:node(mw.html.create("div"):css("clear", shift)):newline() end end s = features() if s then if Data.leading then r:node(mw.html.create("h" .. Config.nested):wikitext(factory("doc-params"))):newline() end r:node(s) end if Data.shared then local global = mw.html.create("div"):attr("id", "templatedata-global") local shift if TemplateData.ltr then shift = "right" else shift = "left" end global:css("float", shift):wikitext(string.format("[[%s|%s]]", Data.shared, "Global")) r:newline():node(global) end if Data.tree and Data.tree.format then local e = format() if e then local show = "Format" if Config.supportFormat then show = string.format("[[%s|%s]]", Config.supportFormat, show) end r:node(mw.html.create("p"):addClass("navigation-not-searchable"):wikitext(show .. ": "):node(e)) end end return r end -- formatter() local function free() -- Remove JSON comment lines. if Data.source:find("//", 1, true) then Data.source:gsub("([{,\"'])(%s*\n%s*//.*\n%s*)([{},\"'])", "%1%3") end end -- free() local function full() -- Build survey table from JSON data, append invisible <templatedata>. Data.div = mw.html.create("div"):addClass("mw-templatedata-doc-wrap") if Permit.css.bg then Data.div:css(Permit.css.bg) end if Permit.css.fg then Data.div:css(Permit.css.fg) end focus() if Data.tag then if type(Data.got.params) == "table" then for k, v in pairs(Data.got.params) do focus(k) end -- for k, v if Data.heirs then fathers() end end end Data.div:node(formatter()) if not Data.lazy then Data.slim = flush() if TemplateData.frame then local div = mw.html.create("div") local tdata = { [1] = "templatedata", [2] = Data.slim, } Data.strip = TemplateData.frame:callParserFunction("#tag", tdata) div:wikitext(Data.strip) if Config.loudly then Data.div:node(mw.html.create("hr"):css({ height = "7ex" })) else div:css("display", "none") end Data.div:node(div) end end if Data.lasting then Fault("deprecated type syntax") end if Data.less then Fault(Config.solo) end end -- full() local function furnish(adapt, arglist) -- Analyze transclusion. -- Parameter: -- adapt -- table, #invoke parameters -- arglist -- table, template parameters -- Returns string. local source favorize() -- deprecated: for k, v in pairs(Config.basicCnf) do if adapt[k] and adapt[k] ~= "" then Config[v] = adapt[k] end end -- for k, v if arglist.heading and arglist.heading:match("^[3-6]$") then Config.nested = arglist.heading else Config.nested = "2" end Config.loudly = faculty(arglist.debug or adapt.debug) Data.lazy = faculty(arglist.lazy) and not Config.loudly Data.leading = faculty(arglist.TOC) if Data.leading and arglist.TOCsibling then Data.sibling = mw.text.trim(arglist.TOCsibling) end if arglist.lang then Data.slang = arglist.lang:lower() elseif adapt.lang then Data.slang = adapt.lang:lower() end if arglist.JSON then source = arglist.JSON elseif arglist.Global then source = TemplateData.getGlobalJSON(arglist.Global, arglist.Local) elseif arglist[1] then local s = mw.text.trim(arglist[1]) local start = s:sub(1, 1) if start == "<" then Data.strip = s elseif start == "{" then source = s elseif mw.ustring.sub(s, 1, 8) == mw.ustring.char(127, 39, 34, 96, 85, 78, 73, 81) then Data.strip = s end end if type(arglist.vertical) == "string" and arglist.vertical:match("^%d*%.?%d+[emprx]+$") then Data.scroll = arglist.vertical end if not source then Data.title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() source = find() if not source and not Data.title.text:match(Config.subpage) then local s = string.format(Config.suffix, Data.title.prefixedText) Data.title = mw.title.new(s) if Data.title.exists then source = find() end end end if not Data.lazy then if not Data.title then Data.title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end Data.lazy = Data.title.text:match(Config.subpage) end if type(source) == "string" then TemplateData.getPlainJSON(source) end return finalize(faculty(arglist.source)) end -- furnish() Failsafe.failsafe = function(atleast) -- Retrieve versioning and check for compliance. -- Precondition: -- atleast -- string, with required version -- or wikidata|item|~|@ or false -- Postcondition: -- Returns string -- with queried version/item, also if problem -- false -- if appropriate -- 2024-03-01 local since = atleast local last = (since == "~") local linked = (since == "@") local link = (since == "item") local r if last or link or linked or since == "wikidata" then local item = Failsafe.item since = false if type(item) == "number" and item > 0 then local suited = string.format("Q%d", item) if link then r = suited else local entity = mw.wikibase.getEntity(suited) if type(entity) == "table" then local seek = Failsafe.serialProperty or "P348" local vsn = entity:formatPropertyValues(seek) if type(vsn) == "table" and type(vsn.value) == "string" and vsn.value ~= "" then if last and vsn.value == Failsafe.serial then r = false elseif linked then if mw.title.getCurrentTitle().prefixedText == mw.wikibase.getSitelink(suited) then r = false else r = suited end else r = vsn.value end end end end elseif link then r = false end end if type(r) == "nil" then if not since or since <= Failsafe.serial then r = Failsafe.serial else r = false end end return r end -- Failsafe.failsafe() TemplateData.getGlobalJSON = function(access, adapt) -- Retrieve TemplateData from a global repository (JSON). -- Parameter: -- access -- string, with page specifier (on WikiMedia Commons) -- adapt -- JSON string or table with local overrides -- Returns true, if succeeded. local plugin = Fetch("/global") local r if type(plugin) == "table" and type(plugin.fetch) == "function" then local s, got = plugin.fetch(access, adapt) if got then Data.got = got Data.order = got.paramOrder Data.shared = s r = true full() else Fault(s) end end return r end -- TemplateData.getGlobalJSON() TemplateData.getPlainJSON = function(adapt) -- Reduce enhanced JSON data to plain text localized JSON. -- Parameter: -- adapt -- string, with enhanced JSON -- Returns string, or not. if type(adapt) == "string" then local JSONutil = Fetch("JSONutil", true) Data.source = adapt free() if JSONutil then local Multilingual = Fetch("Multilingual", true) local f if Multilingual then f = Multilingual.i18n end Data.got = JSONutil.fetch(Data.source, true, f) else local lucky lucky, Data.got = pcall(mw.text.jsonDecode, Data.source) end if type(Data.got) == "table" then full() elseif not Data.strip then local scream = type(Data.got) if scream == "string" then scream = Data.got else scream = "Data.got: " .. scream end Fault("fatal JSON error: " .. scream) end end return Data.slim end -- TemplateData.getPlainJSON() TemplateData.test = function(adapt, arglist) TemplateData.frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() return furnish(adapt, arglist) end -- TemplateData.test() -- Export. local p = {} p.f = function(frame) -- Template call. local lucky, r TemplateData.frame = frame lucky, r = pcall(furnish, frame.args, frame:getParent().args) if not lucky then Fault("INTERNAL: " .. r) r = failures() end return r end -- p.f p.failsafe = function(frame) -- Versioning interface. local s = type(frame) local since if s == "table" then since = frame.args[1] elseif s == "string" then since = frame end if since then since = mw.text.trim(since) if since == "" then since = false end end return Failsafe.failsafe(since) or "" end -- p.failsafe p.TemplateData = function() -- Module interface. return TemplateData end setmetatable(p, { __call = function(func, ...) setmetatable(p, nil) return Failsafe end, }) return p gq8e9ue777rz14xixllqvc778bxk2t4 828 21948 265983 262600 2026-06-19T03:19:17Z en>Izno 0 add margins 265983 sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=yes}} */ .documentation, .documentation-metadata { border: 1px solid var( --border-color-base, #a2a9b1 ); background-color: #ecfcf4; color:inherit; clear: both; } .documentation { margin: 1em 0 0 0; padding: 1em; } .documentation-metadata { margin: 0.2em 0; /* same margin left-right as .documentation */ font-style: italic; padding: 0.4em 1em; /* same padding left-right as .documentation */ } .documentation-startbox { padding-bottom: 3px; border-bottom: 1px solid var( --border-color-base, #a2a9b1 ); margin-bottom: 1ex; } .documentation-heading { font-weight: bold; font-size: 125%; } body.skin-minerva .documentation-startbox .mw-editsection-like a, body.skin-timeless .documentation-startbox .mw-editsection-like a { display: inline-block; margin-left: 0.3em; margin-right: 0.3em; } .documentation-clear { /* Don't want things to stick out where they shouldn't. */ clear: both; } .documentation-toolbar { font-style: normal; font-size: 85%; } @media screen { html.skin-theme-clientpref-night .documentation, html.skin-theme-clientpref-night .documentation-metadata { background-color: #0b1e1c; } } @media screen and ( prefers-color-scheme: dark ) { html.skin-theme-clientpref-os .documentation, html.skin-theme-clientpref-os .documentation-metadata { background-color: #0b1e1c; } } ohekqp4ao232tow40gho8bknn5qdpvd 265984 265983 2026-07-18T15:19:45Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:Documentation/styles.css]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 265983 sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=yes}} */ .documentation, .documentation-metadata { border: 1px solid var( --border-color-base, #a2a9b1 ); background-color: #ecfcf4; color:inherit; clear: both; } .documentation { margin: 1em 0 0 0; padding: 1em; } .documentation-metadata { margin: 0.2em 0; /* same margin left-right as .documentation */ font-style: italic; padding: 0.4em 1em; /* same padding left-right as .documentation */ } .documentation-startbox { padding-bottom: 3px; border-bottom: 1px solid var( --border-color-base, #a2a9b1 ); margin-bottom: 1ex; } .documentation-heading { font-weight: bold; font-size: 125%; } body.skin-minerva .documentation-startbox .mw-editsection-like a, body.skin-timeless .documentation-startbox .mw-editsection-like a { display: inline-block; margin-left: 0.3em; margin-right: 0.3em; } .documentation-clear { /* Don't want things to stick out where they shouldn't. */ clear: both; } .documentation-toolbar { font-style: normal; font-size: 85%; } @media screen { html.skin-theme-clientpref-night .documentation, html.skin-theme-clientpref-night .documentation-metadata { background-color: #0b1e1c; } } @media screen and ( prefers-color-scheme: dark ) { html.skin-theme-clientpref-os .documentation, html.skin-theme-clientpref-os .documentation-metadata { background-color: #0b1e1c; } } ohekqp4ao232tow40gho8bknn5qdpvd 828 21949 265973 264035 2026-06-11T17:30:52Z en>MSGJ 0 this_box -> box_text 265973 Scribunto text/plain return { ['templatestyles'] = 'Module:Navbar/styles.css', ['hlist_templatestyles'] = 'Hlist/styles.css', ['box_text'] = 'This box: ', -- default text box when not plain or mini ['title_namespace'] = 'Template', -- namespace to default to for title ['invalid_title'] = 'Invalid title ', ['classes'] = { -- set a line to nil if you don't want it ['navbar'] = 'navbar', ['plainlinks'] = 'plainlinks', -- plainlinks ['horizontal_list'] = 'hlist', -- horizontal list class ['mini'] = 'navbar-mini', -- class indicating small links in the navbar ['box_text'] = 'navbar-boxtext', ['brackets'] = 'navbar-brackets', -- 'collapsible' is the key for a class to indicate the navbar is -- setting up the collapsible element in addition to the normal -- navbar. ['collapsible'] = 'navbar-collapse', ['collapsible_title_mini'] = 'navbar-ct-mini', ['collapsible_title_full'] = 'navbar-ct-full' } } itag4bw69ebqpc0fw4hgkr4pkizazgr 265974 265973 2026-07-18T15:19:45Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:Navbar/configuration]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 265973 Scribunto text/plain return { ['templatestyles'] = 'Module:Navbar/styles.css', ['hlist_templatestyles'] = 'Hlist/styles.css', ['box_text'] = 'This box: ', -- default text box when not plain or mini ['title_namespace'] = 'Template', -- namespace to default to for title ['invalid_title'] = 'Invalid title ', ['classes'] = { -- set a line to nil if you don't want it ['navbar'] = 'navbar', ['plainlinks'] = 'plainlinks', -- plainlinks ['horizontal_list'] = 'hlist', -- horizontal list class ['mini'] = 'navbar-mini', -- class indicating small links in the navbar ['box_text'] = 'navbar-boxtext', ['brackets'] = 'navbar-brackets', -- 'collapsible' is the key for a class to indicate the navbar is -- setting up the collapsible element in addition to the normal -- navbar. ['collapsible'] = 'navbar-collapse', ['collapsible_title_mini'] = 'navbar-ct-mini', ['collapsible_title_full'] = 'navbar-ct-full' } } itag4bw69ebqpc0fw4hgkr4pkizazgr 828 21951 265971 264011 2026-02-12T11:19:37Z en>Primefac 0 fix the brace param issue 265971 Scribunto text/plain -- This implements Template:Template link general and various other templates in its family local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local p = {} -- Is a string non-empty? local function _ne(s) return s ~= nil and s ~= "" end local nw = mw.text.nowiki local function addTemplate(s) local i, _ = s:find(':', 1, true) if i == nil then return 'Template:' .. s end local ns = s:sub(1, i - 1) if ns == '' or mw.site.namespaces[ns] then return s else return 'Template:' .. s end end local function trimTemplate(s) local needle = 'template:' if s:sub(1, needle:len()):lower() == needle then return s:sub(needle:len() + 1) else return s end end -- Builds the link part local function linkTitle(args) local titleObj if args['1'] then -- This handles :Page and other NS titleObj = mw.title.new(args['1'], 'Template') else titleObj = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end local textPart = args.alttext if not _ne(textPart) then if titleObj ~= nil then textPart = titleObj:inNamespace("Template") and args['1'] or titleObj.fullText else -- redlink textPart = args['1'] end end if _ne(args.subst) then -- HACK: the ns thing above is probably broken textPart = 'subst:' .. textPart end if _ne(args.brace) then textPart = nw('{{') .. textPart .. nw('}}') elseif _ne(args.braceinside) then textPart = nw('{') .. textPart .. nw('}') end local titlePart if _ne(args.nolink) then titlePart = textPart else titlePart = '[[' .. (titleObj ~= nil and titleObj.fullText or addTemplate(args['1'])) .. '|' .. textPart .. ']]' end if _ne(args.braceinside) then titlePart = nw('{') .. titlePart .. nw('}') end local bold = _ne(args.bold) or _ne(args.boldlink) or _ne(args.boldname) if bold then titlePart = "'''" .. titlePart .. "'''" end if _ne(args.nowrapname) then titlePart = '<span class="nowrap">' .. titlePart .. '</span>' end return titlePart end function p.main(frame) local args = getArgs(frame, { trim = true, removeBlanks = false }) return p._main(args) end function p._main(args) local italic = _ne(args.italic) or _ne(args.italics) local dontBrace = _ne(args.brace) or _ne(args.braceinside) local code = _ne(args.code) or _ne(args.tt) local show_result = _ne(args._show_result) local expand = _ne(args._expand) local titlePart = linkTitle(args) -- Build the arguments local textPart = "" local textPartBuffer = "&#124;" local codeArguments = {} local codeArgumentsString = "" local i = 2 local j = 1 while args[i] do local val = args[i] if val ~= "" then if _ne(args.nowiki) then -- Unstrip nowiki tags first because calling nw on something that already contains nowiki tags will -- mangle the nowiki strip marker and result in literal UNIQ...QINU showing up val = nw(mw.text.unstripNoWiki(val)) end local k, v = string.match(val, "(.*)=(.*)") if not k then codeArguments[j] = val j = j + 1 else codeArguments[k] = v end codeArgumentsString = codeArgumentsString .. textPartBuffer .. val if italic then val = '<span style="font-style:italic;">' .. val .. '</span>' end textPart = textPart .. textPartBuffer .. val end i = i + 1 end -- final wrap local ret = titlePart .. textPart if not dontBrace then ret = nw('{{') .. ret .. nw('}}') end if _ne(args.a) then ret = nw('*') .. '&nbsp;' .. ret end if _ne(args.kbd) then ret = '<kbd>' .. ret .. '</kbd>' end if code then ret = '<code>' .. ret .. '</code>' elseif _ne(args.plaincode) then ret = '<code style="border:none;background:transparent;color:inherit">' .. ret .. '</code>' end if _ne(args.nowrap) then ret = '<span class="nowrap">' .. ret .. '</span>' end --[[ Wrap as html?? local span = mw.html.create('span') span:wikitext(ret) --]] if _ne(args.debug) then ret = ret .. '\n<pre>' .. mw.text.encode(mw.dumpObject(args)) .. '</pre>' end if show_result then if _ne(args.nocat) then codeArguments['nocat'] = true end local result = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = addTemplate(args[1]), args = codeArguments} ret = ret .. " → " .. result end if expand then local query = mw.text.encode('{{' .. addTemplate(args[1]) .. string.gsub(codeArgumentsString, textPartBuffer, "|") .. '}}') local url = mw.uri.fullUrl('special:ExpandTemplates', 'wpInput=' .. query) mw.log() ret = ret .. " [" .. tostring(url) .. "]" end return ret end return p eq1il0gmw32087nl1ce4bzyifl7zrrz 265972 265971 2026-07-18T15:19:45Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:Template_link_general]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 265971 Scribunto text/plain -- This implements Template:Template link general and various other templates in its family local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local p = {} -- Is a string non-empty? local function _ne(s) return s ~= nil and s ~= "" end local nw = mw.text.nowiki local function addTemplate(s) local i, _ = s:find(':', 1, true) if i == nil then return 'Template:' .. s end local ns = s:sub(1, i - 1) if ns == '' or mw.site.namespaces[ns] then return s else return 'Template:' .. s end end local function trimTemplate(s) local needle = 'template:' if s:sub(1, needle:len()):lower() == needle then return s:sub(needle:len() + 1) else return s end end -- Builds the link part local function linkTitle(args) local titleObj if args['1'] then -- This handles :Page and other NS titleObj = mw.title.new(args['1'], 'Template') else titleObj = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end local textPart = args.alttext if not _ne(textPart) then if titleObj ~= nil then textPart = titleObj:inNamespace("Template") and args['1'] or titleObj.fullText else -- redlink textPart = args['1'] end end if _ne(args.subst) then -- HACK: the ns thing above is probably broken textPart = 'subst:' .. textPart end if _ne(args.brace) then textPart = nw('{{') .. textPart .. nw('}}') elseif _ne(args.braceinside) then textPart = nw('{') .. textPart .. nw('}') end local titlePart if _ne(args.nolink) then titlePart = textPart else titlePart = '[[' .. (titleObj ~= nil and titleObj.fullText or addTemplate(args['1'])) .. '|' .. textPart .. ']]' end if _ne(args.braceinside) then titlePart = nw('{') .. titlePart .. nw('}') end local bold = _ne(args.bold) or _ne(args.boldlink) or _ne(args.boldname) if bold then titlePart = "'''" .. titlePart .. "'''" end if _ne(args.nowrapname) then titlePart = '<span class="nowrap">' .. titlePart .. '</span>' end return titlePart end function p.main(frame) local args = getArgs(frame, { trim = true, removeBlanks = false }) return p._main(args) end function p._main(args) local italic = _ne(args.italic) or _ne(args.italics) local dontBrace = _ne(args.brace) or _ne(args.braceinside) local code = _ne(args.code) or _ne(args.tt) local show_result = _ne(args._show_result) local expand = _ne(args._expand) local titlePart = linkTitle(args) -- Build the arguments local textPart = "" local textPartBuffer = "&#124;" local codeArguments = {} local codeArgumentsString = "" local i = 2 local j = 1 while args[i] do local val = args[i] if val ~= "" then if _ne(args.nowiki) then -- Unstrip nowiki tags first because calling nw on something that already contains nowiki tags will -- mangle the nowiki strip marker and result in literal UNIQ...QINU showing up val = nw(mw.text.unstripNoWiki(val)) end local k, v = string.match(val, "(.*)=(.*)") if not k then codeArguments[j] = val j = j + 1 else codeArguments[k] = v end codeArgumentsString = codeArgumentsString .. textPartBuffer .. val if italic then val = '<span style="font-style:italic;">' .. val .. '</span>' end textPart = textPart .. textPartBuffer .. val end i = i + 1 end -- final wrap local ret = titlePart .. textPart if not dontBrace then ret = nw('{{') .. ret .. nw('}}') end if _ne(args.a) then ret = nw('*') .. '&nbsp;' .. ret end if _ne(args.kbd) then ret = '<kbd>' .. ret .. '</kbd>' end if code then ret = '<code>' .. ret .. '</code>' elseif _ne(args.plaincode) then ret = '<code style="border:none;background:transparent;color:inherit">' .. ret .. '</code>' end if _ne(args.nowrap) then ret = '<span class="nowrap">' .. ret .. '</span>' end --[[ Wrap as html?? local span = mw.html.create('span') span:wikitext(ret) --]] if _ne(args.debug) then ret = ret .. '\n<pre>' .. mw.text.encode(mw.dumpObject(args)) .. '</pre>' end if show_result then if _ne(args.nocat) then codeArguments['nocat'] = true end local result = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = addTemplate(args[1]), args = codeArguments} ret = ret .. " → " .. result end if expand then local query = mw.text.encode('{{' .. addTemplate(args[1]) .. string.gsub(codeArgumentsString, textPartBuffer, "|") .. '}}') local url = mw.uri.fullUrl('special:ExpandTemplates', 'wpInput=' .. query) mw.log() ret = ret .. " [" .. tostring(url) .. "]" end return ret end return p eq1il0gmw32087nl1ce4bzyifl7zrrz 10 25778 265995 263663 2026-01-15T22:35:43Z en>Pppery 0 /* {{pp-template}} */ 265995 sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp-template}} */ /* * hlist styles are defined in core and Minerva and differ in Minerva. The * current definitions here (2023-01-01) are sufficient to override Minerva * without use of the hlist-separated class. The most problematic styles were * related to margin, padding, and the bullet. Check files listed at * [[MediaWiki talk:Common.css/to do#hlist-separated]] */ /* * TODO: When the majority of readership supports it (or some beautiful world * in which grade C support is above the minimum threshold), use :is() */ .hlist dl, .hlist ol, .hlist ul { margin: 0; padding: 0; } /* Display list items inline */ .hlist dd, .hlist dt, .hlist li { /* * don't trust the note that says margin doesn't work with inline * removing margin: 0 makes dds have margins again * We also want to reset margin-right in Minerva */ margin: 0; display: inline; } /* Display requested top-level lists inline */ .hlist.inline, .hlist.inline dl, .hlist.inline ol, .hlist.inline ul, /* Display nested lists inline */ .hlist dl dl, .hlist dl ol, .hlist dl ul, .hlist ol dl, .hlist ol ol, .hlist ol ul, .hlist ul dl, .hlist ul ol, .hlist ul ul { display: inline; } /* Hide empty list items */ .hlist .mw-empty-li { display: none; } /* TODO: :not() can maybe be used here to remove the later rule. naive test * seems to work. more testing needed. like so: *.hlist dt:not(:last-child)::after { * content: ": "; *} *.hlist dd:not(:last-child)::after, *.hlist li:not(:last-child)::after { * content: " · "; * font-weight: bold; *} */ /* Generate interpuncts */ .hlist dt::after { content: ": "; } .hlist dd::after, .hlist li::after { content: "\a0· "; font-weight: bold; } .hlist dd:last-child::after, .hlist dt:last-child::after, .hlist li:last-child::after { content: none; } /* Add parentheses around nested lists */ .hlist dd dd:first-child::before, .hlist dd dt:first-child::before, .hlist dd li:first-child::before, .hlist dt dd:first-child::before, .hlist dt dt:first-child::before, .hlist dt li:first-child::before, .hlist li dd:first-child::before, .hlist li dt:first-child::before, .hlist li li:first-child::before { content: " ("; font-weight: normal; } .hlist dd dd:last-child::after, .hlist dd dt:last-child::after, .hlist dd li:last-child::after, .hlist dt dd:last-child::after, .hlist dt dt:last-child::after, .hlist dt li:last-child::after, .hlist li dd:last-child::after, .hlist li dt:last-child::after, .hlist li li:last-child::after { content: ")"; font-weight: normal; } /* Put ordinals in front of ordered list items */ .hlist ol { counter-reset: listitem; } .hlist ol > li { counter-increment: listitem; } .hlist ol > li::before { content: " " counter(listitem) "\a0"; } .hlist dd ol > li:first-child::before, .hlist dt ol > li:first-child::before, .hlist li ol > li:first-child::before { content: " (" counter(listitem) "\a0"; } c4a9gdxc068l0us4sz11634bne7iv2z 265996 265995 2026-07-18T15:19:46Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Template:Hlist/styles.css]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 265995 sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp-template}} */ /* * hlist styles are defined in core and Minerva and differ in Minerva. The * current definitions here (2023-01-01) are sufficient to override Minerva * without use of the hlist-separated class. The most problematic styles were * related to margin, padding, and the bullet. Check files listed at * [[MediaWiki talk:Common.css/to do#hlist-separated]] */ /* * TODO: When the majority of readership supports it (or some beautiful world * in which grade C support is above the minimum threshold), use :is() */ .hlist dl, .hlist ol, .hlist ul { margin: 0; padding: 0; } /* Display list items inline */ .hlist dd, .hlist dt, .hlist li { /* * don't trust the note that says margin doesn't work with inline * removing margin: 0 makes dds have margins again * We also want to reset margin-right in Minerva */ margin: 0; display: inline; } /* Display requested top-level lists inline */ .hlist.inline, .hlist.inline dl, .hlist.inline ol, .hlist.inline ul, /* Display nested lists inline */ .hlist dl dl, .hlist dl ol, .hlist dl ul, .hlist ol dl, .hlist ol ol, .hlist ol ul, .hlist ul dl, .hlist ul ol, .hlist ul ul { display: inline; } /* Hide empty list items */ .hlist .mw-empty-li { display: none; } /* TODO: :not() can maybe be used here to remove the later rule. naive test * seems to work. more testing needed. like so: *.hlist dt:not(:last-child)::after { * content: ": "; *} *.hlist dd:not(:last-child)::after, *.hlist li:not(:last-child)::after { * content: " · "; * font-weight: bold; *} */ /* Generate interpuncts */ .hlist dt::after { content: ": "; } .hlist dd::after, .hlist li::after { content: "\a0· "; font-weight: bold; } .hlist dd:last-child::after, .hlist dt:last-child::after, .hlist li:last-child::after { content: none; } /* Add parentheses around nested lists */ .hlist dd dd:first-child::before, .hlist dd dt:first-child::before, .hlist dd li:first-child::before, .hlist dt dd:first-child::before, .hlist dt dt:first-child::before, .hlist dt li:first-child::before, .hlist li dd:first-child::before, .hlist li dt:first-child::before, .hlist li li:first-child::before { content: " ("; font-weight: normal; } .hlist dd dd:last-child::after, .hlist dd dt:last-child::after, .hlist dd li:last-child::after, .hlist dt dd:last-child::after, .hlist dt dt:last-child::after, .hlist dt li:last-child::after, .hlist li dd:last-child::after, .hlist li dt:last-child::after, .hlist li li:last-child::after { content: ")"; font-weight: normal; } /* Put ordinals in front of ordered list items */ .hlist ol { counter-reset: listitem; } .hlist ol > li { counter-increment: listitem; } .hlist ol > li::before { content: " " counter(listitem) "\a0"; } .hlist dd ol > li:first-child::before, .hlist dt ol > li:first-child::before, .hlist li ol > li:first-child::before { content: " (" counter(listitem) "\a0"; } c4a9gdxc068l0us4sz11634bne7iv2z 828 25888 265967 264003 2026-06-09T21:49:34Z en>Izno 0 spaceeeee 265967 sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=y}} */ /* * This TemplateStyles sheet deliberately does NOT include the full set of * infobox styles. We are still working to migrate all of the manual * infoboxes. See [[MediaWiki talk:Common.css/to do#Infobox]] * DO NOT ADD THEM HERE */ /* NOTE: This is maintained both here and in [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] until migration is complete. * Starting with bare minimum for the benefit of [[mw:Manual:Safemode]]. */ @media (min-width: 640px) { .infobox { /* @noflip */ margin-left: 1em; /* @noflip */ float: right; /* @noflip */ clear: right; width: 22em; } } /* * not strictly certain these styles are necessary since the modules now * exclusively output infobox-subbox or infobox, not both * just replicating the module faithfully */ .infobox-subbox { padding: 0; border: none; margin: -3px; width: auto; min-width: 100%; font-size: 100%; clear: none; float: none; background-color: transparent; color:inherit; } .infobox-3cols-child { margin: -3px; } .infobox .navbar { font-size: 100%; } /* remove when infobox is not a table anymore */ .infobox-hiddenrow, /* we mean it, Minerva. but also Vector 2022 in the future at some point */ body.skin--responsive.skin--responsive .infobox .infobox-hiddenrow { display: none; } /* Dark theme: [[William Wragg]], [[Coral Castle]] */ @media screen { html.skin-theme-clientpref-night .infobox-full-data:not(.notheme) > div:not(.notheme)[style] { background: #1f1f23 !important; /* switch with var( --color-base ) when supported. */ color: #f8f9fa; } } @media screen and (prefers-color-scheme: dark) { html.skin-theme-clientpref-os .infobox-full-data:not(.notheme) > div:not(.notheme)[style] { background: #1f1f23 !important; /* switch with var( --color-base ) when supported. */ color: #f8f9fa; } } /* Since infobox is a table, many infobox templates take advantage of this to * add columns and rows to the infobox itself rather than as part of a new table * inside them. This class should be discouraged and removed on the long term, * but allows us to at least identify these tables going forward * Currently in use on: [[Module:Infobox3cols]] * Fixes issue described in [[phab:F55300125]] on Vector 2022. */ @media (min-width: 640px) { body.skin--responsive .infobox-table { display: table !important; } body.skin--responsive .infobox-table > caption { display: table-caption !important; } body.skin--responsive .infobox-table > tbody { display: table-row-group; } body.skin--responsive .infobox-table th, body.skin--responsive .infobox-table td { padding-left: inherit; padding-right: inherit; } } bi1nsztkx4350a55cuzjhaotvp5h216 265968 265967 2026-07-18T15:19:44Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:Infobox/styles.css]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 265967 sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=y}} */ /* * This TemplateStyles sheet deliberately does NOT include the full set of * infobox styles. We are still working to migrate all of the manual * infoboxes. See [[MediaWiki talk:Common.css/to do#Infobox]] * DO NOT ADD THEM HERE */ /* NOTE: This is maintained both here and in [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] until migration is complete. * Starting with bare minimum for the benefit of [[mw:Manual:Safemode]]. */ @media (min-width: 640px) { .infobox { /* @noflip */ margin-left: 1em; /* @noflip */ float: right; /* @noflip */ clear: right; width: 22em; } } /* * not strictly certain these styles are necessary since the modules now * exclusively output infobox-subbox or infobox, not both * just replicating the module faithfully */ .infobox-subbox { padding: 0; border: none; margin: -3px; width: auto; min-width: 100%; font-size: 100%; clear: none; float: none; background-color: transparent; color:inherit; } .infobox-3cols-child { margin: -3px; } .infobox .navbar { font-size: 100%; } /* remove when infobox is not a table anymore */ .infobox-hiddenrow, /* we mean it, Minerva. but also Vector 2022 in the future at some point */ body.skin--responsive.skin--responsive .infobox .infobox-hiddenrow { display: none; } /* Dark theme: [[William Wragg]], [[Coral Castle]] */ @media screen { html.skin-theme-clientpref-night .infobox-full-data:not(.notheme) > div:not(.notheme)[style] { background: #1f1f23 !important; /* switch with var( --color-base ) when supported. */ color: #f8f9fa; } } @media screen and (prefers-color-scheme: dark) { html.skin-theme-clientpref-os .infobox-full-data:not(.notheme) > div:not(.notheme)[style] { background: #1f1f23 !important; /* switch with var( --color-base ) when supported. */ color: #f8f9fa; } } /* Since infobox is a table, many infobox templates take advantage of this to * add columns and rows to the infobox itself rather than as part of a new table * inside them. This class should be discouraged and removed on the long term, * but allows us to at least identify these tables going forward * Currently in use on: [[Module:Infobox3cols]] * Fixes issue described in [[phab:F55300125]] on Vector 2022. */ @media (min-width: 640px) { body.skin--responsive .infobox-table { display: table !important; } body.skin--responsive .infobox-table > caption { display: table-caption !important; } body.skin--responsive .infobox-table > tbody { display: table-row-group; } body.skin--responsive .infobox-table th, body.skin--responsive .infobox-table td { padding-left: inherit; padding-right: inherit; } } bi1nsztkx4350a55cuzjhaotvp5h216 828 25889 266050 264041 2026-02-23T23:40:03Z en>Ahecht 0 do this the right way 266050 Scribunto text/plain return { aria_label = 'Navbox', nowrap_item = '%s<span class="nowrap">%s</span>', templatestyles = mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Module:Navbox/styles.css' } }, hlist_templatestyles = 'Hlist/styles.css', plainlist_templatestyles = 'Plainlist/styles.css', -- do not localize marker table marker = { oddeven = '\127_ODDEVEN_\127', restart = '\127_ODDEVEN0_\127', regex = '\127_ODDEVEN(%d?)_\127' }, category = { orphan = '[[Category:Navbox orphans]]', horizontal_lists = 'Navigational boxes without horizontal lists', background_colors = 'Navboxes using background colours', illegible = 'Potentially illegible navboxes', borders = 'Navboxes using borders', without_first_col = '[[Category:Pages using navbox columns without the first column]]' }, keyword = { border_subgroup = 'subgroup', border_child = 'child', border_none = 'none', evenodd_swap = 'swap', navbar_off = 'off', navbar_plain = 'plain', nocat_false = 'false', nowrapitems_yes = 'yes', orphan_yes = 'yes', state_collapsed = 'collapsed', state_off = 'off', state_plain = 'plain', state_uncollapsed = 'uncollapsed', subgroups = {'subgroup', 'child', ''}, subpage_doc = 'doc', subpage_sandbox = 'sandbox', subpage_testcases = 'testcases', tracking_no = 'no', with_collapsible_groups = 'with collapsible groups', with_collapsible_groups_short = 'collapsible', with_columns = 'with columns', with_columns_short = 'columns', }, class = { autocollapse = 'autocollapse', collapsible = 'mw-collapsible', collapsed = 'mw-collapsed', -- Warning navbox = 'navbox', -- WMF currently hides 'navbox' from mobile, -- so you probably shouldn't change the navbox class. navbox_abovebelow = 'navbox-abovebelow', navbox_group = 'navbox-group', navbox_image = 'navbox-image', navbox_inner = 'navbox-inner', navbox_list = 'navbox-list', navbox_list_with_group = 'navbox-list-with-group', navbox_part = 'navbox-', -- do not l10n navbox_styles = 'navbox-styles', navbox_subgroup = 'navbox-subgroup', navbox_title = 'navbox-title', -- l10n only if you change pattern.navbox_title below navbox_odd_part = 'odd', -- do not l10n navbox_even_part = 'even', -- do not l10n nomobile = 'nomobile', nowraplinks = 'nowraplinks', noviewer = 'noviewer', -- used to remove images from MediaViewer notheme = 'notheme' }, pattern = { class = 'class', colnum = '^col(%d+)$', colheadernum = '^col(%d+)header$', colfooternum = '^col(%d+)footer$', contentnum = '^content(%d+)$', groupnum = '^group(%d+)$', hlist = 'hlist', listnum = '^list(%d+)$', navbox = 'Template:Navbox', navbox_title = '<th[^>]*"navbox%-title"', nowrap = '^<span class="nowrap">', num = '^%a+(%d+)$', plainlist = 'plainlist', sandbox = '/sandbox$', sectionnum = '^section(%d+)$', sectnum = '^sect(%d+)$', style = 'style$', with_collapsible_groups = 'Template:Navbox with collapsible groups', with_columns = 'Template:Navbox with columns', }, arg = { abbr_and_num = 'abbr%d', above = 'above', aboveclass = 'aboveclass', abovestyle = 'abovestyle', basestyle = 'basestyle', below = 'below', belowclass = 'belowclass', belowstyle = 'belowstyle', bodyclass = 'bodyclass', bodystyle = 'bodystyle', border = 'border', content_and_num = 'content%d', contentstyle = 'contentstyle', contentstyle_and_num = 'content%dstyle', colheaderstyle = 'colheaderstyle', colheader_and_num = 'col%dheader', colheaderstyle_and_num = 'col%dheaderstyle', colheadercolspan_and_num = 'col%dheadercolspan', colstyle = 'colstyle', col_and_num = 'col%d', colstyle_and_num = 'col%dstyle', colwidth = 'colwidth', colwidth_and_num = 'col%dwidth', colfooterstyle = 'colfooterstyle', colfooter_and_num = 'col%dfooter', colfooterstyle_and_num = 'col%dfooterstyle', colfootercolspan_and_num = 'col%dfootercolspan', coltablestyle = 'coltablestyle', evencolstyle = 'evencolstyle', evenodd = 'evenodd', evenstyle = 'evenstyle', fullwidth = 'fullwidth', group1 = 'group1', group2 = 'group2', group_and_num = 'group%d', groupclass = 'groupclass', groupstyle = 'groupstyle', groupstyle_and_num = 'group%dstyle', groupwidth = 'groupwidth', image = 'image', image_and_num = 'image%d', imageclass = 'imageclass', imageleft = 'imageleft', imageleft_and_num = 'imageleft%d', imageleftstyle = 'imageleftstyle', imagestyle = 'imagestyle', innerstyle = 'innerstyle', list1padding = 'list1padding', list_and_num = 'list%d', listclass = 'listclass', listclass_and_num = 'list%dclass', listpadding = 'listpadding', liststyle = 'liststyle', liststyle_and_num = 'list%dstyle', name = 'name', navbar = 'navbar', navboxclass = 'navboxclass', nocat = 'nocat', nowrapitems = 'nowrapitems', oddcolstyle = 'oddcolstyle', oddstyle = 'oddstyle', orphan = 'orphan', padding = 'padding', sect_and_num = 'sect%d', section_and_num = 'section%d', sectiontitlestyle_and_num = 'section%dtitlestyle', secttitlestyle = 'secttitlestyle', selected = 'selected', state = 'state', state_and_num = 'state%d', style = 'style', subgroups_and_num = {'subgroup%d', 'child%d', '%d'}, templatestyles = 'templatestyles', child_templatestyles = 'child templatestyles', title = 'title', titleclass = 'titleclass', titlestyle = 'titlestyle', tracking = 'tracking', }, -- names of navbar arguments navbar = { name = 1, fontstyle = 'fontstyle', mini = 'mini' } } hfe9tuviwm23frg4eyuetl5fcr6lsto 266051 266050 2026-07-18T15:28:54Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:Navbox/configuration]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266050 Scribunto text/plain return { aria_label = 'Navbox', nowrap_item = '%s<span class="nowrap">%s</span>', templatestyles = mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Module:Navbox/styles.css' } }, hlist_templatestyles = 'Hlist/styles.css', plainlist_templatestyles = 'Plainlist/styles.css', -- do not localize marker table marker = { oddeven = '\127_ODDEVEN_\127', restart = '\127_ODDEVEN0_\127', regex = '\127_ODDEVEN(%d?)_\127' }, category = { orphan = '[[Category:Navbox orphans]]', horizontal_lists = 'Navigational boxes without horizontal lists', background_colors = 'Navboxes using background colours', illegible = 'Potentially illegible navboxes', borders = 'Navboxes using borders', without_first_col = '[[Category:Pages using navbox columns without the first column]]' }, keyword = { border_subgroup = 'subgroup', border_child = 'child', border_none = 'none', evenodd_swap = 'swap', navbar_off = 'off', navbar_plain = 'plain', nocat_false = 'false', nowrapitems_yes = 'yes', orphan_yes = 'yes', state_collapsed = 'collapsed', state_off = 'off', state_plain = 'plain', state_uncollapsed = 'uncollapsed', subgroups = {'subgroup', 'child', ''}, subpage_doc = 'doc', subpage_sandbox = 'sandbox', subpage_testcases = 'testcases', tracking_no = 'no', with_collapsible_groups = 'with collapsible groups', with_collapsible_groups_short = 'collapsible', with_columns = 'with columns', with_columns_short = 'columns', }, class = { autocollapse = 'autocollapse', collapsible = 'mw-collapsible', collapsed = 'mw-collapsed', -- Warning navbox = 'navbox', -- WMF currently hides 'navbox' from mobile, -- so you probably shouldn't change the navbox class. navbox_abovebelow = 'navbox-abovebelow', navbox_group = 'navbox-group', navbox_image = 'navbox-image', navbox_inner = 'navbox-inner', navbox_list = 'navbox-list', navbox_list_with_group = 'navbox-list-with-group', navbox_part = 'navbox-', -- do not l10n navbox_styles = 'navbox-styles', navbox_subgroup = 'navbox-subgroup', navbox_title = 'navbox-title', -- l10n only if you change pattern.navbox_title below navbox_odd_part = 'odd', -- do not l10n navbox_even_part = 'even', -- do not l10n nomobile = 'nomobile', nowraplinks = 'nowraplinks', noviewer = 'noviewer', -- used to remove images from MediaViewer notheme = 'notheme' }, pattern = { class = 'class', colnum = '^col(%d+)$', colheadernum = '^col(%d+)header$', colfooternum = '^col(%d+)footer$', contentnum = '^content(%d+)$', groupnum = '^group(%d+)$', hlist = 'hlist', listnum = '^list(%d+)$', navbox = 'Template:Navbox', navbox_title = '<th[^>]*"navbox%-title"', nowrap = '^<span class="nowrap">', num = '^%a+(%d+)$', plainlist = 'plainlist', sandbox = '/sandbox$', sectionnum = '^section(%d+)$', sectnum = '^sect(%d+)$', style = 'style$', with_collapsible_groups = 'Template:Navbox with collapsible groups', with_columns = 'Template:Navbox with columns', }, arg = { abbr_and_num = 'abbr%d', above = 'above', aboveclass = 'aboveclass', abovestyle = 'abovestyle', basestyle = 'basestyle', below = 'below', belowclass = 'belowclass', belowstyle = 'belowstyle', bodyclass = 'bodyclass', bodystyle = 'bodystyle', border = 'border', content_and_num = 'content%d', contentstyle = 'contentstyle', contentstyle_and_num = 'content%dstyle', colheaderstyle = 'colheaderstyle', colheader_and_num = 'col%dheader', colheaderstyle_and_num = 'col%dheaderstyle', colheadercolspan_and_num = 'col%dheadercolspan', colstyle = 'colstyle', col_and_num = 'col%d', colstyle_and_num = 'col%dstyle', colwidth = 'colwidth', colwidth_and_num = 'col%dwidth', colfooterstyle = 'colfooterstyle', colfooter_and_num = 'col%dfooter', colfooterstyle_and_num = 'col%dfooterstyle', colfootercolspan_and_num = 'col%dfootercolspan', coltablestyle = 'coltablestyle', evencolstyle = 'evencolstyle', evenodd = 'evenodd', evenstyle = 'evenstyle', fullwidth = 'fullwidth', group1 = 'group1', group2 = 'group2', group_and_num = 'group%d', groupclass = 'groupclass', groupstyle = 'groupstyle', groupstyle_and_num = 'group%dstyle', groupwidth = 'groupwidth', image = 'image', image_and_num = 'image%d', imageclass = 'imageclass', imageleft = 'imageleft', imageleft_and_num = 'imageleft%d', imageleftstyle = 'imageleftstyle', imagestyle = 'imagestyle', innerstyle = 'innerstyle', list1padding = 'list1padding', list_and_num = 'list%d', listclass = 'listclass', listclass_and_num = 'list%dclass', listpadding = 'listpadding', liststyle = 'liststyle', liststyle_and_num = 'list%dstyle', name = 'name', navbar = 'navbar', navboxclass = 'navboxclass', nocat = 'nocat', nowrapitems = 'nowrapitems', oddcolstyle = 'oddcolstyle', oddstyle = 'oddstyle', orphan = 'orphan', padding = 'padding', sect_and_num = 'sect%d', section_and_num = 'section%d', sectiontitlestyle_and_num = 'section%dtitlestyle', secttitlestyle = 'secttitlestyle', selected = 'selected', state = 'state', state_and_num = 'state%d', style = 'style', subgroups_and_num = {'subgroup%d', 'child%d', '%d'}, templatestyles = 'templatestyles', child_templatestyles = 'child templatestyles', title = 'title', titleclass = 'titleclass', titlestyle = 'titlestyle', tracking = 'tracking', }, -- names of navbar arguments navbar = { name = 1, fontstyle = 'fontstyle', mini = 'mini' } } hfe9tuviwm23frg4eyuetl5fcr6lsto 828 25890 266052 264043 2026-07-15T16:49:33Z en>Izno 0 Undid revision [[Special:Diff/1364216074|1364216074]] by [[Special:Contributions/Hike395|Hike395]] ([[User talk:Hike395|talk]]) please fix those in those places. Navbox is much more widely used. 266052 sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=y}} */ .navbox { box-sizing: border-box; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; width: 100%; clear: both; font-size: 88%; text-align: center; padding: 1px; margin: 1em auto 0; /* Prevent preceding content from clinging to navboxes */ } .navbox .navbox { margin-top: 0; /* No top margin for nested navboxes */ } .navbox + .navbox-styles + .navbox, /* category positions are wrapped in an "empty" span in Parsoid [[phab:T378906]] */ .navbox + span.mw-empty-elt + .navbox-styles + .navbox { margin-top: -1px; /* Single pixel border between adjacent navboxes */ } .navbox-inner, .navbox-subgroup { width: 100%; } .navbox-group, .navbox-title, .navbox-abovebelow { padding: 0.25em 1em; line-height: 1.5em; text-align: center; } .navbox-group { white-space: nowrap; /* @noflip */ text-align: right; } .navbox, .navbox-subgroup { background-color: #fdfdfd; color:inherit; } .navbox-list { line-height: 1.5em; border-color: #fdfdfd; /* Must match background color */ } .navbox-list-with-group { text-align: left; border-left-width: 2px; border-left-style: solid; } /* cell spacing for navbox cells */ /* Borders above 2nd, 3rd, etc. rows */ /* TODO: figure out how to replace tr as structure; * with div structure it should be just a matter of first-child */ tr + tr > .navbox-abovebelow, tr + tr > .navbox-group, tr + tr > .navbox-image, tr + tr > .navbox-list { border-top: 2px solid #fdfdfd; /* Must match background color */ } .navbox-title { background-color: #ccf; /* Level 1 color */ color:inherit; } .navbox-abovebelow, .navbox-group, .navbox-subgroup .navbox-title { background-color: #ddf; /* Level 2 color */ color:inherit; } .navbox-subgroup .navbox-group, .navbox-subgroup .navbox-abovebelow { background-color: #e6e6ff; /* Level 3 color */ color:inherit; } .navbox-even { background-color: #f7f7f7; color:inherit; } .navbox-odd { background-color: transparent; color:inherit; } /* TODO: figure out how to remove reliance on td as structure */ .navbox .hlist td dl, .navbox .hlist td ol, .navbox .hlist td ul, .navbox td.hlist dl, .navbox td.hlist ol, .navbox td.hlist ul { padding: 0.125em 0; } .navbox .navbar { display: block; font-size: 100%; } .navbox-title .navbar { /* @noflip */ float: left; /* @noflip */ text-align: left; /* @noflip */ margin-right: 0.5em; } /** T367463 */ body.skin--responsive .navbox-image img { max-width: none !important; } @media print { body.ns-0 .navbox { display: none !important; } } ku94g873nj9xaasowc6yies69ls74c5 266053 266052 2026-07-18T15:28:54Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:Navbox/styles.css]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266052 sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=y}} */ .navbox { box-sizing: border-box; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; width: 100%; clear: both; font-size: 88%; text-align: center; padding: 1px; margin: 1em auto 0; /* Prevent preceding content from clinging to navboxes */ } .navbox .navbox { margin-top: 0; /* No top margin for nested navboxes */ } .navbox + .navbox-styles + .navbox, /* category positions are wrapped in an "empty" span in Parsoid [[phab:T378906]] */ .navbox + span.mw-empty-elt + .navbox-styles + .navbox { margin-top: -1px; /* Single pixel border between adjacent navboxes */ } .navbox-inner, .navbox-subgroup { width: 100%; } .navbox-group, .navbox-title, .navbox-abovebelow { padding: 0.25em 1em; line-height: 1.5em; text-align: center; } .navbox-group { white-space: nowrap; /* @noflip */ text-align: right; } .navbox, .navbox-subgroup { background-color: #fdfdfd; color:inherit; } .navbox-list { line-height: 1.5em; border-color: #fdfdfd; /* Must match background color */ } .navbox-list-with-group { text-align: left; border-left-width: 2px; border-left-style: solid; } /* cell spacing for navbox cells */ /* Borders above 2nd, 3rd, etc. rows */ /* TODO: figure out how to replace tr as structure; * with div structure it should be just a matter of first-child */ tr + tr > .navbox-abovebelow, tr + tr > .navbox-group, tr + tr > .navbox-image, tr + tr > .navbox-list { border-top: 2px solid #fdfdfd; /* Must match background color */ } .navbox-title { background-color: #ccf; /* Level 1 color */ color:inherit; } .navbox-abovebelow, .navbox-group, .navbox-subgroup .navbox-title { background-color: #ddf; /* Level 2 color */ color:inherit; } .navbox-subgroup .navbox-group, .navbox-subgroup .navbox-abovebelow { background-color: #e6e6ff; /* Level 3 color */ color:inherit; } .navbox-even { background-color: #f7f7f7; color:inherit; } .navbox-odd { background-color: transparent; color:inherit; } /* TODO: figure out how to remove reliance on td as structure */ .navbox .hlist td dl, .navbox .hlist td ol, .navbox .hlist td ul, .navbox td.hlist dl, .navbox td.hlist ol, .navbox td.hlist ul { padding: 0.125em 0; } .navbox .navbar { display: block; font-size: 100%; } .navbox-title .navbar { /* @noflip */ float: left; /* @noflip */ text-align: left; /* @noflip */ margin-right: 0.5em; } /** T367463 */ body.skin--responsive .navbox-image img { max-width: none !important; } @media print { body.ns-0 .navbox { display: none !important; } } ku94g873nj9xaasowc6yies69ls74c5 828 26001 266084 264324 2025-10-03T02:21:50Z en>Jonesey95 0 fix text color in dark mode; this generally works but may cause problems, in which case revert or try specifying a different CSS value 266084 sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=y}} */ .side-box { margin: 4px 0; box-sizing: border-box; border: 1px solid #aaa; font-size: 88%; line-height: 1.25em; background-color: var(--background-color-interactive-subtle, #f8f9fa);color:inherit; display: flow-root; } /* embedded side boxes need larger font */ .infobox .side-box { font-size: 100%; } .side-box-abovebelow, .side-box-text { padding: 0.25em 0.9em; } .side-box-image { /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0 2px 0.9em; text-align: center; } .side-box-imageright { /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0.9em 2px 0; text-align: center; } /* roughly the skin's sidebar + size of side box */ @media (min-width: 500px) { .side-box-flex { display: flex; align-items: center; } .side-box-text { flex: 1; min-width: 0; } } @media (min-width: 640px) { .side-box { width: 238px; } .side-box-right { /* @noflip */ clear: right; /* @noflip */ float: right; /* @noflip */ margin-left: 1em; } /* derives from mbox classes, which do not float left in mbox-small-left * so far as I can tell, that was a deliberate decision, since only .ambox * supports mbox-left */ .side-box-left { /* @noflip */ margin-right: 1em; } } qq1i4w5vxwhm3bo4it30jpdvi25oyrp 266085 266084 2026-07-18T15:29:01Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:Side_box/styles.css]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266084 sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=y}} */ .side-box { margin: 4px 0; box-sizing: border-box; border: 1px solid #aaa; font-size: 88%; line-height: 1.25em; background-color: var(--background-color-interactive-subtle, #f8f9fa);color:inherit; display: flow-root; } /* embedded side boxes need larger font */ .infobox .side-box { font-size: 100%; } .side-box-abovebelow, .side-box-text { padding: 0.25em 0.9em; } .side-box-image { /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0 2px 0.9em; text-align: center; } .side-box-imageright { /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0.9em 2px 0; text-align: center; } /* roughly the skin's sidebar + size of side box */ @media (min-width: 500px) { .side-box-flex { display: flex; align-items: center; } .side-box-text { flex: 1; min-width: 0; } } @media (min-width: 640px) { .side-box { width: 238px; } .side-box-right { /* @noflip */ clear: right; /* @noflip */ float: right; /* @noflip */ margin-left: 1em; } /* derives from mbox classes, which do not float left in mbox-small-left * so far as I can tell, that was a deliberate decision, since only .ambox * supports mbox-left */ .side-box-left { /* @noflip */ margin-right: 1em; } } qq1i4w5vxwhm3bo4it30jpdvi25oyrp 0 26545 266114 265803 2026-07-18T15:34:29Z Nirajan pant 21 266114 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Infobox recurring event | name = मङ्गल शोभायात्रा<br><small>बैशाखी शोभाजात्रा</small> | logo = | logo_alt = | logo_caption = | logo_size = | image = Mangal Shobhajatra in Dhaka.jpg | image_size = | alt = | caption = एक्काइसौँ शताब्दीको मङ्गल शोभायात्रामाइ प्रयोग गरियाः प्रतीकात्मक छवि | status = सक्रिय | genre = शोभायात्रा | date = १४ अप्रिल (बङ्गाब्दोको पइल्लो दिन) | begins = | ends = | frequency = वार्षिक | venue = | location = [[ढाका विश्वविद्यालय]] | coordinates = {{coord|23.733242|90.3909218|type:event|display=inline,title}} | country = {{झण्डा|बङ्गलादेश}} | years_active = सन् १९८९ - हाल | first = | founder_name = | last = | prev = | next = | participants = | attendance = | capacity = | area = | budget = | activity = | leader_name = | patron = | organised = चारुकला सङ्काय, ढाका विश्वविद्यालय | filing = | people = | member = | sponsor = | website = | footnotes = }} {{Infobox intangible heritage | Image = | Caption = | ICH = पोहेला वैशाखको मङ्गल शोभायात्रा | State Party = बङ्गलादेश | Domains = सामाजिक चर्चा, कार्यक्रम आयोजना | Criteria = | ID = ०१०९१ | Region = एसिया प्रशान्त महासागरीय क्षेत्र | Year = सन् २०१६ | Session = ११औँ | List = प्रतिनिधित्वमूलक | Link = http://www.unesco.org/culture/ich/en/RL/mangal-shobhajatra-on-pahela-baishakh-01091 | Below = [[File:Unesco Cultural Heritage logo.svg|100px]] | Note = }} '''मङ्गल शोभायात्रा''' ({{भाषा-बङ्गाली|মঙ্গল শোভাযাত্রা}}) वा आधिकारिक रूपमा '''वर्षवरण आनन्द शोभायात्रा''' ({{भाषा-बङ्गाली|বর্ষবরণ আনন্দ শোভাযাত্রা}}) हरेक वर्ष [[पोहेला वैशाख|बङ्गाली नयाँ वर्ष]]का पइल्ला दिन [[बङ्गलादेश]]माइ आयोजना गरिन्याः एक नयाँ वर्ष स्वागत उत्सव हो।<ref name="BBC Bangla">{{वेब स्रोत|शीर्षक=বদলে গেল পহেলা বৈশাখের 'মঙ্গল শোভাযাত্রা'র নাম|युआरएल=https://www.bbc.com/bengali/articles/c0l0nngz64lo|वेबसाइट=বিবিসি বাংলা|मिति=११ अप्रिल २०२५}}</ref> यस यात्रालाई बीसौँ शताब्दीको अन्त्यतिरबाट सुरु गरिएको हो। एक्काइसौँ शताब्दीको दोस्रो दशक तिर यो एक धर्मनिरपेक्ष उत्सवको रूपमा सम्पूर्ण देशभरि फैलिन थालेको थियो।<ref>{{वेब स्रोत|युआरएल=http://www.thehindu.com/features/magazine/dramatic-dawn/article3360271.ece|शीर्षक=Dramatic dawn|अन्तिम=Habib|प्रथम=Haroon|प्रकाशक=The Hindu|पहुँचमिति=2016-11-30}}</ref> [[ढाका विश्वविद्यालय]]का चारुकला सङ्कायका विद्यार्थीअनको आयोजना, पूर्व विद्यार्थी रे शिक्षकअनको सहभागितामाइ प्रत्येक वर्ष पोहेला वैशाखका दिन ढाकाको शाहबाग-रमना क्षेत्रमा यो शोभायात्रा आयोजना गरिन्छ।<ref>{{वेब स्रोत|युआरएल=http://www.prothomalo.com/bangladesh/article/1469601/মঙ্গল-শোভাযাত্রার-আয়োজন|शीर्षक=মঙ্গল শোভাযাত্রার আয়োজন|प्रकाशक=দৈনিক প্রথম আলো|पहुँचमिति=१३ अप्रिल २०१८}}</ref> शोभायात्रामा चारुकला इन्स्टिच्युटका शिक्षक रे विद्यार्थीअन सहित विभिन्न तह रे विभिन्न उमेर समूहका मान्सु लै येमा सहभागि हुन्याः गर्या छन्। शोभायात्रामाइ विभिन्न प्रकारका प्रतीकात्मक कलाकृतिअन प्रदर्शन गरिनुका साथै [[बङ्गाली संस्कृति]]लाई प्रतिनिधित्व गद्दे विभिन्न प्रतीकात्मक सामाग्रीअन, विभिन्न रङ्गका मुकुट रे विभिन्न जनावरअनको आकृति लिएर हजारौँ मान्सु यात्रामा समावेश हुन्छन्। एक्काइसौँ शताब्दीको दोसरा दशकबठे प्रायः प्रत्येक जिल्लाका नगर रे केही स्थानीय स्तरका केन्द्रअनमाइ पोहेला वैशाखका दिन शोभायात्रा आयोजना हुँदा यसले बङ्गलादेशको नयाँ सार्वभौमिक संस्कृतिको रूपमा छुट्टै स्थान बनाएको। [[बङ्गलादेश सरकार]]को संस्कृति मन्त्रालयको अनुरोधमा सन् २०१६ नोभेम्बर ३० का दिन बङ्गलादेशको “मङ्गल शोभायात्रा”ले युनेस्कोको मानवतासँग सम्बन्धित अदृश्य वा अमूर्त सांस्कृतिक सम्पदाको सूचीमा स्थान प्राप्त गर्या थ्याः।<ref name="শোভাযাত্রার-বিশ্ব-স্বীকৃতি">{{वेब स्रोत|अन्तिम=হোসেন|प्रथम=মোছাব্বের|शीर्षक=মঙ্গল শোভাযাত্রার বিশ্ব স্বীকৃতি এল যেভাবে|युआरएल=http://www.prothomalo.com/bangladesh/article/1144756/যেভাবে-এল-মঙ্গল-শোভাযাত্রার-বিশ্ব-স্বীকৃতি|वेबसाइट=দৈনিক প্রথম আলো|पहुँचमिति=१४ अप्रिल २०१८|मिति=१४ अप्रिल २०१७}}</ref><ref name="unesco.org">{{वेब स्रोत|युआरएल=http://www.unesco.org/culture/ich/en/RL/mangal-shobhajatra-on-pahela-baishakh-01091|शीर्षक=২০১৬ খ্রিস্টাব্দের ৩০ নভেম্বর ইউনেসকো মঙ্গল শোভাযাত্রাকে সাংস্কৃতিক হেরিটেজ হিসেবে ঘোষণা করে।|मिति=2016-11-30|प्रकाशक=unesco.org|पहुँचमिति=2016-11-30}}</ref> == युनेस्कोबठे मान्यता == [[संयुक्त राष्ट्र]]को अन्तर्गतको एक संस्था [[युनेस्को]]ले बङ्गलादेश सरकारको संस्कृति मन्त्रालयको अनुरोधमाइ सन् २०१६ का नोभेम्बर ३० माइ बङ्गलादेशको 'मङ्गल शोभायात्रा'लाई विश्वका महत्वपूर्ण अदृश्य सांस्कृतिक सम्पदाअनको सूचीमाइ समावेश गरियाः थ्योः। [[इथियोपिया]]को राजधानी अदिस अबाबामाइ २८ नोभेम्बरबठे २ डिसेम्बर २०१६ सम्म सम्पन्न युनिसेकोको अन्तर्राष्ट्रिय परिषद्ले (अदृश्य सांस्कृतिक सम्पदा संरक्षणका लागि अन्तर सरकार समिति) बङ्गलादेश सरकारको प्रस्तावलाई स्वीकृत गरेको थियो। बङ्गलादेशको प्रस्ताव स्वीकृत भएपछि युनिसेकोले "मङ्गल शोभायात्रा जनसाधारणको एक पर्व हो जुन १४ अप्रिल पोहेला वैशाखमा (नववर्षको दिन) मनाइन्छ र येलाई ढाका विश्वविद्यालयको कला सङ्कायका विद्यार्थी रे शिक्षकअनले आयोजना गद्दान्। देशमाइ सैनिक शासन लागु होबर निराश बन्या" विद्यार्थीअनले समुदायलाई एक उज्जवल भविष्यको आशा दिनकि लाइ येइ परम्पराको सुरुवात सन् १९८९ मा भयाः थ्योः। येको विशेषतामाइ मुकुट रे हावामाइ उडाइन्याः कलाकृतिहौ समावेश छन् जो शक्ति, शान्ति रे प्रगतिका लाइ नकारात्मक भावअन हटाउने प्रतीकअन हुन्। विद्यालयबठे साझा गरिया ज्ञानका तत्वअन सहित येले जनसङ्घर्ष रे लोकतन्त्रको प्रवर्द्धन गर्दछ" भणि उल्लेख गर्या थ्योः।<ref>[http://www.unesco.org/culture/ich/en/RL/mangal-shobhajatra-on-pahela-baishakh-01091 বাংলাদেশের মনোনয়নের ফাইল নং ০১০৯১]</ref> ==चित्रअन== <gallery> File:Mongol Shobhajatra, Pohela Boishakh (29).jpg|सन् २०१५ माइ आयोजित मङ्गल शोभायात्रामा प्रदर्शित एउटा घोडाको कलाकृति File:Mongol Shobhajatra, Pohela Boishakh (11).jpg|सन् २०१५ को मङ्गल शोभायात्रा File:Mongol Shobhajatra, Pohela Boishakh (34).jpg|मङ्गल शोभायात्रामाइ किसानको पहिरनमाइ युवाअन चित्र:PoheLaBoishakMongolSovaJatra3.JPG|टिएससीका अधिलल्तिर आयोजित मङ्गल शोभायात्रा, सन् २००७ File:Mongol Shobhajatra, Pohela Boishakh (19).jpg|सन् २०१५ को मङ्गल शोभायात्रामाइ हात्ती </gallery> ==सन्दर्भ सामग्रीअन== {{reflist}} ==भाइरा लिङ्कअन== [[श्रेणी:बङ्गलादेशको संस्कृति]] [[श्रेणी:डोटेली-बाङ्ला-संस्कृत अन्तरविकि सम्पादन मेला २०२६ मी बनायाः लेखअन]] em0blrask5ya6qz4jjnxm7bop4j8yx8 0 26575 265958 2026-07-18T13:16:16Z Ramesh Deuba 3534 नयाँ लेख 265958 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Infobox Hindu leader |name= ओशो |image=Bhagwan beweging gekwetst door reclame-affiche van het NRC met de tekst profeet, Bestanddeelnr 933-0734-cropped.jpg |caption= |birth_date= 11 डिसेम्बर 1931 |birth_place=[[कुचवाड़ा]], [[मध्य प्रदेश]], [[भारत]] |birth_name=चन्द्रमोहन जैन |death_date=१९ जनवरी १९९० |death_place=[[पुणे]], [[भारत]] |guru=– |philosophy=ओशोवाद |honors=ओशो, भगवान ओशो, ज़ोरबा दी बुद्ध |quote='''जिनगी कोनो समस्या नि, बरु एक मौका ऐ; एन जिउ, प्रेम कर, आर अपनाउ।''' |signature=Osho signature.webp |footnotes= }} '''ओशो''' (जन्म नाम '''चन्द्रमोहन जैन'''; ११ डिसेम्बर १९३१ – १९ जनवरी १९९०) एक भारतीय दार्शनिक, विचारक तथा [[रजनीश आन्दोलन]]का प्रवर्तक थिए। उनी विश्वका सबैभन्दा प्रभावशाली तथा विवादास्पद आध्यात्मिक गुरुहरूमध्ये एक मानिन्छन्। उनी '''श्री रजनीश''', '''ओशो रजनीश''',<ref name="Gordon26-27">{{Harvnb|Gordon|1987|pp=26–27}}</ref> वा केवल '''रजनीश'''का नामले पनि परिचित थिए। आफ्नो सम्पूर्ण जीवनकालभरि आचार्य रजनीशलाई एक विवादास्पद रहस्यदर्शी, गुरु तथा आध्यात्मिक शिक्षकका रूपमी हेरियो। उनी धार्मिक रूढीवादका कडा आलोचक थिए, जसका कारण उनी प्रारम्भिक समयदेखि नै विवादमी तानिए रे जीवनभर विवादास्पद व्यक्तित्वका रूपमी परिचित रहे। सन् १९६० को दशकमी उनले सम्पूर्ण भारतभर सार्वजनिक वक्ताका रूपमी भ्रमण गर्दै [[पूँजीवाद]], [[महात्मा गान्धी]]का केही विचारहरू,<ref name="FF1-77">{{harvnb|FitzGerald|1986a|p=77}}</ref><ref name="LFC44">{{harvnb|Carter|1990|p=44}}</ref><ref name="JSG26-27">{{harvnb|Gordon|1987|pp=26–27}}</ref> साथै हिन्दू, इस्लाम रे ईसाई धर्मका परम्परा तथा धार्मिक मान्यताहरूको प्रखर आलोचना गरे।<ref name=":1">{{harvnb|Mehta|1993|p=150}}</ref> उनले [[मानव यौनिकता]]प्रति अझ खुला दृष्टिकोणको वकालत गरे, जसका कारण उनी भारत तथा पश्चिमी मुलुकहरूमी आलोचनाको पात्र बने। यद्यपि, पछिल्ला वर्षहरूमी उनको यस दृष्टिकोणलाई क्रमशः व्यापक रूपमी स्वीकार गर्न थालियो।<ref name="Joshi 1982 pp=1–4">{{harvnb|Joshi|1982|pp=1–4}}</ref> चन्द्रमोहन जैनको जन्म भारतको [[मध्य प्रदेश]] राज्यस्थित [[रायसेन]] जिल्लाको कुचवाडा गाउँमा भएको थियो।<ref>{{Cite web|url=https://www.bbc.com/hindi/india-42304856/|title=कौन थे ओशो|access-date=16 February 2021}}</ref> '''ओशो''' शब्दको उत्पत्तिसम्बन्धी विभिन्न धारणा प्रचलित छन्। एक मान्यताअनुसार, स्वयं ओशोले '''ओशो''' शब्द अमेरिकी दार्शनिक तथा मनोवैज्ञानिक विलियम जेम्सले प्रयोग गरेको ''Oceanic Experience'' (ओसियनिक अनुभव) भन्ने अभिव्यक्तिबाटी व्युत्पन्न भएको बताएका छन्। उनका अनुसार ''Oceanic'' शब्दले सागरमी विलीन हुने अनुभूतिलाई जनाउँछ, तर त्यस अनुभूतिको अनुभव गर्ने व्यक्तिलाई जनाउन ''ओशो'' शब्द प्रयोग गरिएको हो। यसरी, ''ओशो''को अर्थ "सागरसँग एकाकार भएको अनुभूति गर्ने व्यक्ति" भन्ने हुन्छ। सन् १९६० को दशकमी उनी '''आचार्य रजनीश'''का नामले परिचित थिए। सन् १९७० रे १९८० को दशकमी उनी '''भगवान श्री रजनीश'''का नामले चिनिए भने सन् १९८९ देखि '''ओशो'''का नामले परिचित भए। उनी एक आध्यात्मिक गुरु थिए रे भारत तथा विदेशका विभिन्न स्थानहरूमी भ्रमण गरी आध्यात्मिक प्रवचन दिएका थिए। रजनीशले आफ्ना विचारहरूको प्रचार–प्रसार [[मुम्बई]]बाटी प्रारम्भ गरेका थिए। त्यसपछि उनले [[पुणे]]मी आफ्नो आश्रम स्थापना गरे, जहाँ विभिन्न प्रकारका ध्यान तथा उपचारसम्बन्धी विधिहरू सञ्चालन गरिन्थे। त्यसपछि तत्कालीन [[भारत सरकार]]सँग उत्पन्न केही मतभेदका कारण उनले आफ्नो आश्रम [[ओरेगन]] (संयुक्त राज्य अमेरिका) मी स्थानान्तरण गरे। सन् १९८५ मी [[राजनीशपुरम जैविक आक्रमण]]सँग सम्बन्धित घटनापछि उनलाई [[संयुक्त राज्य अमेरिका]]बाटी निष्कासित गरियो। त्यसपछि २१ अन्य देशहरूले पनि उनलाई प्रवेश अनुमति नदिएपछि उनी भारत फर्किए रे [[पुणे]]स्थित आफ्नै आश्रम मी जीवनका अन्तिम दिनहरू बिताए। == जीवन == === बाल्यकाल रे किशोरावस्था === ओशोको मूल नाम '''चन्द्रमोहन जैन''' थियो। उनी आफ्ना बुबाआमाका एघार सन्तानमध्ये जेठा थिए। उनको जन्म भारतको [[मध्य प्रदेश]] राज्यअन्तर्गत पर्ने कुचवाडा गाउँमी भएको थियो। उनका पिता बाबूलाल जैन रे माता सरस्वती जैन [[तारणपन्थ|तेरापन्थी]] [[दिगम्बर]] [[जैन धर्म|जैन]] समुदायका अनुयायी थिए। उनीहरूले ओशोलाई सात वर्षको उमेरसम्म ऊनको मामा घरमी हुर्काएका थिए। ओशोका अनुसार उनको व्यक्तित्व निर्माणमी यस अवधिको महत्वपूर्ण भूमिका थियो, किनभने उनकी हजुरआमाले उनलाई पूर्ण स्वतन्त्रता प्रदान गरेकी थिइन् रे परम्परागत तथा रूढीवादी शिक्षाबाटी टाढा राखेकी थिइन्। सात वर्षको उमेरमी उनका हजुरबुबाको निधन भएपछि उनी आफ्ना आमाबुबासँग बस्न गाडरवारा गए।<ref name="Mullan10_11">{{harvnb|Mullan|1983|p=10–11}}</ref><ref name="Joshi22">{{harvnb|Joshi|1982|pp=22–25, 31, 45–48}}</ref> रजनीश बाल्यकालदेखि नै गम्भीर तथा सरल स्वभावका थिए। उनले शासकीय आदर्श उच्चतर माध्यमिक विद्यालयमी अध्ययन गरेका थिए। विद्यार्थी जीवनदेखि नै उनी विद्रोही सोच भएका व्यक्तिका रूपमी परिचित थिए रे परम्परागत मान्यता तथा पद्धतिहरूलाई सहजै स्वीकार गर्दैनथे। किशोरावस्थासम्म आइपुग्दा उनी [[नास्तिकता|नास्तिक]] बनिसकेका थिए। उनलाई ईश्वर तथा आस्तिकताप्रति कुनै विश्वास थिएन। विद्यार्थी जीवनमै उनले कुशल वक्ता तथा तर्कवादीका रूपमी आफ्नो पहिचान स्थापित गरेका थिए। किशोरावस्थामी उनी केही समयका लागि [[आजाद हिन्द फौज]]सँग पनि आबद्ध भएका थिए।<ref name="FF1-77" /><ref name="JSG23">{{harvnb|Gordon|1987|p=23}}</ref><ref name="Joshi38">{{harvnb|Joshi|1982|p=38}}</ref> === जीवनकाल === [[चित्र:Osho Rajneesh 3.jpg|right|thumb|300px|११ डिसेम्बर १९७२ मी मुम्बईमी आफ्नो जन्मदिनका अवसरमी ओशो]] सन् १९५७ मी रजनीश दर्शनशास्त्रका प्राध्यापकका रूपमी रायपुर विश्वविद्यालयसँग आबद्ध भएका थिए। तर, उनका अपरम्परागत विचार तथा जीवनशैलीलाई विद्यार्थीहरूको नैतिक आचरणका लागि अनुपयुक्त ठहर गर्दै विश्वविद्यालयका कुलपतिले उनको सरुवा गरिदिए। त्यसको अर्को वर्ष उनी दर्शनशास्त्रका प्राध्यापकका रूपमी [[जबलपुर विश्वविद्यालय]]मी नियुक्त भए। यस अवधिमा उनले भारतका विभिन्न भागहरूको भ्रमण गर्दै [[गान्धीवाद]] रे [[समाजवाद]]सम्बन्धी व्याख्यान दिए। यस समयसम्म उनी '''आचार्य रजनीश'''का नामले व्यापक रूपमी परिचित भइसकेका थिए। रजनीश दर्शनशास्त्रका प्राध्यापक थिए। [[समाजवाद]], [[महात्मा गान्धी]]का विचारहरू तथा संस्थागत [[धर्म]]माथि उनले गरेका आलोचनाले उनलाई विवादास्पद व्यक्तित्वका रूपमी स्थापित गरायो। उनी [[मानव यौनिकता]]प्रति उदार तथा स्वतन्त्र दृष्टिकोणका समर्थक पनि थिए, जसका कारण भारत तथा विदेशका केही सञ्चारमाध्यमहरूले उनलाई "सेक्स गुरु" भनेर समेत सम्बोधन गरेका थिए।<ref name="Joshi 1982 pp=1–4" /> सन् १९७० मी ओशो केही समयका लागि [[मुम्बई]]मी बसे, जहाँ उनले आफ्ना अनुयायीहरूलाई "नव संन्यास"मी दीक्षित गर्न थाले रे आध्यात्मिक मार्गदर्शकका रूपमी कार्य प्रारम्भ गरे। आफ्ना प्रवचनहरूमी उनले विश्वका विभिन्न रहस्यवादी, दार्शनिक तथा धार्मिक परम्पराहरूका विचारहरूको नयाँ व्याख्या प्रस्तुत गर्ने गर्दथे। सन् १९७४ मी [[पुणे]] सरेपछि उनले आफ्नो आश्रम स्थापना गरे, जहाँ विदेशी अनुयायीहरूको सङ्ख्या उल्लेखनीय रूपमी बढ्न थाल्यो। उक्त आश्रम हाल '''ओशो इन्टरनेशनल मेडिटेसन रिसोर्ट'''का नामले परिचित छ। तत्कालीन [[जनता पार्टी]] नेतृत्वको भारत सरकारसँग उत्पन्न मतभेदपछि सन् १९८१ मी ओशो [[संयुक्त राज्य अमेरिका]] गए। त्यहाँ उनले [[ओरेगन]] राज्यको [[वास्को काउन्टी]]मी [[रजनीशपुरम]] स्थापना गरे। सन् १९८५ मी उक्त समुदायसँग सम्बन्धित सामूहिक खाद्य विषाक्तता (फुड पोइजनिङ) घटनापछि उनलाई [[संयुक्त राज्य अमेरिका]] बाटी निष्कासित गरियो।{{citation needed}} == मृत्यु == ओशोको निधन १९ जनवरी १९९० मी ५८ वर्षको उमेरमी भारतको [[पुणे]]स्थित उनको आश्रममी भएको थियो। उनको मृत्युको आधिकारिक कारण हृदयाघात बताइएको थियो। तर, उनको कम्युनद्वारा जारी गरिएको विज्ञप्तिमी अमेरिकी कारागारमी रहँदा आफूलाई विष दिइएको आरोप लगाउँदै त्यसको प्रभावका कारण "शरीरमी बाँचिरहनु नै नरकसरह भएको" रे त्यसैका कारण उनको मृत्यु भएको दाबी गरिएको थियो।<ref>{{Cite web|url=https://news.google.co.uk/newspapers?id=k4AiAAAAIBAJ&sjid=wakFAAAAIBAJ&pg=2100,3636170&dq=rajneesh+heart-failure&hl=en|title=The Item - Google News Archive Search|website=news.google.co.uk|access-date=2021-06-29}}</ref> उनको दाहसंस्कारपछि प्राप्त अस्थि-अवशेष पुणेस्थित आश्रमको ''लाओ त्जु हाउस''मी रहेको उनको नवनिर्मित शयनकक्षमी राखिएको थियो। उनको समाधिमी निम्न स्मृतिलेख अंकित छ: : ''"न जन्मे, न मरे — केवल ११ डिसेम्बर १९३१ देखि १९ जनवरी १९९० सम्म पृथ्वी ग्रहको भ्रमण गरे।"<ref>{{cite web |title=About Osho |url=https://www.osho.com/osho/about-osho |website=Osho International |access-date=18 July 2026}}</ref><ref>{{cite journal |last=Reddy |first=Y. C. Janardhan |title=Osho – Insights on Sex |journal=Indian Journal of Psychiatry |volume=55 |issue=3 |pages=295–296 |year=2013 |doi=10.4103/0019-5545.117156 |pmc=3705694}}</ref> ओशोको मृत्युको विषय आजसम्म पनि विवाद रे रहस्यको विषय बनेको छ। जनवरी २०१९ मी प्रकाशित ''द क्विन्ट''को एक लेखमी "के ओशोको धनसम्पत्तिका लागि हत्या गरिएको थियो?", "के उनको इच्छापत्र (वसीयत) नक्कली थियो?" तथा "के विदेशीहरूले उनको सम्पत्तिमी अवैध रूपमी नियन्त्रण गरेका छन्?" जस्ता प्रश्नहरू उठाइएको थियो।<ref>{{Cite web|url=https://www.thequint.com/news/india/was-osho-killed-7-haunting-questions-return-after-26-years|title=29 Years On, Osho’s Death Remains a Mystery|last=Dikshit|first=Ashish|date=2016-08-24|website=TheQuint|language=en|access-date=2021-06-29}}</ref> == सन्दर्भ == {{टिप्पणीसूची}} == बाह्य कडीहरू == * {{Official website|https://www.osho.com/}} * {{Cite web|url=https://oshoganga.blogspot.com/|title=ओशो गङ्गा|website=Blogger|access-date=18 July 2026}} {{Authority control}} k8bz0yl40l483f56tzk3d7hymyqrt84 10 26576 265959 2025-10-03T12:45:03Z en>Jonesey95 0 fix text color in dark mode; this generally works but may cause problems, in which case revert or try specifying a different CSS value 265959 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:infobox|infoboxTemplate|child={{{child|{{{embed|}}}}}} | bodystyle = {{#if:{{{infoboxwidth|}}}|width: {{px|{{{infoboxwidth}}}}}}} | above = <includeonly>{{{ICH|{{{Name|{{PAGENAMEBASE}}}}}}}}</includeonly> | subheaderclass = category | subheader = <includeonly><div style="padding-bottom:0.4em; text-align:center; font-size:110%;">'''[[UNESCO Intangible Cultural Heritage Lists|UNESCO Intangible Cultural Heritage]]'''</div></includeonly> | imagestyle = border-top: 1px #aaa solid; padding-top:0.4em; | image = {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image={{{Image|}}}|size={{{imagesize|}}}|alt={{{alt|}}}}} | caption = {{#if:{{{Caption|{{{imagecaption|}}}}}} | {{{Caption|{{{imagecaption|}}}}}}<hr> }} | abovestyle = background: #eee; color:inherit; font-size: 125%; | headerstyle = background:#eee; color:inherit; font-size:110%; | label1 = Country | data1 = {{#if:{{{State Party|}}} | [[{{{State Party|}}}]]}}{{#if:{{{Country|}}} | [[{{{Country|}}}]]}}{{#if:{{{Countries|}}} | {{{Countries|}}} }}{{#if:{{{State Parties|}}} | {{{State Parties|}}} }} | label2 = Domains | class2 = category | data2 = {{{Domains|}}} | label3 = Criteria | class3 = category | data3 = {{{Criteria|}}} | label4 = Reference | data4 = {{#if:{{{Link|}}} | [{{{Link}}} {{{ID}}}] | {{#if:{{{ID|}}} | [https://ich.unesco.org/en/RL/{{padleft:{{{ID}}}|5}} {{{ID}}}]}} }} | label5 = Region | class5 = label | data5 = {{#ifeq: {{{Region|}}} | AFR | [[Template:UNESCO Representative List of the Intangible Cultural Heritage of Humanity/AFR|Africa]] | {{#ifeq: {{{Region|}}} | APA | [[Template:UNESCO Representative List of the Intangible Cultural Heritage of Humanity/APA|Asia and the Pacific]] | {{#ifeq: {{{Region|}}} | AST | [[Template:UNESCO Representative List of the Intangible Cultural Heritage of Humanity/AST|Arab States]] | {{#ifeq: {{{Region|}}} | ENA | [[Template:UNESCO Representative List of the Intangible Cultural Heritage of Humanity/ENA|Europe and North America]] | {{#ifeq: {{{Region|}}} | LAC | [[Template:UNESCO Representative List of the Intangible Cultural Heritage of Humanity/LAC|Latin America and the Caribbean]] | {{{Region|}}} }}}}}}}}}} | label6 = [[Geographic coordinate system|Coordinates]] | data6 = {{{Coordinates|}}} | header7 = {{#if:{{{Year|}}}{{{Extension|}}}{{{List|}}}|Inscription history}} | label8 = Inscription | data8 = {{{Year|}}} {{#if:{{{Session|}}}| ({{{Session|}}} session) | }} | label9 = Extensions | data9 = {{{Extension|}}} | label10 = [[UNESCO Intangible Cultural Heritage Lists|List]] | data10 = {{{List|}}} | below = {{{Below|}}} {{#if:{{{Note|}}}|{{#if:{{{Below|}}}|<br/>}}}} {{{Note|}}} | belowstyle = line-height:150%; padding-top:0.8em; border-top: 1px #aaa solid; text-align:center; }}{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check|unknown={{main other|}}|preview=Page using [[Template:Infobox intangible heritage]] with unknown parameter "_VALUE_"|ignoreblank=y| infoboxwidth | ICH | Name | Image | imagesize | alt | Caption | imagecaption | State Party | Country | Countries | Domains | Criteria | Link | ID | Region | Coordinates | Year | Session | Extension | List | Below | Note }}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!--Please add any categories and interwiki links on the /doc page, not here. --> </noinclude> 0d554l8klwfha0xaylkul520o06bou4 265960 265959 2026-07-18T15:19:17Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Template:Infobox_intangible_heritage]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 265959 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:infobox|infoboxTemplate|child={{{child|{{{embed|}}}}}} | bodystyle = {{#if:{{{infoboxwidth|}}}|width: {{px|{{{infoboxwidth}}}}}}} | above = <includeonly>{{{ICH|{{{Name|{{PAGENAMEBASE}}}}}}}}</includeonly> | subheaderclass = category | subheader = <includeonly><div style="padding-bottom:0.4em; text-align:center; font-size:110%;">'''[[UNESCO Intangible Cultural Heritage Lists|UNESCO Intangible Cultural Heritage]]'''</div></includeonly> | imagestyle = border-top: 1px #aaa solid; padding-top:0.4em; | image = {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image={{{Image|}}}|size={{{imagesize|}}}|alt={{{alt|}}}}} | caption = {{#if:{{{Caption|{{{imagecaption|}}}}}} | {{{Caption|{{{imagecaption|}}}}}}<hr> }} | abovestyle = background: #eee; color:inherit; font-size: 125%; | headerstyle = background:#eee; color:inherit; font-size:110%; | label1 = Country | data1 = {{#if:{{{State Party|}}} | [[{{{State Party|}}}]]}}{{#if:{{{Country|}}} | [[{{{Country|}}}]]}}{{#if:{{{Countries|}}} | {{{Countries|}}} }}{{#if:{{{State Parties|}}} | {{{State Parties|}}} }} | label2 = Domains | class2 = category | data2 = {{{Domains|}}} | label3 = Criteria | class3 = category | data3 = {{{Criteria|}}} | label4 = Reference | data4 = {{#if:{{{Link|}}} | [{{{Link}}} {{{ID}}}] | {{#if:{{{ID|}}} | [https://ich.unesco.org/en/RL/{{padleft:{{{ID}}}|5}} {{{ID}}}]}} }} | label5 = Region | class5 = label | data5 = {{#ifeq: {{{Region|}}} | AFR | [[Template:UNESCO Representative List of the Intangible Cultural Heritage of Humanity/AFR|Africa]] | {{#ifeq: {{{Region|}}} | APA | [[Template:UNESCO Representative List of the Intangible Cultural Heritage of Humanity/APA|Asia and the Pacific]] | {{#ifeq: {{{Region|}}} | AST | [[Template:UNESCO Representative List of the Intangible Cultural Heritage of Humanity/AST|Arab States]] | {{#ifeq: {{{Region|}}} | ENA | [[Template:UNESCO Representative List of the Intangible Cultural Heritage of Humanity/ENA|Europe and North America]] | {{#ifeq: {{{Region|}}} | LAC | [[Template:UNESCO Representative List of the Intangible Cultural Heritage of Humanity/LAC|Latin America and the Caribbean]] | {{{Region|}}} }}}}}}}}}} | label6 = [[Geographic coordinate system|Coordinates]] | data6 = {{{Coordinates|}}} | header7 = {{#if:{{{Year|}}}{{{Extension|}}}{{{List|}}}|Inscription history}} | label8 = Inscription | data8 = {{{Year|}}} {{#if:{{{Session|}}}| ({{{Session|}}} session) | }} | label9 = Extensions | data9 = {{{Extension|}}} | label10 = [[UNESCO Intangible Cultural Heritage Lists|List]] | data10 = {{{List|}}} | below = {{{Below|}}} {{#if:{{{Note|}}}|{{#if:{{{Below|}}}|<br/>}}}} {{{Note|}}} | belowstyle = line-height:150%; padding-top:0.8em; border-top: 1px #aaa solid; text-align:center; }}{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check|unknown={{main other|}}|preview=Page using [[Template:Infobox intangible heritage]] with unknown parameter "_VALUE_"|ignoreblank=y| infoboxwidth | ICH | Name | Image | imagesize | alt | Caption | imagecaption | State Party | Country | Countries | Domains | Criteria | Link | ID | Region | Coordinates | Year | Session | Extension | List | Below | Note }}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!--Please add any categories and interwiki links on the /doc page, not here. --> </noinclude> 0d554l8klwfha0xaylkul520o06bou4 10 26577 265987 2020-04-13T14:54:11Z en>Primefac 0 Primefac moved page [[Template:Tla]] to [[Template:Template link with alternate text]]: full name for clarity 265987 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Tlg|subst={{{subst|}}}|nowrap={{{nowrap|}}}|{{{1|}}}<!-- -->|alttext{{#ifeq:{{{2}}}|{{{2|x}}}||x}}={{{2}}}<!-- -->|3{{#ifeq:{{{3}}}|{{{3|x}}}||x}}={{{3}}}<!-- -->|4{{#ifeq:{{{4}}}|{{{4|x}}}||x}}={{{4}}}<!-- -->|5{{#ifeq:{{{5}}}|{{{5|x}}}||x}}={{{5}}}<!-- -->|6{{#ifeq:{{{6}}}|{{{6|x}}}||x}}={{{6}}}<!-- -->|7{{#ifeq:{{{7}}}|{{{7|x}}}||x}}={{{7}}}<!-- -->|8{{#ifeq:{{{8}}}|{{{8|x}}}||x}}={{{8}}}<!-- -->|9{{#ifeq:{{{9}}}|{{{9|x}}}||x}}={{{9}}}<!-- -->|10{{#ifeq:{{{10}}}|{{{10|x}}}||x}}={{{10}}}<!-- -->|11{{#ifeq:{{{11}}}|{{{11|x}}}||x}}={{{11}}}<!-- -->|12{{#ifeq:{{{12}}}|{{{12|x}}}||x}}={{{12}}}}}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> ekbj8d6mb201bbowib5w307op3y4n8t 265988 265987 2026-07-18T15:19:46Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Template:Template_link_with_alternate_text]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 265987 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Tlg|subst={{{subst|}}}|nowrap={{{nowrap|}}}|{{{1|}}}<!-- -->|alttext{{#ifeq:{{{2}}}|{{{2|x}}}||x}}={{{2}}}<!-- -->|3{{#ifeq:{{{3}}}|{{{3|x}}}||x}}={{{3}}}<!-- -->|4{{#ifeq:{{{4}}}|{{{4|x}}}||x}}={{{4}}}<!-- -->|5{{#ifeq:{{{5}}}|{{{5|x}}}||x}}={{{5}}}<!-- -->|6{{#ifeq:{{{6}}}|{{{6|x}}}||x}}={{{6}}}<!-- -->|7{{#ifeq:{{{7}}}|{{{7|x}}}||x}}={{{7}}}<!-- -->|8{{#ifeq:{{{8}}}|{{{8|x}}}||x}}={{{8}}}<!-- -->|9{{#ifeq:{{{9}}}|{{{9|x}}}||x}}={{{9}}}<!-- -->|10{{#ifeq:{{{10}}}|{{{10|x}}}||x}}={{{10}}}<!-- -->|11{{#ifeq:{{{11}}}|{{{11|x}}}||x}}={{{11}}}<!-- -->|12{{#ifeq:{{{12}}}|{{{12|x}}}||x}}={{{12}}}}}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> ekbj8d6mb201bbowib5w307op3y4n8t 10 26578 265991 2018-08-24T08:55:39Z en>Paine Ellsworth 0 fmt 265991 wikitext text/x-wiki {{navbar|UNESCO templates|mini=1|style=float:right}} *{{tl|Infobox intangible heritage}} **{{tl|Intangible Heritage Azerbaijan}} navbox **{{tl|Intangible Heritage Iran}} navbox *{{tl|Infobox UNESCO World Heritage Site}} **{{tl|Lists of World Heritage Sites}} navbox **{{tl|World Heritage Sites in Bulgaria}} *{{tl|UNESCO Collection}} *{{tl|UNESCO Oral and Intangible Eastern Europe}} *{{tl|UNESCO Oral and Intangible music}} *{{tl|UNESCO Representative List of the Intangible Cultural Heritage of Humanity}} {{flatlist|indent=2| * {{tla|UNESCO Representative List of the Intangible Cultural Heritage of Humanity/AFR|AFR}} [Africa] * {{tla|UNESCO Representative List of the Intangible Cultural Heritage of Humanity/AST|AST}} [Arab States] * {{tla|UNESCO Representative List of the Intangible Cultural Heritage of Humanity/APA|APA}} [Asia and Pacific] * {{tla|UNESCO Representative List of the Intangible Cultural Heritage of Humanity/ENA|ENA}} [Europe and N. America] * {{tla|UNESCO Representative List of the Intangible Cultural Heritage of Humanity/LAC|LAC}} [Latin America and Caribbean] }} *{{tl|UNESCO List of Intangible Cultural Heritage in Need of Urgent Safeguarding}} {{flatlist|indent=2| * {{tla|UNESCO List of Intangible Cultural Heritage in Need of Urgent Safeguarding/AFR|AFR}} [Africa] * {{tla|UNESCO List of Intangible Cultural Heritage in Need of Urgent Safeguarding/AST|AST}} [Arab States] * {{tla|UNESCO List of Intangible Cultural Heritage in Need of Urgent Safeguarding/APA|APA}} [Asia and Pacific] * {{tla|UNESCO List of Intangible Cultural Heritage in Need of Urgent Safeguarding/ENA|ENA}} [Europe and N. America] * {{tla|UNESCO List of Intangible Cultural Heritage in Need of Urgent Safeguarding/LAC|LAC}} [Latin America and Caribbean] }}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> fpcf1zvwdq0tjjkfcxijecuqufgdfus 265992 265991 2026-07-18T15:19:46Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Template:UNESCO_templates]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 265991 wikitext text/x-wiki {{navbar|UNESCO templates|mini=1|style=float:right}} *{{tl|Infobox intangible heritage}} **{{tl|Intangible Heritage Azerbaijan}} navbox **{{tl|Intangible Heritage Iran}} navbox *{{tl|Infobox UNESCO World Heritage Site}} **{{tl|Lists of World Heritage Sites}} navbox **{{tl|World Heritage Sites in Bulgaria}} *{{tl|UNESCO Collection}} *{{tl|UNESCO Oral and Intangible Eastern Europe}} *{{tl|UNESCO Oral and Intangible music}} *{{tl|UNESCO Representative List of the Intangible Cultural Heritage of Humanity}} {{flatlist|indent=2| * {{tla|UNESCO Representative List of the Intangible Cultural Heritage of Humanity/AFR|AFR}} [Africa] * {{tla|UNESCO Representative List of the Intangible Cultural Heritage of Humanity/AST|AST}} [Arab States] * {{tla|UNESCO Representative List of the Intangible Cultural Heritage of Humanity/APA|APA}} [Asia and Pacific] * {{tla|UNESCO Representative List of the Intangible Cultural Heritage of Humanity/ENA|ENA}} [Europe and N. America] * {{tla|UNESCO Representative List of the Intangible Cultural Heritage of Humanity/LAC|LAC}} [Latin America and Caribbean] }} *{{tl|UNESCO List of Intangible Cultural Heritage in Need of Urgent Safeguarding}} {{flatlist|indent=2| * {{tla|UNESCO List of Intangible Cultural Heritage in Need of Urgent Safeguarding/AFR|AFR}} [Africa] * {{tla|UNESCO List of Intangible Cultural Heritage in Need of Urgent Safeguarding/AST|AST}} [Arab States] * {{tla|UNESCO List of Intangible Cultural Heritage in Need of Urgent Safeguarding/APA|APA}} [Asia and Pacific] * {{tla|UNESCO List of Intangible Cultural Heritage in Need of Urgent Safeguarding/ENA|ENA}} [Europe and N. America] * {{tla|UNESCO List of Intangible Cultural Heritage in Need of Urgent Safeguarding/LAC|LAC}} [Latin America and Caribbean] }}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> fpcf1zvwdq0tjjkfcxijecuqufgdfus 10 26579 265993 2024-12-29T11:27:30Z en>Solidest 0 added templatedata 265993 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Documentation subpage}} <!-- Categories and interwikis go at the bottom of this page. --> {{Lua|Module:Infobox|Module:InfoboxImage|Module:Check for unknown parameters}} This template is used for UNESCO intangible heritage sites. == Usage == <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{Infobox intangible heritage |Name = <!-- or " | ICH = " --> |Image = |imagesize = |alt = |Caption = <!-- or " | imagecaption = " --> |Country = <!-- or " | Countries = " or " | State Party = " --> |ID = |Region = |Year = |Session = |List = |Below = |Note = }} </syntaxhighlight> == Example == For example, the text to the left produces the infobox to the right ([[radif (music)]]): {{Infobox intangible heritage | Image = | Caption = | ICH = The Radif of Iranian music | State Party = Iran | ID = 00279 | Region = APA | Year = 2009 | Session = 4th | List = Representative | Below = | Note = }} <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext">{{Infobox intangible heritage | Image = | Caption = | ICH = The Radif of Iranian music | State Party = Iran | ID = 00279 | Region = APA | Year = 2009 | Session = 4th | List = Representative | Below = | Note = }}</syntaxhighlight> *Image: Image related to list item *Caption: Image caption *ICH: Subject title *State Party: Country which applied for the subject to be added the list *ID: ######. *Region: AFR, AST, APA, ENA, or LAC *Year: Year the subject was added to the list *Session: Session that year *List: Representative, Need of Urgent Safeguarding, or Good Safeguarding Practices *Below: For an extra image *Note: An extra note, or image caption == TemplateData == <templatedata> { "params": { "child": { "aliases": [ "embed" ] }, "infoboxwidth": {}, "Name": { "aliases": [ "ICH" ] }, "Image": {}, "imagesize": {}, "alt": {}, "Caption": { "aliases": [ "imagecaption" ] }, "State Party": {}, "Country": {}, "Countries": {}, "State Parties": {}, "Domains": {}, "Criteria": {}, "Link": {}, "ID": {}, "Region": {}, "Coordinates": {}, "Year": {}, "Extension": {}, "List": {}, "Session": {}, "Below": {}, "Note": {} }, "paramOrder": [ "child", "infoboxwidth", "Name", "Image", "imagesize", "alt", "Caption", "State Party", "State Parties", "Country", "Countries", "Domains", "Criteria", "Link", "ID", "Region", "Coordinates", "Year", "Extension", "List", "Session", "Below", "Note" ], "format": "block" } </templatedata> == See also == {{UNESCO templates}} <includeonly>{{Sandbox other|| <!-- Categories and interwikis go here: --> [[Category:Masterpieces of the Oral and Intangible Heritage of Humanity templates]] }}</includeonly> fxfbtgl03dowomfchvrr6iqq7r6piun 265994 265993 2026-07-18T15:19:46Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Template:Infobox_intangible_heritage/doc]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 265993 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Documentation subpage}} <!-- Categories and interwikis go at the bottom of this page. --> {{Lua|Module:Infobox|Module:InfoboxImage|Module:Check for unknown parameters}} This template is used for UNESCO intangible heritage sites. == Usage == <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{Infobox intangible heritage |Name = <!-- or " | ICH = " --> |Image = |imagesize = |alt = |Caption = <!-- or " | imagecaption = " --> |Country = <!-- or " | Countries = " or " | State Party = " --> |ID = |Region = |Year = |Session = |List = |Below = |Note = }} </syntaxhighlight> == Example == For example, the text to the left produces the infobox to the right ([[radif (music)]]): {{Infobox intangible heritage | Image = | Caption = | ICH = The Radif of Iranian music | State Party = Iran | ID = 00279 | Region = APA | Year = 2009 | Session = 4th | List = Representative | Below = | Note = }} <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext">{{Infobox intangible heritage | Image = | Caption = | ICH = The Radif of Iranian music | State Party = Iran | ID = 00279 | Region = APA | Year = 2009 | Session = 4th | List = Representative | Below = | Note = }}</syntaxhighlight> *Image: Image related to list item *Caption: Image caption *ICH: Subject title *State Party: Country which applied for the subject to be added the list *ID: ######. *Region: AFR, AST, APA, ENA, or LAC *Year: Year the subject was added to the list *Session: Session that year *List: Representative, Need of Urgent Safeguarding, or Good Safeguarding Practices *Below: For an extra image *Note: An extra note, or image caption == TemplateData == <templatedata> { "params": { "child": { "aliases": [ "embed" ] }, "infoboxwidth": {}, "Name": { "aliases": [ "ICH" ] }, "Image": {}, "imagesize": {}, "alt": {}, "Caption": { "aliases": [ "imagecaption" ] }, "State Party": {}, "Country": {}, "Countries": {}, "State Parties": {}, "Domains": {}, "Criteria": {}, "Link": {}, "ID": {}, "Region": {}, "Coordinates": {}, "Year": {}, "Extension": {}, "List": {}, "Session": {}, "Below": {}, "Note": {} }, "paramOrder": [ "child", "infoboxwidth", "Name", "Image", "imagesize", "alt", "Caption", "State Party", "State Parties", "Country", "Countries", "Domains", "Criteria", "Link", "ID", "Region", "Coordinates", "Year", "Extension", "List", "Session", "Below", "Note" ], "format": "block" } </templatedata> == See also == {{UNESCO templates}} <includeonly>{{Sandbox other|| <!-- Categories and interwikis go here: --> [[Category:Masterpieces of the Oral and Intangible Heritage of Humanity templates]] }}</includeonly> fxfbtgl03dowomfchvrr6iqq7r6piun 828 26580 265997 2025-10-21T23:10:59Z en>Pppery 0 Changed protection settings for "[[Module:InfoboxImage/data]]": Match the protection level of the parent ([Edit=Require administrator access] (indefinite) [Move=Require administrator access] (indefinite)) 265997 Scribunto text/plain local placeholderList = { "Blue - Replace this image female.svg", "Blue - Replace this image male.svg", "Flag of None (square).svg", "Flag of None.svg", "Flag of.svg", "Green - Replace this image female.svg", "Green - Replace this image male.svg", "Image is needed female.svg", "Image is needed male.svg", "Location map of None.svg", "Male no free image yet.png", "Missing flag.png", "No flag.svg", "No free portrait.svg", "No portrait (female).svg", "No portrait (male).svg", "Red - Replace this image female.svg", "Red - Replace this image male.svg", "Replace this image female.svg", "Replace this image male (blue).svg", "Replace this image male.svg", "Silver - Replace this image female.svg", "Silver - Replace this image male.svg", "Replace this image.svg", "Cricket no pic.png", "CarersLogo.gif", "Diagram Needed.svg", "Example.jpg", "Image placeholder.png", "No male portrait.svg", "Nocover-upload.png", "NoDVDcover copy.png", "Noribbon.svg", "No portrait-BFD-test.svg", "Placeholder barnstar ribbon.png", "Project Trains no image.png", "Image-request.png", "Sin bandera.svg", "Sin escudo.svg", "Replace this image - temple.png", "Replace this image butterfly.png", "Replace this image.svg", "Replace this image1.svg", "Resolution angle.png", "Image-No portrait-text-BFD-test.svg", "Insert image here.svg", "No image available.png", "NO IMAGE YET square.png", "NO IMAGE YET.png", "No Photo Available.svg", "No Screenshot.svg", "No-image-available.jpg", "Null.png", "PictureNeeded.gif", "Place holder.jpg", "Unbenannt.JPG", "UploadACopyrightFreeImage.svg", "UploadAnImage.gif", "UploadAnImage.svg", "UploadAnImageShort.svg", "CarersLogo.gif", "Diagram Needed.svg", "No male portrait.svg", "NoDVDcover copy.png", "Placeholder barnstar ribbon.png", "Project Trains no image.png", "Image-request.png", "Noimage.gif", } local placeholder_image = {} for _, val in ipairs(placeholderList) do placeholder_image[val] = true end local categories = { url_image_links = "[[Category:Pages using infoboxes with URL in image parameter]]", thumbnail_images = "[[Category:Pages using infoboxes with thumbnail images]]", } return { placeholder_image = placeholder_image, categories = categories } 4h39dpz9m6jxmu0vznaup0kyz6rbh4y 265998 265997 2026-07-18T15:20:33Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:InfoboxImage/data]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 265997 Scribunto text/plain local placeholderList = { "Blue - Replace this image female.svg", "Blue - Replace this image male.svg", "Flag of None (square).svg", "Flag of None.svg", "Flag of.svg", "Green - Replace this image female.svg", "Green - Replace this image male.svg", "Image is needed female.svg", "Image is needed male.svg", "Location map of None.svg", "Male no free image yet.png", "Missing flag.png", "No flag.svg", "No free portrait.svg", "No portrait (female).svg", "No portrait (male).svg", "Red - Replace this image female.svg", "Red - Replace this image male.svg", "Replace this image female.svg", "Replace this image male (blue).svg", "Replace this image male.svg", "Silver - Replace this image female.svg", "Silver - Replace this image male.svg", "Replace this image.svg", "Cricket no pic.png", "CarersLogo.gif", "Diagram Needed.svg", "Example.jpg", "Image placeholder.png", "No male portrait.svg", "Nocover-upload.png", "NoDVDcover copy.png", "Noribbon.svg", "No portrait-BFD-test.svg", "Placeholder barnstar ribbon.png", "Project Trains no image.png", "Image-request.png", "Sin bandera.svg", "Sin escudo.svg", "Replace this image - temple.png", "Replace this image butterfly.png", "Replace this image.svg", "Replace this image1.svg", "Resolution angle.png", "Image-No portrait-text-BFD-test.svg", "Insert image here.svg", "No image available.png", "NO IMAGE YET square.png", "NO IMAGE YET.png", "No Photo Available.svg", "No Screenshot.svg", "No-image-available.jpg", "Null.png", "PictureNeeded.gif", "Place holder.jpg", "Unbenannt.JPG", "UploadACopyrightFreeImage.svg", "UploadAnImage.gif", "UploadAnImage.svg", "UploadAnImageShort.svg", "CarersLogo.gif", "Diagram Needed.svg", "No male portrait.svg", "NoDVDcover copy.png", "Placeholder barnstar ribbon.png", "Project Trains no image.png", "Image-request.png", "Noimage.gif", } local placeholder_image = {} for _, val in ipairs(placeholderList) do placeholder_image[val] = true end local categories = { url_image_links = "[[Category:Pages using infoboxes with URL in image parameter]]", thumbnail_images = "[[Category:Pages using infoboxes with thumbnail images]]", } return { placeholder_image = placeholder_image, categories = categories } 4h39dpz9m6jxmu0vznaup0kyz6rbh4y 828 26581 266003 2025-10-21T23:10:02Z en>Pppery 0 [[WP:AES|←]]Created page with '{{used in system}}' 266003 wikitext text/x-wiki {{used in system}} 8z10e5kya927282xzyfgpfs8msnfrql 266004 266003 2026-07-18T15:20:33Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:InfoboxImage/data/doc]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266003 wikitext text/x-wiki {{used in system}} 8z10e5kya927282xzyfgpfs8msnfrql 10 26582 266034 2025-12-13T15:43:44Z en>Anomie 0 Update to reduce differences in behavior between {{reflist}} and <references/>. See talk. Note, if this breaks some custom styles you have, likely they were already broken with <references/> and you should take this opportunity to update them. 266034 sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=yes}} */ /* columns-2 and columns-3 are legacy for "2 or more" column view from when the * template was implemented with column-count. */ .reflist-columns-2 { column-width: 30em; } .reflist-columns-3 { column-width: 25em; } /* Match Vector 2022 after [[gerrit:1185300]]. */ body.skin-vector-2022 .reflist-columns-2 { column-width: 27em; } body.skin-vector-2022 .reflist-columns-3 { column-width: 22.5em; } /* These should probably be moved to MediaWiki:Common.css to work with <references> as well. */ .references[data-mw-group=upper-alpha] { list-style-type: upper-alpha; } .references[data-mw-group=upper-roman] { list-style-type: upper-roman; } .references[data-mw-group=lower-alpha] { list-style-type: lower-alpha; } .references[data-mw-group=lower-greek] { list-style-type: lower-greek; } .references[data-mw-group=lower-roman] { list-style-type: lower-roman; } /* Liststyle param. */ div.reflist-liststyle-upper-alpha .references { list-style-type: upper-alpha; } div.reflist-liststyle-upper-roman .references { list-style-type: upper-roman; } div.reflist-liststyle-lower-alpha .references { list-style-type: lower-alpha; } div.reflist-liststyle-lower-greek .references { list-style-type: lower-greek; } div.reflist-liststyle-lower-roman .references { list-style-type: lower-roman; } 0y79vyw9wqc26bp1ubg1khshuusjvc4 266035 266034 2026-07-18T15:28:52Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Template:Reflist/styles.css]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266034 sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=yes}} */ /* columns-2 and columns-3 are legacy for "2 or more" column view from when the * template was implemented with column-count. */ .reflist-columns-2 { column-width: 30em; } .reflist-columns-3 { column-width: 25em; } /* Match Vector 2022 after [[gerrit:1185300]]. */ body.skin-vector-2022 .reflist-columns-2 { column-width: 27em; } body.skin-vector-2022 .reflist-columns-3 { column-width: 22.5em; } /* These should probably be moved to MediaWiki:Common.css to work with <references> as well. */ .references[data-mw-group=upper-alpha] { list-style-type: upper-alpha; } .references[data-mw-group=upper-roman] { list-style-type: upper-roman; } .references[data-mw-group=lower-alpha] { list-style-type: lower-alpha; } .references[data-mw-group=lower-greek] { list-style-type: lower-greek; } .references[data-mw-group=lower-roman] { list-style-type: lower-roman; } /* Liststyle param. */ div.reflist-liststyle-upper-alpha .references { list-style-type: upper-alpha; } div.reflist-liststyle-upper-roman .references { list-style-type: upper-roman; } div.reflist-liststyle-lower-alpha .references { list-style-type: lower-alpha; } div.reflist-liststyle-lower-greek .references { list-style-type: lower-greek; } div.reflist-liststyle-lower-roman .references { list-style-type: lower-roman; } 0y79vyw9wqc26bp1ubg1khshuusjvc4 828 26583 266036 2024-09-09T19:58:02Z en>MSGJ 0 requested enhancements by [[User:Awesome Aasim]] 266036 Scribunto text/plain local p = {} local getArgs = require("Module:Arguments").getArgs local yn = require("Module:Yesno") local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:If preview/configuration') --[[ main This function returns either the first argument or second argument passed to this module, depending on whether the page is being previewed. ]] function p.main(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) if cfg.preview then return args[1] or '' else return args[2] or '' end end --[[ pmain This function returns either the first argument or second argument passed to this module's parent (i.e. template using this module), depending on whether it is being previewed. ]] function p.pmain(frame) return p.main(frame:getParent()) end local function warning_text(warning) return mw.ustring.format( cfg.warning_infrastructure, cfg.templatestyles, warning ) end function p._warning(args) local warning = args[1] and args[1]:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') or '' if warning == '' then return warning_text(cfg.missing_warning) end if not cfg.preview then return '' end if yn(args['consolewarning']) then mw.addWarning(args[1] or cfg.missing_warning) end return warning_text(warning) end --[[ warning This function returns a "preview warning", which is the first argument marked up with HTML and some supporting text, depending on whether the page is being previewed. ]] -- function p.warning(frame) -- mw.addWarning(frame.args[1] or cfg.missing_warning) -- return p._warning(frame.args) -- end --[[ warning, but for pass-through templates like {{preview warning}} ]] function p.pwarning(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) return p._warning(args) end --[[ Does both mw.addWarning and preview warning ]] function p.warn(text) if text == nil or text == "" then return "" end mw.addWarning(text) return p._warning({text}) end --[[ Console warning ]] function p.consoleWarning(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) mw.addWarning(args[1] or cfg.missing_warning) return '' end return p 9xxiwh6yksz0t17svyd7nlq7rj3f5rk 266037 266036 2026-07-18T15:28:52Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:If_preview]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266036 Scribunto text/plain local p = {} local getArgs = require("Module:Arguments").getArgs local yn = require("Module:Yesno") local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:If preview/configuration') --[[ main This function returns either the first argument or second argument passed to this module, depending on whether the page is being previewed. ]] function p.main(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) if cfg.preview then return args[1] or '' else return args[2] or '' end end --[[ pmain This function returns either the first argument or second argument passed to this module's parent (i.e. template using this module), depending on whether it is being previewed. ]] function p.pmain(frame) return p.main(frame:getParent()) end local function warning_text(warning) return mw.ustring.format( cfg.warning_infrastructure, cfg.templatestyles, warning ) end function p._warning(args) local warning = args[1] and args[1]:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') or '' if warning == '' then return warning_text(cfg.missing_warning) end if not cfg.preview then return '' end if yn(args['consolewarning']) then mw.addWarning(args[1] or cfg.missing_warning) end return warning_text(warning) end --[[ warning This function returns a "preview warning", which is the first argument marked up with HTML and some supporting text, depending on whether the page is being previewed. ]] -- function p.warning(frame) -- mw.addWarning(frame.args[1] or cfg.missing_warning) -- return p._warning(frame.args) -- end --[[ warning, but for pass-through templates like {{preview warning}} ]] function p.pwarning(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) return p._warning(args) end --[[ Does both mw.addWarning and preview warning ]] function p.warn(text) if text == nil or text == "" then return "" end mw.addWarning(text) return p._warning({text}) end --[[ Console warning ]] function p.consoleWarning(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) mw.addWarning(args[1] or cfg.missing_warning) return '' end return p 9xxiwh6yksz0t17svyd7nlq7rj3f5rk 828 26584 266038 2021-05-05T18:56:00Z en>Izno 0 Protected "[[Module:If preview/configuration]]": match parent ([Edit=Require template editor access] (indefinite) [Move=Require template editor access] (indefinite)) 266038 Scribunto text/plain --[[ We perform the actual check for whether this is a preview here since preprocessing is relatively expensive. ]] local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() local function is_preview() local revision_id = frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}') -- {{REVISIONID}} is usually the empty string when previewed. -- I don't know why we're checking for nil but hey, maybe someday things -- would have broken return revision_id == nil or revision_id == '' end local function templatestyles() return frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Module:If preview/styles.css' } } end return { preview = is_preview(), templatestyles = templatestyles(), warning_infrastructure = '%s<div class="preview-warning"><strong>Preview warning:</strong> %s</div>', missing_warning = 'The template has no warning text. Please add a warning.' } 7ccf9c7e3yxw9p4ke6iw4ndcfniweno 266039 266038 2026-07-18T15:28:52Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:If_preview/configuration]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266038 Scribunto text/plain --[[ We perform the actual check for whether this is a preview here since preprocessing is relatively expensive. ]] local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() local function is_preview() local revision_id = frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}') -- {{REVISIONID}} is usually the empty string when previewed. -- I don't know why we're checking for nil but hey, maybe someday things -- would have broken return revision_id == nil or revision_id == '' end local function templatestyles() return frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Module:If preview/styles.css' } } end return { preview = is_preview(), templatestyles = templatestyles(), warning_infrastructure = '%s<div class="preview-warning"><strong>Preview warning:</strong> %s</div>', missing_warning = 'The template has no warning text. Please add a warning.' } 7ccf9c7e3yxw9p4ke6iw4ndcfniweno 828 26585 266040 2026-05-11T21:46:11Z en>Izno 0 + 266040 sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=yes}} */ .preview-warning { font-style: italic; /* @noflip */ padding-left: 1.6em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; color: var(--color-error, red); } /* The templatestyles causes an 'empty' span between hatnotes */ .preview-warning + span.mw-empty-elt + .preview-warning, /* remove this selector when Parsoid is the only parser, see also [[phab:T200206]] */ .preview-warning + link + .preview-warning { margin-top: -0.5em; } f1m5cy9ikp9xcry3obpmw1xl2aem71y 266041 266040 2026-07-18T15:28:52Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:If_preview/styles.css]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266040 sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=yes}} */ .preview-warning { font-style: italic; /* @noflip */ padding-left: 1.6em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; color: var(--color-error, red); } /* The templatestyles causes an 'empty' span between hatnotes */ .preview-warning + span.mw-empty-elt + .preview-warning, /* remove this selector when Parsoid is the only parser, see also [[phab:T200206]] */ .preview-warning + link + .preview-warning { margin-top: -0.5em; } f1m5cy9ikp9xcry3obpmw1xl2aem71y 10 26586 266060 2022-01-09T17:59:39Z en>MusikBot II 0 Protected "[[Template:Pluralize from text]]": [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|High-risk template or module]]: 18336 transclusions ([[User:MusikBot II/TemplateProtector|more info]]) ([Edit=Require template editor access] (indefinite) [Move=Require template editor access] (indefinite)) 266060 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Detect singular|pluralize}}<noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> 5nexvs5r4t8tuu02q5qosvc3kb0b4n9 266061 266060 2026-07-18T15:28:57Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Template:Pluralize_from_text]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266060 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Detect singular|pluralize}}<noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> 5nexvs5r4t8tuu02q5qosvc3kb0b4n9 828 26587 266064 2025-10-16T06:01:56Z en>Hike395 0 handle ampersand the same as "and" 266064 Scribunto text/plain local p = {} local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local yesNo = require('Module:Yesno') -- function to determine whether "sub" occurs in "s" local function plainFind(s, sub) return mw.ustring.find(s, sub, 1, true) end -- function to count the number of times "pattern" (a regex) occurs in "s" local function countMatches(s, pattern) local _, count = mw.ustring.gsub(s, pattern, '') return count end local singular = 1 local likelyPlural = 2 local plural = 3 -- Determine whether a string is singular or plural (i.e., it represents one -- item or many) -- Arguments: -- origArgs[1]: string to process -- origArgs.no_comma: if false, use commas to detect plural (default false) -- origArgs.parse_links: if false, treat wikilinks as opaque singular objects (default false) -- origArgs.any_comma: if true, allow any comma to cause likely plural, including ones between digits (default false) -- origArgs.no_and: if false, use existence of "and" to detect plural (default false) -- origArgs.parse_number: if true, parse number in argument: if 1, singular; if >1, plural (default false) -- Returns: -- singular, likelyPlural, or plural (see constants above), or nil for completely unknown function p._main(origArgs) origArgs = type(origArgs) == 'table' and origArgs or {} local args = {} -- canonicalize boolean arguments for key, default in pairs({no_comma=false,parse_links=false,any_comma=false, no_and=false,parse_number=false}) do if origArgs[key] == nil then args[key] = default else args[key] = yesNo(origArgs[key],default) end end local checkComma = not args.no_comma local checkAnd = not args.no_and local rewriteLinks = not args.parse_links local anyComma = args.any_comma local parseNumber = args.parse_number local s = origArgs[1] -- the input string if not s then return nil -- empty input returns nil end s = tostring(s) s = mw.text.decode(s,true) --- replace HTML entities (to avoid spurious semicolons) if plainFind(s,'data-plural="0"') then -- magic data string to return true return singular end if plainFind(s,'data-plural="1"') then -- magic data string to return false return plural end -- count number of list items local numListItems = countMatches(s,'<%s*li') -- if exactly one, then singular, if more than one, then plural if numListItems == 1 then return singular end if numListItems > 1 then return plural end -- if "list of" occurs inside of wlink, then it's plural if mw.ustring.find(s:lower(), '%[%[[^%]]*list of[^%]]+%]%]') then return plural end if parseNumber then local m = tonumber(mw.ustring.match(s,"^%s*(%d+)")) if m then return m > 1 and plural or singular end end -- fix for trailing br tags passed through [[template:marriage]] s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '<%s*br[^>]*>%s*(</div>)', '%1') -- replace all wikilinks with fixed string if rewriteLinks then s = mw.ustring.gsub(s,'%b[]','WIKILINK') end -- Five conditions: any one of them can make the string a likely plural or plural local hasBreak = mw.ustring.find(s,'<%s*br') -- For the last 4, evaluate on string stripped of wikimarkup local getPlain = require('Module:Text').Text().getPlain s = getPlain(s) local hasBullets = countMatches(s,'%*+') > 1 local multipleQids = mw.ustring.find(s,'Q%d+[%p%s]+Q%d+') -- has multiple QIDs in a row if hasBullets or multipleQids then return plural end local commaPattern = anyComma and '[,;]' or '%D[,;]%D' -- semi-colon similar to comma local hasComma = checkComma and mw.ustring.find(s, commaPattern) local hasAnd = checkAnd and (mw.ustring.find(s,'[,%s]and%s') or mw.ustring.find(s,'&',1,true)) if hasBreak or hasComma or hasAnd then return likelyPlural end return singular end function p._pluralize(args) args = type(args) == 'table' and args or {} local singularForm = args[3] or args.singular or "" local pluralForm = args[4] or args.plural or "" local likelyForm = args.likely or pluralForm local link = args[5] or args.link if link then link = tostring(link) singularForm = '[['..link..'|'..singularForm..']]' pluralForm = '[['..link..'|'..pluralForm..']]' likelyForm = '[['..link..'|'..likelyForm..']]' end if args[2] then return pluralForm end local detect = p._main(args) if detect == nil then return "" -- return blank on complete failure end if detect == singular then return singularForm elseif detect == likelyPlural then return likelyForm else return pluralForm end end function p.main(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) -- For template, return 1 if singular, blank if plural or empty local result = p._main(args) if result == nil then return 1 end return result == singular and 1 or "" end function p.pluralize(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) return p._pluralize(args) end return p ks2mlneszbgw2vr1nl2rhac5ypdp5y2 266065 266064 2026-07-18T15:28:58Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:Detect_singular]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266064 Scribunto text/plain local p = {} local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local yesNo = require('Module:Yesno') -- function to determine whether "sub" occurs in "s" local function plainFind(s, sub) return mw.ustring.find(s, sub, 1, true) end -- function to count the number of times "pattern" (a regex) occurs in "s" local function countMatches(s, pattern) local _, count = mw.ustring.gsub(s, pattern, '') return count end local singular = 1 local likelyPlural = 2 local plural = 3 -- Determine whether a string is singular or plural (i.e., it represents one -- item or many) -- Arguments: -- origArgs[1]: string to process -- origArgs.no_comma: if false, use commas to detect plural (default false) -- origArgs.parse_links: if false, treat wikilinks as opaque singular objects (default false) -- origArgs.any_comma: if true, allow any comma to cause likely plural, including ones between digits (default false) -- origArgs.no_and: if false, use existence of "and" to detect plural (default false) -- origArgs.parse_number: if true, parse number in argument: if 1, singular; if >1, plural (default false) -- Returns: -- singular, likelyPlural, or plural (see constants above), or nil for completely unknown function p._main(origArgs) origArgs = type(origArgs) == 'table' and origArgs or {} local args = {} -- canonicalize boolean arguments for key, default in pairs({no_comma=false,parse_links=false,any_comma=false, no_and=false,parse_number=false}) do if origArgs[key] == nil then args[key] = default else args[key] = yesNo(origArgs[key],default) end end local checkComma = not args.no_comma local checkAnd = not args.no_and local rewriteLinks = not args.parse_links local anyComma = args.any_comma local parseNumber = args.parse_number local s = origArgs[1] -- the input string if not s then return nil -- empty input returns nil end s = tostring(s) s = mw.text.decode(s,true) --- replace HTML entities (to avoid spurious semicolons) if plainFind(s,'data-plural="0"') then -- magic data string to return true return singular end if plainFind(s,'data-plural="1"') then -- magic data string to return false return plural end -- count number of list items local numListItems = countMatches(s,'<%s*li') -- if exactly one, then singular, if more than one, then plural if numListItems == 1 then return singular end if numListItems > 1 then return plural end -- if "list of" occurs inside of wlink, then it's plural if mw.ustring.find(s:lower(), '%[%[[^%]]*list of[^%]]+%]%]') then return plural end if parseNumber then local m = tonumber(mw.ustring.match(s,"^%s*(%d+)")) if m then return m > 1 and plural or singular end end -- fix for trailing br tags passed through [[template:marriage]] s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '<%s*br[^>]*>%s*(</div>)', '%1') -- replace all wikilinks with fixed string if rewriteLinks then s = mw.ustring.gsub(s,'%b[]','WIKILINK') end -- Five conditions: any one of them can make the string a likely plural or plural local hasBreak = mw.ustring.find(s,'<%s*br') -- For the last 4, evaluate on string stripped of wikimarkup local getPlain = require('Module:Text').Text().getPlain s = getPlain(s) local hasBullets = countMatches(s,'%*+') > 1 local multipleQids = mw.ustring.find(s,'Q%d+[%p%s]+Q%d+') -- has multiple QIDs in a row if hasBullets or multipleQids then return plural end local commaPattern = anyComma and '[,;]' or '%D[,;]%D' -- semi-colon similar to comma local hasComma = checkComma and mw.ustring.find(s, commaPattern) local hasAnd = checkAnd and (mw.ustring.find(s,'[,%s]and%s') or mw.ustring.find(s,'&',1,true)) if hasBreak or hasComma or hasAnd then return likelyPlural end return singular end function p._pluralize(args) args = type(args) == 'table' and args or {} local singularForm = args[3] or args.singular or "" local pluralForm = args[4] or args.plural or "" local likelyForm = args.likely or pluralForm local link = args[5] or args.link if link then link = tostring(link) singularForm = '[['..link..'|'..singularForm..']]' pluralForm = '[['..link..'|'..pluralForm..']]' likelyForm = '[['..link..'|'..likelyForm..']]' end if args[2] then return pluralForm end local detect = p._main(args) if detect == nil then return "" -- return blank on complete failure end if detect == singular then return singularForm elseif detect == likelyPlural then return likelyForm else return pluralForm end end function p.main(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) -- For template, return 1 if singular, blank if plural or empty local result = p._main(args) if result == nil then return 1 end return result == singular and 1 or "" end function p.pluralize(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) return p._pluralize(args) end return p ks2mlneszbgw2vr1nl2rhac5ypdp5y2 828 26588 266070 2025-04-26T12:19:49Z en>Hike395 0 update date to last edit 266070 Scribunto text/plain local yesNo = require("Module:Yesno") local Text = { serial = "2024-09-21", suite = "Text" } --[=[ Text utilities ]=] local function fiatQuote( apply, alien, advance ) -- Quote text -- Parameter: -- apply -- string, with text -- alien -- string, with language code -- advance -- number, with level 1 or 2 local r = apply and tostring(apply) or "" alien = alien or "en" advance = tonumber(advance) or 0 local suite local data = mw.loadData('Module:Text/data') local QuoteLang = data.QuoteLang local QuoteType = data.QuoteType local slang = alien:match( "^(%l+)-" ) suite = QuoteLang[alien] or slang and QuoteLang[slang] or QuoteLang["en"] if suite then local quotes = QuoteType[ suite ] if quotes then local space if quotes[ 3 ] then space = "&#160;" else space = "" end quotes = quotes[ advance ] if quotes then r = mw.ustring.format( "%s%s%s%s%s", mw.ustring.char( quotes[ 1 ] ), space, apply, space, mw.ustring.char( quotes[ 2 ] ) ) end else mw.log( "fiatQuote() " .. suite ) end end return r end -- fiatQuote() Text.char = function ( apply, again, accept ) -- Create string from codepoints -- Parameter: -- apply -- table (sequence) with numerical codepoints, or nil -- again -- number of repetitions, or nil -- accept -- true, if no error messages to be appended -- Returns: string local r = "" apply = type(apply) == "table" and apply or {} again = math.floor(tonumber(again) or 1) if again < 1 then return "" end local bad = { } local codes = { } for _, v in ipairs( apply ) do local n = tonumber(v) if not n or (n < 32 and n ~= 9 and n ~= 10) then table.insert(bad, tostring(v)) else table.insert(codes, math.floor(n)) end end if #bad > 0 then if not accept then r = tostring( mw.html.create( "span" ) :addClass( "error" ) :wikitext( "bad codepoints: " .. table.concat( bad, " " )) ) end return r end if #codes > 0 then r = mw.ustring.char( unpack( codes ) ) if again > 1 then r = r:rep(again) end end return r end -- Text.char() local function trimAndFormat(args, fmt) local result = {} if type(args) ~= 'table' then args = {args} end for _, v in ipairs(args) do v = mw.text.trim(tostring(v)) if v ~= "" then table.insert(result,fmt and mw.ustring.format(fmt, v) or v) end end return result end Text.concatParams = function ( args, apply, adapt ) -- Concat list items into one string -- Parameter: -- args -- table (sequence) with numKey=string -- apply -- string (optional); separator (default: "|") -- adapt -- string (optional); format including "%s" -- Returns: string local collect = { } return table.concat(trimAndFormat(args,adapt), apply or "|") end -- Text.concatParams() Text.containsCJK = function ( s ) -- Is any CJK code within? -- Parameter: -- s -- string -- Returns: true, if CJK detected s = s and tostring(s) or "" local patternCJK = mw.loadData('Module:Text/data').PatternCJK return mw.ustring.find( s, patternCJK ) ~= nil end -- Text.containsCJK() Text.removeDelimited = function (s, prefix, suffix) -- Remove all text in s delimited by prefix and suffix (inclusive) -- Arguments: -- s = string to process -- prefix = initial delimiter -- suffix = ending delimiter -- Returns: stripped string s = s and tostring(s) or "" prefix = prefix and tostring(prefix) or "" suffix = suffix and tostring(suffix) or "" local prefixLen = mw.ustring.len(prefix) local suffixLen = mw.ustring.len(suffix) if prefixLen == 0 or suffixLen == 0 then return s end local i = s:find(prefix, 1, true) local r = s local j while i do j = r:find(suffix, i + prefixLen) if j then r = r:sub(1, i - 1)..r:sub(j+suffixLen) else r = r:sub(1, i - 1) end i = r:find(prefix, 1, true) end return r end Text.getPlain = function ( adjust ) -- Remove wikisyntax from string, except templates -- Parameter: -- adjust -- string -- Returns: string local r = Text.removeDelimited(adjust,"<!--","-->") r = r:gsub( "(</?%l[^>]*>)", "" ) :gsub( "'''", "" ) :gsub( "''", "" ) :gsub( "&nbsp;", " " ) return r end -- Text.getPlain() Text.isLatinRange = function (s) -- Are characters expected to be latin or symbols within latin texts? -- Arguments: -- s = string to analyze -- Returns: true, if valid for latin only s = s and tostring(s) or "" --- ensure input is always string local PatternLatin = mw.loadData('Module:Text/data').PatternLatin return mw.ustring.match(s, PatternLatin) ~= nil end -- Text.isLatinRange() Text.isQuote = function ( s ) -- Is this character any quotation mark? -- Parameter: -- s = single character to analyze -- Returns: true, if s is quotation mark s = s and tostring(s) or "" if s == "" then return false end local SeekQuote = mw.loadData('Module:Text/data').SeekQuote return mw.ustring.find( SeekQuote, s, 1, true ) ~= nil end -- Text.isQuote() Text.listToText = function ( args, adapt ) -- Format list items similar to mw.text.listToText() -- Parameter: -- args -- table (sequence) with numKey=string -- adapt -- string (optional); format including "%s" -- Returns: string return mw.text.listToText(trimAndFormat(args, adapt)) end -- Text.listToText() Text.quote = function ( apply, alien, advance ) -- Quote text -- Parameter: -- apply -- string, with text -- alien -- string, with language code, or nil -- advance -- number, with level 1 or 2, or nil -- Returns: quoted string apply = apply and tostring(apply) or "" local mode, slang if type( alien ) == "string" then slang = mw.text.trim( alien ):lower() else slang = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().pageLanguage if not slang then -- TODO FIXME: Introduction expected 2017-04 slang = mw.language.getContentLanguage():getCode() end end if advance == 2 then mode = 2 else mode = 1 end return fiatQuote( mw.text.trim( apply ), slang, mode ) end -- Text.quote() Text.quoteUnquoted = function ( apply, alien, advance ) -- Quote text, if not yet quoted and not empty -- Parameter: -- apply -- string, with text -- alien -- string, with language code, or nil -- advance -- number, with level 1 or 2, or nil -- Returns: string; possibly quoted local r = mw.text.trim( apply and tostring(apply) or "" ) local s = mw.ustring.sub( r, 1, 1 ) if s ~= "" and not Text.isQuote( s, advance ) then s = mw.ustring.sub( r, -1, 1 ) if not Text.isQuote( s ) then r = Text.quote( r, alien, advance ) end end return r end -- Text.quoteUnquoted() Text.removeDiacritics = function ( adjust ) -- Remove all diacritics -- Parameter: -- adjust -- string -- Returns: string; all latin letters should be ASCII -- or basic greek or cyrillic or symbols etc. local cleanup, decomposed local PatternCombined = mw.loadData('Module:Text/data').PatternCombined decomposed = mw.ustring.toNFD( adjust and tostring(adjust) or "" ) cleanup = mw.ustring.gsub( decomposed, PatternCombined, "" ) return mw.ustring.toNFC( cleanup ) end -- Text.removeDiacritics() Text.sentenceTerminated = function ( analyse ) -- Is string terminated by dot, question or exclamation mark? -- Quotation, link termination and so on granted -- Parameter: -- analyse -- string -- Returns: true, if sentence terminated local r local PatternTerminated = mw.loadData('Module:Text/data').PatternTerminated if mw.ustring.find( analyse, PatternTerminated ) then r = true else r = false end return r end -- Text.sentenceTerminated() Text.ucfirstAll = function ( adjust) -- Capitalize all words -- Arguments: -- adjust = string to adjust -- Returns: string with all first letters in upper case adjust = adjust and tostring(adjust) or "" local r = mw.text.decode(adjust,true) local i = 1 local c, j, m m = (r ~= adjust) r = " "..r while i do i = mw.ustring.find( r, "%W%l", i ) if i then j = i + 1 c = mw.ustring.upper( mw.ustring.sub( r, j, j ) ) r = string.format( "%s%s%s", mw.ustring.sub( r, 1, i ), c, mw.ustring.sub( r, i + 2 ) ) i = j end end -- while i r = r:sub( 2 ) if m then r = mw.text.encode(r) end return r end -- Text.ucfirstAll() Text.uprightNonlatin = function ( adjust ) -- Ensure non-italics for non-latin text parts -- One single greek letter might be granted -- Precondition: -- adjust -- string -- Returns: string with non-latin parts enclosed in <span> local r local data = mw.loadData('Module:Text/data') local PatternLatin = data.PatternLatin local RangesLatin = data.RangesLatin local NumLatinRanges = data.NumLatinRanges if mw.ustring.match( adjust, PatternLatin ) then -- latin only, horizontal dashes, quotes r = adjust else local c local j = false local k = 1 local m = false local n = mw.ustring.len( adjust ) local span = "%s%s<span dir='auto' style='font-style:normal'>%s</span>" local flat = function ( a ) -- isLatin local range -- NumLatinRanges has to be precomputed because # does not work from loadData for i = 1, NumLatinRanges do range = RangesLatin[ i ] if a >= range[ 1 ] and a <= range[ 2 ] then return true end end -- for i end -- flat() local focus = function ( a ) -- char is not ambivalent local r = ( a > 64 ) if r then r = ( a < 8192 or a > 8212 ) else r = ( a == 38 or a == 60 ) -- '&' '<' end return r end -- focus() local form = function ( a ) return string.format( span, r, mw.ustring.sub( adjust, k, j - 1 ), mw.ustring.sub( adjust, j, a ) ) end -- form() r = "" for i = 1, n do c = mw.ustring.codepoint( adjust, i, i ) if focus( c ) then if flat( c ) then if j then if m then if i == m then -- single greek letter. j = false end m = false end if j then local nx = i - 1 local s = "" for ix = nx, 1, -1 do c = mw.ustring.sub( adjust, ix, ix ) if c == " " or c == "(" then nx = nx - 1 s = c .. s else break -- for ix end end -- for ix r = form( nx ) .. s j = false k = i end end elseif not j then j = i if c >= 880 and c <= 1023 then -- single greek letter? m = i + 1 else m = false end end elseif m then m = m + 1 end end -- for i if j and ( not m or m < n ) then r = form( n ) else r = r .. mw.ustring.sub( adjust, k ) end end return r end -- Text.uprightNonlatin() Text.test = function ( about ) local r if about == "quote" then data = mw.loadData('Module:Text/data') r = { } r.QuoteLang = data.QuoteLang r.QuoteType = data.QuoteType end return r end -- Text.test() -- Non Unicode-aware version of mw.text.split and mw.text.gsplit -- based on [[phab:diffusion/ELUA/browse/master/includes/Engines/LuaCommon/lualib/mw.text.lua]] -- These run up to 60 times faster than the Unicode-aware versions Text.split = function ( text, pattern, plain ) local ret = {} for m in Text.gsplit( text, pattern, plain ) do ret[#ret+1] = m end return ret end Text.gsplit = function ( text, pattern, plain ) local s, l = 1, string.len( text ) return function () if s then local e, n = string.find( text, pattern, s, plain ) local ret if not e then ret = string.sub( text, s ) s = nil elseif n < e then -- Empty separator! ret = string.sub( text, s, e ) if e < l then s = e + 1 else s = nil end else ret = e > s and string.sub( text, s, e - 1 ) or '' s = n + 1 end return ret end end, nil, nil end -- Export local p = { } for _, func in ipairs({'containsCJK','isLatinRange','isQuote','sentenceTerminated'}) do p[func] = function (frame) return Text[func]( frame.args[ 1 ] or "" ) and "1" or "" end end for _, func in ipairs({'getPlain','removeDiacritics','ucfirstAll','uprightNonlatin'}) do p[func] = function (frame) return Text[func]( frame.args[ 1 ] or "" ) end end function p.char( frame ) local params = frame:getParent().args local story = params[ 1 ] local codes, lenient, multiple if not story then params = frame.args story = params[ 1 ] end if story then local items = mw.text.split( mw.text.trim(story), "%s+" ) if #items > 0 then local j lenient = (yesNo(params.errors) == false) codes = { } multiple = tonumber( params[ "*" ] ) for _, v in ipairs( items ) do j = tonumber((v:sub( 1, 1 ) == "x" and "0" or "") .. v) table.insert( codes, j or v ) end end end return Text.char( codes, multiple, lenient ) end function p.concatParams( frame ) local args local template = frame.args.template if type( template ) == "string" then template = mw.text.trim( template ) template = ( template == "1" ) end if template then args = frame:getParent().args else args = frame.args end return Text.concatParams( args, frame.args.separator, frame.args.format ) end function p.listToFormat(frame) local lists = {} local pformat = frame.args["format"] local sep = frame.args["sep"] or ";" -- Parameter parsen: Listen for k, v in pairs(frame.args) do local knum = tonumber(k) if knum then lists[knum] = v end end -- Listen splitten local maxListLen = 0 for i = 1, #lists do lists[i] = mw.text.split(lists[i], sep) if #lists[i] > maxListLen then maxListLen = #lists[i] end end -- Ergebnisstring generieren local result = "" local result_line = "" for i = 1, maxListLen do result_line = pformat for j = 1, #lists do result_line = mw.ustring.gsub(result_line, "%%s", lists[j][i], 1) end result = result .. result_line end return result end function p.listToText( frame ) local args local template = frame.args.template if type( template ) == "string" then template = mw.text.trim( template ) template = ( template == "1" ) end if template then args = frame:getParent().args else args = frame.args end return Text.listToText( args, frame.args.format ) end function p.quote( frame ) local slang = frame.args[2] if type( slang ) == "string" then slang = mw.text.trim( slang ) if slang == "" then slang = false end end return Text.quote( frame.args[ 1 ] or "", slang, tonumber( frame.args[3] ) ) end function p.quoteUnquoted( frame ) local slang = frame.args[2] if type( slang ) == "string" then slang = mw.text.trim( slang ) if slang == "" then slang = false end end return Text.quoteUnquoted( frame.args[ 1 ] or "", slang, tonumber( frame.args[3] ) ) end function p.zip(frame) local lists = {} local seps = {} local defaultsep = frame.args["sep"] or "" local innersep = frame.args["isep"] or "" local outersep = frame.args["osep"] or "" -- Parameter parsen for k, v in pairs(frame.args) do local knum = tonumber(k) if knum then lists[knum] = v else if string.sub(k, 1, 3) == "sep" then local sepnum = tonumber(string.sub(k, 4)) if sepnum then seps[sepnum] = v end end end end -- sofern keine expliziten Separatoren angegeben sind, den Standardseparator verwenden for i = 1, math.max(#seps, #lists) do if not seps[i] then seps[i] = defaultsep end end -- Listen splitten local maxListLen = 0 for i = 1, #lists do lists[i] = mw.text.split(lists[i], seps[i]) if #lists[i] > maxListLen then maxListLen = #lists[i] end end local result = "" for i = 1, maxListLen do if i ~= 1 then result = result .. outersep end for j = 1, #lists do if j ~= 1 then result = result .. innersep end result = result .. (lists[j][i] or "") end end return result end function p.split(frame) local text = frame.args.text or frame.args[1] or '' local pattern = frame.args.pattern or frame.args[2] or '' local plain = yesNo(frame.args.plain or frame.args[3]) local index = tonumber(frame.args.index) or tonumber(frame.args[4]) or 1 local a = Text.split(text, pattern, plain) if index < 0 then index = #a + index + 1 end return a[index] end function p.failsafe() return Text.serial end p.Text = function () return Text end -- p.Text return p 651uzyv6p5vsoexbfr111b6ilkxeurw 266071 266070 2026-07-18T15:28:59Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:Text]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266070 Scribunto text/plain local yesNo = require("Module:Yesno") local Text = { serial = "2024-09-21", suite = "Text" } --[=[ Text utilities ]=] local function fiatQuote( apply, alien, advance ) -- Quote text -- Parameter: -- apply -- string, with text -- alien -- string, with language code -- advance -- number, with level 1 or 2 local r = apply and tostring(apply) or "" alien = alien or "en" advance = tonumber(advance) or 0 local suite local data = mw.loadData('Module:Text/data') local QuoteLang = data.QuoteLang local QuoteType = data.QuoteType local slang = alien:match( "^(%l+)-" ) suite = QuoteLang[alien] or slang and QuoteLang[slang] or QuoteLang["en"] if suite then local quotes = QuoteType[ suite ] if quotes then local space if quotes[ 3 ] then space = "&#160;" else space = "" end quotes = quotes[ advance ] if quotes then r = mw.ustring.format( "%s%s%s%s%s", mw.ustring.char( quotes[ 1 ] ), space, apply, space, mw.ustring.char( quotes[ 2 ] ) ) end else mw.log( "fiatQuote() " .. suite ) end end return r end -- fiatQuote() Text.char = function ( apply, again, accept ) -- Create string from codepoints -- Parameter: -- apply -- table (sequence) with numerical codepoints, or nil -- again -- number of repetitions, or nil -- accept -- true, if no error messages to be appended -- Returns: string local r = "" apply = type(apply) == "table" and apply or {} again = math.floor(tonumber(again) or 1) if again < 1 then return "" end local bad = { } local codes = { } for _, v in ipairs( apply ) do local n = tonumber(v) if not n or (n < 32 and n ~= 9 and n ~= 10) then table.insert(bad, tostring(v)) else table.insert(codes, math.floor(n)) end end if #bad > 0 then if not accept then r = tostring( mw.html.create( "span" ) :addClass( "error" ) :wikitext( "bad codepoints: " .. table.concat( bad, " " )) ) end return r end if #codes > 0 then r = mw.ustring.char( unpack( codes ) ) if again > 1 then r = r:rep(again) end end return r end -- Text.char() local function trimAndFormat(args, fmt) local result = {} if type(args) ~= 'table' then args = {args} end for _, v in ipairs(args) do v = mw.text.trim(tostring(v)) if v ~= "" then table.insert(result,fmt and mw.ustring.format(fmt, v) or v) end end return result end Text.concatParams = function ( args, apply, adapt ) -- Concat list items into one string -- Parameter: -- args -- table (sequence) with numKey=string -- apply -- string (optional); separator (default: "|") -- adapt -- string (optional); format including "%s" -- Returns: string local collect = { } return table.concat(trimAndFormat(args,adapt), apply or "|") end -- Text.concatParams() Text.containsCJK = function ( s ) -- Is any CJK code within? -- Parameter: -- s -- string -- Returns: true, if CJK detected s = s and tostring(s) or "" local patternCJK = mw.loadData('Module:Text/data').PatternCJK return mw.ustring.find( s, patternCJK ) ~= nil end -- Text.containsCJK() Text.removeDelimited = function (s, prefix, suffix) -- Remove all text in s delimited by prefix and suffix (inclusive) -- Arguments: -- s = string to process -- prefix = initial delimiter -- suffix = ending delimiter -- Returns: stripped string s = s and tostring(s) or "" prefix = prefix and tostring(prefix) or "" suffix = suffix and tostring(suffix) or "" local prefixLen = mw.ustring.len(prefix) local suffixLen = mw.ustring.len(suffix) if prefixLen == 0 or suffixLen == 0 then return s end local i = s:find(prefix, 1, true) local r = s local j while i do j = r:find(suffix, i + prefixLen) if j then r = r:sub(1, i - 1)..r:sub(j+suffixLen) else r = r:sub(1, i - 1) end i = r:find(prefix, 1, true) end return r end Text.getPlain = function ( adjust ) -- Remove wikisyntax from string, except templates -- Parameter: -- adjust -- string -- Returns: string local r = Text.removeDelimited(adjust,"<!--","-->") r = r:gsub( "(</?%l[^>]*>)", "" ) :gsub( "'''", "" ) :gsub( "''", "" ) :gsub( "&nbsp;", " " ) return r end -- Text.getPlain() Text.isLatinRange = function (s) -- Are characters expected to be latin or symbols within latin texts? -- Arguments: -- s = string to analyze -- Returns: true, if valid for latin only s = s and tostring(s) or "" --- ensure input is always string local PatternLatin = mw.loadData('Module:Text/data').PatternLatin return mw.ustring.match(s, PatternLatin) ~= nil end -- Text.isLatinRange() Text.isQuote = function ( s ) -- Is this character any quotation mark? -- Parameter: -- s = single character to analyze -- Returns: true, if s is quotation mark s = s and tostring(s) or "" if s == "" then return false end local SeekQuote = mw.loadData('Module:Text/data').SeekQuote return mw.ustring.find( SeekQuote, s, 1, true ) ~= nil end -- Text.isQuote() Text.listToText = function ( args, adapt ) -- Format list items similar to mw.text.listToText() -- Parameter: -- args -- table (sequence) with numKey=string -- adapt -- string (optional); format including "%s" -- Returns: string return mw.text.listToText(trimAndFormat(args, adapt)) end -- Text.listToText() Text.quote = function ( apply, alien, advance ) -- Quote text -- Parameter: -- apply -- string, with text -- alien -- string, with language code, or nil -- advance -- number, with level 1 or 2, or nil -- Returns: quoted string apply = apply and tostring(apply) or "" local mode, slang if type( alien ) == "string" then slang = mw.text.trim( alien ):lower() else slang = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().pageLanguage if not slang then -- TODO FIXME: Introduction expected 2017-04 slang = mw.language.getContentLanguage():getCode() end end if advance == 2 then mode = 2 else mode = 1 end return fiatQuote( mw.text.trim( apply ), slang, mode ) end -- Text.quote() Text.quoteUnquoted = function ( apply, alien, advance ) -- Quote text, if not yet quoted and not empty -- Parameter: -- apply -- string, with text -- alien -- string, with language code, or nil -- advance -- number, with level 1 or 2, or nil -- Returns: string; possibly quoted local r = mw.text.trim( apply and tostring(apply) or "" ) local s = mw.ustring.sub( r, 1, 1 ) if s ~= "" and not Text.isQuote( s, advance ) then s = mw.ustring.sub( r, -1, 1 ) if not Text.isQuote( s ) then r = Text.quote( r, alien, advance ) end end return r end -- Text.quoteUnquoted() Text.removeDiacritics = function ( adjust ) -- Remove all diacritics -- Parameter: -- adjust -- string -- Returns: string; all latin letters should be ASCII -- or basic greek or cyrillic or symbols etc. local cleanup, decomposed local PatternCombined = mw.loadData('Module:Text/data').PatternCombined decomposed = mw.ustring.toNFD( adjust and tostring(adjust) or "" ) cleanup = mw.ustring.gsub( decomposed, PatternCombined, "" ) return mw.ustring.toNFC( cleanup ) end -- Text.removeDiacritics() Text.sentenceTerminated = function ( analyse ) -- Is string terminated by dot, question or exclamation mark? -- Quotation, link termination and so on granted -- Parameter: -- analyse -- string -- Returns: true, if sentence terminated local r local PatternTerminated = mw.loadData('Module:Text/data').PatternTerminated if mw.ustring.find( analyse, PatternTerminated ) then r = true else r = false end return r end -- Text.sentenceTerminated() Text.ucfirstAll = function ( adjust) -- Capitalize all words -- Arguments: -- adjust = string to adjust -- Returns: string with all first letters in upper case adjust = adjust and tostring(adjust) or "" local r = mw.text.decode(adjust,true) local i = 1 local c, j, m m = (r ~= adjust) r = " "..r while i do i = mw.ustring.find( r, "%W%l", i ) if i then j = i + 1 c = mw.ustring.upper( mw.ustring.sub( r, j, j ) ) r = string.format( "%s%s%s", mw.ustring.sub( r, 1, i ), c, mw.ustring.sub( r, i + 2 ) ) i = j end end -- while i r = r:sub( 2 ) if m then r = mw.text.encode(r) end return r end -- Text.ucfirstAll() Text.uprightNonlatin = function ( adjust ) -- Ensure non-italics for non-latin text parts -- One single greek letter might be granted -- Precondition: -- adjust -- string -- Returns: string with non-latin parts enclosed in <span> local r local data = mw.loadData('Module:Text/data') local PatternLatin = data.PatternLatin local RangesLatin = data.RangesLatin local NumLatinRanges = data.NumLatinRanges if mw.ustring.match( adjust, PatternLatin ) then -- latin only, horizontal dashes, quotes r = adjust else local c local j = false local k = 1 local m = false local n = mw.ustring.len( adjust ) local span = "%s%s<span dir='auto' style='font-style:normal'>%s</span>" local flat = function ( a ) -- isLatin local range -- NumLatinRanges has to be precomputed because # does not work from loadData for i = 1, NumLatinRanges do range = RangesLatin[ i ] if a >= range[ 1 ] and a <= range[ 2 ] then return true end end -- for i end -- flat() local focus = function ( a ) -- char is not ambivalent local r = ( a > 64 ) if r then r = ( a < 8192 or a > 8212 ) else r = ( a == 38 or a == 60 ) -- '&' '<' end return r end -- focus() local form = function ( a ) return string.format( span, r, mw.ustring.sub( adjust, k, j - 1 ), mw.ustring.sub( adjust, j, a ) ) end -- form() r = "" for i = 1, n do c = mw.ustring.codepoint( adjust, i, i ) if focus( c ) then if flat( c ) then if j then if m then if i == m then -- single greek letter. j = false end m = false end if j then local nx = i - 1 local s = "" for ix = nx, 1, -1 do c = mw.ustring.sub( adjust, ix, ix ) if c == " " or c == "(" then nx = nx - 1 s = c .. s else break -- for ix end end -- for ix r = form( nx ) .. s j = false k = i end end elseif not j then j = i if c >= 880 and c <= 1023 then -- single greek letter? m = i + 1 else m = false end end elseif m then m = m + 1 end end -- for i if j and ( not m or m < n ) then r = form( n ) else r = r .. mw.ustring.sub( adjust, k ) end end return r end -- Text.uprightNonlatin() Text.test = function ( about ) local r if about == "quote" then data = mw.loadData('Module:Text/data') r = { } r.QuoteLang = data.QuoteLang r.QuoteType = data.QuoteType end return r end -- Text.test() -- Non Unicode-aware version of mw.text.split and mw.text.gsplit -- based on [[phab:diffusion/ELUA/browse/master/includes/Engines/LuaCommon/lualib/mw.text.lua]] -- These run up to 60 times faster than the Unicode-aware versions Text.split = function ( text, pattern, plain ) local ret = {} for m in Text.gsplit( text, pattern, plain ) do ret[#ret+1] = m end return ret end Text.gsplit = function ( text, pattern, plain ) local s, l = 1, string.len( text ) return function () if s then local e, n = string.find( text, pattern, s, plain ) local ret if not e then ret = string.sub( text, s ) s = nil elseif n < e then -- Empty separator! ret = string.sub( text, s, e ) if e < l then s = e + 1 else s = nil end else ret = e > s and string.sub( text, s, e - 1 ) or '' s = n + 1 end return ret end end, nil, nil end -- Export local p = { } for _, func in ipairs({'containsCJK','isLatinRange','isQuote','sentenceTerminated'}) do p[func] = function (frame) return Text[func]( frame.args[ 1 ] or "" ) and "1" or "" end end for _, func in ipairs({'getPlain','removeDiacritics','ucfirstAll','uprightNonlatin'}) do p[func] = function (frame) return Text[func]( frame.args[ 1 ] or "" ) end end function p.char( frame ) local params = frame:getParent().args local story = params[ 1 ] local codes, lenient, multiple if not story then params = frame.args story = params[ 1 ] end if story then local items = mw.text.split( mw.text.trim(story), "%s+" ) if #items > 0 then local j lenient = (yesNo(params.errors) == false) codes = { } multiple = tonumber( params[ "*" ] ) for _, v in ipairs( items ) do j = tonumber((v:sub( 1, 1 ) == "x" and "0" or "") .. v) table.insert( codes, j or v ) end end end return Text.char( codes, multiple, lenient ) end function p.concatParams( frame ) local args local template = frame.args.template if type( template ) == "string" then template = mw.text.trim( template ) template = ( template == "1" ) end if template then args = frame:getParent().args else args = frame.args end return Text.concatParams( args, frame.args.separator, frame.args.format ) end function p.listToFormat(frame) local lists = {} local pformat = frame.args["format"] local sep = frame.args["sep"] or ";" -- Parameter parsen: Listen for k, v in pairs(frame.args) do local knum = tonumber(k) if knum then lists[knum] = v end end -- Listen splitten local maxListLen = 0 for i = 1, #lists do lists[i] = mw.text.split(lists[i], sep) if #lists[i] > maxListLen then maxListLen = #lists[i] end end -- Ergebnisstring generieren local result = "" local result_line = "" for i = 1, maxListLen do result_line = pformat for j = 1, #lists do result_line = mw.ustring.gsub(result_line, "%%s", lists[j][i], 1) end result = result .. result_line end return result end function p.listToText( frame ) local args local template = frame.args.template if type( template ) == "string" then template = mw.text.trim( template ) template = ( template == "1" ) end if template then args = frame:getParent().args else args = frame.args end return Text.listToText( args, frame.args.format ) end function p.quote( frame ) local slang = frame.args[2] if type( slang ) == "string" then slang = mw.text.trim( slang ) if slang == "" then slang = false end end return Text.quote( frame.args[ 1 ] or "", slang, tonumber( frame.args[3] ) ) end function p.quoteUnquoted( frame ) local slang = frame.args[2] if type( slang ) == "string" then slang = mw.text.trim( slang ) if slang == "" then slang = false end end return Text.quoteUnquoted( frame.args[ 1 ] or "", slang, tonumber( frame.args[3] ) ) end function p.zip(frame) local lists = {} local seps = {} local defaultsep = frame.args["sep"] or "" local innersep = frame.args["isep"] or "" local outersep = frame.args["osep"] or "" -- Parameter parsen for k, v in pairs(frame.args) do local knum = tonumber(k) if knum then lists[knum] = v else if string.sub(k, 1, 3) == "sep" then local sepnum = tonumber(string.sub(k, 4)) if sepnum then seps[sepnum] = v end end end end -- sofern keine expliziten Separatoren angegeben sind, den Standardseparator verwenden for i = 1, math.max(#seps, #lists) do if not seps[i] then seps[i] = defaultsep end end -- Listen splitten local maxListLen = 0 for i = 1, #lists do lists[i] = mw.text.split(lists[i], seps[i]) if #lists[i] > maxListLen then maxListLen = #lists[i] end end local result = "" for i = 1, maxListLen do if i ~= 1 then result = result .. outersep end for j = 1, #lists do if j ~= 1 then result = result .. innersep end result = result .. (lists[j][i] or "") end end return result end function p.split(frame) local text = frame.args.text or frame.args[1] or '' local pattern = frame.args.pattern or frame.args[2] or '' local plain = yesNo(frame.args.plain or frame.args[3]) local index = tonumber(frame.args.index) or tonumber(frame.args[4]) or 1 local a = Text.split(text, pattern, plain) if index < 0 then index = #a + index + 1 end return a[index] end function p.failsafe() return Text.serial end p.Text = function () return Text end -- p.Text return p 651uzyv6p5vsoexbfr111b6ilkxeurw 10 26589 266078 2025-11-28T06:15:06Z en>Zackmann08 0 Refactor to use [[Module:Official website]] 266078 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Official website|url}}</includeonly><!-- --><noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> l4ap0jm72eh5ulg4u508h37vdgu4kvg 266079 266078 2026-07-18T15:29:00Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Template:Official_URL]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266078 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Official website|url}}</includeonly><!-- --><noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> l4ap0jm72eh5ulg4u508h37vdgu4kvg 10 26590 266080 2018-01-10T19:17:03Z en>Primefac 0 Protected "[[Template:Infobox Convention]]": [[WP:SEMI|semi-protecting]] highly-visible templates in response to recent template-space vandalism ([Edit=Require autoconfirmed or confirmed access] (indefinite) [Move=Require autoconfirmed or confirmed acc... 266080 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Infobox recurring event]] t12jbz2w5p9hmp7d9o3pg39ft6dersn 266081 266080 2026-07-18T15:29:00Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Template:Infobox_Convention]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266080 wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Infobox recurring event]] t12jbz2w5p9hmp7d9o3pg39ft6dersn 10 26591 266088 2026-04-09T21:11:19Z en>Plighting Engineerd 0 Remove fixed colors (helps with dark mode) 266088 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Navbox with columns |name = WikiProject Amusement Park templates |title = [[Wikipedia:WikiProject Amusement Parks/Templates|WikiProject Amusement Park Infobox Templates]] |state = {{{state<includeonly>|expanded</includeonly>}}} |colstyle = text-align:center; vertical-align:middle; |colwidth = 14.2857% |col1 = [[Template:Infobox amusement park|Amusement parks]] |col2 = [[Template:Infobox water park|Water parks]] |col3 = [[Template:Infobox roller coaster|Roller coasters]]<br/>([[Template:Infobox dual roller coaster|dual-tracked]]) |col4 = [[Template:Infobox water ride|Water rides]] |col5 = [[Template:Infobox attraction|Other attractions]] |col6 = [[Template:Infobox attraction model|Attraction models]] |col7 = [[Template:Infobox recurring event|Events]] }}<noinclude> [[Category:WikiProject Amusement Parks]] </noinclude> mjkjacdngy3fdkbjaxkqxjsybombzcn 266089 266088 2026-07-18T15:29:01Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Template:WikiProject_Amusement_Park_templates]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266088 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Navbox with columns |name = WikiProject Amusement Park templates |title = [[Wikipedia:WikiProject Amusement Parks/Templates|WikiProject Amusement Park Infobox Templates]] |state = {{{state<includeonly>|expanded</includeonly>}}} |colstyle = text-align:center; vertical-align:middle; |colwidth = 14.2857% |col1 = [[Template:Infobox amusement park|Amusement parks]] |col2 = [[Template:Infobox water park|Water parks]] |col3 = [[Template:Infobox roller coaster|Roller coasters]]<br/>([[Template:Infobox dual roller coaster|dual-tracked]]) |col4 = [[Template:Infobox water ride|Water rides]] |col5 = [[Template:Infobox attraction|Other attractions]] |col6 = [[Template:Infobox attraction model|Attraction models]] |col7 = [[Template:Infobox recurring event|Events]] }}<noinclude> [[Category:WikiProject Amusement Parks]] </noinclude> mjkjacdngy3fdkbjaxkqxjsybombzcn 828 26592 266092 2025-12-28T03:34:01Z en>Zackmann08 0 Zackmann08 moved page [[Module:Check for clobbered parameters]] to [[Module:Check for conflicting parameters]]: renaming module per [[special:Permalink/1329078454#Rename|discussion]] 266092 Scribunto text/plain local p = {} local function trim(s) return s:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') end local function isnotempty(s) return s and s:match('%S') end function p.check(frame) local args = frame.args local pargs = frame:getParent().args local checknested = isnotempty(args['nested']) local delimiter = isnotempty(args['delimiter']) and args['delimiter'] or ';' local argpairs = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if type(k) == 'number' then local plist = mw.text.split(v, delimiter) local pfound = {} local count = 0 for ii, vv in ipairs(plist) do vv = trim(vv) if checknested and pargs[vv] or isnotempty(pargs[vv]) then count = count + 1 table.insert(pfound, vv) end end if count > 1 then table.insert(argpairs, pfound) end end end local warnmsg = {} local res = '' local cat = '' if args['cat'] and mw.ustring.match(args['cat'],'^[Cc][Aa][Tt][Ee][Gg][Oo][Rr][Yy]:') then cat = args['cat'] end local template = args['template'] and ' in ' .. args['template'] or '' if #argpairs > 0 then for i, v in ipairs( argpairs ) do table.insert( warnmsg, mw.ustring.format( 'Using more than one of the following parameters%s: <code>%s</code>.', template, table.concat(v, '</code>, <code>') ) ) if cat ~= '' then res = res .. '[[' .. cat .. '|' .. (v[1] == '' and ' ' or '') .. v[1] .. ']]' end end end if #warnmsg > 0 then res = require('Module:If preview')._warning({ table.concat(warnmsg, '<br>') }) .. res end return res end return p 59n770hna40q9pw4oa0dsp86euaks0u 266093 266092 2026-07-18T15:29:03Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:Check_for_conflicting_parameters]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266092 Scribunto text/plain local p = {} local function trim(s) return s:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') end local function isnotempty(s) return s and s:match('%S') end function p.check(frame) local args = frame.args local pargs = frame:getParent().args local checknested = isnotempty(args['nested']) local delimiter = isnotempty(args['delimiter']) and args['delimiter'] or ';' local argpairs = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if type(k) == 'number' then local plist = mw.text.split(v, delimiter) local pfound = {} local count = 0 for ii, vv in ipairs(plist) do vv = trim(vv) if checknested and pargs[vv] or isnotempty(pargs[vv]) then count = count + 1 table.insert(pfound, vv) end end if count > 1 then table.insert(argpairs, pfound) end end end local warnmsg = {} local res = '' local cat = '' if args['cat'] and mw.ustring.match(args['cat'],'^[Cc][Aa][Tt][Ee][Gg][Oo][Rr][Yy]:') then cat = args['cat'] end local template = args['template'] and ' in ' .. args['template'] or '' if #argpairs > 0 then for i, v in ipairs( argpairs ) do table.insert( warnmsg, mw.ustring.format( 'Using more than one of the following parameters%s: <code>%s</code>.', template, table.concat(v, '</code>, <code>') ) ) if cat ~= '' then res = res .. '[[' .. cat .. '|' .. (v[1] == '' and ' ' or '') .. v[1] .. ']]' end end end if #warnmsg > 0 then res = require('Module:If preview')._warning({ table.concat(warnmsg, '<br>') }) .. res end return res end return p 59n770hna40q9pw4oa0dsp86euaks0u 828 26593 266094 2026-05-11T10:07:57Z en>MSGJ 0 Changed protection settings for "[[Module:Sister project logo]]": used on [[Template:Wikipedia's sister projects]] which is fully protected ([Edit=Require administrator access] (indefinite) [Move=Require administrator access] (indefinite)) 266094 Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local p = {} -- Lazy-load logo file names and other metadata local data = mw.loadData('Module:Sister project logo/data') -- Convert table of arguments into wiki image markup local function imageMarkup(args) local x = {} -- positional arguments first for _, arg in ipairs(args) do table.insert(x,arg) end -- named arguments converted to foo=bar for k, v in pairs(args) do if not tonumber(k) then table.insert(x,k..'='..v) end end return '[['..table.concat(x,'|')..']]' end function p._main(args) local localArgs = {} -- map possibly verbose project argument into canonical project string local project = args.project and args.project:lower() project = data.projectMap[project] or project -- image=none means bail (for [[Template:Sister project]]) if args.image == 'none' then return '' -- if image specified, return it instead of stored logo (for [[Template:Sister project]]) elseif args.image then return args.image else local logoImage = data.logo[project] -- if project is unknown, use Wikimedia logo (for [[Template:Sister project]]) if not logoImage then project = 'wm' logoImage = data.logo['wm'] end table.insert(localArgs,'File:'..logoImage) end -- size=large means use sizes from [[Template:Wikipedia's sister projects]] -- size defaults to 40x40px (for [[Template:Sister project]]) table.insert(localArgs,args.size == 'large' and (data.largeSize[project] or '35px') or args.size or '40x40px') -- if logo is PD, blank link and alt (to suppress from screen readers) if data.PDicon[project] then localArgs.link = '' localArgs.alt = '' else localArgs.alt = data.logoAlt[project] end -- For dark mode, flip dark-on-light icons to be light-on-dark -- Also: use editor-specified classes (for [[Template:Sister-inline]]) localArgs.class = "noviewer"..(data.darkOnLight[project] and " skin-invert-image" or "") ..(args.class and " "..args.class or "") return imageMarkup(localArgs) end function p.main(frame) local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame) return p._main(args) or '' end return p 0pipv4aule2ozdl2ed4e2r0imenbloz 266095 266094 2026-07-18T15:29:03Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:Sister_project_logo]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266094 Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local p = {} -- Lazy-load logo file names and other metadata local data = mw.loadData('Module:Sister project logo/data') -- Convert table of arguments into wiki image markup local function imageMarkup(args) local x = {} -- positional arguments first for _, arg in ipairs(args) do table.insert(x,arg) end -- named arguments converted to foo=bar for k, v in pairs(args) do if not tonumber(k) then table.insert(x,k..'='..v) end end return '[['..table.concat(x,'|')..']]' end function p._main(args) local localArgs = {} -- map possibly verbose project argument into canonical project string local project = args.project and args.project:lower() project = data.projectMap[project] or project -- image=none means bail (for [[Template:Sister project]]) if args.image == 'none' then return '' -- if image specified, return it instead of stored logo (for [[Template:Sister project]]) elseif args.image then return args.image else local logoImage = data.logo[project] -- if project is unknown, use Wikimedia logo (for [[Template:Sister project]]) if not logoImage then project = 'wm' logoImage = data.logo['wm'] end table.insert(localArgs,'File:'..logoImage) end -- size=large means use sizes from [[Template:Wikipedia's sister projects]] -- size defaults to 40x40px (for [[Template:Sister project]]) table.insert(localArgs,args.size == 'large' and (data.largeSize[project] or '35px') or args.size or '40x40px') -- if logo is PD, blank link and alt (to suppress from screen readers) if data.PDicon[project] then localArgs.link = '' localArgs.alt = '' else localArgs.alt = data.logoAlt[project] end -- For dark mode, flip dark-on-light icons to be light-on-dark -- Also: use editor-specified classes (for [[Template:Sister-inline]]) localArgs.class = "noviewer"..(data.darkOnLight[project] and " skin-invert-image" or "") ..(args.class and " "..args.class or "") return imageMarkup(localArgs) end function p.main(frame) local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame) return p._main(args) or '' end return p 0pipv4aule2ozdl2ed4e2r0imenbloz 828 26594 266096 2026-05-11T10:08:21Z en>MSGJ 0 Changed protection settings for "[[Module:Sister project logo/data]]": used on [[Template:Wikipedia's sister projects]] which is fully protected ([Edit=Require administrator access] (indefinite) [Move=Require administrator access] (indefinite)) 266096 Scribunto text/plain -- map of verbose project names to canonical ones local projectMap = { commons = 'c', commonscat = 'c', ["wikimedia commons"] = 'c', meta = 'm', metawiki = 'm', ["meta-wiki"] = 'm', wikibooks = 'b', wbk = 'b', wb = 'b', cookbook = 'b', wikijunior = 'b', wikidata = 'd', data = 'd', wikiquote = 'q', quote = 'q', wqt = 'q', wikipedia = 'iw', wp = 'iw', w = 'iw', iw1 = 'iw', iw2 = 'iw', wikisource = 's', source = 's', ws = 's', wikisource2 = 's', source2 = 's', ws2 = 's', s2 = 's', wiktionary = 'wikt', wkt = 'wikt', wdy = 'wikt', wikinews = 'n', news = 'n', wnw = 'n', wikispecies = 'species', wikiversity='v', wvy='v', wikivoyage = 'voy', voyage = 'voy', mediawiki = 'mw', outreachwiki = 'outreach', wikifunctions = 'f' } -- logos per project local logo = { c = "Commons-logo.svg", m = 'Wikimedia Community Logo.svg', b = 'Wikibooks-logo.svg', d = 'Wikidata-logo.svg', q = 'Wikiquote-logo.svg', iw = 'Wikipedia-logo-v2.svg', s = 'Wikisource-logo.svg', wikt = 'Wiktionary-logo-en-v2.svg', n = 'Wikinews-logo.svg', species = 'Wikispecies-logo.svg', v = 'Wikiversity logo 2017.svg', voy = 'Wikivoyage-Logo-v3-icon.svg', mw = 'MediaWiki-2020-icon.svg', outreach = 'Wikimedia Outreach.png', incubator = 'Incubator-notext.svg', f = 'Wikifunctions-logo.svg', wm = 'Wikimedia-logo.svg' } -- which logos are PD and don't need link/alt local PDicon = { m=true,q=true,d=true,outreach=true,wm=true } -- which logos are dark and light and should flip in dark mode local darkOnLight = {wikt=true} -- descriptive alt local logoAlt = { c = 'Wikimedia Commons logo', m = 'Meta-Wiki logo', b = 'Wikibooks logo', d = 'Wikidata logo', q = 'Wikiquote logo', iw = 'Wikipedia logo', s = 'Wikisource logo', wikt = 'Wiktionary logo', n = 'Wikinews logo', species = 'Wikispecies logo', v = 'Wikiversity logo', voy = 'Wikivoyage logo', mw = 'MediaWiki logo', outreach = 'Wikimedia Outreach logo', incubator = 'Wikimedia Incubator logo', f = 'Wikifunctions logo', wm = 'Wikimedia logo' } -- size for [[Template:Wikipedia's sister projects]], defaults to 35px local largeSize = { c = '31px', d = '47px', n = '51px', v = '41px' } return {projectMap=projectMap, logo=logo, PDicon=PDicon, darkOnLight=darkOnLight, logoAlt=logoAlt, largeSize=largeSize} dil9atzat8xhmn759cjoa7g4nzleawp 266097 266096 2026-07-18T15:29:03Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:Sister_project_logo/data]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266096 Scribunto text/plain -- map of verbose project names to canonical ones local projectMap = { commons = 'c', commonscat = 'c', ["wikimedia commons"] = 'c', meta = 'm', metawiki = 'm', ["meta-wiki"] = 'm', wikibooks = 'b', wbk = 'b', wb = 'b', cookbook = 'b', wikijunior = 'b', wikidata = 'd', data = 'd', wikiquote = 'q', quote = 'q', wqt = 'q', wikipedia = 'iw', wp = 'iw', w = 'iw', iw1 = 'iw', iw2 = 'iw', wikisource = 's', source = 's', ws = 's', wikisource2 = 's', source2 = 's', ws2 = 's', s2 = 's', wiktionary = 'wikt', wkt = 'wikt', wdy = 'wikt', wikinews = 'n', news = 'n', wnw = 'n', wikispecies = 'species', wikiversity='v', wvy='v', wikivoyage = 'voy', voyage = 'voy', mediawiki = 'mw', outreachwiki = 'outreach', wikifunctions = 'f' } -- logos per project local logo = { c = "Commons-logo.svg", m = 'Wikimedia Community Logo.svg', b = 'Wikibooks-logo.svg', d = 'Wikidata-logo.svg', q = 'Wikiquote-logo.svg', iw = 'Wikipedia-logo-v2.svg', s = 'Wikisource-logo.svg', wikt = 'Wiktionary-logo-en-v2.svg', n = 'Wikinews-logo.svg', species = 'Wikispecies-logo.svg', v = 'Wikiversity logo 2017.svg', voy = 'Wikivoyage-Logo-v3-icon.svg', mw = 'MediaWiki-2020-icon.svg', outreach = 'Wikimedia Outreach.png', incubator = 'Incubator-notext.svg', f = 'Wikifunctions-logo.svg', wm = 'Wikimedia-logo.svg' } -- which logos are PD and don't need link/alt local PDicon = { m=true,q=true,d=true,outreach=true,wm=true } -- which logos are dark and light and should flip in dark mode local darkOnLight = {wikt=true} -- descriptive alt local logoAlt = { c = 'Wikimedia Commons logo', m = 'Meta-Wiki logo', b = 'Wikibooks logo', d = 'Wikidata logo', q = 'Wikiquote logo', iw = 'Wikipedia logo', s = 'Wikisource logo', wikt = 'Wiktionary logo', n = 'Wikinews logo', species = 'Wikispecies logo', v = 'Wikiversity logo', voy = 'Wikivoyage logo', mw = 'MediaWiki logo', outreach = 'Wikimedia Outreach logo', incubator = 'Wikimedia Incubator logo', f = 'Wikifunctions logo', wm = 'Wikimedia logo' } -- size for [[Template:Wikipedia's sister projects]], defaults to 35px local largeSize = { c = '31px', d = '47px', n = '51px', v = '41px' } return {projectMap=projectMap, logo=logo, PDicon=PDicon, darkOnLight=darkOnLight, logoAlt=logoAlt, largeSize=largeSize} dil9atzat8xhmn759cjoa7g4nzleawp 10 26595 266098 2021-09-28T03:40:57Z en>MusikBot II 0 Protected "[[Template:Template link with bold]]": [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|High-risk template or module]]: 464 transclusions ([[User:MusikBot II/TemplateProtector|more info]]) ([Edit=Require autoconfirmed or confirmed access] (indefinite)) 266098 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#Invoke:Template link general|main|bold=on}}<noinclude> {{Documentation|1=Template:Tlg/doc |content = {{tlg/doc|tlb}} }} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> n7m4iye4a3bll5v8ee1fe7fjm4w193m 266099 266098 2026-07-18T15:29:37Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Template:Template_link_with_bold]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266098 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#Invoke:Template link general|main|bold=on}}<noinclude> {{Documentation|1=Template:Tlg/doc |content = {{tlg/doc|tlb}} }} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> n7m4iye4a3bll5v8ee1fe7fjm4w193m 828 26596 266108 2026-02-08T02:52:34Z en>Andrybak 0 tweak CSS var 266108 Scribunto text/plain --[=[ Configuration for [[Module:Format TemplateData]] on enwiki mw.loadData() ]=] local Serial = "2026-01-25" return { catProblem = "Templates with TemplateData errors", classMultiColumns = "column-multiple", classNoNumTOC = "nonumtoc", classTable = { "wikitable", "templatedata-params" }, cssParWrap = { ["margin-left"] = "-1em", ["margin-right"] = "-1em" }, cssParams = { ["border"] = "thin solid var(--background-color-progressive-subtle, #b3b7ff)", ["margin-left"] = "auto", ["margin-right"] = "auto" }, docpageCreate = "%s/doc", docpageDetect = "/doc$", failsafe = Serial, helpAliases = "mediawikiwiki:Special:MyLanguage/Help:TemplateData#aliases", helpBoolean = "mediawikiwiki:Special:MyLanguage/Help:TemplateData#boolean", helpContent = "mediawikiwiki:Special:MyLanguage/Help:TemplateData#Content", helpDate = "mediawikiwiki:Special:MyLanguage/Help:TemplateData#date", helpDefault = "mediawikiwiki:Special:MyLanguage/Help:TemplateData#default", helpFile = "mediawikiwiki:Special:MyLanguage/Help:TemplateData#wiki-file-name", helpFormat = "mediawikiwiki:Special:MyLanguage/Help:TemplateData#format", helpLine = "mediawikiwiki:Special:MyLanguage/Help:TemplateData#line", helpNumber = "mediawikiwiki:Special:MyLanguage/Help:TemplateData#number", helpPage = "mediawikiwiki:Special:MyLanguage/Help:TemplateData#wiki-page-name", helpString = "mediawikiwiki:Special:MyLanguage/Help:TemplateData#string", helpTemplate = "mediawikiwiki:Special:MyLanguage/Help:TemplateData#wiki-template-name", helpURL = "mediawikiwiki:Special:MyLanguage/Help:TemplateData#url", helpUser = "mediawikiwiki:Special:MyLanguage/Help:TemplateData#wiki-user-name", msgDescMiss = "missing <code>description</code>", permit = { boole = { [true] = { css = { ["color"] = "var(--color-content-added, #050)", ["font-weight"] = "700" }, lead = false, show = "True" }, [false] = { css = { ["color"] = "var(--color-content-removed, #610)", ["font-weight"] = "700" }, lead = false, show = "False" } }, css = { bg = {}, deprecated = { ["background-color"] = "var(--background-color-destructive-subtle, #fdd)", ["border-left"] = "3px dotted var(--color-error, red)", ["color"] = "var(--color-base, #000)" }, fg = {}, optional = { ["border-left"] = "3px solid #ccc", ["color"] = "var(--color-base, #000)" }, required = { ["border-left"] = "3px solid #000", ["color"] = "var(--color-base, #000)" }, suggested = { ["border-left"] = "3px solid var(--border-color-subtle, #888)", ["color"] = "var(--color-base, #000)" }, tableheadbg = { ["background-color"] = "var(--background-color-progressive-subtle, #b3b7ff)", ["color"] = "var(--color-base, #000)" } } }, serial = Serial, tStylesMultiColumns = "column-multiple", tStylesTOCnum = "TOC nonum" } e6fbd7n2uwkbhyfp2eckf8akjlz0ps2 266109 266108 2026-07-18T15:29:38Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:Format_TemplateData/config]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266108 Scribunto text/plain --[=[ Configuration for [[Module:Format TemplateData]] on enwiki mw.loadData() ]=] local Serial = "2026-01-25" return { catProblem = "Templates with TemplateData errors", classMultiColumns = "column-multiple", classNoNumTOC = "nonumtoc", classTable = { "wikitable", "templatedata-params" }, cssParWrap = { ["margin-left"] = "-1em", ["margin-right"] = "-1em" }, cssParams = { ["border"] = "thin solid var(--background-color-progressive-subtle, #b3b7ff)", ["margin-left"] = "auto", ["margin-right"] = "auto" }, docpageCreate = "%s/doc", docpageDetect = "/doc$", failsafe = Serial, helpAliases = "mediawikiwiki:Special:MyLanguage/Help:TemplateData#aliases", helpBoolean = "mediawikiwiki:Special:MyLanguage/Help:TemplateData#boolean", helpContent = "mediawikiwiki:Special:MyLanguage/Help:TemplateData#Content", helpDate = "mediawikiwiki:Special:MyLanguage/Help:TemplateData#date", helpDefault = "mediawikiwiki:Special:MyLanguage/Help:TemplateData#default", helpFile = "mediawikiwiki:Special:MyLanguage/Help:TemplateData#wiki-file-name", helpFormat = "mediawikiwiki:Special:MyLanguage/Help:TemplateData#format", helpLine = "mediawikiwiki:Special:MyLanguage/Help:TemplateData#line", helpNumber = "mediawikiwiki:Special:MyLanguage/Help:TemplateData#number", helpPage = "mediawikiwiki:Special:MyLanguage/Help:TemplateData#wiki-page-name", helpString = "mediawikiwiki:Special:MyLanguage/Help:TemplateData#string", helpTemplate = "mediawikiwiki:Special:MyLanguage/Help:TemplateData#wiki-template-name", helpURL = "mediawikiwiki:Special:MyLanguage/Help:TemplateData#url", helpUser = "mediawikiwiki:Special:MyLanguage/Help:TemplateData#wiki-user-name", msgDescMiss = "missing <code>description</code>", permit = { boole = { [true] = { css = { ["color"] = "var(--color-content-added, #050)", ["font-weight"] = "700" }, lead = false, show = "True" }, [false] = { css = { ["color"] = "var(--color-content-removed, #610)", ["font-weight"] = "700" }, lead = false, show = "False" } }, css = { bg = {}, deprecated = { ["background-color"] = "var(--background-color-destructive-subtle, #fdd)", ["border-left"] = "3px dotted var(--color-error, red)", ["color"] = "var(--color-base, #000)" }, fg = {}, optional = { ["border-left"] = "3px solid #ccc", ["color"] = "var(--color-base, #000)" }, required = { ["border-left"] = "3px solid #000", ["color"] = "var(--color-base, #000)" }, suggested = { ["border-left"] = "3px solid var(--border-color-subtle, #888)", ["color"] = "var(--color-base, #000)" }, tableheadbg = { ["background-color"] = "var(--background-color-progressive-subtle, #b3b7ff)", ["color"] = "var(--color-base, #000)" } } }, serial = Serial, tStylesMultiColumns = "column-multiple", tStylesTOCnum = "TOC nonum" } e6fbd7n2uwkbhyfp2eckf8akjlz0ps2 828 26597 266110 2022-08-09T00:07:40Z en>Sdrqaz 0 Protected "[[Module:Multilingual]]": [[WP:High-risk templates|High-risk Lua module]]: [[Special:Diff/1103230387/1103232518|Requested by Pppery at RfPP]]. Used in [[Module:Format TemplateData]], which is semi-protected and has 516 transclusions ([Edit=Require autoconfirmed or confirmed access] (indefinite)) 266110 Scribunto text/plain local Multilingual = { suite = "Multilingual", serial = "2020-12-10", item = 47541920, globals = { ISO15924 = 71584769, WLink = 19363224 } } --[=[ Utilities for multilingual texts and ISO 639 (BCP47) issues etc. * fair() * fallback() * findCode() * fix() * format() * getBase() * getLang() * getName() * i18n() * int() * isLang() * isLangWiki() * isMinusculable() * isRTL() * message() * sitelink() * tabData() * userLang() * userLangCode() * wikibase() * failsafe() loadData: Multilingual/config Multilingual/names ]=] local Failsafe = Multilingual local GlobalMod = Multilingual local GlobalData = Multilingual local User = { sniffer = "showpreview" } Multilingual.globals.Multilingual = Multilingual.item Multilingual.exotic = { simple = true, no = true } Multilingual.prefer = { cs = true, de = true, en = true, es = true, fr = true, it = true, nl = true, pt = true, ru = true, sv = true } local foreignModule = function ( access, advanced, append, alt, alert ) -- Fetch global module -- Precondition: -- access -- string, with name of base module -- advanced -- true, for require(); else mw.loadData() -- append -- string, with subpage part, if any; or false -- alt -- number, of wikidata item of root; or false -- alert -- true, for throwing error on data problem -- Postcondition: -- Returns whatever, probably table -- 2020-01-01 local storage = access local finer = function () if append then storage = string.format( "%s/%s", storage, append ) end end local fun, lucky, r, suited if advanced then fun = require else fun = mw.loadData end GlobalMod.globalModules = GlobalMod.globalModules or { } suited = GlobalMod.globalModules[ access ] if not suited then finer() lucky, r = pcall( fun, "Module:" .. storage ) end if not lucky then if not suited and type( alt ) == "number" and alt > 0 then suited = string.format( "Q%d", alt ) suited = mw.wikibase.getSitelink( suited ) GlobalMod.globalModules[ access ] = suited or true end if type( suited ) == "string" then storage = suited finer() lucky, r = pcall( fun, storage ) end if not lucky and alert then error( "Missing or invalid page: " .. storage ) end end return r end -- foreignModule() local fetchData = function ( access ) -- Retrieve translated keyword from commons:Data:****.tab -- Precondition: -- access -- string, with page identification on Commons -- Returns table, with data, or string, with error message -- 2019-12-05 local storage = access local r if type( storage ) == "string" then local s storage = mw.text.trim( storage ) s = storage:lower() if s:sub( 1, 2 ) == "c:" then storage = mw.text.trim( storage:sub( 3 ) ) s = storage:lower() elseif s:sub( 1, 8 ) == "commons:" then storage = mw.text.trim( storage:sub( 9 ) ) s = storage:lower() end if s:sub( 1, 5 ) == "data:" then storage = mw.text.trim( storage:sub( 6 ) ) s = storage:lower() end if s == "" or s == ".tab" then storage = false elseif s:sub( -4 ) == ".tab" then storage = storage:sub( 1, -5 ) .. ".tab" else storage = storage .. ".tab" end end if type( storage ) == "string" then local data if type( GlobalData.TabDATA ) ~= "table" then GlobalData.TabDATA = { } end data = GlobalData.TabDATA[ storage ] if data then r = data else local lucky lucky, data = pcall( mw.ext.data.get, storage, "_" ) if type( data ) == "table" then data = data.data if type( data ) == "table" then GlobalData.TabDATA[ storage ] = data else r = string.format( "%s [[%s%s]]", "INVALID Data:*.tab", "commons:Data:", storage ) end else r = "BAD PAGE Data:*.tab &#8211; commons:" .. storage end if r then GlobalData.TabDATA[ storage ] = r data = false else r = data end end else r = "BAD PAGE commons:Data:*.tab" end return r end -- fetchData() local favorites = function () -- Provide fallback codes -- Postcondition: -- Returns table with sequence of preferred languages -- * ahead elements -- * user (not yet accessible) -- * page content language (not yet accessible) -- * page name subpage -- * project -- * en local r = Multilingual.polyglott if not r then local self = mw.language.getContentLanguage():getCode():lower() local sub = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().subpageText local f = function ( add ) local s = add for i = 1, #r do if r[ i ] == s then s = false break -- for i end end -- for i if s then table.insert( r, s ) end end r = { } if sub:find( "/", 2, true ) then sub = sub:match( "/(%l%l%l?)$" ) if sub then table.insert( r, sub ) end elseif sub:find( "^%l%l%l?%-?%a?%a?%a?%a?$" ) and mw.language.isSupportedLanguage( sub ) then table.insert( r, sub ) end f( self ) f( "en" ) Multilingual.polyglott = r end return r end -- favorites() local feasible = function ( ask, accept ) -- Is ask to be supported by application? -- Precondition: -- ask -- lowercase code -- accept -- sequence table, with offered lowercase codes -- Postcondition: -- nil, or true local r for i = 1, #accept do if accept[ i ] == ask then r = true break -- for i end end -- for i return r end -- feasible() local fetch = function ( access, append ) -- Attach config or library module -- Precondition: -- access -- module title -- append -- string, with subpage part of this; or false -- Postcondition: -- Returns: table, with library, or false local got, sign if append then sign = string.format( "%s/%s", access, append ) else sign = access end if type( Multilingual.ext ) ~= "table" then Multilingual.ext = { } end got = Multilingual.ext[ sign ] if not got and got ~= false then local global = Multilingual.globals[ access ] local lib = ( not append or append == "config" ) got = foreignModule( access, lib, append, global ) if type( got ) == "table" then if lib then local startup = got[ access ] if type( startup ) == "function" then got = startup() end end else got = false end Multilingual.ext[ sign ] = got end return got end -- fetch() local fetchISO639 = function ( access ) -- Retrieve table from commons:Data:ISO639/***.tab -- Precondition: -- access -- string, with subpage identification -- Postcondition: -- Returns table, with data, even empty local r if type( Multilingual.iso639 ) ~= "table" then Multilingual.iso639 = { } end r = Multilingual.iso639[ access ] if type( r ) == "nil" then local raw = fetchData( "ISO639/" .. access ) if type( raw ) == "table" then local t r = { } for i = 1, #raw do t = raw[ i ] if type( t ) == "table" and type( t[ 1 ] ) == "string" and type( t[ 2 ] ) == "string" then r[ t[ 1 ] ] = t[ 2 ] else break -- for i end end -- for i else r = false end Multilingual.iso639[ access ] = r end return r or { } end -- fetchISO639() local fill = function ( access, alien, frame ) -- Expand language name template -- Precondition: -- access -- string, with language code -- alien -- language code for which to be generated -- frame -- frame, if available -- Postcondition: -- Returns string local template = Multilingual.tmplLang local r if type( template ) ~= "table" then local cnf = fetch( "Multilingual", "config" ) if cnf then template = cnf.tmplLang end end if type( template ) == "table" then local source = template.title local f, lucky, s Multilingual.tmplLang = template if type( source ) ~= "string" and type( template.namePat ) == "string" and template.namePat:find( "%s", 1, true ) then source = string.format( template.namePat, access ) end if type( source ) == "string" then if not Multilingual.frame then if frame then Multilingual.frame = frame else Multilingual.frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() end end f = function ( a ) return Multilingual.frame:expandTemplate{ title = a } end lucky, s = pcall( f, source ) if lucky then r = s end end end return r end -- fill() local find = function ( ask, alien ) -- Derive language code from name -- Precondition: -- ask -- language name, downcased -- alien -- language code of ask -- Postcondition: -- nil, or string local codes = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames( alien, "all" ) local r for k, v in pairs( codes ) do if mw.ustring.lower( v ) == ask then r = k break -- for k, v end end -- for k, v if not r then r = Multilingual.fair( ask ) end return r end -- find() local fold = function ( frame ) -- Merge template and #invoke arglist -- Precondition: -- frame -- template frame -- Postcondition: -- table, with combined arglist local r = { } local f = function ( apply ) if type( apply ) == "table" and type( apply.args ) == "table" then for k, v in pairs( apply.args ) do v = mw.text.trim( v ) if v ~= "" then r[ tostring( k ) ] = v end end -- for k, v end end -- f() f( frame:getParent() ) f( frame ) return r end -- fold() User.favorize = function ( accept, frame ) -- Guess user language -- Precondition: -- accept -- sequence table, with offered ISO 639 etc. codes -- frame -- frame, if available -- Postcondition: -- Returns string with best code, or nil if not ( User.self or User.langs ) then if not User.trials then User.tell = mw.message.new( User.sniffer ) if User.tell:exists() then User.trials = { } if not Multilingual.frame then if frame then Multilingual.frame = frame else Multilingual.frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() end end User.sin = Multilingual.frame:callParserFunction( "int", User.sniffer ) else User.langs = true end end if User.sin then local order = { } local post = { } local three = { } local unfold = { } local s, sin for i = 1, #accept do s = accept[ i ] if not User.trials[ s ] then if #s > 2 then if s:find( "-", 3, true ) then table.insert( unfold, s ) else table.insert( three, s ) end else if Multilingual.prefer[ s ] then table.insert( order, s ) else table.insert( post, s ) end end end end -- for i for i = 1, #post do table.insert( order, post[ i ] ) end -- for i for i = 1, #three do table.insert( order, three[ i ] ) end -- for i for i = 1, #unfold do table.insert( order, unfold[ i ] ) end -- for i for i = 1, #order do s = order[ i ] sin = User.tell:inLanguage( s ):plain() if sin == User.sin then User.self = s break -- for i else User.trials[ s ] = true end end -- for i end end return User.self end -- User.favorize() Multilingual.fair = function ( ask ) -- Format language specification according to RFC 5646 etc. -- Precondition: -- ask -- string or table, as created by .getLang() -- Postcondition: -- Returns string, or false local s = type( ask ) local q, r if s == "table" then q = ask elseif s == "string" then q = Multilingual.getLang( ask ) end if q and q.legal and mw.language.isKnownLanguageTag( q.base ) then r = q.base if q.n > 1 then local order = { "extlang", "script", "region", "other", "extension" } for i = 1, #order do s = q[ order[ i ] ] if s then r = string.format( "%s-%s", r, s ) end end -- for i end end return r or false end -- Multilingual.fair() Multilingual.fallback = function ( able, another ) -- Is another language suitable as replacement? -- Precondition: -- able -- language version specifier to be supported -- another -- language specifier of a possible replacement, -- or not to retrieve a fallback table -- Postcondition: -- Returns boolean, or table with fallback codes local r if type( able ) == "string" and #able > 0 then if type( another ) == "string" and #another > 0 then if able == another then r = true else local s = Multilingual.getBase( able ) if s == another then r = true else local others = mw.language.getFallbacksFor( s ) r = feasible( another, others ) end end else local s = Multilingual.getBase( able ) if s then r = mw.language.getFallbacksFor( s ) if r[ 1 ] == "en" then local d = fetchISO639( "fallback" ) if type( d ) == "table" and type( d[ s ] ) == "string" then r = mw.text.split( d[ s ], "|" ) table.insert( r, "en" ) end end end end end return r or false end -- Multilingual.fallback() Multilingual.findCode = function ( ask ) -- Retrieve code of local (current project or English) language name -- Precondition: -- ask -- string, with presumable language name -- A code itself will be identified, too. -- Postcondition: -- Returns string, or false local seek = mw.text.trim( ask ) local r = false if #seek > 1 then if seek:find( "[", 1, true ) then local wlink = fetch( "WLink" ) if wlink and type( wlink.getPlain ) == "function" then seek = wlink.getPlain( seek ) end end seek = mw.ustring.lower( seek ) if Multilingual.isLang( seek ) then r = Multilingual.fair( seek ) else local collection = favorites() for i = 1, #collection do r = find( seek, collection[ i ] ) if r then break -- for i end end -- for i end end return r end -- Multilingual.findCode() Multilingual.fix = function ( attempt ) -- Fix frequently mistaken language code -- Precondition: -- attempt -- string, with presumable language code -- Postcondition: -- Returns string with correction, or false if no problem known local r = fetchISO639( "correction" )[ attempt:lower() ] return r or false end -- Multilingual.fix() Multilingual.format = function ( apply, alien, alter, active, alert, frame, assembly, adjacent, ahead ) -- Format one or more languages -- Precondition: -- apply -- string with language list or item -- alien -- language of the answer -- -- nil, false, "*": native -- -- "!": current project -- -- "#": code, downcased, space separated -- -- "-": code, mixcase, space separated -- -- any valid code -- alter -- capitalize, if "c"; downcase all, if "d" -- capitalize first item only, if "f" -- downcase every first word only, if "m" -- active -- link items, if true -- alert -- string with category title in case of error -- frame -- if available -- assembly -- string with split pattern, if list expected -- adjacent -- string with list separator, else assembly -- ahead -- string to prepend first element, if any -- Postcondition: -- Returns string, or false if apply empty local r = false if apply then local slang if assembly then local bucket = mw.text.split( apply, assembly ) local shift = alter local separator if adjacent then separator = adjacent elseif alien == "#" or alien == "-" then separator = " " else separator = assembly end for k, v in pairs( bucket ) do slang = Multilingual.format( v, alien, shift, active, alert ) if slang then if r then r = string.format( "%s%s%s", r, separator, slang ) else r = slang if shift == "f" then shift = "d" end end end end -- for k, v if r and ahead then r = ahead .. r end else local single = mw.text.trim( apply ) if single == "" then r = false else local lapsus, slot slang = Multilingual.findCode( single ) if slang then if alien == "-" then r = slang elseif alien == "#" then r = slang:lower() else r = Multilingual.getName( slang, alien ) if active then slot = fill( slang, false, frame ) if slot then local wlink = fetch( "WLink" ) if wlink and type( wlink.getTarget ) == "function" then slot = wlink.getTarget( slot ) end else lapsus = alert end end end else r = single if active then local title = mw.title.makeTitle( 0, single ) if title.exists then slot = single end end lapsus = alert end if not r then r = single elseif alter == "c" or alter == "f" then r = mw.ustring.upper( mw.ustring.sub( r, 1, 1 ) ) .. mw.ustring.sub( r, 2 ) elseif alter == "d" then if Multilingual.isMinusculable( slang, r ) then r = mw.ustring.lower( r ) end elseif alter == "m" then if Multilingual.isMinusculable( slang, r ) then r = mw.ustring.lower( mw.ustring.sub( r, 1, 1 ) ) .. mw.ustring.sub( r, 2 ) end end if slot then if r == slot then r = string.format( "[[%s]]", r ) else r = string.format( "[[%s|%s]]", slot, r ) end end if lapsus and alert then r = string.format( "%s[[Category:%s]]", r, alert ) end end end end return r end -- Multilingual.format() Multilingual.getBase = function ( ask ) -- Retrieve base language from possibly combined ISO language code -- Precondition: -- ask -- language code -- Postcondition: -- Returns string, or false local r if ask then local slang = ask:match( "^%s*(%a%a%a?)-?%a*%s*$" ) if slang then r = slang:lower() else r = false end else r = false end return r end -- Multilingual.getBase() Multilingual.getLang = function ( ask ) -- Retrieve components of a RFC 5646 language code -- Precondition: -- ask -- language code with subtags -- Postcondition: -- Returns table with formatted subtags -- .base -- .region -- .script -- .suggest -- .year -- .extension -- .other -- .n local tags = mw.text.split( ask, "-" ) local s = tags[ 1 ] local r if s:match( "^%a%a%a?$" ) then r = { base = s:lower(), legal = true, n = #tags } for i = 2, r.n do s = tags[ i ] if #s == 2 then if r.region or not s:match( "%a%a" ) then r.legal = false else r.region = s:upper() end elseif #s == 4 then if s:match( "%a%a%a%a" ) then r.legal = ( not r.script ) r.script = s:sub( 1, 1 ):upper() .. s:sub( 2 ):lower() elseif s:match( "20%d%d" ) or s:match( "1%d%d%d" ) then r.legal = ( not r.year ) r.year = s else r.legal = false end elseif #s == 3 then if r.extlang or not s:match( "%a%a%a" ) then r.legal = false else r.extlang = s:lower() end elseif #s == 1 then s = s:lower() if s:match( "[tux]" ) then r.extension = s for k = i + 1, r.n do s = tags[ k ] if s:match( "^%w+$" ) then r.extension = string.format( "%s-%s", r.extension, s ) else r.legal = false end end -- for k else r.legal = false end break -- for i else r.legal = ( not r.other ) and s:match( "%a%a%a" ) r.other = s:lower() end if not r.legal then break -- for i end end -- for i if r.legal then r.suggest = Multilingual.fix( r.base ) if r.suggest then r.legal = false end end else r = { legal = false } end if not r.legal then local cnf = fetch( "Multilingual", "config" ) if cnf and type( cnf.scream ) == "string" then r.scream = cnf.scream end end return r end -- Multilingual.getLang() Multilingual.getName = function ( ask, alien ) -- Which name is assigned to this language code? -- Precondition: -- ask -- language code -- alien -- language of the answer -- -- nil, false, "*": native -- -- "!": current project -- -- any valid code -- Postcondition: -- Returns string, or false local r if ask then local slang = alien local tLang if slang then if slang == "*" then slang = Multilingual.fair( ask ) elseif slang == "!" then slang = favorites()[ 1 ] else slang = Multilingual.fair( slang ) end else slang = Multilingual.fair( ask ) end if not slang then slang = ask or "?????" end slang = slang:lower() tLang = fetch( "Multilingual", "names" ) if tLang then tLang = tLang[ slang ] if tLang then r = tLang[ ask ] end end if not r then if not Multilingual.ext.tMW then Multilingual.ext.tMW = { } end tLang = Multilingual.ext.tMW[ slang ] if tLang == nil then tLang = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames( slang ) if tLang then Multilingual.ext.tMW[ slang ] = tLang else Multilingual.ext.tMW[ slang ] = false end end if tLang then r = tLang[ ask ] end end if not r then r = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( ask:lower(), slang ) if r == "" then r = false end end else r = false end return r end -- Multilingual.getName() Multilingual.i18n = function ( available, alt, frame ) -- Select translatable message -- Precondition: -- available -- table, with mapping language code ./. text -- alt -- string|nil|false, with fallback text -- frame -- frame, if available -- Returns -- 1. string|nil|false, with selected message -- 2. string|nil|false, with language code local r1, r2 if type( available ) == "table" then local codes = { } local trsl = { } local slang for k, v in pairs( available ) do if type( k ) == "string" and type( v ) == "string" then slang = mw.text.trim( k:lower() ) table.insert( codes, slang ) trsl[ slang ] = v end end -- for k, v slang = Multilingual.userLang( codes, frame ) if slang and trsl[ slang ] then r1 = mw.text.trim( trsl[ slang ] ) if r1 == "" then r1 = false else r2 = slang end end end if not r1 and type( alt ) == "string" then r1 = mw.text.trim( alt ) if r1 == "" then r1 = false end end return r1, r2 end -- Multilingual.i18n() Multilingual.int = function ( access, alien, apply ) -- Translated system message -- Precondition: -- access -- message ID -- alien -- language code -- apply -- nil, or sequence table with parameters $1, $2, ... -- Postcondition: -- Returns string, or false local o = mw.message.new( access ) local r if o:exists() then if type( alien ) == "string" then o:inLanguage( alien:lower() ) end if type( apply ) == "table" then o:params( apply ) end r = o:plain() end return r or false end -- Multilingual.int() Multilingual.isLang = function ( ask, additional ) -- Could this be an ISO language code? -- Precondition: -- ask -- language code -- additional -- true, if Wiki codes like "simple" permitted -- Postcondition: -- Returns boolean local r, s if additional then s = ask else s = Multilingual.getBase( ask ) end if s then r = mw.language.isKnownLanguageTag( s ) if r then r = not Multilingual.fix( s ) elseif additional then r = Multilingual.exotic[ s ] or false end else r = false end return r end -- Multilingual.isLang() Multilingual.isLangWiki = function ( ask ) -- Could this be a Wiki language version? -- Precondition: -- ask -- language version specifier -- Postcondition: -- Returns boolean local r local s = Multilingual.getBase( ask ) if s then r = mw.language.isSupportedLanguage( s ) or Multilingual.exotic[ ask ] else r = false end return r end -- Multilingual.isLangWiki() Multilingual.isMinusculable = function ( ask, assigned ) -- Could this language name become downcased? -- Precondition: -- ask -- language code, or nil -- assigned -- language name, or nil -- Postcondition: -- Returns boolean local r = true if ask then local cnf = fetch( "Multilingual", "config" ) if cnf then local s = string.format( " %s ", ask:lower() ) if type( cnf.stopMinusculization ) == "string" and cnf.stopMinusculization:find( s, 1, true ) then r = false end if r and assigned and type( cnf.seekMinusculization ) == "string" and cnf.seekMinusculization:find( s, 1, true ) and type( cnf.scanMinusculization ) == "string" then local scan = assigned:gsub( "[%(%)]", " " ) .. " " if not scan:find( cnf.scanMinusculization ) then r = false end end end end return r end -- Multilingual.isMinusculable() Multilingual.isRTL = function ( ask ) -- Check whether language is written right-to-left -- Precondition: -- ask -- string, with language (or script) code -- Returns true, if right-to-left local r Multilingual.rtl = Multilingual.rtl or { } r = Multilingual.rtl[ ask ] if type( r ) ~= "boolean" then local bib = fetch( "ISO15924" ) if type( bib ) == "table" and type( bib.isRTL ) == "function" then r = bib.isRTL( ask ) else r = mw.language.new( ask ):isRTL() end Multilingual.rtl[ ask ] = r end return r end -- Multilingual.isRTL() Multilingual.message = function ( arglist, frame ) -- Show text in best match of user language like system message -- Precondition: -- arglist -- template arguments -- frame -- frame, if available -- Postcondition: -- Returns string with appropriate text local r if type( arglist ) == "table" then local t = { } local m, p, save for k, v in pairs( arglist ) do if type( k ) == "string" and type( v ) == "string" then v = mw.text.trim( v ) if v ~= "" then if k:match( "^%l%l" ) then t[ k ] = v elseif k:match( "^%$%d$" ) and k ~= "$0" then p = p or { } k = tonumber( k:match( "^%$(%d)$" ) ) p[ k ] = v if not m or k > m then m = k end end end end end -- for k, v if type( arglist[ "-" ] ) == "string" then save = arglist[ arglist[ "-" ] ] end r = Multilingual.i18n( t, save, frame ) if p and r and r:find( "$", 1, true ) then t = { } for i = 1, m do t[ i ] = p[ i ] or "" end -- for i r = mw.message.newRawMessage( r, t ):plain() end end return r or "" end -- Multilingual.message() Multilingual.sitelink = function ( all, frame ) -- Make link at local or other site with optimal linktext translation -- Precondition: -- all -- string or table or number, item ID or entity -- frame -- frame, if available -- Postcondition: -- Returns string with any helpful internal link, or plain text local s = type( all ) local object, r if s == "table" then object = all elseif s == "string" then object = mw.wikibase.getEntity( all ) elseif s == "number" then object = mw.wikibase.getEntity( string.format( "Q%d", all ) ) end if type( object ) == "table" then local collection = object.sitelinks local entry s = false if type( collection ) == "table" then Multilingual.site = Multilingual.site or mw.wikibase.getGlobalSiteId() entry = collection[ Multilingual.site ] if entry then s = ":" .. entry.title elseif collection.enwiki then s = "w:en:" .. collection.enwiki.title end end r = Multilingual.wikibase( object, "labels", frame ) if s then if s == ":" .. r then r = string.format( "[[%s]]", s ) else r = string.format( "[[%s|%s]]", s, r ) end end end return r or "" end -- Multilingual.sitelink() Multilingual.tabData = function ( access, at, alt, frame ) -- Retrieve translated keyword from commons:Data:****.tab -- Precondition: -- access -- string, with page identification on Commons -- at -- string, with keyword -- alt -- string|nil|false, with fallback text -- frame -- frame, if available -- Returns -- 1. string|nil|false, with selected message -- 2. language code, or "error" local data = fetchData( access ) local r1, r2 if type( data ) == "table" then if type( at ) == "string" then local seek = mw.text.trim( at ) if seek == "" then r1 = "EMPTY Multilingual.tabData key" else local e, poly for i = 1, #data do e = data[ i ] if type( e ) == "table" then if e[ 1 ] == seek then if type( e[ 2 ] ) == "table" then poly = e[ 2 ] else r1 = "INVALID Multilingual.tabData bad #" .. tostring( i ) end break -- for i end else break -- for i end end -- for i if poly then data = poly else r1 = "UNKNOWN Multilingual.tabData key: " .. seek end end else r1 = "INVALID Multilingual.tabData key" end else r1 = data end if r1 then r2 = "error" elseif data then r1, r2 = Multilingual.i18n( data, alt, frame ) r2 = r2 or "error" end return r1, r2 end -- Multilingual.tabData() Multilingual.userLang = function ( accept, frame ) -- Try to support user language by application -- Precondition: -- accept -- string or table -- space separated list of available ISO 639 codes -- Default: project language, or English -- frame -- frame, if available -- Postcondition: -- Returns string with appropriate code local s = type( accept ) local codes, r, slang if s == "string" then codes = mw.text.split( accept:lower(), "%s+" ) elseif s == "table" then codes = { } for i = 1, #accept do s = accept[ i ] if type( s ) == "string" and s ~= "" then table.insert( codes, s:lower() ) end end -- for i end slang = User.favorize( codes, frame ) if slang then if feasible( slang, codes ) then r = slang elseif slang:find( "-", 1, true ) then slang = Multilingual.getBase( slang ) if feasible( slang, codes ) then r = slang end end if not r then local others = mw.language.getFallbacksFor( slang ) for i = 1, #others do slang = others[ i ] if feasible( slang, codes ) then r = slang break -- for i end end -- for i end end if not r then local back = favorites() for i = 1, #back do slang = back[ i ] if feasible( slang, codes ) then r = slang break -- for i end end -- for i if not r and codes[ 1 ] then r = codes[ 1 ] end end return r or favorites()[ 1 ] end -- Multilingual.userLang() Multilingual.userLangCode = function () -- Guess a user language code -- Postcondition: -- Returns code of current best guess return User.self or favorites()[ 1 ] end -- Multilingual.userLangCode() Multilingual.wikibase = function ( all, about, attempt, frame ) -- Optimal translation of wikibase component -- Precondition: -- all -- string or table, object ID or entity -- about -- boolean, true "descriptions" or false "labels" -- attempt -- string or not, code of preferred language -- frame -- frame, if available -- Postcondition: -- Returns -- 1. string, with selected message -- 2. string, with language code, or not local s = type( all ) local object, r, r2 if s == "table" then object = all elseif s == "string" then object = mw.wikibase.getEntity( all ) end if type( object ) == "table" then if about and about ~= "labels" then s = "descriptions" else s = "labels" end object = object[ s ] if type( object ) == "table" then if object[ attempt ] then r = object[ attempt ].value r2 = attempt else local poly for k, v in pairs( object ) do poly = poly or { } poly[ k ] = v.value end -- for k, v if poly then r, r2 = Multilingual.i18n( poly, nil, frame ) end end end end return r or "", r2 end -- Multilingual.wikibase() Failsafe.failsafe = function ( atleast ) -- Retrieve versioning and check for compliance -- Precondition: -- atleast -- string, with required version -- or wikidata|item|~|@ or false -- Postcondition: -- Returns string -- with queried version/item, also if problem -- false -- if appropriate -- 2020-08-17 local since = atleast local last = ( since == "~" ) local linked = ( since == "@" ) local link = ( since == "item" ) local r if last or link or linked or since == "wikidata" then local item = Failsafe.item since = false if type( item ) == "number" and item > 0 then local suited = string.format( "Q%d", item ) if link then r = suited else local entity = mw.wikibase.getEntity( suited ) if type( entity ) == "table" then local seek = Failsafe.serialProperty or "P348" local vsn = entity:formatPropertyValues( seek ) if type( vsn ) == "table" and type( vsn.value ) == "string" and vsn.value ~= "" then if last and vsn.value == Failsafe.serial then r = false elseif linked then if mw.title.getCurrentTitle().prefixedText == mw.wikibase.getSitelink( suited ) then r = false else r = suited end else r = vsn.value end end end end end end if type( r ) == "nil" then if not since or since <= Failsafe.serial then r = Failsafe.serial else r = false end end return r end -- Failsafe.failsafe() -- Export local p = { } p.fair = function ( frame ) -- Format language code -- 1 -- language code local s = mw.text.trim( frame.args[ 1 ] or "" ) return Multilingual.fair( s ) or "" end -- p.fair p.fallback = function ( frame ) -- Is another language suitable as replacement? -- 1 -- language version specifier to be supported -- 2 -- language specifier of a possible replacement local s1 = mw.text.trim( frame.args[ 1 ] or "" ) local s2 = mw.text.trim( frame.args[ 2 ] or "" ) local r = Multilingual.fallback( s1, s2 ) if type( r ) == "table" then r = r[ 1 ] else r = r and "1" or "" end return r end -- p.fallback p.findCode = function ( frame ) -- Retrieve language code from language name -- 1 -- name in current project language local s = mw.text.trim( frame.args[ 1 ] or "" ) return Multilingual.findCode( s ) or "" end -- p.findCode p.fix = function ( frame ) local r = frame.args[ 1 ] if r then r = Multilingual.fix( mw.text.trim( r ) ) end return r or "" end -- p.fix p.format = function ( frame ) -- Format one or more languages -- 1 -- language list or item -- slang -- language of the answer, if not native -- * -- native -- ! -- current project -- any valid code -- shift -- capitalize, if "c"; downcase, if "d" -- capitalize first item only, if "f" -- link -- 1 -- link items -- scream -- category title in case of error -- split -- split pattern, if list expected -- separator -- list separator, else split -- start -- prepend first element, if any local r local link if frame.args.link == "1" then link = true end r = Multilingual.format( frame.args[ 1 ], frame.args.slang, frame.args.shift, link, frame.args.scream, frame, frame.args.split, frame.args.separator, frame.args.start ) return r or "" end -- p.format p.getBase = function ( frame ) -- Retrieve base language from possibly combined ISO language code -- 1 -- code local s = mw.text.trim( frame.args[ 1 ] or "" ) return Multilingual.getBase( s ) or "" end -- p.getBase p.getName = function ( frame ) -- Retrieve language name from ISO language code -- 1 -- code -- 2 -- language to be used for the answer, if not native -- ! -- current project -- * -- native -- any valid code local s = mw.text.trim( frame.args[ 1 ] or "" ) local slang = frame.args[ 2 ] local r Multilingual.frame = frame if slang then slang = mw.text.trim( slang ) end r = Multilingual.getName( s, slang ) return r or "" end -- p.getName p.int = function ( frame ) -- Translated system message -- 1 -- message ID -- lang -- language code -- $1, $2, ... -- parameters local sysMsg = frame.args[ 1 ] local r if sysMsg then sysMsg = mw.text.trim( sysMsg ) if sysMsg ~= "" then local n = 0 local slang = frame.args.lang local i, params, s if slang == "" then slang = false end for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do if type( k ) == "string" then s = k:match( "^%$(%d+)$" ) if s then i = tonumber( s ) if i > n then n = i end end end end -- for k, v if n > 0 then local s params = { } for i = 1, n do s = frame.args[ "$" .. tostring( i ) ] or "" table.insert( params, s ) end -- for i end r = Multilingual.int( sysMsg, slang, params ) end end return r or "" end -- p.int p.isLang = function ( frame ) -- Could this be an ISO language code? -- 1 -- code local s = mw.text.trim( frame.args[ 1 ] or "" ) local lucky, r = pcall( Multilingual.isLang, s ) return r and "1" or "" end -- p.isLang p.isLangWiki = function ( frame ) -- Could this be a Wiki language version? -- 1 -- code -- Returns non-empty, if possibly language version local s = mw.text.trim( frame.args[ 1 ] or "" ) local lucky, r = pcall( Multilingual.isLangWiki, s ) return r and "1" or "" end -- p.isLangWiki p.isRTL = function ( frame ) -- Check whether language is written right-to-left -- 1 -- string, with language code -- Returns non-empty, if right-to-left local s = mw.text.trim( frame.args[ 1 ] or "" ) return Multilingual.isRTL( s ) and "1" or "" end -- p.isRTL() p.message = function ( frame ) -- Translation of text element return Multilingual.message( fold( frame ), frame ) end -- p.message p.sitelink = function ( frame ) -- Make link at local or other site with optimal linktext translation -- 1 -- item ID local s = mw.text.trim( frame.args[ 1 ] or "" ) local r if s:match( "^%d+$") then r = tonumber( s ) elseif s:match( "^Q%d+$") then r = s end if r then r = Multilingual.sitelink( r, frame ) end return r or s end -- p.sitelink p.tabData = function ( frame ) -- Retrieve best message text from Commons Data -- 1 -- page identification on Commons -- 2 -- keyword -- alt -- fallback text local suite = frame.args[ 1 ] local seek = frame.args[ 2 ] local salt = frame.args.alt local r = Multilingual.tabData( suite, seek, salt, frame ) return r end -- p.tabData p.userLang = function ( frame ) -- Which language does the current user prefer? -- 1 -- space separated list of available ISO 639 codes local s = mw.text.trim( frame.args[ 1 ] or "" ) return Multilingual.userLang( s, frame ) end -- p.userLang p.wikibase = function ( frame ) -- Optimal translation of wikibase component -- 1 -- object ID -- 2 -- 1 for "descriptions", 0 for "labels". -- or either "descriptions" or "labels" local r local s = mw.text.trim( frame.args[ 1 ] or "" ) if s ~= "" then local s2 = mw.text.trim( frame.args[ 2 ] or "0" ) local slang = mw.text.trim( frame.args.lang or "" ) local large = ( s2 ~= "" and s2 ~= "0" ) if slang == "" then slang = false end r = Multilingual.wikibase( s, large, slang, frame ) end return r or "" end -- p.wikibase p.failsafe = function ( frame ) -- Versioning interface local s = type( frame ) local since if s == "table" then since = frame.args[ 1 ] elseif s == "string" then since = frame end if since then since = mw.text.trim( since ) if since == "" then since = false end end return Failsafe.failsafe( since ) or "" end -- p.failsafe() p.Multilingual = function () return Multilingual end -- p.Multilingual return p d1zm42sep4ytfi0dl3dok26gecqprzg 266111 266110 2026-07-18T15:29:38Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Module:Multilingual]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266110 Scribunto text/plain local Multilingual = { suite = "Multilingual", serial = "2020-12-10", item = 47541920, globals = { ISO15924 = 71584769, WLink = 19363224 } } --[=[ Utilities for multilingual texts and ISO 639 (BCP47) issues etc. * fair() * fallback() * findCode() * fix() * format() * getBase() * getLang() * getName() * i18n() * int() * isLang() * isLangWiki() * isMinusculable() * isRTL() * message() * sitelink() * tabData() * userLang() * userLangCode() * wikibase() * failsafe() loadData: Multilingual/config Multilingual/names ]=] local Failsafe = Multilingual local GlobalMod = Multilingual local GlobalData = Multilingual local User = { sniffer = "showpreview" } Multilingual.globals.Multilingual = Multilingual.item Multilingual.exotic = { simple = true, no = true } Multilingual.prefer = { cs = true, de = true, en = true, es = true, fr = true, it = true, nl = true, pt = true, ru = true, sv = true } local foreignModule = function ( access, advanced, append, alt, alert ) -- Fetch global module -- Precondition: -- access -- string, with name of base module -- advanced -- true, for require(); else mw.loadData() -- append -- string, with subpage part, if any; or false -- alt -- number, of wikidata item of root; or false -- alert -- true, for throwing error on data problem -- Postcondition: -- Returns whatever, probably table -- 2020-01-01 local storage = access local finer = function () if append then storage = string.format( "%s/%s", storage, append ) end end local fun, lucky, r, suited if advanced then fun = require else fun = mw.loadData end GlobalMod.globalModules = GlobalMod.globalModules or { } suited = GlobalMod.globalModules[ access ] if not suited then finer() lucky, r = pcall( fun, "Module:" .. storage ) end if not lucky then if not suited and type( alt ) == "number" and alt > 0 then suited = string.format( "Q%d", alt ) suited = mw.wikibase.getSitelink( suited ) GlobalMod.globalModules[ access ] = suited or true end if type( suited ) == "string" then storage = suited finer() lucky, r = pcall( fun, storage ) end if not lucky and alert then error( "Missing or invalid page: " .. storage ) end end return r end -- foreignModule() local fetchData = function ( access ) -- Retrieve translated keyword from commons:Data:****.tab -- Precondition: -- access -- string, with page identification on Commons -- Returns table, with data, or string, with error message -- 2019-12-05 local storage = access local r if type( storage ) == "string" then local s storage = mw.text.trim( storage ) s = storage:lower() if s:sub( 1, 2 ) == "c:" then storage = mw.text.trim( storage:sub( 3 ) ) s = storage:lower() elseif s:sub( 1, 8 ) == "commons:" then storage = mw.text.trim( storage:sub( 9 ) ) s = storage:lower() end if s:sub( 1, 5 ) == "data:" then storage = mw.text.trim( storage:sub( 6 ) ) s = storage:lower() end if s == "" or s == ".tab" then storage = false elseif s:sub( -4 ) == ".tab" then storage = storage:sub( 1, -5 ) .. ".tab" else storage = storage .. ".tab" end end if type( storage ) == "string" then local data if type( GlobalData.TabDATA ) ~= "table" then GlobalData.TabDATA = { } end data = GlobalData.TabDATA[ storage ] if data then r = data else local lucky lucky, data = pcall( mw.ext.data.get, storage, "_" ) if type( data ) == "table" then data = data.data if type( data ) == "table" then GlobalData.TabDATA[ storage ] = data else r = string.format( "%s [[%s%s]]", "INVALID Data:*.tab", "commons:Data:", storage ) end else r = "BAD PAGE Data:*.tab &#8211; commons:" .. storage end if r then GlobalData.TabDATA[ storage ] = r data = false else r = data end end else r = "BAD PAGE commons:Data:*.tab" end return r end -- fetchData() local favorites = function () -- Provide fallback codes -- Postcondition: -- Returns table with sequence of preferred languages -- * ahead elements -- * user (not yet accessible) -- * page content language (not yet accessible) -- * page name subpage -- * project -- * en local r = Multilingual.polyglott if not r then local self = mw.language.getContentLanguage():getCode():lower() local sub = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().subpageText local f = function ( add ) local s = add for i = 1, #r do if r[ i ] == s then s = false break -- for i end end -- for i if s then table.insert( r, s ) end end r = { } if sub:find( "/", 2, true ) then sub = sub:match( "/(%l%l%l?)$" ) if sub then table.insert( r, sub ) end elseif sub:find( "^%l%l%l?%-?%a?%a?%a?%a?$" ) and mw.language.isSupportedLanguage( sub ) then table.insert( r, sub ) end f( self ) f( "en" ) Multilingual.polyglott = r end return r end -- favorites() local feasible = function ( ask, accept ) -- Is ask to be supported by application? -- Precondition: -- ask -- lowercase code -- accept -- sequence table, with offered lowercase codes -- Postcondition: -- nil, or true local r for i = 1, #accept do if accept[ i ] == ask then r = true break -- for i end end -- for i return r end -- feasible() local fetch = function ( access, append ) -- Attach config or library module -- Precondition: -- access -- module title -- append -- string, with subpage part of this; or false -- Postcondition: -- Returns: table, with library, or false local got, sign if append then sign = string.format( "%s/%s", access, append ) else sign = access end if type( Multilingual.ext ) ~= "table" then Multilingual.ext = { } end got = Multilingual.ext[ sign ] if not got and got ~= false then local global = Multilingual.globals[ access ] local lib = ( not append or append == "config" ) got = foreignModule( access, lib, append, global ) if type( got ) == "table" then if lib then local startup = got[ access ] if type( startup ) == "function" then got = startup() end end else got = false end Multilingual.ext[ sign ] = got end return got end -- fetch() local fetchISO639 = function ( access ) -- Retrieve table from commons:Data:ISO639/***.tab -- Precondition: -- access -- string, with subpage identification -- Postcondition: -- Returns table, with data, even empty local r if type( Multilingual.iso639 ) ~= "table" then Multilingual.iso639 = { } end r = Multilingual.iso639[ access ] if type( r ) == "nil" then local raw = fetchData( "ISO639/" .. access ) if type( raw ) == "table" then local t r = { } for i = 1, #raw do t = raw[ i ] if type( t ) == "table" and type( t[ 1 ] ) == "string" and type( t[ 2 ] ) == "string" then r[ t[ 1 ] ] = t[ 2 ] else break -- for i end end -- for i else r = false end Multilingual.iso639[ access ] = r end return r or { } end -- fetchISO639() local fill = function ( access, alien, frame ) -- Expand language name template -- Precondition: -- access -- string, with language code -- alien -- language code for which to be generated -- frame -- frame, if available -- Postcondition: -- Returns string local template = Multilingual.tmplLang local r if type( template ) ~= "table" then local cnf = fetch( "Multilingual", "config" ) if cnf then template = cnf.tmplLang end end if type( template ) == "table" then local source = template.title local f, lucky, s Multilingual.tmplLang = template if type( source ) ~= "string" and type( template.namePat ) == "string" and template.namePat:find( "%s", 1, true ) then source = string.format( template.namePat, access ) end if type( source ) == "string" then if not Multilingual.frame then if frame then Multilingual.frame = frame else Multilingual.frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() end end f = function ( a ) return Multilingual.frame:expandTemplate{ title = a } end lucky, s = pcall( f, source ) if lucky then r = s end end end return r end -- fill() local find = function ( ask, alien ) -- Derive language code from name -- Precondition: -- ask -- language name, downcased -- alien -- language code of ask -- Postcondition: -- nil, or string local codes = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames( alien, "all" ) local r for k, v in pairs( codes ) do if mw.ustring.lower( v ) == ask then r = k break -- for k, v end end -- for k, v if not r then r = Multilingual.fair( ask ) end return r end -- find() local fold = function ( frame ) -- Merge template and #invoke arglist -- Precondition: -- frame -- template frame -- Postcondition: -- table, with combined arglist local r = { } local f = function ( apply ) if type( apply ) == "table" and type( apply.args ) == "table" then for k, v in pairs( apply.args ) do v = mw.text.trim( v ) if v ~= "" then r[ tostring( k ) ] = v end end -- for k, v end end -- f() f( frame:getParent() ) f( frame ) return r end -- fold() User.favorize = function ( accept, frame ) -- Guess user language -- Precondition: -- accept -- sequence table, with offered ISO 639 etc. codes -- frame -- frame, if available -- Postcondition: -- Returns string with best code, or nil if not ( User.self or User.langs ) then if not User.trials then User.tell = mw.message.new( User.sniffer ) if User.tell:exists() then User.trials = { } if not Multilingual.frame then if frame then Multilingual.frame = frame else Multilingual.frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() end end User.sin = Multilingual.frame:callParserFunction( "int", User.sniffer ) else User.langs = true end end if User.sin then local order = { } local post = { } local three = { } local unfold = { } local s, sin for i = 1, #accept do s = accept[ i ] if not User.trials[ s ] then if #s > 2 then if s:find( "-", 3, true ) then table.insert( unfold, s ) else table.insert( three, s ) end else if Multilingual.prefer[ s ] then table.insert( order, s ) else table.insert( post, s ) end end end end -- for i for i = 1, #post do table.insert( order, post[ i ] ) end -- for i for i = 1, #three do table.insert( order, three[ i ] ) end -- for i for i = 1, #unfold do table.insert( order, unfold[ i ] ) end -- for i for i = 1, #order do s = order[ i ] sin = User.tell:inLanguage( s ):plain() if sin == User.sin then User.self = s break -- for i else User.trials[ s ] = true end end -- for i end end return User.self end -- User.favorize() Multilingual.fair = function ( ask ) -- Format language specification according to RFC 5646 etc. -- Precondition: -- ask -- string or table, as created by .getLang() -- Postcondition: -- Returns string, or false local s = type( ask ) local q, r if s == "table" then q = ask elseif s == "string" then q = Multilingual.getLang( ask ) end if q and q.legal and mw.language.isKnownLanguageTag( q.base ) then r = q.base if q.n > 1 then local order = { "extlang", "script", "region", "other", "extension" } for i = 1, #order do s = q[ order[ i ] ] if s then r = string.format( "%s-%s", r, s ) end end -- for i end end return r or false end -- Multilingual.fair() Multilingual.fallback = function ( able, another ) -- Is another language suitable as replacement? -- Precondition: -- able -- language version specifier to be supported -- another -- language specifier of a possible replacement, -- or not to retrieve a fallback table -- Postcondition: -- Returns boolean, or table with fallback codes local r if type( able ) == "string" and #able > 0 then if type( another ) == "string" and #another > 0 then if able == another then r = true else local s = Multilingual.getBase( able ) if s == another then r = true else local others = mw.language.getFallbacksFor( s ) r = feasible( another, others ) end end else local s = Multilingual.getBase( able ) if s then r = mw.language.getFallbacksFor( s ) if r[ 1 ] == "en" then local d = fetchISO639( "fallback" ) if type( d ) == "table" and type( d[ s ] ) == "string" then r = mw.text.split( d[ s ], "|" ) table.insert( r, "en" ) end end end end end return r or false end -- Multilingual.fallback() Multilingual.findCode = function ( ask ) -- Retrieve code of local (current project or English) language name -- Precondition: -- ask -- string, with presumable language name -- A code itself will be identified, too. -- Postcondition: -- Returns string, or false local seek = mw.text.trim( ask ) local r = false if #seek > 1 then if seek:find( "[", 1, true ) then local wlink = fetch( "WLink" ) if wlink and type( wlink.getPlain ) == "function" then seek = wlink.getPlain( seek ) end end seek = mw.ustring.lower( seek ) if Multilingual.isLang( seek ) then r = Multilingual.fair( seek ) else local collection = favorites() for i = 1, #collection do r = find( seek, collection[ i ] ) if r then break -- for i end end -- for i end end return r end -- Multilingual.findCode() Multilingual.fix = function ( attempt ) -- Fix frequently mistaken language code -- Precondition: -- attempt -- string, with presumable language code -- Postcondition: -- Returns string with correction, or false if no problem known local r = fetchISO639( "correction" )[ attempt:lower() ] return r or false end -- Multilingual.fix() Multilingual.format = function ( apply, alien, alter, active, alert, frame, assembly, adjacent, ahead ) -- Format one or more languages -- Precondition: -- apply -- string with language list or item -- alien -- language of the answer -- -- nil, false, "*": native -- -- "!": current project -- -- "#": code, downcased, space separated -- -- "-": code, mixcase, space separated -- -- any valid code -- alter -- capitalize, if "c"; downcase all, if "d" -- capitalize first item only, if "f" -- downcase every first word only, if "m" -- active -- link items, if true -- alert -- string with category title in case of error -- frame -- if available -- assembly -- string with split pattern, if list expected -- adjacent -- string with list separator, else assembly -- ahead -- string to prepend first element, if any -- Postcondition: -- Returns string, or false if apply empty local r = false if apply then local slang if assembly then local bucket = mw.text.split( apply, assembly ) local shift = alter local separator if adjacent then separator = adjacent elseif alien == "#" or alien == "-" then separator = " " else separator = assembly end for k, v in pairs( bucket ) do slang = Multilingual.format( v, alien, shift, active, alert ) if slang then if r then r = string.format( "%s%s%s", r, separator, slang ) else r = slang if shift == "f" then shift = "d" end end end end -- for k, v if r and ahead then r = ahead .. r end else local single = mw.text.trim( apply ) if single == "" then r = false else local lapsus, slot slang = Multilingual.findCode( single ) if slang then if alien == "-" then r = slang elseif alien == "#" then r = slang:lower() else r = Multilingual.getName( slang, alien ) if active then slot = fill( slang, false, frame ) if slot then local wlink = fetch( "WLink" ) if wlink and type( wlink.getTarget ) == "function" then slot = wlink.getTarget( slot ) end else lapsus = alert end end end else r = single if active then local title = mw.title.makeTitle( 0, single ) if title.exists then slot = single end end lapsus = alert end if not r then r = single elseif alter == "c" or alter == "f" then r = mw.ustring.upper( mw.ustring.sub( r, 1, 1 ) ) .. mw.ustring.sub( r, 2 ) elseif alter == "d" then if Multilingual.isMinusculable( slang, r ) then r = mw.ustring.lower( r ) end elseif alter == "m" then if Multilingual.isMinusculable( slang, r ) then r = mw.ustring.lower( mw.ustring.sub( r, 1, 1 ) ) .. mw.ustring.sub( r, 2 ) end end if slot then if r == slot then r = string.format( "[[%s]]", r ) else r = string.format( "[[%s|%s]]", slot, r ) end end if lapsus and alert then r = string.format( "%s[[Category:%s]]", r, alert ) end end end end return r end -- Multilingual.format() Multilingual.getBase = function ( ask ) -- Retrieve base language from possibly combined ISO language code -- Precondition: -- ask -- language code -- Postcondition: -- Returns string, or false local r if ask then local slang = ask:match( "^%s*(%a%a%a?)-?%a*%s*$" ) if slang then r = slang:lower() else r = false end else r = false end return r end -- Multilingual.getBase() Multilingual.getLang = function ( ask ) -- Retrieve components of a RFC 5646 language code -- Precondition: -- ask -- language code with subtags -- Postcondition: -- Returns table with formatted subtags -- .base -- .region -- .script -- .suggest -- .year -- .extension -- .other -- .n local tags = mw.text.split( ask, "-" ) local s = tags[ 1 ] local r if s:match( "^%a%a%a?$" ) then r = { base = s:lower(), legal = true, n = #tags } for i = 2, r.n do s = tags[ i ] if #s == 2 then if r.region or not s:match( "%a%a" ) then r.legal = false else r.region = s:upper() end elseif #s == 4 then if s:match( "%a%a%a%a" ) then r.legal = ( not r.script ) r.script = s:sub( 1, 1 ):upper() .. s:sub( 2 ):lower() elseif s:match( "20%d%d" ) or s:match( "1%d%d%d" ) then r.legal = ( not r.year ) r.year = s else r.legal = false end elseif #s == 3 then if r.extlang or not s:match( "%a%a%a" ) then r.legal = false else r.extlang = s:lower() end elseif #s == 1 then s = s:lower() if s:match( "[tux]" ) then r.extension = s for k = i + 1, r.n do s = tags[ k ] if s:match( "^%w+$" ) then r.extension = string.format( "%s-%s", r.extension, s ) else r.legal = false end end -- for k else r.legal = false end break -- for i else r.legal = ( not r.other ) and s:match( "%a%a%a" ) r.other = s:lower() end if not r.legal then break -- for i end end -- for i if r.legal then r.suggest = Multilingual.fix( r.base ) if r.suggest then r.legal = false end end else r = { legal = false } end if not r.legal then local cnf = fetch( "Multilingual", "config" ) if cnf and type( cnf.scream ) == "string" then r.scream = cnf.scream end end return r end -- Multilingual.getLang() Multilingual.getName = function ( ask, alien ) -- Which name is assigned to this language code? -- Precondition: -- ask -- language code -- alien -- language of the answer -- -- nil, false, "*": native -- -- "!": current project -- -- any valid code -- Postcondition: -- Returns string, or false local r if ask then local slang = alien local tLang if slang then if slang == "*" then slang = Multilingual.fair( ask ) elseif slang == "!" then slang = favorites()[ 1 ] else slang = Multilingual.fair( slang ) end else slang = Multilingual.fair( ask ) end if not slang then slang = ask or "?????" end slang = slang:lower() tLang = fetch( "Multilingual", "names" ) if tLang then tLang = tLang[ slang ] if tLang then r = tLang[ ask ] end end if not r then if not Multilingual.ext.tMW then Multilingual.ext.tMW = { } end tLang = Multilingual.ext.tMW[ slang ] if tLang == nil then tLang = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames( slang ) if tLang then Multilingual.ext.tMW[ slang ] = tLang else Multilingual.ext.tMW[ slang ] = false end end if tLang then r = tLang[ ask ] end end if not r then r = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( ask:lower(), slang ) if r == "" then r = false end end else r = false end return r end -- Multilingual.getName() Multilingual.i18n = function ( available, alt, frame ) -- Select translatable message -- Precondition: -- available -- table, with mapping language code ./. text -- alt -- string|nil|false, with fallback text -- frame -- frame, if available -- Returns -- 1. string|nil|false, with selected message -- 2. string|nil|false, with language code local r1, r2 if type( available ) == "table" then local codes = { } local trsl = { } local slang for k, v in pairs( available ) do if type( k ) == "string" and type( v ) == "string" then slang = mw.text.trim( k:lower() ) table.insert( codes, slang ) trsl[ slang ] = v end end -- for k, v slang = Multilingual.userLang( codes, frame ) if slang and trsl[ slang ] then r1 = mw.text.trim( trsl[ slang ] ) if r1 == "" then r1 = false else r2 = slang end end end if not r1 and type( alt ) == "string" then r1 = mw.text.trim( alt ) if r1 == "" then r1 = false end end return r1, r2 end -- Multilingual.i18n() Multilingual.int = function ( access, alien, apply ) -- Translated system message -- Precondition: -- access -- message ID -- alien -- language code -- apply -- nil, or sequence table with parameters $1, $2, ... -- Postcondition: -- Returns string, or false local o = mw.message.new( access ) local r if o:exists() then if type( alien ) == "string" then o:inLanguage( alien:lower() ) end if type( apply ) == "table" then o:params( apply ) end r = o:plain() end return r or false end -- Multilingual.int() Multilingual.isLang = function ( ask, additional ) -- Could this be an ISO language code? -- Precondition: -- ask -- language code -- additional -- true, if Wiki codes like "simple" permitted -- Postcondition: -- Returns boolean local r, s if additional then s = ask else s = Multilingual.getBase( ask ) end if s then r = mw.language.isKnownLanguageTag( s ) if r then r = not Multilingual.fix( s ) elseif additional then r = Multilingual.exotic[ s ] or false end else r = false end return r end -- Multilingual.isLang() Multilingual.isLangWiki = function ( ask ) -- Could this be a Wiki language version? -- Precondition: -- ask -- language version specifier -- Postcondition: -- Returns boolean local r local s = Multilingual.getBase( ask ) if s then r = mw.language.isSupportedLanguage( s ) or Multilingual.exotic[ ask ] else r = false end return r end -- Multilingual.isLangWiki() Multilingual.isMinusculable = function ( ask, assigned ) -- Could this language name become downcased? -- Precondition: -- ask -- language code, or nil -- assigned -- language name, or nil -- Postcondition: -- Returns boolean local r = true if ask then local cnf = fetch( "Multilingual", "config" ) if cnf then local s = string.format( " %s ", ask:lower() ) if type( cnf.stopMinusculization ) == "string" and cnf.stopMinusculization:find( s, 1, true ) then r = false end if r and assigned and type( cnf.seekMinusculization ) == "string" and cnf.seekMinusculization:find( s, 1, true ) and type( cnf.scanMinusculization ) == "string" then local scan = assigned:gsub( "[%(%)]", " " ) .. " " if not scan:find( cnf.scanMinusculization ) then r = false end end end end return r end -- Multilingual.isMinusculable() Multilingual.isRTL = function ( ask ) -- Check whether language is written right-to-left -- Precondition: -- ask -- string, with language (or script) code -- Returns true, if right-to-left local r Multilingual.rtl = Multilingual.rtl or { } r = Multilingual.rtl[ ask ] if type( r ) ~= "boolean" then local bib = fetch( "ISO15924" ) if type( bib ) == "table" and type( bib.isRTL ) == "function" then r = bib.isRTL( ask ) else r = mw.language.new( ask ):isRTL() end Multilingual.rtl[ ask ] = r end return r end -- Multilingual.isRTL() Multilingual.message = function ( arglist, frame ) -- Show text in best match of user language like system message -- Precondition: -- arglist -- template arguments -- frame -- frame, if available -- Postcondition: -- Returns string with appropriate text local r if type( arglist ) == "table" then local t = { } local m, p, save for k, v in pairs( arglist ) do if type( k ) == "string" and type( v ) == "string" then v = mw.text.trim( v ) if v ~= "" then if k:match( "^%l%l" ) then t[ k ] = v elseif k:match( "^%$%d$" ) and k ~= "$0" then p = p or { } k = tonumber( k:match( "^%$(%d)$" ) ) p[ k ] = v if not m or k > m then m = k end end end end end -- for k, v if type( arglist[ "-" ] ) == "string" then save = arglist[ arglist[ "-" ] ] end r = Multilingual.i18n( t, save, frame ) if p and r and r:find( "$", 1, true ) then t = { } for i = 1, m do t[ i ] = p[ i ] or "" end -- for i r = mw.message.newRawMessage( r, t ):plain() end end return r or "" end -- Multilingual.message() Multilingual.sitelink = function ( all, frame ) -- Make link at local or other site with optimal linktext translation -- Precondition: -- all -- string or table or number, item ID or entity -- frame -- frame, if available -- Postcondition: -- Returns string with any helpful internal link, or plain text local s = type( all ) local object, r if s == "table" then object = all elseif s == "string" then object = mw.wikibase.getEntity( all ) elseif s == "number" then object = mw.wikibase.getEntity( string.format( "Q%d", all ) ) end if type( object ) == "table" then local collection = object.sitelinks local entry s = false if type( collection ) == "table" then Multilingual.site = Multilingual.site or mw.wikibase.getGlobalSiteId() entry = collection[ Multilingual.site ] if entry then s = ":" .. entry.title elseif collection.enwiki then s = "w:en:" .. collection.enwiki.title end end r = Multilingual.wikibase( object, "labels", frame ) if s then if s == ":" .. r then r = string.format( "[[%s]]", s ) else r = string.format( "[[%s|%s]]", s, r ) end end end return r or "" end -- Multilingual.sitelink() Multilingual.tabData = function ( access, at, alt, frame ) -- Retrieve translated keyword from commons:Data:****.tab -- Precondition: -- access -- string, with page identification on Commons -- at -- string, with keyword -- alt -- string|nil|false, with fallback text -- frame -- frame, if available -- Returns -- 1. string|nil|false, with selected message -- 2. language code, or "error" local data = fetchData( access ) local r1, r2 if type( data ) == "table" then if type( at ) == "string" then local seek = mw.text.trim( at ) if seek == "" then r1 = "EMPTY Multilingual.tabData key" else local e, poly for i = 1, #data do e = data[ i ] if type( e ) == "table" then if e[ 1 ] == seek then if type( e[ 2 ] ) == "table" then poly = e[ 2 ] else r1 = "INVALID Multilingual.tabData bad #" .. tostring( i ) end break -- for i end else break -- for i end end -- for i if poly then data = poly else r1 = "UNKNOWN Multilingual.tabData key: " .. seek end end else r1 = "INVALID Multilingual.tabData key" end else r1 = data end if r1 then r2 = "error" elseif data then r1, r2 = Multilingual.i18n( data, alt, frame ) r2 = r2 or "error" end return r1, r2 end -- Multilingual.tabData() Multilingual.userLang = function ( accept, frame ) -- Try to support user language by application -- Precondition: -- accept -- string or table -- space separated list of available ISO 639 codes -- Default: project language, or English -- frame -- frame, if available -- Postcondition: -- Returns string with appropriate code local s = type( accept ) local codes, r, slang if s == "string" then codes = mw.text.split( accept:lower(), "%s+" ) elseif s == "table" then codes = { } for i = 1, #accept do s = accept[ i ] if type( s ) == "string" and s ~= "" then table.insert( codes, s:lower() ) end end -- for i end slang = User.favorize( codes, frame ) if slang then if feasible( slang, codes ) then r = slang elseif slang:find( "-", 1, true ) then slang = Multilingual.getBase( slang ) if feasible( slang, codes ) then r = slang end end if not r then local others = mw.language.getFallbacksFor( slang ) for i = 1, #others do slang = others[ i ] if feasible( slang, codes ) then r = slang break -- for i end end -- for i end end if not r then local back = favorites() for i = 1, #back do slang = back[ i ] if feasible( slang, codes ) then r = slang break -- for i end end -- for i if not r and codes[ 1 ] then r = codes[ 1 ] end end return r or favorites()[ 1 ] end -- Multilingual.userLang() Multilingual.userLangCode = function () -- Guess a user language code -- Postcondition: -- Returns code of current best guess return User.self or favorites()[ 1 ] end -- Multilingual.userLangCode() Multilingual.wikibase = function ( all, about, attempt, frame ) -- Optimal translation of wikibase component -- Precondition: -- all -- string or table, object ID or entity -- about -- boolean, true "descriptions" or false "labels" -- attempt -- string or not, code of preferred language -- frame -- frame, if available -- Postcondition: -- Returns -- 1. string, with selected message -- 2. string, with language code, or not local s = type( all ) local object, r, r2 if s == "table" then object = all elseif s == "string" then object = mw.wikibase.getEntity( all ) end if type( object ) == "table" then if about and about ~= "labels" then s = "descriptions" else s = "labels" end object = object[ s ] if type( object ) == "table" then if object[ attempt ] then r = object[ attempt ].value r2 = attempt else local poly for k, v in pairs( object ) do poly = poly or { } poly[ k ] = v.value end -- for k, v if poly then r, r2 = Multilingual.i18n( poly, nil, frame ) end end end end return r or "", r2 end -- Multilingual.wikibase() Failsafe.failsafe = function ( atleast ) -- Retrieve versioning and check for compliance -- Precondition: -- atleast -- string, with required version -- or wikidata|item|~|@ or false -- Postcondition: -- Returns string -- with queried version/item, also if problem -- false -- if appropriate -- 2020-08-17 local since = atleast local last = ( since == "~" ) local linked = ( since == "@" ) local link = ( since == "item" ) local r if last or link or linked or since == "wikidata" then local item = Failsafe.item since = false if type( item ) == "number" and item > 0 then local suited = string.format( "Q%d", item ) if link then r = suited else local entity = mw.wikibase.getEntity( suited ) if type( entity ) == "table" then local seek = Failsafe.serialProperty or "P348" local vsn = entity:formatPropertyValues( seek ) if type( vsn ) == "table" and type( vsn.value ) == "string" and vsn.value ~= "" then if last and vsn.value == Failsafe.serial then r = false elseif linked then if mw.title.getCurrentTitle().prefixedText == mw.wikibase.getSitelink( suited ) then r = false else r = suited end else r = vsn.value end end end end end end if type( r ) == "nil" then if not since or since <= Failsafe.serial then r = Failsafe.serial else r = false end end return r end -- Failsafe.failsafe() -- Export local p = { } p.fair = function ( frame ) -- Format language code -- 1 -- language code local s = mw.text.trim( frame.args[ 1 ] or "" ) return Multilingual.fair( s ) or "" end -- p.fair p.fallback = function ( frame ) -- Is another language suitable as replacement? -- 1 -- language version specifier to be supported -- 2 -- language specifier of a possible replacement local s1 = mw.text.trim( frame.args[ 1 ] or "" ) local s2 = mw.text.trim( frame.args[ 2 ] or "" ) local r = Multilingual.fallback( s1, s2 ) if type( r ) == "table" then r = r[ 1 ] else r = r and "1" or "" end return r end -- p.fallback p.findCode = function ( frame ) -- Retrieve language code from language name -- 1 -- name in current project language local s = mw.text.trim( frame.args[ 1 ] or "" ) return Multilingual.findCode( s ) or "" end -- p.findCode p.fix = function ( frame ) local r = frame.args[ 1 ] if r then r = Multilingual.fix( mw.text.trim( r ) ) end return r or "" end -- p.fix p.format = function ( frame ) -- Format one or more languages -- 1 -- language list or item -- slang -- language of the answer, if not native -- * -- native -- ! -- current project -- any valid code -- shift -- capitalize, if "c"; downcase, if "d" -- capitalize first item only, if "f" -- link -- 1 -- link items -- scream -- category title in case of error -- split -- split pattern, if list expected -- separator -- list separator, else split -- start -- prepend first element, if any local r local link if frame.args.link == "1" then link = true end r = Multilingual.format( frame.args[ 1 ], frame.args.slang, frame.args.shift, link, frame.args.scream, frame, frame.args.split, frame.args.separator, frame.args.start ) return r or "" end -- p.format p.getBase = function ( frame ) -- Retrieve base language from possibly combined ISO language code -- 1 -- code local s = mw.text.trim( frame.args[ 1 ] or "" ) return Multilingual.getBase( s ) or "" end -- p.getBase p.getName = function ( frame ) -- Retrieve language name from ISO language code -- 1 -- code -- 2 -- language to be used for the answer, if not native -- ! -- current project -- * -- native -- any valid code local s = mw.text.trim( frame.args[ 1 ] or "" ) local slang = frame.args[ 2 ] local r Multilingual.frame = frame if slang then slang = mw.text.trim( slang ) end r = Multilingual.getName( s, slang ) return r or "" end -- p.getName p.int = function ( frame ) -- Translated system message -- 1 -- message ID -- lang -- language code -- $1, $2, ... -- parameters local sysMsg = frame.args[ 1 ] local r if sysMsg then sysMsg = mw.text.trim( sysMsg ) if sysMsg ~= "" then local n = 0 local slang = frame.args.lang local i, params, s if slang == "" then slang = false end for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do if type( k ) == "string" then s = k:match( "^%$(%d+)$" ) if s then i = tonumber( s ) if i > n then n = i end end end end -- for k, v if n > 0 then local s params = { } for i = 1, n do s = frame.args[ "$" .. tostring( i ) ] or "" table.insert( params, s ) end -- for i end r = Multilingual.int( sysMsg, slang, params ) end end return r or "" end -- p.int p.isLang = function ( frame ) -- Could this be an ISO language code? -- 1 -- code local s = mw.text.trim( frame.args[ 1 ] or "" ) local lucky, r = pcall( Multilingual.isLang, s ) return r and "1" or "" end -- p.isLang p.isLangWiki = function ( frame ) -- Could this be a Wiki language version? -- 1 -- code -- Returns non-empty, if possibly language version local s = mw.text.trim( frame.args[ 1 ] or "" ) local lucky, r = pcall( Multilingual.isLangWiki, s ) return r and "1" or "" end -- p.isLangWiki p.isRTL = function ( frame ) -- Check whether language is written right-to-left -- 1 -- string, with language code -- Returns non-empty, if right-to-left local s = mw.text.trim( frame.args[ 1 ] or "" ) return Multilingual.isRTL( s ) and "1" or "" end -- p.isRTL() p.message = function ( frame ) -- Translation of text element return Multilingual.message( fold( frame ), frame ) end -- p.message p.sitelink = function ( frame ) -- Make link at local or other site with optimal linktext translation -- 1 -- item ID local s = mw.text.trim( frame.args[ 1 ] or "" ) local r if s:match( "^%d+$") then r = tonumber( s ) elseif s:match( "^Q%d+$") then r = s end if r then r = Multilingual.sitelink( r, frame ) end return r or s end -- p.sitelink p.tabData = function ( frame ) -- Retrieve best message text from Commons Data -- 1 -- page identification on Commons -- 2 -- keyword -- alt -- fallback text local suite = frame.args[ 1 ] local seek = frame.args[ 2 ] local salt = frame.args.alt local r = Multilingual.tabData( suite, seek, salt, frame ) return r end -- p.tabData p.userLang = function ( frame ) -- Which language does the current user prefer? -- 1 -- space separated list of available ISO 639 codes local s = mw.text.trim( frame.args[ 1 ] or "" ) return Multilingual.userLang( s, frame ) end -- p.userLang p.wikibase = function ( frame ) -- Optimal translation of wikibase component -- 1 -- object ID -- 2 -- 1 for "descriptions", 0 for "labels". -- or either "descriptions" or "labels" local r local s = mw.text.trim( frame.args[ 1 ] or "" ) if s ~= "" then local s2 = mw.text.trim( frame.args[ 2 ] or "0" ) local slang = mw.text.trim( frame.args.lang or "" ) local large = ( s2 ~= "" and s2 ~= "0" ) if slang == "" then slang = false end r = Multilingual.wikibase( s, large, slang, frame ) end return r or "" end -- p.wikibase p.failsafe = function ( frame ) -- Versioning interface local s = type( frame ) local since if s == "table" then since = frame.args[ 1 ] elseif s == "string" then since = frame end if since then since = mw.text.trim( since ) if since == "" then since = false end end return Failsafe.failsafe( since ) or "" end -- p.failsafe() p.Multilingual = function () return Multilingual end -- p.Multilingual return p d1zm42sep4ytfi0dl3dok26gecqprzg 10 26598 266112 2026-05-16T13:01:09Z en>Andrybak 0 /* Examples */ move the section above /* TemplateData */ 266112 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Documentation subpage}} {{High-use}} {{Lua|Module:Detect singular}} {{Tlb|Pluralize from text}} is used to detect if a text value is a plural list or not. Its intended usage is for infobox parameters, where the label might need to change from a singular version to a plural version. For example, if an infobox uses a {{para|nickname}} parameter, the label might change from <code>Nickname</code> to <code>Nicknames</code> if the text value has more than one nickname. The output of the template can be forced by including {{tl|force singular}} or {{tl|force plural}} in the generic parameter. == Usage == * {{tlx|Pluralize from text|{{Var|text}}|singular{{=}}{{Var|singular output}}|likely{{=}}{{Var|likely plural output}}|plural{{=}}{{Var|plural output}}|link{{=}}{{Var|wikilink}}}} * {{tlx|Pluralize from text|{{Var|text}}|{{Var|plural argument}}|{{Var|singular output}}|{{Var|plural output}}|{{Var|wikilink}}}} ==Examples== * {{tlx|_show_result=yes|Pluralize from text|Chicagoan|singular{{=}}singular|plural{{=}}plural|}} * {{tlx|_show_result=yes|Pluralize from text|761 and 345|singular{{=}}singular|plural{{=}}plural}} * {{tlx|_show_result=yes|Pluralize from text|1{{=}}|2{{=}}761/345|singular{{=}}singular|plural{{=}}plural}} * {{tlx|_show_result=yes|Pluralize from text|Chicagoan|singular{{=}}Demonym|plural{{=}}Demonyms|link{{=}}Demonym}} * {{tlx|_show_result=yes|Pluralize from text|761 and 345|singular{{=}}Area Code|plural{{=}}Area Codes|link{{=}}Area code}} ==Parameters== There are five named parameters that control the pluralization: * {{para|no_comma}} – By default, [[comma]]s (or [[semicolon]]s) will cause the text string to be considered plural. Setting {{para|no_comma|1}} turns this behavior off. * {{para|any_comma}} – By default, commas (or semicolons) that are adjacent to digits are singular. Setting {{para|any_comma|1}} turns this behavior off. * {{para|no_and}} – By default, "and" causes a string to be plural. Setting {{para|no_and|1}} turns this behavior off. * {{para|parse_links}} – By default, Wikilinks are considered to be unparseable (singular) objects. Setting {{para|parse_links|1}} will allow the parser to read the contents of the Wikilinks and determine whether that makes the string plural. * {{para|parse_number}} – Setting {{para|parse_number|1}} will cause the first integer in the string to determine plurality. Additional parameters: * {{para|likely}} – The template makes a decision whether a string is a "likely plural" or a full "plural". The {{para|likely}} argument will be the output if the template determines that the string is only "likely plural". If {{para|likely}} is not given, "likely plural" and "plural" are treated identically. * {{para|link}} – If the Wikilink is provided, the returned value will use that as a link, and the output will be the link's display text. ==TemplateData== {{Format TemplateData|1=<templatedata> { "params": { "1": { "label": "Generic parameter", "description": "Value of the wikitext parameter with unknown plurality", "type": "content", "required": true, "example": "{{{language|}}}" }, "2": { "label": "Plural argument", "description": "value of the wikitext parameter known to be plural", "type": "string", "example": "{{{languages|}}}" }, "3": { "label": "Singular output", "description": "Label for the parameter if the value is singular", "type": "string", "required": false, "aliases": [ "singular" ], "example": "Language" }, "4": { "label": "Plural output", "description": "Label for the parameter if the value is plural", "type": "string", "required": false, "aliases": [ "plural" ], "example": "Languages" }, "5": { "label": "Wikilink", "description": "Page to link to in the label", "type": "wiki-page-name", "aliases": [ "link" ], "example": "Language" }, "no_comma": { "label": "Turn off comma processing", "description": "By default, commas and semicolons indicate plurals. Setting to \"yes\" turns this off.", "type": "boolean", "required": false, "default": "No" }, "any_comma": { "label": "Any comma is plural", "description": "By default, commas and semicolons that are adjacent to digits are singular. Setting to \"yes\" turns this behavior off.", "type": "boolean", "required": false, "default": "No" }, "no_and": { "label": "\"And\" is not plural", "description": "By default, \"and\" causes a string to be plural. Setting to \"yes\" turns this behavior off.", "type": "boolean", "required": false, "default": "No" }, "parse_links": { "label": "Parse wikilinks", "description": "By default, Wikilinks are considered to be unparseable (singular) objects. Setting to \"yes\" will allow the parser to read the contents of the Wikilinks and determine whether that makes the string plural.", "type": "boolean", "required": false, "default": "No" }, "parse_number": { "label": "Parse numbers", "description": "Setting to \"yes\" will cause the first integer in the string to determine plurality.", "type": "boolean", "required": false, "default": "No" }, "likely": { "label": "Likely output", "description": "Output when input is likely, but not certain, to be plural", "type": "string", "required": false } }, "description": "Helper template to adjust infobox field labels based on whether value is plural or not", "paramOrder": [ "1", "2", "3", "likely", "4", "5", "no_comma", "any_comma", "no_and", "parse_links", "parse_number" ] } </templatedata> }} <includeonly>{{Sandbox other|| <!-- Categories below this line --> [[Category:Text-specific formatting and function templates]] }}</includeonly> me6bxu7l87kro4r1bej83mo2jjz1vcx 266113 266112 2026-07-18T15:29:38Z Nirajan pant 21 [[:en:Template:Pluralize_from_text/doc]] देखि १ पुनरावलोकन आयात भयो: Template import 266112 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Documentation subpage}} {{High-use}} {{Lua|Module:Detect singular}} {{Tlb|Pluralize from text}} is used to detect if a text value is a plural list or not. Its intended usage is for infobox parameters, where the label might need to change from a singular version to a plural version. For example, if an infobox uses a {{para|nickname}} parameter, the label might change from <code>Nickname</code> to <code>Nicknames</code> if the text value has more than one nickname. The output of the template can be forced by including {{tl|force singular}} or {{tl|force plural}} in the generic parameter. == Usage == * {{tlx|Pluralize from text|{{Var|text}}|singular{{=}}{{Var|singular output}}|likely{{=}}{{Var|likely plural output}}|plural{{=}}{{Var|plural output}}|link{{=}}{{Var|wikilink}}}} * {{tlx|Pluralize from text|{{Var|text}}|{{Var|plural argument}}|{{Var|singular output}}|{{Var|plural output}}|{{Var|wikilink}}}} ==Examples== * {{tlx|_show_result=yes|Pluralize from text|Chicagoan|singular{{=}}singular|plural{{=}}plural|}} * {{tlx|_show_result=yes|Pluralize from text|761 and 345|singular{{=}}singular|plural{{=}}plural}} * {{tlx|_show_result=yes|Pluralize from text|1{{=}}|2{{=}}761/345|singular{{=}}singular|plural{{=}}plural}} * {{tlx|_show_result=yes|Pluralize from text|Chicagoan|singular{{=}}Demonym|plural{{=}}Demonyms|link{{=}}Demonym}} * {{tlx|_show_result=yes|Pluralize from text|761 and 345|singular{{=}}Area Code|plural{{=}}Area Codes|link{{=}}Area code}} ==Parameters== There are five named parameters that control the pluralization: * {{para|no_comma}} – By default, [[comma]]s (or [[semicolon]]s) will cause the text string to be considered plural. Setting {{para|no_comma|1}} turns this behavior off. * {{para|any_comma}} – By default, commas (or semicolons) that are adjacent to digits are singular. Setting {{para|any_comma|1}} turns this behavior off. * {{para|no_and}} – By default, "and" causes a string to be plural. Setting {{para|no_and|1}} turns this behavior off. * {{para|parse_links}} – By default, Wikilinks are considered to be unparseable (singular) objects. Setting {{para|parse_links|1}} will allow the parser to read the contents of the Wikilinks and determine whether that makes the string plural. * {{para|parse_number}} – Setting {{para|parse_number|1}} will cause the first integer in the string to determine plurality. Additional parameters: * {{para|likely}} – The template makes a decision whether a string is a "likely plural" or a full "plural". The {{para|likely}} argument will be the output if the template determines that the string is only "likely plural". If {{para|likely}} is not given, "likely plural" and "plural" are treated identically. * {{para|link}} – If the Wikilink is provided, the returned value will use that as a link, and the output will be the link's display text. ==TemplateData== {{Format TemplateData|1=<templatedata> { "params": { "1": { "label": "Generic parameter", "description": "Value of the wikitext parameter with unknown plurality", "type": "content", "required": true, "example": "{{{language|}}}" }, "2": { "label": "Plural argument", "description": "value of the wikitext parameter known to be plural", "type": "string", "example": "{{{languages|}}}" }, "3": { "label": "Singular output", "description": "Label for the parameter if the value is singular", "type": "string", "required": false, "aliases": [ "singular" ], "example": "Language" }, "4": { "label": "Plural output", "description": "Label for the parameter if the value is plural", "type": "string", "required": false, "aliases": [ "plural" ], "example": "Languages" }, "5": { "label": "Wikilink", "description": "Page to link to in the label", "type": "wiki-page-name", "aliases": [ "link" ], "example": "Language" }, "no_comma": { "label": "Turn off comma processing", "description": "By default, commas and semicolons indicate plurals. Setting to \"yes\" turns this off.", "type": "boolean", "required": false, "default": "No" }, "any_comma": { "label": "Any comma is plural", "description": "By default, commas and semicolons that are adjacent to digits are singular. Setting to \"yes\" turns this behavior off.", "type": "boolean", "required": false, "default": "No" }, "no_and": { "label": "\"And\" is not plural", "description": "By default, \"and\" causes a string to be plural. Setting to \"yes\" turns this behavior off.", "type": "boolean", "required": false, "default": "No" }, "parse_links": { "label": "Parse wikilinks", "description": "By default, Wikilinks are considered to be unparseable (singular) objects. Setting to \"yes\" will allow the parser to read the contents of the Wikilinks and determine whether that makes the string plural.", "type": "boolean", "required": false, "default": "No" }, "parse_number": { "label": "Parse numbers", "description": "Setting to \"yes\" will cause the first integer in the string to determine plurality.", "type": "boolean", "required": false, "default": "No" }, "likely": { "label": "Likely output", "description": "Output when input is likely, but not certain, to be plural", "type": "string", "required": false } }, "description": "Helper template to adjust infobox field labels based on whether value is plural or not", "paramOrder": [ "1", "2", "3", "likely", "4", "5", "no_comma", "any_comma", "no_and", "parse_links", "parse_number" ] } </templatedata> }} <includeonly>{{Sandbox other|| <!-- Categories below this line --> [[Category:Text-specific formatting and function templates]] }}</includeonly> me6bxu7l87kro4r1bej83mo2jjz1vcx